%%% -*-BibTeX-*-
%%% ====================================================================
%%%  BibTeX-file{
%%%     author          = "Nelson H. F. Beebe",
%%%     version         = "1.25",
%%%     date            = "28 November 2022",
%%%     time            = "10:19:33 MDT",
%%%     filename        = "hpj.bib",
%%%     address         = "University of Utah
%%%                        Department of Mathematics, 110 LCB
%%%                        155 S 1400 E RM 233
%%%                        Salt Lake City, UT 84112-0090
%%%                        USA",
%%%     telephone       = "+1 801 581 5254",
%%%     FAX             = "+1 801 581 4148",
%%%     URL             = "http://www.math.utah.edu/~beebe",
%%%     checksum        = "59531 73405 354729 3474348",
%%%     email           = "beebe at math.utah.edu, beebe at acm.org,
%%%                        beebe at computer.org (Internet)",
%%%     codetable       = "ISO/ASCII",
%%%     keywords        = "Hewlett--Packard Journal, bibliography",
%%%     license         = "public domain",
%%%     supported       = "yes",
%%%     docstring       = "This is a bibliography of publications in the
%%%                        Hewlett--Packard Journal (ISSN 0018-1153),
%%%                        published by Hewlett--Packard Company.
%%%
%%%                        Volume 1 appeared in 1949, and the journal
%%%                        has appeared yearly since, except for volume
%%%                        20, which was published in 1968--1969.
%%%                        Current issues are published bimonthly in
%%%                        February, April, June, August, October, and
%%%                        December.
%%%
%%%                        *********************************************
%%%                        * Note added on 29 October 2000:            *
%%%                        * Publication regrettably ceased with       *
%%%                        * volume 50, number 1, November 1998, and   *
%%%                        * it appears that the World-Wide Web        *
%%%                        * location given below has been removed.    *
%%%                        *********************************************
%%%
%%%                        At version 1.25, the year coverage looked
%%%                        like this:
%%%
%%%                             1967 (   3)    1978 (  46)    1989 (  62)
%%%                             1968 (  14)    1979 (  69)    1990 (  73)
%%%                             1969 (  29)    1980 (  71)    1991 (  69)
%%%                             1970 (  24)    1981 (  85)    1992 ( 116)
%%%                             1971 (  28)    1982 (  72)    1993 ( 123)
%%%                             1972 (  46)    1983 (  93)    1994 ( 112)
%%%                             1973 (  33)    1984 (  79)    1995 ( 127)
%%%                             1974 (  48)    1985 (  77)    1996 ( 101)
%%%                             1975 (  47)    1986 (  71)    1997 (  80)
%%%                             1976 (  39)    1987 (  69)    1998 (  37)
%%%                             1977 (  50)    1988 (  93)
%%%
%%%                             Article:       2086
%%%
%%%                             Total entries: 2086
%%%
%%%                        Hewlett--Packard Company maintains information
%%%                        about recent issues of this journal at the
%%%                        World-Wide Web location
%%%
%%%                            http://www.hp.com/hpj/journal.html
%%%
%%%                        Hewlett--Packard has generously permitted
%%%                        copying of information at that Web site under
%%%                        the following copyright restrictions:
%%%
%%%                            ``(c) 1996 Hewlett--Packard Company. All
%%%                            rights reserved. Permission to copy
%%%                            without fee all or part of this
%%%                            publication is hereby granted provided
%%%                            that (1) the copies are not made, used,
%%%                            displayed, or distributed for commercial
%%%                            advantage; (2) the Hewlett--Packard Company
%%%                            copyright notice and the title of the
%%%                            publication and date appear on the
%%%                            copies; and (3) a notice appears stating
%%%                            that the copying is by permission of the
%%%                            Hewlett--Packard Company.''
%%%
%%%                        Since this bibliography file is freely
%%%                        available on the Internet, I consider that it
%%%                        falls under the permissions granted by
%%%                        Hewlett--Packard with respect to inclusion of
%%%                        article abstracts.
%%%
%%%                        That page contains pointers to Web pages for
%%%                        individual journal issues beginning with the
%%%                        February 1994 issue (volume 45, number 1).  As
%%%                        of late May 1996, PostScript versions of
%%%                        individual articles were available, and a
%%%                        note said that HTML versions were in
%%%                        preparation.
%%%
%%%                        Starting with the August 1996 issue, PDF
%%%                        versions of articles are also available.  You
%%%                        can use Adobe's free Acrobat Reader to view
%%%                        such files.
%%%
%%%                        In the entries below, WWW URLs are supplied
%%%                        for all articles referenced on the HP Web
%%%                        pages; in most cases, the URL references the
%%%                        issue page, rather than the specific article,
%%%                        because multiple article formats are
%%%                        available.
%%%
%%%                        This bibliography has been collected from
%%%                        bibliographies in the author's personal
%%%                        files, from the OCLC Contents1st database,
%%%                        from the UnCover database, from the IEEE
%%%                        INSPEC (1967--1997) database, from the
%%%                        American Mathematical Society MathSciNet
%%%                        database, from the Compendex database
%%%                        (1980--1996), from the HP WWW resource
%%%                        noted above, and from the computer science
%%%                        bibliography collection on ftp.ira.uka.de
%%%                        in /pub/bibliography to which many people
%%%                        of have contributed.  The snapshot of this
%%%                        collection was taken on 5-May-1994, and it
%%%                        consists of 441 BibTeX files, 2,672,675
%%%                        lines, 205,289 entries, and 6,375
%%%                        <at>String{} abbreviations, occupying
%%%                        94.8MB of disk space.
%%%
%%%                        Numerous errors in the sources noted above
%%%                        have been corrected.  Spelling has been
%%%                        verified with the UNIX spell and GNU ispell
%%%                        programs using the exception dictionary
%%%                        stored in the companion file with extension
%%%                        .sok.
%%%
%%%                        BibTeX citation tags are uniformly chosen as
%%%                        name:year:abbrev, where name is the family
%%%                        name of the first author or editor, year is a
%%%                        4-digit number, and abbrev is a 3-letter
%%%                        condensation of important title words.
%%%                        Citation tags were automatically generated by
%%%                        software developed for the BibNet Project.
%%%
%%%                        In this bibliography, entries are sorted in
%%%                        publication order, using ``bibsort
%%%                        -byvolume.''
%%%
%%%                        The checksum field above contains a CRC-16
%%%                        checksum as the first value, followed by the
%%%                        equivalent of the standard UNIX wc (word
%%%                        count) utility output of lines, words, and
%%%                        characters.  This is produced by Robert
%%%                        Solovay's checksum utility.",
%%%  }
%%% ====================================================================

@Preamble{
    "\hyphenation{
        Chris-to-pher
        Firm-ware
        Ha-ber-le
        Hough-ton
        Schwei-kardt
        Schwie-bert
        Small-talk
        firm-ware
    }"
}

%%% ====================================================================
%%% Acknowledgement abbreviations:

@String{ack-nhfb = "Nelson H. F. Beebe,
                    University of Utah,
                    Department of Mathematics, 110 LCB,
                    155 S 1400 E RM 233,
                    Salt Lake City, UT 84112-0090, USA,
                    Tel: +1 801 581 5254,
                    FAX: +1 801 581 4148,
                    e-mail: \path|beebe@math.utah.edu|,
                            \path|beebe@acm.org|,
                            \path|beebe@computer.org| (Internet),
                    URL: \path|http://www.math.utah.edu/~beebe/|"}

%%% ====================================================================
%%% Journal abbreviations:

@String{j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J     = "Hew\-lett-Pack\-ard Journal: technical
                                  information from the laboratories of
                                  Hew\-lett-Pack\-ard Company"}

%%% ====================================================================
%%% Bibliography entries:

%%% NB: Volumes 1--29 (1949--1978) span years.  At least up to volume
%%% 37, individual issues carry no issue number, just a month and year.
%%% The first article begins on the inside cover, and there is no
%%% annual index.  Volumes 38--date are not available at the University
%%% of Utah Marriott Library for further checking of this bibliography.

@Article{Ohme:1967:LE,
  author =       "W. E. Ohme",
  title =        "Loudness evaluation",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "19",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "2--14",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1967",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A4350 (Acoustic noise, its effects and control)",
  keywords =     "acoustic noise; noise abatement",
}

@Article{Blasser:1967:ALA,
  author =       "H. Blasser and H. Finckh",
  title =        "Automatic loudness analysis",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "19",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "12--15",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1967",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A4385 (Acoustical measurements and instrumentation)",
  keywords =     "acoustic analysis; acoustic intensity measurement",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1967:LAA,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Loudness analyzer aids noise reduction, production
                 testing, speech analysis",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "19",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "15--19",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1967",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A4385 (Acoustical measurements and instrumentation)",
  keywords =     "noise abatement; speech",
}

@Article{Poulter:1968:PTC,
  author =       "T. C. {Poulter, Jr.}",
  title =        "A practical time-shared computer system",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "19",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "2--7",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1968",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers); C6150J
                 (Operating systems)",
  keywords =     "time-sharing programs; time-sharing systems",
}

@Article{Throne:1968:RFS,
  author =       "D. H. Throne",
  title =        "A rubidium-vapor frequency standard for systems
                 requiring superior frequency stability",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "19",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "8--14",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1968",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7130 (Measurement standards and calibration)",
  keywords =     "atomic clocks; measurement standards",
}

@Article{Grisell:1968:DTR,
  author =       "T. L. Grisell and I. H. {Hawley, Jr.} and B. D. Unter
                 and P. G. Winninghoff",
  title =        "Design of a third-generation {RF} spectrum analyzer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "19",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "8--14",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1968",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments); B7310G (Frequency measurement)",
  keywords =     "display instruments; frequency measurement",
}

@Article{Hearn:1968:NCS,
  author =       "J. R. Hearn and D. C. Spreng",
  title =        "New concepts in signal generation",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "19",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "15--19",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1968",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250E (Signal generators)",
  keywords =     "signal sources; swept-frequency oscillators",
}

@Article{Unter:1968:FCF,
  author =       "B. D. Unter",
  title =        "Fully calibrated frequency-domain measurements",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "19",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "27--??",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1968",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments)",
  keywords =     "cathode-ray oscilloscopes; frequency-domain analysis",
}

@Article{Monnier:1968:NEC,
  author =       "R. E. Monnier",
  title =        "A new electronic calculator with computerlike
                 capabilities",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "20",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "3--9",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1968",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
  keywords =     "special purpose computers",
}

@Article{Osborne:1968:HDM,
  author =       "T. E. Osborne",
  title =        "Hardware design of the model {9100A} calculator",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "20",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "10--13",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1968",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
  keywords =     "special purpose computers",
}

@Article{Cochran:1968:IPC,
  author =       "D. S. Cochran",
  title =        "Internal programming of the {9100A} calculator",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "20",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "14--16",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1968",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
  keywords =     "special purpose computers",
}

@Article{Near:1968:CHM,
  author =       "C. W. Near",
  title =        "Computer-testing the {HP} model {9100A} calculator",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "20",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "17--19",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1968",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers); C7430 (Computer
                 engineering)",
  keywords =     "computers; electronics applications of computers;
                 special purpose",
}

@Article{Wade:1968:RTV,
  author =       "J. M. Wade",
  title =        "Recording true-rms voltages over wide dynamic ranges",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "20",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "9--14",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1968",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments); B7310B (Voltage measurement)",
  keywords =     "recorders; voltmeters",
}

@Article{Peterson:1968:LTS,
  author =       "G. L. Peterson",
  title =        "The language of time sharing",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "20",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "2--8",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1968",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6140D (High level languages)",
  keywords =     "programming languages; time-sharing programs",
}

@Article{Whatley:1968:RAL,
  author =       "L. A. Whatley",
  title =        "Rapid analysis of low frequency spectra",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "20",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "2--7",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1968",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems); B7250 (Bench and portable instruments)",
  keywords =     "waveform analysis",
}

@Article{Talle:1968:HDP,
  author =       "O. S. {Talle, Jr.}",
  title =        "High dynamic performance {X-Y} recorder",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "20",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "8--11",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1968",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments); C5590 (Other computer peripheral
                 equipment)",
  keywords =     "recorders",
}

@Article{Colwell:1968:LGO,
  author =       "J. M. Colwell and P. F. Febvre",
  title =        "A low-cost, general-purpose oscillator with low
                 distortion and high stability",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "20",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "12--15",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1968",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250E (Signal generators)",
  keywords =     "oscillators",
}

@Article{Adam:1969:BPC,
  author =       "S. F. Adam and G. R. Kirkpatrick and R. A. Lyon",
  title =        "Broadband passive components for microwave network
                 analysis",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "20",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "2--10",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1969",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems); B7250 (Bench and portable instruments);
                 B7310N (Microwave measurement techniques)",
  keywords =     "microwave measurement; network analysers",
}

@Article{Bauhaus:1969:MHT,
  author =       "R. H. Bauhaus",
  title =        "Measuring high-frequency transistor parameters",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "20",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "11--14",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1969",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B2560J (Bipolar transistors); B7310G (Frequency
                 measurement)",
  keywords =     "microwave measurements; transistors",
}

@Article{Steinmetz:1969:RDC,
  author =       "W. J. Steinmetz and R. L. Knapp",
  title =        "Recording data for computer analysis",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "20",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "15--20",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1969",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
  keywords =     "data communication equipment",
}

@Article{Bordon:1969:SD,
  author =       "H. C. Bordon and G. P. Pighini",
  title =        "Solid-state displays",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "20",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "2--12",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1969",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7260 (Display technology and systems); C3210B
                 (Recorders and indicators for control systems); C5530
                 (Pattern recognition and computer vision equipment)",
  keywords =     "display systems; indicators; integrated circuits",
}

@Article{Zettler:1969:HHC,
  author =       "R. A. Zettler and A. M. Cowley",
  title =        "Hybrid hot carrier diodes",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "20",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "13--20",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1969",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B2550E (Surface treatment for semiconductor devices);
                 B2560H (Junction and barrier diodes)",
  keywords =     "semiconductor diodes; semiconductor junctions",
}

@Article{Kay:1969:TFN,
  author =       "B. Kay and J. L. Harmon",
  title =        "Twelve functions in a new digital meter",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "20",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "2--13",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1969",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1260 (Pulse circuits); B1265 (Digital electronics);
                 B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
                 C5180 (A/D and D/A convertors)",
  keywords =     "analogue-digital conversion; digital instrumentation;
                 digital readout",
}

@Article{Cargile:1969:CST,
  author =       "W. P. Cargile",
  title =        "A computer-controlled system for testing digital logic
                 modules",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "20",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "14--20 (or 2--20??)",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1969",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5100 (Circuits and devices); C7430 (Computer
                 engineering); C7410D (Electronic engineering
                 computing)",
  keywords =     "logic devices; production",
}

@Article{Donn:1969:GWD,
  author =       "E. Donn",
  title =        "Generating words for digital testing",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "20",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "8--13",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1969",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1230 (Signal generators); B7250E (Signal generators);
                 C5120 (Logic and switching circuits)",
  keywords =     "equipment; logic circuits; pulse generators; signal
                 generators; test",
}

@Article{Linkwitz:1969:FON,
  author =       "S. Linkwitz",
  title =        "Frequency-domain oscilloscope now measures to 1250
                 {MHz}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "20",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "14--20",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1969",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1130 (General circuit analysis and synthesis
                 methods); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments); B7210X (Other instrumentation and
                 measurement systems)",
  keywords =     "analysis; display instruments; frequency measurement;
                 frequency-domain; oscillographs",
}

@Article{Gordon:1969:ICC,
  author =       "G. B. Gordon and G. A. Reeser",
  title =        "Introducing the Computing Counter",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "20",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "2--8",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1969",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments); B7310G (Frequency measurement); C3110G
                 (Frequency control); C3240D (Electric transducers and
                 sensing devices)",
  keywords =     "counters; digital readout; electric sensing devices;
                 frequency measurement; indicators",
}

@Article{Band:1969:ACI,
  author =       "I. T. Band",
  title =        "Automatic counter inverts period to get frequency",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "20",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "17--19",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1969",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7310G (Frequency measurement); B7320C (Spatial
                 variables measurement); C3110G (Frequency control);
                 C3120C (Spatial variables control)",
  keywords =     "digital readout; electric sensing devices; frequency;
                 measurement",
}

@Article{Lowe:1969:PRC,
  author =       "R. D. Lowe",
  title =        "Portable, rugged cable fault locator for {VHF}
                 communications and {CATV}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "20",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "2--8",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1969",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6240 (Transmission line links and equipment)",
  keywords =     "analysis; fault location; telecommunication cables;
                 time-domain",
}

@Article{Gordon:1969:ILC,
  author =       "G. B. Gordon",
  title =        "{IC} logic checkout simplified",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "20",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "14--16",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1969",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B2220 (Integrated circuits); B2570 (Semiconductor
                 integrated circuits)",
  keywords =     "integrated circuit testing; logic circuits",
}

@Article{Kapuskar:1969:RMO,
  author =       "W. T. Kapuskar and C. J. Balmforth",
  title =        "Real-time measurement and on-line processing of
                 acoustical and other audio-frequency spectra",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "20",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "2--10",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1969",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6130 (Speech analysis and processing techniques);
                 B6450 (Audio equipment and systems); B7320K (Time
                 measurement); B7620 (Aerospace test facilities and
                 simulation); C3120H (Time control); C7410F
                 (Communications computing)",
  keywords =     "acoustic variables measurement; acoustics; aerospace
                 test; analysis; communications applications of
                 computers; facilities; speech; testing",
}

@Article{Kapuskar:1969:MAN,
  author =       "W. T. Kapuskar and C. J. Balmforth",
  title =        "Monitoring airport noise",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "20",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "11--15",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1969",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7650 (Ground support systems); B7320Z (Other
                 nonelectric variables measurement); B7210B (Automatic
                 test and measurement systems)",
  keywords =     "acoustic variables measurement; aerospace;
                 applications of computers; noise measurement",
}

@Article{Kingsford-smith:1969:NAA,
  author =       "C. A. Kingsford-smith",
  title =        "Network analysis at low frequencies",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "20",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "16--20",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1969",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems); B7250 (Bench and portable instruments)",
  keywords =     "network analysers",
}

@Article{Grimm:1969:AT,
  author =       "R. A. Grimm",
  title =        "Automated testing",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "20",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "2--6",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1969",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B0170E (Production facilities and engineering); C3340H
                 (Control of electric power systems); B7210B (Automatic
                 test and measurement systems)",
  keywords =     "automatic test equipment; automatic testing;
                 electronic; equipment testing",
}

@Article{Ewy:1969:CAT,
  author =       "M. D. Ewy and S. C. Shank",
  title =        "Choosing an automatic test system",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "20",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "7--10",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1969",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B0170E (Production facilities and engineering); C3340H
                 (Control of electric power systems); B7210B (Automatic
                 test and measurement systems)",
  keywords =     "automatic test equipment; automatic testing;
                 electronic; equipment testing",
}

@Article{Ewy:1969:BAA,
  author =       "M. D. Ewy",
  title =        "Building at automatic test system",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "20",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "11--20",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1969",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B0170E (Production facilities and engineering); C3340H
                 (Control of electric power systems); B7210B (Automatic
                 test and measurement systems)",
  keywords =     "automatic test equipment; automatic testing;
                 electronic; equipment testing",
}

@Article{Colpitts:1969:GOC,
  author =       "R. W. Colpitts and D. Allen and T. Vos",
  title =        "Graphical output for the computing calculator",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "20",
  number =       "13",
  pages =        "2--7",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1969",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
  keywords =     "computer graphics; plotters",
}

@Article{Smith:1969:HTR,
  author =       "J. H. Smith",
  title =        "High-resolution time-domain reflectometry with a
                 portable 30-lb instrument",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "20",
  number =       "13",
  pages =        "8--14",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1969",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments); B7310N (Microwave measurement
                 techniques)",
  keywords =     "microwave measurements; time-domain analysis",
}

@Article{Perkinson:1969:PDC,
  author =       "J. C. Perkinson and W. C. {Pierce, Jr.}",
  title =        "Precision dc current sources",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "20",
  number =       "13",
  pages =        "15--20",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1969",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1210 (Power electronics, supply and supervisory
                 circuits)",
  keywords =     "power supply circuits",
}

@Article{Itoh:1969:DMT,
  author =       "H. Itoh and K. L. Knudsen",
  title =        "Direct measurement of transistor noise voltage, noise
                 current and noise figure",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "21",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "2--7",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1969",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems); B7250 (Bench and portable instruments)",
  keywords =     "noise measurement; transistors",
}

@Article{Mantena:1969:SNT,
  author =       "N. R. Mantena",
  title =        "Sources of noise in transistors",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "21",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "8--11",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1969",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B2560J (Bipolar transistors)",
  keywords =     "noise; transistors",
}

@Article{Horth:1969:PHP,
  author =       "T. C. Horth",
  title =        "Premonitory heartbeat patterns recognized by
                 electronic monitor",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "21",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "12--20",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1969",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A8770G (Patient care and treatment); B7510D
                 (Bioelectric signals); B7520 (Patient care and
                 treatment)",
  keywords =     "biomedical electronics; electrocardiography;
                 monitoring; patient",
}

@Article{Rex:1969:CSA,
  author =       "R. L. Rex and G. T. Roberts",
  title =        "Correlation, signal averaging, and probability
                 analysis",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "21",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "2--8",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1969",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6140 (Signal processing and detection); C1260
                 (Information theory)",
  keywords =     "correlation theory; probability; signal processing",
}

@Article{Anderson:1969:CRC,
  author =       "G. C. Anderson and M. A. Perry",
  title =        "A calibrated real-time correlator\slash averager\slash
                 probability analyzer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "21",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "9--16",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1969",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6140 (Signal processing and detection); B7250G
                 (Display, recording and indicating instruments); C1260
                 (Information theory)",
  keywords =     "correlators; digital signals; display instruments;
                 processing; signal",
}

@Article{Rytand:1969:NAR,
  author =       "W. A. Rytand and D. R. Gildea",
  title =        "Network analysis in the range 100 {kHz} to 110 {MHz}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "21",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "2--11",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1969",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments); B7250 (Bench and portable instruments)",
  keywords =     "display instruments; network analysers",
}

@Article{Zellmer:1969:HIP,
  author =       "J. Zellmer",
  title =        "High impedance probing to 500 {MHz}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "21",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "12--16",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1969",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems); B7250 (Bench and portable instruments);
                 B7310B (Voltage measurement)",
  keywords =     "electrical impedance; probes; voltage measurement",
}

@Article{Pettit:1970:DO,
  author =       "J. Pettit",
  title =        "A d.c.-to-v.h.f. oscilloscope",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "21",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "2--8",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1970",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments)",
  keywords =     "cathode-ray oscilloscopes",
}

@Article{Chaffee:1970:FHC,
  author =       "D. Chaffee",
  title =        "A fast-writing, high-frequency cathode-ray tube",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "21",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "9--10",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1970",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B2360 (Electron beam scanned tubes)",
  keywords =     "cathode-ray tubes",
}

@Article{DeVilbiss:1970:WOA,
  author =       "A. J. DeVilbiss",
  title =        "A wideband oscilloscope amplifier",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "21",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "11--14",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1970",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1220 (Amplifiers); B2570 (Semiconductor integrated
                 circuits)B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments)",
  keywords =     "cathode-ray oscilloscopes; monolithic integrated
                 circuits; wideband amplifiers",
}

@Article{Brooksby:1970:MTA,
  author =       "M. Brooksby and R. D. Pering",
  title =        "Monolithic transistor arrays for high-frequency
                 applications",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "21",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "15--16",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1970",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B2560J (Bipolar transistors); B2570 (Semiconductor
                 integrated circuits)",
  keywords =     "monolithic integrated circuits; transistors",
}

@Article{Mordan:1970:FTB,
  author =       "W. Mordan",
  title =        "A fast time base for a high-frequency oscilloscope",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "21",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "17--20",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1970",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1290 (Other analogue circuits); B7250G (Display,
                 recording and indicating instruments)",
  keywords =     "cathode-ray oscilloscopes; time bases",
}

@Article{Rytting:1970:SAN,
  author =       "D. K. Rytting and S. N. Sanders",
  title =        "A system for automatic network analysis",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "21",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "2--10",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1970",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems); B7250 (Bench and portable instruments); C5450
                 (Analogue and hybrid computers and systems)",
  keywords =     "error compensation; network analysers",
}

@Article{Ray:1970:SAN,
  author =       "W. A. Ray and W. W. Williams",
  title =        "Software for the automatic network analyzer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "21",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "11--15",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1970",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5450 (Analogue and hybrid computers and systems);
                 C6150Z (Other systems operation programs)",
  keywords =     "network analysers; programming",
}

@Article{Schmidhauser:1970:MNT,
  author =       "R. Schmidhauser",
  title =        "Measuring nanosecond time intervals by averaging. What
                 kind of resolution can you get and how do you get it?
                 What about accuracy?",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "21",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "11--13",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1970",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210 (Instrumentation and measurement systems);
                 B7310G (Frequency measurement); B7320K (Time
                 measurement); C3110G (Frequency control); C7300
                 (Natural sciences computing)",
  keywords =     "computer applications; computer-aided design;
                 counters; measurement; time",
}

@Article{Hanson:1970:HAA,
  author =       "F. L. Hanson",
  title =        "High accuracy a.c. calibration to 1100 volts",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "21",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "14--17",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1970",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments); B7310B (Voltage measurement)",
  keywords =     "calibration; voltmeters",
}

@Article{Paxton:1970:NCH,
  author =       "D. Paxton",
  title =        "A new camera for high-speed oscilloscope recording",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "21",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "18--20",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1970",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B2360 (Electron beam scanned tubes); C3370N (Control
                 applications in photography and cinematography); C3380D
                 (Control of physical instruments)",
  keywords =     "cathode-ray oscilloscopes; instrumentation;
                 photography; recording",
}

@Article{Cowley:1970:DAS,
  author =       "A. M. Cowley",
  title =        "Design and application of silicon {IMPATT} diodes",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "21",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "2--13",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1970",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B2560H (Junction and barrier diodes)",
  keywords =     "avalanche diodes; transit time devices",
}

@Article{Noguchi:1970:MCA,
  author =       "H. Noguchi and T. Shimizu and K. Maeda",
  title =        "Measuring capacitance automatically",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "21",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "14--20",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1970",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B2130 (Capacitors); B7250J (Bridge instruments);
                 B7310J (Impedance and admittance measurement); B7310Z
                 (Other electric variables measurement); C3110Z (Other
                 electric variables control)",
  keywords =     "bridge instruments; capacitance measurement; electric;
                 variables measurement",
}

@Article{Roth:1970:DFA,
  author =       "P. R. Roth",
  title =        "Digital {Fourier} analysis",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "21",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "2--9",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1970",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B0220 (Mathematical analysis); C1120 (Mathematical
                 analysis)",
  keywords =     "integration",
}

@Article{Kiss:1970:CCF,
  author =       "A. Z. Kiss",
  title =        "A calibrated computer-based {Fourier} analyzer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "21",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "10--20",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1970",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems); B7250 (Bench and portable instruments);
                 C7410B (Power engineering computing)",
  keywords =     "applications; communications applications of
                 computers; computer; digital instrumentation",
}

@Article{Barrett:1970:AMP,
  author =       "P. J. Barrett and R. R. Hay and P. G. Winninghoff",
  title =        "Adding more precision to spectrum analyzer
                 measurements",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "21",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "10--12",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1970",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems); B7250 (Bench and portable instruments);
                 B7310G (Frequency measurement)",
  keywords =     "frequency measurement",
}

@Article{Dukes:1970:TYG,
  author =       "J. N. Dukes and G. B. Gordon",
  title =        "A two-hundred-foot yardstick with graduations every
                 microinch",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "21",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "2--8",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1970",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A0630C (Spatial variables measurement); A0760L
                 (Optical interferometry); A4210J (Optical interference
                 in homogeneous media); A4220 (Optical propagation and
                 transmission in inhomogeneous media); A4260K (Laser
                 beam applications); B4330 (Laser beam interactions and
                 properties); B4360 (Laser applications); B7210X (Other
                 instrumentation and measurement systems); B7250 (Bench
                 and portable instruments); B7320C (Spatial variables
                 measurement); C3120C (Spatial variables control)",
  keywords =     "distance measurement; laser beam applications; length;
                 light interferometers; measurement",
}

@Article{Anderson:1970:PMB,
  author =       "G. F. Anderson",
  title =        "A programmable, modular, bidirectional data coupler",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "22",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "2--6",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1970",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5610 (Computer interfaces)",
  keywords =     "data communication equipment",
}

@Article{Walko:1970:ISC,
  author =       "N. E. Walko",
  title =        "Instrumentation systems controlled by time-shared
                 computers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "22",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "7--9",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1970",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers); C5600 (Data
                 communication equipment and techniques)",
  keywords =     "data communication equipment; time-sharing systems",
}

@Article{Zeller:1970:OCR,
  author =       "G. Zeller",
  title =        "Optical card reader for fast calculator programming",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "22",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "8--12",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1970",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5560 (Data preparation equipment)",
  keywords =     "optical character recognition; punched card
                 equipment",
}

@Article{Bathiany:1970:SMS,
  author =       "R. H. Bathiany and C. J. Enlow and P. G. Foster and S.
                 Vitkovits",
  title =        "Sweeping the microwave spectrum with solid-state
                 sources",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "22",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "2--8",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1970",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1350F (Solid-state microwave circuits and devices);
                 B7250E (Signal generators); B7310N (Microwave
                 measurement techniques)",
  keywords =     "microwave oscillators; swept-frequency oscillators",
}

@Article{Pratt:1970:MMS,
  author =       "R. E. Pratt and R. W. Austin and A. Dethiefsen",
  title =        "Microcircuits for the microwave sweeper",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "22",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "9--16",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1970",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1350F (Solid-state microwave circuits and devices);
                 B2220J (Hybrid integrated circuits); B7250E (Signal
                 generators)",
  keywords =     "frequency oscillators; hybrid integrated circuits;
                 microwave oscillators; swept-",
}

@Article{Martin:1970:CMS,
  author =       "D. Martin",
  title =        "Computing-counter measurement systems",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "22",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "2--6",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1970",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210 (Instrumentation and measurement systems); C3350
                 (Control in industrial production systems)",
  keywords =     "automatic control; control; counters; measurement
                 systems; process",
}

@Article{Ingman:1970:PKC,
  author =       "E. M. Ingman",
  title =        "Programmer is key to computing-counter systems",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "22",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "7--12",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1970",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
  keywords =     "digital systems; programming",
}

@Article{Plumb:1970:MNL,
  author =       "J. Plumb and J. Holtzinger",
  title =        "Measuring noise and level on international telephone
                 systems",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "22",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "13--16",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1970",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6210D (Telephony); B7210 (Instrumentation and
                 measurement systems); B7310F (Power and energy
                 measurement); C3110E (Power and energy control); C3370C
                 (Control applications in telephony)",
  keywords =     "level measurement; level meters; noise; noise
                 measurement; power measurement; signal generators;
                 telephone systems; telephony",
}

@Article{Walter:1971:NHM,
  author =       "C. Walter and H. M. Juneau and L. Thompson",
  title =        "A new high-speed multifunction {DVM}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "22",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "1--15",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1971",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments); B7310B (Voltage measurement); C3110B
                 (Voltage control)",
  keywords =     "capability; DC readings speed of 1000 per second;
                 digital voltmeters; high speed multifunction digital
                 voltmeter; ohms; readings speed of 1000 per second;
                 true RMS AC; voltage measurement",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Ansley:1971:HC,
  author =       "W. G. Ansley and S. D. Edwards",
  title =        "{HP\slash CAI}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "22",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "2--3",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1971",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers); C7810C
                 (Computer-aided instruction)",
  keywords =     "computer aided instruction; computer assisted
                 instruction system; language; standard computer; time
                 shared computer; time-sharing systems",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Oliver:1971:DCC,
  author =       "B. M. Oliver",
  title =        "Distortion in complementary-pair class-{B}
                 amplifiers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "22",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "11--16",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1971",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1220 (Amplifiers)",
  keywords =     "amplifiers; complementary pair class B amplifiers;
                 crossover distortion; difference distortion; electric
                 distortion; feedback distortion suppression; negative;
                 transistor beta",
  treatment =    "P Practical; T Theoretical or Mathematical",
}

@Article{Cross:1971:ODR,
  author =       "J. R. Cross and J. A. Doub and J. M. Stedman",
  title =        "On-line data reduction for nuclear analyzers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "22",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "2--3",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1971",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C3340F (Control of nuclear systems)",
  keywords =     "multichannel nuclear analysers; nuclear
                 instrumentation; on-line data reduction; online
                 operation; radioactivity detection",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Kameoka:1971:VHV,
  author =       "Y. Kameoka and J. E. Bonhomme",
  title =        "Very high and very low resistances --- why and how
                 they are measured",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "22",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "11--16",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1971",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A4100 (Electricity and magnetism; fields and charged
                 particles); B2120 (Resistors); B7310J (Impedance and
                 admittance measurement); C3110J (Impedance and
                 admittance control)",
  keywords =     "electrical conductivity measurement; materials
                 properties; measurement; quality; resistance
                 measurement; semiconductor contact; very high
                 resistance; very low resistance measurement",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Donn:1971:MDP,
  author =       "E. S. Donn",
  title =        "Manipulating digital patterns with a new binary
                 sequence generator",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "22",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "2--8",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1971",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250E (Signal generators)",
  keywords =     "digital instrumentation; digital pattern manipulation;
                 pseudorandom binary sequence generator; sequence
                 generating; shift register",
  treatment =    "N New Development",
}

@Article{Upshinsky:1971:HMN,
  author =       "S. Upshinsky",
  title =        "How to make a nuclear spectrum hold still",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "22",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "9--11",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1971",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A2930 (Radiation spectrometers and spectroscopic
                 techniques); B7440 (Particle spectrometers); C3380D
                 (Control of physical instruments)",
  keywords =     "digital instrumentation; digital spectrum stabilizer;
                 drift compensation; instrumentation; multichannel
                 analyser; particle; spectrometers",
  treatment =    "N New Development",
}

@Article{Shergalis:1971:AFO,
  author =       "L. D. Shergalis",
  title =        "Astronomers find optical timing of pulsars more
                 accurate",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "22",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "12--13",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1971",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A9575 (Astronomical techniques); B7210X (Other
                 instrumentation and measurement systems); B7250 (Bench
                 and portable instruments); B7320K (Time measurement)",
  keywords =     "astronomical instruments; circuits; optical pulse
                 measurement; pulsars; time measurement; timing",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Adam:1971:PSA,
  author =       "S. F. Adam",
  title =        "Programmable step attenuators use
                 distributed-thin-film attenuator cards",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "22",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "14--16",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1971",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7310N (Microwave measurement techniques)",
  keywords =     "attenuators; distributed thin films; microwave
                 measurement; programmable step attenuators; thin film
                 circuits; waveguide",
  treatment =    "N New Development",
}

@Article{Kirkpatrick:1971:ESD,
  author =       "G. R. Kirkpatrick",
  title =        "Effective stripline device characterization",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "22",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "12--16",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1971",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1320 (Waveguide components); B7310N (Microwave
                 measurement techniques)",
  corpsource =   "State Polytech. Coll., CA, USA",
  keywords =     "analyzer; components; high frequency circuitry design;
                 microwave measurement; microwave network; network
                 analysers; optimum design; strip line; stripline device
                 characterisation",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Harrington:1971:RRM,
  author =       "H. W. Harrington and J. R. Hearn and R. F. Rauskolb",
  title =        "The routine rotational microwave spectrometer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "22",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "2--3",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1971",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A0758 (Magnetic resonance spectrometers, auxiliary
                 instruments and techniques); B7310N (Microwave
                 measurement techniques); B7440 (Particle
                 spectrometers)",
  keywords =     "centimetric; microwave devices; microwave measurement;
                 radiofrequency; routine rotational microwave
                 spectrometer; spectrometers; wavelength",
  treatment =    "N New Development",
}

@Article{Gudnitz:1971:GTS,
  author =       "L. Gudnitz and H. Tsuda",
  title =        "General-purpose test system gets digital capability",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "22",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "2--9",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1971",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B0170E (Production facilities and engineering); B7210B
                 (Automatic test and measurement systems); C7410D
                 (Electronic engineering computing)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "applications; applications of computers; automatic
                 test equipment; automatic testing; computer; digital
                 device; electron device testing; electronics;
                 functional logic test; general purpose computer aided
                 test system; measurement systems; testing",
  treatment =    "N New Development",
}

@Article{Hicks:1971:OPM,
  author =       "C. L. Hicks and M. R. Mellon",
  title =        "Optical power measurements made easy",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "22",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "10--16",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1971",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A0760 (Optical instruments and techniques); A4280
                 (Optical devices, techniques and applications); B7250G
                 (Display, recording and indicating instruments); B7310F
                 (Power and energy measurement); B7320P (Optical
                 variables measurement); C3120M (Optical variables
                 control); C3240D (Electric transducers and sensing
                 devices)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "direct radiometric measurements; electric sensing
                 devices; fluxmeters; infrared; optical instruments;
                 optical variables measurement; power measurement;
                 radiant flux meter; radiometers; ultraviolet",
  treatment =    "N New Development",
}

@Article{Band:1971:LMS,
  author =       "I. T. Band and H. J. Jekat and E. E. May",
  title =        "Lilliputian measuring system does much, costs little",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "22",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "2--12",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1971",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlette-Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "circuits; counters; digital instrumentation;
                 electronic; emitting diode displays; frequency and time
                 measurements; high speed bipolar integrated; large
                 scale integration; logic circuits; MOS; read only
                 memory; solid state light",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1971:PPS,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "A package for portability and serviceability",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "22",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "9--??",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1971",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B0170J (Product packaging)",
  keywords =     "5300 system; cast aluminum case; delay; IC; in between
                 module; LSI; oscilloscope; packaging; plastic clips;
                 snap on concept",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Michener:1971:AAS,
  author =       "C. K. Michener",
  title =        "An almost all solid-state strip-chart recorder",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "22",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "13--16",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1971",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments); B8510 (Drives)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "complex servo system; drives; electromagnetic loud;
                 linear motor; linear motors; low; pen drive; recorders;
                 silhouette recorders; speaker; strip chart recorder",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Keiter:1971:FCS,
  author =       "R. C. Keiter",
  title =        "A fully calibrated, solid state microwave spectrum
                 analyzer. Microwave spectrum analysis with performance
                 advantages previously associated only with lower
                 frequency instruments",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "23",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "4--9",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1971",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems); B7250 (Bench and portable instruments);
                 B7310N (Microwave measurement techniques)",
  keywords =     "0.01-40 GHz; frequency stability; integrated circuit;
                 microwave measurement; microwave spectrum analyzer;
                 mixer; optimum harmonic mixing; spectral analysers",
  treatment =    "N New Development",
}

@Article{Page:1971:TG,
  author =       "J. Page",
  title =        "Tracking generators",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "23",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "10--11",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1971",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems); B7250E (Signal generators); B7250 (Bench and
                 portable instruments); B7310G (Frequency measurement)",
  keywords =     "frequency; frequency measurement; loss measurement;
                 response measurement; return loss measurement; signal
                 generators; spectral analysers; spectrum analyzer;
                 tracking signal generator",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Hawley:1971:LFS,
  author =       "I. H. {Hawley, Jr.}",
  title =        "A low frequency spectrum analyzer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "23",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "12--15",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1971",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems); B7250 (Bench and portable instruments);
                 B7310G (Frequency measurement)",
  keywords =     "20 Hz to 300 kHz; built in; crystal markers; frequency
                 measurement; low frequency spectrum analyzer; spectral
                 analysers; tracking generator",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Coury:1971:PPA,
  author =       "F. F. Coury",
  title =        "Price, performance, architecture and the {2100A}
                 computer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "23",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "2--3",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1971",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
  keywords =     "general purpose computers; Hewlett Packard Model 2100A
                 computer; minicomputers",
  treatment =    "N New Development",
}

@Article{Leis:1971:MRF,
  author =       "C. T. Leis",
  title =        "Microprogramming, {ROMs}, firmware and all that",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "23",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "4--9",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1971",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5220 (Computer architecture)",
  keywords =     "computer architecture; firmware; Hewlett Packard Model
                 2100A; microprocessor; microprogramming; minicomputer;
                 minicomputers; only storage; read only memory; read-",
  treatment =    "N New Development",
}

@Article{Frankenberg:1971:LMS,
  author =       "R. J. Frankenberg",
  title =        "A lot of memory in a small space",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "23",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "10--12",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1971",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5320E (Storage on stationary magnetic media)",
  keywords =     "32K words; core memory; Hewlett Packard Model 2100A;
                 magnetic core stores; memory core stack design;
                 minicomputer; minicomputers; reliability; sense
                 amplifiers",
  treatment =    "N New Development",
}

@Article{Crawford:1971:BPS,
  author =       "R. D. Crawford and G. Justice",
  title =        "A bantam power supply for a minicomputer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "23",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "13--15",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1971",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1210 (Power electronics, supply and supervisory
                 circuits); C0310 (EDP management); C5420 (Mainframes
                 and minicomputers)",
  keywords =     "apparatus; computer facilities; Hewlett Packard Model
                 2100A; miniaturization techniques; minicomputer;
                 minicomputers; power supplies to; power supply",
  treatment =    "N New Development",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1971:UTS,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "{UTC} time scale to change in 1972",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "23",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "16--??",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1971",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A0630F (Time and frequency measurement); B7130
                 (Measurement standards and calibration); B7310G
                 (Frequency measurement); B7320K (Time measurement);
                 C3110G (Frequency control)",
  keywords =     "atomic clocks; clocks; Coordinated Universal Time
                 scale; measurement standards; standards; time
                 measurement",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Martin:1971:FSM,
  author =       "D. Martin",
  title =        "Frequency stability measurements by computing counter
                 system",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "23",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "9--14",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1971",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1230B (Oscillators); B7210 (Instrumentation and
                 measurement systems); B7310G (Frequency measurement);
                 C3110G (Frequency control); C5450 (Analogue and hybrid
                 computers and systems)",
  keywords =     "computer applications; computer counter system;
                 computers; counters; frequency domain; frequency
                 stability; frequency stability measurements; high
                 resolution; hybrid; measurement systems; oscillators;
                 time domain",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Botka:1971:MII,
  author =       "J. K. Botka",
  title =        "More informative impedance measurements, swept from
                 0.5 to 100 {MHz}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "23",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "15--19",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1971",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1200 (Electronic circuits); B7210X (Other
                 instrumentation and measurement systems); B7210
                 (Instrumentation and measurement systems); B7310J
                 (Impedance and admittance measurement)",
  keywords =     "circuit; circuits; complex impedance versus frequency;
                 design; electric impedance measurement; impedance
                 measuring system; instantaneous; measurement; network
                 analysers; probe; probes; swept display; systems;
                 vector",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Shanahan:1971:USG,
  author =       "J. C. Shanahan",
  title =        "Uniting signal generation and signal synthesis",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "23",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "2--13",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1971",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250E (Signal generators)",
  keywords =     "optimization; signal generators; synthesized signal
                 generator",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Baldwin:1971:RLI,
  author =       "R. R. Baldwin and G. B. Gordon and A. F. Rude",
  title =        "Remote laser interferometry",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "23",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "14--20",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1971",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A4260K (Laser beam applications); B4330 (Laser beam
                 interactions and properties); B4360 (Laser
                 applications); B7320C (Spatial variables measurement)",
  keywords =     "distance measurement; interferometry; laser beam
                 applications; laser interferometry; light; linear and
                 angular measurements; optical systems; remote",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Fanton:1972:CHS,
  author =       "J. L. Fanton",
  title =        "A computer-aided hospital system for cardiac
                 catheterization procedures",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "23",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "2--7",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1972",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6130 (Data handling techniques); C7330 (Biology and
                 medical computing)",
  keywords =     "cardiac catheterization; computer reduction of data;
                 data acquisition; data reduction and analysis;
                 medicine",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Baker:1972:CCF,
  author =       "M. Baker and J. Pipkin",
  title =        "Clip-and-read comparator finds {IC} failures",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "23",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "8--12",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1972",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1290 (Other analogue circuits); B2220 (Integrated
                 circuits); B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits)",
  keywords =     "analysis; comparators (circuits); digital IC failure;
                 digital integrated circuits; failure; integrated
                 circuit testing; Model 10529A Logic comparator",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Cunningham:1972:IAS,
  author =       "M. Cunningham and L. Wheelwright",
  title =        "Introducing the automatic spectrum analyzer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "23",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "2--6",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1972",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems); B7250 (Bench and portable instruments);
                 C7410D (Electronic engineering computing); C7420
                 (Control engineering computing)",
  keywords =     "10 kHz to 18 GHz; automatic control; automatic
                 spectrum analyzer; computer applications; control;
                 engineering applications of computers; graphics;
                 interactive; spectral analysers",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Shaffer:1972:OAS,
  author =       "W. H. Shaffer",
  title =        "Organizing the automatic spectrum analyzer system",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "23",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "7--9",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1972",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems); B7250 (Bench and portable instruments)",
  keywords =     "0.01 to 18 GHz; 0.1; automatic control; automatic
                 spectrum analyzer system; computer applications; model
                 8553B; model 8555A; party line control bus; RF
                 converters; spectral analysers; to 110 MHz",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Sanders:1972:AR,
  author =       "S. N. Sanders",
  title =        "Automating the {10-MHz-to-18-GHz} receiver",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "23",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "10--13",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1972",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems); B7250 (Bench and portable instruments)",
  keywords =     "0.01 to 18 GHz; absolute; amplitude calibration;
                 automatic control; computer applications; frequency
                 response flatness; HP Model 8555A; IF; intermodulation
                 distortion; local oscillators; microwave tuning; Model
                 8552B; quadrupole conversion receiver; receivers;
                 spectral analysers",
  treatment =    "G General Review; P Practical",
}

@Article{McGrath:1972:FTR,
  author =       "W. R. McGrath and A. Miller",
  title =        "Fine-line thermal recording on {Z}-fold paper",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "23",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "17--19",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1972",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments)",
  keywords =     "fine line thermal recording; paper; recording; strip
                 chart recorders",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Ware:1972:TDR,
  author =       "G. A. Ware",
  title =        "Time domain reflectometry in narrowband systems",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "23",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "2--7",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1972",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6250D (Point-to-point radio systems); B7210X (Other
                 instrumentation and measurement systems); B7250 (Bench
                 and portable instruments)",
  keywords =     "burst width; carrier frequency; detectable
                 reflections; fault location; from impedance differences
                 as small as 1\%; microwave links; narrowband systems;
                 new time domain; reflectometry system; short burst of
                 RF for incident pulse; test equipment",
  treatment =    "N New Development",
}

@Article{Kameoka:1972:MHC,
  author =       "Y. Kameoka",
  title =        "Measuring high-value capacitors",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "23",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "8--13",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1972",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B2130 (Capacitors); B7250G (Display, recording and
                 indicating instruments); B7310J (Impedance and
                 admittance measurement); C3110J (Impedance and
                 admittance control)",
  keywords =     "1 microfarad to 300 millifarad measurements;
                 capacitance measurement; electric variables
                 measurement; electrolytic capacitors; four terminal
                 measurements; indicators; leakage currents; maximum;
                 resolution 0.02 microfarads",
  treatment =    "N New Development",
}

@Article{Folsom:1972:MTR,
  author =       "J. B. Folsom",
  title =        "Measuring true {RMS AC} voltages to 100 {MHz}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "23",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "14--19",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1972",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments); B7310B (Voltage measurement); C3110B
                 (Voltage control); C3210B (Recorders and indicators for
                 control systems)",
  keywords =     "1000 V maximum input voltage; and control; bandwidth;
                 BCD outputs; DC to 100 MHZ; HP 3403A, 3403B;
                 indicators; input impedance 10 megohm in parallel with
                 19; picofarad; remote programming; true RMS AC
                 voltmeters; voltage measurement; voltmeters",
  treatment =    "N New Development",
}

@Article{Larsen:1972:EET,
  author =       "J. L. Larsen and R. F. Dillman and A. M. Nardizzi and
                 R. N. Tverdoch",
  title =        "An effective {ECG} telemetry system",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "23",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "2--8",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1972",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A8770G (Patient care and treatment); B6210J
                 (Telemetry); B7510D (Bioelectric signals); B7520
                 (Patient care and treatment); C3385 (Biological and
                 medical control systems)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "effective ECG telemetry system; electrocardiography;
                 instruments; patient monitoring; telemetering systems",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Fox:1972:HIA,
  author =       "K. A. Fox and M. P. Pasturel and P. S. Showman",
  title =        "A human interface for automatic measurement systems",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "23",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "10--17",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1972",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210 (Instrumentation and measurement systems); C5610
                 (Computer interfaces)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "automatic control; automatic measurement systems;
                 computer interfaces; interactive graphic display;
                 magnetic tape cassette; man-machine systems;
                 measurement systems",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Riggen:1972:AGD,
  author =       "J. Riggen and D. Fogg",
  title =        "An agile graphic display device",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "23",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "18--23",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1972",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7260 (Display technology and systems); C5540
                 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "agile graphic display device; computer graphic
                 equipment; display; display instruments; economics;
                 systems",
  treatment =    "E Economic; P Practical",
}

@Article{Herlinger:1972:FTD,
  author =       "J. E. Herlinger and J. R. Barnes",
  title =        "A faster, tougher disc drive for small computer
                 systems",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "23",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "2--5",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1972",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B8510 (Drives); C3260B (Electric actuators and final
                 control equipment); C5320 (Digital storage)",
  keywords =     "cartridge disc drive; drives; magnetic storage
                 devices; magnetic storage systems; peripheral memory
                 device",
  treatment =    "A Application",
}

@Article{Herlinger:1972:IDD,
  author =       "J. E. Herlinger and W. J. Lloyd",
  title =        "Inside the 7900 Disc Drive",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "23",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "6--11",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1972",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B8510 (Drives); C3260B (Electric actuators and final
                 control equipment); C5320 (Digital storage)",
  keywords =     "accuracy; cartridge disc drive; design features;
                 drives; magnetic storage devices; magnetic storage
                 systems; reliability; ruggedness; speed",
  treatment =    "A Application",
}

@Article{Girdner:1972:RWF,
  author =       "W. I. Girdner and W. H. Overton",
  title =        "Reading and writing on the fast disc",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "23",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "12--14",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1972",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media)",
  keywords =     "data transfer; heads; magnetic storage devices; phase
                 locked loop; phase-locked loops; read/write system",
  treatment =    "A Application",
}

@Article{Bowman:1972:EDD,
  author =       "D. J. Bowman",
  title =        "An efficient disc drive\slash computer interface",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "23",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "15--16",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1972",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B8510 (Drives); C3260B (Electric actuators and final
                 control equipment); C5320 (Digital storage); C5610
                 (Computer interfaces)",
  keywords =     "computer interfaces; disc drive/computer interface;
                 drive; drives; I/O structure; magnetic storage systems;
                 performance",
  treatment =    "A Application",
}

@Article{Hanson:1972:NNI,
  author =       "R. C. Hanson",
  title =        "Narrowband noise immunity in a broadband gain-phase
                 meter",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "23",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "17--20",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1972",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6140 (Signal processing and detection); B7250G
                 (Display, recording and indicating instruments); B7310H
                 (Phase and gain measurement); C1260 (Information
                 theory)",
  keywords =     "gain measurement; narrowband noise immunity; noise;
                 phase meters; wideband gain phase meter",
  treatment =    "N New Development",
}

@Article{Whitney:1972:PEC,
  author =       "T. M. Whitney and F. Rode and C. C. Tung",
  title =        "The `powerful pocketful': an electronic calculator
                 challenges the slide rule",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "23",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "2--9",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1972",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 16:47:34 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/72jun/ju72a1.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
  keywords =     "calculator; digits; exponential functions; logarithmic
                 functions; minicomputers; significant; slide rule;
                 trigonometric functions",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Cochran:1972:AAH,
  author =       "D. S. Cochran",
  title =        "Algorithms and accuracy in the {HP-35}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "23",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "10--11",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1972",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 16:47:32 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/72jun/ju72a2.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
  keywords =     "accuracy; electronic calculator; minicomputers;
                 resolution; sine algorithm",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Liljenwall:1972:PPC,
  author =       "E. T. Liljenwall",
  title =        "Packaging the pocket calculator",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "23",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "12--13",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1972",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 16:47:31 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/72jun/ju72a3.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B0170J (Product packaging); C5220 (Computer
                 architecture); C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
  keywords =     "computer architecture; design engineering; industrial
                 design; minicomputers; packaging; pocket calculator",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Cline:1972:NCD,
  author =       "S. G. Cline and N. D. Marschke",
  title =        "New capabilities in digital low-frequency spectrum
                 analysis",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "23",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "14--20",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1972",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 16:47:24 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/72jun/ju72a4.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems); B7250 (Bench and portable instruments); C5420
                 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
  keywords =     "analysers; digital circuits; digital instrumentation;
                 fast transform; Fourier analyzer; peripherals;
                 spectral; spectrum analysis",
}

@Article{Tuttle:1972:STO,
  author =       "R. K. Tuttle",
  title =        "The synthesized test oscillator --- a new signal
                 source for the 0.1 {Hz}---13 {MHz} range",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "23",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "2--8",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1972",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1230B (Oscillators); B7250E (Signal generators)",
  keywords =     "0.1 Hz to 13 MHz range; 3320B frequency synthesizer;
                 accurate level setting; frequency synthesizers; high
                 frequency stability; indirect synthesis; Model; Model
                 3320A frequency synthesizer; oscillators; precision
                 levelling circuit; programmable; synthesized test
                 oscillator; through BCD inputs",
  treatment =    "N New Development; P Practical",
}

@Article{Kingsford-Smith:1972:ISG,
  author =       "C. A. Kingsford-Smith",
  title =        "The incremental sweep generator --- point-by-point
                 accuracy with swept-frequency convenience",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "23",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "9--15",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1972",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250E (Signal generators)",
  keywords =     "0.1 Hz to 13 MHz; automatic; automatic frequency
                 synthesizer; automatic test equipment; digital
                 controller; frequency oscillators; frequency range;
                 frequency synthesizers; HP; incremental frequency;
                 incremental sweep generator; incremental sweeping;
                 Keyboard tuning; millisecond to 3 seconds; model
                 3330A/B; residual FM less 1 Hz RMS; steps from 0.1 Hz
                 to 9.99 MHz; sweep linearity; swept-; testing; time per
                 step from 1",
  treatment =    "N New Development; P Practical",
}

@Article{Coury:1972:MWC,
  author =       "F. F. Coury",
  title =        "Microprogramming and writable control store",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "23",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "16--20",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1972",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5220 (Computer architecture)",
  keywords =     "applications; computer architecture; computer systems
                 design; HP2100A minicomputer; microprogramming;
                 microprograms testing and debugging; minicomputers;
                 writable control store",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Gookin:1972:CVN,
  author =       "A. Gookin",
  title =        "Compactness and versatility in a new plug-together
                 digital multimeter",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "23",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "2--6",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1972",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments)",
  keywords =     "and field use; bench; digital instrumentation; digital
                 multimeter; model 34701A; test equipment; testing
                 equipment",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Thompson:1972:NFM,
  author =       "L. Thompson",
  title =        "A new five-digit multimeter that can test itself",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "23",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "7--12",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1972",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments)",
  keywords =     "digital instrumentation; digital processor; five digit
                 multimeter; memories; model 3490A; ready only; self
                 test capability",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Kasson:1972:FMH,
  author =       "J. M. Kasson",
  title =        "Functional modularity helps designer and user of new
                 measurement and control subsystem",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "23",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "13--19",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1972",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210F (Telemetering systems); B7210G (Data
                 acquisition systems); C3250 (Telecontrol and
                 telemetering components)",
  keywords =     "automatic; control systems; data acquisition;
                 measurement; measurement and control subsystem;
                 measurement systems; model 2440A analogue/digital
                 interface; modules; physical process; printed circuit
                 cards; sensing; telecontrol equipment; telemetering
                 equipment",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Mickowski:1972:MMM,
  author =       "J. Mickowski",
  title =        "Multiprogrammer magnifies minicomputer {I/O}
                 capacity",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "23",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "20--23",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1972",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5600 (Data communication equipment and techniques)",
  keywords =     "acquisition; architecture; automatic test systems;
                 computer; data communication equipment; digital data;
                 direct digital control; driving X-Y and chart
                 recorders; I/O capacity; minicomputer; minicomputers;
                 model 6940A multiprogrammer; model 6941A extender;
                 multiprogramming; process control systems",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Adler:1972:LPP,
  author =       "R. Adler and J. R. Hofland",
  title =        "Logic pulser and probe: a new digital troubleshooting
                 team",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "24",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "2--7",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1972",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1260 (Pulse circuits); B1265 (Digital electronics);
                 B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement systems);
                 B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250 (Bench
                 and portable instruments); C3200 (Control equipment and
                 instrumentation)",
  keywords =     "automatic testing; bad levels; circuits; digital
                 circuit nodes; digital circuits; digital integrated;
                 integrated circuit testing; integrated circuits; logic
                 pulser; open; probe; probes; pulse circuits; pulses",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Urquhart:1972:NML,
  author =       "R. Urquhart",
  title =        "A new microwave link analyzer with high-frequency test
                 tones",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "24",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "8--9",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1972",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6270 (Other telecommunication systems and equipment);
                 B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement systems);
                 B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250 (Bench
                 and portable instruments); B7310N (Microwave
                 measurement techniques); C3200 (Control equipment and
                 instrumentation)",
  keywords =     "baseband output; electric variables measurement; high
                 frequency test tones; intermodulation noise;
                 measurement; measurements; microwave; microwave link
                 analyzer; microwave links; noise measurement; swept;
                 test tone probing; thermal noise; white noise tests",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Fisher:1972:MRC,
  author =       "J. Fisher",
  title =        "Microwave radio communications and performance
                 measurements",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "24",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "10--11",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1972",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6270 (Other telecommunication systems and equipment);
                 B7310N (Microwave measurement techniques)",
  keywords =     "baseband signal; electric variables measurement;
                 measurement; microwave; microwave link analyser;
                 microwave links; microwave radio communications",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Crabtree:1972:MMR,
  author =       "M. Crabtree",
  title =        "{MLA} measures {RF} performance with down converter",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "24",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "17--18",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1972",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6270 (Other telecommunication systems and equipment);
                 B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement systems);
                 B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250 (Bench
                 and portable instruments); B7310N (Microwave
                 measurement techniques); C3200 (Control equipment and
                 instrumentation)",
  keywords =     "distortions; down converter; electric variables
                 measurement; FM linearity; frequency convertors; group
                 delay; local oscillator; microwave link analyzer;
                 microwave links; microwave measurement; mixer; RF
                 performance; sweep; test tone",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Dethlefsen:1972:CMS,
  author =       "A. E. Dethlefsen",
  title =        "Communications-oriented microwave solid-state
                 sweeper",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "24",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "19--20",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1972",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1350F (Solid-state microwave circuits and devices);
                 B6270 (Other telecommunication systems and equipment);
                 B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250E (Signal
                 generators)B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments); B7310N (Microwave measurement
                 techniques); C3210B (Recorders and indicators for
                 control systems)",
  keywords =     "electric variables measurement; IF swept; measurement;
                 microwave; microwave communication bands; microwave
                 links; microwave oscillators; microwave solid state
                 sweeper; oscillators; source; sweep oscillator;
                 swept-frequency; up converter",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Nelson:1972:PIS,
  author =       "G. E. Nelson and D. W. Ricci",
  title =        "A practical interface system for electronic
                 instruments",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "24",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "2--7",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1972",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems); B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers);
                 B7250 (Bench and portable instruments); C3200 (Control
                 equipment and instrumentation)",
  keywords =     "common communications structure; digital; electronic
                 instruments; I/O circuit cards; instruments; passive
                 cabling; practical interface system; processing
                 circuits",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Loughry:1972:CDI,
  author =       "D. C. Loughry",
  title =        "A common digital interface for programmable
                 instruments: The evolution of a system",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "24",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "8--11",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1972",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems); B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers);
                 B7250 (Bench and portable instruments); C3200 (Control
                 equipment and instrumentation)",
  keywords =     "common digital interface; evolution; instruments;
                 programmable instruments",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Nelson:1972:FGM,
  author =       "G. E. Nelson and P. L. Thomas and R. L. Atchley",
  title =        "Faster gain-phase measurements with new automatic
                 {50Hz-to-13MHz} network analyzers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "24",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "12--19",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1972",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems); B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers);
                 B7250 (Bench and portable instruments); B7310H (Phase
                 and gain measurement); C3200 (Control equipment and
                 instrumentation); C5490 (Other aspects of analogue and
                 digital computers)",
  keywords =     "analysers; analyzers; automatic 50 HZ to 13 MHZ
                 network; comparator; digital instrumentation; gain;
                 gain measurement; gain phase measurements; insertion
                 loss; network; phase measurement; phase shift; signal
                 response; two port devices",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Vifian:1972:ME,
  author =       "H. Vifian and F. K. David and W. L. Frederick",
  title =        "A `voltmeter' for the microwave engineer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "24",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "2--7",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1972",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7310N (Microwave measurement techniques)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "loss; losses; microwave frequencies; microwave
                 measurement; return; swept insertion; wide band",
}

@Article{Morrison:1972:VDU,
  author =       "D. J. Morrison and B. W. Finnie and R. S. Patel and K.
                 H. Edwards",
  title =        "Versatile display unit extends correlator capability",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "24",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "8--15",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1972",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6100 (Information and communication theory); B7230
                 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G (Display,
                 recording and indicating instruments); C3210B
                 (Recorders and indicators for control systems)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Ltd., West Lothian, UK",
  keywords =     "correlator; display instruments; frequency domains;
                 spectrum display; time",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Emmermann:1972:VPH,
  author =       "G. G. Emmermann",
  title =        "Voltage precision and high current capability-both in
                 one power supply",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "24",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "16--19",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1972",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1210 (Power electronics, supply and supervisory
                 circuits)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Rockaway, NJ, USA",
  keywords =     "high current capability; power supplies to apparatus;
                 power supply; voltage precision",
}

@Article{Spangler:1972:NSP,
  author =       "R. M. Spangler",
  title =        "A new series of programmable calculators",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "24",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "2--4",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1972",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A0790 (Other topics in specialised instrumentation)",
  keywords =     "calculating apparatus; HP 9800 series; programmable
                 calculators",
  treatment =    "G General Review; P Practical",
}

@Article{Brown:1972:MMC,
  author =       "C. D. Brown and J. M. Walden",
  title =        "Model 10 maintains compatibility, expands capability",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "24",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "5--8",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1972",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A0790 (Other topics in specialised instrumentation)",
  keywords =     "arithmetic; calculating apparatus; HP 9810; internally
                 expanding memory; LED display; operations; plug in
                 function blocks; programmable calculators",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{James:1972:IMS,
  author =       "R. L. James and F. J. Yockey",
  title =        "Interactive model 20 speaks algebraic language",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "24",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "8--13",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1972",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A0790 (Other topics in specialised instrumentation)",
  keywords =     "algebraic language; calculating apparatus; interactive
                 mode; LED display; model 20; natural algebraic
                 language; plug in modules",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Spangler:1972:BMC,
  author =       "R. M. Spangler",
  title =        "{BASIC-language} model 30 can be calculator, computer,
                 or terminal",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "24",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "14--18",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1972",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A0790 (Other topics in specialised instrumentation)",
  keywords =     "9800 series; BASIC; calculating apparatus; computer
                 terminal; desktop computer; model 30; programmable
                 calculator; remote",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Kohoutek:1972:PIM,
  author =       "H. J. Kohoutek",
  title =        "9800 processor incorporates {8-MHz} microprocessor",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "24",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "19--22",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1972",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5220 (Computer architecture)",
  keywords =     "9800 processor; logic circuitry; microprocessor
                 section; microprogramming; read only memories",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Finn:1972:AMS,
  author =       "C. L. Finn",
  title =        "All-semiconductor memory system includes read-only and
                 read\slash write chips",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "24",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "22--24",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1972",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5320G (Semiconductor storage)",
  keywords =     "all semiconductor memory; calculating apparatus; HP
                 9800; read only; read/write; semiconductor storage
                 devices; series",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Egan:1972:VIO,
  author =       "G. L. Egan",
  title =        "Versatile input\slash output structure welcomes
                 peripheral variety",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "24",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "24--26",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1972",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A0790 (Other topics in specialised instrumentation)",
  keywords =     "calculating apparatus; HP 9800 series; input/output
                 structure",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Forbes:1973:EFM,
  author =       "B. E. Forbes and M. D. Green",
  title =        "An economical full-scale multipurpose computer
                 system",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "24",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "2--8",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1973",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5220 (Computer architecture); C5420 (Mainframes and
                 minicomputers)",
  keywords =     "16 bit computer system; architecture; computer
                 architecture; general purpose computers; hardware
                 stack; multipurpose; virtual memory",
}

@Article{Basiji:1973:CBL,
  author =       "J. Basiji and A. B. Bergh",
  title =        "Central bus links modular {HP} 3000 hardware",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "24",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "9--14",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1973",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5220 (Computer architecture); C5610 (Computer
                 interfaces)",
  keywords =     "computer architecture; computer interfaces; HP 3000
                 hardware",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Foster:1973:SMC,
  author =       "W. E. Foster",
  title =        "Software for a multilingual computer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "24",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "15--19",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1973",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6140D (High level languages)",
  keywords =     "analysis; BASIC; COBOL; FORTRAN; high level language;
                 multilingual computer; procedure oriented languages;
                 software; SPL; systems",
}

@Article{Shannon:1973:SSV,
  author =       "R. M. Shannon and K. L. Astrof and M. S. Marzalek and
                 L. C. Sanders",
  title =        "A solid state {VHF} signal generator for today's
                 exacting requirements",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "24",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "2--13",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1973",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250E
                 (Signal generators)",
  keywords =     "signal generator; signal generators; solid state;
                 VHF",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Pierce:1973:CDM,
  author =       "W. C. {Pierce, Jr.} and J. S. Gallo and W. T. Walker",
  title =        "Computer-aided design of modular power supplies",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "24",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "4--19",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1973",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1130B (Computer-aided circuit analysis and design);
                 B1210 (Power electronics, supply and supervisory
                 circuits); C7410D (Electronic engineering computing)",
  keywords =     "circuit; circuits; computer aided design;
                 computer-aided circuit design; modular power supplies;
                 modules; power supply; universal",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Smith:1973:HPF,
  author =       "D. H. Smith",
  title =        "High performance flame-ionization detector system for
                 gas chromatography",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "24",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "2--10",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1973",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A8280B (Chromatography)",
  keywords =     "chromatography; design; electrometer circuit;
                 electrometers; flame ionisation detector; mechanical",
}

@Article{Hassun:1973:SSG,
  author =       "R. Hassun and M. Humpherys and D. Scherer and D. K.
                 Young and B. Stribling and C. Cook",
  title =        "Synthesized signal generation to 1.3 {GHz}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "24",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "11--19",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1973",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1230B (Oscillators); B1350F (Solid-state microwave
                 circuits and devices); B7230 (Sensing devices and
                 transducers); B7250E (Signal generators)",
  keywords =     "1.3 GHZ; detectors; frequency synthesis; frequency
                 synthesizers; microwave; microwave generation;
                 oscillators; wide capture range phase",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Gardner:1973:GRC,
  author =       "R. Gardner and A. Dumont and S. Venzke",
  title =        "A greater range of capabilities for the compact,
                 plug-on digital multimeter",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "24",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "20--24",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1973",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G
                 (Display, recording and indicating instruments); C3210B
                 (Recorders and indicators for control systems)",
  keywords =     "3470 system; 5 digit resolution; digital
                 instrumentation; digital multimeter; digital
                 voltmeters; display; indicators; instruments; plug on;
                 resistance; voltage",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Schneider:1973:HAM,
  author =       "R. F. Schneider",
  title =        "A high-performance automatic microwave counter",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "24",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "2--9",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1973",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A0750 (Electrical instruments and techniques); B7230
                 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G (Display,
                 recording and indicating instruments); B7310G
                 (Frequency measurement); B7310N (Microwave measurement
                 techniques); C3210B (Recorders and indicators for
                 control systems); C3240D (Electric transducers and
                 sensing devices)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "10 HZ to 18 GHZ; automatic frequency counter;
                 frequency meters; high sensitivity; microwave;
                 microwave measurement; systems compatible",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Merkelo:1973:DTS,
  author =       "J. Merkelo",
  title =        "A {dc-to-20-GHz} thin-film signal sampler for
                 microwave instrumentation",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "24",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "10--13",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1973",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1350F (Solid-state microwave circuits and devices)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Santa Clara, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "DC to 20GHZ; devices; microwave thin film circuit;
                 mixers (circuits); model 5340A microwave counter;
                 signal sampler; solid-; solid-state microwave circuits;
                 state microwave devices; thin film; thin film
                 circuits",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Aikin:1973:ACL,
  author =       "E. R. Aikin and J. L. Minck",
  title =        "Automating the calibration laboratory",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "24",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "14--17, 20--23",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1973",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A0620H (Measurement standards and calibration); B7130
                 (Measurement standards and calibration); C7410D
                 (Electronic engineering computing)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "automation; calibration; calibration laboratory;
                 hardware; laboratory apparatus and technique;
                 software",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Crowley:1973:PAM,
  author =       "W. L. Crowley and F. Rode",
  title =        "A pocket-sized answer machine for business and
                 finance",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "24",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "2--9",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1973",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
  keywords =     "electronic calculator for business and finance;
                 minicomputers",
  treatment =    "N New Development; P Practical",
}

@Article{Zamborelli:1973:TFW,
  author =       "T. Zamborelli",
  title =        "Thick films widen attenuator response",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "24",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "9--??",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1973",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G
                 (Display, recording and indicating instruments); C3210B
                 (Recorders and indicators for control systems)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
  keywords =     "attenuator response; cathode-ray oscilloscopes;
                 conductors; high frequency oscilloscopes; thick film;
                 thick film resistors; thick films; thick films for
                 widening",
  treatment =    "N New Development; P Practical",
}

@Article{Brunetti:1973:MRC,
  author =       "L. Brunetti",
  title =        "A more rugged, cleaner writing oscillographic ink
                 recorder",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "24",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "10--17",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1973",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G
                 (Display, recording and indicating instruments); C3210B
                 (Recorders and indicators for control systems)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard, San Diego, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "ink recorder; oscillographic recording system;
                 recorders",
  treatment =    "N New Development; P Practical",
}

@Article{Barney:1973:QLH,
  author =       "D. B. Barney and J. R. Drehle",
  title =        "A quiet, low-cost, high-speed line printer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "24",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "18--22",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1973",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  keywords =     "printers; thermal printer",
  treatment =    "N New Development; P Practical",
}

@Article{Lepoff:1973:SDS,
  author =       "J. H. Lepoff and R. A. Morris",
  title =        "Schottky-barrier diodes structured for better
                 high-frequency performance",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "24",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "2--6",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1973",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B2560H (Junction and barrier diodes)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "high frequency performance; Schottky barrier diodes;
                 Schottky-barrier diodes",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Horner:1973:DDM,
  author =       "J. F. Horner and L. W. Masters and P. T. Mingle",
  title =        "{DMM} and {DAC} modules expand low-cost measuring
                 system",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "24",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "7--15",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1973",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5180 (A/D and D/A convertors)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "5300; DAC modules; digital-analogue conversion; DMM
                 modules; Measuring System; multimeter/counter module",
  treatment =    "N New Development; P Practical",
}

@Article{Herreman:1973:LCS,
  author =       "G. O. Herreman",
  title =        "Laser\slash calculator system improves encoder plate
                 measurements",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "24",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "16--18",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1973",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A0790 (Other topics in specialised instrumentation);
                 A4260 (Laser systems and laser beam applications);
                 A4285 (Optical testing and workshop techniques); B4320M
                 (Laser accessories and instrumentation)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "calculating apparatus; encoder; laser/calculator
                 system; lasers; moving head disc drives; optical
                 instruments; plate measurements",
  treatment =    "N New Development; P Practical",
}

@Article{Kelly:1973:SES,
  author =       "M. A. Kelly and C. E. Tyler",
  title =        "A second-generation {ESCA} spectrometer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "24",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "2--14",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1973",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A2930 (Radiation spectrometers and spectroscopic
                 techniques); A8280D (Electromagnetic radiation
                 spectrometry (chemical analysis)); B7440 (Particle
                 spectrometers)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "compensated electron optical system; dispersion;
                 electron spectroscopy; ESCA spectrometer; improved
                 detection; monochromatized X-rays; particle
                 spectrometers; resolution; sensitivity; spectrochemical
                 analysis; system",
  treatment =    "A Application",
}

@Article{Heflin:1973:CFG,
  author =       "E. H. Heflin",
  title =        "Compact function generator with enhanced
                 capability\slash cost ratio",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "24",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "15--20",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1973",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B0170E (Production facilities and engineering); B7230
                 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250E (Signal
                 generators)C7410D (Electronic engineering computing)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "automatic testing; capability/cost ratio; electronics
                 applications of computers; function generator; function
                 generators; production testing; sine waves; source of
                 test signals; square waves; triangular; waves",
  treatment =    "A Application",
}

@Article{Bobroff:1973:ATT,
  author =       "D. A. Bobroff",
  title =        "Automated transceiver testing",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "24",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "2--7",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1973",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B0170E (Production facilities and engineering); B6250D
                 (Point-to-point radio systems); B7210B (Automatic test
                 and measurement systems); B7230 (Sensing devices and
                 transducers)C7410F (Communications computing)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "10 MHz to 1000 MHz; automatic test equipment;
                 communications applications of; computerized system;
                 computers; EIA standards; Hewlett Packard 9540 system;
                 mobile; radio receivers; radio transmitters; receivers;
                 tests; transceivers; transmitters",
  treatment =    "N New Development",
}

@Article{Huenemann:1973:SPT,
  author =       "R. G. Huenemann",
  title =        "Signal processing techniques for automatic transceiver
                 testing",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "24",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "8--13",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1973",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B0170E (Production facilities and engineering); B6140
                 (Signal processing and detection); B6250D
                 (Point-to-point radio systems); C1260 (Information
                 theory)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "automatic testing; automatic transceiver testing;
                 counter; EIA standards; Hewlett Packard 9540 system;
                 radio receivers; radio transmitters; signal processing;
                 signal processing techniques; voltmeter",
  treatment =    "X Experimental",
}

@Article{Peerboom:1973:DCS,
  author =       "R. Peerboom",
  title =        "Digitally-controlled current sources for new ways of
                 making automatic measurements",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "24",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "14--19",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1973",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1210 (Power electronics, supply and supervisory
                 circuits); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
                 systems); B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers);
                 B7250E (Signal generators)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "advantages; automatic measurements; automatic test
                 equipment; automatic test systems; controlled; current
                 sources; digital control; digitally; electric current;
                 operation",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Hale:1973:LSA,
  author =       "W. L. Hale and G. E. Weibel",
  title =        "A low-frequency spectrum analyzer that makes slow
                 sweeps practical",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "25",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "2--13",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1973",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems); B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers);
                 B7250 (Bench and portable instruments); C3200 (Control
                 equipment and instrumentation)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "1 Hz bandwidth; 5 Hz to 50 kHz; analysers; slow
                 sweeping; spectral; spectral analysers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Hyatt:1973:HBT,
  author =       "R. C. Hyatt and L. F. Mueller and T. N. Osterdock",
  title =        "A high-performance beam tube for cesium beam frequency
                 standards",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "25",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "14--23",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1973",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A0620H (Measurement standards and calibration); A0630F
                 (Time and frequency measurement); A0750 (Electrical
                 instruments and techniques); A0790 (Other topics in
                 specialised instrumentation); B7130 (Measurement
                 standards and calibration); B7310G (Frequency
                 measurement)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "atomic beam tube; atomic beams; atomic clocks;
                 caesium; Cs; frequency measurement; frequency standard;
                 measurement standards",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Adler:1973:LAN,
  author =       "R. Adler and M. Baker and H. D. Marshall",
  title =        "The logic analyzer: a new instrument for observing
                 logic signals",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "25",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "2--16",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1973",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems); B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers);
                 B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
                 C3210B (Recorders and indicators for control systems)",
  keywords =     "combinatorial triggering; delay; digital design;
                 digital sequence comparison; display; display
                 instruments; instrument; logic analyzer; logic design",
}

@Article{Falke:1973:PGT,
  author =       "R. Falke and H. Link",
  title =        "A pulse generator for today's digital circuits",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "25",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "17--23",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1973",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1230 (Signal generators)",
  keywords =     "16V offset; 16V pulses; digital circuits; high
                 repetition rate; pulse generators",
}

@Article{Dudley:1973:SHD,
  author =       "R. L. Dudley and V. L. Laing",
  title =        "A self-contained, hand-held digital multimeter --- a
                 new concept in instrument utility",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "25",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "2--9",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1973",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A0660 (Laboratory techniques); A0750 (Electrical
                 instruments and techniques); B7210 (Instrumentation and
                 measurement systems); B7230 (Sensing devices and
                 transducers)",
  keywords =     "digital multimeter; electric variables measurement;
                 hand held; laboratory apparatus and; self contained;
                 techniques",
  treatment =    "N New Development; P Practical",
}

@Article{MacLeod:1973:PHC,
  author =       "K. J. MacLeod",
  title =        "A portable high-resolution counter for low-frequency
                 measurements",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "25",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "10--15",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1973",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A0790 (Other topics in specialised instrumentation);
                 B7310G (Frequency measurement)",
  keywords =     "frequencies between 0.833 Hz and 2 MHz; frequency
                 measurement; functional module; high resolution
                 counter; low frequency measurement",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Crawford:1973:HPG,
  author =       "T. Crawford and J. Robertson and J. Stinson and I.
                 Young",
  title =        "A high-speed pattern generator and an error detector
                 for testing digital systems",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "25",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "16--24",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1973",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5310 (Storage system design)",
  keywords =     "Data; digital systems; error detection; error
                 detector; Generator; pattern generator",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Merrill:1973:GSR,
  author =       "H. L. Merrill and R. A. Warp",
  title =        "A go-anywhere strip-chart recorder that has laboratory
                 accuracy",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "25",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "2--8",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1973",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G
                 (Display, recording and indicating instruments); C3210B
                 (Recorders and indicators for control systems)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., San Diego, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "data loggers; portable recorder; strip chart
                 recorder",
  treatment =    "N New Development; P Practical",
}

@Article{Graham:1973:TCF,
  author =       "T. R. Graham and J. M. Hood",
  title =        "Telecommunication cable fault location from the test
                 desk",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "25",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "9--14",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1973",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B0170L (Inspection and quality control); B7230
                 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250J (Bridge
                 instruments)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Mountain view, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "bridge instruments; fault location; fault locator;
                 telecommunication cable fault location;
                 telecommunication cables; Wheatstone bridge method",
  treatment =    "N New Development; P Practical",
}

@Article{Dudley:1973:HEM,
  author =       "B. W. Dudley and R. D. Peck",
  title =        "High efficiency modular power supplies using switching
                 regulators",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "25",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "15--20",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1973",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1290 (Other analogue circuits); B8110B (Power system
                 management, operation and economics)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Rockaway, NJ, USA",
  keywords =     "load regulation; modular power supplies; power
                 supplies; power systems; switching circuits; switching
                 regulator",
  treatment =    "N New Development; P Practical",
}

@Article{Farnbach:1974:LSA,
  author =       "W. A. Farnbach",
  title =        "The {Logic State Analyzer} --- displaying complex
                 digital processes in understandable form",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "25",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "2--9",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1974",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G
                 (Display, recording and indicating instruments); C3210B
                 (Recorders and indicators for control systems); C6150G
                 (Diagnostic, testing, debugging and evaluating
                 systems)",
  keywords =     "computer testing; digital processes; digital
                 processors; display; display instruments; Logic State
                 Analyser; monitoring program flow; troubleshooting",
  treatment =    "X Experimental",
}

@Article{Baldwin:1974:LIM,
  author =       "R. R. Baldwin and B. E. Grote and D. A. Harland",
  title =        "A laser interferometer that measures straightness of
                 travel",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "25",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "10--20",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1974",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A0630C (Spatial variables measurement); A0760L
                 (Optical interferometry)",
  keywords =     "laser interferometer; light interferometers; optical
                 flat; straightness of travel; submicron resolution over
                 ranges up to 100 feet",
  treatment =    "X Experimental",
}

@Article{Duerr:1974:DEA,
  author =       "J. R. Duerr",
  title =        "A data error analyzer for tracking down problems in
                 data communications",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "25",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "11--20",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1974",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6210D (Telephony)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "data communication systems; data error analyzer; data
                 reduction and analysis; error analysis; simultaneous
                 measurements; telephone equipment",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Maeda:1974:APD,
  author =       "K. Maeda",
  title =        "An automatic, precision {1-MHz} digital {LCR} meter",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "25",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "2--9",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1974",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A0670E (Testing equipment); A0750 (Electrical
                 instruments and techniques); B0170E (Production
                 facilities and engineering); B2220 (Integrated
                 circuits); B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits);
                 B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G
                 (Display, recording and indicating instruments); B7310J
                 (Impedance and admittance measurement); C3210B
                 (Recorders and indicators for control systems)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "1 MHz; automatic digital meter; capacitance
                 measurement; circuits; digital instrumentation;
                 inductance; integrated; integrated circuit testing; LCR
                 meter; measurement; reactance",
}

@Article{Krauss:1974:MPP,
  author =       "G. Krauss and R. Eggert",
  title =        "A moderately priced {20-MHz} pulse generator with
                 16-volt output",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "25",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "10--15",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1974",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250E
                 (Signal generators)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "16 V; 20 MHz; model 8011A; pulse generators",
  treatment =    "N New Development",
}

@Article{Jeremiasen:1974:LAA,
  author =       "R. Jeremiasen",
  title =        "Logarithmic amplifier accepts {100-dB} signal range",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "25",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "16--17",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1974",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1220 (Amplifiers); B1260 (Pulse circuits); B1265
                 (Digital electronics)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "100 dB signal range; circuits; hybrid; logarithmic
                 amplifier; monolithic integrated circuits; pulse
                 amplifiers; thin film",
  treatment =    "N New Development",
}

@Article{Hay:1974:VVS,
  author =       "R. R. Hay",
  title =        "Versatile {VHF} signal generator stresses low cost and
                 portability",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "25",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "18--23",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1974",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250E
                 (Signal generators)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "low cost; portability; signal generator; signal
                 generators; VHF",
  treatment =    "N New Development",
}

@Article{Bradley:1974:MMS,
  author =       "H. E. Bradley and C. J. Christopher",
  title =        "Mass memory system broadens calculator applications",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "25",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "2--12",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1974",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5320 (Digital storage); C5420 (Mainframes and
                 minicomputers)C6120 (File organisation)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Loveland, CO, USA",
  keywords =     "applications; calculator applications; control; data
                 handling; desktop calculator; disc organisation;
                 electronic calculators; file organisation; inventory;
                 large data base; magnetic disc and drum storage; mass
                 memory system; order processing; payroll; software",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Foster:1974:ECV,
  author =       "T. E. Foster",
  title =        "An easily calibrated, versatile platinum resistance
                 thermometer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "25",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "13--17",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1974",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A0720D (Thermometry); B7230 (Sensing devices and
                 transducers)B7320R (Thermal variables measurement);
                 C3240D (Electric transducers and sensing devices)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "-100 C to 200 C; -200 C to; 600 C; battery pack;
                 digital instrumentation; digital output; digital
                 thermometer; dual range instrument; expanded
                 resolution; interchangeable probes; linear analogue;
                 normal resolution; output; platinum; platinum
                 resistance thermometer; Pt resistance thermometer;
                 resistance thermometers",
  treatment =    "N New Development",
}

@Article{Tung:1974:CFP,
  author =       "C. C. Tung",
  title =        "The `Personal computer': {A} fully programmable pocket
                 calculator",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "25",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "2--7",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1974",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5220 (Computer architecture); C5420 (Mainframes and
                 minicomputers)",
  keywords =     "addressable data registers; arithmetic and register
                 circuit; built in mathematical; calculator; card
                 reader; comparison tests; computer architecture;
                 control and timing circuit; data; electronic
                 calculators; four register operational stack;
                 functions; Hewlett Packard HP 65; keys; magnetic;
                 magnetic card writer; personal computer; preprogrammed
                 cards; program branching; program flags; program
                 storage circuit; programmable pocket calculator; read
                 only memory circuit; register circuit; user definable",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Stockwell:1974:PPC,
  author =       "R. K. Stockwell",
  title =        "Programming the personal computer ({HP-65})",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "25",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "8--14",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1974",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers); C6110 (Systems
                 analysis and programming)",
  keywords =     "algorithm; branching; calculator; coding; colour;
                 definable keys; electronic calculators; file protect;
                 functions of the keys; Hewlett Packard HP 65
                 calculator; implementation; irreducible equations; key
                 conditioning; magnetic card reader; microcode;
                 microinstructions; microprogramming; personal computer;
                 problem solving; programmable pocket; programming; read
                 only memory; reverse Polish keyboard language; system;
                 user",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Taggart:1974:DTM,
  author =       "R. B. Taggart",
  title =        "Designing a tiny magnetic card reader",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "25",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "15--17",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1974",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5320 (Digital storage); C5420 (Mainframes and
                 minicomputers)",
  keywords =     "design engineering; drives; electronic calculators;
                 file protect system; Hewlett Packard HP 65 calculator;
                 magnetic; magnetic card reader; miniature electric
                 motor; personal computer; polyurethane rubber drive
                 roller; programmable pocket calculator; storage
                 devices",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Peterson:1974:THL,
  author =       "K. W. Peterson",
  title =        "Testing the {HP-65} logic board",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "25",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "18--20",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1974",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B0170L (Inspection and quality control); C5420
                 (Mainframes and minicomputers); C7430 (Computer
                 engineering)",
  keywords =     "automatic test system; automatic testing;
                 computer-aided circuit analysis; computerized testing;
                 electronic calculators; Hewlett Packard HP 65
                 calculator; logic board; logic circuits; personal
                 computer; production testing; programmable pocket
                 calculator; quality control; reference; tester
                 architecture; troubleshooting; unit",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Kirkpatrick:1974:EPS,
  author =       "G. R. Kirkpatrick and D. R. Veteran",
  title =        "Economical precision step attenuators for {RF} and
                 microwaves",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "25",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "21--24",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1974",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6240D (Waveguide and coaxial cable systems); B6240
                 (Transmission line links and equipment)",
  keywords =     "attenuators; beryllium copper leaf springs; design
                 engineering; edgeline; film devices; film techniques;
                 microwave devices; microwaves; pads; precision step
                 attenuators; residual attenuation; RF; sapphire
                 substrates; single conductor switching; thin; thin film
                 tantalum; transmission structures; wideband step
                 attenuators",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Sorden:1974:NGF,
  author =       "J. L. Sorden",
  title =        "A new generation in frequency and time measurements",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "25",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "2--8",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1974",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A2960 (Counting circuits and nuclear electronics);
                 B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G
                 (Display, recording and indicating instruments); B7310G
                 (Frequency measurement); B7320K (Time measurement);
                 B7430 (Counting circuits and electronics for particle
                 physics); C3210B (Recorders and indicators for control
                 systems)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "50 microHz to 500 MHz; 500 MHz E/sup 2/L; clock;
                 counting circuits; DC amplifiers; digital
                 instrumentation; electronic counter; frequency
                 measurement; frequency measurements; high sensitivity
                 d.c. coupled; input amplifiers; logic; logic circuits;
                 resolution; ROM controlled reciprocal; time base; time
                 measurement; time measurements; white noise modulation;
                 wideband digital",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Felsenstein:1974:PES,
  author =       "R. E. Felsenstein",
  title =        "The {5345A} processor: an example of state machine
                 design",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "25",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "9--11",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1974",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5220 (Computer architecture)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "commands; computer architecture; flow diagram; HP
                 5345A processor; processor functions; qualifier; state;
                 state machine design",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Chu:1974:TIA,
  author =       "D. C. Chu",
  title =        "Time interval averaging: theory, problems, and
                 solutions",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "25",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "12--15",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1974",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A2960 (Counting circuits and nuclear electronics);
                 B7320K (Time measurement); B7430 (Counting circuits and
                 electronics for particle physics)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "5345A counter; counting circuits; measuring
                 repetitive; resolution; time interval averaging; time
                 intervals; time measurement",
  treatment =    "A Application",
}

@Article{Muto:1974:TIC,
  author =       "A. S. Muto",
  title =        "Third input channel increases counter versatility",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "25",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "16--18",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1974",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A2960 (Counting circuits and nuclear electronics);
                 B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G
                 (Display, recording and indicating instruments); B7310G
                 (Frequency measurement); B7430 (Counting circuits and
                 electronics for particle physics); C3210B (Recorders
                 and indicators for control systems)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "10; 5353A channel C plug in; counting circuits; d.c.
                 to 500 MHz; duplication facilities; electronic counter;
                 frequency; frequency measurement; measurements; mV
                 r.m.s. sensitivity; nulling technique",
  treatment =    "A Application",
}

@Article{Bologlu:1974:CAH,
  author =       "A. Bologlu",
  title =        "A completely automatic {4-GHz} heterodyne frequency
                 converter",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "25",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "19--21",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1974",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A2960 (Counting circuits and nuclear electronics);
                 B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7310G
                 (Frequency measurement); B7430 (Counting circuits and
                 electronics for particle physics); C3240D (Electric
                 transducers and sensing devices)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "4GHz; counting circuits; electronic counter; frequency
                 convertors; frequency range; heterodyne frequency
                 convertor",
  treatment =    "A Application",
}

@Article{Jeppsen:1974:IBE,
  author =       "B. E. Jeppsen and S. E. Schultz",
  title =        "Interface bus expands instrument utility",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "25",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "22--24",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1974",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A2960 (Counting circuits and nuclear electronics);
                 B7430 (Counting circuits and electronics for particle
                 physics); C5610 (Computer interfaces)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "communication systems; communications systems;
                 computer interfaces; counting circuits; digital;
                 electronic counter; instrument calculator systems;
                 interface bus system; noise; pulse; width jitter",
  treatment =    "A Application",
}

@Article{McIntire:1974:PDB,
  author =       "R. E. McIntire",
  title =        "Powerful data base management systems for small
                 computers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "25",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "2--10",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1974",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6120 (File organisation); C7100 (Business and
                 administration)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "base inquiry facility; data; data base management
                 systems; file organisation; hp 2100; hp 3000; image;
                 management information systems; query; small
                 computers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Masters:1974:QFC,
  author =       "L. W. Masters and W. J. O'Buch",
  title =        "Quality frequency counters designed for minimum cost",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "25",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "11--14",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1974",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B0170C (Project and design engineering); B1260 (Pulse
                 circuits); B1265 (Digital electronics); B7230 (Sensing
                 devices and transducers); B7250G (Display, recording
                 and indicating instruments); C3210B (Recorders and
                 indicators for control systems)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "cost; counting circuits; design engineering; design to
                 cost approach; digital; frequency counters;
                 instrumentation; performance; production; quality;
                 servicing",
  treatment =    "E Economic; P Practical",
}

@Article{Pecchio:1974:VBP,
  author =       "S. Pecchio",
  title =        "A versatile bipolar power supply\slash amplifier for
                 lab and systems use",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "25",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "15--19",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1974",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1210 (Power electronics, supply and supervisory
                 circuits); B1220 (Amplifiers); C3380B (Control of
                 electronic instruments)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "bipolar; current limiting amplifier; distortion; gain
                 control; operational amplifiers; power amplifier; power
                 supply; power supply circuits; programmable gain;
                 programmable power supply; programmed control; voltage
                 control",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Brewster:1974:AEC,
  author =       "J. L. Brewster",
  title =        "An automatic exposure control for a lab-bench {X}-ray
                 camera",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "25",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "20--24",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1974",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B0170E (Production facilities and engineering); C3380D
                 (Control of physical instruments)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "automatic exposure control; cameras; checking pad
                 alignment; control; electronic equipment testing; IC
                 testing; integrated circuit; locating shorted bonding
                 wires; multilayer circuit boards; NDT; nondestructive
                 testing; physical instrumentation; testing; X-ray
                 applications; X-ray camera",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Damon:1974:MAP,
  author =       "N. E. Damon",
  title =        "Measuring analog parameters of voiceband data
                 channels",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "25",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "2--7",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1974",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6210Z (Other data transmission); B7210
                 (Instrumentation and measurement systems); B7230
                 (Sensing devices and transducers)C5600 (Data
                 communication equipment and techniques)",
  corpsource =   "Univ. California, Los Angeles, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "analogue parameters; communication channels; data
                 communication systems; data communications; measurement
                 systems; networks; TIMS; transmission impairment
                 measuring set; voiceband data channels; voiceband
                 telephone lines",
  treatment =    "N New Development",
}

@Article{Winninghoff:1974:TM,
  author =       "P. F. Winninghoff",
  title =        "Transient measurements",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "25",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "8--9",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1974",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6210Z (Other data transmission); B7210
                 (Instrumentation and measurement systems); B7230
                 (Sensing devices and transducers)B7310Z (Other electric
                 variables measurement)",
  corpsource =   "Montana State Univ., Bozeman, MT, USA",
  keywords =     "4940A TIMS; communication channels; data channel
                 characterization; data communication; data
                 communication systems; dropouts; gain hits; impulse
                 noise; phase hits; TIMS; transient analysers",
  treatment =    "A Application; N New Development",
}

@Article{Lee:1974:SWT,
  author =       "R. T. Lee",
  title =        "The {4940A} sine wave transmitter",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "25",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "9--11",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1974",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6210Z (Other data transmission); B6240 (Transmission
                 line links and equipment); B7230 (Sensing devices and
                 transducers)B7250E (Signal generators)",
  corpsource =   "Stanford Univ., CA, USA",
  keywords =     "4940A sine wave transmitter; beat frequency oscillator
                 circuit technique; BFO circuit; communication channels;
                 frequency; frequency synthesizers; modulation links;
                 PCM systems; pulse-code; synthesizer; test equipment",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Dresch:1974:NDM,
  author =       "D. A. Dresch",
  title =        "Nonlinear distortion measurements",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "25",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "12--13",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1974",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6210D (Telephony); B7210 (Instrumentation and
                 measurement systems); B7230 (Sensing devices and
                 transducers); B7310Z (Other electric variables
                 measurement)",
  corpsource =   "Univ. Illinois, Chicago, IL, USA",
  keywords =     "distortion measurements; electric distortion
                 measurement; harmonic; intermodulation; intermodulation
                 technique; measurement; measurement systems; NLD
                 measurement; nonlinear distortion measurements",
  treatment =    "A Application",
}

@Article{Fowles:1974:EDD,
  author =       "R. G. Fowles and J. J. Heinzl",
  title =        "Envelope delay distortion measurements",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "25",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "14--16",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1974",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6210D (Telephony); B7210 (Instrumentation and
                 measurement systems); B7230 (Sensing devices and
                 transducers); B7310Z (Other electric variables
                 measurement)",
  corpsource =   "Pomona Con., Claremont, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "distortion; electric distortion measurement; envelope
                 delay distortion; envelope delay distortion
                 measurements; measurement systems; phase delay;
                 voiceband measurement",
  treatment =    "A Application",
}

@Article{Ketelsen:1974:PRM,
  author =       "E. Ketelsen",
  title =        "Peak-to-average ratio measurements",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "25",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "17--18",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1974",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6210D (Telephony); B7210 (Instrumentation and
                 measurement systems); B7230 (Sensing devices and
                 transducers); B7310Z (Other electric variables
                 measurement)",
  corpsource =   "California State Univ., Fullerton, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "4940A TIMS; electric distortion measurement;
                 equipment; measurements; peak to average ratio
                 measurements; telephone station; telephone systems;
                 TIMS",
  treatment =    "A Application",
}

@Article{Hall:1974:MIC,
  author =       "J. A. Hall and D. J. Mellor and R. D. Pering and A.
                 Fong",
  title =        "Microwave integrated circuits solve a transmission
                 problem in educational {TV}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "25",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "20--24",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1974",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1350F (Solid-state microwave circuits and devices);
                 B2220J (Hybrid integrated circuits); B6250G (Satellite
                 relay systems); B6430 (Television equipment, systems
                 and applications)",
  corpsource =   "North Carolina State Univ., Raleigh, NC, USA",
  keywords =     "educational TV; hybrid integrated circuits; low-noise
                 S-band; MIC; microwave circuits; microwave integrated
                 circuits; receiver; satellite links; satellite
                 transmission; solid-state; television broadcasting;
                 transmission problem; TRF principle; tuned radio
                 frequency principle",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Globas:1974:PGT,
  author =       "G. Globas and J. Zellmer and E. Cornish",
  title =        "A {250-MHz} pulse generator with transition times
                 variable to less than 1 ns",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "26",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "2--7",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1974",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A0750 (Electrical instruments and techniques); B7230
                 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250E (Signal
                 generators)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
  keywords =     "250 MHz pulse generator; microcircuit techniques;
                 pulse; pulse generators; repetition rate; transition
                 time variability",
  treatment =    "X Experimental",
}

@Article{Hardage:1974:ODH,
  author =       "P. K. Hardage and S. R. Kushnir and T. J. Zamborelli",
  title =        "Optimizing the design of a high-performance
                 oscilloscope",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "26",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "8--14",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1974",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A0750 (Electrical instruments and techniques); B7230
                 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G (Display,
                 recording and indicating instruments); C3210B
                 (Recorders and indicators for control systems)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "cathode-ray oscilloscopes; cost; design optimization;
                 high performance wideband oscilloscope; measurement
                 accuracy",
  treatment =    "X Experimental",
}

@Article{Jackson:1974:TST,
  author =       "W. H. Jackson",
  title =        "A thin-film\slash semiconductor thermocouple for
                 microwave power measurements",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "26",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "16--18",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1974",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A0750 (Electrical instruments and techniques); B2220E
                 (Thin film circuits); B2560Z (Other semiconductor
                 devices); B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers);
                 B7310F (Power and energy measurement); B7310N
                 (Microwave measurement techniques); C3240D (Electric
                 transducers and sensing devices)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "8481A Power Sensor; burnout levels; devices; frequency
                 range; measurements; microwave measurement; microwave
                 power; parasitic reactances; power measurement;
                 semiconductor; thermocouples; thin film devices; thin
                 film semiconductor thermocouple",
  treatment =    "N New Development; X Experimental",
}

@Article{Lamy:1974:MET,
  author =       "J. C. Lamy",
  title =        "Microelectronics enhances thermocouple power
                 measurements",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "26",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "19--23",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1974",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A0750 (Electrical instruments and techniques); B2220E
                 (Thin film circuits); B2560Z (Other semiconductor
                 devices); B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers);
                 B7310F (Power and energy measurement); B7310N
                 (Microwave measurement techniques); C3240D (Electric
                 transducers and sensing devices)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "435A/8481A; devices; hot junction; low level DC
                 voltage; measurement; microelectronics; microwave
                 measurement; microwave power; power measurement;
                 semiconductor; Thermocouple Power Meter System;
                 thermocouples; thin film devices",
  treatment =    "N New Development; X Experimental",
}

@Article{Stedman:1974:UFM,
  author =       "J. M. Stedman",
  title =        "A user-oriented family of minicomputers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "26",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "2--6",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1974",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
  keywords =     "21MX processor; choice of semiconductor memories;
                 customised instruction sets; design; microprogrammable
                 processors; microprogramming; minicomputers; modular
                 construction; semiconductor storage; systems; user
                 oriented",
  treatment =    "N New Development",
}

@Article{Gordon:1974:MCP,
  author =       "P. Gordon and J. R. Jacobs",
  title =        "Microprogrammable central processor adapts easily to
                 special user needs",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "26",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "7--9, 11--14",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1974",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5220 (Computer architecture); C5420 (Mainframes and
                 minicomputers)",
  keywords =     "21MX processor; central processor; I/O compatibility;
                 instruction set; microinstruction format;
                 microprogramming; minicomputers; program
                 compatibility",
  treatment =    "N New Development",
}

@Article{Riggins:1974:TP,
  author =       "C. C. Riggins and R. L. Hammons",
  title =        "Testing the {21MX} processor",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "26",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "10--11",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1974",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers); C6150G
                 (Diagnostic, testing, debugging and evaluating
                 systems)",
  keywords =     "21MX processor; automatic test equipment; automatic
                 test system; computer testing; minicomputers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Frankenberg:1974:ASM,
  author =       "R. J. Frankenberg",
  title =        "All semiconductor memory selected for new minicomputer
                 series",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "26",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "15--19, 20",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1974",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5320G (Semiconductor storage); C5420 (Mainframes and
                 minicomputers)",
  keywords =     "21MX series; 4K RAM; cost; density; minicomputer
                 series; minicomputers; power; random-access storage;
                 reliability; semiconductor memory; semiconductor
                 storage systems; speed",
  treatment =    "A Application",
}

@Article{Elward:1974:MMM,
  author =       "J. S. Elward",
  title =        "The million-word minicomputer main memory",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "26",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "19--20",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1974",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5220 (Computer architecture); C5420 (Mainframes and
                 minicomputers); C6120 (File organisation)",
  keywords =     "1048576 word memory; 21MX series; computer
                 architecture; Dynamic Mapping System; file
                 organisation; firmware; hardware; maximum main memory
                 size; minicomputer main memory; minicomputers; speed",
  treatment =    "A Application",
}

@Article{VanBrunt:1974:CPS,
  author =       "R. C. {Van Brunt}",
  title =        "A computer power system for severe operating
                 conditions",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "26",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "21--24",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1974",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5150 (Other circuits for digital computers); C5420
                 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
  keywords =     "21MX series computers; AC line conditions;
                 minicomputers; power; power supplies to apparatus;
                 severe operating conditions; supply system",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Dickey:1974:DCS,
  author =       "S. Dickey",
  title =        "Distributed computer systems",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "26",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "2--11",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1974",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5620 (Computer networks and techniques)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "central computer system; data collection; data
                 communication systems; distributed computer;
                 management; minicomputers; process control; reports;
                 satellite computers; systems",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Marrocco:1974:QCD,
  author =       "J. A. Marrocco and B. Bronson",
  title =        "A quality course in digital electronics",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "26",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "12--14",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1974",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B0120 (Education and training); B1260 (Pulse
                 circuits); B1265 (Digital electronics)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "digital electronics; digital ICs; digital integrated
                 circuits; educational courses; teaching",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Guest:1974:SDC,
  author =       "D. H. Guest",
  title =        "Simplified data-transmission channel measurements
                 (amplitude\slash delay distortion analyser)",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "26",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "15--24",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1974",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6240 (Transmission line links and equipment); B7230
                 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G (Display,
                 recording and indicating instruments); B7310 (Electric
                 and magnetic variables measurement); C3210B (Recorders
                 and indicators for control systems)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "attenuation distortion; digital communication systems;
                 dual time interval; electric variables; grade telephone
                 lines; group delay; measurement; synthesized signal
                 generation; transmitting digital data; voice",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Fischer:1974:IAC,
  author =       "W. A. Fischer and W. B. Risley",
  title =        "Improved accuracy and convenience in oscilloscope
                 timing and voltage measurements",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "26",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "2--9",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1974",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G
                 (Display, recording and indicating instruments); B7310B
                 (Voltage measurement); B7320K (Time measurement);
                 C3210B (Recorders and indicators for control systems)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "accuracy; alternate sweep mode; cathode-ray
                 oscilloscopes; D/A convertor; direct readout;
                 measurement; measurements; microprocessor;
                 oscilloscope; rate multiplier; stability; time
                 measurement; timing measurement; voltage",
  treatment =    "G General Review; P Practical",
}

@Article{Guest:1974:ALD,
  author =       "D. H. Guest",
  title =        "An active loop-holding device",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "26",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "11--??",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1974",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1290 (Other analogue circuits); B6230B (Electronic
                 switching systems and exchanges)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "active loop holding device; Darlington pair; DC
                 holding current; distortion analyser; filter; RC low
                 pass; telephone switching equipment",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Mack:1974:SBT,
  author =       "N. Mack and L. E. Shar",
  title =        "A supersystem for {BASIC} timesharing",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "26",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "12--17",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1974",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers); C6140D (High
                 level languages); C6150J (Operating systems)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "analysis; BASIC; BASIC interpreter; BASIC timesharing
                 system; batch processing; batch-processing; executive
                 programs; language; multiprogramming; queuing; segment
                 trace system; session initiation time; supervisory and;
                 time-sharing systems",
  treatment =    "A Application; G General Review",
}

@Article{Stefanski:1974:DRC,
  author =       "A. Stefanski",
  title =        "Deriving and reporting chromatograph data with a
                 microprocessor-controlled integrator",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "26",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "18--24",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1974",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A0650 (Data handling and computation); A0670T (Servo
                 and control devices); A8280B (Chromatography); A8280
                 (Chemical analysis and related physical methods of
                 analysis); C3380D (Control of physical instruments);
                 C7320 (Physics and chemistry computing)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "automated slope sensitivity; automatic sampler;
                 chromatogram; chromatograph data; chromatography;
                 computers; control engineering applications of; merged
                 peaks; microprocessor controlled integrator; peak
                 criteria; peaks; plotter; retention times",
  treatment =    "G General Review; P Practical",
}

@Article{Loughry:1975:HIB,
  author =       "D. C. Loughry",
  title =        "The {Hewlett--Packard Interface Bus}: current
                 perspectives",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "26",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "2--4",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1975",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7200 (Measurement equipment and instrumentation
                 systems); C3200 (Control equipment and
                 instrumentation); C5610 (Computer interfaces)",
  keywords =     "data communication; data communication equipment;
                 instrumentation; interface bus; international standard;
                 standards",
  treatment =    "N New Development; P Practical",
}

@Article{Ricci:1975:PTI,
  author =       "D. W. Ricci and P. S. Stone",
  title =        "Putting together instrumentation systems at minimum
                 cost",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "26",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "5--11",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1975",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7200 (Measurement equipment and instrumentation
                 systems); B7210 (Instrumentation and measurement
                 systems); B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers);
                 C3200 (Control equipment and instrumentation); C5610
                 (Computer interfaces)",
  keywords =     "data communication equipment; instrumentation;
                 instrumentation systems; interface bus; minimum cost;
                 system assembly",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Schultz:1975:FGA,
  author =       "S. E. Schultz and C. R. Trimble",
  title =        "Filling in the gaps-modular accessories for instrument
                 systems",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "26",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "12--13, 15--18",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1975",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7200 (Measurement equipment and instrumentation
                 systems); C3200 (Control equipment and
                 instrumentation); C3380B (Control of electronic
                 instruments)",
  keywords =     "automated systems; D/A conversion; instrumentation;
                 measurement pacing; modules; programmable modules;
                 programmed control; remote display; switching; timing",
  treatment =    "N New Development; P Practical",
}

@Article{Nadig:1975:QHC,
  author =       "H. J. Nadig",
  title =        "A quiet, {HP-IB} compatible printer that listens to
                 both {ASCII} and {BCD}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "26",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "14--15",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1975",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G
                 (Display, recording and indicating instruments); C3210B
                 (Recorders and indicators for control systems); C5550
                 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  keywords =     "ASCII; BCD; bus compatible printer; internal data bus;
                 option based architecture; printers",
  treatment =    "N New Development; P Practical",
}

@Article{Wolpert:1975:MSC,
  author =       "D. L. Wolpert",
  title =        "A {Multifunction Scanner} for calculator-based data
                 acquisition systems",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "26",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "17--??",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1975",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G
                 (Display, recording and indicating instruments); C3210B
                 (Recorders and indicators for control systems); C5600
                 (Data communication equipment and techniques)",
  keywords =     "calculator based data acquisition systems;
                 connections; data acquisition; data communication
                 equipment; matrix switching; multichannel;
                 multifunction scanner; multiple switch closures;
                 programmable switch",
  treatment =    "N New Development; P Practical",
}

@Article{Sasaki:1975:MCM,
  author =       "G. D. Sasaki and L. P. Johnson",
  title =        "Minimal cost measuring instruments for systems use",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "26",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "18--??",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1975",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210 (Instrumentation and measurement systems); B7230
                 (Sensing devices and transducers)",
  keywords =     "automatic systems; counters; instrumentation;
                 measurement systems; minimal cost measuring
                 instruments; modules; multimeter; systems use; timers",
  treatment =    "N New Development; P Practical",
}

@Article{Dietrich:1975:VIB,
  author =       "H. E. Dietrich",
  title =        "Visualizing interface bus activity",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "26",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "19--24",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1975",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7200 (Measurement equipment and instrumentation
                 systems); C3200 (Control equipment and
                 instrumentation); C5610 (Computer interfaces)",
  keywords =     "bus compatible; bus compatible systems; bus line
                 status; data communication equipment; instrumentation;
                 instruments; interface bus activity; internal memory;
                 system analyser",
  treatment =    "N New Development; P Practical",
}

@Article{Huff:1975:HXR,
  author =       "D. W. Huff and D. E. Johnson and J. M. Wade",
  title =        "High-sensitivity {X-Y} recorder has few input
                 restrictions",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "26",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "2--9",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1975",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1220 (Amplifiers); B7230 (Sensing devices and
                 transducers); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments); C3210B (Recorders and indicators for
                 control systems)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "130 dB of common mode; amplifier circuit; amplifiers;
                 common driver; high sensitivity X-Y recorder;
                 internally driven guard; one pen laboratory recorder;
                 recorders; rejection",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Osada:1975:DHM,
  author =       "K. Osada and J. Suehiro",
  title =        "Digital high-capacitance measurements to one farad",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "26",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "10--16",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1975",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B0170E (Production facilities and engineering); B7230
                 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G (Display,
                 recording and indicating instruments); B7310J
                 (Impedance and admittance measurement); C3210B
                 (Recorders and indicators for control systems)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "capacitance measurement; digital high capacitance
                 measurements; digital instrumentation; digital output;
                 four digit readout; incoming inspection systems;
                 inspection; laboratory; metering; production testing;
                 remote programmability",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Snyder:1975:CPI,
  author =       "D. C. Snyder",
  title =        "Computer performance improvement by measurement and
                 microprogramming",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "26",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "17--24",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1975",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5220 (Computer architecture); C6140B
                 (Machine-oriented languages)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "computer based Fourier analyser; computer performance;
                 firmware; improvement; instructions; machine language;
                 machine oriented languages; microprogramming;
                 performance measurements",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Hernday:1975:HS,
  author =       "P. R. Hernday and C. J. Enlow",
  title =        "A high-performance {2-to-18-GHz} sweeper",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "26",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "2--14",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1975",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1230B (Oscillators); B1350F (Solid-state microwave
                 circuits and devices)",
  keywords =     "2 to 18 GHz sweeper; amplifier; compact broadband
                 sweeper; frequency oscillators; harmonic multiplier;
                 high performance; microwave oscillators; oscillator;
                 power; RF plug in; single oscillator; solid-state
                 microwave circuits; swept-; YIG tuned; YIG tuned
                 multiplier",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Dupre:1975:BSN,
  author =       "J. J. Dupre and C. J. Yansouni",
  title =        "Broadband swept network measurements",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "26",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "15--17",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1975",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1230B (Oscillators); B7230 (Sensing devices and
                 transducers)B7250E (Signal generators); B7310N
                 (Microwave measurement techniques)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Santa Rosa, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "2 to 18 GHz; broadband swept network measurements;
                 frequency oscillators; microwave instruments; microwave
                 measurement; microwave oscillators; scalar
                 measurements; sweep oscillator; swept-; vector
                 measurements",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Riedel:1975:DFG,
  author =       "R. J. Riedel and D. D. Danielson",
  title =        "The dual function generator: {A} source of a wide
                 variety of test signals",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "26",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "18--24",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1975",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1230 (Signal generators); B7230 (Sensing devices and
                 transducers); B7250E (Signal generators)",
  keywords =     "AM signals; amplitude modulation; bursts; DC levels;
                 dual function; FM signals; frequency modulation;
                 function; generator; generators; pulse generators;
                 pulses; ramp generators; ramps; sine waves; square
                 waves; square-wave; test signals; tone; triangular
                 waves",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Jekat:1975:PFC,
  author =       "H. J. Jekat",
  title =        "A portable {1100-MHz} frequency counter",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "26",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "2--8",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1975",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6250F (Mobile radio systems); B6330 (Radionavigation
                 and direction finding); B7230 (Sensing devices and
                 transducers); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments); B7310G (Frequency measurement); C3210B
                 (Recorders and indicators for control systems)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Santa Clara, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "1100 MHz frequency counter; 5300 measuring system;
                 aeronautical navigation equipment; frequency meters;
                 land; mobile communication systems; mobile
                 communications; radionavigation; test equipment",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{MacLeod:1975:BTC,
  author =       "K. J. MacLeod",
  title =        "Big timer\slash counter capability in a portable
                 package",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "26",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "9--10, 11--13",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1975",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G
                 (Display, recording and indicating instruments); B7310G
                 (Frequency measurement); C3210B (Recorders and
                 indicators for control systems)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "5300 Measuring System; 75 MHz eight function universal
                 timer; battery pack; bus modules; counter; counters;
                 frequency measurement; HP interface; metering; snap on
                 module",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{DiFrancesco:1975:HPS,
  author =       "M. DiFrancesco",
  title =        "A high-current power supply for systems that use
                 5-volt {IC} logic extensively",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "26",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "14--19",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1975",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1210 (Power electronics, supply and supervisory
                 circuits); C5150 (Other circuits for digital
                 computers)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "100A at 5V; compactness; digital integrated circuits;
                 heat removal system; power supplies to apparatus; power
                 supply circuits; reliability",
}

@Article{McKinney:1975:BFA,
  author =       "H. W. McKinney",
  title =        "Band-selectable {Fourier} analysis",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "26",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "20--24",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1975",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems); B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers);
                 B7250 (Bench and portable instruments); B7310G
                 (Frequency measurement); C3200 (Control equipment and
                 instrumentation); C7890 (Other special applications of
                 computing)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "band selectable Fourier analysis; computer; computer
                 aided analysis; Fourier analysis; frequency; frequency
                 resolution; measurement; power spectrum; spectral
                 analysers; spectral lines",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Aken:1975:UTS,
  author =       "M. B. Aken and D. K. Deaver",
  title =        "An understandable test set for making basic
                 measurements on telephone lines",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "26",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "2--9",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1975",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6210D (Telephony); B7210 (Instrumentation and
                 measurement systems); B7230 (Sensing devices and
                 transducers); B7310D (Current measurement)",
  keywords =     "digital instrumentation; digital processor; direct
                 reading autoranged measurements; frequency; frequency
                 measurement; level measurement; lines; measurement;
                 portable test set; telephone; telephone line
                 measurements; test equipment",
  treatment =    "N New Development",
}

@Article{Cline:1975:CSA,
  author =       "S. G. Cline and R. H. Perdriau and R. F. Rauskolb",
  title =        "A computer system for analog measurements on voiceband
                 data channels",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "26",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "10--17",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1975",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6210L (Computer communications); B7210
                 (Instrumentation and measurement systems); B7230
                 (Sensing devices and transducers)C7410F (Communications
                 computing)",
  keywords =     "analogue measurements; communication channels;
                 communications applications of; computer system;
                 computers; data channel performance tests; data
                 channels; data transmission systems; measurement
                 systems; transmission parameter analyser; voiceband",
  treatment =    "N New Development",
}

@Article{Daniels:1975:PSA,
  author =       "J. W. Daniels and R. L. Atchley",
  title =        "A precision spectrum analyzer for the
                 {10-Hz-to-13-MHz} range",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "26",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "18--24",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1975",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems); B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers);
                 B7250 (Bench and portable instruments); C3200 (Control
                 equipment and instrumentation)",
  keywords =     "0.01 dB; 10 Hz to 13; 3 Hz passbands; 70 dB dynamic
                 range; automatic systems; measurement resolution; MHz
                 range; precision spectrum analyser; spectral
                 analysers",
  treatment =    "N New Development",
}

@Article{Doub:1975:CRC,
  author =       "J. A. Doub",
  title =        "Cost-effective, reliable {CRT} terminal is first of a
                 family",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "26",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "2--5",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1975",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Data Systems Div., Sunnyvale, CA,
                 USA",
  keywords =     "cathode-ray tube displays; design; interactive
                 computer terminal; interactive terminals;
                 microprocessor control; modular; reliable CRT
                 terminal",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Lane:1975:FML,
  author =       "A. B. Lane",
  title =        "A functionally modular logic system for a {CRT}
                 terminal",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "26",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "6--10",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1975",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers); C5540 (Terminals
                 and graphic displays)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Data Systems Div., Sunnyvale, CA,
                 USA",
  keywords =     "2640A CRT terminal; cathode-ray tube displays;
                 computer terminal; functionally modular logic system;
                 interactive; interactive terminals; single chip
                 microcomputer; terminal bus",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Roy:1975:HRS,
  author =       "J.-C. Roy",
  title =        "A high-resolution raster scan display",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "26",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "11--15",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1975",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Data Systems Div., Sunnyvale, CA,
                 USA",
  keywords =     "2640A CRT terminal; cathode-ray tube displays; high
                 resolution; interactive terminal; interactive
                 terminals; raster scan display",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Waitman:1975:FMC,
  author =       "T. F. Waitman",
  title =        "Firmware for a microprocessor-controlled {CRT}
                 terminal",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "26",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "16--19",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1975",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5220 (Computer architecture); C5420 (Mainframes and
                 minicomputers); C5540 (Terminals and graphic
                 displays)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Data Systems Div., Sunnyvale, CA,
                 USA",
  keywords =     "firmware; interactive CRT; interactive terminals;
                 microprocessor programs; microprogramming; ROM;
                 terminal",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Blazek:1975:MK,
  author =       "O. Blazek",
  title =        "A microprocessor-scanned keyboard",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "26",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "20--21",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1975",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
  keywords =     "2640A keyboard; bounce; contactless ferrite core
                 switches; double triggering; firmware; interactive
                 terminals; keyboards; microprocessor scanned keyboard;
                 n-key rollover; reliability; software",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Pierce:1975:PFM,
  author =       "R. B. Pierce",
  title =        "Packaging for function, manufacturability, and
                 service",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "26",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "22--24",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1975",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "assembly; display; fabrication; function switches;
                 human factors; I/O cables; interactive terminals;
                 keyboard; manufacturability; packaging; repair times;
                 service; testing; viewing angle",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Horner:1975:MMM,
  author =       "J. F. Horner and B. S. Corya",
  title =        "Modularity means maximum effectiveness in medium-cost
                 universal counter",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "26",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "2--8",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1975",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G
                 (Display, recording and indicating instruments); B7310B
                 (Voltage measurement); B7310G (Frequency measurement);
                 B7320K (Time measurement); C3210B (Recorders and
                 indicators for control systems)",
  keywords =     "counters; frequency measurement; instrumentation;
                 measurement; modular design; optional timer; time;
                 universal counter; voltage measurement",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Langguth:1975:UMU,
  author =       "A. Langguth and W. D. Jackson",
  title =        "Using a modular universal counter",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "26",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "9--14",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1975",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G
                 (Display, recording and indicating instruments); B7310B
                 (Voltage measurement); B7310G (Frequency measurement);
                 B7320K (Time measurement); C3210B (Recorders and
                 indicators for control systems)",
  keywords =     "counters; frequency; frequency measurement;
                 instrumentation; measurement; modular universal
                 counter; time; time measurement; voltage measurement",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Hall:1975:SSG,
  author =       "J. A. Hall and Young Dae Kim",
  title =        "Synthesized signal generator operation to 2.6 {GHz}
                 with wideband phase modulation",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "26",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "15--20",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1975",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6240 (Transmission line links and equipment); B7230
                 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250E (Signal
                 generators)",
  keywords =     "frequency range 1 MHz to 2.6 GHz; phase modulation;
                 signal generators; synthesized signal generator;
                 wideband phase modulation",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Hall:1975:APS,
  author =       "J. A. Hall",
  title =        "Applications of a phase-modulated signal generator",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "26",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "21--24",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1975",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1230 (Signal generators); B7230 (Sensing devices and
                 transducers); B7250E (Signal generators)",
  keywords =     "phase lock loops; phase modulated signal generator;
                 phase-locked loops; signal generators",
  treatment =    "A Application",
}

@Article{Small:1975:LSA,
  author =       "C. T. Small and J. S. {Morrill, Jr.}",
  title =        "The logic state analyzer, a viewing port for the data
                 domain",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "26",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "2--11",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1975",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); C5210 (Logic
                 design methods)",
  keywords =     "analyser; capabilities; computer debugging; data
                 domain; digital instrumentation; display; instruments;
                 logic state; model 1600A",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Wagner:1975:UPD,
  author =       "W. E. Wagner",
  title =        "Unravelling problems in the design of
                 microprocessor-based systems (test instruments)",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "26",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "12--16",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1975",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); C5210 (Logic
                 design methods); C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
  keywords =     "based systems; computer debugging; data; design
                 problems detection; digital instrumentation; display;
                 domain; instruments; logic state analyses; logic
                 testing; microcomputers; microprocessor; model 1600S;
                 typical applications",
  treatment =    "A Application; G General Review",
}

@Article{Pannach:1975:MWG,
  author =       "A. Pannach and W. Kappler",
  title =        "A multichannel word generator for testing digital
                 components and systems",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "26",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "17--24",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1975",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250E
                 (Signal generators); C5210 (Logic design methods)",
  keywords =     "32 bit; 32 bit serial words; 50 MHz clock rate; 8 bit
                 parallel words; digital; digital instrumentation;
                 electronic equipment testing; generators; logic
                 testing; model 8016A; multichannel word generator;
                 pattern generator; pulse; serial words; system testing;
                 testing digital components",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Finch:1975:AUO,
  author =       "W. R. Finch and R. B. Grady",
  title =        "{ATLAS}: a unit-under-test oriented language for
                 automatic test systems",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "27",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "2--13",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1975",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B0170E (Production facilities and engineering); B7200
                 (Measurement equipment and instrumentation systems);
                 B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); C3200 (Control
                 equipment and instrumentation); C3380B (Control of
                 electronic instruments); C6140D (High level languages);
                 C6150C (Compilers, interpreters and other processors)",
  corpsource =   "Stanford Univ., Stanford, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "ATLAS; ATLAS compiler; automatic test equipment;
                 automatic test systems; language; problem oriented
                 languages; program compilers; standard test; unit under
                 test oriented language",
  treatment =    "N New Development",
}

@Article{Bologlu:1975:ACP,
  author =       "A. Bologlu",
  title =        "Automatic {4.5-GHz} counter provides {1-Hz}
                 resolution",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "27",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "14--18",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1975",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems); B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers);
                 B7250 (Bench and portable instruments); B7310G
                 (Frequency measurement); B7310N (Microwave measurement
                 techniques); C3200 (Control equipment and
                 instrumentation)",
  corpsource =   "Stanford Univ., Stanford, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "1 Hz; automatic 4.5 GHz counter; built in diagnostics;
                 counting circuits; frequency counter; frequency
                 measurement; measurement; microwave; resolution",
  treatment =    "N New Development",
}

@Article{Inhelder:1975:NIE,
  author =       "A. E. Inhelder",
  title =        "A new instrument enclosure with greater convenience,
                 better accessibility, and higher attenuation of {RF}
                 interference",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "27",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "19--24",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1975",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B0170J (Product packaging); B5230 (Electromagnetic
                 compatibility and interference)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "accessibility; attenuation; convenience; instrument
                 enclosure; instrumentation; packaging; radiofrequency
                 interference; RF interference",
  treatment =    "N New Development",
}

@Article{Edwards:1975:DPM,
  author =       "A. P. Edwards",
  title =        "Digital power meter offers improved accuracy,
                 hands-off operation, systems compatibility
                 (microwave)",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "27",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "2--7",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1975",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210 (Instrumentation and measurement systems); B7230
                 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G (Display,
                 recording and indicating instruments); B7310F (Power
                 and energy measurement); B7310N (Microwave measurement
                 techniques); C3210B (Recorders and indicators for
                 control systems)",
  corpsource =   "Stanford Univ., Stanford, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "0.01 dB resolution; 0.02 dB accuracy; 100 kHz to 18
                 GHz; 436A; absolute readings; autoranging; digital
                 instrumentation; digital power meter; four digit meter;
                 hands off operation; measurement; measurement systems;
                 microwave; microwave power meter; model; power
                 measurement; power meter; power range of -70 dBm to +35
                 dBm; relative readings; RF; systems compatibility;
                 wattmeters",
  treatment =    "G General Review; X Experimental",
}

@Article{Pratt:1975:VMP,
  author =       "R. E. Pratt",
  title =        "Very-low-level microwave power measurements",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "27",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "8--10",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1975",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B2560H (Junction and barrier diodes); B7230 (Sensing
                 devices and transducers); B7310F (Power and energy
                 measurement); B7310N (Microwave measurement
                 techniques); C3240D (Electric transducers and sensing
                 devices)",
  corpsource =   "Newark Coll. of Engng., Newark, NJ, USA",
  keywords =     "10 MHz to 18 GHz; 100 pW; electric sensing devices;
                 low barrier; measurement; microwave; microwave
                 detectors; microwave power measurements; power
                 measurement; Schottky diode; Schottky diode power
                 sensor; Schottky-barrier diodes; very low level
                 measurements",
  treatment =    "G General Review; N New Development; X Experimental",
}

@Article{Offermann:1975:API,
  author =       "R. W. Offermann and S. E. Schultz and C. R. Trimble",
  title =        "Active probes improve precision of time interval
                 measurements",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "27",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "11--16",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1975",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7320K (Time
                 measurement); C3240D (Electric transducers and sensing
                 devices)",
  corpsource =   "California Inst. of Technol., Pasadena, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "active probes; instrumentation; precision measurement;
                 probes; probes model 5363A; time interval counters;
                 time interval measurements; time interval probes; time
                 measurement",
  treatment =    "G General Review; N New Development; X Experimental",
}

@Article{Schrenker:1975:FCH,
  author =       "H. Schrenker",
  title =        "Flow control in high-pressure liquid chromatography",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "27",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "17--24",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1975",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A0670T (Servo and control devices); A0735 (High
                 pressure production and techniques); A8280B
                 (Chromatography); C3120T (Level, flow and volume
                 control); C3210B (Recorders and indicators for control
                 systems); C3380D (Control of physical instruments)",
  keywords =     "chromatography; flow control; gradient elution; high;
                 high pressure; high-pressure techniques; HPLC;
                 hydraulic capacitors; liquid chromatography; precision
                 solvent mixing; pressure techniques; pulsating flow
                 smoothing; system",
  treatment =    "G General Review; X Experimental",
}

@Article{Neff:1975:TNP,
  author =       "R. B. Neff and L. Tillman",
  title =        "Three new pocket calculators: Smaller, less costly,
                 more powerful",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "27",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "2--7",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1975",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
  corpsource =   "Rice Univ., Houston, TX, USA",
  keywords =     "business and financial model; electronic calculators;
                 HP 21 scientific model; HP 22; HP 25 programmable
                 scientific; HP-21; model; pocket calculators",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Cook:1975:INP,
  author =       "M. J. Cook and G. M. Fichter and R. E. Whicker",
  title =        "Inside the new pocket calculators",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "27",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "8--12",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1975",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5220 (Computer architecture); C5420 (Mainframes and
                 minicomputers)",
  corpsource =   "Univ. Southampton, Southampton, UK",
  keywords =     "architecture; computer; computer architecture;
                 electronic calculators; HP-21 model; HP-22 model; HP-25
                 model; pocket calculators",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Christensen:1975:NML,
  author =       "S. Christensen and I. Matthews",
  title =        "A new microwave link analyzer for communications
                 systems carrying up to 2700 telephone channels",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "27",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "13--23",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1975",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B0170E (Production facilities and engineering); B0170L
                 (Inspection and quality control); B0170N (Reliability);
                 B6210D (Telephony); B6230Y (Other switching centres);
                 B6250D (Point-to-point radio systems)",
  corpsource =   "Teknikum, Sonderborg, Denmark",
  keywords =     "140 MHz IF measurements; 2700 telephone channels;
                 analyser; band measurements; base; carrier telephony;
                 communications systems; dual trace CRT display;
                 electronic equipment testing; links; microwave;
                 microwave link; model 3790A; multiplexing equipment;
                 receiver; receiver model 3792A; test equipment; test
                 signals; transmitter",
  treatment =    "N New Development; X Experimental",
}

@Article{Best:1975:AOD,
  author =       "A. I. Best",
  title =        "A {100-MHz} analog oscilloscope for digital
                 measurements",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "27",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "2--7",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1975",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G
                 (Display, recording and indicating instruments); C3210B
                 (Recorders and indicators for control systems); C5210
                 (Logic design methods)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard, Colorado Springs, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "100 MHz analogue oscilloscope; cathode-ray
                 oscilloscopes; channel magnification; computer;
                 debugging oscilloscope; digital measurements; dual;
                 general purpose oscilloscope; logic domain; logic
                 testing; third channel trigger display",
  treatment =    "G General Review; N New Development",
}

@Article{Millard:1975:OVA,
  author =       "J. K. Millard",
  title =        "An oscilloscope vertical-channel amplifier that
                 combines monolithic, thick-film hybrid, and discrete
                 technologies",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "27",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "8--11",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1975",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1220 (Amplifiers); B2220G (Thick film circuits);
                 B2220J (Hybrid integrated circuits); B7230 (Sensing
                 devices and transducers); B7250G (Display, recording
                 and indicating instruments); C3210B (Recorders and
                 indicators for control systems)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "cathode-ray oscilloscopes; combined IC technologies;
                 film circuits; hybrid; hybrid integrated circuits;
                 Model 1740A Oscilloscope; thick; thick film technology;
                 vertical channel amplifier; wideband amplifiers",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Anzinger:1975:ROS,
  author =       "G. A. Anzinger and A. M. Gadol",
  title =        "A real-time operating system with multi-terminal and
                 batch\slash spool capabilities",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "27",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "12--20",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1975",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6150J (Operating systems)",
  corpsource =   "Data Systems Div., Hewlett--Packard, Cupertino, CA,
                 USA",
  keywords =     "2100 Series computers; batch capability; batch
                 processing (computers); capability; executive system;
                 multiprogramming; multiterminal; online; operation;
                 real time; real time executive systems; real time
                 systems; RTE-II; spool capability",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Averett:1975:RES,
  author =       "L. W. Averett",
  title =        "Real-time executive system manages large memories",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "27",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "21--24",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1975",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6150J (Operating systems)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "21MX computers; 256K words; buffer area; dynamic
                 mapping system; hardware fence; large memory
                 management; memory protect feature; multiprogramming;
                 multiprogramming system; online operation; program
                 area; program linkage area; protection; real; RTE-III;
                 system; time executive system; user",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Urquhart:1976:ASL,
  author =       "J. R. Urquhart",
  title =        "An automatic selective level measuring set for
                 multichannel communications systems",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "27",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "2--7",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1976",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B0160 (Plant engineering, maintenance and safety);
                 B6140 (Signal processing and detection); B6230
                 (Switching centres and equipment); B7210
                 (Instrumentation and measurement systems); B7230
                 (Sensing devices and transducers); C1260 (Information
                 theory); C7410F (Communications computing)",
  keywords =     "automatic measuring set; communications applications
                 of computers; design; FDM systems; frequency division;
                 maintenance engineering; maintenance tool;
                 microprocessor control; model 3745 A/B; multichannel
                 communications; multiplexed communications systems;
                 multiplexing; receiver design; selective level
                 measuring set; synthesizer; systems",
  treatment =    "G General Review; X Experimental",
}

@Article{Walker:1976:DPS,
  author =       "H. P. Walker",
  title =        "Designing precision into a selective level measuring
                 set",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "27",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "8--12",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1976",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B0160 (Plant engineering, maintenance and safety);
                 B0170C (Project and design engineering); B6230
                 (Switching centres and equipment); B7210
                 (Instrumentation and measurement systems); B7230
                 (Sensing devices and transducers)",
  keywords =     "3.1 kHz voice channels; adjacent; attenuators;
                 background noise measurement; channel rejection;
                 communications system; conversion; design engineering;
                 FDM systems; frequency; frequency division
                 multiplexing; maintenance engineering; measurement
                 errors; measurement systems; model 3745A; multichannel;
                 precision; selective level measuring set; selectivity",
  treatment =    "G General Review; X Experimental",
}

@Article{Coster:1976:DQF,
  author =       "J. H. Coster",
  title =        "Designing a quiet frequency synthesizer for a
                 selective level measuring set",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "27",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "13--15",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1976",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B0170C (Project and design engineering); B1230B
                 (Oscillators)B6230 (Switching centres and equipment);
                 B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250E (Signal
                 generators)",
  keywords =     "10 Hz resolution; design engineering; divider loops;
                 FDM system; frequency division multiplexing; frequency
                 synthesizer; frequency synthesizers; high spectral
                 purity; high stability; indirect synthesis technique;
                 multichannel communication; oscillators; quartz crystal
                 oscillator; reference loop; selective level measuring
                 set; summing loops; systems",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Dack:1976:MMM,
  author =       "D. G. Dack",
  title =        "Making the most of microprocessor control",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "27",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "16--18",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1976",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6230 (Switching centres and equipment); B7230
                 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250E (Signal
                 generators); C7410F (Communications computing); C7420
                 (Control engineering computing)",
  keywords =     "3745A; 8-bit microcomputer system; automatic
                 sequencing of measurements; communication systems;
                 communications applications of computers; FDM;
                 frequency division; frequency plans; human; interface;
                 microprocessor control; Model; multiplexing; pipeline
                 processing; Selective Level Measuring Set; system
                 architecture; systems",
  treatment =    "A Application; G General Review; X Experimental",
}

@Article{Schultz:1976:RMB,
  author =       "J. T. Schultz",
  title =        "Real-time multi-user {BASIC}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "27",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "19--24",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1976",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6140D (High level languages); C6150J (Operating
                 systems)",
  keywords =     "BASIC; HP computer; interactive BASIC; multiuser
                 BASIC; online operation; programming language; real
                 time executive operating; RTE-II; RTE-III; systems",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Rude:1976:LTS,
  author =       "A. F. Rude and M. J. Ward",
  title =        "Laser transducer systems for high-accuracy machine
                 positioning",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "27",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "2--6",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1976",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A4260K (Laser beam applications); B4360 (Laser
                 applications); B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers);
                 B7320C (Spatial variables measurement); C3120C (Spatial
                 variables control); C3240D (Electric transducers and
                 sensing devices); C3355C (Control applications in
                 machining processes and machine tools)",
  keywords =     "control; frequency laser head; Hewlett Packard
                 equipment; high accuracy positioning; interferometric;
                 laser beam applications; laser interferometers; laser
                 transducer; machine; machine positioning; machine tool
                 control; machine tools; measuring machine; modular
                 systems; optics; permanent installation; position;
                 position control; position measurement; tools;
                 transducer; transducers; two",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Olson:1976:ELT,
  author =       "W. E. Olson and R. B. Smith",
  title =        "Electronics for the laser transducer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "27",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "7--18",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1976",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A4260K (Laser beam applications); B4360 (Laser
                 applications); B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers);
                 B7320C (Spatial variables measurement); C3120C (Spatial
                 variables control); C3240D (Electric transducers and
                 sensing devices); C3355C (Control applications in
                 machining processes and machine tools)",
  keywords =     "digital instrumentation; flexibility; Hewlett Packard
                 equipment; laser beam applications; laser
                 interferometers; laser transducer; machine; machine
                 tool control; measuring machines; position control;
                 position measurement; position transducer; tools;
                 transducers",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Carlson:1976:UPC,
  author =       "J. E. Carlson and R. L. Stickle",
  title =        "Using a programmable calculator as a data
                 communications terminal",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "27",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "19--24",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1976",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers); C5540 (Terminals
                 and graphic displays); C5600 (Data communication
                 equipment and techniques)",
  keywords =     "9830A calculator; BASIC language calculator; binary
                 synchronous remote batch terminal; calculator to
                 calculator communication; communication ROMs; data
                 communication equipment; data communications terminal;
                 electronic calculators; HP; interactive terminals;
                 programmable calculator; terminal; terminal
                 communication; time sharing; timesharing",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Heger:1976:CBF,
  author =       "C. E. Heger and R. C. Hyatt and G. A. Seavey",
  title =        "A cesium beam frequency reference for severe
                 environments",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "27",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "2--10",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1976",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A0620H (Measurement standards and calibration); B7130
                 (Measurement standards and calibration)",
  keywords =     "accuracy; atomic beams; caesium; Cs beam; frequency;
                 measurement standards; reference; severe environments;
                 stability; time reference",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Collison:1976:CFC,
  author =       "R. R. Collison and R. E. Kmetovicz",
  title =        "Calibrated {FM}, crystal stability, and counter
                 resolution for a low-cost signal generator",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "27",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "11--17",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1976",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1230 (Signal generators); B7230 (Sensing devices and
                 transducers); B7250E (Signal generators)",
  keywords =     "counter resolution; crystal stability; frequency
                 stability; signal generator; signal generators;
                 stability; synchronisation; synchronizer counter",
  treatment =    "N New Development; P Practical",
}

@Article{Young:1976:PGE,
  author =       "I. R. Young and R. Pearson and P. M. Scott",
  title =        "A 50-mbit\slash s pattern generator and error detector
                 for evaluating digital communications system
                 performance",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "27",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "18--24",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1976",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6120B (Codes); B6210 (Telecommunication
                 applications)",
  keywords =     "50 Mbit/s; bit error rate; clock frequency offset;
                 coding; digital communication systems; digital
                 communications system performance; error detection;
                 error detector; errors; fixed clock rates; interface
                 levels; modulation; pattern generator; PCM systems;
                 pulse-code",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Bullock:1976:ETS,
  author =       "M. L. Bullock and R. E. Warren",
  title =        "Electronic total station speeds survey operations",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "27",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "2--12",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1976",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A9385 (Instrumentation and techniques for geophysical,
                 hydrospheric and lower atmosphere research); B7320C
                 (Spatial variables measurement); B7710 (Geophysical
                 techniques and equipment)",
  keywords =     "3810A Total Station; angular measurement; built in;
                 calculator; display system; distance measurement;
                 electronic surveying instrument; equipment;
                 geophysical; horizontal angle; modulated light beam;
                 surveying; surveying horizontal distance; vertical
                 distance",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Poole:1976:DED,
  author =       "J. S. Poole and L. Bilen",
  title =        "Designing efficiency into a digital processor for an
                 analytical instrument",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "27",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "13--19",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1976",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A0670T (Servo and control devices); A8280B
                 (Chromatography); A8280 (Chemical analysis and related
                 physical methods of analysis); C3380D (Control of
                 physical instruments); C7320 (Physics and chemistry
                 computing)",
  keywords =     "analytical instrument; chromatography; digital
                 processor; gas chromatograph; hardware control; I/O
                 system; model 5840A gas chromatograph; natural sciences
                 applications of computers; operating convenience;
                 physical instrumentation control",
  treatment =    "A Application; G General Review",
}

@Article{Nordman:1976:NCT,
  author =       "R. G. Nordman and R. L. Smith and L. A. Witkin",
  title =        "New {CRT} terminal has magnetic tape storage for
                 expanded capability",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "27",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "2--5, 7--11, 13--14",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1976",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5320 (Digital storage); C5540 (Terminals and graphic
                 displays)",
  keywords =     "cathode-ray tube displays; charges; computer
                 resources; costs; CRT terminal; line; magnetic tape
                 storage; online time; remote operations; tape drives",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Richards:1976:MDC,
  author =       "A. J. Richards",
  title =        "Mini data cartridge: a convincing alternative for
                 low-cost, removable storage",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "27",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "6--7",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1976",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5320 (Digital storage)",
  keywords =     "access; data reliability; elastomer belt; electric
                 drives; head access; magnetic tape storage; mini data
                 cartridge; plastic scraper; precision guides; removable
                 storage; times; transfer rates",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Morris:1976:TGP,
  author =       "D. E. Morris and C. J. Christopher and G. W. Chance
                 and D. B. Barney",
  title =        "Third generation programmable calculator has
                 computer-like capabilities",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "27",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "2--14",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1976",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "abilities; computer like capabilities; control
                 capabilities; desk top programmable calculator;
                 electronic calculators; generation calculator; HP 9825A
                 Calculator; interfacing; programmable calculator; stand
                 alone computing tool; system; third",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Eads:1976:HNL,
  author =       "W. D. Eads and D. S. Maitland",
  title =        "High-performance {NMOS LSI} processor",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "27",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "15--18",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1976",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits); C5420
                 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "bidirectional buffer; chips; electronic calculators;
                 HP 9825A calculator; hybrid circuit; hybrid integrated
                 circuits; large; NMOS LSI processor; scale
                 integration",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Bump:1976:CIP,
  author =       "R. B. Bump and G. R. Paulson",
  title =        "Character impact printer offers maximum printing
                 flexibility",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "27",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "19--23",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1976",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "30 characters per second; 9871A printer; calculator;
                 character impact printer; draw charts; graphs; page
                 width printer; plot; printer; printers; printing
                 flexibility; program control",
  treatment =    "N New Development; X Experimental",
}

@Article{Clifford:1976:MCD,
  author =       "D. M. Clifford and F. T. Hickenlooper and A. C.
                 Mortensen",
  title =        "Mid-range calculator delivers more power at lower
                 cost",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "27",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "24--31",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1976",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "electronic calculators; HP9815A calculator; internal;
                 peripherals; single chip calculator",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Vifian:1976:DNA,
  author =       "H. Vifian",
  title =        "A direct-reading network analyzer for the
                 {500-kHz-to-1.3-GHz} frequency range",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "27",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "2--6",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1976",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G
                 (Display, recording and indicating instruments); C3210B
                 (Recorders and indicators for control systems)",
  keywords =     "500 kHz to 1.3 GHz; all in one test set; deviation
                 from linear phase; direct reading network analyser;
                 display instruments; electrical length; equivalent;
                 frequency range; gain; group delay; loss; phase shift;
                 reflection coefficient; shift",
  treatment =    "G General Review; X Experimental",
}

@Article{Lawson:1976:PWN,
  author =       "W. S. Lawson and D. D. Sharrit",
  title =        "Processing wide-range network analyzer signals for
                 analog and digital display",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "27",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "8--11",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1976",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6140 (Signal processing and detection); B7220 (Signal
                 processing and conditioning equipment and techniques);
                 B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G
                 (Display, recording and indicating instruments); C1260
                 (Information theory); C3210B (Recorders and indicators
                 for control systems)",
  keywords =     "analogue signals; conditioning for display; digital
                 display; display instruments; displaying; Model 8505A
                 network analyzer; processing network analyser; signal;
                 signal processing; signals; two quantities
                 simultaneously; wide range analysers",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Dalichow:1976:PRS,
  author =       "R. Dalichow and D. R. Harkins",
  title =        "A precision {RF} source and down-converter for the
                 {Model 8505A} network analyzer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "27",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "12--16",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1976",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1230B (Oscillators); B1290 (Other analogue circuits);
                 B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G
                 (Display, recording and indicating instruments); C3210B
                 (Recorders and indicators for control systems)",
  keywords =     "display instruments; down convertor; frequency
                 convertors; microwave; Model 8505A network analyzer;
                 oscillators; precision RF source; signal; tracking",
}

@Article{Shar:1976:SIG,
  author =       "L. E. Shar",
  title =        "Series {II} general-purpose computer systems: designed
                 for improved throughput and reliability",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "27",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "2--7",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1976",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
  keywords =     "error correction; error logging; expanded; faster
                 central processor; faster memory system; general;
                 general purpose computers; HP 3000 Series II Computer
                 Systems; improved reliability; improved throughput;
                 instruction set; larger memory; purpose computer
                 system; system",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Toschi:1976:AMF,
  author =       "E. A. Toschi and T. Watanabe",
  title =        "An all-semiconductor memory with fault detection,
                 correction, and logging",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "27",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "8--13",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1976",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5320G (Semiconductor storage); C5420 (Mainframes and
                 minicomputers)",
  keywords =     "4K MOS RAMs; fault correction; fault logging; general
                 purpose computers; HP 3000 Series II computer; memory
                 system; semiconductor memory with fault detection;
                 semiconductor storage systems; systems",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Anderson:1976:PRT,
  author =       "G. C. Anderson and G. T. Roberts",
  title =        "Pseudo-random and random test signals",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "28",
  number =       "??",
  pages =        "??--??",
  month =        "????",
  year =         "1976",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 08:24:22 1996",
  bibsource =    "Distributed/QLD.bib;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  bydate =       "Le",
  byrev =        "Le",
  country =      "USA",
  date =         "15/01/88",
  descriptors =  "RNG; shift register sequences",
  enum =         "104",
  location =     "PKI-OG: Li-Ord.Le",
  references =   "0",
  revision =     "21/04/91",
}

@Article{Harrison:1976:EVS,
  author =       "V. Harrison",
  title =        "An easier-to-use variable-persistence\slash storage
                 oscilloscope with brighter, sharper traces",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "28",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "2--8",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1976",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G
                 (Display, recording and indicating instruments); C3210B
                 (Recorders and indicators for control systems)",
  keywords =     "5 mV/cm; bright sharp trace; cathode-ray
                 oscilloscopes; DC to 100 MHz response; delaying sweep
                 oscilloscopes; display characteristics; dual channel
                 oscilloscope; easy to use oscilloscope; Model 1741A;
                 operating modes; oscilloscope; sensitivity; variable
                 persistence/storage",
  treatment =    "G General Review; X Experimental",
}

@Article{Hashimoto:1976:AWD,
  author =       "S. Hashimoto and T. Tamamura",
  title =        "An automatic wide-range digital {LCR} meter",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "28",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "9--15",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1976",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G
                 (Display, recording and indicating instruments); C3210B
                 (Recorders and indicators for control systems)",
  keywords =     "0.2\%; 1 kHz and 120 Hz measurement frequencies; 3.5
                 digit display; accuracy; automatic wide range
                 instrument; digital instrumentation; digital LCR meter;
                 display instruments; dissipation factor measurement;
                 four readings/second; metering; Model 4261A; universal
                 impedance bridge",
  treatment =    "G General Review; X Experimental",
}

@Article{Merrick:1976:CNM,
  author =       "E. B. Merrick and T. J. Hayes",
  title =        "Continuous, non-invasive measurements of arterial
                 blood oxygen levels",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "28",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "2--9",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1976",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A8770E (Patient diagnostic methods and
                 instrumentation); A8780 (Biophysical instrumentation
                 and techniques); B7320T (Chemical variables
                 measurement); B7510 (Biomedical measurement and
                 imaging)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "arterial blood oxygen levels; biomedical measurement;
                 blood; chemical variables; continuous noninvasive
                 measurement; measurement; multiwavelength; optical
                 instruments; optical technique; oximeter; oxygen",
  treatment =    "N New Development; P Practical",
}

@Article{Ainsworth:1976:ALD,
  author =       "G. Ainsworth and R. Pope",
  title =        "An accurate, low-noise discriminator",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "28",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "10--??",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1976",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1260 (Pulse circuits)",
  keywords =     "discriminators; high Q; low noise; pulse circuits;
                 pulse count discriminator; pulse forming network; time
                 standards",
  treatment =    "N New Development",
}

@Article{Reid-Urquhart:1976:SR,
  author =       "J. Reid-Urquhart",
  title =        "A signal-level reference",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "28",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "10--??",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1976",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A0630L (Measurement of basic electric and magnetic
                 variables)A0670 (General instrumentation); A0750
                 (Electrical instruments and techniques); B1290 (Other
                 analogue circuits); B7250E (Signal generators); B7310B
                 (Voltage measurement)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Ltd., South Queensferry, UK",
  keywords =     "calibration; generators; instruments; reference
                 circuits; RF signal level reference; signal; stable
                 amplitude level; voltage measurement",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Ingman:1976:CDI,
  author =       "E. M. Ingman",
  title =        "Card-programmable digital {IC} tester simplifies
                 incoming inspection",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "28",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "11--18",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1976",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B0170L (Inspection and quality control); B1265
                 (Digital electronics); B7210B (Automatic test and
                 measurement systems)C3380B (Control of electronic
                 instruments); C5100 (Circuits and devices)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Ltd., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "automatic test equipment; card programmable digital IC
                 tester; digital integrated circuits; inspection;
                 integrated circuit testing",
  treatment =    "N New Development",
}

@Article{Dickinson:1976:PPP,
  author =       "P. D. Dickinson and W. E. Egbert",
  title =        "A pair of program-compatible personal programmable
                 calculators",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "28",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "2--8",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1976",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "briefcase portable HP 97; buffered keyboard;
                 compatible; easy to read display; electronic
                 calculators; fully programmable personal calculators;
                 magnetic cards; pocket sized HP 67; programme; thermal
                 printer",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Musch:1976:PSC,
  author =       "B. E. Musch and R. B. Taggart",
  title =        "Portable scientific calculator has built-in printer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "28",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "9--18",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1976",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "desk top sized keyboard; electronic calculators; HP
                 91; line current; printing calculators; rechargeable
                 batteries; thermal printer",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Kuhlman:1976:HSS,
  author =       "L. J. {Kuhlman, Jr.}",
  title =        "High-power solid-state {5.9-12.4-GHz} sweepers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "28",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "19--24",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1976",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1230B (Oscillators); B1350F (Solid-state microwave
                 circuits and devices); B7250E (Signal generators);
                 B7310N (Microwave measurement techniques)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "100 mW GaAs FET amplifier; 12.4 GHz range; 5.9 to; 5.9
                 to 9.0 GHz; 8.0 to 12.4 GHz; 8620C sweep oscillator;
                 microwave; microwave circuits; microwave measurement;
                 microwave oscillators; solid state sweeper;
                 solid-state; swept-frequency oscillators",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Beckwith:1976:CTN,
  author =       "J. F. Beckwith",
  title =        "Current tracer: {A} new way to find low-impedance
                 logic-circuit faults",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "28",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "2--8",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1976",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B0170L (Inspection and quality control); B1265B (Logic
                 circuits); C5120 (Logic and switching circuits)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "current pulses; display instrumentation; fault
                 location; integrated circuit; integrated logic
                 circuits; logic circuit testing; logic testing; probe;
                 testing",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Quenelle:1976:NLP,
  author =       "R. C. Quenelle",
  title =        "New logic probe troubleshoots many logic families",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "28",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "9--11",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1976",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B0170L (Inspection and quality control); B1265B (Logic
                 circuits); C5120 (Logic and switching circuits)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co. Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "bad levels; CMOS; digital circuit nodes; display
                 instrumentation; fault location; integrated circuit;
                 integrated logic circuits; logic circuit; logic levels;
                 logic probe; logic testing; MOS; open circuits;
                 testing; TTL",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Bronson:1976:MML,
  author =       "B. Bronson and A. Y. Chan",
  title =        "A multifunction, multifamily logic pulser",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "28",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "12--17",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1976",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B0170L (Inspection and quality control); B1230J (Pulse
                 generators); B1265B (Logic circuits); B7250E (Signal
                 generators); C5120 (Logic and switching circuits)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "bursts; circuits; fault location; integrated circuit
                 testing; integrated logic; logic circuit testing; logic
                 testing; microprogrammed pulse generator; probe; pulse;
                 pulse generators; pulse streams; single pulses",
}

@Article{Priebe:1976:MLC,
  author =       "D. Priebe",
  title =        "Multifamily logic clip shows all pin states
                 simultaneously",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "28",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "18--20",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1976",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1265B (Logic circuits); B7250G (Display, recording
                 and indicating instruments); C5120 (Logic and switching
                 circuits)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "display instrumentation; dual inline IC package; IC
                 circuit testing; integrated circuit testing; integrated
                 logic circuits; logic clip; logic states; logic
                 testing; simultaneous LED pin state display",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Morrill:1976:IPL,
  author =       "J. S. {Morrill, Jr.}",
  title =        "Interfacing a parallel-mode logic state analyzer to
                 serial data",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "28",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "21--24",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1976",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1265B (Logic circuits); B7210X (Other instrumentation
                 and measurement systems); C5120 (Logic and switching
                 circuits)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "convertors; logic testing; mode logic state analyser;
                 parallel; serial data systems; serial to parallel
                 convertor; test equipment",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Smith:1977:LSA,
  author =       "J. H. Smith",
  title =        "A logic state analyzer for microprocessor systems",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "28",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "2--11",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1977",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1265B (Logic circuits); B7250G (Display, recording
                 and indicating instruments); C5210 (Logic design
                 methods)",
  corpsource =   "HP Oscilloscope Div., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
  keywords =     "computer debugging; debugging; display; keyboard
                 control; logic state analyzer; logic testing;
                 microprocessor systems; mnemonic; systems; test
                 equipment; triggering capabilities",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Saponas:1977:FMA,
  author =       "T. A. Saponas",
  title =        "Firmware of a microprocessor analyzer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "28",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "12--15",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1977",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments); C5210 (Logic design methods)",
  corpsource =   "HP Automatic Measurements Div., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "firmware; keyboard; logic state analyzer; logic
                 testing; microprocessor analyzer; test equipment",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Courtin:1977:VSF,
  author =       "E. Courtin and W. Ruchay and P. Salfeld and H.
                 Sommer",
  title =        "A versatile, semiautomatic fetal monitor for
                 non-technical use",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "28",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "16--23",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1977",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A8770E (Patient diagnostic methods and
                 instrumentation); B7510 (Biomedical measurement and
                 imaging)",
  keywords =     "cardiology; cardiotocograph; foetal heartbeat monitor;
                 monitor; nontechnical operators; patient monitoring;
                 semiautomatic",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Gookin:1977:FHV,
  author =       "A. Gookin",
  title =        "A fast-reading, high-resolution voltmeter that
                 calibrates itself automatically",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "28",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "2--10",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1977",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A0650M (Computing devices and techniques); A0670H
                 (Display, recording, and indicating instruments); A0750
                 (Electrical instruments and techniques); B7250G
                 (Display, recording and indicating instruments); B7310B
                 (Voltage measurement); C3380B (Control of electronic
                 instruments); C7410D (Electronic engineering
                 computing)",
  keywords =     "autocalibration; calibration; computerised
                 instrumentation; digital; digital voltmeter; HP
                 interface bus; integrating capability; microprocessor;
                 resolution; versatility; voltmeters",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{McDermid:1977:HSV,
  author =       "J. E. McDermid and J. B. Vyduna and J. M. Gorin",
  title =        "A high-speed system voltmeter for time-related
                 measurements",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "28",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "11--19",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1977",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A0670H (Display, recording, and indicating
                 instruments); A0750 (Electrical instruments and
                 techniques); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments); B7310B (Voltage measurement)",
  keywords =     "analogue storage; characteristics; DC levels;
                 programmable trigger delay; sample and hold; system
                 voltmeter; time related measurements; voltmeters;
                 waveform",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Barker:1977:CDP,
  author =       "R. D. Barker and V. L. Laing and J. E. Marriott and H.
                 M. Juneau",
  title =        "Contemporary design practice in general-purpose
                 digital multimeters",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "28",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "20--28",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1977",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A0670H (Display, recording, and indicating
                 instruments); A0750 (Electrical instruments and
                 techniques); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments); B7310B (Voltage measurement); B7310D
                 (Current measurement); B7310J (Impedance and admittance
                 measurement)",
  keywords =     "current measurement; design engineering; design
                 practice; digital instrumentation; electric; electric
                 resistance measurement; general purpose digital;
                 multimeters; universality; voltage measurement",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Johnson:1977:NSS,
  author =       "L. Johnson",
  title =        "A new series of small computer systems",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "28",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "2--6",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1977",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "HP 1000 systems; management; minicomputers;
                 operations; small computer systems",
  treatment =    "G General Review; P Practical",
}

@Article{Snow:1977:HOS,
  author =       "D. L. Snow and K. F. Hahn",
  title =        "{HP} 1000 operating system is enhanced real-time
                 executive",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "28",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "7--14",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1977",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6150J (Operating systems)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "communication; disc cartridge backup; disc cartridge
                 distribution; HP 1000 computer system; I/O error
                 management; III software; mini cartridge distribution;
                 minicomputers; online operation; operating system; real
                 time executive; RTE; RTE II software; string;
                 supervisory programs",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Drake:1977:DAM,
  author =       "H. D. Drake",
  title =        "Development and application of microprograms in a
                 real-time environment",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "28",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "15--17",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1977",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5220 (Computer architecture)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "cross reference generator; editor; interactive
                 programming; microassembler; microdebug; microprogram
                 application; microprogram development;
                 microprogramming; PROM tape generator; RTE
                 microprogramming package; WCS driver; WCS load
                 utility",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Riggins:1977:EDC,
  author =       "C. C. Riggins",
  title =        "{E}-series doubles {21MX} computer performance",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "28",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "18--19",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1977",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "21 MX E-series processor; HP 1000 computer system;
                 minicomputers; multiprogramming; real time",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Stallard:1977:HEP,
  author =       "S. J. Stallard",
  title =        "How the {E}-series performance was attained",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "28",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "20--23",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1977",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5220 (Computer architecture); C5420 (Mainframes and
                 minicomputers)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "21 MX E-series computer; central processing unit;
                 computer architecture; low power Schottky device;
                 microprogrammed bus oriented processor; minicomputers;
                 TTL Schottky device",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Lane:1977:MFE,
  author =       "T. A. Lane",
  title =        "Microprogrammed features of the {21MX E}-series",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "28",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "24--27",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1977",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5220 (Computer architecture); C5420 (Mainframes and
                 minicomputers)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "21 MX E-series processor; block I/O; load;
                 microprogrammable; microprogrammable processor port;
                 microprogramming; minicomputers; remote program; self
                 test firmware diagnostic",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Rytand:1977:OIL,
  author =       "W. A. Rytand",
  title =        "{OPNODE}: interactive linear circuit design and
                 optimization",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "28",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "28--31",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1977",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1130B (Computer-aided circuit analysis and design);
                 C7410D (Electronic engineering computing)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "circuit CAD; interactive graphics console;
                 minicomputer; OPNODE; optimisation; software package",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Forbes:1977:STP,
  author =       "B. E. Forbes",
  title =        "Silicon-on-Sapphire technology produces high-speed
                 single-chip processor",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "28",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "2--8",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1977",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1265F (Microprocessors and microcomputers); B2570D
                 (CMOS integrated circuits); C3220 (Controllers); C5420
                 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "16-bit parallel device; controller applications;
                 controllers; field effect integrated circuits; JC
                 processor; microprocessor chips; static CMOS/SOS",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Finch:1977:MOP,
  author =       "C. M. Finch and M. F. Estes and L. A. Gammill",
  title =        "Miniature oscilloscope probes for measurements in
                 crowded circuits",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "28",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "9--12",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1977",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G
                 (Display, recording and indicating instruments)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "2.4 mm diameter; cathode-ray oscilloscopes; miniature
                 oscillator probes; probes",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Uebbing:1977:SSA,
  author =       "J. T. Uebbing and P. B. Ashkin and H. L. Hines",
  title =        "A small, solid-state alphanumeric display",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "28",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "13--20",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1977",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B4260D (Light emitting diodes); B7260 (Display
                 technology and systems)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "display devices; dot matrix; HDSP 2000; LED; light
                 emitting diodes; solidstate alphanumeric display",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Frohwerk:1977:SAN,
  author =       "R. A. Frohwerk",
  title =        "Signature analysis: a new digital field service
                 method",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "28",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "2--8",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1977",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250Z (Other bench instruments)",
  keywords =     "digital instrumentation; logic; logic testing; test
                 equipment; testing; troubleshooting by signature
                 analysis",
  treatment =    "N New Development; P Practical",
}

@Article{Chan:1977:ESA,
  author =       "A. Y. Chan",
  title =        "Easy-to-use signature analyzer accurately
                 troubleshoots complex logic circuits",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "28",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "9--14",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1977",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments)",
  keywords =     "circuit troubleshooting; detection; digital
                 instrumentation; digital test equipment; fault; HP
                 5004A; logic; logic testing; signature analyser;
                 signature analysis technique; test equipment",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Nadig:1977:SAE,
  author =       "H. J. Nadig",
  title =        "Signature analysis-concepts, examples, and
                 guidelines",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "28",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "15--21",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1977",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments); B7310B (Voltage measurement)",
  keywords =     "designer guideline; signature analysis concept;
                 voltmeter; voltmeters",
  treatment =    "G General Review; P Practical",
}

@Article{Egbert:1977:PCAa,
  author =       "W. E. Egbert",
  title =        "Personal calculator algorithms. {I}. Square roots",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "28",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "22--23",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1977",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers); C7310
                 (Mathematics computing)",
  keywords =     "electronic calculators; HP personal calculator; square
                 root algorithm",
  treatment =    "A Application; T Theoretical or Mathematical",
}

@Article{Bailey:1977:WPS,
  author =       "P. W. Bailey and J. W. Hyde and W. T. Walker",
  title =        "A wide-ranging power supply of compact dimensions",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "28",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "2--9",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1977",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A0750 (Electrical instruments and techniques); B1210
                 (Power electronics, supply and supervisory circuits);
                 C7410D (Electronic engineering computing)",
  keywords =     "0 to 50 V range; 200W; computerised instrumentation;
                 laboratory apparatus and; power supplies to apparatus;
                 programmable power supply; techniques",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Kirkpatrick:1977:CCA,
  author =       "G. R. Kirkpatrick and D. R. Chambers and R. E. Pratt",
  title =        "Coaxial components and accessories for broadband
                 operation to 26.5 {GHz}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "28",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "10--16",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1977",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1320 (Waveguide components); B2160D (Cable
                 accessories); B2180E (Connectors)",
  keywords =     "broadband operation; coaxial cables; coaxial
                 connector; electric connectors; up to 26.5 GHz",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Egbert:1977:PCAb,
  author =       "W. E. Egbert",
  title =        "Personal calculator algorithms. {II}. Trigonometric
                 functions",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "28",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "17--20",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1977",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5230 (Digital arithmetic methods); C5420 (Mainframes
                 and minicomputers)",
  keywords =     "electronic calculators; Howlett Packard calculator;
                 trigonometric function algorithm",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical; T Theoretical or
                 Mathematical",
}

@Article{VanBree:1977:SCS,
  author =       "K. A. {Van Bree}",
  title =        "Small computer system supports large-scale multi-user
                 {APL}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "28",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "2--5",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1977",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6140D (High level languages)",
  keywords =     "large scale; multi use APL; multilingual HP 3000
                 Series II Computer System; procedure oriented
                 languages",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Munsey:1977:ADV,
  author =       "G. J. Munsey",
  title =        "{APL} data: virtual workspaces and shared storage",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "28",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "6--10",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1977",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6120 (File organisation)",
  keywords =     "APL data; file organisation; shared storage;
                 workspaces",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Johnston:1977:ASP,
  author =       "R. L. Johnston",
  title =        "{APLGOL}: structured programming facilities for
                 {APL}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "28",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "11--13",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1977",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6140D (High level languages)",
  keywords =     "APLGOL; procedure oriented languages; structured
                 programming; structured programming facilities",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{VanDyke:1977:DIC,
  author =       "E. J. {Van Dyke}",
  title =        "A dynamic incremental compiler for an interpretive
                 language",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "28",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "17--20",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1977",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6150C (Compilers, interpreters and other
                 processors)",
  keywords =     "APL-3000 dynamic incremental compiler; interactive
                 compiler; interpreter hybrid; program compilers;
                 program interpreters",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{VanBree:1977:CDC,
  author =       "K. A. {Van Bree}",
  title =        "A controller for the dynamic compiler",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "28",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "21--23",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1977",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6150C (Compilers, interpreters and other
                 processors)",
  keywords =     "APL; controller; dynamic compiler; error handling;
                 function; function calling; handling; program
                 compilers; returning; sequencing; use input",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Leong:1977:CTP,
  author =       "W. W. Leong",
  title =        "{CRT} terminal provides both {APL} and {ASCII}
                 operation",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "28",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "25--28",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1977",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays); C5600 (Data
                 communication equipment and techniques)",
  keywords =     "2641A; APL-3000; ASCII operation; cathode-ray tube
                 displays; CRT terminal; data communication equipment;
                 data communications; display station",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Stickel:1977:NDD,
  author =       "H. P. Stickel",
  title =        "New {50-Megabyte} disc drive: high performance and
                 reliability from high-technology design",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "28",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "2--12, 14--15",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1977",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media); C5320
                 (Digital storage)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard, Palo-Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "50 M byte disc drive; coil actuated head; direct
                 spindle drive motor; feedback control; magnetic disc
                 and drum storage; reliability; storage devices; voice",
  treatment =    "N New Development; P Practical",
}

@Article{Hentschel:1977:IPW,
  author =       "C. Hentschel and G. Riebesell and J. Zellmer and V.
                 Eberle",
  title =        "An individualized pulse\slash word generator system
                 for subnanosecond testing",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "28",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "16--22",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1977",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250E (Signal generators)",
  corpsource =   "Inst. fur Theoretische Elektrotechnik, Univ. Aachen,
                 Aachen, West Germany",
  keywords =     "1 GHz; module; pulse word generator; repetition rate;
                 signal generators; subnanosecond testing",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Brunetti:1977:NFI,
  author =       "L. G. Brunetti",
  title =        "A new family of intelligent multi-color {X-Y}
                 plotters",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "29",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "2--4",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1977",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., San Diego, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "intelligent multi colour X-Y plotter; plotters;
                 precision; programmable plotters",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Daniels:1977:EIL,
  author =       "Thomas H. Daniels and Larry W. Hennessee",
  title =        "Easy-to-Use Interface Language Controls {HP-IB}
                 Plotter",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "29",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "5--9",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1977",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Graphics/siggraph/77.bib;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., San Diego, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "binary; controllers; interface language controls;
                 parameter storage; plotter; plotter, programming,
                 language; plotters; processor; RAM; ROM; stack
                 operations",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Bones:1977:RTP,
  author =       "D. A. Bones and M. L. Patterson",
  title =        "Remote terminal plotter offers simple programming and
                 efficient communications",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "29",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "9--13",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1977",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., San Diego, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "plotters; remote terminal plotter",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Patterson:1977:SPS,
  author =       "M. L. Patterson and R. D. Haselby and R. M. Kemplin",
  title =        "Speed, precision, and smoothness characterize
                 four-color plotter pen drive system",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "29",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "13--19",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1977",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments); B8510 (Drives); C3380 (Control
                 applications in instrumentation systems and laboratory
                 techniques); C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., San Diego, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "control; electric drives; four colour plotter; pen
                 drive system; plotters; precision",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Balazer:1977:PIS,
  author =       "L. P. Balazer and G. W. Lynch and R. M. Kemplin and L.
                 W. Hennessee",
  title =        "Pen and ink system helps assure four-color plotter
                 line quality",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "29",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "20--25",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1977",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., San Diego, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "designs; four colour plotter; ink system; pen;
                 plotters",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Grobstein:1977:BEM,
  author =       "S. R. Grobstein and R. D. Gatzke",
  title =        "A battery-powered {ECG} monitor for emergency and
                 operating room environments",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "29",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "26--31",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1977",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A8728 (Bioelectricity); A8770G (Patient care and
                 treatment); B7510D (Bioelectric signals); B7520
                 (Patient care and treatment)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "battery power; biomedical equipment;
                 electrocardiography; monitoring; nonfade portable ECG
                 monitor; patient; patient monitoring; surgery",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Grote:1977:ADS,
  author =       "R. H. Grote and H. {Webber McKinney}",
  title =        "Advanced digital signal analyzer probes low-frequency
                 signals with ease and precision",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "29",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "2--9",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1977",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6140 (Signal processing and detection); B7250G
                 (Display, recording and indicating instruments); C3380B
                 (Control of electronic instruments)",
  keywords =     "5420A; analyser; analysers; digital instrumentation;
                 digital signal analyser; LF signals; signal processing;
                 spectral",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Patkay:1977:FDD,
  author =       "J.-P. D. Patkay and F. R. F. Chu and H. A. M.
                 Wiggers",
  title =        "Front-end design for digital signal analysis",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "29",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "9--14",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1977",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6140 (Signal processing and detection); B7250G
                 (Display, recording and indicating instruments); C3380B
                 (Control of electronic instruments)",
  keywords =     "5420A digital signal analyzer; analysers; band
                 selectable analysis; digital instrumentation; input
                 channels; preprocessing; signal processing; spectral;
                 spectral analysers",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Edgerley:1977:DSS,
  author =       "W. M. {Edgerley, Jr.} and D. C. Snyder",
  title =        "Display and storage systems for a digital signal
                 analyzer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "29",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "14--17",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1977",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6140 (Signal processing and detection); B7250G
                 (Display, recording and indicating instruments); C3380B
                 (Control of electronic instruments)",
  keywords =     "5420A; analysers; digital instrumentation; digital
                 signal analyser; display; signal processing; spectral;
                 spectral analyser; storage systems",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Donahue:1977:DSA,
  author =       "T. L. Donahue and J. P. Oliverio",
  title =        "Digital signal analyzer applications",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "29",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "17--21",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1977",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6140 (Signal processing and detection); B7250G
                 (Display, recording and indicating instruments); C3380B
                 (Control of electronic instruments)",
  keywords =     "5420A digital signal analyser; acoustics; analysers;
                 design; digital instrumentation; electronic speed
                 controller; filter; mechanical structure; phase noise
                 analysis; signal processing; spectral; spectral
                 analysers; underwater sound",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Martin:1977:PFC,
  author =       "R. E. Martin",
  title =        "Printing financial calculator sets new standards for
                 accuracy and capability",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "29",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "22--28",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1977",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers); C7120 (Financial
                 computing)",
  keywords =     "electronic calculators; financial calculator;
                 financial data processing; HP 92; printing electronic
                 calculator",
  treatment =    "A Application; E Economic; P Practical",
}

@Article{Thomason:1977:ESS,
  author =       "J. L. Thomason",
  title =        "Expanding synthesized signal generation to the
                 microwave range",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "29",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "2--8",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1977",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1230 (Signal generators); B1350 (Microwave circuits
                 and devices); B7250E (Signal generators); C3380B
                 (Control of electronic instruments)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "8671A; 8672A; broadband; frequency synthesizers;
                 generator; microwave range; programmable; signal
                 synthesis; synthesized signal",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Astrof:1977:FSM,
  author =       "K. L. Astrof",
  title =        "Frequency synthesis in a microwave signal generator",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "29",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "8--15",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1977",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1230 (Signal generators); B1350 (Microwave circuits
                 and devices); B7250E (Signal generators)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "8671A; 8672A synthesized signal generator; frequency
                 synthesizers; microwave signal generator; spectral
                 purity; synthesizer",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Stribling:1977:SGF,
  author =       "B. C. Stribling",
  title =        "Signal generator features for a microwave
                 synthesizer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "29",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "15--16, 18--19, 21",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1977",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1230 (Signal generators); B1350 (Microwave circuits
                 and devices); B7250E (Signal generators)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "8672A; frequency synthesizers; microwave synthesizer;
                 signal generator features; synthesized signal
                 generator",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Egbert:1977:PCAc,
  author =       "W. E. Egbert",
  title =        "Personal calculator algorithms. {III}. Inverse
                 trigonometric functions",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "29",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "22--23",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1977",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C7310 (Mathematics computing)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "algorithms; calculators; electronic; electronic
                 calculators; inverse trigonometric functions;
                 mathematics; subroutines",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{DeWeese:1977:NPH,
  author =       "J. E. DeWeese and T. R. Ligon",
  title =        "An {NMOS} process for high-performance {LSI}
                 circuits",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "29",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "26--29, 31",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1977",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1265B (Logic circuits); B1265D (Memory circuits);
                 B2570F (Other MOS integrated circuits); C5120 (Logic
                 and switching circuits); C5420 (Mainframes and
                 minicomputers)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "desk top calculators; electronic calculators; field
                 effect integrated circuits; integrated logic circuits;
                 integrated memory circuits; large; LSI circuits; NMOS
                 process; scale integration",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Marion:1977:WIO,
  author =       "A. F. Marion and E. A. Heinsen and R. Chin and B. E.
                 Helmso",
  title =        "Wrist instrument opens new dimension in personal
                 information",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "29",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "2--10",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1977",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1265Z (Other digital circuits); B7250G (Display,
                 recording and indicating instruments); B7320K (Time
                 measurement); C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Ltd., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "clocks; digital electronic wristwatch; electronic
                 calculators; HP 01; personal calculator",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Westlund:1977:HPO,
  author =       "R. C. Westlund",
  title =        "Higher precision in oscilloscope measurements of very
                 short time intervals",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "29",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "11--17",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1977",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A0630F (Time and frequency measurement); A0670H
                 (Display, recording, and indicating instruments);
                 B7320K (Time measurement)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Ltd., Palo-Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "cathode-ray oscilloscopes; oscilloscope; time
                 measurement; very short time intervals",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Yokokawa:1977:WAL,
  author =       "M. Yokokawa and K. Kanafuji",
  title =        "A wide-ranging, automatic {LCR} meter for stand-alone
                 or systems applications",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "29",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "18--23",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1977",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
                 B7310J (Impedance and admittance measurement); C3380B
                 (Control of electronic instruments)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Ltd., Palo-Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "automatic LCR meter; computerised instrumentation;
                 electric; electric impedance; electric reactance
                 measurement; measurement; microprocessor; multimeters;
                 resistance measurement",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Dickinson:1978:VLG,
  author =       "P. D. Dickinson",
  title =        "Versatile low-cost graphics terminal is designed for
                 ease of use",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "29",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "2--6",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1978",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
  keywords =     "2648A; alphanumeric capabilities; automatic; computer
                 graphic equipment; graphics terminal; interactive;
                 plotters; plotting",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Blazek:1978:RSG,
  author =       "O. Blazek and M. B. Raynham",
  title =        "Raster scan graphics with zoom and pan",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "29",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "6--12",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1978",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
  keywords =     "2648A graphics terminal; computer graphic equipment;
                 pan; raster array; zoom",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Moyer:1978:FCM,
  author =       "J. J. Moyer",
  title =        "Firmware control of a microprocessor-based graphics
                 terminal",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "29",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "12--16",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1978",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5220 (Computer architecture); C5430 (Microcomputers);
                 C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
  keywords =     "2648A; computer graphic equipment; firmware control;
                 graphics terminal; microcode; microcomputers;
                 microprocessor",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Roos:1978:ADS,
  author =       "M. D. Roos and J. H. Egbert and R. P. Oblad and J. T.
                 Barr",
  title =        "Add-on digital signal processing enhances the
                 performance of network and spectrum analyzers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "29",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "17--24",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1978",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems); B7220 (Signal processing and conditioning
                 equipment and techniques); B7250G (Display, recording
                 and indicating instruments); C1260 (Information
                 theory); C7410D (Electronic engineering computing)",
  keywords =     "analyser; analysers; computerised signal processing;
                 digital signal processing; digital storage; error
                 correction; network; network analysers; spectral;
                 spectral analysers",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Haag:1978:LSA,
  author =       "G. A. Haag",
  title =        "A logic state analyzer for evaluating complex state
                 flow",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "29",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "2--10",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1978",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1265B (Logic circuits); B7250G (Display, recording
                 and indicating instruments); C5210 (Logic design
                 methods)",
  keywords =     "32-bit; complex program flow; digital instrumentation;
                 logic state analyser; logic testing",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Scharrer:1978:ILS,
  author =       "J. A. Scharrer and R. G. {Wickliff, Jr.} and W. D.
                 Martin",
  title =        "Interactive logic state and timing analyses for
                 tracking down problems in digital systems",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "29",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "14--20",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1978",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5210 (Logic design methods)",
  keywords =     "asynchronous; automatic test equipment; digital
                 systems; logic state; logic testing; synchronous
                 events; timing analyses",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Small:1978:ELL,
  author =       "C. T. Small and A. J. DeVilbiss",
  title =        "Entry level logic state analyzer has high-level
                 capability",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "29",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "21--27",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1978",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5210 (Logic design methods)",
  keywords =     "automatic test equipment; logic state analyser; logic
                 testing; portable",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Ogden:1978:ALS,
  author =       "D. J. Ogden",
  title =        "Adapting the {1611A} logic state analyzer to work with
                 the {F8} microprocessor family",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "29",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "28--32",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1978",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5210 (Logic design methods); C5280 (Other digital
                 techniques)",
  keywords =     "1611A logic state analyser; F8 microprocessor family;
                 logic testing; microcomputers",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Schwager:1978:HDS,
  author =       "A. O. Schwager",
  title =        "The {Hewlett--Packard} distributed system network",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "29",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "2--6",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1978",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6210L (Computer communications); C5620 (Computer
                 networks and techniques)",
  keywords =     "computer networks; data communication systems; design
                 objectives; distributed; distributed processing;
                 distributed systems products; HP-DSN; processing",
  treatment =    "A Application; G General Review; P Practical",
}

@Article{Sakakihara:1978:DS,
  author =       "P. M. Sakakihara",
  title =        "Distributed systems\slash 3000",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "29",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "7--14",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1978",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6210L (Computer communications); C5610 (Computer
                 interfaces)C5620 (Computer networks and techniques)",
  keywords =     "cables; computer interfaces; computer networks; data
                 communication; distributed processing; distributed
                 systems; DS/3000; handwired coaxial; HP 1000; HP 2026;
                 HP 3000; modem lines; modems; systems",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Shatzer:1978:DS,
  author =       "R. R. Shatzer",
  title =        "Distributed systems\slash 1000",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "29",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "15--20",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1978",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6210L (Computer communications); C5610 (Computer
                 interfaces)C5620 (Computer networks and techniques)",
  keywords =     "computer interfaces; computer networks; data
                 communication; data communication equipment;
                 distributed data processing; distributed processing;
                 DS/1000; HP 1000 Computer Systems; HP 3000 Series II;
                 Systems; systems",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Nielsen:1978:DEC,
  author =       "J. R. Nielsen and D. S. Kaplan",
  title =        "Data entry and communications systems have network
                 capabilities",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "29",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "21--26",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1978",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6210L (Computer communications); C5520 (Data
                 acquisition equipment and techniques)",
  keywords =     "communications; computer networks; data; data
                 acquisition; data communication; data entry;
                 distributed data capture; distributed processing; HP
                 2026 system; local file inquiry; operating system;
                 systems",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Williams:1978:ESC,
  author =       "R. W. Williams",
  title =        "Experimenting with satellite-linked computer
                 networks",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "29",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "27--32",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1978",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6210L (Computer communications); B6250G (Satellite
                 relay systems); C5620 (Computer networks and
                 techniques)",
  keywords =     "computer communications; computer networks; data
                 communication systems; experiment; HP 3000 Series II
                 Computer systems; Project Prelude; relay systems;
                 satellite",
  treatment =    "A Application; X Experimental",
}

@Article{Eads:1978:HID,
  author =       "W. D. Eads and J. M. Walden",
  title =        "A highly integrated desktop computer system",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "29",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "2--11",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1978",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Loveland, CO, USA",
  keywords =     "HP 9800; integrated desktop computer system;
                 minicomputers; Series; System 45",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Keith:1978:SHD,
  author =       "J. C. Keith and L. T. Schulte and A. K. Vogen",
  title =        "System 45 hardware design",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "29",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "11--22",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1978",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5220 (Computer architecture); C5420 (Mainframes and
                 minicomputers)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Loveland, CO, USA",
  keywords =     "CRT display terminal; desktop computers; external tape
                 memory; minicomputers; printer; System 45 hardware",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Cozzens:1978:ATP,
  author =       "R. J. Cozzens",
  title =        "Advanced thermal page printer has high-resolution
                 graphics capability",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "29",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "22--??",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1978",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Loveland, CO, USA",
  keywords =     "desktop computer; printers; System 45; thermal
                 printer/plotter",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Egbert:1978:PCA,
  author =       "W. E. Egbert",
  title =        "Personal calculator algorithms. {IV}. Logarithmic
                 functions",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "29",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "29--32",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1978",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C7310 (Mathematics computing)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Corvallis, OR, USA",
  keywords =     "algorithms; HP pocket calculators; logarithmic
                 functions; subroutines",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Bologlu:1978:MHH,
  author =       "A. Bologlu and V. A. Barber",
  title =        "Microprocessor-controlled harmonic heterodyne
                 microwave counter also measures amplitudes",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "29",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "2--4, 6--7, 9--12, 14--16",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1978",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7310G (Frequency measurement); B7310N (Microwave
                 measurement techniques); C3380B (Control of electronic
                 instruments); C7410F (Communications computing)",
  keywords =     "automatic amplitude; computerised instrumentation;
                 discrimination; FM; frequency measurement; harmonic
                 heterodyne frequency measuring technique; high
                 sensitivity; microprocessor control; microwave
                 measurement; tolerance",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Ellsworth:1978:GHC,
  author =       "A. L. Ellsworth and K. Hasebe",
  title =        "Generating high-speed {CRT} displays from digital
                 data",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "29",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "17--23",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1978",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7220 (Signal processing and conditioning equipment
                 and techniques); B7250G (Display, recording and
                 indicating instruments); C5540 (Terminals and graphic
                 displays)",
  keywords =     "analogue; cathode-ray tube displays; computer graphic
                 equipment; CRT displays; digital data; digital-analogue
                 conversion; graphics translator; signals",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Holdaway:1978:NGR,
  author =       "S. N. Holdaway and M. D. Humpherys",
  title =        "The next generation {RF} spectrum analyzer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "29",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "2--7",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1978",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6140 (Signal processing and detection); B7210X (Other
                 instrumentation and measurement systems); C3380B
                 (Control of electronic instruments)",
  keywords =     "100 Hz to 1500 MHz; analysers; annotation;
                 computerised instrumentation; digital control; digital
                 processors; digital storage; display; Interface Bus
                 compatibility; log; microprocessor control;
                 radiofrequency spectrum analyser; resolution
                 bandwidths; spectral; spectral purity; synthesizer
                 controlled tuning; tuning range",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Holdaway:1978:SPM,
  author =       "S. N. Holdaway and D. H. Molinari and S. H. Linkwitz
                 and M. J. Neering",
  title =        "Signal processing in the {Model 8568 A} spectrum
                 analyzer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "29",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "9--10, 12--16",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1978",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6140 (Signal processing and detection); B7210X (Other
                 instrumentation and measurement systems); B7220 (Signal
                 processing and conditioning equipment and techniques)",
  keywords =     "frequency conversion path; local oscillators; lock
                 system; measurement signal path; phase; phase noise;
                 radiofrequency spectral analyser; signal processing;
                 spectral analysers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Marzalek:1978:DDC,
  author =       "M. S. Marzalek and L. M. Wheelwright",
  title =        "Developing the digital control system for the {Model
                 8568 A} spectrum analyzer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "29",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "16--17, 19--20",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1978",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6140 (Signal processing and detection); B7210X (Other
                 instrumentation and measurement systems); C3380B
                 (Control of electronic instruments)",
  keywords =     "analysers; computerised instrumentation; digital
                 control; digital control system; display system; IC;
                 microprocessor; radiofrequency spectral analyser;
                 spectral",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Sharrit:1978:DSM,
  author =       "D. D. Sharrit",
  title =        "Designing serviceability into the {Model 8568 A}
                 spectrum analyzer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "29",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "20--21, 23--24",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1978",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6140 (Signal processing and detection); B7210X (Other
                 instrumentation and measurement systems); B7220 (Signal
                 processing and conditioning equipment and techniques);
                 C5260 (Digital signal processing)",
  keywords =     "digitally stored display; integrated circuit testing;
                 keyboard front panel; maintenance engineering;
                 microcomputer control; pilot signal phase lock loop;
                 processing; radiofrequency spectral analyser;
                 serviceability; signal; signature analysis; spectral
                 analysers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Brubaker:1978:IPM,
  author =       "R. H. {Brubaker, Jr.}",
  title =        "An intelligent peripheral for measurement and
                 control",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "29",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "2--6, 8--9",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1978",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6210L (Computer communications); C3300 (Control
                 applications); C5600 (Data communication equipment and
                 techniques); C7420 (Control engineering computing)",
  keywords =     "computerised control; data communication equipment;
                 data link; I/O interface; intelligent peripheral",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Klaiss:1978:FIM,
  author =       "D. E. Klaiss",
  title =        "Firmware intelligence for measurement and control
                 processing",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "29",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "10--12, 14--15, 17--18",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1978",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems); C3380
                 (Control applications in instrumentation systems and
                 laboratory techniques); C7420 (Control engineering
                 computing)",
  keywords =     "computerised instrumentation; control processing;
                 firmware intelligence; HP 2240A; HP-IB; instruments;
                 measurement; process computer control",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Ripert:1978:EDC,
  author =       "J. A. Ripert and D. C. Berthier and M. E. Bernard",
  title =        "An easy-to-use data capture terminal for industrial
                 operations",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "29",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "19--23",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1978",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210G (Data acquisition systems); C5520 (Data
                 acquisition equipment and techniques)",
  keywords =     "compact terminal; computer link; data acquisition",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Chu:1978:UCR,
  author =       "D. C. Chu and M. S. Allen and A. S. Foster",
  title =        "Universal counter resolves picoseconds in time
                 interval measurements",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "29",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "2--11",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1978",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A0630F (Time and frequency measurement); A0660J
                 (High-speed techniques (microsecond or shorter));
                 B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
                 B7320K (Time measurement)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "20 picosecond resolution; dual vernier interpolation;
                 oscillator; time interval measurements; time
                 measurement; triggered phase locked; universal time
                 interval counter",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Ferguson:1978:TSG,
  author =       "K. M. Ferguson and L. R. Dickstein",
  title =        "Time synthesizer generates precise pulse widths and
                 time delays for critical timing applications",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "29",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "12--19",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1978",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1230J (Pulse generators); B7250E (Signal generators);
                 B7320K (Time measurement)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "calibration; generation; precise pulse width; pulse
                 generators; time delay generation; time measurement;
                 time synthesizer",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Bradford:1978:RRS,
  author =       "K. J. Bradford",
  title =        "Remotely-controlled {RF} switch for multipoint tests
                 in communications systems",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "29",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "20--22",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1978",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6210 (Telecommunication applications); C3250
                 (Telecontrol and telemetering components); C3260B
                 (Electric actuators and final control equipment)",
  corpsource =   "Heriot Watt Univ., Edinburgh, UK",
  keywords =     "10 kHz to 25 MHz; access switch; communications
                 systems; multipoint tests; remotely controlled RF
                 switch; switches; telecontrol equipment; test
                 equipment",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Pendergrass:1978:HLS,
  author =       "N. A. Pendergrass and J. S. Farnbach",
  title =        "A high-resolution, low-frequency spectrum analyzer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "29",
  number =       "13",
  pages =        "2--9, 11--13",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1978",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6140 (Signal processing and detection); B7210X (Other
                 instrumentation and measurement systems); C3380B
                 (Control of electronic instruments)",
  keywords =     "0 to 25.5 kHz; computerised instrumentation; digital
                 computation; microprocessor control; spectral
                 analysers; spectrum analyzer",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Schmidt:1978:DPD,
  author =       "L. A. Schmidt",
  title =        "Designing programmable digital filters for {LSI}
                 implementation",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "29",
  number =       "13",
  pages =        "15--23",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1978",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1270F (Digital filters); B2570F (Other MOS integrated
                 circuits); B6140 (Signal processing and detection);
                 C5130 (Microprocessor chips); C5240 (Digital filters)",
  keywords =     "digital filters; digital signal; field effect
                 integrated circuits; large; LSI; microprocessor chip;
                 microprocessor chips; NMOS; processing; programmable
                 digital filters; scale integration; signal processing;
                 spectral analyser",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Azmoon:1978:DPP,
  author =       "M. Azmoon and J. H. Bohorquez and R. A. Warp",
  title =        "Desktop plotter\slash printer does both vector graphic
                 plotting and fast text printing",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "29",
  number =       "13",
  pages =        "24--25, 27--32",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1978",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A0650D (Data gathering, processing, and recording,
                 data displays including digital techniques); B7250G
                 (Display, recording and indicating instruments); C5540
                 (Terminals and graphic displays); C5550 (Printers,
                 plotters and other hard-copy output devices)",
  keywords =     "bidirectional paper drive; character sets;
                 computerised instrumentation; graph rotation; graphics;
                 plotter; plotters; printer; printers; text printing;
                 unit scaling; vector graphic plotting",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Trego:1978:PPI,
  author =       "M. P. Trego",
  title =        "Plotter\slash Printer Interface Languages: {HP-GL} and
                 {ASCII}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "29",
  number =       "13",
  pages =        "26--26",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1978",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Feb 04 12:04:31 1997",
  bibsource =    "Graphics/siggraph/78.bib;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  keywords =     "plotter and programming and language",
}

@Article{Juncker:1978:HHC,
  author =       "R. K. Juncker",
  title =        "Higher-performance {HP} 1000 computer systems",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "29",
  number =       "14",
  pages =        "2--5",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1978",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
  keywords =     "executive operating system; general purpose computers;
                 HP 1000 computer systems; real time; software modules",
  treatment =    "G General Review; P Practical",
}

@Article{Wong:1978:RMO,
  author =       "E. J. Wong and C. M. Manley",
  title =        "{RTE-IV}: the megaword-array operating system",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "29",
  number =       "14",
  pages =        "6--11",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1978",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6150J (Operating systems)",
  keywords =     "megaword data arrays; multiterminal handling software;
                 operating system; operating systems (computers); real
                 time executive RTE-IV; up to 54K bytes",
  treatment =    "N New Development; P Practical",
}

@Article{Cates:1978:FEC,
  author =       "J. A. Cates",
  title =        "{F}-Series extends computing power of {HP} 1000
                 computer family",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "29",
  number =       "14",
  pages =        "12--17",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1978",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
  keywords =     "F-Series; floating point; general purpose computers;
                 HP 1000 computer family; instructions; intensive
                 program; transcendental functions",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Geber:1978:MSI,
  author =       "C. R. Geber",
  title =        "Microcoded scientific instruction set enhances speed
                 and accuracy of {F}-Series computers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "29",
  number =       "14",
  pages =        "18--22",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1978",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
  keywords =     "F-Series computers; floating point; general purpose
                 computers; HP 1000 computer; instruction set;
                 microcoded scientific; processor; standard
                 instruction",
  treatment =    "G General Review; P Practical",
}

@Article{Christensen:1978:NMS,
  author =       "A. H. Christensen and D. C. Salomaki",
  title =        "New memory systems for {HP} 1000 computers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "29",
  number =       "14",
  pages =        "23--27",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1978",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5320G (Semiconductor storage)",
  keywords =     "16K dynamic RAM; HP 1000 computers; memory array;
                 random-access storage",
  treatment =    "N New Development",
}

@Article{Anderson:1978:MTH,
  author =       "D. B. Anderson and M. B. Bain and G. Johnson",
  title =        "Multipoint terminals for {HP} 1000 systems",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "29",
  number =       "14",
  pages =        "28--32",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1978",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
  keywords =     "addressed poll; binary synchronous communications
                 procedure; error correction; error detection; HP 1000
                 computer system; interactive terminals; multipoint
                 terminal; select sequences",
  treatment =    "G General Review; P Practical",
}

@Article{Woodcock:1978:PPT,
  author =       "T. M. Woodcock",
  title =        "Printer and printing terminal grain versatility and
                 mechanical simplicity with microprocessor control",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "29",
  number =       "15",
  pages =        "2--7",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1978",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  keywords =     "computerised control; dot matrix printing; flexible
                 interfacing; horizontal pitch; mechanism;
                 microprocessor control; printers; printing; terminal
                 grain versatility; variable",
  treatment =    "A Application",
}

@Article{Ignoffo:1978:MDP,
  author =       "J. J. Ignoffo and M. J. Sproviero and P. R. Luque and
                 K. B. Wade",
  title =        "Managing dot-matrix printing with a microprocessor",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "29",
  number =       "15",
  pages =        "8--19",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1978",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  keywords =     "computerised control; control system; controlled
                 velocity; dot matrix printing; hardware; HP 2631A; HP
                 2631G; HP 2635A; HP 2639A; microprocessor control;
                 printers; printhead carriage; velocity servo loop",
  treatment =    "A Application",
}

@Article{Terry:1978:VLP,
  author =       "F. D. Terry",
  title =        "Versatile {400-Ipm} line printer with a friction-free
                 mechanism that assures long life",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "29",
  number =       "15",
  pages =        "20--22",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1978",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  keywords =     "dot matrix alphanumerics; friction free mechanism;
                 graphics; HP 2608A; line printer; printers; versatile",
  treatment =    "A Application",
}

@Article{Baily:1978:OPE,
  author =       "E. M. Baily and W. A. McIlvanie and W. T. Thrash and
                 D. B. Winterrowd",
  title =        "Optimizing the performance of an electromechanical
                 print mechanism",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "29",
  number =       "15",
  pages =        "23--31",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1978",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  keywords =     "electromechanical print mechanism; hammer mechanism;
                 HP 2608A; line printer; print; printers; printing
                 speed",
  treatment =    "A Application",
}

@Article{Carua:1978:EHD,
  author =       "F. P. Carua",
  title =        "Easy-to-use, high-resolution digitizer increases
                 operator efficiency",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "29",
  number =       "16",
  pages =        "2--13",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1978",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1290B (Convertors); C5600 (Data communication
                 equipment and techniques); C7410D (Electronic
                 engineering computing)",
  keywords =     "analogue-digital conversion; computer peripheral
                 equipment; convertors; electronic engineering
                 computing; graphic data; microcomputer controlled
                 digitizer; transformation",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Schad:1978:MMS,
  author =       "T. Schad and D. Kible and P. Brunner",
  title =        "1 {mHz}-to-50 {MHz} signal source combines synthesizer
                 accuracy, multimode operation, and easy programming",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "29",
  number =       "16",
  pages =        "19--27",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1978",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1230 (Signal generators); B7250E (Signal generators);
                 C3380B (Control of electronic instruments)",
  keywords =     "ATE; automatic test equipment; programmable signal
                 generator; signal generators; signal source; signal
                 sources",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Scruggs:1978:CLM,
  author =       "J. E. Scruggs and M. L. Faber and D. L. Wolpert",
  title =        "A compact logging multimeter that can manipulate
                 data",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "29",
  number =       "16",
  pages =        "28--32",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1978",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7210G (Data acquisition systems); B7250G (Display,
                 recording and indicating instruments); C3380B (Control
                 of electronic instruments); C7410D (Electronic
                 engineering computing)",
  keywords =     "ATE; automatic test equipment; data loggers; data
                 logging multimeter; digital; electric resistance
                 measurement; instrumentation; measurement;
                 microcomputer control; multimeters; resistance
                 measurement; temperature measurement; voltage; voltage
                 measurement",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Masters:1979:LMM,
  author =       "L. W. Masters and K. M. Blankenship and M. J. Ward",
  title =        "A low-cost, microprocessor-based, 100 {MHz} universal
                 counter",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "30",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "2--7, 9--11",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1979",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments); B7310G (Frequency measurement); C3380B
                 (Control of electronic instruments); C7410D (Electronic
                 engineering computing)",
  keywords =     "computerised instrumentation; counting circuits; data
                 acquisition; digital; frequency counter; frequency
                 measurement; IC; instrumentation; integrated display
                 driver chip; LSI chip; microcomputer control",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Wong:1979:HBL,
  author =       "B. W. Wong and W. D. Jackson",
  title =        "A high-performance bipolar {LSI} counter chip using
                 {EFL} and {I$^2$L} circuits",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "30",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "12--17",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1979",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1265B (Logic circuits); B1265F (Microprocessors and
                 microcomputers); B2570B (Bipolar integrated circuits);
                 C5130 (Microprocessor chips)",
  keywords =     "bipolar integrated circuits; bipolar LSI; EFL; I/sup
                 2/L; integrated logic circuits; large scale
                 integration; microprocessor chip; microprocessor chips;
                 multiple; register counter chip; registers; shift;
                 universal counter",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Danielson:1979:SSS,
  author =       "D. D. Danielson and S. E. Froseth",
  title =        "A synthesized signal source with function generator
                 capabilities",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "30",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "18--26",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1979",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1230G (Function generators); B7250E (Signal
                 generators); C3380B (Control of electronic
                 instruments); C7410D (Electronic engineering
                 computing)",
  keywords =     "computerised instrumentation; frequency synthesizers;
                 function generator; function generators; programmable;
                 signal generator; signal source; synthesized signal
                 source",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Fenoglio:1979:HDX,
  author =       "J. A. Fenoglio and B. W. C. Chin and T. R. Cobb",
  title =        "A high-quality digital {X-Y} plotter designed for
                 reliability, flexibility and low cost",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "30",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "2--7",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1979",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
                 C3380B (Control of electronic instruments); C7410D
                 (Electronic engineering computing)",
  keywords =     "computerised instrumentation; digital X-Y plotter;
                 microprocessor control; plotters; recorders",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Tsai:1979:LSM,
  author =       "Lung-Wen Tsai and R. L. Ciardella",
  title =        "Linear step motor design provides high plotter
                 performance at low cost",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "30",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "7--9, 12--14",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1979",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments); B8340 (Small and special purpose electric
                 machines)",
  keywords =     "linear step motor; plotters; recorders; stepping
                 motors; X-Y plotter",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Royce:1979:SEE,
  author =       "W. G. Royce and P. Chu",
  title =        "Simple, efficient electronics for a low cost {X-Y}
                 plotter",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "30",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "14--18",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1979",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1210 (Power electronics, supply and supervisory
                 circuits); B1290B (Convertors); B7250G (Display,
                 recording and indicating instruments); B8340 (Small and
                 special purpose electric machines); C3380B (Control of
                 electronic instruments)",
  keywords =     "ADC; analogue-digital conversion; controllers;
                 convertors; current; electric drives; linear step
                 motor; plotters; power supplies to apparatus;
                 recorders; regulator; stepping motors; switching
                 driver; X-Y plotter",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Maiorca:1979:CSS,
  author =       "P. P. Maiorca and N. H. MacNeil",
  title =        "A closed-loop system for smoothing and matching step
                 motor responses",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "30",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "18--23",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1979",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B8340 (Small and special purpose electric machines);
                 C3120C (Spatial variables control); C3260B (Electric
                 actuators and final control equipment)",
  keywords =     "closed loop system; closed loop systems; control
                 servomechanism; linear step motor; plotters; position;
                 position control; recorders; servomechanisms; stepping
                 motors; X-Y plotter",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Maeda:1979:MLM,
  author =       "K. Maeda and Y. Narimatsu",
  title =        "Multi-frequency {LCR} meters test components under
                 realistic conditions",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "30",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "24--31",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1979",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments); B7310B (Voltage measurement); B7310G
                 (Frequency measurement); B7310J (Impedance and
                 admittance measurement); C3380B (Control of electronic
                 instruments)",
  keywords =     "automatic LCR meters; automatic test equipment;
                 digital; digital instrumentation; electric; frequency
                 measurement; impedance; impedance measurement;
                 instrumentation; measurement; signal level
                 measurement",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Stone:1979:CBT,
  author =       "P. S. Stone and J. F. McDermid",
  title =        "Circuit board testing: cost-effective production test
                 and troubleshooting",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "30",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "2--8",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1979",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B2210 (Printed circuits); B7210B (Automatic test and
                 measurement systems); C3380B (Control of electronic
                 instruments); C7410D (Electronic engineering
                 computing)",
  keywords =     "ATE; automatic test equipment; digital printed circuit
                 board test system; fault location; integrated circuit;
                 PCB testing; printed circuits; production; testing",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Groves:1979:RDF,
  author =       "W. A. Groves",
  title =        "Rapid digital fault isolation with {FASTRACE}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "30",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "8--13",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1979",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B2210 (Printed circuits); B7210B (Automatic test and
                 measurement systems); C7410D (Electronic engineering
                 computing)",
  keywords =     "automatic test equipment; digital fault isolation;
                 digital PCB test system; integrated circuit testing;
                 printed circuits",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Parker:1979:SSS,
  author =       "K. P. Parker",
  title =        "Software simulator speeds digital board test
                 generation",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "30",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "13--16, 18--19",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1979",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5120 (Logic and switching circuits); C5210 (Logic
                 design methods); C7410D (Electronic engineering
                 computing)",
  keywords =     "automatic test equipment; circuit testing; digital PCB
                 testing; digital simulation; integrated; logic
                 operator; logic testing; printed circuits; SIMUL;
                 software simulator; TESTAID",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Baskins:1979:VMT,
  author =       "D. L. Baskins",
  title =        "Virtual memory for {TESTAID} and {FASTRACE} (printed
                 circuit board testing programs)",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "30",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "17--18",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1979",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5320 (Digital storage); C6120 (File organisation);
                 C7410D (Electronic engineering computing)",
  keywords =     "automatic test equipment; board testing; computer
                 memory; page replacement algorithm; printed circuit;
                 virtual memory system; virtual storage",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Crook:1979:AIC,
  author =       "D. T. Crook",
  title =        "Analog in-circuit component measurements: problems and
                 solutions",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "30",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "19--22",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1979",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B2210 (Printed circuits); B7110 (Measurement theory);
                 B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement systems);
                 B7310 (Electric and magnetic variables measurement)",
  keywords =     "circuits; constant current; constant voltage
                 techniques; digital PCB test; incircuit component
                 measurement; integrated circuit testing; lead errors;
                 measurement errors; printed; system; technique",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Schlotzhauer:1979:USA,
  author =       "E. O. Schlotzhauer",
  title =        "User-oriented software for an automatic circuit-board
                 tester",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "30",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "22--27",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1979",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C7410D (Electronic engineering computing)",
  keywords =     "analysis; automatic printed circuit; automatic test
                 equipment; board tester; circuit component; computer
                 program generation; functional analog tests; functional
                 digital tests; integrated circuit testing; printed
                 circuits; signature; testing; user oriented software",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Crook:1979:HDA,
  author =       "D. T. Crook and B. M. Wood and F. L. Fiedler and K.
                 Firooz and R. H. Burger",
  title =        "Hardware design of an automatic circuit board tester",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "30",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "27--32",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1979",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B2210 (Printed circuits); B7210B (Automatic test and
                 measurement systems); C3380B (Control of electronic
                 instruments); C7410D (Electronic engineering
                 computing)",
  keywords =     "automatic circuit board tester; automatic test
                 equipment; integrated circuit testing; PCB testing;
                 printed circuits",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Hamilton:1979:HSC,
  author =       "A. P. Hamilton",
  title =        "A human-engineered small-business computer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "30",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "3--??, 5",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1979",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C1270 (Man-machine systems); C5420 (Mainframes and
                 minicomputers)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "business computer; design engineering; HP 250; human
                 factors; interactive terminals; minicomputer;
                 minicomputers",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Mathis:1979:HSC,
  author =       "B. Mathis",
  title =        "Human-engineering the small-business computer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "30",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "4--5",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1979",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C1270 (Man-machine systems); C5420 (Mainframes and
                 minicomputers); C5540 (Terminals and graphic
                 displays)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "HP 250; human engineering; human factors; interactive
                 terminals; minicomputers; small business computer",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Meyer:1979:CES,
  author =       "G. L. Meyer and V. {Delloy Forbes}",
  title =        "Cost-effective electronics for the small-business
                 computer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "30",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "6--10, 12--14",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1979",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "16 bit processor; business computer; cost;
                 effectiveness; HP 250; minicomputer; minicomputers;
                 NMOS",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Peery:1979:HIO,
  author =       "D. L. Peery",
  title =        "{HP} 250 input\slash output system",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "30",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "11--12",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1979",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5610 (Computer interfaces)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "asynchronous serial interface; computer interfaces;
                 computer peripheral equipment; HP 250; input/output
                 system; intelligent; interface",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Peery:1979:HBF,
  author =       "D. L. Peery",
  title =        "{HP} 250 {BASIC}: a friendly, interactive, powerful
                 system language",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "30",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "14--19",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1979",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6140D (High level languages)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "BASIC; HP 250; interaction system; interactive
                 systems",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Hetrick:1979:LDB,
  author =       "M. V. Hetrick",
  title =        "Low-cost data base management",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "30",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "19--25",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1979",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6120 (File organisation); C6150E (General utility
                 programs); C6160 (Database management systems (DBMS))",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "BASIC; database; database management systems; HP 250
                 computer; IMAGE/25; management system; utility
                 programs",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Wang:1979:ASS,
  author =       "S. W. Y. Wang and L. F. Nelson",
  title =        "Applications software for the small-business
                 computer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "30",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "25--28",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1979",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6160 (Database management systems (DBMS)); C7120
                 (Financial computing); C7160 (Manufacturing and
                 industrial administration)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "applications software; business; database management
                 systems; distribution industries; distributive data
                 processing; financial data processing; HP 250; life
                 stream functions; management; manufacturing data
                 processing; manufacturing industries; service
                 industries",
  treatment =    "A Application",
}

@Article{Forbes:1979:CCD,
  author =       "L. Forbes and U. Kaempf",
  title =        "Capacitance and conductance deep-level transient
                 spectroscopy using {HP-IB} instruments and a desktop
                 computer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "30",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "29--32",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1979",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A0650D (Data gathering, processing, and recording,
                 data displays including digital techniques); A0765
                 (Optical spectroscopy and spectrometers); B0170E
                 (Production facilities and engineering); B2560
                 (Semiconductor devices); B7210B (Automatic test and
                 measurement systems); C3380D (Control of physical
                 instruments); C7320 (Physics and chemistry computing)",
  corpsource =   "Univ. of California, Davis, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "absorption spectra of solids; capacitance measurement;
                 computerised spectroscopy; conductance measurement;
                 deep; deep level transient spectroscopy; electric
                 admittance measurement; impurity and defect; levels;
                 semiconductor device testing; semiconductor materials;
                 testing",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Huttemann:1979:PPP,
  author =       "W. Huttemann and L. Kristen and P. Aue",
  title =        "A precision, programmable pulse generator",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "30",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "3--10",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1979",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1230J (Pulse generators); B7210B (Automatic test and
                 measurement systems); B7250E (Signal generators);
                 C3380B (Control of electronic instruments); C7410D
                 (Electronic engineering computing)",
  keywords =     "automatic test equipment; computerized
                 instrumentation; programmable pulse generator; pulse
                 generators",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Chumbley:1979:EPD,
  author =       "S. L. Chumbley",
  title =        "Extending possibilities in desktop computing
                 ({Hewlett--Packard} model {9835A/B} computer)",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "30",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "11--13",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1979",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5250 (Microcomputer techniques)",
  keywords =     "acquisition; assembly language programming; BASIC;
                 data; desktop computer; microcomputer; microcomputers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Ujvarosy:1979:PEE,
  author =       "D. R. Ujvarosy and D. T. Shaffer",
  title =        "Processor enhancements expand memory
                 ({Hewlett--Packard 9835A/B} desktop computer)",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "30",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "13--15",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1979",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1265D (Memory circuits); B1265F (Microprocessors and
                 microcomputers); C5130 (Microprocessor chips); C5250
                 (Microcomputer techniques)",
  keywords =     "address extension chip; computer memory; desktop
                 computer; microcomputer; microcomputers; microprocessor
                 chips; processor; ROM",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Becker:1979:DME,
  author =       "J. C. Becker",
  title =        "Designing to meet electromagnetic interference
                 requirements",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "30",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "16--17",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1979",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B5230 (Electromagnetic compatibility and
                 interference)",
  keywords =     "electromagnetic compatibility; electromagnetic
                 interference",
  treatment =    "G General Review; P Practical",
}

@Article{Hallissy:1979:APC,
  author =       "R. M. Hallissy",
  title =        "Assembly programming capability in a desktop computer
                 (Hewlett--Packard model {9835A/B} computer)",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "30",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "18--20",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1979",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5250 (Microcomputer techniques); C6150C (Compilers,
                 interpreters and other processors)",
  keywords =     "assembly language system; debugging; desktop computer;
                 microcomputers; program assembler; program assemblers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Clark:1979:BC,
  author =       "G. R. Clark",
  title =        "A business computer for the 1980s",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "30",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "3--5",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1979",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers); C7100 (Business
                 and administration)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "administrative data processing; business computer;
                 business data; Hewlett Packard; HP 300 computer; office
                 system; processing; special purpose computers",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Ha:1979:IDS,
  author =       "E. P. L. Ha and J. R. Groff",
  title =        "The integrated display system and terminal access
                 method ({HP} 300)",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "30",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "6--9",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1979",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers); C5540 (Terminals
                 and graphic displays)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "computer graphic equipment; computer operating
                 procedures; HP 300; HP 300 operation; IDS; integrated
                 display system; interactive terminals",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Clegg:1979:RCP,
  author =       "F. W. Clegg",
  title =        "Reducing the cost of program development",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "30",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "9--15",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1979",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6150C (Compilers, interpreters and other
                 processors)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "compiler; HP 300; interactive programming;
                 interpreter; language facilities; program development;
                 program processors",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Taylor:1979:MDH,
  author =       "P. N. Taylor and A. T. Pare and J. R. Groff",
  title =        "Managing data: {HP} 300 files and data bases",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "30",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "16--19",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1979",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6120 (File organisation); C6160 (Database management
                 systems (DBMS))",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "AMIGO/300 file system; database management systems;
                 file organisation; files and data bases; HP 300;
                 IMAGE/300",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Cheng:1979:EUR,
  author =       "Tu-Ting Cheng and W. Peikes",
  title =        "An easy-to-use report generation language",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "30",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "20--23",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1979",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6140D (High level languages)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "problem oriented languages; report generation
                 language",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Kovalick:1979:HBB,
  author =       "M. Y. Kovalick",
  title =        "{HP} 300 business {BASIC}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "30",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "23--26",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1979",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6140D (High level languages)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "BASIC; BASIC/300; business application language;
                 problem oriented languages",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Horine:1979:IPD,
  author =       "D. A. Horine",
  title =        "Innovative package design enhances {HP} 300
                 effectiveness",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "30",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "26--30",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1979",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C0310 (EDP management)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "computer facilities; computer installation; HP 300;
                 human factors; package design; safety",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Bergh:1979:CHC,
  author =       "A. B. Bergh and K. C. Y. Mei",
  title =        "Cost-effective hardware for a compact integrated
                 business computer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "30",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "3--8",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1979",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5220 (Computer architecture); C5420 (Mainframes and
                 minicomputers)",
  keywords =     "300; architectural capabilities; computer
                 architecture; hardware; HP; integrated business
                 computer; minicomputers; stack machine",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Matheson:1979:CIO,
  author =       "W. G. Matheson",
  title =        "A computer input\slash output system based on the {HP
                 Interface Bus}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "30",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "9--10, 12--13",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1979",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5610 (Computer interfaces)",
  keywords =     "computer interfaces; HP 300; HP Interface Bus; I/O
                 channels; input-output programs; input/output system;
                 minicomputers",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Smith:1979:SLF,
  author =       "R. L. Smith",
  title =        "A small, low-cost 12-megabyte fixed disc drive",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "30",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "11--12",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1979",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5320 (Digital storage)",
  keywords =     "design; disc drive; HP 300; magnetic disc and drum
                 storage; objectives; small disc drive; system memory",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Knoll:1979:IPO,
  author =       "A. F. Knoll and N. D. Marschke",
  title =        "An innovative programming and operating console",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "30",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "13--17",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1979",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
  keywords =     "display management; editing features; HP 300; HP 300's
                 integrated display system; interactive terminals;
                 operating console; program development station",
  treatment =    "G General Review; P Practical",
}

@Article{Carpenter:1979:AFO,
  author =       "R. L. Carpenter",
  title =        "{AMIGO\slash} 300: a friendly operating system",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "30",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "17--24",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1979",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6150J (Operating systems)",
  keywords =     "AMIGO/300; HP 300; man/machine interface; operating
                 system; operating systems (computers)",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Wise:1979:CLA,
  author =       "D. M. Wise and J. C. McCullough",
  title =        "Configuring and launching the {AMIGO\slash} 300
                 system",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "30",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "20--21",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1979",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6150J (Operating systems)",
  keywords =     "AMIGO/300 system; computer operating procedures;
                 programs; startup; supervisory and executive; SYSTEM
                 BUILD; system generation; SYSTEM STARTUP; systems
                 programs",
}

@Article{Amin:1979:MSP,
  author =       "D. A. Amin and T. Kriegel",
  title =        "A multiple-output switching power supply for computer
                 applications",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "30",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "25--28",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1979",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1210 (Power electronics, supply and supervisory
                 circuits); C5150 (Other circuits for digital
                 computers)",
  keywords =     "HP 300; HP Model 63312F; power supply; power supply
                 circuits; supervisory circuits",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Linkwitz:1979:NPS,
  author =       "S. H. Linkwitz",
  title =        "New performance standards in microwave spectrum
                 analysis",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "30",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "3--7",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1979",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments); B7310N (Microwave measurement
                 techniques); C3380B (Control of electronic
                 instruments)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "analysers; computerised instrumentation; low;
                 microwave spectra; microwave spectrum analysis; model
                 8566A; phase noise; spectral; spectrum analyser;
                 stability",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Lamy:1979:BIM,
  author =       "J. C. Lamy and F. K. David",
  title =        "Broadband input mixers for a microwave spectrum
                 analyzer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "30",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "8--13",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1979",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1250 (Modulators, demodulators, discriminators and
                 mixers); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments); B7310N (Microwave measurement
                 techniques)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "analyser; dual front end approach; input mixers;
                 microwave measurement; mixers (circuits); model 8566A;
                 spectral analysis; spectrum; YIG technology",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Martin:1979:SML,
  author =       "L. R. Martin and K. L. Lange and S. T. Sparks",
  title =        "A synthesized microwave local oscillator with
                 continuous-sweep capability",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "30",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "13--19",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1979",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1230B (Oscillators); B1350 (Microwave circuits and
                 devices); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments); B7310N (Microwave measurement
                 techniques)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "10 Hz resolution; 100 Hz to 22 GHz; 8566A spectrum
                 analyser; analysers; continuous sweep capability;
                 frequency conversion chain; frequency range; frequency
                 synthesizers; HP; microwave oscillators; model 8566A;
                 spectral; synthesized microwave local oscillator",
  treatment =    "G General Review; P Practical",
}

@Article{Riebesell:1979:DPG,
  author =       "G. Riebesell and U. Hubner and B. Moravek",
  title =        "A digital pattern generator for functional testing of
                 bus-oriented digital systems",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "30",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "20--25",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1979",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5610 (Computer interfaces)",
  keywords =     "computer interfaces; data buses; digital pattern
                 generator; functional testing; hardware; multichannel
                 digital hardware; test equipment; testing",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Guest:1979:HED,
  author =       "D. H. Guest",
  title =        "An {HP-IB} extender for distributed instrument
                 systems",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "30",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "26--32",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1979",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5610 (Computer interfaces)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Ltd., South Queensferry, UK",
  keywords =     "computer interfaces; computerised instrumentation;
                 distributed instrument systems; HP model 37201A HP;
                 HP-IB; interface bus extenders",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Edwards:1979:STY,
  author =       "R. C. Edwards",
  title =        "{SOS} technology yields low-cost {HP} 3000 computer
                 system",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "30",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "3--6, 8",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1979",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
  keywords =     "administrative data processing; business data
                 processing; EDP system; general purpose computers; HP
                 3000 Series 33; interactive systems; SOS technology;
                 system",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Robinson:1979:AME,
  author =       "C. {Robinson, Jr.}",
  title =        "Adapting the {Multiprogramming Executive} to a new
                 hardware environment",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "30",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "7--8",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1979",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6150J (Operating systems)",
  keywords =     "HP 3000 Series 33; MPE; Multiprogramming Executive;
                 operating system; operating systems (computers); OS",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Matsui:1979:FEC,
  author =       "Y. Matsui and M. Kohli",
  title =        "A friendly, easy-to-service computer ({HP 3000 Series
                 33})",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "30",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "9--12",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1979",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
  keywords =     "design; ergonomics; general purpose computers; HP 3000
                 Series 33; low audio noise level; operator oriented;
                 space effectiveness",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Nelson:1979:RCT,
  author =       "D. L. Nelson",
  title =        "A remote computer troubleshooting facility",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "30",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "13--14, 16",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1979",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6150G (Diagnostic, testing, debugging and evaluating
                 systems)",
  keywords =     "computer debugging; computer maintenance; computer
                 troubleshooting; hardware maintenance; HP 3000 Series
                 33; maintenance; remote console; remote maintenance;
                 software",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Holl:1979:PHS,
  author =       "J. H. Holl",
  title =        "Philosophy of {HP 3000 Series 33} diagnostics",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "30",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "15--16",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1979",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6150G (Diagnostic, testing, debugging and evaluating
                 systems)",
  keywords =     "computer debugging; computer maintenance; diagnostics;
                 HP 3000 Series 33; maintenance; remote; self testing",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Wong:1979:CEI,
  author =       "D. T. Y. Wong",
  title =        "Controlling electromagnetic interference generated by
                 a computer system",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "30",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "17--19",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1979",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5280 (Other digital techniques)",
  keywords =     "33; computer design; electromagnetic interference; EMI
                 control; EMI emissions; HP 3000 Series; interference
                 suppression",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Blais:1979:APF,
  author =       "M. R. Blais and J. L. Fanton",
  title =        "Automated pulmonary function measurements",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "30",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "20--24",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1979",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A8745H (Haemodynamics, pneumodynamics); A8770
                 (Biomedical engineering); C3385 (Biological and medical
                 control systems); C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers);
                 C7330 (Biology and medical computing)",
  keywords =     "47804A Pulmonary measurement System; biomedical
                 equipment; biomedical measurement; Hewlett--Packard
                 Model; pneumodynamics; pulmonary function measurements;
                 pulmonary testing; special purpose computers",
  treatment =    "A Application",
}

@Article{Howard:1979:TXO,
  author =       "P. G. Howard",
  title =        "Triggered {X-Y} oscilloscope displays",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "30",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "25--28",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1979",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments)",
  keywords =     "100-MHz oscilloscope; cathode-ray oscilloscopes; CRO;
                 Model 1741; oscilloscope; triggered X Y",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Bronson:1979:MLT,
  author =       "B. Bronson and M. Slater",
  title =        "Microprocessor lab teaches operation and
                 troubleshooting",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "30",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "3--8",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1979",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C0220 (Computing education and training)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Santa Clara, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "computer science education; home study; microprocessor
                 course",
  treatment =    "A Application; G General Review",
}

@Article{Zellers:1979:ENA,
  author =       "J. R. Zellers",
  title =        "An economical network analyzer for the {4-to-1300-MHz}
                 frequency range",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "30",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "9--17",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1979",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems); C5450 (Analogue and hybrid computers and
                 systems)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "magnitude ratio swept; measurement; network analysers;
                 network analyzer; phase angle swept measurement;
                 receiver; sweeping source; two channel",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Wickliff:1979:ELA,
  author =       "R. G. {Wickliff, Jr.} and R. A. {Nygaard, Jr.}",
  title =        "Expanding logic analyzer capabilities by means of the
                 {HP-IB}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "30",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "18--22",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1979",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5210B (Computer-aided logic design)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
  keywords =     "assembly language; logic analyzer; logic testing;
                 logic timing",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Erdmann:1979:SDA,
  author =       "R. E. {Erdmann, Jr.}",
  title =        "A serial data analyzer for locating faults in
                 decentralized digital systems",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "30",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "23--28",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1979",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5210 (Logic design methods)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
  keywords =     "CPU; data; decentralized digital system; logic
                 testing; modem; serial data analyzer; traffic",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Edwards:1979:PCA,
  author =       "A. P. Edwards",
  title =        "Precise, convenient analysis of modulated signals",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "30",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "3--9, 11--18",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1979",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
                 B7310F (Power and energy measurement); B7310G
                 (Frequency measurement)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "automatic test equipment; computerised signal
                 processing; frequency measurement; Hewlett Packard;
                 model 8901A modulation analyzer; modulation; modulation
                 analyzer; power measurement",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Naegeli:1979:IFM,
  author =       "A. H. Naegeli",
  title =        "{IF} filters for the {8901A Modulation Analyzer}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "30",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "10--11",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1979",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1270 (Filters and other networks); B7210X (Other
                 instrumentation and measurement systems)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Stanford, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "8901A Modulation Analyzer; band; band-pass filters; IF
                 filters; intermediate frequency filters; low pass
                 filter; low-pass filters; pass filter; radiofrequency
                 filters",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Riley:1979:NTF,
  author =       "R. B. Riley",
  title =        "A new type of {FM} demodulator",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "30",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "13--??",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1979",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1250 (Modulators, demodulators, discriminators and
                 mixers); B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems)",
  keywords =     "8901A modulation analyser; demodulators; FM
                 demodulator; noise FM demodulator; wideband low",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Edwards:1979:MAA,
  author =       "A. P. Edwards",
  title =        "Modulation analyzer applications",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "30",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "19--21",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1979",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "8901A modulation analyzer; automatic test equipment;
                 computerised; computerised signal processing; signal
                 processing; transmitter measurements",
  treatment =    "A Application",
}

@Article{Brubaker:1979:AAM,
  author =       "L. E. Brubaker",
  title =        "Assuring accuracy in modulation measurements",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "30",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "22--26",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1979",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7130 (Measurement standards and calibration); B7210B
                 (Automatic test and measurement systems); B7250G
                 (Display, recording and indicating instruments)",
  keywords =     "8901A; AM depth; automatic test equipment;
                 calibration; calibration facility; calibration
                 standard; FM deviation measurement; measurement;
                 modulation; Modulation Analyzer; modulation
                 measurements",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Lingane:1979:IMA,
  author =       "P. J. Lingane",
  title =        "Interactive modulation analyzer control",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "30",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "26--30",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1979",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
                 C3380B (Control of electronic instruments)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "8901A modulation analyser; automatic test equipment;
                 computerised instrumentation modulation analyser
                 control; microprocessor control",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Brubaker:1979:SSS,
  author =       "L. E. Brubaker",
  title =        "Special signal source tests {Modulation Analyzer}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "30",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "30--32",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1979",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7250E (Signal generators); B7250G (Display, recording
                 and indicating instruments)",
  keywords =     "8901A; automatic test equipment; Model 11715A AM/FM
                 Test Source; performance testing; signal generators;
                 signal source",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Hanson:1979:RFL,
  author =       "D. C. Hanson",
  title =        "A ready-to-use fiber-optic link for data
                 communications",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "30",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "5--6",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1979",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6260 (Optical links and equipment)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "data; data communication equipment; data
                 communications; fibre optic link; Hewlett Packard;
                 links; optical fibres; optical links",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Kahan:1979:PCK,
  author =       "William M. Kahan",
  title =        "Personal calculator has key to solve any equation $
                 f(x) = 0 $",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "30",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "20--26",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1979",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  MRclass =      "65-01 (65G05 65H05)",
  MRnumber =     "81k:65002",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers); C7310
                 (Mathematics computing)",
  corpsource =   "Univ. of California, Berkeley, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "electronic calculators; equation solving; finding;
                 handheld calculator; HP 34C; linear algebra; personal
                 calculator; root; SOLVE",
  reviewer =     "R. P. Brent",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Azmoon:1979:FPE,
  author =       "M. Azmoon and R. A. Coverstone and R. M. Kemplin",
  title =        "Four-color plotters enhanced for unattended
                 operation",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "30",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "29--32",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1979",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "7220S; 7221S; 9872S; automatic paper advance; computer
                 graphic equipment; four colour plotters; HP
                 programmable plotters; integrated paper advance;
                 plotters",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Ichino:1980:VIA,
  author =       "T. Ichino and H. Ohkawara and N. Sugihara",
  title =        "Vector impedance analysis to 1000 {MHz}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "22--31",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments); B7310J (Impedance and admittance
                 measurement)",
  corpsource =   "Yokogawa--Hewlett--Packard Ltd., Tokyo, Japan",
  keywords =     "4191A; computerised instrumentation; digital
                 instrumentation; electric impedance measurement;
                 Hewlett Packard; impedance; measurement; vector
                 impedance analyser",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Willis:1980:DPH,
  author =       "B. G. Willis and G. E. James",
  title =        "Design and performance of a highly integrated parallel
                 access spectrophotometer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "3--11",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A0760D (Photometry and radiometry); A0765E (UV and
                 visible spectroscopy and spectrometers)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "8450A; Hewlett Packard; parallel access
                 spectrophotometer; spectrophotometer;
                 spectrophotometers; ultraviolet/visible",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Schleifer:1980:TAS,
  author =       "A. Schleifer and B. G. Willis",
  title =        "A task-oriented approach to spectrophotometry",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "11--17",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A0760D (Photometry and radiometry); A0765E (UV and
                 visible spectroscopy and spectrometers); C3380D
                 (Control of physical instruments)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "8450A UV/Vis spectrophotometer; computerised
                 instrumentation; Hewlett; Packard; spectrophotometers;
                 spectrophotometry; user interface",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Hopkins:1980:OSF,
  author =       "G. W. Hopkins and A. Schwartz",
  title =        "An optical system for full-spectrum measurements",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "17--20",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A0760D (Photometry and radiometry); A0765E (UV and
                 visible spectroscopy and spectrometers)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "8450A UV/Vis spectrophotometer; electrooptical
                 detector; optical system; optical systems;
                 spectrophotometer; spectrophotometers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Knudsen:1980:LDM,
  author =       "K. L. Knudsen and R. W. Widmayer",
  title =        "Light detection and measurement in a high-performance
                 spectrophotometer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "20--24",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A0760D (Photometry and radiometry); A0765E (UV and
                 visible spectroscopy and spectrometers); B7230C
                 (Photodetectors)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "8450A spectrophotometer; input section; light
                 detection; light measurement; photodetector;
                 photodetectors; spectrophotometers; transducers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Morgenthaler:1980:SBD,
  author =       "M. P. Morgenthaler and L. Weber",
  title =        "Servo-controlled beam director provides major benefits
                 (spectrophotometer)",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "24--28",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A0760D (Photometry and radiometry); A0765E (UV and
                 visible spectroscopy and spectrometers)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "8450A spectrophotometer; beam director;
                 spectrophotometers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Steiner:1980:MSS,
  author =       "G. C. Steiner",
  title =        "A microcomputer system for spectrophotometer data
                 processing",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "29--31",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A0760D (Photometry and radiometry); A0765E (UV and
                 visible spectroscopy and spectrometers); C3380D
                 (Control of physical instruments); C7320 (Physics and
                 chemistry computing)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "8450A spectrophotometer; computerised instrumentation;
                 Hewlett Packard; MC5; microcomputer system; SOS
                 processor; spectrophotometer data processing;
                 spectrophotometers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Musch:1980:PPC,
  author =       "B. E. Musch and J. J. Wong and D. R. Conklin",
  title =        "Powerful personal calculator system sets new
                 standards",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "3--6, 8--12",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Corvallis, OR, USA",
  keywords =     "electronic calculators; handheld calculator; Hewlett
                 Packard; HP 41 C; personal calculator system",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Steiger:1980:PH,
  author =       "G. W. Steiger",
  title =        "Packaging the {HP-41C}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "7--??",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Corvallis, OR, USA",
  keywords =     "calculator design; display assembly; electronic
                 calculators; Hewlett; HP 41C; mechanical design;
                 packaging design; Packard",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Lowe:1980:CRO,
  author =       "D. J. Lowe and P. V. Boyd",
  title =        "Card reader offers compatibility and expanded
                 capability",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "12--15",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5320 (Digital storage)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Corvallis, OR, USA",
  keywords =     "82104A; card reader design; compatibility; Hewlett
                 Packard; HP 41C; magnetic storage systems; model 82104A
                 card reader",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Quick:1980:EPP,
  author =       "R. D. Quick and D. L. Morris",
  title =        "Evolutionary printer provides significantly better
                 performance",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "15--20",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Corvallis, OR, USA",
  keywords =     "82143A; calculator printer; HP 41C; Model 82143A;
                 printer; printers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Johnson:1980:BCT,
  author =       "N. L. Johnson and V. V. Marathe",
  title =        "Bulk {CMOS} technology for the {HP-41C}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "20--22",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B2570D (CMOS integrated circuits); C5110C
                 (Semiconductor logic elements); C5420 (Mainframes and
                 minicomputers)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Corvallis, OR, USA",
  keywords =     "bulk CMOS; CMOS; CMOS in silicon; digital integrated
                 circuits; effect integrated circuits; electronic
                 calculators; field; Hewlett Packard; HP 41C; HP
                 products; integrated circuit technology",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Maze:1980:FHL,
  author =       "C. Maze",
  title =        "The first {HP} liquid crystal display",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "22--24",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B4150D (Liquid crystal devices); B7260 (Display
                 technology and systems); C5420 (Mainframes and
                 minicomputers)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Corvallis, OR, USA",
  keywords =     "calculator displays; devices; display devices;
                 electronic calculators; HP 41C; LCD; liquid crystal;
                 liquid crystal display; nematic liquid crystals;
                 twisted nematic LCD",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Fleming:1980:HDL,
  author =       "J. H. Fleming and R. N. Low",
  title =        "High density and low cost with printed circuit hybrid
                 technology",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "25--26",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B0170J (Product packaging); B2210B (Printed circuit
                 layout and design); C5420 (Mainframes and
                 minicomputers)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Corvallis, OR, USA",
  keywords =     "circuit hybrid technology; electronic calculators; HP
                 41C; hybrid packaging; IC package; packaging; packaging
                 density; printed; printed circuits",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Molinari:1980:EPM,
  author =       "D. H. Molinari and R. L. Belding",
  title =        "An economical, portable microwave spectrum analyzer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "27--32",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments); B7310N (Microwave measurement
                 techniques)",
  keywords =     "Hewlett Packard; microwave measurement; microwave
                 spectrum analyzer; model 8559A; spectral analysers;
                 spectrum analyser",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Schneider:1980:MCP,
  author =       "R. F. Schneider and R. E. Felsenstein and R. W.
                 Offermann",
  title =        "Microwave {CW} and pulse frequency measurements to 40
                 {GHz}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "3--5, 7--12, 13--14",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments); B7310G (Frequency measurement); B7310N
                 (Microwave measurement techniques)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "5355A automatic frequency converter; 5356A/B/C
                 frequency converter heads; computerised
                 instrumentation; convertors; counting circuits; CW;
                 frequency; frequency measurement; frequency meters;
                 Hewlett Packard; HP 5345A; measurement; microwave
                 counter; microwave measurement; pulse frequency
                 measurements",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Jekat:1980:P,
  author =       "H. J. Jekat",
  title =        "A {400-to-1600-MHz\slash} 8 prescaler",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "5--6",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1260 (Pulse circuits); B7250G (Display, recording and
                 indicating instruments)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Santa Clara, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "5355A automatic frequency convertor; frequency
                 convertors; prescaler; scaling circuits",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Koepke:1980:AMF,
  author =       "L. L. Koepke",
  title =        "An automatic microwave frequency counter test system
                 to 40 {GHz}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "11--12",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
                 C3380B (Control of electronic instruments)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "5343A microwave; 5355A automatic frequency converter;
                 5356A/B/C frequency converter heads; automatic test
                 equipment; automatic test system; counting circuits;
                 frequency; frequency counter; meters; microwave
                 frequency counter test system",
  treatment =    "G General Review; P Practical",
}

@Article{Sayed:1980:FCH,
  author =       "M. M. Sayed",
  title =        "{40-GHz} frequency converter heads",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "14--19",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments); B7310N (Microwave measurement
                 techniques)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Santa Clara, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "CW; frequency convertor heads; frequency convertors;
                 HP 5356A/B/C; measurement; microwave frequencies; pulse
                 measurements; sampling; technique",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Bologlu:1980:AFC,
  author =       "A. Bologlu",
  title =        "A {26.5-GHz} automatic frequency counter with enhanced
                 dynamic range",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "20--22",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
                 B7310G (Frequency measurement); B7310N (Microwave
                 measurement techniques)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "26.5 GHz; automatic frequency counter; counting
                 circuits; enhanced dynamic range; frequency
                 measurement; frequency meters; HP Model 5343A;
                 microwave frequency counter; microwave measurement",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Schneider:1980:MCM,
  author =       "R. F. Schneider",
  title =        "Microwave counter measurements",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "23--25",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7310N (Microwave measurement techniques)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "5345A counter; automatic measurement; counter
                 measurements; counting circuits; frequency meters;
                 microwave counters; microwave measurement",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Felsenstein:1980:FSD,
  author =       "R. E. Felsenstein",
  title =        "A flexible software development technique",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "25--26",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5250 (Microcomputer techniques); C6110 (Systems
                 analysis and programming)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "5355A automatic frequency converter; computerised
                 instrumentation; firmware; microcomputers; ROMs;
                 software; software development technique",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Thomas:1980:PSL,
  author =       "P. L. Thomas",
  title =        "A programmable selective level meter (wave analyzer)
                 with synthesized tuning, autoranging, and automatic
                 calibration",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "3--8",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6230 (Switching centres and equipment); B7210B
                 (Automatic test and measurement systems); B7310B
                 (Voltage measurement)",
  corpsource =   "Loveland Instrument Div., Hewlett--Packard Co.,
                 Loveland, CO, USA",
  keywords =     "50 Hz; automatic; autoranging; calibration;
                 computerised instrumentation; HP Model 3586A/B/C
                 selective level meter; programmable selective level
                 meter; synthesised; telecommunication equipment; to
                 32.5 MHz; tuned voltmeter; tuning; wave analysers; wave
                 analyzer",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Winslow:1980:PSL,
  author =       "P. D. Winslow",
  title =        "Precision synthesizer\slash level generator has high
                 spectral purity for telecommunications testing",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "9--11, 13",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6230 (Switching centres and equipment); B7210X (Other
                 instrumentation and measurement systems)",
  corpsource =   "Loveland Instrument Div., Hewlett Packard Co.,
                 Loveland, CO, USA",
  keywords =     "3336A/B/C; FDM systems; frequency division
                 multiplexing; Hewlett Packard; high spectral purity;
                 Model; synthesizer/level generator; telecommunications
                 testing; test equipment",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{ONeill:1980:MTC,
  author =       "P. M. O'Neill",
  title =        "A monolithic thermal converter",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "12--??",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1290B (Convertors); B7220 (Signal processing and
                 conditioning equipment and techniques)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Loveland, CO, USA",
  keywords =     "convertor; convertors; monolithic; monolithic
                 integrated circuits; thermal convertor; thermal RMS to
                 DC convertor",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Morrill:1980:IVV,
  author =       "J. S. {Morrill, Jr.} and J. D. Hansen",
  title =        "Increased versatility for a versatile logic state
                 analyzer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "14--18",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments); C5210 (Logic design methods)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
  keywords =     "analysis; computerised instrumentation; HP 1610B;
                 logic; logic state analyser; logic testing; multiphase
                 clocking",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Ogden:1980:GMA,
  author =       "D. J. Ogden",
  title =        "General-purpose module adapts dedicated logic state
                 analyzer to almost any microprocessor",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "19--24",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments); C5210 (Logic design methods); C5250
                 (Microcomputer techniques)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
  keywords =     "computer testing; general purpose module; Hewlett
                 Packard; logic state analyser; logic testing;
                 microcomputer testing; microcomputers; Model 1611A",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Smith:1980:EDM,
  author =       "D. E. Smith",
  title =        "Electronic distance measurement for industrial and
                 scientific applications",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "3--11",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments); B7320C (Spatial variables measurement);
                 C3380B (Control of electronic instruments)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Loveland, CO, USA",
  keywords =     "computerised instrumentation; distance measurement;
                 EDM; electronic distance measurement; Hewlett;
                 industrial distance; measurement; Model 3850A;
                 Packard",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Smith:1980:IDM,
  author =       "D. E. Smith and T. L. Brown",
  title =        "Industrial distance meter applications",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "11--19",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems); B7320C (Spatial variables measurement)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Loveland, CO, USA",
  keywords =     "3850A; automated position control; computerised
                 instrumentation; distance measurement; dynamic
                 monitoring; Hewlett; industrial distance meter;
                 Packard; static monitoring",
  treatment =    "A Application",
}

@Article{Hanna:1980:MSM,
  author =       "W. A. Hanna",
  title =        "Mass storage management --- a unified approach",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "20--24",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6150 (Systems software)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Loveland, CO, USA",
  keywords =     "computing HP; desktop; mass storage management;
                 storage management",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Lynch:1980:NWP,
  author =       "T. R. Lynch",
  title =        "A new world of personal\slash professional
                 computation",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "3--7",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
  keywords =     "HP 85; microcomputer system; microcomputers; personal
                 computer; personal computing",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Nairn:1980:AIC,
  author =       "J. H. Nairn and T. I. Mikkelsen and D. J. Sweetser",
  title =        "Adding {I/O} capability to the {HP-85}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "7--14",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5610 (Computer interfaces)",
  keywords =     "computer interfaces; HP 85; I/O features; interfacing;
                 personal computer system; techniques",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Collins:1980:CTT,
  author =       "D. J. Collins and B. G. Spreadbury",
  title =        "A compact tape transport subassembly designed for
                 reliability and low cost",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "14--19",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5320 (Digital storage)",
  keywords =     "98200A data cartridge; Hewlett; HP 85; magnetic tape
                 equipment; magnetic tape transports; Packard; tape
                 transport",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Bausch:1980:HCD,
  author =       "J. F. Bausch",
  title =        "A high-quality {CRT} display for a portable computer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "19--22",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
  keywords =     "cathode-ray tube displays; CRT display; CRT
                 subassembly; personal computers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Lo:1980:CTP,
  author =       "C. C. Lo and R. W. Keil",
  title =        "A compact thermal printer designed for integration
                 into a personal computer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "22--26",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  keywords =     "HP 85 personal computer; printer/plotter; printers;
                 thermal; thermal printer",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Mills:1980:EBL,
  author =       "N. A. Mills and H. C. Russell and K. R. Henscheid",
  title =        "Enhanced {BASIC} language for a personal computer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "26--32",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6140D (High level languages)",
  keywords =     "BASIC; computer; enhanced implementation; HP 85 BASIC;
                 HP 85 personal",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Foote:1980:CSA,
  author =       "J. D. Foote",
  title =        "A complete self-contained audio measurement system",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "3--7",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6450 (Audio equipment and systems); B7210B (Automatic
                 test and measurement systems); B7250G (Display,
                 recording and indicating instruments); C3380B (Control
                 of electronic instruments)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "8903A Audio Analyzer; audio equipment; audio
                 measurement system; automatic audio analyser; automatic
                 test equipment; computerised; Hewlett; instrumentation;
                 Packard",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Boyan:1980:MMM,
  author =       "C. J. Boyan",
  title =        "Making the most of a microprocessor-based instrument
                 controller ({HP 8903A} audio analyser)",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "8--9",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
                 C3380B (Control of electronic instruments); C7420
                 (Control engineering computing)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "8903 audio; analyser; automatic test equipment;
                 computerised; computerised control; HP 8903A audio
                 analyser; instrument controller; instrumentation;
                 microprocessor based",
  treatment =    "G General Review; P Practical",
}

@Article{Pontis:1980:DLF,
  author =       "G. D. Pontis",
  title =        "Design for a low-distortion, fast-settling source",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "10--11",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1230B (Oscillators); B7210B (Automatic test and
                 measurement systems)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "8903A Audio Analyzer; audio equipment; low distortion
                 source; oscillators; RC oscillator; state variable
                 oscillator",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Pontis:1980:FSO,
  author =       "G. D. Pontis",
  title =        "Floating a source output",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "12--17",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1210 (Power electronics, supply and supervisory
                 circuits); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
                 systems)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "8903A Audio analyser; automatic test equipment;
                 floating power supply; power supply circuits",
  treatment =    "G General Review; P Practical",
}

@Article{Lau:1980:DTN,
  author =       "C. Y. Lau",
  title =        "A digitally tuned notch filter",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "14--15",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1270E (Active filters and other active networks)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "8903A Audio; active filter; active filters; Analyzer;
                 digitally tuned notch filter; notch filter; state
                 variable filter",
  treatment =    "G General Review; P Practical",
}

@Article{Lynch:1980:CLA,
  author =       "T. R. Lynch",
  title =        "A custom {LSI} approach to a personal computer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "18--22",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "custom chips; custom LSI; digital computers; HP 85;
                 personal computer",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Kahan:1980:HCE,
  author =       "William M. Kahan",
  title =        "Handheld calculator evaluates integrals",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "23--32",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  MRclass =      "65-04 (65D30)",
  MRnumber =     "82d:65001",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C4160 (Numerical integration and differentiation);
                 C5230 (Digital arithmetic methods)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "34C; digital arithmetic; handheld calculator; HP;
                 integrals; integration; numerical integration;
                 numerical methods",
  reviewer =     "S. Dubuc",
  treatment =    "G General Review; P Practical",
}

@Article{Gort:1980:FIM,
  author =       "A. F. Gort",
  title =        "A fully integrated, microprocessor-controlled total
                 station",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "3--11",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A0630C (Spatial variables measurement); B7210B
                 (Automatic test and measurement systems); B7230
                 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7320C (Spatial
                 variables measurement); C3380B (Control of electronic
                 instruments); C7420 (Control engineering computing)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "angle measuring functions; angular measurement;
                 computerised instrumentation; distance; electronic
                 total station; Hewlett Packard; measurement; Model
                 3820A; second order theodolite",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Kerschner:1980:MDC,
  author =       "R. K. Kerschner",
  title =        "Mechanical design constraints for a total station",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "12--14",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A0630C (Spatial variables measurement); B7210B
                 (Automatic test and measurement systems); B7230
                 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7320C (Spatial
                 variables measurement)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "3820A Total Station; angle; angular measurement;
                 computerised instrumentation; distance; distance
                 measurement system; geometrical constraints; Hewlett
                 Packard; measurement; measurement system; total
                 station; trunnion axis; vertical axis",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Moore:1980:COS,
  author =       "C. E. Moore and D. J. Sims",
  title =        "A compact optical system for portable distance and
                 angle measurements",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "14--16",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A0630C (Spatial variables measurement); A0760 (Optical
                 instruments and techniques); A4278D (Optical system
                 design); B7230C (Photodetectors); B7320C (Spatial
                 variables measurement)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "3820A Total Station; angular measurement; catadioptric
                 Cassegrain; combined optical system; distance
                 measurement; distance meter; instrument; optical
                 system; optical systems; portable field; structure;
                 telescope; telescopes",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Johnson:1980:ALN,
  author =       "D. R. Johnson",
  title =        "An approach to large-scale non-contact coordinate
                 measurements",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "16--17, 19--20",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A0630C (Spatial variables measurement); B7230 (Sensing
                 devices and transducers); B7320C (Spatial variables
                 measurement)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "3820A coordinate determination system; angular
                 measurement; coordinate determination; digital
                 instrumentation; digital theodolite; distance;
                 measurement; measurements; noncontact; position
                 measurement; triangulation",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Wasinger:1980:IH,
  author =       "G. F. Wasinger",
  title =        "Interfacing the {3820A} via the {HP-IB}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "18--19",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5610 (Computer interfaces)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "38001A Distance Meter Interface; 3820A; BCD; bit
                 serial data; computer; computer interfaces; HPIB;
                 interfaces",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Sasaki:1980:AMH,
  author =       "G. D. Sasaki and R. C. Jensen",
  title =        "Automatic measurements with a high-performance
                 universal counter",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "21--23, 25--27, 29--31",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems); B7310
                 (Electric and magnetic variables measurement); C3380B
                 (Control of electronic instruments)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "automatic measurement; computerised instrumentation;
                 counters; cycle; duty; HP Model 5335A; phase; pulse
                 width; universal counter",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{DiPietro:1980:TIE,
  author =       "D. M. DiPietro",
  title =        "Third input extends range to 1300 {MHz}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "24--25",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "5335A Universal Counter; channel C; computerised
                 instrumentation; counters; prescaler; protection",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{McOmber:1980:VUC,
  author =       "V. D. McOmber",
  title =        "A voltmeter for a universal counter",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "28--29",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7310B (Voltage measurement); C3380B (Control of
                 electronic instruments)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "5335A; computerised instrumentation; counters; systems
                 voltmeter; universal counter; voltmeter; voltmeters",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{LaFollette:1980:STD,
  author =       "R. J. LaFollette",
  title =        "{5335A} self test and diagnostics",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "30--??",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 C3380B (Control of electronic instruments)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "5335A; computerised instrumentation; counters;
                 diagnostics; electronic equipment; Hewlett; Packard;
                 self test; testing; universal counter",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Saponas:1980:LDS,
  author =       "T. A. Saponas and B. W. Kerr",
  title =        "Logic development system accelerates microcomputer
                 system design",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "3--10, 12--13",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5250 (Microcomputer techniques)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
  keywords =     "64000 logic; 64100 A development station; development
                 system; Hewlett--Packard; logic design; microcomputer
                 system design; microcomputers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{DeVilbiss:1980:RSL,
  author =       "A. J. DeVilbiss",
  title =        "Resource sharing in the logic development system",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "7--8",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5600 (Data communication equipment and techniques)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
  keywords =     "64000; computer peripheral equipment;
                 Hewlett--Packard; logic development system; protocols;
                 resource sharing protocol; shared resources",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Donnelly:1980:EMS,
  author =       "J. B. Donnelly and G. A. Greenley and M. E.
                 Muterspaugh",
  title =        "Emulators for microprocessor system development",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "13--20",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5250 (Microcomputer techniques)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
  keywords =     "64000 emulation system; digital simulation; emulation
                 processor architecture; emulation tool; microcomputers;
                 microprocessor system development",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Alonso-Velez:1980:PC,
  author =       "I. I. Alonso-Velez and J. G. Bourque",
  title =        "The {Pascal\slash 64000} compiler",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "20--21, 23--24, 26--28",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6140D (High level languages); C6150C (Compilers,
                 interpreters and other processors)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
  keywords =     "code generation; compiler; high-level language;
                 Pascal; Pascal/64000; program compilers;
                 space-efficient",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{McDonley:1980:PDP,
  author =       "P. A. McDonley",
  title =        "Program debugging with {Pascal\slash 64000}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "22--23",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6140D (High level languages); C6150G (Diagnostic,
                 testing, debugging and evaluating systems)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
  keywords =     "64000 logic development system; debug phase; Pascal;
                 Pascal/64000; program debugging; relocatable symbolic
                 information",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Stewart:1980:L,
  author =       "J. B. Stewart",
  title =        "The 64000 linker",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "25--26",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6150C (Compilers, interpreters and other
                 processors)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
  keywords =     "64000 development system; 64000 linker; files; Hewlett
                 Packard; linker; microprocessor systems; program
                 processors; relocatable",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Yackle:1980:AAM,
  author =       "B. E. Yackle",
  title =        "An assembler for all microprocessors",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "28--30",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5250 (Microcomputer techniques); C6150C (Compilers,
                 interpreters and other processors)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
  keywords =     "64000 assembler; 64000 logic development system;
                 microcomputers; program assemblers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Blancke:1980:PME,
  author =       "T. B. Blancke and L. L. Nielsen",
  title =        "Patient monitoring enhanced by new central station",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "3--11",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7510 (Biomedical measurement and imaging); C3385
                 (Biological and medical control systems); C7140
                 (Medical administration)",
  keywords =     "78500; computerised monitoring; Hewlett Packard;
                 patient information centers; patient monitoring; series
                 PIC",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Stettiner:1980:HRT,
  author =       "R. L. Stettiner and G. L. Adleman",
  title =        "High-speed raster technique provides flexible
                 display",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "11--15",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7260 (Display technology and systems)",
  keywords =     "cathode-ray tube displays; display system; flexible
                 display; HP 78500; raster technique; system; waveform
                 smoothing",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Rueter:1980:MAC,
  author =       "J. M. Rueter",
  title =        "Multi-processor architecture and communications for
                 patient monitoring",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "15--18",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5600 (Data communication equipment and techniques);
                 C7330 (Biology and medical computing)",
  keywords =     "78511A equipment cabinet; communications; Hewlett
                 Packard; HP MC5; multiprocessing systems;
                 multiprocessor architecture; patient information
                 centers; patient monitoring",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Goldberg:1980:SSD,
  author =       "J. M. Goldberg",
  title =        "Self-test and serviceability for dependable central
                 patient monitoring",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "19--23",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B0160 (Plant engineering, maintenance and safety);
                 B0170N (Reliability); B7510 (Biomedical measurement and
                 imaging)",
  keywords =     "biomedical equipment; central patient monitoring;
                 electronic equipment testing; fast servicing; HP 78500
                 Patient Information Centers; maintenance engineering;
                 patient monitoring; reliability; selftesting; service
                 plan; serviceability",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Hanna:1980:FPM,
  author =       "K. L. Hanna",
  title =        "Firmware for a patient monitoring station",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "23--28",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5220 (Computer architecture); C7330 (Biology and
                 medical computing)",
  keywords =     "78501A; 78502A; firmware; Hewlett Packard;
                 microprogramming; Patient Information Centers; patient
                 monitoring; patient monitoring station",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Ishida:1980:IHI,
  author =       "C. J. Ishida",
  title =        "An interactive {HP} 3000\slash {IBM} mainframe link",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "29--32",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5600 (Data communication equipment and techniques)",
  keywords =     "data communication systems; HP 3000/IBM mainframe
                 link; IML/3000; inquiry and development facility;
                 interactive data; interchange",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Frost:1980:CEC,
  author =       "J. B. Frost and W. L. Hale",
  title =        "Color enhances computer graphics system",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "3--5",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5430 (Microcomputers); C5540 (Terminals and graphic
                 displays)",
  keywords =     "187 Kbyte read/write memory; 9845T mainframe; computer
                 graphic equipment; Hewlett Packard; high-speed;
                 integrated color-graphics computer system; light pen;
                 microcomputers; model 9845C; System 45C; thermal line
                 printer",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Jewett:1980:SUF,
  author =       "R. A. Jewett and R. W. Fredrickson",
  title =        "The {System 45C} user's firmware interface",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "6--9",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5430 (Microcomputers); C5540 (Terminals and graphic
                 displays); C5610 (Computer interfaces)",
  keywords =     "9845 enhanced; BASIC; color display; color/area fill;
                 computer graphic equipment; computer interfaces;
                 firmware interface; graphical input; microcomputers;
                 System 45C",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Porter:1980:LPA,
  author =       "F. J. Porter",
  title =        "Light pen aids user interaction with display",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "10--19",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5430 (Microcomputers); C5540 (Terminals and graphic
                 displays)",
  keywords =     "9111A Graphics Tablet; 9872A Plotter; 9874A;
                 Digitizer; graphics; graphics input devices;
                 Hewlett--Packard System 45C; interactive terminals;
                 light pen; light pens; microcomputers; output devices;
                 raster-scan CRT; softkeys",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Pratt:1980:PCR,
  author =       "W. C. Pratt",
  title =        "A precision color raster-scan display for graphics
                 applications",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "19--24",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5430 (Microcomputers); C5540 (Terminals and graphic
                 displays)",
  keywords =     "color CRT; color raster-scan display; computer graphic
                 equipment; CRT screen; deflection; delta-gun; display
                 instrumentation; microcomputers; raster-scan; scanning;
                 serial data; shadow-mask; System 45C; technology;
                 yoke",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Baeverstad:1980:DSD,
  author =       "H. L. {Baeverstad, Jr.} and C. C. Bruderer",
  title =        "Display system designed for color graphics",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "25--27",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5430 (Microcomputers); C5540 (Terminals and graphic
                 displays)",
  keywords =     "96K-; based state machine; byte graphics memory;
                 computer graphic equipment; dedicated controller;
                 display instrumentation; high-speed bit-slice vector
                 generator; line typing/area shading logic;
                 microcomputers; picture generation; ROM-; System 34C
                 graphics architecture",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Becker:1980:SPS,
  author =       "J. S. Becker",
  title =        "System {45C} power supply considerations",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "31",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "28--??",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1980",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
  keywords =     "color display; computer graphic equipment;
                 convergence; display logic; high-; linear supply;
                 mainframe; microcomputers; sweep; switching supplies;
                 System 45C; voltage flyback transformer",
  treatment =    "G General Review; P Practical",
}

@Article{Uebbing:1981:HSM,
  author =       "J. J. Uebbing and D. L. Lubin and E. G. {Weaver,
                 Jr.}",
  title =        "Handheld scanner makes reading bar codes easy and
                 inexpensive",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "3--10",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5530 (Pattern recognition and computer vision
                 equipment)",
  corpsource =   "Univ. of Notre Dame, Notre Dame, IN, USA",
  keywords =     "bar codes; character recognition equipment; Digital
                 Bar Code Wand; handheld wand; HEDS-3000;
                 Hewlett--Packard; printed",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Conklin:1981:RBC,
  author =       "D. R. Conklin and T. L. {Revere, III}",
  title =        "Reading bar codes for the {HP-41C} programmable
                 calculator",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "11--14",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5530 (Pattern recognition and computer vision
                 equipment)",
  corpsource =   "Univ. of California, Berkeley, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "bar-; character recognition equipment; code formats;
                 HEDS-3000 Digital Bar Code Wand; HP-41C; wand
                 interface",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Stavely:1981:HLG,
  author =       "D. J. Stavely",
  title =        "A high-quality, low-cost graphics tablet",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "15--24",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
  corpsource =   "Univ. of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI, USA",
  keywords =     "computer graphic equipment; graphics tablet; Hewlett
                 Packard; HP 9111A; human-engineered package; peripheral
                 device",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Cardwell:1981:CSD,
  author =       "S. M. Cardwell",
  title =        "Capacitive stylus design",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "17--18",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
  corpsource =   "MIT, Cambridge, MA, USA",
  keywords =     "9111A; capacitive stylus; computer graphic equipment;
                 graphics tablet; requirements; rugged; stringent
                 design; stylus",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Bartlett:1981:PGT,
  author =       "D. S. Bartlett",
  title =        "Programming the graphics tablet",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "20--21",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays); C6110 (Systems
                 analysis and programming)",
  corpsource =   "Purdue Univ., Lafayette, IN, USA",
  keywords =     "9111A; 9845B; computer graphic equipment; firmware;
                 graphics tablet; high-level programming; HP;
                 interrupts; programming; softkeys",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Kinsell:1981:TDC,
  author =       "D. A. Kinsell",
  title =        "Tablet\slash display combination supports interactive
                 graphics",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "22--23",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
  corpsource =   "Purdue Univ., Lafayette, IN, USA",
  keywords =     "9111T; computer graphic equipment; graphics; Graphics
                 Translator; interactive graphics; interactive
                 terminals; tablet",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Richard:1981:PPF,
  author =       "S. H. Richard",
  title =        "Programming for productivity: factory data collection
                 software",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "25--29",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5520 (Data acquisition equipment and techniques)",
  keywords =     "1000 Computer System; data acquisition; data
                 collection networks; DATACAP/1000; factory data
                 collection; HP; software tool",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Gaullier:1981:TMT,
  author =       "F. Gaullier",
  title =        "A terminal management tool",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "30--31",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5520 (Data acquisition equipment and techniques);
                 C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
  corpsource =   "Ecole Speciale de Mecanique, Paris, France",
  keywords =     "data acquisition; DATACAP/1000; interactive terminals;
                 management tool; multi-user applications; reentrant
                 environment; RTE-IVB; terminal",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Hassun:1981:HFS,
  author =       "R. Hassun",
  title =        "A high-purity, fast-switching synthesized signal
                 generator",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "3--7",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7250E (Signal generators); C3380B (Control of
                 electronic instruments); C7420 (Control engineering
                 computing)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "10 kHz-1280; computerised instrumentation;
                 Hewlett--Packard; MHz; Model 8662A; signal generators;
                 spectral purity; switched-inductance oscillator;
                 synthesized signal generator",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Chisholm:1981:DCH,
  author =       "H. C. Chisholm",
  title =        "Digital control for a high-performance programmable
                 signal generator",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "8--??, 10--11",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7250E (Signal generators); C3380B (Control of
                 electronic instruments); C7420 (Control engineering
                 computing)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "6800 microprocessor; 8662A; computerised
                 instrumentation; digital control; digital control unit;
                 generators; Hewlett; Packard; programmable signal
                 generator; signal",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Kovalick:1981:PSS,
  author =       "A. W. Kovalick",
  title =        "{8662A} power-on and self-test sequences",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "9--10",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7250E (Signal generators); C3380B (Control of
                 electronic instruments); C7420 (Control engineering
                 computing)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "8662A; computerised instrumentation; Hewlett;
                 integrated circuit testing; Packard; power-on; RAM
                 testing; ROM testing; self-test sequences; signal
                 generators; synthesized signal generator",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Scherer:1981:LRS,
  author =       "D. Scherer and B. S. Chan and F. H. Ives and W. J.
                 {Crilly, Jr.} and D. W. Mathiesen",
  title =        "Low-noise {RF} signal generator design",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "12--22",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7250E (Signal generators)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "8662A; computerised instrumentation; high frequency
                 agility; low phase noise; low spurious; RF signal
                 generator; signal generators; signals",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Ainsworth:1981:SPS,
  author =       "G. L. Ainsworth",
  title =        "A switching power supply for a low-noise signal
                 generator",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "20--??",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1210 (Power electronics, supply and supervisory
                 circuits); B7250E (Signal generators)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "Hewlett-; high-temperature shutdown system; low-noise
                 signal generator; Packard 8662A; power supply circuits;
                 signal generators; switching circuits; switching power
                 supply",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Platt:1981:HSG,
  author =       "D. L. Platt and D. T. Borowski",
  title =        "A high-purity signal generator output section",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "22--26",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7250E (Signal generators); B7310Z (Other electric
                 variables measurement)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "8662A; AM noise measurement; amplitude; computerised
                 instrumentation; electric noise measurement; levelling;
                 modulation; output section; signal generator; signal
                 generators",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{DeVries:1981:PDP,
  author =       "R. L. DeVries",
  title =        "Product design for precision and purity",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "28--30",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250E (Signal generators); C3380B (Control of
                 electronic instruments); C7420 (Control engineering
                 computing)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "8662A; computerised instrumentation; decoupling;
                 environmental testing; grounding; human factors;
                 modularity; power consumption; product design;
                 reliability; serviceability; shielding; signal
                 generators",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Richardson:1981:VHS,
  author =       "J. W. Richardson",
  title =        "Verifying high spectral purity and level accuracy in
                 production",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "30--32",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7250E (Signal generators)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "8662A signal; computerised instrumentation;
                 distributed test system; generator; HP-IB test system;
                 production testing; signal generators",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Staas:1981:NDS,
  author =       "G. C. Staas",
  title =        "New display station offers multiple screen windows and
                 dual data communications ports",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "3--8",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7260 (Display technology and systems); C5540
                 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "cathode-ray tube displays; communications ports; CRT
                 terminal; dual data; Hewlett Packard; interactive
                 terminals; Model 2626A Display Station",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Graham:1981:DSU,
  author =       "G. C. Graham",
  title =        "Display station's user interface is designed for
                 increased productivity",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "8--12",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7260 (Display technology and systems); C5540
                 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "alphanumeric; display station; HP 2626A; interactive
                 terminals; man-machine systems; terminals; user
                 interface",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Sukumar:1981:HFS,
  author =       "S. Sukumar and J. D. Wiese",
  title =        "Hardware and firmware support for four virtual
                 terminals in one display station",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "13--15",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "2626A display station; display station; Hewlett
                 Packard; interactive terminals; virtual terminals",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Roy:1981:SIV,
  author =       "J.-C. Roy",
  title =        "A silicon-on-sapphire integrated video controller",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "16--19",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7260 (Display technology and systems); C5540
                 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "cathode-ray tube displays; computer graphic equipment;
                 display system; Hewlett; integrated video controller;
                 interactive terminals; Packard's 2626A;
                 silicon-on-sapphire; video control chip",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Burgoon:1981:SQO,
  author =       "J. R. Burgoon and R. L. Wilson",
  title =        "{SC-cut} quartz oscillator offers improved
                 performance",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "20--21, 23--25, 28--29",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B2860 (Piezoelectric and ferroelectric devices)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "Crystal Oscillator; crystal resonators; frequency
                 reference; HP Model 10811A/B; quartz; quartz
                 oscillator",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Adams:1981:SCB,
  author =       "C. A. Adams and J. A. Kusters",
  title =        "The {SC} cut, a brief summary",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "22--23",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B2860 (Piezoelectric and ferroelectric devices)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "10811A/B oscillator; crystal resonators; quartz; SC
                 crystals; SC cut",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Steinmetz:1981:FCP,
  author =       "J. H. Steinmetz",
  title =        "Flexible circuit packaging of a crystal oscillator",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "26--28",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B0170J (Product packaging); B2860 (Piezoelectric and
                 ferroelectric devices)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "10811A/B oscillator; circuit packaging; crystal
                 oscillator; crystal resonators; packaging; selectively
                 stiffened flexible circuitry",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Estes:1981:NTP,
  author =       "M. F. Estes and D. {Zimmer, Jr.}",
  title =        "New temperature probe locates circuit hot spots",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "30--32",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7320R
                 (Thermal variables measurement)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "Hewlett Packard; HP 10023 A; probes; temperature
                 measurement; temperature probe",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Federman:1981:IMP,
  author =       "N. C. Federman and R. M. Steiner",
  title =        "An interactive material planning and control system
                 for manufacturing companies",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "3--12",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C7160 (Manufacturing and industrial administration)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "application systems; Hewlett--Packard; manufacturing
                 companies; manufacturing data processing; material
                 planning; Materials Management/3000; stock control data
                 processing",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Winston:1981:NAC,
  author =       "L. E. Winston",
  title =        "A novel approach to computer application system design
                 and implementation",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "13--18",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6110 (Systems analysis and programming)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "Application; Application Monitor; application system
                 design; Computer; Customizer; Hewlett--Packard; HP
                 3000; software engineering; software systems",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Kurtz:1981:AAS,
  author =       "B. D. Kurtz",
  title =        "Automating application system operation and control",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "19--22",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6110 (Systems analysis and programming); C6150J
                 (Operating systems)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "Application Monitor; application scheduling;
                 automatic; Hewlett--Packard; monitor; software
                 engineering; supervisory and executive programs",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Jones:1981:PDW,
  author =       "L. T. Jones and J. J. Ressmeyer and C. A. Clark",
  title =        "Precision {DVM} has wide dynamic range and high
                 systems speed",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "23--31",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments); B7310 (Electric and magnetic variables
                 measurement)",
  keywords =     "digital voltmeter; digital voltmeters; DVM;
                 measurement problems; Model 346A; voltage and
                 resistance",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Edison:1981:PHE,
  author =       "J. C. Edison and W. C. Haase and R. K. Scudder",
  title =        "A precision high-speed electron beam lithography
                 system",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "3--13",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B2550 (Semiconductor device technology); B2550G
                 (Lithography)B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits);
                 C3355Z (Control applications in other manufacturing
                 processes); C7420 (Control engineering computing)",
  keywords =     "computer control; electron beam; electron beam
                 lithography; Hewlett Packard; integrated circuit;
                 integrated circuit technology; process computer
                 control; production",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Kelly:1981:PHH,
  author =       "J. Kelly and T. R. Groves and Huei Pei Kuo",
  title =        "A precision, high-current, high-speed electron beam
                 lithography column",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "14--15, 18--20",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B2550 (Semiconductor device technology); B2550G
                 (Lithography)B2570 (Semiconductor integrated
                 circuits)",
  keywords =     "cathodes; electron beam column; electron beam
                 lithography; field-emission cathode; Hewlett Packard;
                 high-current; HP; integrated circuit; system;
                 technology; two-lens",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Lindberg:1981:PXS,
  author =       "E. E. Lindberg and C. L. Merja",
  title =        "A precision {X-Y} stage and substrate handling system
                 for electron beam lithography",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "16--18",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B2550 (Semiconductor device technology); B2550G
                 (Lithography)B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits);
                 C3320 (Control applications to materials handling);
                 C3355Z (Control applications in other manufacturing
                 processes); C7420 (Control engineering computing)",
  keywords =     "computer controlled; computerised materials handling;
                 electron beam; electron beam lithography;
                 Hewlett--Packard; integrated circuit technology;
                 lithography; pallet; precision materials handling;
                 process computer control; substrate handling system;
                 X-Y stage",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Hamilton:1981:SCH,
  author =       "B. Hamilton",
  title =        "Software control for the {HP} electron beam
                 lithography system",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "21--23",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B2550 (Semiconductor device technology); B2550G
                 (Lithography)B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits);
                 C3355Z (Control applications in other manufacturing
                 processes); C7420 (Control engineering computing)",
  keywords =     "electron beam lithography; event sequencing; Hewlett;
                 integrated circuit technology; modes of system;
                 operation; Packard; process computer control; software
                 control; software package; system calibration",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Cannon:1981:PDF,
  author =       "M. J. Cannon and H. F. Lee and R. B. Lewis",
  title =        "Pattern data flow in the {HP} electron beam system",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "24--26",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B2550 (Semiconductor device technology); B2550G
                 (Lithography)B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits);
                 C6130 (Data handling techniques); C7410D (Electronic
                 engineering computing)",
  keywords =     "conversion software; data handling; data storage and;
                 electron beam lithography; electronic; engineering
                 computing; format conversion path; Hewlett Packard; HP
                 1000 F-; HP 7906; HP 7925; integrated circuit
                 technology; pattern data flow; Series Computer;
                 transformation",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Bugely:1981:CHE,
  author =       "F. L. Bugely and I. F. Osborne and G. Owen and R. B.
                 Schudy",
  title =        "Calibration of the {HP} electron beam lithography
                 system",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "27--33",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B2550 (Semiconductor device technology); B2550G
                 (Lithography)B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits);
                 B7130 (Measurement standards and calibration)",
  keywords =     "automatic; calibration; electron beam lithography;
                 electron beam lithography system; Hewlett Packard; HP;
                 integrated circuit; large scale integration;
                 procedures; technology",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Hsu:1981:DAM,
  author =       "Tsen-gong Jim Hsu",
  title =        "Digital adaptive matched filter for fiducial mark
                 registration (in electron beam lithography system)",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "34--36",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1270F (Digital filters); B2550 (Semiconductor device
                 technology); B2550G (Lithography); B2570 (Semiconductor
                 integrated circuits)",
  keywords =     "adaptive matched filters; calibration; detection of
                 fiducial marks; digital; digital filters; electron beam
                 lithography; equipment calibration; fiducial mark
                 registration; integrated circuit technology; matched
                 filters; signal detection",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Negrete:1981:MNS,
  author =       "M. Negrete",
  title =        "{Marco Negrete} on structured {VLSI} design",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "3--4",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits)",
  keywords =     "artwork; design rule; integrated design; large scale
                 integration; monolithic integrated circuits; structured
                 VLSI design; VLSI design",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Haydamack:1981:VDS,
  author =       "W. J. Haydamack and D. J. Griffin",
  title =        "{VLSI} design strategies and tools",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "5--7, 10--12",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits)",
  keywords =     "design; design tools; Hewlett--Packard; integrated
                 circuit technology; large scale integration;
                 methodologies; monolithic integrated circuits; VLSI
                 design",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Black:1981:ASA,
  author =       "K. M. Black and P. K. Hardage",
  title =        "Advanced symbolic artwork preparation ({ASAP})",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "8--9",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits); C7410D
                 (Electronic engineering computing)",
  keywords =     "advanced symbolic artwork preparation; ASAP; circuit
                 layout CAD; Hewlett-; IC design; IC design system;
                 integrated circuit technology; large; Packard; scale
                 integration",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Scheffer:1981:DSV,
  author =       "L. K. Scheffer and R. I. Dowell and R. M. Apte",
  title =        "Design and simulation of {VLSI} circuits",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "12--15, 17--18",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits); C5210B
                 (Computer-aided logic design); C7410D (Electronic
                 engineering computing)",
  keywords =     "digital simulation; integrated circuit design; large
                 scale integration; logic CAD; logic design; VLSI
                 circuits",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Khalily:1981:TEC,
  author =       "E. Khalily",
  title =        "Transistor electrical characterization and analysis
                 program ({TECAP})",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "16--17",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1130B (Computer-aided circuit analysis and design);
                 B2570H (Other field effect integrated circuits)",
  keywords =     "9845B; analysis program; characterization; circuit
                 analysis computing; circuits; desktop computers;
                 electrical characterization and analysis program; field
                 effect integrated; HP; large scale integration;
                 simulation; TECAP; transistor; VLSI",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Bracken:1981:IGS,
  author =       "D. F. Bracken and W. J. McCalla",
  title =        "An interactive graphics system for structured design
                 of integrated circuits",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "18--19, 21--25",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers); C5540 (Terminals
                 and graphic displays); C7410D (Electronic engineering
                 computing)",
  keywords =     "circuit layout CAD; color graphics; computer graphic
                 equipment; custom integrated circuits; integrated
                 circuit design; interactive; interactive graphics
                 system; large scale integration; LSI; systems; VLSI
                 circuits; workstation",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Baker:1981:ILD,
  author =       "T. H. Baker",
  title =        "{IC} layout on a desktop computer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "20--21",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits); C5420
                 (Mainframes and minicomputers); C7410D (Electronic
                 engineering computing)",
  keywords =     "9845C desk top computer; circuit layout CAD; desktop
                 computer; Hewlett--Packard; HP's; IC layout system;
                 integrated circuit technology; minicomputers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Tucker:1981:VDA,
  author =       "M. G. Tucker and W. J. Haydamack",
  title =        "{VLSI} design and artwork verification",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "25--29",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits); C7410D
                 (Electronic engineering computing)",
  keywords =     "artwork verification; check; checking; circuit CAD;
                 circuit level; design rule; EXTRACT system; geometrical
                 check; integrated circuit; large scale integration",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Brooksby:1981:UIC,
  author =       "M. W. Brooksby and P. L. Castro",
  title =        "University and industrial cooperation for {VLSI}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "29--??, 32--33",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B0120 (Education and training); B2570 (Semiconductor
                 integrated circuits)",
  keywords =     "California; educational courses; efforts;
                 Hewlett--Packard; Institute of Technology; integrated
                 circuit technology; large; scale integration; Stanford
                 University; UC Berkeley; university; University of
                 Illinois; VLSI",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Clare:1981:PCN,
  author =       "C. R. Clare",
  title =        "A process control network",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "30--31",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C3355Z (Control applications in other manufacturing
                 processes); C7420 (Control engineering computing)",
  keywords =     "computer control; direct digital control; distributed;
                 distributed control; Hewlett--Packard; process; process
                 control; process control network",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Brooksby:1981:BQI,
  author =       "M. W. Brooksby and P. L. Castro and F. L. Hanson",
  title =        "Benefits of quick-turnaround integrated circuit
                 processing",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "33--35",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B2220C (General integrated circuit fabrication
                 techniques)",
  keywords =     "fast turnaround; Hewlett--Packard; IC process cycle
                 times; integrated circuit processing; integrated
                 circuit technology; production; quick-turnaround
                 operation; research and development",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Laing:1981:ISP,
  author =       "V. L. Laing",
  title =        "Instrument system provides precision measurement and
                 control capabilities",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "3--8",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7210G (Data acquisition systems); C3380B (Control of
                 electronic instruments); C5520 (Data acquisition
                 equipment and techniques)",
  keywords =     "3497A; acquisition; Automatic Data Acquisition/Control
                 System; computerised instrumentation; computerised
                 monitoring; data; Data Acquisition/Control Unit;
                 Hewlett--Packard; HP-IB-based system; model 3054A;
                 precision measurement",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Heyl:1981:PDA,
  author =       "L. E. Heyl",
  title =        "Precision data acquisition teams up with computer
                 power",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "6--??",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5520 (Data acquisition equipment and techniques);
                 C7420 (Control engineering computing)",
  keywords =     "acquisition instrumentation; computerised control;
                 data; data acquisition; HP 1000 Computer; HP Model
                 3054C",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Wolpert:1981:DLE,
  author =       "D. L. Wolpert",
  title =        "Data logging is easy with an {HP-85\slash 3054A}
                 combination",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "7--8",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7210G (Data acquisition systems); C3380B (Control of
                 electronic instruments)",
  keywords =     "3054DL; 3497A Data Acquisition/Control Unit;
                 computerised instrumentation; data; data acquisition;
                 data loggers; HP-85; logging",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Epstein:1981:VIM,
  author =       "J. S. Epstein and T. J. Heger",
  title =        "Versatile instrument makes high-performance
                 transducer-based measurements",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "9--15",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7210G (Data acquisition systems); C3380B (Control of
                 electronic instruments)",
  keywords =     "Acquisition/Control Unit; assemblies; computerised
                 instrumentation; Data; data acquisition; data
                 acquisition instrumentation; HP Model 3497A; plug-in;
                 precision measurement",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Heger:1981:PAV,
  author =       "T. J. Heger and P. A. Redding and R. L. Hester",
  title =        "Plug-in assemblies for a variety of data
                 acquisition\slash control applications",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "16--22",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7210G (Data acquisition systems); C3380B (Control of
                 electronic instruments)",
  keywords =     "3497A; computerised instrumentation; data acquisition;
                 Data Acquisition/Control Unit; HP Model; modules;
                 plug-in assemblies",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Jones:1981:DCR,
  author =       "V. C. Jones",
  title =        "Desktop computer redesigned for instrument
                 automation",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "23--31",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5430 (Microcomputers); C7420 (Control engineering
                 computing)",
  keywords =     "9915A; computerised control; computerised
                 instrumentation; instrument automation; instrumentation
                 system; microcomputers; modular desktop computer;
                 production test automation",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Watts:1981:UAD,
  author =       "K. F. Watts",
  title =        "A unifying approach to designing for reliability",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "24--25",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B0170C (Project and design engineering)",
  keywords =     "design engineering; designing; environment; product
                 quality; product reliability; production-line;
                 reliability",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Sweetser:1981:DTS,
  author =       "D. J. Sweetser",
  title =        "Designing testability and serviceability into the
                 {9915A}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "27--28",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
  keywords =     "9915A; automated testing; computer testing; design
                 engineering; diagnostic software; hardware test
                 features; microcomputers; serviceability; testability",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Gilbert:1981:OID,
  author =       "R. A. Gilbert",
  title =        "Operator interface design",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "29--30",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5610 (Computer interfaces)",
  keywords =     "9915A; computer interfaces; computerised
                 instrumentation; displays; keyboards; machine systems;
                 man-; OIC; operator interface card; video",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Clarke:1981:CIP,
  author =       "E. L. Clarke",
  title =        "Cost-effective industrial packaging",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "31--??",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B0170J (Product packaging)",
  keywords =     "9915A; controller; Hewlett--Packard; industrial
                 environment; industrial packaging; instrument;
                 packaging; studies; tests",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Myers:1981:PFT,
  author =       "R. Myers and R. D. Peck",
  title =        "{200-kHz} power {FET} technology in new modular power
                 supplies",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "3--7, 10",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1210 (Power electronics, supply and supervisory
                 circuits); B7630B (Aerospace and avionic power
                 supplies)",
  keywords =     "apparatus; fast switching power supplies; FET
                 circuits; field effect transistor circuits; modular
                 power supplies; power supplies; power supplies to; to
                 apparatus",
  treatment =    "A Application",
}

@Article{Seipel:1981:MCH,
  author =       "W. Seipel",
  title =        "Magnetic components for high-frequency switching power
                 supplies",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "8--9",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1210 (Power electronics, supply and supervisory
                 circuits)",
  keywords =     "coil loss; control reactor; European safety;
                 high-frequency switching power; magnetic components;
                 power; power supplies to apparatus; resonating
                 inductor; specifications; standards; supplies;
                 transformer",
  treatment =    "A Application; G General Review",
}

@Article{Gyma:1981:LAP,
  author =       "D. W. Gyma and P. W. Bailey and J. W. Hyde and D. R.
                 Schwartz",
  title =        "Laboratory-performance autoranging power supplies
                 using power {MOSFET} technology",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "11--17",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1210 (Power electronics, supply and supervisory
                 circuits); B2560R (Insulated gate field effect
                 transistors); C3110E (Power and energy control)",
  keywords =     "autoranging power supplies; DC power supply; insulated
                 gate field effect transistors; power control; power
                 supplies to apparatus",
  treatment =    "A Application; G General Review",
}

@Article{Tiefert:1981:VPM,
  author =       "K. H. Tiefert and Dah Wen Tsang and R. L. Myers and V.
                 Li",
  title =        "The vertical power {MOSFET} for high-speed power
                 control",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "18--23",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1210 (Power electronics, supply and supervisory
                 circuits); B2560R (Insulated gate field effect
                 transistors); C3110E (Power and energy control)",
  keywords =     "drivers; insulated gate field effect transistors;
                 MOSFET circuit; power control; power supplies; power
                 supplies to apparatus; pulse; switching amplifiers;
                 vertical power MOSFET",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Duell:1981:PLD,
  author =       "A. W. Duell and W. V. Roland",
  title =        "Power line disturbances and their effect on computer
                 design and performance",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "25--32",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B5230 (Electromagnetic compatibility and
                 interference); B8130F (Overhead power lines)",
  keywords =     "AC power line; grounding bus; interference (signal);
                 lightning; machinery; power overhead lines",
  treatment =    "A Application; X Experimental",
}

@Article{Solomon:1981:RAC,
  author =       "R. J. Solomon",
  title =        "A reliable, accurate {CO\slash} sub 2\slash{} analyzer
                 for medical use (using {IR})",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "3--7",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7510B (Radiation and radioactivity applications in
                 biomedicine); C3385 (Biological and medical control
                 systems)",
  keywords =     "biomedical electronics; biomedical equipment;
                 capnometer; carbon dioxide; CO/sub 2/ analyzer;
                 computerised; HP model 47210A; instrumentation; IR
                 measurement system; medical diagnostic tool",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Merrick:1981:MMC,
  author =       "E. B. Merrick",
  title =        "A miniature motor for the {CO$_2$} sensor (with thanks
                 to {Kettering})",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "8--9",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7510B (Radiation and radioactivity applications in
                 biomedicine); B8340 (Small and special purpose electric
                 machines)",
  corpsource =   "Hospital Supplies Operations, Hewlett Packard,
                 Chelmsford, MA, USA",
  keywords =     "47210A capnometer; biomedical equipment; CO/sub 2/
                 sensor; HP; IR sensor; miniature motor; step motor;
                 stepping motors",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Krieger:1981:ERA,
  author =       "J. J. Krieger",
  title =        "An end-tidal\slash respiration-rate algorithm",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "12--15, 18, 20, 21",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C7330 (Biology and medical computing)",
  keywords =     "47210A capnometer; end-tidal/respiration-rate
                 algorithm; HP; medical computing",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Parker:1981:ICS,
  author =       "R. A. Parker and R. J. Solomon",
  title =        "In-service {CO\slash} sub 2\slash{} sensor
                 calibration",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "16--18",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7130 (Measurement standards and calibration); B7230C
                 (Photodetectors); B7510B (Radiation and radioactivity
                 applications in biomedicine)",
  keywords =     "14360A sensor; biomedical electronics; calibration;
                 calibration stick; CO/sub 2/ sensor; gas standard;
                 gas-cell; infrared detectors; medical sensor",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Krieger:1981:MAC,
  author =       "J. J. Krieger",
  title =        "Making accurate {CO}$_2$ measurements (using {IR})",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "19--20",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sat Jan 13 08:31:00 2001",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7510B (Radiation and radioactivity applications in
                 biomedicine)",
  keywords =     "biomedical equipment; calibration; capnometer;
                 different partial pressures; HP 47210A; performance
                 verification; standards; static gas station",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Narimatsu:1981:VLI,
  author =       "Y. Narimatsu and K. Yagi and T. Shimizu",
  title =        "A versatile low-frequency impedance analyzer with an
                 integral tracking gain-phase meter",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "22--28",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
                 B7310H (Phase and gain measurement); B7310J (Impedance
                 and admittance measurement); C3380B (Control of
                 electronic instruments); C7420 (Control engineering
                 computing)",
  keywords =     "4192A; computerised instrumentation; electric
                 impedance; gain; gain measurement; gain-phase; group
                 delay; Hewlett--Packard; impedance; impedance analyser;
                 integral tracking; measurement; meter; parameters;
                 phase; phase meters",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Aue:1981:FPP,
  author =       "P. Aue",
  title =        "A fast, programmable pulse generator output stage",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "29--32",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1230J (Pulse generators); B7210B (Automatic test and
                 measurement systems); B7250E (Signal generators);
                 C3380B (Control of electronic instruments); C5210
                 (Logic design methods); C7420 (Control engineering
                 computing)",
  keywords =     "computerised instrumentation; fast logic families;
                 fast-transition pulses; generator; generators; Hewlett
                 Packard; logic testing; model 8161A; programmable pulse
                 generator; pulse; test equipment",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Baron:1981:DHL,
  author =       "W. D. Baron and L. LaBarre and C. E. Tyler and R. G.
                 Younge",
  title =        "Development of a high-performance, low-mass,
                 low-inertia plotting technology",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "3--7",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  keywords =     "Hewlett Packard; high-performance; inexpensive
                 graphics products; low-inertia; low-mass; plotter;
                 plotter technology; plotters; vector",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Lo:1981:PSE,
  author =       "C. C. Lo",
  title =        "Plotter servo electronics contained on a single {IC}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "8--9",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C3260B (Electric actuators and final control
                 equipment); C5550 (Printers, plotters and other
                 hard-copy output devices)",
  keywords =     "Hewlett Packard; plotters; servo control electronics;
                 servomotors; vector plotter; X-Y plotter technology",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Epstein:1981:IOS,
  author =       "H. C. Epstein and M. G. Leonard and J. J. Uebbing",
  title =        "An incremental optical shaft encoder kit with
                 integrated optoelectronics",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "10--15",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C3120C (Spatial variables control); C3240D (Electric
                 transducers and sensing devices)",
  keywords =     "closed loop systems; HP HEDS-5000; integrated; optical
                 shaft encoder; optoelectronics; photodetectors;
                 plotters; position control; position sensing; printers;
                 small electric motors",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Dorward:1981:NPT,
  author =       "P. H. Dorward and S. J. Koerper and M. K. Mason and S.
                 A. Scampini",
  title =        "New plotting technology leads to a new kind of
                 electrocardiograph",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "16--24",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7510D (Bioelectric signals); C5550 (Printers,
                 plotters and other hard-copy output devices); C7330
                 (Biology and medical computing)",
  keywords =     "biomedical equipment; Cardiography;
                 electrocardiograph; electrocardiography; Hewlett
                 Packard; HP Model 4700A; Page Writer; plotters;
                 plotting technology",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Patterson:1981:DLD,
  author =       "M. L. Patterson and G. W. Lynch",
  title =        "Development of a large drafting plotter",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "3--7",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "7580A; computer graphic equipment; drafting plotter;
                 Hewlett Packard; HP Model; plotters; X-Y plotter",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Stewart:1981:AMI,
  author =       "L. J. Stewart and D. W. Schaper and N. J. Martini and
                 H. E. Mostafa",
  title =        "Aspect microprocessor and {I/O} design for a drafting
                 plotter",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "7--11",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "computer graphic equipment; computerised
                 instrumentation; drafting plotter; HP Model 7580A;
                 plotters; Z8002 microprocessor",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Flower:1981:MDM,
  author =       "T. L. Flower and M. Son",
  title =        "Motor drive mechanics and control electronics for a
                 high-performance plotter",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "12--15",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C3260B (Electric actuators and final control
                 equipment); C5550 (Printers, plotters and other
                 hard-copy output devices)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "control electronics; drafting plotter; drives;
                 high-performance plotter; Model 7580A; motor-driven
                 systems; plotters",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Hennessee:1981:FDP,
  author =       "L. W. Hennessee and A. K. Frankel and M. A. Overton
                 and R. B. Smith",
  title =        "Firmware determines plotter personality",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "16--24",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "7580A; firmware; plotter; plotters; Z8002
                 microprocessor",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Haselby:1981:YPH,
  author =       "R. D. Haselby and D. J. Perach and S. R. Haugh",
  title =        "{Y}-axis pen handling system",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "25--32",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "7580A; drafting plotter; HP Model; pen handling
                 system; plotters; Y-axis pen handling system",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Kaplan:1981:XMD,
  author =       "R. J. Kaplan and R. S. Townsend",
  title =        "{X}-axis micro-grip drive and platen design",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "33--36",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "7580A drafting plotter; HP; micro-grip drive; platen
                 design; plotters",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Ishak:1981:SDL,
  author =       "W. S. Ishak and H. E. Karrer and W. R. Shreve",
  title =        "Surface-acoustic-wave delay lines and transversal
                 filters",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "3--8",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1270D (Passive filters and other passive networks);
                 B2860C (Acoustic wave devices)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "band-pass filters; bandpass filters; delay lines;
                 devices; low-loss; passive filters; surface acoustic
                 wave; surface acoustic wave devices; transversal
                 filters; ultrasonic delay lines",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Cross:1981:SR,
  author =       "P. S. Cross and S. S. Elliott",
  title =        "Surface-acoustic-wave resonators",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "9--11, 13--14, 16--17",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1230B (Oscillators); B2860C (Acoustic wave devices)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "acoustic-wave; Fabry--Perot resonator; lines;
                 resonators; SAW delay line; SAW oscillator; SAW
                 resonator; surface acoustic wave devices; surface-;
                 ultrasonic delay",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Bray:1981:SF,
  author =       "R. C. Bray and Y. C. Chu",
  title =        "{SAWR} fabrication",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "11--13",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B2860C (Acoustic wave devices)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "Al; aluminium; fabrication; film techniques;
                 photolithography; piezoelectric quartz crystal;
                 piezoelectric transducers; resonators; surface acoustic
                 wave devices; surface-acoustic-wave resonators; thin-;
                 thin-film interdigital; transducers",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Mierzwinski:1981:PS,
  author =       "M. E. Mierzwinski and M. E. Terrien",
  title =        "{280-MHz} production {SAWR}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "15--16",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B2860C (Acoustic wave devices)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "280-MHz; acoustic-wave resonator; dual-transducer
                 device; Hewlett--Packard; resonators; single port
                 device; surface acoustic wave devices; surface-",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Dias:1981:PSU,
  author =       "J. Fleming Dias",
  title =        "Physical sensors using {SAW} devices",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "18--20",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B2860C (Acoustic wave devices); B7230 (Sensing devices
                 and transducers); B7320C (Spatial variables
                 measurement); B7320G (Mechanical variables
                 measurement); B7320R (Thermal variables measurement);
                 B7320V (Pressure and vacuum measurement)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "characteristics; construction; displacement
                 measurement; displacement sensors; electric sensing
                 devices; force; force transducer; measurement;
                 piezoelectric transducers; pressure; pressure
                 transducers; SAW delay lines; surface acoustic; surface
                 acoustic wave devices; temperature; temperature
                 sensors; wave sensors",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical; X Experimental",
}

@Article{Rissman:1981:PEC,
  author =       "P. Rissman and M. P. C. Watts",
  title =        "Proximity effect corrections by means of processing:
                 theory and applications",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "21--23, 25--27",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B2550 (Semiconductor device technology); B2550G
                 (Lithography)B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits);
                 C7410D (Electronic engineering computing)",
  keywords =     "circuit; digital simulation; electron beam; electron
                 beam lithography; electron scattering; electronic;
                 engineering computing; integrated; integrated circuit
                 technology; lithography; model; multilayer resist;
                 processing; proximity effect; small beam; substrate",
  treatment =    "X Experimental",
}

@Article{Neukermans:1981:MCS,
  author =       "A. P. Neukermans and S. G. Eaton",
  title =        "{Monte Carlo} simulations for electron beam
                 exposures",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "32",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "24--25",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1981",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B0240G (Monte Carlo methods); B2550 (Semiconductor
                 device technology); B2550G (Lithography); B2570
                 (Semiconductor integrated circuits); C1140G (Monte
                 Carlo methods); C7410D (Electronic engineering
                 computing)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "assembly language; beam lithography; Berkeley; Carlo
                 methods; digital simulation; electron; electron beam
                 lithography; electronic; engineering computing;
                 FORTRAN; integrated circuit technology; Monte; Monte
                 Carlo methods; proximity effect; SAMPLE; simulation",
  treatment =    "G General Review; T Theoretical or Mathematical",
}

@Article{Shreve:1982:SPU,
  author =       "William R. Shreve",
  title =        "Signal Processing Using Surface Acoustic Waves",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "3--8",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The surface-acoustic-wave (SAW) devices are considered
                 that convert electrical signals into minute acoustic
                 waves on the surface of a piezoelectric crystal for
                 various electronic applications. Such devices are
                 small, rugged, and are fabricated using microelectronic
                 techniques. Dispersive delay lines, fixed correlators,
                 and programmable correlators and convolvers are
                 described that can be used for radio data links.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B2860C (Acoustic wave devices); B6140 (Signal
                 processing and detection); B7210X (Other
                 instrumentation and measurement systems); B7220 (Signal
                 processing and conditioning equipment and techniques)",
  classification = "708; 716; 752",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "acoustic surface wave devices; analogue signal
                 processing; compression; convolvers; dispersive delay
                 lines; filtering; fixed correlators; matched;
                 piezoelectric materials --- Applications; pulse; SAW
                 devices; signal processing; surface acoustic wave
                 devices; surface acoustic waves; telecommunication
                 links, radio; variable-bandwidth filtering",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Rhodes-Burke:1982:RSA,
  author =       "Robert Rhodes-Burke",
  title =        "Retrofitting for Signature Analysis Simplified",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "9--16",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Four versions of Microprocessor Exerciser are
                 introduced that make it possible to apply signature
                 analysis trouble-shooting techniques to
                 microprocessor-based products not originally designed
                 for signal analysis methods, by providing preprogrammed
                 external stimulus routines and monitoring circuits.
                 Model 5001A for 6800-microprocessor is illustrated and
                 its operating modes are described.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5130 (Microprocessor chips); C5210 (Logic design
                 methods)",
  classification = "722; 723",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "5001A; computers, microprocessor; external; fault
                 location; Hewlett--Packard; logic testing;
                 microprocessor chips; microprocessor exerciser;
                 microprocessor-based systems; signature analysis;
                 stimulus routines; troubleshooting; troubleshooting
                 techniques",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Hasebe:1982:FCH,
  author =       "Kunio Hasebe and William R. Mason and Thomas J.
                 Zamborelli",
  title =        "A fast, compact, high-quality digital display for
                 instrumentation applications",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "20--28",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "HP1345A Graphics Display is introduced as a module
                 that produces vector graphics on its screen in response
                 to digital commands from a host processor. Its
                 interfacing to popular microprocessors via a 16-bit
                 digital bus makes it a versatile peripheral module.
                 Small size, low cost, and a simple digital interface
                 permits this directed-beam CRT display to be easily
                 used in various instruments. The components are
                 described and the system interface explained, including
                 line generation and other functions.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments); B7260 (Display technology and systems)",
  classification = "714; 723; 741; 942",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "1345A; cathode-ray tube displays; CRT display module;
                 digital display; directed-beam vector display; display
                 devices; display instrumentation; electron tubes,
                 cathode ray; Graphics Display; Hewlett--Packard;
                 instruments, digital --- Modular Construction; vector
                 memory; vector processor",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Dalichow:1982:BFP,
  author =       "Rolf Dalichow and Douglas E. Fullmer",
  title =        "A broadband, fully programmable microwave sweep
                 oscillator",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "3--10",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A microprocessor-controlled, fully programmable
                 sweeper, HP 8350A Sweep Oscillator, is presented. Its
                 design, second generation compatibility, instrument
                 control, plug-in interface, sweep generation and
                 scaling, and other characteristics and interfaces are
                 described. Nearly thirty RF and microwave plug-in
                 modules are available to tailor this high-performance
                 swept signal source to a wide range of applications in
                 the frequency range from 10 MHz to 26.5 GHz.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7250E (Signal generators); C3380B (Control of
                 electronic instruments); C7420 (Control engineering
                 computing)",
  classification = "713; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "8350A; computerised instrumentation; computers,
                 microprocessor --- Applications; Hewlett Packard; HP;
                 microwave sweep oscillator; Model 8350A; oscillators,
                 microwave --- Computer Applications; oscillators, swept
                 frequency; programmable; programmable microwave sweep
                 oscillator; signal generators; Sweep Oscillator;
                 sweeper",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Holmlund:1982:NSP,
  author =       "G. W. Holmlund and G. E. Elmore and D. C. Wood",
  title =        "A new series of programmable sweep oscillator
                 plug-ins",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "11--21",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7250E (Signal generators)",
  keywords =     "83500 Series plug-ins; 8350A; computerised
                 instrumentation; modules; plug-in functions;
                 programmable sweep oscillator; signal sources; Sweep
                 Oscillator",
  treatment =    "N New Development; P Practical",
}

@Article{Bennett:1982:PDC,
  author =       "Paul I. Bennett and Victor C. Jones",
  title =        "Portable Defibrillator-Monitor for Cardiac
                 Resuscitation",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "22--28",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A portable defibrillator is presented that monitors
                 the patient, measures its effectiveness in delivering a
                 high-voltage pulse to the patient, and provides a
                 permanent record of the resuscitation procedure. The
                 resuscitation procedure in a cardiac arrest is reviewed
                 and the defibrillation procedure described. The 78660
                 defibrillator is introduced, and a block diagram of the
                 basic components used, and a schematic diagram of the
                 basic discharge circuit are given.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A8770G (Patient care and treatment); B7520 (Patient
                 care and treatment); C3385 (Biological and medical
                 control systems)",
  classification = "461; 462",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "biomedical engineering --- Cardiology; biomedical
                 equipment; cardiac resuscitation; defibrillator;
                 defibrillator-monitor; defibrillators; Hewlett Packard;
                 HP; Model 78660 A; patient monitoring; portable;
                 portable defibrillator-monitor",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Amerson:1982:HCD,
  author =       "Frederic C. Amerson and Mark S. Linsky and Elio A.
                 Toschi",
  title =        "High-Performance Computing with Dual {ALU}
                 Architecture and {ECL} Logic",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "3--4, 7--11",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The increased performance of HP3000 series 64 computer
                 system is introduced and its dual arithmetic and logic
                 unit (ALU) architecture and a high-speed emitter
                 coupled logic (ECL) are described, together with a
                 cache memory, and a three-rank pipelined data path, all
                 components of a central processing unit (CPU). The
                 design for reliability, supportability and flexibility
                 due to the additional ALU are examined, and the signal
                 propagation importance in ECL design is explained.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5220 (Computer architecture); C5420 (Mainframes and
                 minicomputers)",
  classification = "721; 722; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "central processing unit (cpu); computer architecture;
                 computer systems, digital; dual ALU architecture; dual
                 arithmetic logic unit (ALU); ECL logic; general purpose
                 computers; high performance computer; high-end machine;
                 HP 3000 Series 64; logic circuits, emitter coupled;
                 Series 64",
  treatment =    "G General Review; P Practical",
}

@Article{Murillo:1982:DAM,
  author =       "R. D. Murillo",
  title =        "Dual {ALU} micromachine has powerful development
                 tools",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "5--6",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5220 (Computer architecture)",
  keywords =     "architecture; computer architecture; dual ALU; HP 3000
                 Series 64; microcode; micromachine; microprogrammed;
                 microprogramming; Series 64 microcode processor",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Ashkenas:1982:PDP,
  author =       "David J. Ashkenas and Richard F. {De Gabriele}",
  title =        "Powerful Diagnostic Philosophy Reduces Downtime",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "11--14",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The availability of a computer system is considered
                 and the location and isolation of a faulty circuit in
                 order to replace it is examined. The swapping of
                 printed circuit (PC) boards as a conventional method of
                 fault isolation is rejected as time consuming and
                 expensive. An innovative failure diagnosis philosophy
                 is formulated and adhered to throughout the design and
                 development of the computer. The resultant system is
                 easy to use and provides for remote diagnosis and
                 broad-level isolation of mainframe failures. A
                 combination of hardware and software is presented with
                 the diagnostics written in microcode to exercise
                 maximum isolation and control of the hardware being
                 tested. The fault-locating diagnostics are packaged so
                 that they obtain failure information while requiring no
                 special training or knowledge by the trouble shooter.
                 In fact, the diagnostics are designed to be run either
                 on-site by the customer or remotely from a field office
                 so that the customer engineer has an understanding of
                 which replacement boards may be needed before traveling
                 to the computer site.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
  classification = "713; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "board-level isolation; broad-level isolation; computer
                 downtime; computer systems, digital; diagnosis; failure
                 diagnosis philosophy; fault; fault isolation; fault
                 location; fault tolerant computing; Hewlett Packard;
                 mainframe failures; printed circuits --- Failure;
                 remote; remote diagnosis; Series 64",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Hodor:1982:HMS,
  author =       "Ken M. Hodor and Malcolm E. Woodward",
  title =        "A high-performance memory system with growth
                 capability",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "15--17",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The memory module for the HP3000 series 64 computer is
                 introduced that consists of main memory arrays (MMAs)
                 and cache memory array (CMA), all based on dynamic
                 random access memory (RAM). The basic data transfer is
                 illustrated and described, including the bus system and
                 formation of data.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5220 (Computer architecture); C5310 (Storage system
                 design)",
  classification = "722",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "adapters; basic; cache memory; cache memory array;
                 central processor; central system bus; computer
                 architecture; CSB; data storage, digital;
                 high-performance memory system; HP 3000 Series 64;
                 input/output; IOA; main memory arrays (MMA); MEM;
                 memory module; modules; storage units",
  treatment =    "G General Review; P Practical",
}

@Article{Matheson:1982:IOS,
  author =       "W. Gordon Matheson and J. Marcus Stewart",
  title =        "An input\slash output system for a {1-MIPS} computer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "18--21",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "In order to interface the HP3000 series 64 computer to
                 its peripherals an intermodule bus (IMB) and a central
                 system bus (CSB) are used. Both buses are described and
                 their characteristics are tabulated. The input\slash
                 output (I/O) adapters used for the interface of IMB and
                 CSB with I/O buses are also presented. The hardware
                 used is mostly the same as in other series of HB
                 computers, with minor changes in I/O software. The
                 adaptability for future I/O requirement is also
                 considered.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5610 (Computer interfaces)",
  classification = "723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "30144A; Advanced Terminal Processor; central system
                 bus (CSB); computer interfaces; HP 3000; I/O channels;
                 IMB; input/output (I/O) bus; input/output system;
                 intermodule bus; intermodule bus (IMB); multiple I/O
                 buses; robin priority scheme; round; Series 64",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Beetem:1982:ATP,
  author =       "J. E. Beetem",
  title =        "The advanced terminal processor: a new terminal {I/O}
                 controller for the {HP} 3000",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "22--25",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays); C5610
                 (Computer interfaces)",
  keywords =     "advanced terminal; ATP; computer interfaces; HP 3000;
                 interactive terminals; intermodule bus; processor;
                 Series 64; terminal I/O controller",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Holland:1982:GSA,
  author =       "Edward R. Holland and James L. Robertson",
  title =        "{GUEST} --- a Signature Analysis Based Test System for
                 {ECL} Logic",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "26--29",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A special printed circuit board tester is developed,
                 the Gemini Universal ECL Signature Test (GUEST) system,
                 that can apply a signature analysis based tests to the
                 emitter coupled logic (ECL). The tester functions at
                 real-time clock rates up to 25 MHz and generates test
                 vectors algorithmically in real time by hardware for a
                 given unit-under-test (UUT). The hardware test vector
                 generation is illustrated and described, including
                 go\slash no go testing, fault backtracking, and
                 feedback loop breaking. A UUT test file is created and
                 verified for the accuracy of test generation.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1265B (Logic circuits); B7210B (Automatic test and
                 measurement systems); C5210 (Logic design methods)",
  classification = "713; 721",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "automatic test equipment; ECL logic; Gemini Universal
                 ECL Signature; GUEST; HP 3000; logic circuits, emitter
                 coupled; logic testing; printed circuits; Series 64
                 boards; signature analysis; test system; Test system;
                 tester; unit-under-test (UUT)",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Meinert:1982:DTG,
  author =       "K. L. Meinert",
  title =        "Designing for testability with {GUEST}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "28--??",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems); C5210
                 (Logic design methods)",
  keywords =     "automatic test equipment; design issues; GUEST system;
                 GUEST testability; HP 3000 Series 64; logic testing;
                 Series 64 printed circuit assembly; testability",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Kohli:1982:PHS,
  author =       "Manmohan Kohli and Bennie E. Helmso",
  title =        "Packaging the {HP} 3000 Series 64",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "30--32",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The packaging of the HP 3000 series 64 microcomputer
                 is considered. New tubular welded frames, newly
                 designed printed circuit board (PCB) connectors,
                 complete access to various assemblies, separate cooling
                 systems for PCBs and power supplies are the most
                 important components for cost-effective package and
                 higher reliability. Other characteristics of the
                 electromagnetic compatibility design are also
                 described. A gas-tight board-to-backplane connection
                 method that eliminates soldering is illustrated.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
  classification = "722",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "computers, microprocessor; cooling scheme; digital
                 computers; HP 3000 Series 64; package design;
                 packaging; reliability; tubular welded frames",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Roberts:1982:ITS,
  author =       "Richard J. Roberts",
  title =        "An integrated test set for microwave radio link
                 baseband analysis",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "3--7",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "To save on qualified personnel and reduce test time an
                 HP Baseband Analyzer is introduced which contains all
                 of the test instruments that are used on the baseband
                 of a radio link (up to 18.6 MHz) and links them to a
                 common CRT display and keyboard. An instrument is
                 described that provides a high degree of user
                 flexibility, very high measurement accuracy, and new
                 ways of doing measurements. Large time savings can be
                 made when commissioning radio links, greater throughput
                 can be achieved in manufacturers' final system tests,
                 and there is less dependence on operator skill in
                 achieving high accuracy measurements.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6250 (Radio links and equipment); B7210B (Automatic
                 test and measurement systems)",
  classification = "716; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "50 Hz-18.6 MHz; analysis; ATE; automatic test
                 equipment; automatic testing; baseband; baseband
                 analysis; electronic equipment testing; HP Model 3724A;
                 integrated test set; microwave links; microwave radio
                 link; telecommunication links, radio --- Microwaves",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Douglas:1982:DPR,
  author =       "J. Guy Douglas and David Stockton",
  title =        "Design of a Precision Receiver for an Integrated Test
                 Set",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "8--17",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A versatile receiver for HP baseband analyzer is
                 introduced and its functions are reviewed. Various
                 components are described and a block diagram is used to
                 describe its operation. The total input power to the
                 receiver's front end is defined, and both first mixer
                 and first local oscillators are described in detail.
                 The IF stage, programmable-gain detector, selective
                 detector and tracking calibration amplifiers are also
                 examined.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6420D (Radio and television receivers); B7210B
                 (Automatic test and measurement systems)",
  classification = "711; 716",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "3724A/25A/26A Baseband Analyzer; automatic test
                 equipment; baseband analyzer; electronic equipment
                 testing; HP Model; integrated test set; microwave radio
                 equipment; precision receiver; radio receivers;
                 receiver; signal receivers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Lowe:1982:CDS,
  author =       "Lawrence Lowe and Brian W. Woodroffe",
  title =        "Control and Display System for a Baseband Analyzer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "18--20, 22",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The microprocessor based control and computational
                 system, and CRT display system of HP baseband analyzer
                 are considered, and their components and
                 characteristics are described. Multiplexed memory
                 system, including memory map, input\slash output (I/O)
                 interrupts, and the self-test and trouble shooting
                 features for both subsystems are also examined.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 C3380B (Control of electronic instruments); C7420
                 (Control engineering computing)",
  classification = "731; 751",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "3724A/25A/26A Baseband Analyzer; 68B00 microprocessor;
                 automatic test equipment; baseband analyzer; control
                 system; control systems, digital; display devices;
                 display instrumentation; display system; HP Model",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Pottinger:1982:CTW,
  author =       "J. R. Pottinger and S. A. Biddle",
  title =        "A combined tracking and white-noise generator",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "22--25",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1230 (Signal generators); B7210B (Automatic test and
                 measurement systems); B7250E (Signal generators)",
  keywords =     "automatic test equipment; Baseband Analyzer;
                 electronic equipment testing; HP Model 3724A/25A/26A;
                 microwave; noise generators; radio equipment; tracking
                 sine wave source; white noise; white-noise generator",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Oldfield:1982:WFO,
  author =       "Danny J. Oldfield and James F. Haley",
  title =        "Wideband, Fast-Writing Oscilloscope Solves Difficult
                 Measurement Problems",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "26--32 (or 26--31??)",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "An oscilloscope is introduced which is characterized
                 by a new expansion storage cathode ray tube and a
                 wideband amplifier design that extends the writing rate
                 frontier to 2000 cm/ mu s. The measurement of a very
                 fast transition that occurs only once every few seconds
                 is shown. Expansion storage, transmission-line
                 deflection plates, expansion lens optimization, and
                 auto-intensity circuit design are described.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments)",
  classification = "715",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "cathode-ray oscilloscopes; expansion; fast transition
                 measurements; fast-writing oscilloscope;
                 Hewlett--Packard; high-bandwidth signal fidelity; HP
                 Model 1727A Oscilloscope; oscilloscopes, cathode ray;
                 storage technology",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Bidwell:1982:AMC,
  author =       "John L. Bidwell and David W. Palermo",
  title =        "Advanced Multilingual Computer Systems for Measurement
                 Automation and Computer-Aided Engineering
                 Applications",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "3--7",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  bibdate =      "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A fourth-generation desktop computers are introduced
                 that blend traditional desktop computer friendliness,
                 powerful computer features, and a state-of-the-art
                 microprocessor with a choice of three programming
                 languages. Their most important applications are
                 examined, and applications programs for developing and
                 running a test, measurement and control, or
                 computer-aided engineering system are available or can
                 be adapted from other computers. BASIC, MPL, and Pascal
                 are the three programming languages that can be used.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "722; 723; 942",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "computer programming languages --- Applications;
                 computer-aided engineering; computers, microprocessor;
                 desktop computer; electric measuring instruments;
                 measurement automation",
}

@Article{Stewart:1982:HDI,
  author =       "Don D. Stewart and Robert J. Horning and Ken L.
                 Burgess and Ronald G. Rogers and James W. McLucas",
  title =        "Hardware Design for an Integrated Instrumentation
                 Computer System",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "7--17",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  bibdate =      "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The features of HP 9826A microcomputer system, a
                 desktop computer used for instrumentation, are
                 described, and a block diagram of the hardware system
                 is given. Illustrated are: input and output control
                 signals, the memory map, and address bit assignments
                 for internal and external input\slash output accesses.
                 The timing diagram for autolocating circuitry, a
                 simplified diagram of autolocating electrodes for CPU
                 memory block, block diagrams of 256K-byte random access
                 memory (RAM) board and power supplies circuitry, and a
                 timing diagram of a transfer from internal flexible
                 disc storage are also furnished.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "722; 723; 942",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "computer architecture; computer systems, digital ---
                 Design; desktop computer; input/output access;
                 instruments --- Computer Applications; integrated
                 instrumentation computer; memory map",
}

@Article{Nelson:1982:IPA,
  author =       "Loyd F. Nelson",
  title =        "{I/O} Philosophy and Architecture for Instrument
                 Control",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "17--21",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  bibdate =      "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The applications for HP microcomputer systems as smart
                 controllers is considered and the design of new
                 input\slash output (I/O) cards to interface these
                 machine to various instruments is studied. The
                 advantages of new I/O cards over existing ones are
                 reviewed, and the design of the new card as selected.
                 Three types of I/O interfaces is selected, programmed
                 I/O, interrupt I/O and direct memory access (DMA), and
                 all three are described.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "723; 732",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "computer interfaces; computers, microprocessor ---
                 Applications; instruments --- Control; smart
                 controllers",
}

@Article{Sproviero:1982:LPC,
  author =       "Michael J. Sproviero",
  title =        "Low-Cost Printers for the {9826A} and {9836A}
                 Computers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "22--24",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  bibdate =      "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A low cost printer for HP microcomputer is presented
                 that does alphanumeric printing at medium-performance
                 speed and print quality, and is also capable of
                 duplicating graphic displays. Its thermal printing
                 mechanism controlled by a microcomputer is described;
                 and the accessibility of features, interface
                 flexibility, and other capabilities are examined.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "722; 745",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "alphanumeric printing; computer peripheral equipment",
}

@Article{Kwinn:1982:LS,
  author =       "Kathryn Y. Kwinn and Robert M. Hallissy and Roger E.
                 Ison",
  title =        "{9826A}/{9836A} Language Systems",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "24--32",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  bibdate =      "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The capabilities of three language systems, BASIC, HPL
                 and Pascal, are outlined. These languages are available
                 for use with MP 9826A\slash 9836A computer systems, and
                 some of their technical challenges are explained that
                 arose while providing these capabilities. The languages
                 are described, including their enhancement, and all
                 software tools used to develop them indicated. Some of
                 the implementations are also discussed.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "computer programming languages; computers,
                 microprocessor",
}

@Article{Dierschow:1982:DCC,
  author =       "Carl M. Dierschow and Robert P. Uhlrich",
  title =        "Data Communications for the {9826A} and {9836A}
                 Computer Systems",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "33--36",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  bibdate =      "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The communication path for HP 9826A \& 9836A
                 microcomputers is provided by a data communication
                 card, a special interface that handles many
                 asynchronous protocols, and is able to drive a variety
                 of peripherals supported by BASIC and Pascal languages.
                 It contains three independent data and address buses.
                 At power-up the card's firmware runs a self-test and
                 signals any failure to the user.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "713; 722; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "communication path; computer interfaces --- Protocols;
                 computers; printed circuits",
}

@Article{Hall:1982:LPS,
  author =       "James A. Hall",
  title =        "Laser Printing System Provides Flexible, High-Quality,
                 Cost-Effective Computer Output",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "3--5, 7--8",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  bibdate =      "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP2680 Laser Printing System is introduced and its
                 printing flexibility, quality and speed are emphasized.
                 Combining the 2680A laser page printer with powerful
                 interactive output design software it is fully
                 integrated with the HP3000 computer family of on-line
                 distributed data processing and database management.
                 The system is defined, the laser page printer with two
                 microprocessors used for monitoring and control is
                 illustrated, and the software package is described.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "722; 744; 745",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "computer peripheral equipment --- Printers; laser page
                 printer; output printing; printing",
}

@Article{Fitzgerald:1982:ISI,
  author =       "Kathleen A. Fitzgerald",
  title =        "Interactive Software for Intelligent Printers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "10--16",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  bibdate =      "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A printer support software package for use with HP
                 2680A laser printer is presented that permits its users
                 to take advantage of the printer's special features,
                 such as downloadable character fonts, electronic forms,
                 logical pages, and electronic vertical forms controls.
                 The support package is reviewed and two available
                 application programs are discussed. The compatibility
                 of the package, its easy use, extensibility, coding
                 standards and debugging are also discussed.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "722; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "computer peripheral equipment --- Printers; computer
                 software; computer systems, digital --- Interactive
                 Operation; intelligent printer",
}

@Article{Schwiebert:1982:EIF,
  author =       "Erwin H. Schwiebert and Paul R. Spencer",
  title =        "Electrostatic Image Formation in a Laser Printer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "16--19",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  bibdate =      "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The producing of electrical images on the drum in
                 electrophotography is considered. The imaging process
                 is described using conveniently a simplified ideal
                 electric circuit model, with some departures from this
                 ideal. The formation of the image in three stages is
                 shown, and the corona devices are explained which
                 produce the charges used to make the electrostatic
                 image. The electrostatic potential control system is
                 also described.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "701; 722; 741; 744; 745",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "computer peripheral equipment --- Printers; corona
                 devices; electrostatic image formation; electrostatics;
                 photoconductor drum; printing --- Laser Applications",
}

@Article{Gordon:1982:SHE,
  author =       "Philip Gordon",
  title =        "Specialized High-Speed Electronics for Document
                 Preparation Flexibility",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "30--35",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  bibdate =      "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The features of the electrophotographic technology
                 behind the laser printing process are examined.
                 Included are: rotation of the print page in any of four
                 orientations, multiple pages of text per physical sheet
                 of paper (i. e., page reduction made possible by the
                 small dot size), completely variable character set
                 sizes and fonts alterable on a character-by-character
                 basis, proportional spacing, overlapping and
                 superposition of character elements, electronic forms
                 overlay, and complete freedom to place a character of
                 any orientation at any position on the page. The
                 digital system that implements these features is called
                 the data control system (DCS).",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "722; 732; 741; 744; 745",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "computer peripheral equipment; control systems,
                 digital --- Computer Applications; electrophotography;
                 high-speed electronics; image processing --- Control;
                 printing --- Laser Applications",
}

@Article{Lewis:1982:OSD,
  author =       "John R. Lewis and Laurence M. {Hubby, Jr.}",
  title =        "Optical system design for the {Laser Printing
                 System}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "3--4, 6--7, 9--10",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The optical system of the 2680 Laser Printing System
                 is designed to provide the highest resolution and
                 printing speed possible consistent with reasonable
                 economy of production, the data rate capability of the
                 digital electronics, and the properties of the
                 electrophotographic process. A variety of factors that
                 influenced the choice of each component and the
                 configuration chosen for each portion of the design is
                 discussed. The laser process characteristics, scanning
                 methods, wobble correction, and the optical system are
                 described, mechanical design considerations are
                 examined, and scanning, including the scanner drive,
                 and mirror mounts are reviewed.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A4260K (Laser beam applications); A4278 (Optical lens
                 and mirror systems); A4280 (Optical devices, techniques
                 and applications); B4360 (Laser applications); C5550
                 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  classification = "741; 744; 745",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "2680; electrographic process; electrophotography;
                 high-resolution raster scan; HP; laser beam
                 applications; Laser Printing System; optical devices;
                 optical systems; photoconductor drum; printers;
                 printing --- Laser Applications; scan lens",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Holland:1982:LPO,
  author =       "G. L. Holland",
  title =        "Laser printer optics control and diagnostic circuit",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "5--??",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1290 (Other analogue circuits); C3370Z (Other control
                 applications in telecommunications); C5550 (Printers,
                 plotters and other hard-copy output devices); C7420
                 (Control engineering computing)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Boise, ID, USA",
  keywords =     "acoustooptic modulator; analogue; computerised
                 control; control and diagnostic circuit; data
                 alignment; driver; HP 2680A; Laser Printer;
                 microprocessor; modulation; monitoring; optics;
                 printers; synchronisation; variable RF power",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Holland:1982:SMD,
  author =       "G. L. Holland",
  title =        "A synchronous mirror-motor drive for the {Laser
                 Printer}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "8--9",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B4360 (Laser applications); B8510 (Drives); C5550
                 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Boise, ID, USA",
  keywords =     "2680A; drive; electric drives; HP; Laser; laser
                 printing; optics assembly; polygonal mirror; Printer;
                 printers; scanner motor",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Crumly:1982:LPM,
  author =       "James D. Crumly and Von L. Hansen",
  title =        "{Laser Printer} machine control system",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "11--15",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A block diagram of the Machine Control System (MCS)
                 illustrates how the HP 2680A Laser Printer uses the
                 microprocessor to control the printing process, paper
                 movement, the operation interface, the
                 electrophotographic process, diagnostic and most
                 machine functions. The MCS operation data structures
                 are also furnished. Keyboard commands are provided to
                 serve as flexible tools.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C3370Z (Other control applications in
                 telecommunications); C5550 (Printers, plotters and
                 other hard-copy output devices)C6150J (Operating
                 systems); C7420 (Control engineering computing)",
  classification = "723; 731; 745",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Boise, ID, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "16-bit microprocessor; 2680; computer peripheral
                 equipment --- Printers; computerised control; control
                 programs; control system; HP; laser; laser printing
                 system; machine; MC5; microprocessor-based system;
                 monitoring; multitasking; operating system; operating
                 systems (computers); printers; printing; printing
                 system; real-time operating system",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
  xxauthor =     "J. D. Crumly and L. Hansen",
}

@Article{Holland:1982:SPJ,
  author =       "G. L. Holland",
  title =        "Sensing paper jams",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "13--??",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B8510
                 (Drives); C3120E (Velocity, acceleration and rotation
                 control); C3240D (Electric transducers and sensing
                 devices); C3370Z (Other control applications in
                 telecommunications); C5550 (Printers, plotters and
                 other hard-copy output devices); C7420 (Control
                 engineering computing)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Boise, ID, USA",
  keywords =     "2680A; computerised control; devices; electric drives;
                 electric sensing; HP; Laser Printer; laser printing;
                 monitoring; paper control and detection; paper drive
                 mechanism; paper jams; printers; system; velocity
                 control",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Chambers:1982:SMS,
  author =       "Donald R. Chambers and Steven N. Sanders",
  title =        "Solid-State Microwave Signal Generators for Today'{S}
                 Exacting Requirements",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "16--20 (or 16--19??)",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Four solid state cavity-tuned signal generators are
                 introduced that have increased capability and the
                 performance required by today's systems while retaining
                 the characteristics of the klystron signal generators
                 so highly valued. The desired accuracies are obtained
                 by making a microprocessor part of automatic level
                 control system. System organization is explained using
                 a block diagram and diagnosis and self-test examples
                 are furnished.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1230B (Oscillators); B1350F (Solid-state microwave
                 circuits and devices); B7250E (Signal generators)",
  classification = "711; 714; 715; 723",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "8683; 8684; cavity turning; cavity-tuned signal
                 generators; communications; computers, microprocessor
                 --- Applications; generators; HP; microwave circuits;
                 microwave oscillators; microwave signal; pulse
                 modulation; radar; signal generators; solid state
                 devices; solid-state; solid-state signal generator",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Cristal:1982:HWC,
  author =       "Edward G. Cristal and Arthur N. Woo and Philip G.
                 Foster and Ronald F. Stiglich",
  title =        "High-Performance Wideband Cavity-Tuned Solid-State
                 Oscillators",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "20--26",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Cavity-tuned microwave solid-state oscillator is
                 presented that uses quarter-wavelength TEM cavity for
                 tuning over frequency ranges of approximately 2.8:1,
                 and semiconductor devices, GaAs Schottky-barrier FSTs
                 and bipolar transistors to achieve the frequency
                 ranges. The oscillator circuits are described, and the
                 schematic circuitry is shown. Frequency modulation,
                 performance data, the mechanical design of FM
                 microcircuit, substrate mounting, precision frequency
                 control and other characteristics are also reviewed.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1230B (Oscillators); B1350F (Solid-state microwave
                 circuits and devices); B7250E (Signal generators)",
  classification = "713",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "8683; 8684; cavity tuning; cavity-tuned oscillators;
                 HP; microwave oscillators; oscillators; oscillators,
                 microwave --- Design; oscillators, solid state; signal
                 generators; solid-state oscillators;
                 variable-frequency",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Catlin:1982:WPL,
  author =       "J. F. Catlin",
  title =        "A wide-dynamic-range pulse leveling scheme",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "26--27, 29, 32",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250E (Signal generators)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Spokane, WA, USA",
  keywords =     "8683; 8684; automatic level control; feedback;
                 generators; HP; level vernier; microwave generators;
                 microwave oscillators; power control; pulse leveling;
                 sampled feedback; signal; signal generators",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Kihlstrom:1982:MSA,
  author =       "K. P. Kihlstrom",
  title =        "Microwave solid-state amplifiers and modulators for
                 broadband signal generators",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "30--31",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1220 (Amplifiers); B1250 (Modulators, demodulators,
                 discriminators and mixers); B1350F (Solid-state
                 microwave circuits and devices); B2220J (Hybrid
                 integrated circuits); B7250E (Signal generators)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Stanford, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "8683A; 8683B; 8684A; 8684B; amplitude modulation;
                 automatic level; broadband; control; generators; HP;
                 hybrid integrated circuits; integrated circuits;
                 microwave; microwave amplifiers; microwave signal
                 generators; modulators; power control; pulse
                 modulation; signal; signal generators; solid-state
                 amplifiers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Schwettmann:1982:IPT,
  author =       "F. N. Schwettmann and J. L. Moll",
  title =        "{IC} process technology: {VLSI} and beyond",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "3--4",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B2550 (Semiconductor device technology); B2550G
                 (Lithography)B2570F (Other MOS integrated circuits)",
  keywords =     "circuit technology; device scaling; etching; field
                 effect integrated circuits; IC; IC technology;
                 integrated; interconnections; large scale integration;
                 lithography; low-temperature processing; materials; MOS
                 process technology; photolithography; plasma
                 deposition; process technology; VLSI",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{OToole:1982:OIL,
  author =       "Michael M. O'Toole and E. David Liu and Gary W. Ray",
  title =        "Optical {IC} Lithography Using Trilayer Resist",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "5--9",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Thu Apr 10 09:58:37 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A composite photoresist layer is developed to reduce
                 exposure effects that degrade pattern definition and
                 reduce resolution in optical IC lithography. A sample
                 output of the simulation program is given which shows
                 the nominal exposure required for a periodic 1-$ \mu $
                 m-wide line-and-space pattern as a function of positive
                 resist thickness on a silicon substrate, and an
                 aluminum substrate.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B2550G (Lithography); B2570 (Semiconductor integrated
                 circuits)",
  classification = "713; 745",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "aligner; composite; IC photolithography; integrated
                 circuits, VLSI; large scale integration; layer;
                 lithography; maximum resolution; nonreflecting bottom;
                 optical IC lithography; pattern definition;
                 photoresist; photoresist layer; photoresists;
                 planarised surface; projection; substrate; thick bottom
                 polymer layer; trilayer resist; VLSI",
  treatment =    "X Experimental",
}

@Article{Kamins:1982:SIC,
  author =       "Theodore I. Kamins",
  title =        "Silicon Integrated Circuits Using Beam-Recrystallized
                 Polysilicon",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "10--13",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The recent fabrication of metal-oxide-semiconductor
                 (MOS) devices in layers of laser-or
                 electron-beam-recrystallized polysilicon offers the
                 possibility of freeing integrated circuit structures
                 from the constraints of conventional, single-crystal
                 silicon technology. The characteristics of
                 recrystallized polysilicon are described that make it
                 useful for transistor fabrication and the behavior of
                 the resulting devices. A recently fabricated
                 complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS)
                 structure that incorporates these transistors is
                 discussed along with potential future applications in
                 three-dimensional integrated circuits and other uses.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A4260K (Laser beam applications); A7280C (Conductivity
                 of elemental semiconductors); A8110J (Growth from solid
                 phases); B2520C (Elemental semiconductors); B2550
                 (Semiconductor device technology); B2560R (Insulated
                 gate field effect transistors); B2570D (CMOS integrated
                 circuits); B4360 (Laser applications)",
  classification = "712; 713",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "annealing; beam-recrystallized polysilicon; CMOS;
                 complementary MOS (CMOS); effect integrated circuits;
                 electron beam; electron beam applications; elemental
                 semiconductors; field; IC technology; insulated gate
                 field effect; integrated circuit manufacture;
                 integrated circuit technology; integrated circuits;
                 laser annealing; laser beam; poly-Si;
                 recrystallisation; recrystallised; semiconductor device
                 fabrication; semiconductor devices, MOS; silicon;
                 three-dimensional; transistors; vertical device
                 structures",
  treatment =    "X Experimental",
}

@Article{Garrettson:1982:XL,
  author =       "Garrett A. Garrettson and Armand P. Neukermans",
  title =        "{X-Ray} Lithography",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "14--19 (or 14--18??)",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "With the shrinking linewidth for VLSI circuitry the
                 only viable lithographic technologies are the X-ray
                 stepper and electron beam, with the X-ray lithography
                 considered a complementary extension of electron beam
                 pattern generator. A complete X-ray lithography
                 technology is demonstrated as simple,
                 length-performance and cost effective for submicrometer
                 devices in VLSI circuit production the state-of-the-art
                 capabilities for mask technology and process
                 development are also described.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B0170E (Production facilities and engineering); B2550G
                 (Lithography); B2570 (Semiconductor integrated
                 circuits); B7450 (X-ray and gamma-ray equipment)",
  classification = "713; 745; 932",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Be window; integrated circuits, VLSI; large scale
                 integration; lithography; photolithography; proximity
                 printing; shadow mask; soft X-rays; system; VLSI;
                 X-ray; X-ray apparatus; X-ray applications; X-ray
                 exposure; x-ray lithography; X-ray sensitive resist;
                 x-rays --- Applications",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Marcoux:1982:DEO,
  author =       "P. J. Marcoux",
  title =        "Dry etching: an overview",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "19--23",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B2550E (Surface treatment for semiconductor devices)",
  keywords =     "anisotropic etching; automatic; dry etching; endpoint
                 detection; IC processing; overview; plasma etching;
                 reviews; semiconductor technology; sputter etching",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Ilic:1982:TFF,
  author =       "Dragan B. Ilic",
  title =        "Thin Films Formed by Plasma Enhanced Chemical Vapor
                 Deposition",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "24--27",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Electrically exciting the gases used in a chemical
                 vapor deposition process can reduce the sensitivity to
                 temperature variations and allow deposition at lower
                 temperatures. Plasma enhanced (PD) deposition of thin
                 films in IC processing using chemical vapor deposition
                 (CVD) techniques is considered. Some films produced by
                 this technique are discussed. The results of initial
                 applications of films developed in a modern PECVD
                 reactor are reported.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A8115H (Chemical vapour deposition); B0520F (Vapour
                 deposition); B2550E (Surface treatment for
                 semiconductor devices)",
  classification = "713; 932",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "chemical vapour deposition; CVD; CVD coatings;
                 deposition at lower temperatures; enhanced chemical
                 vapor deposition; integrated circuit manufacture;
                 integrated circuits, VLSI --- Manufacture; PECVD;
                 plasma; plasma enhanced chemical vapor deposition
                 (PACVD); plasmas --- Applications; semiconductor;
                 semiconductor technology; sensitivity to; silicon
                 compounds; technology; temperature variations; thin
                 films",
  treatment =    "X Experimental",
}

@Article{Merchant:1982:EOV,
  author =       "P. P. Merchant",
  title =        "Electromigration: an overview ({VLSI} metallisation)",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "28--31",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B0170N (Reliability); B2550F (Metallisation and
                 interconnection technology); B2570 (Semiconductor
                 integrated circuits)",
  keywords =     "alloys; current density; electromigration; large scale
                 integration; lifetime; metallic composition;
                 metallisation; predicted lifetimes; reliability;
                 reviews; thin conductors; VLSI circuits",
  treatment =    "G General Review; X Experimental",
}

@Article{Chiu:1982:SZE,
  author =       "Kuang Yi Chiu",
  title =        "{SWAMI}: a zero-encroachment local oxidation process",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "31--32",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B2550E (Surface treatment for semiconductor devices);
                 B2550G (Lithography); B2570 (Semiconductor integrated
                 circuits)",
  keywords =     "anisotropic plasma; conventional LSI processing
                 techniques; etching; fabrication process; fully
                 recessed isolation structure; integrated circuit
                 technology; isolation structure; large scale
                 integration; novel sequence of conventional processing;
                 oxidation; oxide-isolated; sequence of steps;
                 side-wall-masked isolation; SWAMI process; techniques;
                 VLSI circuits; zero-encroachment local oxidation
                 process",
  treatment =    "N New Development",
}

@Article{Brown:1982:HOS,
  author =       "W. A. Brown",
  title =        "High-pressure oxidation (Si {IC} thermal oxidation)",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "34--36",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B2520C (Elemental semiconductors); B2550E (Surface
                 treatment for semiconductor devices)",
  corpsource =   "Integrated Circuit Div., Hewlett--Packard Co., Santa
                 Clara, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "elemental semiconductors; IC; large scale integration;
                 oxidation; process temperature reduction; semiconductor
                 technology; Si; silicon; thermal oxidation; time
                 reduction",
  treatment =    "X Experimental",
}

@Article{Risley:1982:OMS,
  author =       "William B. Risley",
  title =        "{Oscilloscope Measurement System} is programmable and
                 autoranging",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "3--4",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP 1980A/B Oscilloscope Measurement System is an
                 automated-compatible with IEEE standard 488 described
                 as an instrument that makes significant contributions
                 to the viewing, measuring, and processing of
                 time-domain waveforms. With its microprocessor-based
                 computer architecture, the 1980A/B is a multifunction,
                 multifaceted instrument divided into eight functional
                 blocks that interface with each other by means of a bus
                 structure. The concept of combining a broad range of
                 oscilloscope capabilities, full programmability, and
                 digital waveform storage into a highly flexible,
                 interactive measurement system provides a new tool for
                 computer-aided applications.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
                 C3380B (Control of electronic instruments)",
  classification = "715; 723",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "autoranging; cathode-ray oscilloscopes; compatibility;
                 computer architecture; computerised instrumentation;
                 computers, microprocessor --- Applications; digital;
                 digital control; firmware expandability; hardware
                 expandability; HP 1980A/B; HP-IB; microprocessor-based
                 architecture; multifunction instrument; oscilloscope;
                 Oscilloscope Measurement System; oscilloscopes, cathode
                 ray; programmability; waveform storage",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Harding:1982:DOM,
  author =       "Russell J. Harding and Monte R. Campbell and William
                 E. Watry and John R. Wilson and Wilhelm Taylor",
  title =        "Designing the {Oscilloscope Measurement System}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "5--14",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "In the 1980A/B Oscilloscope Measurement System, the
                 microprocessor brings the added dimension of
                 programmability to the oscilloscope, making automatic
                 waveform measurements possible. Rise time, voltage,
                 width, and delay measurements and event detection can
                 be attained through firmwave and software. A simplified
                 block diagram illustrates the architecture of the
                 measuring system. The hardware consists of a digital
                 control section, an analog measurement and display
                 section, and the interfaces between these sections. The
                 memory allocation, and both horizontal and vertical
                 systems are explained.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
                 C3380B (Control of electronic instruments)",
  classification = "715; 723",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "analogue; architecture; automatic waveform;
                 cathode-ray oscilloscopes; computerised
                 instrumentation; computers, microprocessor ---
                 Applications; digital control; display; He 1980A/B;
                 interfaces; measurement; measurements; microprocessor;
                 oscilloscope; Oscilloscope Measurement System;
                 oscilloscopes, cathode ray; programmability; waveform
                 analysis",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Evel:1982:DWS,
  author =       "Eddie A. Evel and Robert M. Landgraf",
  title =        "Digital waveform storage for the {Oscilloscope
                 Measurement System}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "15--20",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A digital waveform storage option is added to HP
                 1980A/B Oscilloscope Measurement System that increases
                 its usefulness by digitizing one or two displayed
                 waveforms and storing them within the instrument for
                 later display or data output. The digitizer, consisting
                 of a sample-and-hold circuit analog-to-digital
                 converter, data storage, display memory, two
                 display-digital-to analog converters, and control
                 logic, is shown in a block diagram and described.
                 Repetitive and single sweep sampling and sample timing
                 are also described. The digitized window is defined and
                 the anticalibration is explained.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
                 C3380B (Control of electronic instruments)",
  classification = "715; 722; 723; 942",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "19860A; cathode-ray oscilloscopes; computerised
                 instrumentation; data storage, digital; digital
                 waveform storage; Digital Waveform Storage; HP 1980
                 A/B; HP-IB; Measurement System; Option; Oscilloscope;
                 oscilloscopes, cathode ray --- Computer Applications;
                 programmable oscilloscope; waveform analysis ---
                 Equipment",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Karin:1982:PMS,
  author =       "M. J. Karin",
  title =        "Putting the Measurement System on the Bus ({HP 1980A/B
                 Oscilloscope Measurement System} on {HP-IB})",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "21--24",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
                 C3380B (Control of electronic instruments); C5610
                 (Computer interfaces)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
  keywords =     "automatic test; bus-controlled oscilloscopes;
                 cathode-ray oscilloscopes; computer interfaces;
                 computerised; external controller; HP 1980A/B; HP-IB;
                 instrumentation; interface; microprocessor;
                 Oscilloscope Measurement System; programming; systems",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Campbell:1982:MDO,
  author =       "J. W. Campbell",
  title =        "Mechanical design of the oscilloscope measurement
                 system",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "24--26",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B0170C (Project and design engineering); B0170J
                 (Product packaging); B7210B (Automatic test and
                 measurement systems); B7250G (Display, recording and
                 indicating instruments)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
  keywords =     "bench style; cathode-ray oscilloscopes; computerised
                 instrumentation; design engineering; HP 1980A/B;
                 Measurement System; mechanical design; microprocessor;
                 Oscilloscope; packaging; programmable oscilloscopes;
                 rack version",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Pecenco:1982:HBI,
  author =       "Irene V. Pecenco and Albert S. Wang",
  title =        "A high-performance bipolar integrated circuit
                 process",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "27--29",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A high-speed, high-density integrated circuits are
                 presented that are easily designed and can be
                 fabricated quickly. To supply this need, a new
                 high-performance bipolar process is introduced that is
                 capable of producing parts for high-speed amplifiers,
                 counters, analog-to-digital converters, and semicustom
                 logic applications where emitter-coupled logic (ECL)
                 circuitry is expected to perform at clock rates greater
                 than 1.25 GHz. In addition to speed and density, the
                 reduction of power consumption is obtained by
                 horizontally scaling down device size. The simplified
                 process sequence and the device design and fabrication
                 are described.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B2570B (Bipolar integrated circuits)",
  classification = "713; 714",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Santa Clara, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "analogue-to-digital converters; bipolar integrated
                 circuit; bipolar integrated circuits; bipolar process;
                 circuit layout design; circuitry; counters; dielectric
                 isolation; ECL; high-speed amplifiers; HP; IC Division;
                 integrated circuit manufacture; integrated circuit
                 technology; integrated circuits; integration; ion
                 implantation; large scale; logic circuits, emitter
                 coupled; LSI; metallisation; multilevel metallic;
                 process; semiconductor devices, bipolar --- Design;
                 semicustom logic",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Barber:1982:SAU,
  author =       "V. Alan Barber",
  title =        "Synthesizer Accuracy for Unsynthesized Microwave
                 Sources",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "30--36",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Among general-purpose microwave signal sources the
                 synthesizers are considered as generators that offer
                 the ultimate in frequency accuracy and phase-noise
                 performance. A new HP 5344S source synchronizer is
                 introduced that can give it the superior frequency
                 accuracy of the synthesizer and add some new
                 capabilities never before available in a
                 general-purpose microwave signal source. The basic
                 architecture is illustrated in a block diagram. Both
                 traditional divide-by-N and fractional-N synthesizers
                 are described, including system organization, and the
                 phase-locked loop, which ultimately provides the
                 synchronization of the source. The lock algorithm,
                 phase-noise lock-and-roll operation and the
                 sweep-detection are also explained.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1230 (Signal generators); B1350 (Microwave circuits
                 and devices); B7250E (Signal generators)",
  classification = "711; 713; 714",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "CW synchronization; frequency synthesizers; generator;
                 HP 5344S; lock algorithm; lock-and-roll operation;
                 microwave oscillators; microwave signal sources;
                 microwave sources; microwaves; phase locked loops;
                 signal; Source Synchronizer; sources; sweep oscillator;
                 synchronisation; synthesizer",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Maeda:1982:IIS,
  author =       "Kohichi Maeda and Jin-ichi Ikemoto and Fumiro Tsurada
                 and Teruo Takeda",
  title =        "Intelligent Instrument Streamlines {DC} Semiconductor
                 Parameter Measurements",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "3--15",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Precise device parameter measurements are essential
                 for computer-aided design and semiconductor research
                 and development, for real-time feedback on wafer
                 evaluations to improve the semiconductor process and
                 increase yields on the production line, and for
                 incoming inspection by end users of semiconductor
                 products. The need for an instrument capable of such
                 measurements that can be used by itself or can be
                 easily incorporated into an automated test system led
                 to development of HP 4145A Semiconductor Parameter
                 Analyzer to provide an attractive alternative to a
                 curve tracer or an expensive test system, and to
                 satisfy the measurement and evaluation needs of the
                 semiconductor industries. It is a fully automatic,
                 high-performance instrument designed to measure,
                 analyze, and graphically display the dc parameters and
                 characteristics of diodes, transistors, ICs, solar
                 cells and semiconductor materials.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B2550 (Semiconductor device technology); B2570
                 (Semiconductor integrated circuits); B7210B (Automatic
                 test and measurement systems); C3380B (Control of
                 electronic instruments); C7410D (Electronic engineering
                 computing); C7420 (Control engineering computing)",
  classification = "714; 723; 942",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Analyzer; automatic test equipment; characteristics
                 measurement; computer aided design; curve tracer;
                 high-performance; HP 4145A; instrument; integrated
                 circuit testing; intelligent instrument; parameter
                 analysis; semiconductor device testing; semiconductor
                 devices; semiconductor materials --- Research;
                 Semiconductor Parameter; test system",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Takagi:1982:PSM,
  author =       "S. Takagi and H. Sakayori and T. Takeda",
  title =        "Programmable stimulus\slash measurement units simplify
                 device test setups",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "15--20",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B2550 (Semiconductor device technology); B2570
                 (Semiconductor integrated circuits); B7210B (Automatic
                 test and measurement systems); C3380B (Control of
                 electronic instruments); C7410D (Electronic engineering
                 computing); C7420 (Control engineering computing)",
  keywords =     "automatic test equipment; characteristics measurement;
                 HP 4145A; integrated circuit testing; Parameter
                 Analyzer; programmable stimulus/measurement;
                 Semiconductor; semiconductor device testing; SMU",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Fu:1982:HHN,
  author =       "Horng-Sen Fu and Roger To-Hoi Szeto and Anders T.
                 Dejenfelt and Devereaux C. Chen",
  title =        "{HQMOS}: a High-Performance {NMOS} Technology",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "21--27",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Innovative processing methods are used to fabricate a
                 scaled-down version of a standard n-channel MOS (N MOS)
                 process, resulting in lower power consumption and
                 higher speed. A sequence of HQ MOS process is
                 described, the nominal process parameters are given,
                 key process development areas are indicated, and the
                 device characteristics examined.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B2570F (Other MOS integrated circuits)",
  classification = "714",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "field effect integrated circuits; high-performance;
                 HQMOS process; lower power consumption; n-channel MOS
                 (N MOS); NMOS technology; semiconductor devices, MOS",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Oh:1982:MDP,
  author =       "Soo-Young Oh",
  title =        "{MOS} Device and Process Design Using Computer
                 Simulations",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "28--32",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Conventional process and device designs for integrated
                 circuit technologies have been based on the use of a
                 trial-and-error approach and simple analytical modeling
                 to achieve the desired electrical characteristics and
                 circuit performance. This approach is not adequate,
                 however, for small-geometry MOSFETs where process
                 complexity (especially patterning and tolerance
                 requirements) and two-dimensional field coupling
                 prevent the use of a simple one-dimensional analysis
                 for obtaining accurate quantitative information. In
                 addition, the purely experimental approach yields
                 little physical insight into the factors governing
                 device operation. However, it is well suited for later
                 design cycles where final parameter adjustment can be
                 accommodated. A complementary analysis and design path
                 using process, device, and circuit simulations is
                 proposed. Compared to laboratory experimentation, the
                 design path via simulation is less costly and faster.
                 More important, it produces detailed information about
                 device operation in a well-controlled environment. A
                 two-dimensional simulation system is described and
                 application examples in VLSI circuits are presented.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1130B (Computer-aided circuit analysis and design);
                 B2560B (Semiconductor device modelling and equivalent
                 circuits); B2570F (Other MOS integrated circuits);
                 C7410D (Electronic engineering computing)",
  classification = "713; 714; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "analysis and design path; CADDET; computer; computer
                 simulations; digital simulation; field effect
                 integrated circuits; GEMINI; HP 1000; IC device
                 performance; integrated circuits, VLSI --- Processing;
                 models; MOS device; process design; semiconductor
                 device models; semiconductor devices, MOSFET; SOAP;
                 SUPRA; TECAP; two-dimensional simulation;
                 two-dimensional simulation system",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Sorden:1982:WRH,
  author =       "James L. Sorden and Mark S. Allen",
  title =        "Waveform Recording with a High-Dynamic-Performance
                 Instrument",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "3--9",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Waveform recorders are general-purpose, time-domain
                 measuring instruments that take samples of analog
                 waveforms and store the sample values as digital data
                 suitable for analysis by a computer. This new waveform
                 recorder digitizes and stores single-shot or repetitive
                 signals. Its ten-bit, 20-MHz analog-to-digital
                 converter delivers performance that is fully specified
                 and characterized under realistic operating
                 conditions.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments)",
  classification = "941; 942; 943",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Santa Clara Div., Santa Clara,
                 CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "digital instrumentation; high-dynamic-performance
                 instrument; HP 5180A; recorder; recorders; waveform;
                 waveform analysis; waveform recorder",
}

@Article{Muto:1982:DTT,
  author =       "Arthur S. Muto and Bruce E. Peetz and Robert C.
                 {Rehner, Jr.}",
  title =        "Designing a Ten-Bit, Twenty-Megasample-Per-Second
                 Analog-To-Digital Converter System",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "9--20",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Authors report on converter capable of 20 million
                 conversions per second with 10-bit (2-mV) amplitude
                 resolution, equivalent to 60 dB of dynamic range.
                 Performance typically degrades by only one bit from dc
                 to the Nyquist or `folding' frequency (input frequency
                 equal to one-half the conversion rate). Performance
                 reliability is ascribed to two hybrid substrate
                 assemblies that contain 12 custom integrated
                 circuits.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1265H (A/D and D/A convertors); B7250G (Display,
                 recording and indicating instruments)",
  classification = "713; 714; 723",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard, Santa Clara Div., Santa Clara, CA,
                 USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "5180A; ADC; analogue-digital conversion;
                 analogue-digital convertor; converter; data conversion,
                 analog to digital; digital instrumentation; dynamic
                 range; high-performance; HP; integrated circuits ---
                 Applications; recorders; second; ten-bit;
                 twenty-megasample-per-; waveform analysis; waveform
                 recorder",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Peetz:1982:MWR,
  author =       "Bruce E. Peetz and Arthur S. Muto and J. Martin Neil",
  title =        "Measuring Waveform Recorder Performance",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "21--29",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The key to confidence in the quality of a waveform
                 recorder is assurance that the analog-to-digital
                 converter (ADC) encodes the signal without degrading
                 it. Dynamic tests that cover the frequency range over
                 which the converter is expected to operate can provide
                 that assurance. The results of the dynamic tests give
                 the user a model of resolution versus frequency for the
                 recorder. More elaborate models of failure mechanisms
                 can be obtained by varying the conditions of the
                 tests.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments)",
  classification = "723; 941; 942; 943",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "5180A waveform recorder; analysis; beat frequency
                 testing; data conversion, analog to digital ---
                 Equipment; digital instrumentation; discrete finite
                 Fourier; dynamic tests; electronic equipment testing;
                 histogram; performance measurement; recorders; sine
                 wave curve fitting; transform; waveform analysis;
                 waveform recorder; waveform recorders",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Bird:1982:TBR,
  author =       "Steven C. Bird and Jack A. Folchi",
  title =        "Time Base Requirements for a Waveform Recorder",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "29--34",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "For an analog-to-digital converter (ADC) to digitize
                 an input waveform accurately, there must be a time base
                 or reference oscillator to provide a continuous,
                 stable, sampling or ENCODE clock. The 5180A Waveform
                 Recorder contains a room-temperature, low-noise,
                 fundamental-mode crystal oscillator operating at a
                 frequency of 20 MHz. There is also provision for
                 selecting an external, user-supplied ENCODE clock.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1230B (Oscillators); B7250G (Display, recording and
                 indicating instruments)",
  classification = "713; 723; 941; 942; 943",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard, Santa Clara Div., Santa Clara, CA,
                 USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "5180A; analysis; data conversion, analog to digital
                 --- Equipment; digital instrumentation;
                 fundamental-mode crystal oscillator; oscillators,
                 crystal --- Equipment; recorders; reference oscillator;
                 room-temperature; time base; time bases; waveform;
                 waveform analysis; waveform recorder; waveform
                 recorders",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Szeto:1982:DMS,
  author =       "Christina M. Szeto and Michael C. Detro",
  title =        "Display and Mass Storage for Waveform Recording",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "34--36",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The 5181A display\slash tape storage module, is a
                 companion instrument to the 5180A Waveform Recorder. It
                 provides a high-resolution CRT for waveform display and
                 a cartridge tape unit for recording digitized waveforms
                 onto magnetic tape data cartridges. The 5181A is
                 designed for both bench and field use. With mass
                 storage and a display, it is possible to make
                 measurements on location and bring them back into a lab
                 for analysis.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments); B7260 (Display technology and systems)",
  classification = "941; 942; 943",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard, Santa Clara Div., Santa Clara, CA,
                 USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "5181A; cartridge tape unit; cathode-ray tube displays;
                 digital instrumentation; high-resolution CRT; mass
                 storage; recorders; waveform analysis; waveform
                 display; waveform recorders; waveform recording",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Eaton:1982:EMM,
  author =       "John T. Eaton and Andrew W. Davidson and William R.
                 Frolik",
  title =        "Extended memory and modularity are added to the
                 {Series 80} computer family",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "3--7",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "To expand the memory of Hewlett Packard microcomputers
                 HP-86 and HP-87 beyond the available number of bytes a
                 special technique modularly extended memory controllers
                 (EMCs) is introduced. Each EMC can control either 32K,
                 64K or 128K bytes of dynamic random access memory
                 (RAM). Since the total memory space is broken into
                 32K-byte banks, this represents either one, two or four
                 memory banks per EMC. A select-code input into each EMC
                 determines where the RAM it controls is located in the
                 overall 24-bit memory address space. The EMC
                 architecture and its memory features are described and
                 the internal interfaces of the microcomputers
                 explained.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
  classification = "722; 723; 731",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "built-in; computers, microprocessor --- Modular
                 Construction; control systems --- Equipment; data
                 storage, digital; extended memory controller (EMC);
                 Hewlett--Packard Series 80; HP-86; HP-87XM; interfaces;
                 microcomputers; modular system configuration",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Harper:1982:MBC,
  author =       "T. V. Harper",
  title =        "Module brings {CP/M} to {HP}'s latest {Series 80}
                 computers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "8--11",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5250 (Microcomputer techniques); C5590 (Other
                 computer peripheral equipment); C6150J (Operating
                 systems)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "computer peripheral equipment; CP/M-compatible
                 software; HP-86; HP-87XM; microcomputer;
                 microcomputers; operating; personal computer; systems
                 (computers)",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Azmoon:1982:DLH,
  author =       "M. Azmoon",
  title =        "Development of a low-cost, high-quality graphics
                 plotter",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "12--15",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "graphics plotter; HP 7470A; plotters; plotting
                 technology; X-Y plotter",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Miller:1982:CGP,
  author =       "Robert M. Miller and Randy A. Coverstone",
  title =        "Controlling a Graphics Plotter with a Handheld
                 Programmable Calculator",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "16--18",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A Hewlett--Packard plotter module is described that
                 transforms the HP-41C microcomputer with
                 Hewlett--Packard Interface Loop (HP-IL) into a computer
                 graphics instrument. The module is an 8K-word unit
                 (word length is 10 bits) which adds 52 microcoded
                 commands to the HP-41C's function set, along with a
                 sophisticated interactive plotting program written in
                 RPN (reverse Polish notation). Many of the command
                 names and functions are based on the graphic command
                 sets of the HP 9845 Computer and the HP-85 Personal
                 Computer. This allows users familiar with these
                 products to master the plotter module's commands
                 quickly. Plotting primitives, bar-code primitives and
                 interactive plotting program are described.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5250 (Microcomputer techniques); C5550 (Printers,
                 plotters and other hard-copy output devices); C7830
                 (Home computing)",
  classification = "722; 723",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "bar-code; computer graphic equipment; computer
                 graphics --- Computer Interfaces; computer peripheral
                 equipment; graphics plotter; handheld programmable
                 calculator; HP 7470A graphics plotter; HP 82184A
                 plotter module; HP41C; HPIL interface loop; interactive
                 plotting program; microcoded commands; NEWPLOT;
                 personal computing; Polish notation; primitives;
                 reverse; reverse Polish notation (RPN)",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Martini:1982:LPE,
  author =       "N. J. Martini and D. M. Ellement and P. L. Ma",
  title =        "Low-cost plotter electronics design",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "23--26",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "circuit board; custom LSI; electronics; HP 7470A
                 Graphics Plotter; plotters; printed",
  treatment =    "G General Review; T Theoretical or Mathematical",
}

@Article{Wilson:1982:PDM,
  author =       "A. K. Wilson and D. E. Johnson",
  title =        "Plotter drive motor encoder design",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "26--27",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C3120C (Spatial variables control); C3260B (Electric
                 actuators and final control equipment); C3370Z (Other
                 control applications in telecommunications); C5550
                 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "DC motor drive; electric drives; encoder design;
                 encoding; feedback; optical encoders; plotter drive;
                 plotters; position; position control",
  treatment =    "T Theoretical or Mathematical",
}

@Article{Kemplin:1982:GPM,
  author =       "R. M. Kemplin and D. M. Petersen and C. Ta. Chuong and
                 D. C. Tribolet and R. J. Porcelli",
  title =        "Graphics plotter mechanical design for performance and
                 reliability at low cost",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "28--33",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "HP 7470A; paper handling; pen carriage; pen
                 positioning; plotter mechanical design; plotters",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Robertson:1982:IAP,
  author =       "R. A. Robertson",
  title =        "An improved {AC} power switch",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "33",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "34--40",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1982",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B8140C (Protection apparatus); B8370 (Switchgear);
                 C3110B (Voltage control); C3220 (Controllers); C3340H
                 (Control of electric power systems)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "controllers; digitally controlled; distribution
                 system; electromagnetic interference; facilities; HP
                 model 14570A AC power controller; line switch;
                 multiprogrammers; power control; relay protection;
                 reliability; safety; switches; test",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Quick:1983:HLD,
  author =       "Roger D. Quick and Steven L. Harper",
  title =        "{HP-IL}: a Low-Cost Digital Interface for Portable
                 Applications",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "3--7, 9--10",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The Hewlett--Packard Interface Loop (HP-IL) is a
                 bit-serial interface bringing many capabilities
                 formerly reserved for much larger computer systems to
                 the growing repertoire of portable computers and
                 handheld calculators. The HP-IL system architecture is
                 introduced, the interface electronics and the functions
                 are described, and the message encoding explained.
                 Functional definitions, interface functions and
                 components and the documentation are also furnished.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5610 (Computer interfaces)",
  classification = "722; 723; 921",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "bit serial interface; bit-serial interface;
                 capabilities; computer interfaces; computers;
                 computers, microprocessor; data communication systems;
                 handheld calculators; hardware; Hewlett Packard
                 interface loop (HP-IL); Hewlett--Packard; HP-IL; loop;
                 mathematical instruments --- Pocket Calculators;
                 network controller; operation; portable; protocol;
                 protocols",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Fleming:1983:HIS,
  author =       "J. H. Fleming",
  title =        "{HP-IL} interconnect system ({Hewlett--Packard
                 Interface Loop})",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "8--??",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B2180E (Connectors)",
  keywords =     "bit-serial interface; computer interfaces; computers;
                 connectors; data communication equipment; electric;
                 handheld calculators; HP-IL; loop; portable",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Landsness:1983:EIH,
  author =       "C. J. Landsness",
  title =        "The electronics interface for the {Hewlett--Packard
                 Interface Loop}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "11--16",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5610 (Computer interfaces); C6130 (Data handling
                 techniques)",
  keywords =     "battery-operated devices; cables; cables (electric);
                 CMOS IC; codes; computer interfaces; discharge;
                 electronics interface; electrostatic; EMI; encoding;
                 field effect integrated circuits; Hewlett-; HP-41C;
                 interface media; interference (signal); loop; low-power
                 serial interface; Packard Interface Loop; portable
                 computer; programmable calculator; small pulse
                 transformers; three-level code; transceivers;
                 two-wire",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Harper:1983:CIC,
  author =       "Steven L. Harper",
  title =        "A {CMOS} integrated circuit for the {HP-IL}
                 interface",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "16--22",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A complementary MOS (CMOS) LSI circuit is considered
                 as the only technology that effectively satisfies
                 objectives of Hewlett--Packard Interface-Loop (HP-IL)
                 system. It is designed with an eight-bit data bus that
                 can mate directly with most common microprocessors. In
                 this way, the HP-IL interface simply becomes another
                 component in a device's microprocessor system. The
                 important advantages of the system are reviewed, the
                 register map illustrated and the device interaction
                 with the interface IC described. The HP-IL state
                 diagrams and the simplified flow chart of the response
                 of the idle device on the HP-IL are also presented.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B2570D (CMOS integrated circuits); C5610 (Computer
                 interfaces)",
  classification = "713; 714; 722; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "block circuit diagram; circuit; CMOS integrated;
                 complementary MOS (CMOS); computer interfaces;
                 computers, microprocessor --- Computer Interfaces;
                 designer-friendliness; field effect integrated
                 circuits; handheld calculators; hardware architecture;
                 HP-IL; integrated circuits, LSI; interface loop (IL);
                 large; low cost; low power consumption; LSI; portable
                 computers; register map; scale integration;
                 semiconductor devices, MOS; small size; state diagrams;
                 user-friendliness",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Hackleman:1983:CLT,
  author =       "David E. Hackleman and Norman L. Johnson and Craig S.
                 Lage and John J. Vietor and Robert L. Tillman",
  title =        "{CMOSC}: Low-Power Technology for Personal Computers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "23--29 (or 23--28??)",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "An improved high-volume CMOS (complementary
                 metal-oxide-semiconductor) process developed at
                 Hewlett--Packard's facility in Corvallis, Oregon is
                 presented. Required by the increasing integrated
                 circuit complexity of personal computers, CMOSC meets
                 several objectives that affect all phases of IC design
                 and development. The objectives include: low power
                 consumption, high device density, low circuit cost,
                 high reliability, improved latch-up and electrostatic
                 discharge (ESD) protection, and standardization process
                 models with design rule checks. The development of a
                 new bulk CMOS technology, and new concepts in IC
                 facility design are presented.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B2550 (Semiconductor device technology); B2570D (CMOS
                 integrated circuits)",
  classification = "714",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "CMOS; CMOSC; complementary MOS process (CMOSC); cost;
                 design rule checks; electrostatic discharge; field
                 effect integrated circuits; high device density; high
                 reliability; integrated circuit; large scale
                 integration; latch-up; low circuit; low power
                 consumption; LSI; personal computers; semiconductor
                 devices, MOS; standardised process models; technology",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Dryden:1983:AOA,
  author =       "P. C. Dryden and H. R. {Johnson, Jr.} and D. H.
                 Smith",
  title =        "Advanced oven assures repeatability in new gas
                 chromatograph",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "30--31, 33--34",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A8280B (Chromatography); C3380D (Control of physical
                 instruments); C7320 (Physics and chemistry computing)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Avondale, PA, USA",
  keywords =     "5790A; 6803 microprocessor; calibration; chemical
                 variables measurement; chemistry computing;
                 chromatography; computer; computerised instrumentation;
                 control methods; fused silica capillary columns; gas
                 chromatograph; Hewlett--Packard; Model; oven; ovens;
                 RS-232-C; serial communications port; temperature
                 control; troubleshooting aids; value programs",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Rowland:1983:WGC,
  author =       "F. W. Rowland",
  title =        "What is gas chromatography?",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "32--33",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A8280B (Chromatography)",
  keywords =     "chromatography; column; gas chromatography",
  treatment =    "G General Review; P Practical",
}

@Article{Augenblick:1983:EFC,
  author =       "K. B. Augenblick and M. A. Casale and J. E. Cusack and
                 A. J. Murphy",
  title =        "Electronic flow control: a new level of automation for
                 gas chromatography",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "35--40",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A8280B (Chromatography); B7210B (Automatic test and
                 measurement systems); B7230 (Sensing devices and
                 transducers)B7320W (Level, flow and volume
                 measurement); C3120R (Pressure and vacuum control);
                 C3120T (Level, flow and volume control); C3220
                 (Controllers); C3240D (Electric transducers and sensing
                 devices); C3380D (Control of physical instruments);
                 C7320 (Physics and chemistry computing)",
  keywords =     "chromatography; computerised instrumentation;
                 controller; controllers; electric sensing devices;
                 electronic flow control; flow control; flow
                 measurement; flow sensor; gas chromatograph; gas flow;
                 HP 5880A; mass flow control; microprocessor-based unit;
                 pressure control",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Trautman:1983:PLH,
  author =       "Jack P. Trautman and Lawrence A. DesJardin",
  title =        "A portable, low-cost, high-performance digital
                 multimeter for the {HP-IL}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "3--10",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A portable digital multimeter (DMM) is introduced
                 which is using a low-cost serial interface, the
                 Hewlett--Packard Interface Loop (HP-IL) to be coupled
                 to the advanced computational power of a hand held
                 computer. This DMM electronically calibrates itself,
                 measures ac and dc voltages and currents, makes
                 four-wire and two-wire resistance measurements, and
                 uses a liquid-crystal display to output data,
                 measurement units, and alphanumeric messages. The
                 design is described, including the electronic
                 calibration, microprocessor and analog circuits.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
                 C3380B (Control of electronic instruments); C5590
                 (Other computer peripheral equipment); C7410D
                 (Electronic engineering computing)",
  classification = "723; 942",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Loveland, CO, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "AC; alphanumeric display; computer peripheral
                 equipment; computerised instrumentation; computers,
                 microprocessor; currents; DC; digital instrumentation;
                 digital multimeter; electric measuring instruments;
                 electronic engineering computing; four-wire resistance
                 measurements; HP 3478A; HP-IB; HP-IL; instruments,
                 digital --- Computer Interfaces; liquid-crystal
                 display; multimeters; portable digital multimeter;
                 portable multimeter; two-; voltages; wire resistance
                 measurements",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Ressmeyer:1983:LPC,
  author =       "James J. Ressmeyer",
  title =        "Low-cost and portability come to data
                 acquisition\slash control products",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "10--12, 15--16",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A new data acquisition and control scanner is
                 presented that uses Hewlett--Packard Interface Loop
                 (HP-IL), and with the addition of HP-41 handheld
                 computer allows a complete measurement system easily
                 transported and operated in the laboratory or field.
                 The key features of the instrument are described,
                 including the multiplexer\slash actuator and digital
                 input\slash output assemblies and their design. The
                 instrument friendliness and low-power operation are
                 emphasized.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210G (Data acquisition systems); C5520 (Data
                 acquisition equipment and techniques)",
  classification = "723; 942",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Loveland, CO, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Acquisition/Control Unit; battery-powered unit;
                 computer peripheral equipment; control; Data; data
                 acquisition; data control scanner; data processing;
                 electric measuring instruments --- Computer Interfaces;
                 Hewlett--Packard; HP 3421A; HP-; HP-41 Handheld
                 Computer; HP-IL; IB interface; portability; scanner",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Leonard:1983:DAC,
  author =       "D. F. Leonard",
  title =        "Data acquisition and control software for the {3421A}
                 using the {HP-85} computer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "13--14",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5520 (Data acquisition equipment and techniques)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Loveland, CO, USA",
  keywords =     "3056DL System; 3421A Data; Acquisition/Control Unit;
                 control; data acquisition; data loggers; data logging;
                 digital simulation; graphics programs; HP-85;
                 instrument diagnostic; instrument-front-panel
                 emulation; Personal Computer; programs; software
                 package; temperature transducer linearisation",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Wolpert:1983:LIC,
  author =       "David L. Wolpert",
  title =        "Low-Cost Instrument Control: a New {ROM} for the
                 {HP-41} Handheld Computers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "16--19",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A custom read only memory (ROM) and a keyboard
                 overlays are presented to be used with HP-41 handheld
                 computer in order to control a digital multimeter. A
                 measurement example and a simple program for the
                 measurement of ac voltage are introduced, miscellaneous
                 routines are described, and an example of a
                 mathematical routine is given.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7210G (Data acquisition systems); C5520 (Data
                 acquisition equipment and techniques)",
  classification = "722; 723; 732; 942",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Loveland, CO, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "3421A; 41 handheld computers; 82160A HP-IL Module; and
                 Control Package; computerised instrumentation; custom
                 ROM; DA/C Pac ROM; Data Acquisition; data acquisition;
                 Data Acquisition/Control Unit; data storage, digital;
                 HP 44468A; HP-; HP-IL; instrument control; instruments,
                 digital --- Control; keyboard overlays; low-cost
                 measurement systems; microprogramming; read only
                 memory; read-only storage",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Fuller:1983:EMI,
  author =       "Ian J. Fuller",
  title =        "Electronic Mail for the Interactive Office",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "20--29",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "An electronic mail system HPMAIL is implemented using
                 Hewlett--Packard HP 6000 Computer system. It is
                 designed to enable users who may not be familiar with
                 computers and their associated technology to
                 interchange information effectively throughout their
                 organization. With HPMAIL, messages, documents,
                 business charts and graphs, and HP 3000 system files
                 can be exchanged both locally and remotely. The system,
                 its functions, software components implementation,
                 development techniques and database system are
                 described. An example of search is given and various
                 user interfaces are explained. An overview of the
                 transport system is also given.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6210G (Electronic mail); C7100 (Business and
                 administration)",
  classification = "723",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Pinewood, UK",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "business charts; computer systems, digital; documents;
                 electronic mail; files; graphs; Hewlett--Packard 3000
                 Computer; HP 125 Personal Office Computer; HP 2382A; HP
                 2626W Word Processing Station; HP 3000 system; HPMAIL;
                 interactive office; messages; Office Terminal; System",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Shenoy:1983:ITI,
  author =       "A. K. Shenoy and C. M. Bircher",
  title =        "Integrated tools improve programmer productivity",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "30--36",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6110 (Systems analysis and programming); C6150C
                 (Compilers, interpreters and other processors); C6150G
                 (Diagnostic, testing, debugging and evaluating
                 systems)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "COBOL II; command interpreter; development
                 environment; editing; HP 3000 Computer System;
                 HPToolset; integrated program; MPE operating system;
                 program compilers; program debugging; programming;
                 programming tools; software subsystem; text; user
                 interface",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Davis:1983:ELD,
  author =       "Michael W. Davis and John A. Scharrer and Robert G.
                 {Wickliff, Jr.}",
  title =        "Extensive Logic Development and Support Capability in
                 One Convenient System",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "3--5, 7, 9--10",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Authors report on facilities for hardware timing
                 analysis, state\slash software analysis, and software
                 performance overview which provide debugging and
                 integrating tools that improve the designers'
                 efficiency. These analysis tools can be used
                 independently or in conjunction with the Hewlett
                 Richard 64000's emulation and software development
                 features. As a result of recent architectural
                 enhancements, the 64000 System can be used in different
                 development environments where the user may work
                 independently, with a team, or at a station connected
                 to a larger system.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5210 (Logic design methods); C5250 (Microcomputer
                 techniques)",
  classification = "721; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "data processing; Development System; Hewlett Packard;
                 HP 64000; Logic; logic design; logic development
                 system; microcomputers; real time emulation",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Bame:1983:HTS,
  author =       "Paul D. Bame",
  title =        "{HP} 64000 Terminal Software",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "6--??, 9--10",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The need for rudimentary communication between the HP
                 64000 Logic Development System and other devices was
                 recognized at the inception of the system. To handle
                 this need, an RS-232-C/V. 24 port was designed into the
                 development station, and a simple copy command was
                 implemented in the system monitor. When used with the
                 RS-232-C/V. 24 port, the copy command allows the user
                 to transfer files between the 64000 System and a remote
                 device. All 64000 file types can be transferred.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6150E (General utility programs)",
  classification = "721; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "computer software; conversational terminal; data
                 processing; file; HP 64000; input-output programs;
                 interactive terminals; logic design; logic development
                 system; programs; terminal software; transfer;
                 utility",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Fulghum:1983:HMS,
  author =       "Kipper K. Fulghum",
  title =        "The {HP} 64000 measurement system",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "8--9",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "One of the major contributions introduced by the HP
                 64000 Logic Development System is the integration of
                 software and hardware development tools with software
                 and hardware analysis tools. Specifically,
                 microprocessor emulation allows the designer to
                 exercise software and hardware in the target system,
                 while internal analysis provides unobtrusive testing
                 and debug facilities. With the introduction of the
                 64620SL Logic State Analyzer and the 64600S Logic
                 Timing Analyzer, the 64000 System now has extensive
                 external analysis capabilities as well.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5210 (Logic design methods); C5250 (Microcomputer
                 techniques)",
  classification = "721; 722; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Analyzer; computer aided analysis; computer
                 architecture; development tools; digital; external
                 analysis capabilities; HP 64000; logic design; Logic
                 Development System; logic state analyzer; Logic State
                 Analyzer; Logic Timing; logic timing analyzer;
                 measurement system; microcomputers; microprocessor
                 emulation",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Smith:1983:MDI,
  author =       "Jeffrey H. Smith and Carlton E. Glitzke and Alan J.
                 DeVilbiss",
  title =        "Mainframe Design for an Integrated Engineering
                 Workstation",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "11--15",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP 64110A and upgraded HP 64100A Development
                 Stations are the second-generation main-frames for
                 Hewlett--Packard's 64000 Logic Development System. They
                 allow the system to be used in many different ways,
                 ranging from cluster to stand-alone applications.
                 Rather than creating completely new stations, the task
                 was to design a smaller, portable mainframe, the
                 64110A, while retaining absolute compatibility with
                 existing 64100A mainframe. At the same time, the 64100A
                 was upgraded with a new power supply to handle new
                 option cards. Both mainframes also received a dual
                 flexible disc drive system that is compatible with the
                 existing base of 64000 System hardware and software.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
  classification = "722",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "computer peripheral equipment; Development Stations;
                 HP 64100A; HP 64110A; integrated engineering
                 workstation; logic design; mainframe; portable;
                 second-generation mainframes; special purpose
                 computers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Nygaard:1983:MAS,
  author =       "Richard A. {Nygaard, Jr.} and Fredrick J. Palmer and
                 Bryce S. {Goodwin, Jr.} and Stan W. Bowlin and Steven
                 R. Williams",
  title =        "A modular analyzer for software analysis in the 64000
                 system",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "16--23",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Authors report on a microprocessor-based design with
                 directed-syntax softkey commands. Its displays include
                 program symbols as well as mnemonics and numerical
                 data. It assists programmers in high-level languages
                 with a full feature set that includes software
                 performance measurements and extensive program
                 tracing.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6150G (Diagnostic, testing, debugging and evaluating
                 systems)",
  classification = "721; 722; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "computer aided analysis; computer software ---
                 Analysis; computers, microprocessor; HP 64620S; logic
                 design; logic state/software analyzer; Logic
                 State/Software Analyzer; program tracing; software
                 analysis; software engineering; software performance
                 measurements",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Zellmer:1983:MLT,
  author =       "Joel A. Zellmer and John E. Hanna and David L.
                 Neuder",
  title =        "A modular logic timing analyzer for the 64000 system",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "23--30",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Logic timing analyzer asynchronously samples data flow
                 in the system under test and is primarily used to
                 troubleshoot hardware-related problems in digital
                 circuitry. It is optimized for showing time
                 relationships between digital signals, an area where
                 oscilloscopes are often used. Timing analyzers,
                 however, offer features not found in most
                 oscilloscopes, making them especially useful in testing
                 digital circuitry.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5210 (Logic design methods)",
  classification = "721; 722; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "64000; computer aided analysis; HP 64600S; logic
                 design; logic development system; logic testing; logic
                 timing analyzer; timing analyser",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Richey:1983:EM,
  author =       "David B. Richey and John P. Romano",
  title =        "Emulators for 16-Bit Microprocessors",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "31--38",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "An emulator provide information concerning the inner
                 operation of a microprocessor and simulates its
                 activity, giving designers the feedback and control
                 necessary for development work. 16-bit processors
                 increase the need for an emulator to work symbolically
                 with compilers, to be flexible enough to accommodate
                 the diverse systems in which 16-bit processors are
                 used, and to be included in cross-coupled measurements
                 with other emulators or other instruments. The new
                 64000 16-bit emulators use the 64000's directed-syntax
                 user interface, which includes the capabilility to
                 create command macros using command files.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5250 (Microcomputer techniques)",
  classification = "722; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "16-bit; computer software; computers, microprocessor;
                 emulators; HP 64000; Logic Development System;
                 microcomputers; microprocessor emulation;
                 microprocessors",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Smith:1983:HLC,
  author =       "Martin W. Smith and Joel D. Tesler",
  title =        "High-Level Language Compilers for Developing
                 Microprocessor Systems",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "38--40",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The term `Universal,' when applied to a microprocessor
                 development system, should apply to the software
                 provided with the system as well as to the hardware.
                 That is, if a compiler for high-level language X is
                 supported by the development system, and if the system
                 provides hardware support for microprocessors A, B and
                 C, then the compiler for language X should be able to
                 generate code for microprocessors, A, B and C.
                 Conversely, if the development system provides hardware
                 support for microprocessor A, then any high-level
                 language compiler supported by the system should be
                 able to generate code for A. These requirements suggest
                 a structure for the high-level language compilers
                 supported by the 64000 Logic Development System.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5250 (Microcomputer techniques); C6150C (Compilers,
                 interpreters and other processors)",
  classification = "721; 722; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "compiler; computers, microprocessor; high-level;
                 language compiler; language compilers; logic design;
                 microcomputers; microprocessor development system;
                 program compilers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Quenelle:1983:NML,
  author =       "Robert C. Quenelle and Lawrence J. Wuerz",
  title =        "A new microcomputer-controlled laser dimensional
                 measurement and analysis system",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "3--4, 6--13",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Microcomputer control simplifies machine tool
                 calibration. Other applications are in research and
                 development, general-purpose metrology, and surface
                 plate calibration. Instruments for precise distance and
                 angle measurements are described. One family of these
                 instruments uses interferometer techniques to make
                 high-resolution measurements. The first product in this
                 family was a laser interferometer that could measure
                 large distances with a resolution of 10** minus **8
                 meter or 10** minus **6 inch. This first interferometer
                 found acceptance in the machine tool industry as a
                 means of certifying and calibrating machine tool
                 positioning systems and distance readouts.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A0630C (Spatial variables measurement); A4260K (Laser
                 beam applications); B4360 (Laser applications); B7210B
                 (Automatic test and measurement systems); B7320C
                 (Spatial variables measurement); C3380D (Control of
                 physical instruments); C7420 (Control engineering
                 computing)",
  classification = "723; 732; 744; 941; 943",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard and Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "5528A Laser Measurement; analysis system; calibration;
                 computerised instrumentation; computers, microprocessor
                 --- Applications; flatness; Hewlett--Packard;
                 instruments; interferometers --- Applications; large
                 distances measurements; laser beam; laser
                 interferometer; linear position; machine tool
                 positioning systems; measurement by; measurements ---
                 Calibration; metrology; microcomputer-controlled laser
                 dimensional measurement and; parallelism; pitch;
                 spatial variables measurement; squareness;
                 straightness; System; yaw",
  treatment =    "N New Development; P Practical",
}

@Article{Wuerz:1983:DMS,
  author =       "L. J. Wuerz and C. Burns",
  title =        "Dimensional metrology software eases calibration",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "4--5",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C3380D (Control of physical instruments); C7420
                 (Control engineering computing)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "calibration; Computer; computerised instrumentation;
                 Dimensional Metrology Analysis System; HP 5528A; HP-85
                 Personal; machine tool calibration; machine tools;
                 metrology software; spatial variables measurement",
  treatment =    "P Practical; T Theoretical or Mathematical",
}

@Article{Gardner:1983:ACL,
  author =       "D. A. Gardner",
  title =        "Automatic compensation (for laser beam measurement
                 system)",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "12--??",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A0630C (Spatial variables measurement); A0670D
                 (Sensing and detecting devices); A4260K (Laser beam
                 applications); B4360 (Laser applications); B7230
                 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7320C (Spatial
                 variables measurement); B7320R (Thermal variables
                 measurement); B7320V (Pressure and vacuum measurement);
                 B7320W (Level, flow and volume measurement); C3380D
                 (Control of physical instruments)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "air; atmospheric conditions; calibrator control unit;
                 compensation; electric sensing devices; HP 5528A Laser
                 Measurement; humidity; measurement; measurement by
                 laser beam; pressure; sample temperature; sensor;
                 spatial variables measurement; System; temperature",
  treatment =    "P Practical; X Experimental",
}

@Article{Baldwin:1983:LOC,
  author =       "Richard R. Baldwin and Larry E. Truhe and David C.
                 Woodruff",
  title =        "Laser Optical Components for Machine Tool and Other
                 Calibrations",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "14--16, 18, 20--22",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A machine tool calibration device should be capable of
                 completely describing the motion of a rigid body such
                 as a machine tool slide. This requires six independent
                 measurements, since any moving object has six degrees
                 of freedom of motion: it can translate in three
                 orthogonal directions and rotate about three orthogonal
                 axes. The applications of Linear Interferometers,
                 Angular Optics, Straightness Optics, Leveling Plate
                 Mount for Turning Mirror, and Computer Modeling of
                 Laser Measurement Systems are discussed.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A0630C (Spatial variables measurement); A0760L
                 (Optical interferometry); A4260K (Laser beam
                 applications); A4278 (Optical lens and mirror systems);
                 B4320M (Laser accessories and instrumentation); B4360
                 (Laser applications)",
  classification = "603; 741; 744; 941",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "elements; flatness mirror; HP 5528A Laser;
                 interferometers; levelling plate mount; light
                 interferometers; linear interferometer; machine tool
                 calibration; machine tools --- Calibration; measurement
                 by laser beam; Measurement System; optical; optical
                 components; optical instruments; optical square; optics
                 positioning; orthogonal axes; orthogonal directions;
                 straightness; turning mirror",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Grote:1983:MLT,
  author =       "Richard H. Grote",
  title =        "Manufacturing the Laser Tube",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "17--18",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A concept that has recently become widely accepted in
                 manufacturing circles is that producing a high-quality
                 product is a matter of adequately controlling its
                 manufacturing process. This means that the
                 manufacturing process must be designed to ensure that
                 every product is manufactured in exactly the same way.
                 This concept is particularly significant in building a
                 very high-technology product such as a He-Ne laser.
                 Early in the development of the thermally tuned 5518A
                 laser tube it was decided to make the necessary
                 investment in manufacturing equipment to ensure that
                 the process would be under control.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A4255F (Inert gas lasers); A4260B (Design of specific
                 laser systems); B0170G (General fabrication
                 techniques); B4320C (Gas lasers)",
  classification = "714; 744",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "5528A Laser Measurement System; electron tube
                 manufacture; gas lasers; He-Ne laser; HP; laser tube;
                 lasers, gas; manufacture; quality control; thermally
                 tuned laser",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Steinmetz:1983:MDF,
  author =       "Charles R. Steinmetz",
  title =        "Mechanical Design Features of the Laser Head",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "19--20",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The product definition for the new 5528A Laser
                 Measurement System placed particular emphasis on low
                 manufacturing cost and ease of use. The laser head is a
                 major component of the system, and requires many
                 complicated mechanical parts. Emphasis was put on low
                 part costs for as many of these mechanical components
                 as possible. Fabrication processes were selected with
                 this in mind. An important design goal was that these
                 instruments be easy to repair in the field. The main
                 subassemblies are designed to be easily replaceable in
                 the field without disturbing any fixed alignments.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A4260B (Design of specific laser systems); B4320C (Gas
                 lasers)",
  classification = "744; 943",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "design; fabrication; fixed alignments; gas lasers; HP
                 5528A Laser; instruments --- Repair; laser head;
                 lasers; Measurement System; mechanical components;
                 mechanical parts",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Swain:1983:NFM,
  author =       "Howard L. Swain and Rick M. Cox",
  title =        "Noise Figure Meter Sets Records for Accuracy,
                 Repeatability, and Convenience",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "23--25, 27, 29--34",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Noise figure is a widely used figure of merit for the
                 noise performance of devices, subassemblies, and
                 complete systems. As performance requirements have
                 increased, it has become increasingly important to be
                 able to measure noise figure accurately and
                 conveniently. A 0.34-db difference in the noise figure
                 of low-noise amplifiers for satellite earth stations
                 can translate into a fivefold difference in price. The
                 new HP model 8970A Noise Figure Meter makes outstanding
                 contributions to this field in accuracy, convenience,
                 and flexibility. The use of a microprocessor enables it
                 to correct several of the errors that have been
                 accepted as part of the measurement uncertainty in the
                 past.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
                 B7310Z (Other electric variables measurement); C3110Z
                 (Other electric variables control); C3380B (Control of
                 electronic instruments); C7420 (Control engineering
                 computing)",
  classification = "701; 713; 723; 941; 942",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "computerised instrumentation; computers,
                 microprocessor --- Applications; digital
                 instrumentation; electric noise measurement; electronic
                 equipment --- Measurements; excess noise ratio;
                 external local oscillators; Hewlett-; high sensitivity;
                 instruments; low-noise amplifiers;
                 microprocessor-based; Model 8970A noise figure meter;
                 Packard; second-; stage noise figure; temperature
                 errors; tuning range",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Ikemoto:1983:MSU,
  author =       "J. Ikemoto",
  title =        "Mass storage unit exerciser",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "35--36",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 C3380B (Control of electronic instruments); C5320
                 (Digital storage); C7420 (Control engineering
                 computing)",
  keywords =     "automatic test equipment; automatic testing;
                 electronic equipment testing; EXERCISER mode; flexible
                 disc drive; HP 4145A semiconductor; interface
                 self-test; magnetic disc and drum storage; mass storage
                 unit; parameter analyser",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Heinz:1983:SSG,
  author =       "William W. Heinz and Paul A. Zander",
  title =        "2-to-26.5-{GHz} Synthesized Signal Generator has
                 Internally Leveled Pulse Modulation",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "3--6, 8--9",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A second-generation instrument is described which
                 features microprocessor control, sophisticated sweep
                 capabilities, programmability, and enhanced
                 serviceability. The operation of the digital control
                 unit is discussed, along with the electromagnetic
                 compatibility and reliability.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7250E (Signal generators); C3380B (Control of
                 electronic instruments); C7420 (Control engineering
                 computing)",
  classification = "713; 715",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "2-to-; 26.5-GHz; 8673A; computerised instrumentation;
                 Hewlett Packard; microcomputer control; pulse
                 modulation capability; signal generators; synthesized
                 signal generator",
  treatment =    "N New Development; P Practical",
}

@Article{Larson:1983:SLS,
  author =       "R. K. Larson",
  title =        "Sample-and-hold leveling system (in signal
                 generator)",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "7--??",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1290 (Other analogue circuits); B7250E (Signal
                 generators)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co. Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "8673A; automatic level control; Hewlett Packard; HP
                 8673A; leveling; sample and hold circuits; signal
                 generator; signal generators; system",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Larson:1983:WYM,
  author =       "Ronald K. Larson and Lawrence A. Stark",
  title =        "A wideband {YIG-tuned} multiplier and pulsed signal
                 generation system",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "10--11, 13--16",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A YIG-tuned multiplier (YTM) is described which is
                 used in conjunction with a 2.0-to-26.5-GHz frequency
                 range synthesized signal generator. The operating
                 frequency range of the YTM is divided into four bands,
                 which correspond to frequency multiplication ratios of
                 1, 2, 3, and 4. The bias control, YIG filter and pulse
                 modulation system are discussed.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1230 (Signal generators); B1290 (Other analogue
                 circuits); B3120W (Other magnetic material applications
                 and devices)",
  classification = "708; 713; 715",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "8673A; frequency; multiplying circuits; range; signal
                 generation system; signal generators; Synthesized
                 Signal Generator; tuning; YIG-tuned multiplier; YTM",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Zander:1983:A,
  author =       "P. A. Zander",
  title =        "Autopeaking",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "12--13",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1290 (Other analogue circuits)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "autopeaking; differentiating circuits; tuning;
                 YIG-tuned multiplier; YTM",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Buskirk:1983:CDC,
  author =       "William A. Buskirk and Charles W. Gilson and David J.
                 Shelly",
  title =        "Compact Digital Cassette Drive for Low-Cost Mass
                 Storage",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "17--24",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A portable battery-operated unit is described which
                 uses minicassettes to store program and data
                 inexpensively for HP-IL systems. The storage medium is
                 a removable minicassette that can store up to 128K
                 bytes of information. Portability is achieved by the
                 use of a four-cell nickel-cadmium battery pack,
                 recharger, and power supply system.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media); C5320
                 (Digital storage)",
  classification = "714; 721; 722",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "data storage, digital; Hewlett-; HP 82161A; magnetic
                 tape storage; mass storage peripheral; minicassette;
                 Packard Interface Loop; portable",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Evett:1983:SPC,
  author =       "Eric A. Evett and Paul J. McClellan and Joseph P.
                 Tanzini",
  title =        "Scientific Pocket Calculator Extends Range of Built-In
                 Functions",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "25--35",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A new scientific programmable calculator is described.
                 All arithmetic, logarithmic, exponential,
                 trigonometric, and hyperbolic functions operate on
                 complex numbers as well as real numbers. Built-in
                 matrix operations are provided, including addition,
                 subtraction, multiplication, system solution,
                 inversion, transposition, and norms.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
  classification = "715; 921",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "electronic calculators; functions; Hewlett--Packard;
                 HP-15C; mathematical; mathematical instruments;
                 Scientific Programmable Calculator",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Evett:1983:PCC,
  author =       "Eric A. Evett",
  title =        "A pocket calculator for computer science
                 professionals",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "36--39",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A compact, yet powerful pocket calculator, is
                 described. It was designed for technical professionals
                 working in computer science and digital electronics.
                 Boolean operations and bit manipulation are some of its
                 capabilities.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
  classification = "715; 921",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "bit; Boolean operations; computer; digital
                 electronics; electronic calculators; Hewlett--Packard;
                 HP-16C; manipulation; mathematical instruments; pocket
                 calculator; science",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Morris:1983:PCF,
  author =       "Donald E. Morris and Anthony S. Ridolfo and Donald L.
                 Morris",
  title =        "A portable computer for field, office, or bench
                 applications",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "3--4, 6--7, 9",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A lightweight, battery-powered computer is presented.
                 The computer has features that make it an ideal tool
                 for the traveling professional. It weighs only 26
                 ounces and with other small HP battery-operated
                 peripherals such as an acoustic modem, a digital
                 cassette drive, and a printer\slash plotter, can fit
                 easily into a briefcase to form a complete, yet
                 portable information management system.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
  classification = "721; 722",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "character editor; command set; computers, miniature;
                 display; file; firmware design; HP-75 Portable
                 Computer; microcomputers; packaging; portable
                 computers; system",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Snell:1983:TIH,
  author =       "Sidnee Snell and Brian G. Spreadbury",
  title =        "A telephone interface for {HP-IL} controllers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "5--7 (or 5--6??)",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The ability to access remote data bases and programs
                 via standard telephone lines enhances the usefulness of
                 a portable computer. This feature allows field sales
                 personnel to access their office computer for the
                 latest ordering information. To provide this ability to
                 access remote information, an acoustically coupled
                 modem is required because direct-connection modems
                 cannot be used with telephones in public booths and
                 most hotel or motel rooms. This modem also must be
                 portable and battery-powered. With these requirements
                 in mind, HP developed the 82168A Acoustic Coupler, an
                 acoustically coupled, full-duplex, originate-only modem
                 with an HP-IL (Hewlett--Packard Interface Loop)
                 interface. Transmitting at 300 baud, it uses FSK. The
                 mark and space transmit frequencies are 1070 Hz and
                 1270 Hz, respectively.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1250 (Modulators, demodulators, discriminators and
                 mixers)",
  classification = "718; 722; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "82168A Acoustic Coupler; computer interfaces; Hewlett
                 Packard; Hewlett--Packard interface; HP-IL controllers;
                 HP-IL interface; loop; modem; modems; telephone
                 interface; telephone interfaces",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{York:1983:HHP,
  author =       "D. C. York",
  title =        "{HP-IL} and the {HP-75 Portable Computer}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "8--9",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5430 (Microcomputers); C5610 (Computer interfaces)",
  keywords =     "access; computer interfaces; Hewlett--Packard
                 Interface Loop; HP-75; HP-IL; interfacing;
                 microcomputers; Portable Computer",
  treatment =    "G General Review; P Practical",
}

@Article{Brooks:1983:HES,
  author =       "Elizabeth Brooks and Robert J. Livengood and Rex C.
                 Smith and Timothy F. Myers",
  title =        "High-Capability Electronics System for a Compact,
                 Battery-Operated Computer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "10--15",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The electronics system used in the HP-75 portable
                 computer combines the processing capability of the
                 HP-85 personal computer with the CMOS technology of the
                 HP-41 handheld computer. Nine custom CMOS integrated
                 circuits, a liquid-crystal display (LCD), commercially
                 available CMOS static RAMs, and HP-IL (Hewlett--Packard
                 Interface Loop**1) interface, and a hand-pulled
                 magnetic card reader form a complete computer system in
                 a small, portable package. The power supply, keyboard,
                 card reader, clock system and memory organization are
                 described.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
  classification = "715; 722; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "CMOS technology; computers, miniature; electronics
                 system; HP-75 Portable Computer; microcomputers;
                 portable computers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Hoecker:1983:HMC,
  author =       "Kenneth R. Hoecker and James R. Schwartz and Francis
                 A. Young and Dean R. Johnson",
  title =        "Handpulled Magnetic Card, Mass Storage System for a
                 Portable Computer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "15--19, 21--23",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP-75 portable computer is discussed. It features
                 a built-in handpulled magnetic card reader\slash writer
                 that can store 1.3K bytes of user data or programs per
                 card. The cards are 10 in. long and 0.375 in. wide.
                 Handpulled refers to the lack of a motor for
                 transporting the cards past the head. Instead, this
                 function is performed by the user. The user initiates a
                 card operation with the appropriate command, inserts
                 the card into the card reader, tells the HP-75 that the
                 card is ready by pressing a key, and then pulls the
                 card through the card reader.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media); C5320
                 (Digital storage)",
  classification = "721; 722",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "computers, miniature; data storage, magnetic;
                 handpulled magnetic card; HP-75 Portable Computer;
                 magnetic card; magnetic card reader; magnetic card
                 storage system; magnetic card writer; magnetic storage;
                 mass storage system; microcomputers; portable
                 computers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Patton:1983:HPC,
  author =       "D. B. Patton",
  title =        "The {HP-75} production card recorder",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "20--21",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media)",
  keywords =     "automatic test equipment; card recorder; data tracks;
                 Hewlett-; HP-75 Portable Computer; HP-75 production
                 card reader; magnetic cards; magnetic storage; Packard;
                 testing; timing; tracks",
  treatment =    "G General Review; P Practical",
}

@Article{Arnold:1983:IHH,
  author =       "Thomas J. Arnold and Billy E. Thayer",
  title =        "Integration of the {HP-75}'s Handpulled Card Reader
                 Electronics in {CMOS}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "24--26",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "One of the original goals in the development of the
                 HP-75 portable computer was to provide inexpensive mass
                 storage capability. The decision was made to implement
                 a handpulled magnetic card reader. Since the product
                 was to be portable and operate on battery power,
                 low-power CMOS technology was chosen to implement the
                 internal functions. The approach taken in the
                 development of the handpulled card reader IC was to
                 design and lay out the digital circuit and analog
                 circuit portions independently and then merge them into
                 a single IC layout.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media); C5320
                 (Digital storage)",
  classification = "713; 714; 721; 722",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "card reader; circuit design; CMOS; computers,
                 miniature; data storage, magnetic; electronics; field
                 effect integrated circuits; handpulled card reader;
                 HP-75 Portable Computer; integrated circuit; integrated
                 circuits; magnetic card; magnetic storage; mass
                 storage; portable computers; reader",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Fleischer:1983:NFP,
  author =       "Michael Fleischer and Helmut Rossner and Uwe Newmann",
  title =        "A new family of pulse and pulse\slash function
                 generators",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "27--32",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Three compact, easy-to-use instruments are presented.
                 They feature the versatility needed for analog and
                 digital applications over wide frequency and amplitude
                 ranges. Use is made of custom IC design. The
                 user-friendly operating concept and the user-friendly
                 HP-IB interface are discussed.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1230G (Function generators); B1230J (Pulse
                 generators); B7250E (Signal generators)",
  classification = "713; 714; 715",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "8111A pulse/function; 8112A pulse/function generator;
                 8116A pulse/function generator; function generators;
                 generator; generators; Hewlett--Packard; pulse
                 generators; pulse/function",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Hentschel:1983:DBI,
  author =       "Christian Hentschel and Adolf Leiter and Stephan Traub
                 and Horst Schweikardt and Volker Eberle",
  title =        "Designing bipolar integrated circuits for a
                 pulse\slash function generator family",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "33--38",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The heart of a pulse\slash function or pulse generator
                 always consists of the same few functions. These
                 functions are discussed. They are normally realized
                 with conventional discrete circuits and have a high
                 component count. Three different circuits were thought
                 to be the best compromise and they are described.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1230J (Pulse generators); B2570B (Bipolar integrated
                 circuits); B7250E (Signal generators)",
  classification = "713; 714; 715",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "bipolar integrated; bipolar integrated circuits;
                 circuits; function generators; Hewlett Packards;
                 integrated circuits; pulse generators; pulse/function
                 generator",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Wilbs:1983:HSA,
  author =       "Andreas Wilbs and Klaus-Peter Behrens",
  title =        "A high-speed system for {AC} parametric digital
                 hardware analysis",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "3--7",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP 8180A\slash 81A\slash 82A Stimulus\slash
                 Response System offers both device stimulation and
                 response analysis, and consists of the 8180A Data
                 Generator, the 8181A Extender, which expands the number
                 of stimulus channels, and the 8182A Data Analyzer. Each
                 of the units can be configured for different numbers of
                 channels. In addition, provision has been made for the
                 synchronous operation of two systems in parallel. This
                 expands the channel count with a minimum of skew.
                 Generator\slash analyzer synchronization and
                 interaction with the device under test are assured by
                 various control inputs and outputs.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 C3380B (Control of electronic instruments); C7410D
                 (Electronic engineering computing)",
  classification = "713; 714",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "50-MHz; 8180A data; 8181 extender; 8182A data
                 analyser; AC parametric digital hardware analysis;
                 comprehensive characterisation; computerised
                 instrumentation; digital circuits; generator;
                 high-speed; HP 8180A/81A/82A; integrated circuits,
                 digital; rapid characterization; stimulus system;
                 system",
  treatment =    "A Application; N New Development; P Practical",
}

@Article{Hubner:1983:HSD,
  author =       "Ulrich H{\"u}bner and Werner Berkel and Heinz Nuessle
                 and Josef Becker",
  title =        "A high-speed data generator for digital testing",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "7--14",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP8180A Data Generator is a high-speed data
                 generator which offers high timing accuracy, precise
                 pulse-level definition, ease of operation with either
                 manual or remote control, and flexibility on the bench
                 and in the rack. The 8180A consists of a power supply
                 module, a display module, and eleven printed circuit
                 boards, which plug into a motherboard.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7250E (Signal generators); C3380B (Control of
                 electronic instruments); C7410D (Electronic engineering
                 computing)",
  classification = "713; 714",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "8181A data generator extender; computerised
                 instrumentation; data generators; digital testing;
                 display module; generator; high-speed data generator;
                 HP 8180A data; integrated circuit testing ---
                 Equipment; integrated circuits, digital; power supply
                 module; precise pulse-level definition; printed circuit
                 boards; signal generators; timing accuracy",
  treatment =    "N New Development; P Practical",
}

@Article{Kible:1983:HDA,
  author =       "Dieter Kible and Bernhard Roth and Martin Dietze and
                 Ulrich Sch{\"o}ttmer",
  title =        "High-Speed Data Analyzer Tests Threshold and Timing
                 Parameters",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "14--25",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The 8182A Data Analyzer is optimized for testing
                 threshold and timing parameters at high speeds. It has
                 two innovative features-programmable sampling-point
                 delay and real-time compare mode. New,
                 specially-developed active probes with a wide range of
                 accessories facilitate the capture of data with minimum
                 influence on the device under test. All analog
                 parameters, such as threshold voltages and the sampling
                 point delay, are implemented with high resolution and
                 accuracy. Instead of setup and hold times, a sampling
                 time accuracy with respect to the external clock input
                 is specified.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement systems);
                 C3380B (Control of electronic instruments); C7410F
                 (Communications computing)",
  classification = "713; 714; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "6809 processor; active probes; CMOS RAM; computerised
                 instrumentation; data analyzers; data processing; high
                 speed data analyser; HP 8182A; integrated circuit
                 testing --- Equipment; point delay; programmable
                 sampling-; real-time compare mode; ROM; sampling time
                 accuracy; spectral analysers; threshold parameters;
                 timing parameters",
  treatment =    "N New Development; P Practical",
}

@Article{Mottola:1983:DAS,
  author =       "Roberto Mottola and Eckhard Paul",
  title =        "Data analyzer software\slash firmware design",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "25--28",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Local programming of the 8182A Data Analyzer is done
                 by means of front-panel softkeys. As selections are
                 made, the functions of the softkeys change and are
                 displayed on the CRT. The programming concept provides
                 eight pages of information, four pages for programming
                 instrument parameters, three for displaying the results
                 of a measurement, and an eighth page for use as an
                 alphanumeric display to aid the operator a of
                 computer-controlled system. For remote programming, the
                 8182A is provided with an HP-IB (IEEE 488) interface,
                 giving it two remote operating modes, ASCII and binary,
                 with different addresses.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement systems);
                 C3380B (Control of electronic instruments); C7410F
                 (Communications computing)",
  classification = "713; 714; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "8182A data analyzer; ASCII; binary; computer software;
                 computerised instrumentation; CRT; data analyser
                 software/firmware design; data analyzers; data
                 processing; front-panel softkeys; HP-IB interface;
                 integrated circuit testing --- Equipment; programming;
                 remote; spectral analysers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Otto:1983:PSS,
  author =       "Ulrich Otto and Horst Link",
  title =        "Power supplies for the stimulus\slash response
                 system",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "28--31",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "In designing power supplies for the 8180A Data
                 Generator, 8181A Extender, and 8182A Data Analyzer the
                 most important objectives were high load current
                 capability and serviceability within a restricted
                 space. The sizes of the instrument cabinets were
                 limited by the desire to produce a system suitable for
                 benchtop operation. The card rack in the generator
                 holds eleven printed circuit boards with a spacing of
                 20 mm between boards. The analyzer has thirteen boards
                 with 17-mm spacing. Because both cabinets also
                 accommodate a CRT display, the space available for
                 power supplies is severely restricted.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1210 (Power electronics, supply and supervisory
                 circuits); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
                 systems)",
  classification = "713; 714; 715",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "8180A data generator; 8181A extender; 8182A data
                 analyser; computerised instrumentation; electric power
                 supplies to apparatus; integrated circuit testing ---
                 Equipment; power supplies to apparatus",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Wakasugi:1983:NML,
  author =       "Tomio Wakasugi and Takeshi Kyo and Toshio Tamamura",
  title =        "New multi-frequency {LCZ} meters offer higher-speed
                 impedance measurements",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "32--38",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Many instruments used for production-line impedance
                 measurements have only one or two test frequencies,
                 usually 1 kHz and\slash or 1 MHz. But electronic
                 components, once installed in a piece of equipment,
                 must operate at other frequencies where their
                 parameters can be quite different. Therefore, component
                 users want to measure components at the actual
                 operating frequencies. HP's new LCZ Meters, Models 4277
                 and 4276A were developed to satisfy these
                 requirements.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments); B7310J (Impedance and admittance
                 measurement)",
  classification = "942",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "component handler; discrete electronic components;
                 electric impedance measurement; electric measurements;
                 higher-speed impedance; LCZ meters; measurements;
                 multifrequency; multimeters; optional interface;
                 production-line measurements",
  treatment =    "N New Development; P Practical; X Experimental",
}

@Article{Beyers:1983:VTP,
  author =       "Joseph W. Beyers and Eugene R. Zeller and S. Dana
                 Seccombe",
  title =        "{VLSI} Technology Packs 32-Bit Computer System into a
                 Small Package",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "3--6",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The packaging of a 32-bit computer system into a
                 compact desktop machine is presented. The integration
                 of the system is described that is based on five VLSI
                 circuits and on the development of three key
                 technologies: advanced 32-bit architecture, NMOS VLSI
                 process optimized for density and performance, and a
                 new circuit board. The dissipation of the generated
                 heat is also considered.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5100 (Circuits and devices); C5250 (Microcomputer
                 techniques); C5430 (Microcomputers)",
  classification = "713; 714; 715; 722",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "32-bit computer; computers, microprocessor --- Modular
                 Construction; digital integrated circuits; HP 9000
                 computer; integrated circuits; integrated circuits,
                 VLSI; large scale integration; microcomputers; NMOS
                 process; special purpose computers; VLSI technology",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Burkhart:1983:VM,
  author =       "Keven P. Burkhart and Mark A. Forsyth and Mark E.
                 Hammer and Darius F. Tanksalvala",
  title =        "An {18-MHz}, 32-bit {VLSI} microprocessor",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "7--8, 10--11",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The new Hewlett--Packard's 32-bit VLSI computer system
                 is described, with special attention on the
                 Memory\slash Processor Module. The central processing
                 unit (CPU) in this module is an NMOS circuit containing
                 450,000 transistors on a single chip operating at a
                 clock frequency of 18 MHz. This compact CPU chip, which
                 implements a 32-bit version of the HP 3000 Computer's
                 stack-based architecture, is designed and
                 microprogrammed to support multiple-CPU operations
                 within a single Memory\slash Processor Module. Each CPU
                 is capable of one-MIPS (million instructions per
                 second) performance with very little performance
                 degradation in multiple-CPU configurations.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5100 (Circuits and devices); C5250 (Microcomputer
                 techniques); C5430 (Microcomputers)",
  classification = "713; 714; 722; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "18-MHz; 32-bit; 32-bit microprocessor; computers,
                 microprocessor; digital integrated circuits; integrated
                 circuits, VLSI --- Applications; large scale
                 integration; memory/processor; microcomputers;
                 microprocessor; module; NMOS circuit; stack-based
                 architecture; VLSI",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Fiasconaro:1983:ISS,
  author =       "J. G. Fiasconaro",
  title =        "Instruction set for a single-chip 32-bit processor",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "9--10",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5130 (Microprocessor chips); C5220 (Computer
                 architecture); C6140B (Machine-oriented languages)",
  keywords =     "32-; 32-bit registers; 32-bit shifter; 9K 38-bit
                 words; bit ALU; hardware; instruction set; iterations;
                 machine oriented languages; microcode control store;
                 microprocessor chips; microprogramming; optimizing;
                 single-chip 32-bit processor",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Gross:1983:VIP,
  author =       "Fred J. Gross and William S. Jaffe and Donald R.
                 Weiss",
  title =        "{VLSI I/O} Processor for a 32-Bit Computer System",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "11--14",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The design objectives for the input\slash output (I/O)
                 data path for Hewlett--Packard's 32-bit computer are
                 established, and an I/O processor (IOP) is introduced
                 that is able to control most I/O transactions without
                 interference with the Central Processing Unit (CPU).
                 The design and operation of IOP are described, and the
                 timing diagrams for multiplex and burst I/O cycles and
                 the block diagram for the processor chip are given. IOP
                 self-test is also presented.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5100 (Circuits and devices); C5250 (Microcomputer
                 techniques); C6150J (Operating systems)",
  classification = "722; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "32-bit computer; circuits; computers, microprocessor;
                 CPU; digital integrated circuits; Hewlett--Packard; HP;
                 I/O processor; input-output programs; input/output data
                 path; input/output processor (IOP); integrated
                 circuits, VLSI --- Applications; large; microcomputers;
                 reliability; scale integration; shared; system; VLSI",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Lob:1983:HVM,
  author =       "Clifford G. Lob and Mark J. Reed and Joseph P.
                 Fucetola and Mark A. Ludwig",
  title =        "High-Performance {VLSI} Memory System",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "14--20",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The full potential of VLSI architecture of the 32-bit
                 Hewlett--Packard computer system without the
                 implementation of a dense resident memory system, is
                 considered, including the ability to do flexible memory
                 operations such as byte, half-word, word, semaphore
                 transfer, and refresh functions. A memory card is
                 illustrated by a block diagram with its key elements:
                 the memory processor bus (MPB), MPB interface, memory
                 controller chip, 128K-bit dynamic random access memory
                 (RAM) chips, and clock chip. The cards, the memory
                 controller and the operation of the system are
                 described, including system's timing, read, write,
                 semaphore and healer operations, internal register
                 access, refresh, memory management and self-test.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1265D (Memory circuits); C5100 (Circuits and
                 devices); C5320G (Semiconductor storage)",
  classification = "713; 714; 722",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "byte; CPU; data storage, digital --- Random Access;
                 data storage, semiconductor; dense resident memory;
                 digital integrated circuits; half-word; I/O processors;
                 integrated circuits, VLSI; integrated memory circuits;
                 IOP; large scale integration; memory system; operating
                 systems; random access memory (RAM); refresh functions;
                 semaphore; semiconductor storage; transfer; virtual
                 address; VLSI; word",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Lob:1983:CDS,
  author =       "C. G. Lob and A. O. Elkins",
  title =        "{18-MHz} clock distribution system",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "17--??",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5100 (Circuits and devices); C5130 (Microprocessor
                 chips); C5320G (Semiconductor storage)",
  keywords =     "32-bit VLSI processor; capacitive; clock distribution
                 system; digital integrated circuits; high-frequency
                 distribution; HP; large scale integration; loading
                 components; microprocessor chips; RAM chips;
                 semiconductor storage; system",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Wheeler:1983:NDR,
  author =       "John K. Wheeler and John R. Spencer and Dale R.
                 Beucler and Charlie G. Kohlhardt",
  title =        "{128K-Bit NMOS} Dynamic {RAM} with Redundancy",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "20--24",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The design of VLSI NMOS Random Access Memory (RAM) is
                 presented that is a basic block of Hewlett--Packard's
                 32-bit computer's memory system. The memory array
                 containing 128K-four transistor cells and its
                 organization are described, and the peripheral
                 circuitry and memory cell are examined. The physical
                 layout of the array is shown. The performance and
                 characteristics of the RAM and storage cell are
                 tabulated. A functional description follows.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5100 (Circuits and devices); C5200 (Logic design and
                 digital techniques); C5320G (Semiconductor storage)",
  classification = "714; 722",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "bits per chip; computers, microprocessor --- Modular
                 Construction; data storage, digital; data storage,
                 semiconductor; density; dissipation; dynamic RAM;
                 dynamic random access memory (RAM); fast cycle times;
                 field effect integrated circuits; Hewlett--Packard;
                 memory; NMOS; power; redundancy; semiconductor;
                 semiconductor devices, MOS; semiconductor
                 random-access; storage; VLSI NMOS RAM",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Malhotra:1983:FNC,
  author =       "Arun K. Malhotra and Glen E. Leinbach and Jeffrey J.
                 Straw and Guy R. Wagner",
  title =        "Finstrate: a New Concept in {VLSI} Packaging",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "24--26",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A new packaging method is introduced for the VSLI
                 chips used in the design of Hewlett--Packard's 32-bit
                 computer to meet the speed, interconnect and cooling
                 requirements. The fin substrated (finstrate) board is
                 used that combines a copper fin for heat conduction and
                 dissipation with a multilayer substrate for
                 low-capacitance interconnection between ICs. The
                 fabrication of finstrate is described and the
                 cross-sections during the fabrication sequence are
                 shown. The assembly of a large hybrid IC is
                 illustrated. The thermal analysis of the module is also
                 presented.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B0170J (Product packaging); B2570 (Semiconductor
                 integrated circuits); C5100 (Circuits and devices)",
  classification = "713; 714; 715",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "copper fin; digital integrated circuits; finstrate;
                 heat conduction; integrated circuits, VLSI; large scale
                 integration; low-capacitance interconnection;
                 multilayer; packaging; substrate; VLSI",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Mikkelson:1983:NPT,
  author =       "James M. Mikkelson and Fung-Sun Fei and Arun K.
                 Malhotra and S. Dana Seccombe",
  title =        "{NMOS-III} Process Technology",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "27--30",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The major technological innovation required for the
                 design and manufacture of the 32-bit HP 9000 Computer
                 System was the development of NMOS III, a high-density,
                 high-speed IC process. This eight-mask, n-channel,
                 silicon-gate process uses optical lithography to print
                 minimum features of 1.5-$ \mu $ m-wide lines and 1.0-$
                 \mu $ m spaces on all critical levels. Both enhancement
                 and depletion devices are available. The devices are
                 fabricated with 40-nm-thick gate oxides and shallow
                 implanted sources and drains to reduce short-channel
                 effects. Major departures from conventional MOS
                 processes include external contacts to gates, drains,
                 and sources, and two layers of refractory metallization
                 for interconnecting devices.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B2220C (General integrated circuit fabrication
                 techniques); B2550 (Semiconductor device technology);
                 B2550G (Lithography)B2570F (Other MOS integrated
                 circuits); C5100 (Circuits and devices)",
  classification = "714",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "contacts; drains; external; field effect integrated
                 circuits; gates; HP 9000 computer system; IC process;
                 interconnecting devices; MOS processes; NMOS III;
                 NMOS-II process; optical lithography; process;
                 refractory metallization; semiconductor devices, MOS;
                 semiconductor technology; silicon-gate; sources",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Roland:1983:TRM,
  author =       "James P. Roland and Norman E. Hendrickson and Daniel
                 D. Kessler and Donald E. {Novy, Jr.} and David W.
                 Quint",
  title =        "Two-Layer Refractory Metal {IC} Process",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "30--32",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Apr 08 21:44:29 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The heavy emphasis on reducing device dimensions
                 (scaling) affects not only the width of the metal
                 lines, but also the material chosen and the processing
                 used. Even though the total current through a
                 minimum-dimension metal interconnect line is small in
                 absolute terms, the current density in these lines is
                 on the order of one million amperes per square
                 centimeter because of their small cross-sectional area.
                 Two tungsten layers of low-resistance interconnect are
                 selected for the circuits using NMOS-III technology.
                 Its design rules are given and the process is
                 described. The atmospheric chemical vapor deposition
                 (CVD) of oxide layers and tungsten layers, and the
                 etching process are described.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1265F (Microprocessors and microcomputers); B2220C
                 (General integrated circuit fabrication techniques);
                 B2550 (Semiconductor device technology); B2570F (Other
                 MOS integrated circuits); C5100 (Circuits and devices);
                 C5130 (Microprocessor chips)",
  classification = "543; 713; 812",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "field effect integrated circuits; high-resistance
                 polysilicon layer; III; integrated circuit chip;
                 integrated circuit manufacture; microprocessor chips;
                 NMOS-; refractory metal IC process; semiconductor
                 technology; topological puzzles; tungsten and alloys
                 --- Vapor Deposition; two-layer refractory metal",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Abraham:1983:NP,
  author =       "Howard E. Abraham and Keith G. Bartlett and Gary L.
                 Hillis and Mark Stolz and Martin S. Wilson",
  title =        "{NMOS-III} Photolithography",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "34--37",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The step-and-repeat optical aligner is shown that is
                 used in NMOS-III photolithography process. A new
                 multilayer photoresist process is introduced to obtain
                 necessary process control. The exposure system is
                 described and production control by means of a desktop
                 computer is highlighted. A block diagram explains the
                 step-and-align optical wafer exposure.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B2220C (General integrated circuit fabrication
                 techniques); B2550 (Semiconductor device technology);
                 B2550G (Lithography)B2570F (Other MOS integrated
                 circuits); C5100 (Circuits and devices)",
  classification = "714; 742; 745",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "chips; field effect integrated circuits; lithography;
                 multilayer photoresist; NMOS-III; NMOS-III
                 photolithography; NMOS-III production; optical; optical
                 aligner; photolithography; photoresists; process;
                 semiconductor devices, MOS; semiconductor technology;
                 step-and-repeat optical aligner",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Mead:1983:CPG,
  author =       "Sharon O. Mead and William R. Taylor and Kenneth A.
                 Mintz and Catherine M. Potter",
  title =        "A Color Presentation Graphics Workstation",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "3--9",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP 2700 family of high-performance color graphics
                 workstations is presented which offers local graphics
                 design and output features that enable users to create
                 professional presentation graphics and graphic art at a
                 fraction of the cost of manual methods of design and
                 preparation. The workstation's powerful features are
                 accessible by a host computer so that it is possible to
                 implement demanding graphics applications that do not
                 require the computer to perform complex transformation
                 calculations or transmit copious amounts of data to the
                 workstation. The HP 2700 can also function as a
                 block-mode computer terminal, making it a suitable
                 display station for many general graphics applications.
                 It has a high-quality color display, a keyboard with
                 many specialized functions, a graphics input device
                 consisting of a pair of thumbwheels and a button, and
                 an optional graphics tablet.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
  classification = "722; 723; 741",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "application; color --- Applications; color
                 presentation graphics workstation; computer graphic
                 equipment; computer graphics; computer peripheral
                 equipment --- Remote Consoles; computer software ---
                 Applications; decision support graphics; design; full
                 block-mode terminal capabilities; graphic art;
                 graphics; graphics workstation; HP 2700; interactive
                 terminals; software",
  treatment =    "N New Development; P Practical",
}

@Article{Burns:1983:DSH,
  author =       "Robert R. Burns and Dale A. Luck",
  title =        "Designing Software for High-Performance Graphics",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "9--14",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The design of a color lookup table, or color map, is
                 introduced that is standard for Hewlett--Packard color
                 graphics displays. The interactive changes of color
                 map, and thus the colors in the picture, by the user is
                 described. The vector list, polygon area fill,
                 double-buffered graphics memory, fonts and labels,
                 pick, hard copy and other graphics features of HP 2700
                 color graphics workstation are presented, and their
                 implementation illustrated. The use of matrix
                 arithmetic to calculate local object and viewing
                 transformations are also indicated.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
  classification = "723; 741; 921",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "color --- Applications; computer graphic equipment;
                 computer graphics --- Interactive; computer software;
                 computer systems programming --- Table Lookup;
                 engineering; fonts; graphics commands; host computer;
                 HP 2700 color graphics workstation; interactive
                 terminals; mathematical techniques --- Matrix Algebra;
                 polygon-area fill; software; software design; vector
                 list",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Diserens:1983:LDG,
  author =       "Craig W. Diserens and Curtis L. Dowdy and William R.
                 Taylor",
  title =        "Logic Design for a Graphics Subsystem",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "15--18",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Three plug-in hardware modules, graphics controller,
                 graphics image memory, and color mapper, are introduced
                 as the hardware pipeline of the HP 2700 color graphics
                 workstation that delivers graphics information to the
                 color monitor. An additional path from the graphics
                 image memory to an external raster device such as a
                 hardcopy camera or another display monitor is provided
                 by a fourth optional plug-in module called the external
                 video interface. The raster scan address logic,
                 alphanumeric color mapping and external video interface
                 are described that lead to a red-green-blue (RGB) video
                 output.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5210 (Logic design methods); C5540 (Terminals and
                 graphic displays)",
  classification = "721; 722; 723; 741",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "color --- Monitoring; color mapper; color mapping;
                 computer graphic equipment; computer graphics ---
                 Imaging Techniques; CRT; display monitor; graphics;
                 graphics control; graphics controller; graphics
                 subsystem; hardcopy camera; hardware pipeline; HP 2700;
                 image memory; local vector list; logic design; plug-in
                 hardware modules; raster graphics; raster scan address
                 logic; response time",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Hanlon:1983:HCM,
  author =       "M. Hanlon and G. G. Moyer and P. G. Winninghoff",
  title =        "A high-resolution color monitor",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "18--21",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
  keywords =     "alignment; color monitor; computer graphic equipment;
                 converter; delta-gun CRT; digital information;
                 digital-to-analog; electronic signals; high-resolution;
                 HP 2700; interactive terminals; monitoring; raster-scan
                 deflection; television-type monitor",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Tang:1983:GWE,
  author =       "Edward Tang and Otakar Blazek and Thomas K. Landgraf
                 and Paula H. Ng and Stephen P. Pacheco",
  title =        "The graphics workstation as an extensible computer
                 terminal",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "22--25",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The extensibility and compatibility are considered in
                 the design of a computer graphics terminal. In order
                 that the terminal can incorporate new technologies as
                 they become available, and at the same time be
                 compatible with other existing HP terminals, various
                 design objectives of HP 2700 color graphics workstation
                 are examined. The main processing unit (MPU) and the
                 associated software, access devices, disk patcher
                 utility, intelligent subsystems, alphanumeric video
                 controller (AVC), Keyboard\slash Datacom controller,
                 tablet interface, shared peripheral controller, and
                 minifloppy controller are considered.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
  classification = "722; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "alphanumeric display; alphanumeric video controller
                 (AVC); color graphics work station; compatibility;
                 computer graphic equipment; computer graphics; computer
                 peripheral equipment --- Remote Consoles; data
                 communications; extensibility; extensible computer
                 terminal; graphics workstation; HP 2700; input;
                 intelligent I/O controllers; interactive terminals;
                 interface; keyboard; local device control; main
                 processing unit (MPU); minifloppy; software",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Perkins:1983:CTT,
  author =       "Michael R. Perkins and Susan Snitzer and Charles W.
                 Andrews",
  title =        "A computer-aided test and tracking system",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "25--28",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A testing system is introduced to test the printed
                 circuit assemblies (PCAs) for the HP 2700 Color
                 Graphics Workstation. It provides quick sorting of
                 functional and nonfunctional PCAs, PCA burn-in,
                 terminal test, and a station for technicians to
                 reproduce failures that occur elsewhere in the system.
                 The system also collects data and checks for trends.
                 This information can be fed back to the appropriate
                 group to help prevent recurrence of the failure in
                 future assemblies.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 C3380B (Control of electronic instruments); C5540
                 (Terminals and graphic displays); C7430 (Computer
                 engineering)",
  classification = "703; 713; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "automatic test equipment; burn-in system; computer
                 aided manufacturing; computer graphic equipment;
                 computer graphics --- Equipment; computer-aided
                 testing; computer-aided tracking system; HP 2700;
                 printed circuit assemblies (PCAS); printed circuit
                 assembly testing; printed circuits; temperature
                 stress",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Thompson:1983:PDF,
  author =       "D. C. Thompson and K. D. Boetzer and M. A. D. Bona and
                 B. M. Mousa",
  title =        "Product design of a friendly color graphics
                 workstation",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "28--30",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
  keywords =     "computer graphic equipment; HP 2700 colour graphics
                 workstation; local intelligence; memory; user
                 interface",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Balazer:1983:ASA,
  author =       "S. A. Balazer and J. M. Perry",
  title =        "{AUTOPLOT\slash} 2700: a simple approach to custom
                 chart generation",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "31--34",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
  keywords =     "2700 color graphics workstation; AUTOPLOT/2700; bar
                 charts; computer graphic equipment; custom chart
                 generation; high-; HP; line charts; log charts;
                 menu-driven interface; pie charts; quality decision
                 support graphics; scattergrams; software engineering;
                 software package",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Alburger:1983:PGP,
  author =       "J. R. Alburger and J. L. Davis and D. A. Rodriguez and
                 B. A. Stanley",
  title =        "{PAINTBRUSH\slash} 2700: a general-purpose picture
                 creator",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "34--37",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
  keywords =     "application program; color graphics workstation;
                 computer graphic equipment; general-purpose graphics;
                 general-purpose picture creator; HP 2700;
                 PAINTBRUSH/2700; software engineering",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Karrer:1983:UIO,
  author =       "H. Edward Karrer and Arthur M. Dickey",
  title =        "Ultrasound Imaging: an Overview",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "3--6",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The useful capabilities of ultrasound in medical
                 imaging are considered as the mechanical properties of
                 tissues (i. e parameters such as density and
                 elasticity) are represented by the ultrasound image.
                 The ultrasound diagnostic imaging technique is
                 described, the physical principles are explained, and a
                 block diagram of a basic imaging system using a
                 phase-array transducer is illustrated to prove how it
                 is possible to look at organs and other structures
                 inside the human body without breaking the skin.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A0130R (Reviews and tutorial papers; resource
                 letters); A8760B (Sonic and ultrasonic radiation
                 (medical uses)); A8770E (Patient diagnostic methods and
                 instrumentation); B7510B (Radiation and radioactivity
                 applications in biomedicine); B7820 (Sonic and
                 ultrasonic applications)",
  classification = "461; 741; 753",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "biomedical engineering --- Diagnosis; biomedical
                 ultrasonics; human body; imaging techniques;
                 noninvasive imaging; organs; overview; physical;
                 principles; reviews; ultrasonic imaging; ultrasonics;
                 ultrasound imaging",
}

@Article{Banks:1983:UIS,
  author =       "Lawrence W. Banks",
  title =        "An ultrasound imaging system",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "6, 9--11",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "An instrument is presented that views the internal
                 organs and tissues of the human body in real time by
                 directing a beam of short ultrasound pulses into the
                 body and then receiving and processing the acoustic
                 echoes to form a displayed image. The HP77020A
                 Ultrasound Imaging System is introduced as a real-time
                 phased-array imaging system offering a 90 degree sector
                 image constructed with a polar-to-rectangular
                 conversion algorithm that minimizes artifacts in the
                 image. The operator can select either a sector-only
                 display or a small-sector display with one or two
                 M-mode traces. The system provides the operator with a
                 variety of capabilities which include stop action,
                 hard-copy reproduction, and quantitative analysis.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A8760B (Sonic and ultrasonic radiation (medical
                 uses)); A8770E (Patient diagnostic methods and
                 instrumentation); B7510B (Radiation and radioactivity
                 applications in biomedicine); B7820 (Sonic and
                 ultrasonic applications)",
  classification = "461; 741; 753",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "acoustic echoes; biomedical equipment; biomedical
                 ultrasonics; HP 77020A; human body; imaging techniques;
                 internal organs; tissues; ultrasonics --- Medical
                 Applications; ultrasound imaging; ultrasound imaging
                 system",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Kinicki:1983:QAU,
  author =       "R. M. Kinicki",
  title =        "Quantitative analysis for ultrasound imaging",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "8--9",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A8760B (Sonic and ultrasonic radiation (medical
                 uses)); A8770E (Patient diagnostic methods and
                 instrumentation); B7510B (Radiation and radioactivity
                 applications in biomedicine); B7820 (Sonic and
                 ultrasonic applications)",
  keywords =     "analysis packages; biomedical equipment; biomedical
                 ultrasonics; calculations; functional information; HP
                 77020A; patient history data; qualitative anatomical
                 information; standard; system calipers; ultrasound
                 imaging; Ultrasound Imaging System",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Popp:1983:PVE,
  author =       "Richard L. Popp",
  title =        "Physician'{S} View of Echocardiographic Imaging",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "13--16",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Medical imaging obtained by ultrasound is considered
                 that gives physician more information to help care for
                 patient by providing data not available by other means,
                 more complete or accurate, at less risk and less cost
                 to the patient and\slash or physician. The ability to
                 observe the heart or other structures inside the body
                 in many details, like heart valves and walls, without
                 any risk to the patient, is portrayed as the most
                 important feature of echocardiographic imaging. M-mode
                 and two-dimensional methods are described, the latter
                 offering expanded anatonic information. The equipment
                 is described and the guidelines of the American Society
                 of Echocardiography for the training of physicians and
                 technicians are indicated.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A8760B (Sonic and ultrasonic radiation (medical
                 uses)); A8770E (Patient diagnostic methods and
                 instrumentation); B7510B (Radiation and radioactivity
                 applications in biomedicine); B7820 (Sonic and
                 ultrasonic applications)",
  classification = "461; 741; 753",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "biomedical engineering; biomedical equipment;
                 biomedical ultrasonics; diagnosis; echocardiographic
                 imaging; echocardiographic testing; patient;
                 ultrasonics --- Imaging Techniques; ultrasound
                 imaging",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Larson:1983:ATA,
  author =       "John D. {Larson, III}",
  title =        "An acoustic transducer array for medical imaging.
                 {I}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "17--22",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The acoustic transducer array is described that is the
                 analog front end of an ultrasound imaging system. It
                 provides a large number of independent channels,
                 transduces electric signals to acoustic pressure, and
                 generates sufficient acoustic energy to illuminate the
                 various structures in the human body. In turn, it
                 converts the weak returning acoustic echoes to a set of
                 electric signals which can be processed into an image.
                 The key transducer requirements are listed and the
                 fabrication of a transducer array for medical imaging
                 and some of the basic principles and design constraints
                 that must be considered are discussed.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A4388 (Transduction; devices for the generation and
                 reproduction of sound); A8760B (Sonic and ultrasonic
                 radiation (medical uses)); A8770E (Patient diagnostic
                 methods and instrumentation); B7510B (Radiation and
                 radioactivity applications in biomedicine); B7810C
                 (Sonic and ultrasonic transducers)",
  classification = "461; 741; 752; 753",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "acoustic; acoustic pressure; acoustic transducer
                 array; acoustic transducers; biomedical; biomedical
                 equipment; ceramic piezoelectric materials; design
                 constraints; echoes; fabrication; human body; imaging
                 system; imaging techniques --- Ultrasonic Applications;
                 medical imaging; principles; ultrasonics; ultrasound",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Miller:1983:ATA,
  author =       "David G. Miller",
  title =        "An acoustic transducer array for medical imaging.
                 {II}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "22--26",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "High sensitivity and a short pulse are considered as
                 important, but conflicting requirements for an acoustic
                 transducer used in diagnostic imaging systems. The
                 design of the transducer for the HP77020A Ultrasound
                 Imaging System is a compromise between these two
                 requirements. The transducer element and its acoustic
                 impedance are discussed and the equivalent circuit
                 model of the piezoelectric transducer is developed. The
                 acoustic lens design is also presented.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A4388 (Transduction; devices for the generation and
                 reproduction of sound); A8760B (Sonic and ultrasonic
                 radiation (medical uses)); A8770E (Patient diagnostic
                 methods and instrumentation); B7510B (Radiation and
                 radioactivity applications in biomedicine); B7810C
                 (Sonic and ultrasonic transducers)",
  classification = "461; 741; 751; 752",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "acoustic transducer array; acoustic transducers;
                 acoustic transducers --- Medical Applications;
                 biomedical; biomedical equipment; diagnostic imaging;
                 HP 77020A; medical imaging; ultasound imaging system;
                 ultrasonics; ultrasound imaging system",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Szabo:1983:RPC,
  author =       "Thomas L. Szabo and Gary A. Seavey",
  title =        "Radiated Power Characteristics of Diagnostic
                 Ultrasound Transducers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "26--29",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Definitions and measurement recommendations outlined
                 in `Safety Standard for Diagnostic Ultrasound
                 Equipment' are considered by Hewlett--Packard Medical
                 Group for characterization of ultrasound transducers
                 and systems. The safe ultrasound intensity levels are
                 suggested that are based on the lowest levels at which
                 biological effects have been reported in tissues.
                 Various measurement techniques and definitions are
                 explained.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A4388 (Transduction; devices for the generation and
                 reproduction of sound); A8760B (Sonic and ultrasonic
                 radiation (medical uses)); A8770E (Patient diagnostic
                 methods and instrumentation); B7510B (Radiation and
                 radioactivity applications in biomedicine); B7810C
                 (Sonic and ultrasonic transducers)",
  classification = "461; 622; 753",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "bioeffects; biomedical ultrasonics; diagnostic
                 imaging; diagnostic ultrasound; radiated power
                 characteristics; radiation effects --- Measurements;
                 transducers; ultrasonic intensity; ultrasonic power
                 level safety; ultrasonic transducers; ultrasonics ---
                 Medical Applications",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Leavitt:1983:SCA,
  author =       "Steven C. Leavitt and Barry F. Hunt and Hugh G.
                 Larsen",
  title =        "A scan conversion algorithm for displaying ultrasound
                 images",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "30--34",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "In the HP 77020A Ultrasound Imaging System, the
                 signals received by the 64 acoustic transducer elements
                 and processed by the electronic scanner correspond to
                 the return echoes from an acoustic beam focused in a
                 direction that changes with time in a predetermined
                 manner. The digital scan converter in this system
                 processes this information to present a visual image of
                 the acoustically scanned region. This converter uses a
                 novel two-dimensional interpolation algorithm in a
                 process referred to as R-Theta reconstruction. Using
                 this technique, the acoustic image is reproduced from
                 the echo values in an essentially error-free manner.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A8760B (Sonic and ultrasonic radiation (medical
                 uses)); A8770E (Patient diagnostic methods and
                 instrumentation); B7510B (Radiation and radioactivity
                 applications in biomedicine); B7820 (Sonic and
                 ultrasonic applications)",
  classification = "741; 752; 753; 921",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "77020A ultrasound imaging system; acoustic transducer;
                 acoustic transducers; acoustic transducers ---
                 Applications; biomedical; biomedical equipment; digital
                 scan converter; electronic scanner; HP; image
                 processing --- Reconstruction; mathematical models;
                 R-Theta; r-theta reconstruction; reconstruction; scan
                 conversion algorithm; two-dimensional interpolation
                 algorithm; ultrasonics; ultrasound images display;
                 visual image",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Snyder:1983:UIQ,
  author =       "Richard A. Snyder and Richard J. Conrad",
  title =        "Ultrasound Image Quality",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "34--38",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Image quality is a measure of the diagnostic utility
                 of an ultrasound image to a physician. Generally the
                 physician uses ultrasound to examine the internal
                 organs of a patient noninvasively. Hence, the
                 ultrasound image must be an accurate representation of
                 structures in the body. The resolution of the
                 ultrasonic image obtained using a phased-array scanner
                 is discussed. The effects of sidelobes and grating
                 lobes, the clutter suppression, depth of penetration,
                 tissue representation, image intensity, and other
                 characteristics of image quality are discussed.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A8760B (Sonic and ultrasonic radiation (medical
                 uses)); A8770E (Patient diagnostic methods and
                 instrumentation)",
  classification = "461; 741; 753",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "acoustic imaging --- Medical Applications; biomedical
                 ultrasonics; body; clutter suppression; depth of
                 penetration; diagnostic utility; human; image quality;
                 organs; patient diagnosis; representation; resolution;
                 tissue; ultrasonics; ultrasound image quality",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Magnin:1983:CSU,
  author =       "P. A. Magnin",
  title =        "Coherent speckle in ultrasound images",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "39--40",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A8760B (Sonic and ultrasonic radiation (medical
                 uses)); A8770E (Patient diagnostic methods and
                 instrumentation)",
  keywords =     "biomedical ultrasonics; coherence; coherent speckle;
                 high-spatial-frequency; mask; speckle; tissues;
                 ultrasound images",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Temple:1983:DSB,
  author =       "Y. Temple",
  title =        "Device-independent software for business graphics",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "3--4",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6130B (Graphics techniques); C7100 (Business and
                 administration); D2010 (Business and professional);
                 D2020 (Design and graphics); D5000 (Office automation -
                 computing)",
  keywords =     "2680A Graphics Package; administrative data
                 processing; business graphics; colour palettes;
                 computer graphics; Computer System; datafile handling;
                 decision support chartmaker; device dependent;
                 DSG/3000; figure design system; figure files; font
                 files; Hewlett Packard; HP; HP 17623A Graphics Tablet;
                 HP 2680A Laser Printer; HP 3000; HPDRAW; HPEASYCHART;
                 interactive chartmaker; interactive systems; office
                 automation; packages; software; software packages",
  treatment =    "A Application; G General Review",
}

@Article{Morris:1983:DSC,
  author =       "Janet Elich Morris and Richard J. {Simms, Jr.}",
  title =        "A decision support chartmaker",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "5--9",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A comprehensive business graphics software package is
                 presented that produces bar, line, and pie charts, and
                 slides. The design, production and storage of charts
                 generated from information kept in data file are
                 considered. The basic capabilities of this software
                 tool and its flexibility are emphasized in creating
                 several charts on a periodic basis or a single chart of
                 one-time publication. The accessing of the design
                 features is described, the chat file and data
                 manipulations are introduced, and the design standards
                 are indicated. The adaptation of the user interface to
                 various languages is mentioned.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6130B (Graphics techniques); C7100 (Business and
                 administration); D2010 (Business and professional);
                 D2020 (Design and graphics); D5000 (Office automation -
                 computing)",
  classification = "723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "administrative data processing; applications; bar
                 chart; business graphics software package; chart;
                 charts; computer graphics; computer software; data
                 file; data manipulation; data processing, business ---
                 File Organization; decision support; DSG/3000; HP 3000
                 Computer System; Interactive Office; interactive
                 systems; layouts; line chart; office automation;
                 one-time; pie charts; programmatic interfaces;
                 projection; restriction; slides; software packages;
                 sorting; transformation",
  treatment =    "A Application; G General Review",
}

@Article{Seaver:1983:EC,
  author =       "M. Seaver and R. W. Dea and R. J. {Simms, Jr.}",
  title =        "An easy-to-use chartmaker",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "10--12",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6130B (Graphics techniques); C7100 (Business and
                 administration); D2010 (Business and professional);
                 D2020 (Design and graphics); D5000 (Office automation -
                 computing)",
  keywords =     "administrative data processing; computer graphics;
                 driven interface; DSG/3000; electronic office system;
                 HPDRAW; HPEASYCHART; HPWORD; interactive chartmaker;
                 interactive systems; menu-; office automation; software
                 packages; software system; stand-alone graphics;
                 TDP/3000",
  treatment =    "A Application; G General Review",
}

@Article{Purnaveja:1983:CCM,
  author =       "Chayaboon Purnaveja and Janet Swift",
  title =        "Convenient Creation and Manipulation of Presentation
                 Aids",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "13--17",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A highly interactive graphics design system, HPDRAW,
                 is introduced that allows data to be entered through
                 direct graphics or menu interfaces. The editing and
                 manipulation of freehand drawings, symbols, and
                 signatures is accomplished by point and push operations
                 using a graphics cursor instead of the typical
                 coordinate point designation method. A basic functional
                 outline of the design is shown to allow parallel
                 development of independent capabilities and to
                 accommodate new software modules as they become
                 available.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6130B (Graphics techniques); C7100 (Business and
                 administration); D2010 (Business and professional);
                 D2020 (Design and graphics); D5000 (Office automation -
                 computing)",
  classification = "723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "administrative data processing; and push operations;
                 computer graphics; computer interfaces; editing;
                 facility; freehand drawings; graphics cursor; Help;
                 Hewlett Packard; HP 17623A Graphics Tablet; HP 3000
                 computer system; HPDRAW; interactive graphics design
                 system; interactive systems; manipulation; menu
                 interfaces; office automation; point; signatures;
                 software packages; visual aids",
  treatment =    "A Application; G General Review",
}

@Article{Baker:1983:GCL,
  author =       "Tamara C. Baker and William T. Toms and James C.
                 Bratnober and Gerald T. Wade",
  title =        "Graphics Capabilities on a Laser Printer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "17--22",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP 2680A Laser Printer is presented as a raster
                 image device similar in some ways to a black and white
                 television CRT screen. A page of printer output is
                 composed of small circular black dots analogous to the
                 picture elements (pixels) on a CRT. There are 180 of
                 these dots per inch in both the horizontal and vertical
                 directions. Patterns of dots are grouped together into
                 rectangular cells that form characters. A set of these
                 characters is downloaded into the printer's memory and
                 used to generate the text of the printed image on the
                 page. The difference between raster generation and
                 vector generation approaches is found to be the reason
                 why graphics output cannot be efficiently printed. An
                 interactive formatting system, IFS\slash 3000 is
                 applied that adds the graphics capability to the
                 printer.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays); C5550
                 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  classification = "722; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "computer graphic equipment; computer graphics ---
                 Interactive; computer peripheral equipment; document
                 format; formatting; generated output; graphics;
                 graphics capability; HP2680A laser printer; IFS/2680;
                 IFS/3000; interactive definition; interactive
                 formatting system/3000; lasers --- Applications;
                 printers; programmatic control; raster generation;
                 raster image device; vector; vector generation",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Jundanian:1983:CHU,
  author =       "Richard H. Jundanian and Janet R. Accettura and John
                 N. Dukes",
  title =        "Control Hardware for an Ultrasound Imaging System",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "3--5",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP 77900A Ultrasound Controller is described that
                 provides the interface between the user and the HP
                 77020A Ultrasound Imaging System. It houses the primary
                 video display, the front control panels, the system
                 processing unit (CPU). and the input\slash output (I/O)
                 system. The CPU interfaces the 77020A to the operator
                 by scanning the front-panel controls. Three printed
                 circuit assemblies provide the interface hardware
                 required to support the video cassette recorder (VCR),
                 various physiological amplifiers, the stripchart
                 recorder, and the video camera. A block diagram shows
                 the assemblies that are included in the Controller.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement systems);
                 B7510B (Radiation and radioactivity applications in
                 biomedicine); B7810 (Sonic and ultrasonic equipment);
                 C3380B (Control of electronic instruments); C3385
                 (Biological and medical control systems); C7330
                 (Biology and medical computing); C7420 (Control
                 engineering computing)",
  classification = "731; 741; 753",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "biomedical equipment; biomedical ultrasonics; central
                 processing unit (cpu); computerised; computerised
                 instrumentation; computerised picture; control; control
                 systems; controllers; CPU; front control panels;
                 HP77020A ultrasound imaging; HP77900A ultrasound
                 controller; I/O system; input/output (I/O) system;
                 physiological amplifiers; primary video display;
                 printed circuit assemblies; processing; recorder;
                 stripchart recorder; system; ultrasonic equipment;
                 ultrasonics --- Imaging Techniques; ultrasound imaging
                 system; video cassette",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Luszcz:1983:USS,
  author =       "Joseph M. Luszcz and William A. Koppes and David C.
                 Hempstead and Robert J. Kunz",
  title =        "Ultrasound System Software",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "6--13",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Three subsystems of the HP 77020A Ultrasound Imaging
                 System are considered: the scanner, display and
                 controller, each containing its own 16-bit proprietary
                 microprocessor. The comprehensive software coordinating
                 these subsystems is described that sets up the
                 hardware, controls image acquisition, and processes
                 physiological data, using an internal bus. In addition
                 to hardware control and system coordination, the
                 ultrasound system software also provides a variety of
                 data processing capabilities such as the sampling,
                 compression, smoothing and display of physiological
                 waveforms.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7510B (Radiation and radioactivity applications in
                 biomedicine); C3385 (Biological and medical control
                 systems); C7330 (Biology and medical computing)",
  classification = "461; 723; 741; 753",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "16-bit microprocessor; 77200A scanner; 77400A display
                 subsystem; 77900A; analysis; biomedical engineering ---
                 Computer Aided Diagnosis; biomedical equipment;
                 biomedical ultrasonics; cardiac analysis; computer
                 software; computers, microprocessor --- Applications;
                 computing; controller; ECG; heart sound waveforms; HP
                 77020A ultrasound imaging system; image acquisition;
                 imaging acquisition; internal bus; medical; obstetric;
                 physiological data; proprietary microprocessor;
                 software engineering; ultrasonic equipment; ultrasonics
                 --- Imaging Techniques; ultrasound imaging system",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Gatzke:1983:ESP,
  author =       "Ronald D. Gatzke and James T. Fearnside and Sydney M.
                 Karp",
  title =        "Electronic Scanner for a Phased-Array Ultrasound
                 Transducer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "13--15, 17--20",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A subsystem is presented that controls the
                 transmission and reception of ultrasound pulses by 64
                 tranducer elements to scan a 90 degree sector and
                 collect data for an ultrasound image. The beam of these
                 pulses is directed and focused by controlling the
                 timing of the excitation and received signal for each
                 transducer element. The hypothetical phased-array
                 system is shown, that consists of n parallel channels,
                 each with its own transmitter and receiver. Each
                 transmitter outputs a short-duration ultrasound pulse
                 into the human body. This pulse is partially reflected
                 back to the transducer array by various structures and
                 tissues in the body. The receivers detect the reflected
                 acoustic energy and send the resulting signal from each
                 element to a delay mechanism and a summing junction.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A4388 (Transduction; devices for the generation and
                 reproduction of sound); B7230G (Image sensors); B7810C
                 (Sonic and ultrasonic transducers)",
  classification = "461; 741; 753",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "delay; electronic scanner; HP 77020A ultrasound
                 imaging system; image sensors; mechanism; parallel
                 channels; phased array; phased array ultrasound
                 transducer; receiver; summing junction; tissues;
                 transmitter; ultrasonic transducers; ultrasonics ---
                 Imaging Techniques; ultrasound pulses",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{McKnight:1983:MSF,
  author =       "R. N. McKnight",
  title =        "A mixing scheme to focus a transducer array
                 dynamically",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "16--17",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A4388 (Transduction; devices for the generation and
                 reproduction of sound); B7810C (Sonic and ultrasonic
                 transducers)",
  keywords =     "acoustic echo; human body; mixing scheme; transducer
                 array focusing; ultrasonic transducers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{OConnell:1983:DSU,
  author =       "Raymond G. O'Connell and James R. Mniece and Alwyn P.
                 D'Sa",
  title =        "Display System for Ultrasound Images",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "20--28",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A subsystem is described that collects digital data
                 from ultrasound scanning and physiological waveforms
                 from other amplifiers, and processes them for display
                 in a rectangular raster-seam format. The input and
                 output of data is illustrated. The design goals and the
                 design proper are presented, including video recording,
                 high speed search playback and phaser supply. Examples
                 of heart beat waveforms are presented, and a scan shows
                 a cross section of the heart.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7230G (Image sensors); B7260 (Display technology and
                 systems); B7810 (Sonic and ultrasonic equipment)",
  classification = "461; 741; 753",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "77900A; ASCII command messages; control; display
                 devices; display instrumentation; display system; HP
                 77020A ultrasound imaging system; HP 77400A display
                 subsystem; image sensors; images; physiological
                 waveforms; raster-scan; supervisory; ultrasonic
                 equipment; ultrasonics --- Medical Applications;
                 ultrasound; ultrasound scanning",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Larson:1983:FSC,
  author =       "Paul A. Larson and Bruce L. Ryder and Thomas J.
                 Stark",
  title =        "Fused Silica Capillary Columns for Gas
                 Chromatography",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "34",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "35--40",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1983",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The development of this technique is summarized going
                 back to its beginnings for a look at the early
                 promising results. The present state of the art is
                 examined and the trends that may determine the future
                 are described.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "801",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "chromatographic analysis; fused silica capillary
                 columns; gas chromatography",
}

@Article{Wilken:1984:THD,
  author =       "Kent Wilken",
  title =        "Two high-capacity disc drives ({HP} 7933 and {HP}
                 7935)",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "3--6",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The development of two new high-capacity disk drives
                 is reported, and various areas in the design
                 improvement are considered, including magnetic media
                 and read\slash write heads. The dubbed automatic head
                 alignment (AHA) technique is introduced and an increase
                 in compensation is obtained for media defects in the
                 area where data is stored. Particle contamination
                 control, and diagnostics and serviceability methods are
                 also obtained.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media); C5320
                 (Digital storage)",
  classification = "722",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "7935; data error correction; data storage, magnetic;
                 diagnostics; disc drives; disc pack; electric drive;
                 HP; HP 7933; magnetic disc and drum storage",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Voigt:1984:CLI,
  author =       "D. L. Voigt",
  title =        "A command language for improved disc protocol",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "5--6",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6210L (Computer communications); C5610 (Computer
                 interfaces)",
  keywords =     "7933/35 Disc Drive; command language; command phase;
                 Command Set 80; computer interfaces; CPU; disc; disc
                 protocol; execution phase; host computer; phase;
                 protocols; report; transactions",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Batey:1984:SDR,
  author =       "Robert M. Batey and James D. Becker",
  title =        "Second-generation disc read\slash write electronics
                 ({HP} 7933 and 7935 disc products)",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "7--12",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Earlier coding techniques, the modified frequency
                 modulation (MFM) and Manchester code, are described and
                 the code used in the new disk products, called VLFM, is
                 introduced. The VLFM encoding table is discussed, the
                 minimum and maximum number of data windows between
                 recorded transitions are determined, and the analog
                 signal processing illustrated. The operation of a pulse
                 qualifying circuit and the clock recovery techniques
                 are described. The error-rate of the drive and methods
                 used to improve it are also considered.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media); C5320
                 (Digital storage)",
  classification = "722; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "7933 disc product; 7935 disc; codes, symbolic ---
                 Encoding; coding; data storage, magnetic; disc
                 products; frequency modulation; Hewlett-; magnetic disc
                 and drum storage; Manchester code; modified frequency
                 modulation (MFM); Packard; products; track densities",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Galen:1984:DDE,
  author =       "Peter M. Galen",
  title =        "Disk Drive Error Detection and Correction Using
                 {VLSI}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "12--13",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The improvement of the integrity and recoverability of
                 data stored on disk are considered and the error
                 correction and detection methods are described. Placing
                 error correction entirely within the disc drive
                 eliminates the need for delay in the case of most
                 errors and thereby improves the system performance. As
                 the same linear feedback shift registers (LFSRs) are
                 used for both encoding and decoding, a real-time
                 correction method is used requiring two LFSRs. A 28-pin
                 VLSI circuit is described that is used as the error
                 correction function.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits); B6120B
                 (Codes); C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media);
                 C5320 (Digital storage)",
  classification = "722; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "codes, symbolic; correlated noise; data storage,
                 magnetic --- Disk; disc drive; disk drive error
                 detection and correction; error correction; error
                 detection; integrated circuits, VLSI --- Applications;
                 large scale integration; LSI; magnetic disc and drum
                 storage; random noise; system performance; VLSI",
  treatment =    "P Practical; G General Review",
}

@Article{Bell:1984:HPL,
  author =       "R. Frank Bell and Eric W. Johnson and R. Keith
                 Whitaker and Roger V. Wilcox",
  title =        "Head Positioning in a Large Disc Drive",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "14--20",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The head position system in the new Hewlett--Packard
                 disk drive is presented. The system controls the
                 position of the data heads to follow the data tracks
                 within approximately one tenth of the track width. It
                 also moves the heads from one cylinder to another in a
                 minimum amount of time. A new approach to data head
                 alignment techniques is introduced. To minimize the
                 effects of thermal drifts and other low-frequency
                 changes, the drive automatically aligns the data heads
                 to prewritten alignment tracks existing on every data
                 pack. Special electronics to implement the automatic
                 head alignment is illustrated and the interaction of
                 the drive control with a microprocessor is described.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media); C5320
                 (Digital storage)",
  classification = "722; 723; 731",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "alignment techniques; alignment tracks; automatic head
                 alignment; computers, microprocessor --- Applications;
                 control, mechanical variables; data head; data head
                 positioning system; data heads; data storage, magnetic
                 --- Disk; data tracks; date; disc drive; head; HP 7933
                 disc drive; HP 7935 disc drive; magnetic disc and drum
                 storage; pack; positioning system; thermal drifts",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Smith:1984:MDL,
  author =       "James H. Smith",
  title =        "Mechanical Design of a Large Disc Drive",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "20--22",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A new mechanical design approach is presented for disk
                 drives that is based on modularity and on a molded
                 cabinet with a maximum amount of molded-in details.
                 Four major assemblies or modules are described: the
                 spindle base, the power supply, the card cage, and the
                 cabinet itself. A performance comparison with an older
                 design is made.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media); C5320
                 (Digital storage)",
  classification = "705; 722",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "actuator spindle; base; card cage; data storage,
                 magnetic --- Disk; design; disc drive; electric drive;
                 HP 7933 disc drive; HP 7935 disc drive; magnetic disc
                 and drum storage; mechanical design; modular
                 construction; molded cabinet; power supply",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Edwards:1984:HDD,
  author =       "Stephen A. Edwards",
  title =        "High-Capacity Disc Drive Servomechanism Design",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "23--27",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The actuator spindle base assembly (ASB) is
                 introducing the major mechanical design project for the
                 disc drives. Two of the fundamental design
                 considerations for the ASB, modularity and primary
                 functionality are considered. The separation of all the
                 mechanically critical components is mentioned,
                 specifically the spindle, linear actuator,
                 carriage\slash rail systems, and the base which
                 supports them, from structural constraints and
                 concentrate on the complicated servo performance
                 issues. By eliminating many of the smaller extraneous
                 subassemblies from the main base, several potentially
                 annoying vibrational modes are avoided. As an added
                 benefit, a single high-precision assembly is introduced
                 which requires fewer tools and less assembly space and
                 is fairly simple to monitor and troubleshoot.
                 Subassemblies are pretested before reaching the final
                 assembly station, resulting in higher yields.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C3260B (Electric actuators and final control
                 equipment); C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media);
                 C5320 (Digital storage)",
  classification = "705; 722; 732",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "actuator; actuator spindle base (ASB) assembly;
                 actuator spindle base assembly; actuators; base; data
                 storage, magnetic --- Disk; design; disc drive; drive;
                 HP 7933 disc; HP 7935 disc drive; magnetic disc and
                 drum storage; mechanical design; modularity; primary
                 functionality; servomechanism; servomechanisms;
                 subassemblies",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Koehler:1984:SOH,
  author =       "Loren M. Koehler and Timothy C. Mackey",
  title =        "Speech Output for {HP} Series 80 Personal Computers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "29--33, 35--36",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The speech synthesis module for Hewlett--Packard's
                 personal computers is introduced that allows these
                 machines to output audible information to prompt
                 operators, sound alarms, indicate error conditions, or
                 request service. The module is accompanied by enough
                 vocabulary and software to provide a variety of tools
                 for using speech. Some possible applications of
                 computer-generated speech are discussed.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5585 (Speech recognition and synthesis equipment)",
  classification = "723; 752",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "computers, microprocessor --- Components; HP 1000; HP
                 27201A; HP 3000; HP 82967A; HP series 80 personal
                 computers; personal computer (PC); speech; speech
                 synthesis; speech synthesis module",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Hueftle:1984:SOH,
  author =       "E. R. Hueftle and J. R. Murphy",
  title =        "Speech output for {HP} 1000 and {HP} 3000 computer
                 systems",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "34--35",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5585 (Speech recognition and synthesis equipment)",
  keywords =     "232-C/V.24 computer systems; HP 1000; HP 27201A Speech
                 Output Module; HP 27203A Speech Library; HP 27205A
                 Speech Library; HP 3000; interfacing; limited internal
                 speech data storage; method; RS-; speech output; speech
                 synthesis",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Allan:1984:NSH,
  author =       "Marlu E. Allan and Nancy Schoendorf and Craig B.
                 Chatterton and Don M. Cross",
  title =        "A new series of high-performance real-time computers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "3--6",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The new HP 1000 A-series family of computers is
                 designed to provide solutions to specific real-time
                 needs in manufacturing, automation, and other
                 performance-critical environments. Implemented with
                 state-of-the-art technology, the new computers offer
                 major new capabilities to meet the challenging demands
                 of original equipment manufacturers, end users, and
                 system designers. Three compatible processors, A600,
                 A700 and A900, are introduced that are available in
                 board, box, and system configurations and offer
                 configuration flexibility for OEMs and end users across
                 a wide spectrum of applications. The operating system
                 is described, the performance of the processors is
                 verified in benchmarks run against their predecessors
                 and other current products, and specific results are
                 discussed.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, CA, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5130 (Microprocessor chips); C5420 (Mainframes and
                 minicomputers); C6150J (Operating systems); D5010
                 (Computers and work stations)",
  classification = "722; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "(computers); automation; benchmarks; board
                 configuration; box configuration; compatible
                 processors; computer systems, digital --- Real Time
                 Operation; computers, microprocessor; critical
                 environments; end users; Hewlett Packard;
                 high-performance real-time computers; HP 1000-A series;
                 manufacturing; microprocessor chips; minicomputers;
                 OEMs; operating system; operating systems; Performance;
                 performance verification; performance-;
                 performance-critical environments; real-time executive;
                 system configuration; system designers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Fotland:1984:ARC,
  author =       "David A. Fotland and Lee S. Moncton and Leslie E.
                 Neft",
  title =        "An adaptable {1-MIPS} real-time computer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "7--12",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The A700 midrange Hewlett--Packard processor is
                 discussed as the first member of the A-series product
                 line. It incorporates the high-performance silicon on
                 sapphire (SOS) floating-point chip set and it
                 implements the dynamic mapping system for large address
                 space access. The processor is considered to be the
                 pioneer and the development processor for large-program
                 support provided by code and data separation hardware
                 and the enhancement to the operating system, and the
                 first to be easily user-microprogrammable through the
                 use of the microparaphraser microprogramming language.
                 The microarchitecture of the processor, its performance
                 and ease in microprogramming and other characteristics
                 are described.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Data Systems Div, CA, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Data Systems Div, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5250 (Microcomputer techniques); C5430
                 (Microcomputers)",
  classification = "722; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "1-MIPS real-time computer; A700; bit-slice; code and
                 data separation hardware; computer architecture;
                 computer architecture --- Microprogramming; computer
                 systems, digital; computers, microprocessor; dynamic
                 mapping system; enhancement; floating-point chip set;
                 Hewlett--Packard's HP 1000 A; high-performance SOS
                 floating-point chip set; large address space access;
                 large-; microarchitecture; microcomputers;
                 microparaphraser microprogramming language; program
                 support; Real Time Operation; Real-Time Executive
                 operating system; RTE-A operating system; series;
                 technology; user-microprogrammable; VC+",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Williamson:1984:DLC,
  author =       "Donald A. Williamson and Steven C. Steps and Bruce A.
                 Thompson",
  title =        "Designing a Low-Cost 3-{MIPS} Computer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "12--17",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The design of a microprogrammed Hewlett--Packard A900
                 microcomputer is considered where each machine language
                 instruction (macroinstruction) is emulated by a
                 sequence of microstructions. The sequences, pipelined
                 data path, memory system, cache memory and other
                 performance improving design characteristics of the
                 computer are described.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, CA, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5220 (Computer architecture); C5320G (Semiconductor
                 storage)C5430 (Microcomputers)",
  classification = "722; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "A900 computer; buffer circuits; cache; cache memory;
                 compatibility; computer architecture; computer
                 architecture --- Microprogramming; computer programming
                 --- Macros; computers --- Performance; computers,
                 microprocessor; Design; HP 1000 A-Series;
                 macroinstruction; memory; microcomputers;
                 microinstruction sequence; pipeline processing;
                 pipelined data path; pipelined micromachine; software",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{McAllister:1984:FCS,
  author =       "William H. McAllister and John R. Carlson",
  title =        "Floating-Point Chip Set Speeds Real-Time Computer
                 Operation",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "17--23",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Floating-point arithmetic performance is a prime
                 concern in technically oriented computers. Using
                 Hewlett--Packard's silicon-on-sapphire CMOS process a
                 set of three monolithic floating-point processor chips
                 is designed for use in two HP 1000 A-Series Computers,
                 the A900 and A700. The chip set provides a
                 cost-effective, high-performance solution for
                 high-speed computation. The set consists of three
                 chips, one each for addition, multiplication, and
                 division. Each chip can perform arithmetic operations
                 on 32-bit and 64-bit floating-point numbers and on
                 32-bit integers. The primary design objective was to
                 maximize the speed of floating-point scalar
                 (single-element) operations.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, CA, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "B1265F (Microprocessors and microcomputers); B2570D
                 (CMOS integrated circuits); C5130 (Microprocessor
                 chips); C5220 (Computer architecture); C5230 (Digital
                 arithmetic methods)",
  classification = "713; 714; 723; 921",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "A700; A900; complementary MOS (CMOS) process; computer
                 architecture; computer systems, digital --- Real Time
                 Operation; design objectives; digital arithmetic; fast
                 vector; field effect; floating point arithmetic;
                 floating-point; floating-point arithmetic;
                 floating-point chip set; high-speed computation; HP
                 1000 A-Series Computers; integrated circuits;
                 mathematical techniques --- Computer Applications;
                 microprocessor chips; Processing; processor chips;
                 real-; scale; semiconductor devices, MOS; Si-on
                 sapphire CMOS process; three monolithic floating-point;
                 time computer operation",
  treatment =    "P Practical; T Theoretical or Mathematical",
}

@Article{Winters:1984:CFD,
  author =       "Michael T. Winters and John F. Shelton",
  title =        "Comprehensive, friendly diagnostics aid {A}-series
                 troubleshooting ({HP} 1000 computers)",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "23--26",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Diagnostics for the A-series of HP 1000 Computers are
                 characterized by a planned systematic progression of
                 testing, features designed into the hardware for
                 diagnostics, and the use of an operator-oriented
                 diagnostic design language. Two basic sections of
                 testing, the self-test (pretest) and kernel and
                 interface diagnostics are described.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, CA, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5430 (Microcomputers); C6150G (Diagnostic, testing,
                 debugging and evaluating systems)",
  classification = "723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Automatic Testing; computer debugging; computer
                 interfaces --- Testing; computer programming languages
                 --- Applications; computer testing; computers,
                 microprocessor; diagnostic aids; diagnostics; HP 1000
                 computers; interface; kernel diagnostics; microcoded
                 self-test; microcomputers; operator-oriented diagnostic
                 design language; pretest; self-test; testing;
                 troubleshooting",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Hartman:1984:NRT,
  author =       "Douglas O. Hartman and Steven R. Kusmer and Elizabeth
                 A. Clark and Douglas V. Larson and Billy Chu",
  title =        "New {Real-Time Executive} supports large programs and
                 multiple users",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "26--31",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Apr 08 21:44:34 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Standard software found on all HP 1000 A-Series
                 Computer Systems is described. This includes the
                 operating system and a large number of utility programs
                 and libraries. It also includes an optional package
                 that extends the software's capabilities to include
                 virtual code, spooling, and multiple users.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, CA, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C6150E (General utility programs); C6150J (Operating
                 systems)",
  classification = "723; 902",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "A-Series Computer Systems; computer operating systems;
                 computer software; computer systems, digital --- Real
                 Time Operation; HP 1000; large programs; libraries;
                 modern program development environment; multiple;
                 multiple users; multiprogramming; operating system;
                 operating systems (computers); programs; Real-Time
                 Executive; RTE-A; software packages; spooling;
                 Standards; users; utility; utility programs; VC+;
                 virtual code",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Neuder:1984:NSI,
  author =       "David L. Neuder",
  title =        "New Software Increases Capabilities of Logic Timing
                 Analyzer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "32--38",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "An upgraded operating software package is presented
                 that increases the capabilities of an already powerful
                 logic timing analyzer system. The new features provided
                 by this package include: Finding specified events in
                 the data acquisition memory; automatic marking of
                 specified events in data acquisition memory;
                 calculating statistics on marked events; using marked
                 events to qualify execution rerun; processing
                 asynchronous trace list data into pseudosynchronous
                 state listings; storing measurement data along with the
                 system configuration; and visually comparing stored and
                 current measurements.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, CA, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "B1265B (Logic circuits); B7210B (Automatic test and
                 measurement systems); B7210X (Other instrumentation and
                 measurement systems); C5210B (Computer-aided logic
                 design)",
  classification = "713; 721; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "altering analyzer operation; Applications; channels;
                 computer software; computerised instrumentation;
                 electronic circuits, timing --- Analysis; HP 64600S
                 Timing Analyzer; logic circuits --- Analysis; logic
                 testing; logic timing analyzer; precise sampling of
                 data; processing captured trace data; signal flow;
                 statistics; timing diagram; tracing",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Hetrick:1984:NVC,
  author =       "Michael V. Hetrick and Michael L. Kolesar and J. D.
                 Cooley",
  title =        "A new 32-bit {VLSI} computer family. {II}. Software",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "3--6 (or 3--5??)",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "https://www.hpl.hp.com/hpjournal/pdfs/IssuePDFs/1984-03.pdf",
  abstract =     "The Series 500 software system development is
                 presented for the current HP9000 family of
                 microcomputers. The modularity of the system is
                 illustrated. An enhanced version of BASIC, run-time
                 compiling technique, the compatibility with UNIX
                 operating system, and extensions are also discussed.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5430 (Microcomputers); C6140D (High level languages);
                 C6150C (Compilers, interpreters and other processors);
                 C6150J (Operating systems)",
  classification = "723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "32-bit VLSI; 32-bit VLSI computer family; BASIC;
                 computer operating systems; computer programming
                 languages --- basic; computer software; computers;
                 computers, microprocessor; HP 9000 Series 500; HP-UX;
                 local area networking; microcomputers; Model 520
                 integrated workstation; multiprocessing systems;
                 multiprocessor; multiprocessor computer system;
                 NMOS-III technology; operating; program compilers;
                 run-; SUN operating system; systems (computers); time
                 compiling; UNIX; UNIX operating system",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Wang:1984:HIU,
  author =       "Scott W. Y. Wang and Jeff B. Lindberg and M. V.
                 Hetrick and M. L. Connor",
  title =        "{HP-UX}: implementation of {UNIX} on the {HP 900
                 Series 500} computer systems",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "7--8, 10--11, 13--15",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/unix.bib",
  URL =          "https://www.hpl.hp.com/hpjournal/pdfs/IssuePDFs/1984-03.pdf",
  abstract =     "An implementation of the UNIX operating system kernel
                 has been layered on top of an existing operating system
                 kernel for the HP 9000 Series 500 Computer Systems. The
                 mapping of UNIX functional requirements onto the
                 capabilities of the underlying operating system is
                 discussed, along with the implementation of UNIX
                 commands and libraries. These pieces of UNIX, along
                 with other extensions added by HP, make up the HP-UX
                 operating system.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6150J (Operating systems)",
  classification = "722; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "(computers); computer operating systems; computers,
                 microprocessor; HP 900 Series 500 computer systems;
                 HP-UX; HP-UX operating system; microcomputers;
                 multiprocessing programs; operating system kernel;
                 operating systems; SUN kernel; UNIX; UNIX commands;
                 UNIX operating system",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Landers:1984:IRC,
  author =       "David M. Landers and Timothy W. Tillson and Jack D.
                 Cooley and Richard R. Rupp and G. L. Shults",
  title =        "An interactive run-time compiler for enhanced {BASIC}
                 language performance",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "15--19, 21",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "https://www.hpl.hp.com/hpjournal/pdfs/IssuePDFs/1984-03.pdf",
  abstract =     "The interactive run-time compiling of Model 520 BASIC
                 is discussed. The compiling that takes place at run
                 time is very fast since syntax is checked as lines are
                 entered and the intermediate code produced is optimized
                 for compiling. For large programs, the intermediate
                 code and object code are each about the same size as
                 the source. (This does not include run-time support
                 routines which are considered part of the system. )
                 Because of the ability to throw away code when no more
                 memory is available, a program can run (slowly) in just
                 slightly more memory than is required for the
                 intermediate code and variables. Furthermore, the
                 system provides the ability to produce and execute
                 compiled code without any associated intermediate code
                 by using the COMPILE command.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6140D (High level languages); C6150C (Compilers,
                 interpreters and other processors)",
  classification = "723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "BASIC; compiler technology; computer operating
                 systems; computer programming languages --- basic;
                 enhanced BASIC language; HP 9000 series; HP 9845;
                 interactive run-time compiler; Model 520; program
                 compilers; run-time compiler",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Balza:1984:LAN,
  author =       "John J. Balza and H. Michael Wenzel and James L.
                 Willits",
  title =        "A local area network for the {HP 9000 Series 500}
                 computers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "22--23, 25--27",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "https://www.hpl.hp.com/hpjournal/pdfs/IssuePDFs/1984-03.pdf",
  abstract =     "Local area network LAN 9000 is introduced and its
                 capability to cluster various microcomputers for
                 resource and information sharing is considered. The
                 structure of both hardware and software follows the
                 International Standard Organization (ISO) open system
                 interconnect (OSI) model, which divides network
                 functionality into seven layers. The layers, their
                 protocols and the supporting network architecture are
                 discussed.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6210L (Computer communications); C5620 (Computer
                 networks and techniques)",
  classification = "722; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "clusters; computer architecture; computer networks;
                 computers, microprocessor; HP 9000 Series 500
                 computers; ISO; LAN 9000; local area network; network
                 architecture; network layers; OSI",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Jones:1984:DCC,
  author =       "V. C. Jones",
  title =        "Data communication for a 32-bit computer workstation",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "24--25",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "https://www.hpl.hp.com/hpjournal/pdfs/IssuePDFs/1984-03.pdf",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6210L (Computer communications); C5620 (Computer
                 networks and techniques)",
  keywords =     "32-bit computer workstation; computer interfaces;
                 computer networks; data communication; data
                 communications; HP 9000 Series 500 computers;
                 interactive mainframe access; LAN 9000; local
                 networking capability; reliable file transfer;
                 systems",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Georg:1984:GOS,
  author =       "Dennis D. Georg and Benjamin D. Osecky and Stephan D.
                 Scheid",
  title =        "A general-purpose operating system kernel for a 32-bit
                 computer system",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "28--29, 31--34",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "https://www.hpl.hp.com/hpjournal/pdfs/IssuePDFs/1984-03.pdf",
  abstract =     "The SUN general-purpose operating system kernel for HP
                 9000 Series 500 microcomputers is introduced and its
                 components are described. The kernel provides efficient
                 support for multiple processors, a process model that
                 supports a large user process virtual address space, a
                 virtual memory system that supports both paged and
                 segmented virtual memory, memory and buffer management,
                 and a device-independent file system which has the
                 capability of supporting multiple directory formats. A
                 clean interface between the underlying hardware and the
                 application-level systems is presented.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6150J (Operating systems)",
  classification = "722; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "32-bit computer; buffer; computer operating systems;
                 computers, microprocessor --- Computer Interfaces;
                 device-independent file system; directory formats;
                 extended BASIC; general-purpose operating system
                 kernel; HP 9000 Series 500 computers; HP-UX; language
                 environment; management; memory management; multiple;
                 multiple processors; multiprocessing programs;
                 multiuser requirements; operating systems (computers);
                 paged virtual memory; program contact; segmented
                 virtual memory; SUN; sun operating system; system; user
                 process virtual address space; virtual memory system",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Osecky:1984:DGM,
  author =       "Benjamin D. Osecky and Dennis D. Georg and Robert J.
                 Bury",
  title =        "The design of a general-purpose multiple-processor
                 system",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "34--38",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "https://www.hpl.hp.com/hpjournal/pdfs/IssuePDFs/1984-03.pdf",
  abstract =     "A fully symmetric multiprocessor architecture of the
                 HP9000 series 500 microcomputers is examined. The
                 symmetry implies that a program can execute on any of
                 the system's processors without any changes to the way
                 the system addresses either memory or input\slash
                 output (I/O) devices. Perhaps equally important is the
                 fact that all I/O processors have an equally symmetric
                 view of CPUs and memory. This makes it possible for a
                 program to initiate an I/O operation on one processor,
                 for the interrupt service routine to execute on the
                 same or a different processor, and for the user program
                 to continue on a third processor, all with complete
                 transparency. This symmetry is also exploited to
                 improve system reliability.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5220 (Computer architecture); C5430 (Microcomputers);
                 C6150 (Systems software)",
  classification = "722; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "computer architecture; computer architecture ---
                 Design; computer systems, digital; computers,
                 microprocessor; controllers; CPUs; fully symmetric
                 multiple-; general-purpose multiple-processor system;
                 HP 9000 Series 500 computers; I/O processors;
                 identically addressable resources; interrupt service;
                 memory; memory processor bus; microcomputers;
                 multiprocessing; processor architecture; routine;
                 symmetric multiple-processor architecture; systems;
                 systems software; task control block; transparency",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Lenk:1984:ISC,
  author =       "R. M. Lenk and C. E. {Mear, Jr.} and M. E. Meier",
  title =        "An {I/O} subsystem for a 32-bit computer operating
                 system",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "38--41",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "https://www.hpl.hp.com/hpjournal/pdfs/IssuePDFs/1984-03.pdf",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6150J (Operating systems)",
  keywords =     "32-bit computer operating system; access to disc
                 storage; BASIC; computers; device drivers; device-;
                 file system; HP 9000 Series 500; HP-UX; I/O language;
                 I/O subsystem; independent I/O interface; input-output
                 programs; input/output processing; managing virtual
                 memory; Model 520 computer; rapid; SUN",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Jonker:1984:LLC,
  author =       "Robert J. Jonker and Gerard P. Rozing",
  title =        "Low-Dispersion Liquid Chromatography",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "3--6, 8",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Liquid chromatography (LC) is introduced as an
                 analytical technique that gives qualitative and
                 quantitative information about nonvolatile substances
                 in mixtures. Information processing, dispersion during
                 separation, and instrumental demands are explained. A
                 new low-dispersion LC system is introduced that makes
                 contribution in four areas important to the chemist.
                 The integrated modules and the application of
                 microcompressors in each module that permit intelligent
                 communication with the system to provide fully
                 synchronized automation are described.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A0650 (Data handling and computation); A8280B
                 (Chromatography); C3380D (Control of physical
                 instruments); C7320 (Physics and chemistry computing)",
  classification = "723; 801; 802",
  corpsource =   "Waldbronn Div., Hewlett--Packard Co., Waldbronn, West
                 Germany",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "chemical equipment --- Computer Applications;
                 chromatographic analysis; chromatography; computerised
                 instrumentation; computers, microprocessor ---
                 Applications; high-performance LC system; information;
                 low dispersion; low dispersion liquid chromatography;
                 processing",
  treatment =    "G General Review; P Practical",
}

@Article{Wiederoder:1984:DHC,
  author =       "Herbert Wiederoder and Roland Martin and Juergen
                 Ziegler",
  title =        "Design of the {HP} 1090 control system (liquid
                 chromatography)",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "8--13",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Apr 08 21:44:44 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "An intelligent control system is presented for
                 coordinating various modules of HP 1090 liquid
                 chromatograph (LC). Key objectives of the system are
                 spelled out, and its general architecture is
                 illustrated, including the solvent delivery system
                 (SDS), injection system and autosamples (ISAS), the
                 column compartment and filter-photometric detector
                 (FPD). The communication between components at three
                 distribution levels of the system and from one level to
                 another is described. LC controller and the associated
                 software, two microprocessors used, data acquisition
                 processor (DAD) and communication processor (COM), the
                 diode array detector and other components are also
                 described.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C3210 (Control systems and instrumentation); C3380D
                 (Control of physical instruments)",
  classification = "723; 731; 802",
  corpsource =   "Waldbronn Div., Hewlett--Packard Co., Waldbronn, West
                 Germany",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "analyses; automatic multiple; chromatographic analysis
                 --- Liquid; chromatography; computerised
                 instrumentation; computers, microprocessor ---
                 Applications; control; control systems; controller;
                 detector; diode array; hierarchical; HP 1090 control
                 system; HP 1090 LC system; HP-85 personal computer;
                 HP-IB devices; injection system and autosampler (ISAS);
                 intelligent control system; LC controller; liquid
                 chromatograph; multiprocessing systems; software;
                 solvent delivery system (SDS); structure; system
                 communications; systems",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Geiger:1984:NSD,
  author =       "Wolfgang Geiger and Heinrich V{\"o}llmer",
  title =        "A new solvent delivery system (liquid
                 chromatography)",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "13--21",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "In a liquid chromatograph (LC), the quality of the
                 solvent delivery system (SOS) determines the quality of
                 the analytical results. If reproducible results are
                 required, the solvent delivery pump must provide a flow
                 stability better than 1\% for all flow rates,
                 gradients, solvents, and column backpressures. SDS for
                 HP 1090 LC is described that is based on the concept of
                 physically separating the function of flow metering
                 from that of pressure generation. It delivers any flow
                 rate from 1$ \mu $ l/min to 5000$ \mu $ l/min with
                 better than 1\% precision at 100$ \mu $ l/min or more.
                 It can run 1\% to 99\% gradients and meter up to three
                 solvents. It is designed for minimum pump response time
                 and total delay volume.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C3120T (Level, flow and volume control); C3380D
                 (Control of physical instruments)",
  classification = "618; 631; 802; 803; 804",
  corpsource =   "Waldbronn Div., Hewlett--Packard Co., Waldbronn, West
                 Germany",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "79835A Solvent Delivery System; Chromatograph;
                 chromatographic analysis --- Liquid; chromatography;
                 damping; flow control; flow metering; flow of fluids;
                 flow rate; flowmeters; from 1$\mu$l/min to 5000 mu
                 l/min; high pressure pump; HP 1090 Liquid; low-pressure
                 compliance; metering pump; monitoring; motor driver
                 board; pressure generation; rotary; servo control
                 board; solvent delivery system (SDS); solvents; system;
                 unit; valve",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Kretz:1984:ALC,
  author =       "Wolfgang Kretz and Hans-Georg H{\"a}rtl",
  title =        "Automatic Liquid Chromatograph Injection and
                 Sampling",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "21--24",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "For high sample throughput and reduced operating
                 costs, a modern liquid chromatograph (LC) needs
                 automatic sample handling and injection capabilities.
                 The Autoinjection Module for the HP 1090 LC System is
                 designed to make sample injection easy, accurate, and
                 automatic, thereby freeing the laboratory staff from
                 routine manipulations. An optimal automatic sampling
                 device makes it possible to load up to 100 samples and
                 let the system operate unattended --- for example,
                 overnight. Thus the HP 1090 gives the user a choice of
                 sampling modes --- fully automatic, manual loading with
                 automatic injection, or entirely manual.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A8280B (Chromatography); C3380D (Control of physical
                 instruments)",
  classification = "802; 931",
  corpsource =   "Waldbronn Div., Hewlett--Packard Co., Waldbronn, West
                 Germany",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "automatic sample handling; automatic sampling;
                 automatic test equipment; chromatographic analysis ---
                 Liquid; chromatography; computerised; device; fluids;
                 flushing valve; HP 1090 LC System; HP 79846A
                 Autoinjection Module; HP 79847A; materials handling;
                 metering device; rotary valve unit; sample injection;
                 sampling unit",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Schrenker:1984:MPP,
  author =       "Helge Schrenker",
  title =        "Mobile Phase Preheater Ensures Precise Control of {LC}
                 Column Temperature",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "24--26",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The use of conventional air-bath thermostats as a
                 means of controlling column temperature in
                 high-performance liquid chromatography (LC) is limited
                 to a relatively narrow temperature range if full column
                 efficiency is to be maintained. A new type of column
                 thermostat, including a highly efficient, small-volume
                 mobile phase preheater, is used. Suitable adjustment of
                 the heat transfer in the mobile phase heater and the
                 air heater results in nearly identical temperatures of
                 the mobile phase entering the column and of the air
                 flowing around the column. Thus axial and radial
                 temperature gradients in the column are minimized,
                 leading to a marked improvement of column performance
                 at elevated temperatures.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A0670T (Servo and control devices); A8280B
                 (Chromatography); C3120N (Thermal variables control);
                 C3380D (Control of physical instruments)",
  classification = "731; 801; 944",
  corpsource =   "Waldbronn Div., Hewlett--Packard Co., Waldbronn, West
                 Germany",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "air-bath thermostats; chromatographic analysis;
                 chromatography; column performance; column thermostat;
                 HP 1090 Liquid Chromatograph; mobile phase preheater;
                 radial temperature gradients; small-; temperature
                 control; thermostats --- Design; volume mobile phase
                 preheater",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Wiese:1984:LLF,
  author =       "Axel Wiese and Bernhard Dehmer and Thomas D{\"o}rr and
                 Guenter H{\"o}schele",
  title =        "A low-cost {LC} filterphotometric detection system",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "26--30",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A common type of detector for liquid chromatography is
                 the UV\slash Vis (ultraviolet\slash visible) absorbance
                 detector. Light of known spectral characteristics is
                 directed to a flow cell where it passes through the
                 liquid coming from the column. A photodiode is used to
                 measure the light absorbed by the sample. A plot of
                 absorbance versus time, the chromatogram, shows the
                 desired result of the analysis.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A0760D (Photometry and radiometry); A8280B
                 (Chromatography); C7320 (Physics and chemistry
                 computing)",
  classification = "714; 741; 802; 944",
  corpsource =   "Waldbronn Div., Hewlett--Packard Co., Waldbronn, West
                 Germany",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "absorbance detector; chromatogram; chromatographic
                 analysis --- Liquid; chromatography; data acquisition;
                 data processing; filter photometric detection system;
                 flow cell; HP 1090 LC system; HP 79881A; LC
                 filterphotometric detection; optical filters ---
                 Applications; optics; photometers; semiconductor
                 diodes, photodiode --- Applications; system;
                 ultraviolet detectors; ultraviolet/visible;
                 ultraviolet/visible absorbance; variable wavelength
                 detector",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Leyrer:1984:HSS,
  author =       "Joachim Leyrer and G{\"u}nter E. Nill and Detlev
                 Hadbawnik and G{\"u}nter Hoeschele and Joachim
                 Dieckmann",
  title =        "A high-speed spectrophotometric {LC} detector",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "31--41",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Apr 08 21:45:14 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The development of the spectrophotometric detector, a
                 stand-alone diode array detection system for operation
                 with any liquid chromatograph is reported. Some of the
                 possibilities offered by the detection system range
                 from the analysis of pharmaceutical formulations,
                 general chemical products, and environmental pollutants
                 to clinical and biomedical methodology, thus
                 contributing to such exciting new developments as, for
                 example, genetic engineering.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A0760D (Photometry and radiometry); A8280B
                 (Chromatography); C5520 (Data acquisition equipment and
                 techniques); C7320 (Physics and chemistry computing)",
  classification = "941",
  corpsource =   "Waldbronn Div., Hewlett--Packard Co., Waldbronn, West
                 Germany",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "bit-; chromatographic analysis --- Liquid;
                 chromatography; data acquisition; data acquisition
                 processor; diode array detection system; front-end data
                 path; high-speed spectrophotometric LC detector; HP
                 1040A; HP 1090 LC; HP 79880A; integrated detector;
                 liquid chromatograph; modules; photodetectors;
                 photodiode array; slice processor system; spectrometer;
                 spectrophotometers; spectrophotometric detector;
                 Spectrophotometric Detector",
  treatment =    "G General Review; P Practical",
}

@Article{Burkman:1984:PCS,
  author =       "Jack L. Burkman and Robert L. Brooks and Ronald P.
                 Dean and Paul F. Febvre and Michael K. Bowen and S. R.
                 Anderson and J. R. Milner",
  title =        "Putting a 32-Bit Computer System in a Desktop
                 Workstation",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "3--5, 7--9, 11",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A workstation is introduced that uses a modular
                 packaging approach to provide engineers and designers
                 with a personal 32-bit computer system capable of
                 performing many of the CAD (computer-aided design) and
                 CAE (computer-aided engineering) applications normally
                 requiring a large mainframe computer system. The
                 hardware system's modular design and assembly are
                 described. Ideal electrical connections between various
                 models and components are detailed to show how they can
                 be completed or broken automatically when a module is
                 inserted or removed.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, Fort Collins, CO, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Fort Collins, CO, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
  classification = "722; 723",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "32-bit computer system; 32-bit computer workstation;
                 520; CAD; computer aided design; computer aided
                 engineering (CAE); computer-aided design; computers,
                 microprocessor; cooling; CRT display tilt mounting;
                 desktop; desktop computer; electrical connections; EMI
                 suppression; engineering --- Computer Applications; HP
                 9000 series 500 computers; interconnection; mechanical
                 design; microcomputers; Model; Modular Construction;
                 modular design; modular packaging; modules; packaging;
                 personal computer; screw fastners; system;
                 workstation",
  treatment =    "G General Review; P Practical",
}

@Article{Schmidt:1984:CGD,
  author =       "Daniel G. Schmidt and M. K. Bowen",
  title =        "Color graphics display for an engineering workstation
                 (and detaching the keyboard)",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "12, 14--15",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A color graphics display subsystem is designed for the
                 HP 9000 Model 520 Computer that can display both
                 alphanumeric (alpha) and graphics information on its
                 13-inch-diagonal color CRT using a raster-scan format.
                 The alpha and graphics rasters are separate and can be
                 displayed individually or together. The system software
                 supports new features such as color map graphics and
                 raster size, and emulates displays of earlier
                 systems.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, Fort Collins, CO, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Fort Collins, CO, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5430 (Microcomputers); C6130B (Graphics techniques)",
  classification = "722; 723; 741",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "(Option G02); 13-inch-diagonal; 32-bit workstation;
                 alphanumeric information; color CRT; color graphics
                 display subsystem; color map graphics; computer
                 graphics; detached; display devices; engineering
                 workstation; German ergonomic requirements; graphics
                 information; graphics raster; HP 9000; HP 98760A;
                 Imaging Techniques; keyboard; keyboards;
                 microcomputers; Model 520 Computer; Monitor Assembly;
                 raster-scan format; ZH1/618 standard",
  treatment =    "G General Review; P Practical",
}

@Article{Lewis:1984:BLG,
  author =       "Kenneth W. Lewis and Alan D. Ward and Xuan Bui and R.
                 J. Bury",
  title =        "{BASIC} language graphics subsystem for a 32-bit
                 workstation",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "16--21",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Apr 08 21:45:22 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The Graphics Language Subsystem for the HP 9000 Model
                 520 Computer provides high-performance,
                 device-independent, interactive graphics via BASIC
                 language keywords. The rich set of features and the
                 friendly BASIC environment facilitate construction of
                 such applications as data display, graphical monitoring
                 of real-time events, two-and three-dimensional drafting
                 systems, and CAD modeling systems.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, Fort Collins, CO, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Fort Collins, CO, USA",
  classcodes =   "C6130B (Graphics techniques); C6140D (High level
                 languages)",
  classification = "723",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "32-bit workstation; ACM SIGGRAPH CORE standard; BASIC;
                 basic; BASIC language keywords; CAD modeling systems;
                 computer graphics; computer programming languages;
                 computers, microprocessor; data display; device
                 independent graphics; graphical monitoring; HP 9000;
                 HP-UX; keywords; language graphics subsystem; Model 520
                 Computer; multiprogramming; three-dimensional drafting
                 systems",
  treatment =    "G General Review; P Practical",
}

@Article{Fritz:1984:IFM,
  author =       "G. D. Fritz and M. L. Kolesar",
  title =        "{I/O} features of model 520 {BASIC}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "21--24",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5620 (Computer networks and techniques); C6140D (High
                 level languages); C6150J (Operating systems)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "32-bit computer; BASIC; compatible; computational
                 power; Computer; computer interfaces; environment; HP
                 9000 Model 520; HP-UX; I/O; I/O features; input-output
                 programs; language; model 520 BASIC; Model 520 I/O
                 commands; multitasking",
  treatment =    "G General Review; P Practical",
}

@Article{Burkman:1984:CRP,
  author =       "Jack L. Burkman and Howell R. Felsenthal and Thomas O.
                 Meyer and Warren C. Pratt",
  title =        "A compact, reliable power supply for an advanced
                 desktop computer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "24--31",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Apr 08 21:45:32 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "In the design of HP 9000 model 520 microcomputer, a
                 design goal for its power supply module is the
                 provision for flexibility in output currents and power.
                 These configurations include the various combinations
                 of central processing unit (CPU), input\slash output
                 (I/O) processor, and random access memory (RAM)
                 finstrates that can be installed in the twelve slots of
                 the Model 520's Memory\slash Processor Module and the
                 set of internal peripherals. The set of peripherals can
                 include up to four I/O adapters, two mass memory
                 devices, a high-speed thermal printer, a keyboard, and
                 a graphics display subsystem. These widely varying
                 configurations, in addition to requiring large
                 variations in total output power, greatly affected the
                 design of individual supply outputs. Other key design
                 goals include a power density commensurate with the
                 volume available in a desktop workstation, regulation
                 and output protection consistent with the requirements
                 of the technology used for the 32-bit chip set,
                 compliance with environmental specification for
                 industrial and commercial environments, and high
                 reliability.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, Fort Collins, CO, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Fort Collins, CO, USA",
  classcodes =   "B1210 (Power electronics, supply and supervisory
                 circuits); C5150 (Other circuits for digital
                 computers)",
  classification = "715; 722",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "advanced desktop computer; circuits; computer
                 peripheral equipment; computers, microprocessor;
                 desktop workstation; Electric Power Supplies; HP 9000;
                 individual supply outputs; memory/processor unit;
                 microcomputers; Model 520 computer; power density;
                 power density of 1.4 W per cubic inch; power supplies
                 to apparatus; power supply; power supply module;
                 power-up; reliable power supply; sequencing",
  treatment =    "G General Review; P Practical",
}

@Article{Allen:1984:CSP,
  author =       "Kevin W. Allen and Paul C. Christofanelli and Robert
                 E. Kuseski and Ronald D. Larson and David Maitland and
                 Larry J. Thayer",
  title =        "Compact 32-Bit System Processing Units",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "31--38",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Two packaging styles of Hewlett Packard System
                 Processing Unit (SPU) are introduced that offer
                 adaptability to customer needs. Both are based on the
                 single chip 32-bit central processing unit (CPU). The
                 Model 530 fits into an industry standard rack. The
                 Model 540 matches a wide selection of HP computer
                 peripherals. Both models also include an I/O processor,
                 I/O card cage, power supply, real-time clock, and
                 hardware self-test. System performance and capabilities
                 can be altered to meet individual requirements by
                 adding more CPUs for more performance, more RAM for
                 more memory space, or more I/O processors for
                 additional I/O cards. These SPUs can be configured with
                 either single-user or multiuser HP-UX operating
                 systems.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, Fort Collins, CO, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Fort Collins, CO, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
  classification = "713; 714; 722; 723",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "32-; 32-bit system; 32-bit system processing units;
                 540; architecture; bit VLSI NMOS-111 circuits; central
                 processing unit (cpu); computers, microprocessor;
                 cooling; diagnostics; Electronics Packaging; EMI
                 testing; environmental testing; HP 9000 Series 500
                 family; integrated circuits, VLSI --- Applications;
                 minicomputers; Model; Model 530; rack-mount; system
                 environments; system processing unit (SPU); System
                 Processing Units",
  treatment =    "G General Review; P Practical",
}

@Article{Narimatsu:1984:PTS,
  author =       "Yoh Narimatsu and Keiki Kanafuji",
  title =        "A Parametric Test System for Accurate Measurement of
                 Wafer-Stage {ICs}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "3--8",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Apr 08 21:45:41 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A semiconductor parametric test system is introduced
                 to provide greater measurement flexibility and to
                 eliminate inconsistencies associated with the
                 measurement of semiconductor wafers, chips, and
                 packaged devices. The design is based on the
                 state-of-the-art technologies in low-current and
                 capacitance measurements. Overall system measurement
                 performance (test instruments, cables, and the
                 switching matrix) is completely specified, electrically
                 and mechanically, to obtain dependable measurement
                 results. The dc and ac measurement characteristics are
                 fully specified up to the measurement pins of the
                 switching matrix. Since the switching matrix (acting as
                 the test head of the wafer prober) is placed close to
                 the device under test, residual parasitics are very
                 small and are readily predictable.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits); B7210B
                 (Automatic test and measurement systems); B7310D
                 (Current measurement); B7310J (Impedance and admittance
                 measurement); C3110D (Current control); C3110J
                 (Impedance and admittance control); C3380B (Control of
                 electronic instruments)",
  classification = "714; 723; 942",
  corpsource =   "Yokogawa--Hewlett--Packard Ltd., Tokyo, Japan",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "4062A's controller; admittance measurement; automatic
                 test equipment; capacitance measurement; conductance;
                 DC measurement; device under test; electric; electric
                 current measurement; hardware architecture; HP 4062A
                 semiconductor Parametric Test System; HP 900; IC
                 testing; integrated circuit testing; integrated
                 circuits --- Measurements; measurement; measurements;
                 MHz test frequency; model 236 computer; parametric test
                 system; semiconductor devices; semiconductor wafer
                 testing; subsystem; switching matrix; switching matrix
                 subsystem; systems",
  treatment =    "G General Review; P Practical",
}

@Article{Banno:1984:PTS,
  author =       "Takuo Banno",
  title =        "Powerful Test System Software Provides Extensive
                 Parametric Measurement Capability",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "9--11",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Apr 08 21:45:46 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "An easy-to-use set of test instructions, `dry'
                 switching of test relays, and a utility for specifying
                 wafer probing patterns are used to provide powerful
                 support for users of a semiconductor test system.
                 Parametric testing has become widely adopted as a
                 method for monitoring semiconductor processing, and
                 many test method approaches have been considered. A
                 version of BASIC test programming language is presented
                 that is not only powerful, but also very easy to use.
                 Its on-line editing and debugging capability makes it
                 easier for users to create, modify, and try test
                 programs.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits); B7210B
                 (Automatic test and measurement systems); C3380B
                 (Control of electronic instruments); C7410D (Electronic
                 engineering computing)",
  classification = "714; 723",
  corpsource =   "Yokogawa--Hewlett--Packard Ltd., Tokyo, Japan",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "automatic test equipment; BASIC; BASIC language;
                 computer programming languages --- basic; computer
                 software; debugging; HP 4062A Semiconductor; HP 9000
                 Model 236 Computer; integrated circuit testing; on-line
                 editing; parametric measurement; Parametric Test
                 System; parametric testing; programs; semiconductor
                 device manufacture --- Monitoring; test; test
                 instruction set; test programs; test system software;
                 wafer probe pattern generators",
  treatment =    "G General Review; P Practical",
}

@Article{Akiyama:1984:HCC,
  author =       "Tomoyuki Akiyama and Kenzo Ishiguro",
  title =        "High-speed 1-{MHz} Capacitance\slash Conductance Meter
                 for Measuring Semiconductor Parameters",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "12--24",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A plotter is presented to satisfy the requirements of
                 semiconductor device\slash material characterization.
                 Besides being a traditional high-frequency
                 capacitance\slash conductance meter, it can also
                 perform capacitance-versus-voltage (C-V) and
                 capacitance-versus-time(C-t) measurements using its
                 internal dc bias source and timer, and its analog
                 output capability allows results to be plotted on an
                 X-Y recorder. The C-t measurement capability combined
                 with the other functions in one box contributes to
                 improved measurement accuracy, speed, and sweep range,
                 ease of operation, and performance\slash cost ratio.
                 All bias parameters required for a C-V measurement and
                 all time and bias parameters required for a C-t
                 measurement can be remotely controlled.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B0590 (Materials testing); B2550 (Semiconductor device
                 technology); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments); B7310J (Impedance and admittance
                 measurement); C3110J (Impedance and admittance
                 control); C3380B (Control of electronic instruments)",
  classification = "714; 732; 942",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "admittance measurement; C-HIGH; C-t; C-V sweep mode;
                 cable compensation; capacitance measurement;
                 capacitance-versus-time (C-T);
                 capacitance-versus-voltage (C-V); correction modes;
                 device testing; digital instrumentation; electric;
                 electric measuring instruments --- Remote Control;
                 error correction; high-frequency
                 capacitance/conductance meter; HP 4280A 1-MHz C
                 Meter/C-; internal dc bias source and timer; materials
                 testing; measurements; measuring semiconductor
                 parameters; operation; RESOLN; semiconductor;
                 semiconductor device/material characterization;
                 semiconductor devices; stand alone feature; V Plotter",
  treatment =    "G General Review; P Practical",
}

@Article{Hamilton:1984:ETA,
  author =       "Gail E. Hamilton and Andrew J. Blasciak and Joseph A.
                 Hawk and Brett K. Carver",
  title =        "An electronic tool for analyzing software
                 performance",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "26--32",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A logic development system is introduced that permits
                 measurement of program activity and duration under
                 different conditions, thus improving software
                 performance. The software performance analysis provides
                 a nonintrusive view of software executed in real time,
                 thus helping to locate bottlenecks, and to improve
                 software efficiency early in the development cycle. The
                 operation of the software performance analyzer is
                 described, including data sampling and acquisition,
                 graphic displays, user interface, measurement control,
                 data transfer and the emulation system.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6110 (Systems analysis and programming); C7430
                 (Computer engineering)",
  classification = "723",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "activity; analyzing software performance; automatic
                 configuration; code; computer programming --- Analysis;
                 computer software; emulation system; HP 6400 Logic
                 Development System; HP 64310A Software; logic
                 development system; measurement; module execution
                 times; Performance Analyzer; program activity; program
                 testing; sampling theory; statistical information;
                 symbolic interface; time distribution measurement; user
                 interface",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Smith:1984:CMS,
  author =       "Donald J. Smith and Johnnie L. Hancock and Thomas K.
                 Bohley",
  title =        "Counter Module Simplifies Measurements on Complex
                 Waveforms",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "33--40",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A gated universal counter and an oscilloscope
                 measurement system are used for measurements of
                 frequency, time interval and events on complex
                 waveforms. This combination offers the accuracy and
                 numerous counting modes of a universal counter with the
                 signal conditioning, dynamic range, triggering, gating,
                 and display functions of an oscilloscope. Three arming
                 modes allow the user to start a measurement at a
                 specified point, window a specific portion of a
                 waveform, or make a measurement asynchronously.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement systems);
                 B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
                 C3380D (Control of physical instruments)",
  classification = "942",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "100-MHz universal counter expansion; cathode-ray
                 oscilloscopes; complex waveforms; computerised
                 instrumentation; gated universal counter; Gated
                 Universal Counter; HP 1965A; HP 1980A/B Oscilloscope
                 Measurement; module; modules; oscilloscopes, cathode
                 ray --- Applications; System; wave analysers; waveform
                 analysis; waveform parameter measurements; waveform
                 timing measurement; windowing",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Wechsler:1984:NHC,
  author =       "Susan L. Wechsler and S. Abell and N. Zelle and J.
                 Hunt",
  title =        "A new handheld computer for technical professionals
                 ({HP-71B})",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "3--10",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Programmable in BASIC, the HP-71B can control
                 instruments and peripherals and talk to other
                 computers. It also can be used as an algebraic
                 calculator.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co, Corvallis, OR, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Corvallis, OR, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
  classification = "723",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard, Corvallis, OR, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "algebraic calculator; built-in 240-keyword BASIC
                 programming language; calculator mode; computer
                 programming languages --- basic; computers, miniature;
                 electronic calculators; file management system; file
                 security; handheld computer; HP-71B computer; HP-IL
                 interface module; key redefinition; keyboard;
                 microcomputers",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Meyers:1984:SCE,
  author =       "Nathan Meyers",
  title =        "Soft configuration enhances flexibility of handheld
                 computer memory ({HP-71B})",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "10--13",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "This technique allows the CPU to reassign a device's
                 address space and lets the user dedicate portions of
                 RAM for independent use.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co, Corvallis, OR, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Corvallis, OR, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5220 (Computer architecture); C5320G (Semiconductor
                 storage)C5430 (Microcomputers)",
  classification = "721; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "address space; bus architecture; computer
                 architecture; computers, miniature; configuration; data
                 storage, digital --- Random Access; determining memory
                 layout; electronic calculators; handheld computer;
                 HP-71B handheld computer; microcomputers; semiconductor
                 storage; soft memory",
  treatment =    "G General Review; P Practical",
}

@Article{Dickie:1984:CCA,
  author =       "James P. Dickie",
  title =        "Custom {CMOS} Architecture for a Handheld Computer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "14--17",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A 4-bit CPU provides a 512K-byte address space and
                 uses a 64-bit internal word size.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co, Corvallis, OR, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Corvallis, OR, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5220 (Computer architecture); C5610 (Computer
                 interfaces)",
  classification = "722; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "bus commands; CMOS; computer architecture; computer
                 interfaces; custom CMOS integrated circuits; data
                 transfer; display devices --- Liquid Crystal; handheld
                 computer; HP-71B handheld computer; microcomputers;
                 semiconductor devices, MOS; service poll; shutdown;
                 system bus; wakeup",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Lindberg:1984:PHH,
  author =       "Thomas B. Lindberg",
  title =        "Packaging the {HP-71B} Handheld Computer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "17--20",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The packaging of the HP-71B computer is heavily based
                 on the proven designs of the HP Series 10 Calculators
                 and the earlier HP-75 Computer. The styling follows a
                 similar horizontal format, offering a block QWERTY
                 keyboard with a numeric pad on the right side. An
                 innovative combination of standard manufacturing
                 techniques allows a very compact design.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co, Portable Computer Div, Corvallis,
                 OR, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Portable Computer Div,
                 Corvallis, OR, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
  classification = "715; 722",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "card; computers, miniature; electronic calculators;
                 Electronics Packaging; handheld computer; HP-71B
                 handheld computer; HP-IL module; microcomputers;
                 modules; packaging; plug-in modules; reader/recorder",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Blascow:1984:MAC,
  author =       "Stanley M. {Blascow, Jr.} and James A. Donnelly",
  title =        "Module Adds Curve-Fitting and Optimization
                 Capabilities to the {HP-71B}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "22--24",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Fitting observed data to a mathematical model and
                 finding the optimum values for a multivariable function
                 are common engineering needs. To aid the engineer in
                 performing such calculations, a special plug-in ROM
                 module was developed for the HP-71B Computer. This
                 plug-in ROM can fit data to a variety of built-in
                 functions or, given a function of up to 20 variables,
                 find values for local minima or maxima.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co, Portable Computer Div, Corvallis,
                 OR, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Portable Computer Div,
                 Corvallis, OR, USA",
  classcodes =   "C1180 (Optimisation techniques); C6130 (Data handling
                 techniques); C7310 (Mathematics computing)",
  classification = "722; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "BASIC programs; binary; computer; computers,
                 miniature; curve fitting; curve-fitting; data storage,
                 digital --- Fixed; Fletcher-Powell method; HP-71B;
                 optimisation; plug-in ROM module; read-only storage;
                 ROM; subprograms",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Grodd:1984:REN,
  author =       "Laurence W. Grodd and Charles M. Patton",
  title =        "{ROM} extends numerical function set of handheld
                 computer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "25--36",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The plug-in math PAC for HP's new HP-71B Handheld
                 Computer further extends the HP-71B's comprehensive
                 standard numerical function set to provide a
                 mathematical tool of unprecedented capability and power
                 in a personal machine. Full use of complex variables,
                 integration, matrix algebra, and polynomial root
                 finding are some of the capabilities provided by this
                 plug-in module.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co, Corvallis, OR, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Corvallis, OR, USA",
  classcodes =   "C7310 (Mathematics computing)",
  classification = "723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "complex; complex variables; computers, miniature; data
                 storage, digital --- Fixed; data type; extended I/O
                 functions; fast Fourier transform; handheld computer;
                 HP-71B hand-held computer; matrix operations; numerical
                 analysis; numerical function set; polynomial; read-only
                 storage; ROM; root finder",
  treatment =    "P Practical; X Experimental",
}

@Article{Miller:1984:PMA,
  author =       "Robert M. Miller",
  title =        "Plug-in module adds {Forth} language and assembler to
                 a handheld computer ({HP-71B})",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "37--40",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Apr 08 21:46:06 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The Forth\slash Assembler PAC for the HP-71B Computer
                 provides users with an alternate programming language
                 and allows them and third-party software suppliers to
                 customize the machine for special applications. This
                 ROM adds an alternate programming language and the
                 ability to define new BASIC keywords or FORTH
                 primitives.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co, Corvallis, OR, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Corvallis, OR, USA",
  classcodes =   "C6140D (High level languages)",
  classification = "723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "71B computer; computer programming languages;
                 computers, miniature; data storage, digital --- Fixed;
                 editor; forth; forth language; forth/assembler pac;
                 handheld computer; high level languages; HP-; modules;
                 read-only storage; remote keyboard capability; ROM",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Sukumar:1984:TPC,
  author =       "Srinivas Sukumar",
  title =        "{Touchscreen Personal Computer} offers ease of use and
                 flexibility",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "4--6",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A personal computer is introduced that consists of
                 three modules: a system processing unit (SPU) with an
                 integrated display, a disc unit, and a keyboard. The
                 SPU and the disc unit occupy only one square foot of
                 desk space. The entire computer including the keyboard
                 occupies only 1.7 square feet. The SPU and keyboard are
                 usable without the disc unit as a graphics terminal.
                 This powerful 16-bit computer offers an industry
                 standard operating system, many integrated software
                 packages, high-resolution graphics, sophisticated data
                 communications, built-in terminal capabilities, and the
                 touchscreen.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, Saratoga, CA, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Saratoga, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
  classification = "722; 723; 902",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "16-bit microcomputer; computer operating systems ---
                 Standards; computers, microprocessor; disc unit; DOS
                 2.11 operating system; Graphics Terminal; HP 150
                 Touchscreen Personal Computer; HP 2623A; integrated
                 display; Intel 8088 microprocessor; keyboard;
                 microcomputers; Microsoft's MS-; Modular Construction;
                 personal computer; system processing; system processing
                 unit (SPU); touchscreen; touchscreen personal computer;
                 unit",
  treatment =    "G General Review; P Practical",
}

@Article{Wood:1984:OSF,
  author =       "Laurie E. Pollero Wood and Charles H. Whelan",
  title =        "Operating System and Firmware of the {HP} 150 Personal
                 Computer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "6--10",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Two operating systems, Microsoft's disc operating
                 system (MS-DOS 2.11) and terminal operating system
                 (TOS) are presented that are used in the initialization
                 of HP 150 Personal Computer. The first one, MS-DOS, is
                 the industry standard operating system and is written
                 to be ported to various hardware systems. Porting it to
                 a new piece of hardware requires writing device drivers
                 and linking them into the MS-DOS code supplied by
                 Microsoft. The other, TOS, is used by both terminal and
                 the personal computer to control the terminal emulator.
                 It maintains a task queue. Both operating systems and
                 their interfaces are explained.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, Sunnyvale, CA, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Sunnyvale, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5600 (Data communication equipment and techniques);
                 C6150J (Operating systems)",
  classification = "722; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "BIOS; Computer Interfaces; computer operating systems;
                 computers, microprocessor; hardware drivers; HP 150
                 operating system; HP 150 Personal Computer; HP 2623A;
                 HP graphics terminal capabilities; microcomputers;
                 Microsoft's disc operating system; Microsoft's disc
                 operating system (MS-DOS); MS-DOS; MS-DOS 2.11;
                 multitasking operating system; operating system;
                 operating systems (computers); Personal Applications
                 Manager; personal computer; Terminal; terminal
                 emulator; terminal operating system; terminal operating
                 system (TOS); terminal personality; TOS",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Straton:1984:HTI,
  author =       "Peter R. Straton and Scott R. McClelland and Thomas E.
                 Kilbourn",
  title =        "The {HP 150 Touchscreen}: an interactive user input
                 device for a personal computer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "11--15",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Various technologies have been used in touchscreen
                 designs. The method chosen for the HP 150 touchscreen
                 design is a scanned infrared array. Capable of medium
                 resolution at a moderate cost, the nonvisible light
                 does not degrade the display, and the solid-state
                 design provides high reliability. The scanning
                 controlled by a microcomputer is described, the
                 scanning algorithm is illustrated, and the touchscreen
                 control firmware is introduced. Touchscreen control and
                 data paths, and the block diagram of the mechanism for
                 mapping touch position to control and data operations
                 are also illustrated.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, Rocklin, CA, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Rocklin, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
  classification = "722",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "computer graphic equipment; computer peripheral
                 equipment; computer systems, digital --- Interactive
                 Operation; computers, microprocessor; design; detector;
                 device; display instrumentation; firmware; HP 150
                 Touchscreen; interactive terminals; interactive user
                 input; interactive user input device; IR diode matrix;
                 light emitting diodes; medium; personal computer;
                 phototransistor; phototransistors; power on
                 initialisation sequence; resolution; scanned infrared
                 array; scanning algorithm; touchscreen; touchscreen
                 design",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Showman:1984:AST,
  author =       "Peter S. Showman and Karl W. Pettis and Karlie J.
                 Arkin and Jeffrey A. Spoelstra and John Price and W.
                 Bruce Culbertson and Robert D. {Shurtleff, Jr.}",
  title =        "Applications software for the {Touchscreen Personal
                 Computer}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "15--24",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP 150 Personal Applications Manager (PAM)
                 addresses operating concerns of the personal computer
                 user by helping him manage both application programs
                 and disc files. The PAM screen is what the user
                 normally sees after turning on the personal computer.
                 It presents a list of the application programs
                 available on the discs currently in the system, and
                 allows the user to run any of them simply by touching
                 the program name on the screen and then touching the
                 Start Application softkey label. There is no need to
                 remember either what programs are on the disc or what
                 command sequence is needed to run each program. The
                 user can even change the name displayed by PAM if
                 another name seems to make more sense. The display is
                 kept simple by not showing other filenames on this
                 screen, an important consideration since they typically
                 outnumber the applications by more than ten to one. The
                 file manager, touchscreen applications, text editor
                 softkeys, and other software packages are described.
                 The applications of graphics features and business
                 applications are also presented.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, Cupertino, CA, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Cupertino, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C6130B (Graphics techniques); C6130D (Document
                 processing techniques); C7100 (Business and
                 administration)",
  classification = "722; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "application programs; Applications; applications
                 programs; applications software; calculator; card file;
                 computer graphics; computer peripheral equipment;
                 computer software; computer systems, digital ---
                 Interactive Operation; editing; financial data
                 processing; graphics; HP 150; manager; microcomputer;
                 packages; personal applications; processing;
                 spreadsheet; text; touchscreen personal computer;
                 Touchscreen Personal Computer; word",
  treatment =    "G General Review; P Practical",
}

@Article{Watkins:1984:HDH,
  author =       "J. E. Watkins and P. A. Brown and G. Syeman and S. E.
                 Carrier",
  title =        "Hardware design of the {HP 150 Personal Computer}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "25--30",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5430 (Microcomputers); C5540 (Terminals and graphic
                 displays)",
  keywords =     "8088; accessory; alpha display; bit-mapped graphics;
                 business machine; HP 150 Personal Computer; HP-IB; IEEE
                 488; interactive terminals; microcomputers;
                 microprocessor; real-time clock; slots; softkey; status
                 line; terminal; touchscreen",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Barbera:1984:PCP,
  author =       "Joseph D. Barbera",
  title =        "Personal Computer Printer is User Installable",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "30--31",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP 2674A PRINTER is designed specifically for use
                 as an option for the HP 150 Personal Computer. It
                 features quiet printing, autoloading of roll paper,
                 user installability, and a zero footprint. The printer
                 is a wedge-shaped device that fits into the top of the
                 HP 150 cabinet and straddles the yoke of the HP 150's
                 cathode-ray tube. One cable connects the printer to the
                 computer. Thermal printing was chosen for its inherent
                 simplicity and quietness. The printhead, which is
                 already used in another HP printer, was modified for
                 12V service, and an additional interstitial wear layer
                 was added to provide life in excess of 100 million
                 characters.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, Portland, OR, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Portland, OR, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  classification = "722",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "computer peripheral equipment; HP; HP 150 Personal
                 Computer; HP 2674A printer; interstitial wear layer;
                 personal computer; printer; Printers; printers;
                 printhead; thermal printers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Dunn:1984:SKF,
  author =       "L. Dunn and M. R. Perkins",
  title =        "A standard keyboard family for {HP} computer
                 products",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "34--36",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers); C5540 (Terminals
                 and graphic displays); C5590 (Other computer peripheral
                 equipment)",
  keywords =     "Computer; HP 150 Touchscreen Personal; HP 46010
                 family; keyboards; low profile; standard keyboard
                 family; switches; tactile feedback",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Novotny:1984:TIM,
  author =       "David R. Novotny and Jeffrey Tomberlin and Charles P.
                 Hill and James P. Quan and Gordon A. Jensen and Jerry
                 D. Morris and K. R. Goldsmith",
  title =        "Transmission {Impairment Measuring Set} simplifies
                 testing of complex voice and data circuits",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "4--12",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A new transmission impairment measuring set (TIMS) is
                 introduced that is designed to meet the changing needs
                 of data communication industry and users. A variety of
                 measurement environments served by the test equipment
                 is indicated and its comprehensive measuring
                 capabilities are described that permit the user to
                 install, maintain or troubleshoot any voice,
                 voice-grade data, program (used by the broadcast
                 industry) or wideband data circuit.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co, Telecommunication Div, Colorado
                 Springs, CO, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Telecommunication Div,
                 Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
  classcodes =   "B0170E (Production facilities and engineering); B6210D
                 (Telephony); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
                 systems); B7310Z (Other electric variables
                 measurement); C3380B (Control of electronic
                 instruments); C7410F (Communications computing)",
  classification = "718; 722; 723; 942",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "automatic; automatic testing --- Equipment; complex
                 voice and data circuits (TIMS); comprehensive
                 measurement set; computers --- Data Communication
                 Equipment; control; data communication systems; data
                 communications; data transmission; electric distortion
                 measurement; equipment; HP 4945A TIMS; Measurements;
                 processor; receiver; signal processing equipment;
                 system; telephone interference; test; test industry;
                 test signal; transmission impairment measuring set;
                 Transmission Impairment Measuring Set; transmitter;
                 voice-grade data; wideband data circuit",
  treatment =    "G General Review; P Practical",
}

@Article{Reh:1984:MST,
  author =       "Teresa L. Reh",
  title =        "Master\slash slave {TIMS} operation increases
                 productivity",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "13--15",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A master\slash slave mode of operation of a
                 transmission impairment measuring set (TIMS) is
                 described that allows a single skilled operator to
                 perform all necessary measurements from a central
                 location. Two TIMS instruments are still necessary, but
                 the one at the remote site only needs to be turned on
                 and connected to the channel to be tested. An
                 autocapture feature allows the master to capture the
                 instrument on the other end of the line without even
                 putting the remote instrument into slave mode. This
                 means that the person setting up the remote TIMS
                 doesn't need to know how to operate the instrument at
                 all. Nor does that person have to remain at the remote
                 site. The additional channel previously needed for
                 communication is no longer necessary.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard CO, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard CO, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7210F (Telemetering systems); B7310Z (Other electric
                 variables measurement); C3380B (Control of electronic
                 instruments); C7410F (Communications computing)",
  classification = "718; 913; 942",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "automatic test equipment; data transmission; electric
                 distortion measurement; electric noise measurement; HP
                 4945A TIMS; information theory --- Communication
                 Channels; master/slave mode; master/slave TIMS
                 operation; Measurements; productivity; remote
                 instrument; telemetering equipment; Transmission
                 Impairment Measuring Set; transmission impairment
                 measuring set (TIMS)",
  treatment =    "G General Review; P Practical",
}

@Article{Dodge:1984:TTT,
  author =       "Allan W. Dodge and Scott S. Neal and Kurt R.
                 Goldsmith",
  title =        "Testing the {TIMS} ({Transmission Impairment Measuring
                 Set})",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "15--18",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The key objectives in testing the transmission
                 impairment measuring set (TIMS) were to measure its
                 benchtop performance, to test its software, and to
                 ensure high reliability. An IEEE 488-based test system
                 is presented that completely tests the hardware and
                 much of the software of stand-alone programs are
                 indicated to test the software fully. In parallel with
                 this effort goes development of a comprehensive
                 environmental and reliability test plan.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co, Telecommunication Div, Colorado
                 Springs, CO, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Telecommunication Div,
                 Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
  classcodes =   "B0170E (Production facilities and engineering); B7210B
                 (Automatic test and measurement systems); C3380B
                 (Control of electronic instruments)",
  classification = "718; 723; 942",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "automatic test equipment; automatic testing; automatic
                 testing system; Bell standards; benchtop performance;
                 computer software --- Testing; data transmission;
                 electronic; environmental test; equipment testing; HP
                 4945A TIMS; instruments --- Testing; Measurements;
                 production tests; reliability; reliability test; Set;
                 software verification; system; test; Transmission
                 Impairment Measuring; transmission impairment measuring
                 set (TIMS); voice and data telephone circuits",
  treatment =    "G General Review; P Practical",
}

@Article{Smit:1984:HAH,
  author =       "Paul R. Smit",
  title =        "A hyphenation algorithm for {HPWord}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "26--30",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A hyphenation algorithm for pattern recognition is
                 described that has been developed as a subprogram of
                 the HPWord word processing software for HP 3000
                 Computer Systems. HPWord has multilingual capabilities,
                 that is, documents can be produced in different
                 languages. This affects some layout features as well as
                 the hyphenation of words, which is done automatically.
                 The main advantage of the algorithm is its flexibility;
                 the linguistic rules can be changed without changing
                 the program. This makes it possible to use the program
                 for other languages as well. The same program is being
                 implemented in the Danish version of HPWord. It can
                 also be implemented easily in other text processing
                 programs. It is, for instance, easy to convert he the
                 algorithm to other programming languages such as
                 Pascal. Moreover, the problem of efficiency and of
                 hierarchy in the linguistic rules has been completely
                 solved by using a tree structure and an extra data
                 segment to store all linguistic rules. This way
                 searching takes place in main memory instead of on
                 disc.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co, Dutch Application Cent at
                 Amstelveen, Amstelveen, Neth",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Dutch Application Cent at
                 Amstelveen, Amstelveen, Neth",
  classcodes =   "C7106 (Word processing); C7820 (Humanities
                 computing)",
  classification = "723; 901; 921",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Algorithms; computer programming; data processing ---
                 Word Processing; exception dictionary; HPWord;
                 hyphenation algorithm; information science --- Language
                 Translation and Linguistics; layout features;
                 linguistic rules; linguistics; mathematical techniques
                 --- Trees; multilingual; multilingual capability;
                 pattern recognition; pattern recognition ---
                 Mathematical Models; processing software; set theory;
                 syllable recognition; text processing; tree structure;
                 word; word processing",
  treatment =    "P Practical; T Theoretical or Mathematical",
}

@Article{Wilson:1984:DSI,
  author =       "Heather Wilson and Michael J. Shaw",
  title =        "Designing Software for the International Market",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "31--35",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The adaptation of word-processing office software for
                 use in different countries or environments is
                 considered. Software products are presented that are
                 designed with localization in mind. Message lengths,
                 character sets, time and data formats, and the syntax
                 of commands are all taken into account. All of these
                 and more easy to change without having to touch the
                 source code of the product.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co, Office Productivity Div, Reading,
                 Engl",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett Packard Co, Office Productivity Div,
                 Reading, Engl",
  classcodes =   "C6100 (Software techniques and systems)",
  classification = "723; 901",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "character sets; computer software; data processing,
                 business --- Word Processing; Design; HP Application
                 Centres; HP software products; information science ---
                 Language Translation and Linguistics; international
                 applications; localization; menus; message lengths;
                 office software; representation standard; Roman 8
                 European character; software engineering; software
                 localization; source code; spelling; syntax; user
                 interfaces",
  treatment =    "G General Review; P Practical",
}

@Article{Fay:1984:HBT,
  author =       "Thomas R. Fay and John E. McDermid",
  title =        "The {HP} 3065 board test family: a system overview",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "4--9",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP 3065 Board Test Family provides printed circuit
                 board manufacturers with a combination of high
                 throughput, excellent test quality, and low programming
                 costs for evaluating complex digital and analog circuit
                 boards. The basic configuration consists of a
                 measurement section, an instrument section, and a
                 programming station.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co, Fort Collins, CO, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Fort Collins, CO, USA",
  classcodes =   "B2210 (Printed circuits); B7210B (Automatic test and
                 measurement systems); C3380B (Control of electronic
                 instruments); C7410D (Electronic engineering
                 computing)",
  classification = "703; 713; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "automatic test equipment; Automatic Testing; digital
                 board testing; generation; high digital IC throughput;
                 HP 3065 board test family; menu-driven automatic test;
                 multiple test stations; networking capability;
                 overdrive; printed circuit testing; printed circuits;
                 protection",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Balliew:1984:ATP,
  author =       "Robert E. Balliew",
  title =        "Automatic Test Program Generation for Digital Board
                 Testing",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "11--14",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "This article discusses the digital test generation
                 methods used by IPG-II. The major tasks done by the
                 digital portion of the program generator are scanner
                 card pin assignment for digital nodes, modifying
                 digital library tests affected by the board topology,
                 and disabling other devices on the same bus with the
                 device under test. Typically, IPG-II can write more
                 than 90\% of the tests for a circuit board without any
                 user intervention other than data entry.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co, Loveland, CO, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Loveland, CO, USA",
  classcodes =   "B1265B (Logic circuits); B2570 (Semiconductor
                 integrated circuits); C7410D (Electronic engineering
                 computing)",
  classification = "703; 713; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "automatic test program generation; Automatic Testing;
                 board test system; computing; digital board testing;
                 digital integrated circuits; digital test; electronic
                 engineering; generation methods; generator; HP 3065
                 board test system; incircuit program; integrated
                 circuit testing; IPG-II; printed circuit; printed
                 circuits",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Snook:1984:DSB,
  author =       "Matthew L. Snook and Michael A. Teska",
  title =        "Digital Subsystem for a Board Test System",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "14--20",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The digital hardware subsystem for the HP 3065H Test
                 Station of the HP 3065 Board Test System was designed
                 to address universal test needs in the areas of fault
                 coverage, cost, performance, ease of operation, and
                 throughput in addition to a multitude of specific
                 digital in-circuit test needs. These needs include long
                 complex pattern sets, a high pattern rate to meet the
                 minimum clock rate required by dynamic devices, short
                 test duration to minimize the potential for damage for
                 overdriven devices, high throughput to minimize testing
                 costs, and a set of test vectors known as a homing
                 sequence to initialize some sequential devices to a
                 known state before testing.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co, Loveland, CO, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Loveland, CO, USA",
  classcodes =   "B2210 (Printed circuits); B7210B (Automatic test and
                 measurement systems); C3380B (Control of electronic
                 instruments); C7410D (Electronic engineering
                 computing)",
  classification = "703; 713; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "automatic test equipment; Automatic Testing; board
                 test system; cost; digital board testing; digital
                 subsystem; fault coverage; homing; HP 3065 board test;
                 HP 3065 test station; long complex; pattern sets;
                 performance; printed circuit testing; printed circuits;
                 sequence; short test duration; system; test vectors",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Harwood:1984:SDA,
  author =       "Vance R. Harwood",
  title =        "Safeguarding Devices Against Stress Caused by
                 In-Circuit Testing",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "20--22",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A team of engineers was assigned the task of
                 understanding the impact of in-circuit digital testing
                 on logic devices and recommending a course of action to
                 the rest of the design team. The group amassed a list
                 of possible damage mechanisms and analyzed them one by
                 one. Some damage mechanisms such as electromigration
                 and dielectric breakdown were found to be insignificant
                 in regard to in-circuit testing. Three items on the
                 list --- CMOS latch-up, bond-wire heating, and junction
                 heating --- seemed to have the potential to damage
                 devices during a test, so these became the focus of
                 attention.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co, Manufacturing Test Div, Loveland,
                 CO, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Manufacturing Test Div,
                 Loveland, CO, USA",
  classcodes =   "B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits); B7210B
                 (Automatic test and measurement systems); C3380B
                 (Control of electronic instruments); C7410D (Electronic
                 engineering computing)",
  classification = "703; 713; 721",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "automatic test equipment; bond-wire heating; CMOS
                 latch-up; damage mechanisms; dielectric breakdown;
                 digital integrated circuits; digital testing;
                 electromigration; HP 3065 board test system; in-circuit
                 testing; incircuit testing; integrated circuit testing;
                 junction heating; logic devices; logic devices ---
                 Testing; stresses --- Protection",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Holmberg:1984:ELS,
  author =       "Randy W. Holmberg",
  title =        "Extensive Library Simplifies Digital Board Test
                 Setup",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "23--25",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Apr 08 21:45:59 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "When testing in-circuit digital devices, costs can be
                 significantly reduced by using a library of
                 preprogrammed tests. Having device information and test
                 safeguard data readily available in a permanently
                 stored library makes it much easier for a test engineer
                 to set up a test sequence for a printed circuit board.
                 One of the major design objectives of the HP 3065 Board
                 Test System was to make ownership economical. For this
                 reason, development of a large, comprehensive device
                 test library was crucial to the success of the
                 project.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co, Atlanta Sales Office, Atlanta,
                 GA, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Atlanta Sales Office,
                 Atlanta, GA, USA",
  classcodes =   "B2210 (Printed circuits); B2570 (Semiconductor
                 integrated circuits); B7210B (Automatic test and
                 measurement systems); C3380B (Control of electronic
                 instruments); C7410D (Electronic engineering
                 computing)",
  classification = "703; 713; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "automatic test equipment; Automatic Testing; circuit
                 board; digital board test; digital board test strip;
                 digital devices --- Testing; HP 3065 board test system;
                 in-circuit testing; incircuit digital devices;
                 integrated circuit testing; library of preprogrammed
                 tests; preprogrammed test library; printed; printed
                 circuit testing; printed circuits; test sequence;
                 testing",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Mathieu:1984:IBT,
  author =       "Mark A. Mathieu",
  title =        "An interpreter-based board test programming
                 environment",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "25--28",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Since an automatic in-circuit test program generator
                 (IPG-II) in the HP 3065 builds most of the test
                 programs for each circuit board, most of the board test
                 programmer's time can be spent debugging and optimizing
                 programs instead of developing them. To provide a
                 strong debugging capability, an interpreter-based
                 system is used. As an added advantage of an
                 interpreter-based system, the use of system-dependent
                 compilers and linkers can be avoided. Hence, the
                 operating system of the underlying machine --- RTE-6/VM
                 on an HP 1000 E-Series Computer --- can be more easily
                 hidden behind a programming environment shell.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co, Loveland, CO, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Loveland, CO, USA",
  classcodes =   "B2210 (Printed circuits); C6150C (Compilers,
                 interpreters and other processors); C7410D (Electronic
                 engineering computing)",
  classification = "703; 713; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "1000 E-Series Computer; 3065; automatic test
                 equipment; Automatic Testing; compilers; debugging;
                 digital board testing; HP; incircuit test program
                 generator; incircuit testing; interpreter-based board
                 test programming environment; interpreters; operating
                 system; printed circuit testing; printed circuits;
                 program; RTE-6/VM",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Hendricks:1984:TSF,
  author =       "T. Michael Hendricks",
  title =        "Testing for Short-Circuit Failures",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "28--30",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP 3065's Shorts test is done in two stages. The
                 first, or learning, stage is intended to locate the
                 known short circuits. During the learning stage, the
                 Shorts test is run on a known good board. Any short
                 circuits found during the learning stage are assumed to
                 be inherent in the design of the board and not caused
                 by production problems. A list of these known short
                 circuits is stored internally in the HP 3065 file
                 system for use during the second, or testing, stage.
                 The two purposes of this stage are to locate any
                 additional short circuits (which presumably are caused
                 by production defects) and (optionally) to confirm that
                 all of the known short circuits are actually present.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co, Loveland, CO, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Loveland, CO, USA",
  classcodes =   "B2210 (Printed circuits); B7210B (Automatic test and
                 measurement systems); C3380B (Control of electronic
                 instruments); C7410D (Electronic engineering
                 computing)",
  classification = "703; 713; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "automatic test equipment; Automatic Testing; bent
                 pins; digital board testing; file system; HP 3065 board
                 test system; printed circuit boards; printed circuit
                 testing; printed circuits; resistors; short circuit
                 failures testing; short-circuit failures; Shorts test;
                 small; solder splashes",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{McDermid:1984:REA,
  author =       "John E. McDermid",
  title =        "Reducing Errors in Automated Analog In-Circuit Test
                 Program Generation",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "31--36",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "This article discusses seven major error sources in
                 automated analog test program generation and the
                 application of the results of this type of error
                 analysis for improving board test throughput and
                 simplifying program maintenance. These results guided
                 the design of the analog test portion of the in-circuit
                 program generator (IPG-II) used in the HP 3065 Board
                 Test System.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co, Loveland, CO, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Loveland, CO, USA",
  classcodes =   "B2210 (Printed circuits); B7210B (Automatic test and
                 measurement systems); C3380B (Control of electronic
                 instruments); C7410D (Electronic engineering
                 computing)",
  classification = "703; 713; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "3065 board test system; analog in-circuit test;
                 analysis; automated analogue incircuit test program
                 generation; automatic test equipment; Automatic
                 Testing; board test throughput; circuit board test
                 system; error; error analysis; error sources; errors;
                 HP; incircuit program generator; integrated circuit
                 testing; printed circuit; printed circuits; program
                 maintenance; reduction; testing",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Witte:1984:ANA,
  author =       "Robert A. Witte and Jerry W. Daniels",
  title =        "An advanced {5-Hz-to-200-MHz} network analyzer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "4--16",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A complete network analysis system is presented that
                 contains an integrated three-input receiver subsystem,
                 a graphics display, and a synthesized signal source.
                 The instrument's vector math capabilities not only
                 increase its power in traditional network analysis, but
                 also extend its usefulness to less-traditional
                 measurement areas. In contrast to the trace math
                 functions of earlier analyzers, which simply manipulate
                 an instrument's display, vector math performs complex
                 calculations involving the actual measured data. The
                 results are then displayed and can be scaled in
                 virtually any form the user desires. The measurement of
                 quartz crystal parameters provides an excellent example
                 of vector math at work.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement systems);
                 C3380B (Control of electronic instruments); C7410D
                 (Electronic engineering computing)",
  classification = "703; 722; 921; 942",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "5 Hz to 200 MHz network analyser; calibration;
                 computerised instrumentation; electric measurements;
                 electric measuring instruments; electric network
                 analyzers; graphics display; HP 35677A/B S-parameter
                 test set; HP 3577A; mathematical techniques ---
                 Vectors; measurement capabilities; network analysers;
                 network analyzer; parameters; S-; softkey menus;
                 synthesized signal source; vector-math capabilities",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Spaulding:1984:BTS,
  author =       "William M. Spaulding",
  title =        "A broadband two-port {S}-parameter test set",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "17--20",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The scattering matrices formed by N-port network's
                 S-parameters can be used to evaluate network matching
                 under loaded conditions or can be easily combined to
                 form one overall scattering matrix that characterizes a
                 complex network formed of many smaller networks whose
                 individual scattering matrices have been determined
                 separately. A special test set is introduced to obtain
                 these useful parameters with the HP 3577A network
                 analyzer. Based on a standard reflectometer bridge
                 configuration, the set is implemented as a `slave' unit
                 by tapping the circuitry of the HP 3577A for power and
                 control. A very simple, rear-panel, four-wire
                 interconnect is used as the complete interface. This
                 approach provides the foundation for a very
                 cost-effective instrument, and allows the designers to
                 focus on optimizing the RF design over a wide frequency
                 range of 100 kHz to 200 MHz as the major development
                 effort.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement systems);
                 C3380B (Control of electronic instruments); C7410D
                 (Electronic engineering computing)",
  classification = "703; 715; 722",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "broadband two-port S-parameter test; broadband
                 two-port s-parameter test set; computerised
                 instrumentation; electric network analyzers ---
                 Applications; electric networks, communication; HP
                 35677A/B S-parameter test set; HP 3577A; loaded N-port;
                 network; network analysers; network analyzer; network
                 designers; network matching; parameters; reflection
                 behavior; reflectometer bridge configuration;
                 reflectometers --- Applications; S-; scattering
                 matrices; scattering matrix determination; set;
                 standard; Testing; transmission behaviour",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Baker:1984:ANA,
  author =       "Alan J. Baker",
  title =        "An {ADC} for a network analyzer receiver",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "21--23",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The high accuracy and resolution of the HP 3577A
                 Network Analyzer are features that are made possible in
                 part by the digital IF section and the
                 analog-to-digital conversion scheme used in the
                 receivers. Hence, resolution, linearity, and dynamic
                 range of the HP 3577A are directly related to the
                 performance of the analog-to-digital converter (ADC)
                 used in its receivers. The design and operation of the
                 ADC is described.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1265H (A/D and D/A convertors); B7210X (Other
                 instrumentation and measurement systems); C5180 (A/D
                 and D/A convertors)",
  classification = "722; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "12-bit; A/D convertor; amplifier; analog to digital
                 converter (ADC); analogue-digital conversion; analyzer;
                 data conversion, analog to digital; Design; dynamic
                 range; electric network analyzers; HP 3577A network;
                 linearity; network analysers; network analyzer
                 receiver; prescaling; resolution;
                 successive-approximation A-to-D converter",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Bounaix:1984:IWT,
  author =       "Jean Bounaix and Jean-Claude Dureau and Jacques
                 Firdmann",
  title =        "An industrial workstation terminal for harsh
                 environments",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "25--29",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "An industrial workstation terminal is introduced to
                 help production people in their decision processes
                 using application programs that provide real-time data
                 synthesis with data picked up right at the source ---
                 the production line. It can go into hostile
                 environments characterized by dust, humidity, liquid
                 jets, chemical pollution, repetitive vibrations or
                 shocks, and strong electromagnetic disturbances. Its
                 excellent resistance to the environment, especially to
                 dust and liquids, makes it suitable for most industrial
                 applications. The only limitations are temperatures
                 below 0 degree C, or explosive atmospheres (the
                 terminal is not gas-tight). The design characteristics,
                 and installation of the terminal are described.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
  classification = "722; 912; 913",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "application programs; chemical; computer peripheral
                 equipment; data processing, business --- Manufacturing
                 Applications; decision processes; dust; electromagnetic
                 disturbances; factories; harsh environments; hostile
                 environment; HP 3081A; humidity; industrial management
                 --- Computer Applications; industrial workstation
                 terminal; interactive terminals; liquid jets;
                 pollution; production control --- Computer
                 Applications; production line; real-time data; Remote
                 Consoles; repetitive vibrations; rugged terminals;
                 shocks; strong; synthesis; workstations",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{DiVittorio:1984:HDI,
  author =       "Mark J. DiVittorio",
  title =        "High-Quality, Dot-Matrix Impact Printer Family",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "30--32",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Three HP 293X family printers are introduced that are
                 reliable, fast and easy to use. All are 136-column,
                 bidirectional, dot-matrix impact printers. Common to
                 the family is the ability to print at 200 characters
                 per second (cps) on one-to-six-part forms up to 400 mm
                 (15.75 inches) wide. The standard symbol font is
                 designed to a 9 multiplied by 12 symbol cell matrix,
                 with a horizontal and vertical resolution of 90 dots
                 per inch (dpi). All three of the printers have the
                 ability to print graphics at 21,600 dots per second.
                 There are two standard character styles resident in all
                 the printers --- Courier (serif) and Cubic (sans
                 serif). In addition, there are three standard pitches
                 and ten resident languages, all of which can be
                 selected from the printer's front panel or under host
                 computer control. The architecture and applications of
                 the printers are described.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  classification = "722",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "character styles; charts; computer peripheral
                 equipment; Courier; Cubic; dot-matrix impact printer;
                 dot-matrix impact printer family; forms;
                 Hewlett--Packard; HP 2932A; HP 2933A; HP 2934A; HP
                 293X; matrix printers; memos; order; printer family;
                 Printers; program listings; reports; symbol font",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Pritchard:1984:CIC,
  author =       "Thomas B. Pritchard and David S. Lee",
  title =        "Custom {IC} Controls Dot-Matrix Impact Printers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "33--36",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The electronics used in the HP 293X Printer family
                 includes a custom integrated circuit to interface
                 between the microprocessor and the printhead and its
                 carriage motor. The special characteristics of the
                 printhead require much parallel processing with timing
                 resolution and accuracy down to one microsecond. In
                 addition, the open-loop stepping of the carriage motor
                 and the open-loop firing of dots are not performed at
                 the same time, so a method of synchronization is
                 necessary. These features cannot be implemented in a
                 single general-purpose microprocessor and would be
                 uneconomical if implemented with multiple parallel
                 processors or discrete logic. A custom IC fills these
                 requirements while providing many other beneficial
                 features.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits); C5550
                 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  classification = "705; 713; 714; 722; 731",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "293X printer family; Applications; carriage; computer
                 peripheral equipment --- Control Systems; computers,
                 microcomputer --- Computer Interfaces; custom
                 integrated circuits; dot-matrix impact printers;
                 electric motors, stepping type --- Control; HP;
                 integrated circuits; matrix printers; microprocessor;
                 monolithic integrated circuits; motor; open-loop;
                 parallel processing; printhead; printhead carriage
                 motor; printwires; stepping; synchronization; timing
                 resolution",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Epstein:1984:VIS,
  author =       "James S. Epstein",
  title =        "Versatile Instrument Simplifies Dynamic Signal
                 Analysis at Low Frequencies",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "4--11",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Analysis of low-frequency signals is considered for
                 many uses in electronic design, vibration studies, and
                 acoustic measurements. An easy-to-use
                 multi-microprocessor based analyzer is introduced that
                 covers the range from 125$ \mu $Hz to 100 kHz and
                 displays the data in several useful formats. The HP
                 3561 A dynamic signal analyzer is designed to provide
                 high-performance dynamic measurement and analysis
                 capability in a small portable package. The analysis of
                 the data may consist of examining the time waveform
                 directly or examining the evenly spaced intervals or in
                 1/3- or full-octave intervals. In addition,
                 mathematical operations can be performed on the data to
                 look at differences, ratios, and other computed
                 results. The key features and applications of the
                 instrument are presented and an example of a dynamic
                 signal analysis for machinery maintenance is
                 described.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, CO, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, CO, USA",
  classcodes =   "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments)",
  classification = "722; 723; 941; 942; 943",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "analyzer; Computer Applications; computers,
                 microprocessor --- Applications; data analysis; dynamic
                 signal analysis; fast Fourier transforms; HP 3561A; low
                 frequency signals; low-frequency signals; spectral
                 analysers; spectrum analyzers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Epstein:1984:HDD,
  author =       "James S. Epstein and Glenn R. Engel and Donald R.
                 Hiller and Glen L. {Purdy, Jr.} and Bryan C. {Hoog,
                 Jr.} and Eric J. Wicklund",
  title =        "Hardware Design for a Dynamic Signal Analyzer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "12--17",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The hardware design of HP 3561A Dynamic Signal
                 Analyzer is presented that involves the constraints of
                 portability, adequate shielding of the signal
                 processing circuits against electrical noise, a compact
                 power supply, high-speed digital circuitry, and an
                 accurate clear display of data and calculated results.
                 Described are: the front end that performs the signal
                 conditioning, digital filters, analog to digital (A/D)
                 converter, the processor, the nonvolatile memory, the
                 display, the power supply and the packaging and
                 shielding.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, CO, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, CO, USA",
  classcodes =   "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments)",
  classification = "713; 715; 722; 941; 942; 943",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "compact power supply; Components; computers,
                 microprocessor; data conversion, analog to digital;
                 digital circuitry; dynamic signal analyzer; Dynamic
                 Signal Analyzer; electric filters, digital; electric
                 power supplies to apparatus; electronics packaging;
                 hardware design; HP 3561A; nonvolatile memory;
                 portability; shielding; spectral analysers; spectrum
                 analyzers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Engel:1984:ISD,
  author =       "Glenn R. Engel and Donald R. Hiller",
  title =        "Instrument Software for Dynamic Signal Analysis",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "17--19",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The software for a microprocessor-controlled
                 instrument determines the instrument's usefulness and
                 personality --- how it interacts with the user and how
                 easy it is for a new user to understand and use
                 effectively. Because there are many variables in
                 dynamic signal analysis measurements, the software for
                 the HP 3561A Dynamic Signal Analyzer is particularly
                 important. Some of the key features provided by its
                 operating system are: Friendly user interface;
                 Autocalibration; Overlapped processing for quick
                 display updates; Spectral map display; Direct output to
                 HP-IB (IEEE 488) printers and plotters; Nonvolatile
                 memory storage; Self-tests and service tests. The tasks
                 of the operating system and the architecture are also
                 considered.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, WA, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, WA, USA",
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement systems);
                 C3380B (Control of electronic instruments); C7420
                 (Control engineering computing)",
  classification = "723; 941; 942; 943",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "3561A; autocalibration; computer operating systems ---
                 Calibration; computer software; computerised
                 instrumentation; computers, microprocessor; dynamic
                 signal analysis; Dynamic Signal Analyzer; HP;
                 instrument software; memory storage;
                 microcomputer-controlled instrument; signal analysis;
                 spectral analysers; spectrum analyzers --- Computer
                 Interfaces; user interface",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Panek:1984:CDF,
  author =       "Charles R. Panek and Steven F. Kator",
  title =        "Custom Digital Filters for Dynamic Signal Analysis",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "28--36",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1984",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Digital filtering offers some powerful advantages when
                 used with a fast Fourier transform (FFT), because it
                 can perform frequency domain analysis in a narrow band
                 around some arbitrary center frequency. To understand
                 the need for a digital filter in dynamic signal
                 analysis, the basics of FFT analysis and sampled
                 systems are reviewed. A design of HP 3561A dynamic
                 signal analyzer is presented and its basic signal
                 processing block diagram is illustrated.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, WA, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, WA, USA",
  classcodes =   "B1270F (Digital filters); C5240 (Digital filters)",
  classification = "713; 921",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "custom digital filters; Design; digital filters;
                 dynamic signal analysis; electric filters, digital;
                 fast Fourier; HP 3561A; mathematical techniques ---
                 Frequency Domain Analysis; mathematical transformations
                 --- Fast Fourier Transforms; sampled systems; signal
                 processing --- Digital Techniques; transform",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Eckert:1985:OSR,
  author =       "Achim Eckert and Wolfgang Schmid",
  title =        "Optical Stimulus and Receivers for Parametric Testing
                 in Fiber Optics",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "4--7",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The testing of fiber optic systems designed and
                 produced for various applications is considered. An
                 optical signal source and an optical pulse power meter,
                 both calibrated and programmable, provide reliable
                 device and system testing. The parametric
                 characteristics of these instruments are described as
                 well as high precision and capabilities not previously
                 commercially available. Hence, thorough testing of
                 fiber optic components, modules, and systems can be
                 performed at high confidence levels. The design goals
                 for the instruments are also given.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co, Boeblingen Instruments Div,
                 Boeblingen, West Ger",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Boeblingen Instruments Div,
                 Boeblingen, West Ger",
  classcodes =   "A0670H (Display, recording, and indicating
                 instruments); A4278F (Performance and testing of
                 optical systems); A4281 (Fibre optics and fibre
                 waveguides); A4285F (Optical testing techniques); B4125
                 (Fibre optics); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
                 systems); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments); B7320P (Optical variables measurement)",
  classification = "741; 941",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "8151A Optical Pulse Power Meter; Calibration;
                 computerised instrumentation; design verification;
                 fiber optic systems; fiber optics --- Testing; fibre
                 optics; HP; HP 8150A Optical Signal Source; optical
                 instruments; optical pulse power meter; optical signal
                 source; optical stimulus; optical testing; optical
                 variables measurement; parametric testing; test
                 equipment",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Schmid:1985:PPO,
  author =       "Wolfgang Schmid and Bernhard Flade and Klaus Hoeing
                 and Rainer Eggert",
  title =        "A precise, programmable 850-nm optical signal source",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "7--18",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP 8150A optical signal source is described. It is
                 a general-purpose stimulus source for various kinds of
                 fiber optic measurements. It produces optical power
                 over a range of 1 nW to 2 mW, a dynamic range of 63 db.
                 Hence one can measure from the sensitivity limits of
                 optical receivers at very low light powers up to their
                 saturation limits at high powers. This optical power
                 output can be modulated by electrical signals in a
                 broad frequency range of dc to 250 MHz, allowing
                 real-time measurements of fast components. Other
                 performance highlights are presented, operating
                 concepts are indicated and various components are
                 illustrated. The electrical-to-optical transducer,
                 laser gain control, attenuator control, optical bench
                 and laser protection and safety circuits are described
                 in detail.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co, West Ger",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, West Ger",
  classcodes =   "A4272 (Optical sources and standards); A4278F
                 (Performance and testing of optical systems); A4281
                 (Fibre optics and fibre waveguides); A4285F (Optical
                 testing techniques); B4125 (Fibre optics); B4320M
                 (Laser accessories and instrumentation); B7250E (Signal
                 generators); B7320P (Optical variables measurement)",
  classification = "741; 744; 941",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "applications; attenuator control; calibrated optical;
                 computerised instrumentation; fiber optics ---
                 Measurements; fibre optic measurement; fibre optic
                 measurements; fibre optics; general-purpose stimulus
                 source; HP 8150A Optical; infrared laser diode;
                 internal modulation generator; laser beam; laser diode
                 emission control; laser protection and safety; lasers,
                 semiconductor --- Control; light sources; optical
                 communication; optical instruments; optical signal
                 source; Performance; programmable 850-nm optical signal
                 source; Signal Source; signals; testing optical cables;
                 testing optical connectors; transducers ---
                 Applications",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Berkel:1985:VPO,
  author =       "Werner Berkel and Hans Huning and Volker Eberle and
                 Josef Becker and Bernd Maisenbacher and Wilfried Pless
                 and Michael Goder",
  title =        "A versatile, programmable optical pulse power meter",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "18--27",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP 8151A optical pulse power meter is a
                 general-purpose fully programmable optical response
                 measuring instrument suitable for the wavelength range
                 of 550 to 950 nm or 950 to 1750 nm depending on the
                 optical head used. It can measure the peak (high and
                 low levels) or the average power of optical signals.
                 The upper and lower levels of optical signals are
                 measured and displayed directly without the need to
                 derive such values from average power and a known duty
                 cycle. The ability to determine peak levels and
                 associated parameters such as amplitude or extinction
                 ratio is useful for testing digital fiber optic systems
                 or characterizing fiber optic components. Direct
                 parametric measurements of level-related data, such as
                 extinction ratio, threshold, or flatness, are
                 possible.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co, Boeblingen Instruments Div,
                 Boeblingen, West Ger",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Boeblingen Instruments Div,
                 Boeblingen, West Ger",
  classcodes =   "A0670H (Display, recording, and indicating
                 instruments); A4285F (Optical testing techniques);
                 B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems); B7250G
                 (Display, recording and indicating instruments); B7320P
                 (Optical variables measurement); C3120M (Optical
                 variables control); C3380B (Control of electronic
                 instruments)",
  classification = "723; 741; 941",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Computer Applications; computerised instrumentation;
                 electrical transducer; fiber optics --- Measurements;
                 fibre optics; HP 81511A; HP 8151A; instrument;
                 level-related data; light output; light power; optical
                 cable testing; optical connector testing; Optical Head;
                 optical instruments; optical pulse power meter; optical
                 signal peak levels; optical testing; optical
                 transmitters; optical variables measurement;
                 optical-to-; parametric measurements; programmable
                 optical pulse power meter; programmable optical
                 response measuring",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Fleischer-Reumann:1985:ORN,
  author =       "Michael Fleischer-Reumann and Emmerich Mueller and
                 Gerd Koffmane",
  title =        "An optical receiver for 550 to 950 nm",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "27--29",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "This versatile front end expands the measurement
                 capabilities of electronic test equipment into the
                 fiber optic domain. It provides a 400-MHz bandwidth for
                 optical-to-electrical conversion and a 1.1-ns intrinsic
                 pulse transition time, and it is also suitable for
                 analog measurements in which a flat frequency response
                 is required or where the pulse shape contains the
                 signal information and not only its digital high and
                 low levels. The splitband design approach of the
                 optical-to-electric transducer and the high-frequency
                 feedback amplifier are illustrated.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co, West Ger",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, West Ger",
  classcodes =   "A0670M (Transducers); A4278F (Performance and testing
                 of optical systems); A4281 (Fibre optics and fibre
                 waveguides); A4285F (Optical testing techniques); B4125
                 (Fibre optics); B7230C (Photodetectors); B7250G
                 (Display, recording and indicating instruments); C3240
                 (Transducers and sensing devices)",
  classification = "717; 741",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "calibrated conversion factor; fiber optic domain;
                 fiber optics --- Testing; fibre optics; HP 81519A;
                 measurement equipment; optical instruments --- Design;
                 optical receiver; Optical Receiver; optical testing;
                 optical-to-electrical transducer; photodetectors;
                 signal receivers; splitband design; stand-alone
                 transducer; transducers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Berkel:1985:OS,
  author =       "Werner Berkel and Joachim Vobis",
  title =        "Optical Standards",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "29--30",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Optical standards developed by Hewlett Packard for its
                 optical pulse power meter and optical power source are
                 considered in order to measure the dc accuracy, rise
                 time, and bandwidth of these instruments. The standards
                 are used to calibrate and test the instruments for
                 accuracy, quality and safety and are based on
                 recommendations of the National Bureau of Standards in
                 the USA and other national standard laboratories.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co, Boeblingen Instruments Div,
                 Boeblingen, West Ger",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Boeblingen Instruments Div,
                 Boeblingen, West Ger",
  classcodes =   "A0620H (Measurement standards and calibration); A4272
                 (Optical sources and standards); A4278F (Performance
                 and testing of optical systems); A4285F (Optical
                 testing techniques); B7130 (Measurement standards and
                 calibration); B7320P (Optical variables measurement)",
  classification = "741; 902; 941",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "bandwidth; dc accuracy; DC optical power meter; fibre
                 optics; instruments --- Calibration; measurement
                 standards; optical instruments; optical testing;
                 optical variables measurement; rise time; rise time
                 measurement; Standards",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Regelson:1985:HTI,
  author =       "Elaine C. Regelson and Roy E. Anderson",
  title =        "{HP} Techwriter: Illustrated Documents for Engineers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "4--10 (or 4--9??)",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "This document editing software package for HP 9000
                 Series 200 Computers electronically merges text with
                 pictures from many HP graphics software packages. Text
                 and graphics appear on the screen as they will in the
                 printed document. It allows users to produce most
                 internal publication-quality documents, such as
                 engineering notes, product change descriptions, and
                 design specifications. It also allows users to take
                 advantage of any capabilities offered by their
                 printers, such as math, bold, or italic fonts. The new
                 features required major enhancements to the Pascal
                 workstation editor.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co, Fort Collins, CO, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Fort Collins, CO, USA",
  classcodes =   "C6130 (Data handling techniques); C7106 (Word
                 processing); C7400 (Engineering computing)",
  classification = "722; 723; 901",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "commands; Computer Applications; computer graphics;
                 computer peripheral equipment --- Printers; computer
                 programming languages --- Pascal; computer software;
                 computers; document editing; document support;
                 draft-quality pictures; engineering writing; files;
                 hard-copy options; Hewlett Packard computers; HP 9000
                 series 200; HP TechWriter; illustrated documents;
                 Pascal 3.0 operating system; picture files; plot;
                 presentation; technical; text and pictures merging;
                 text editing; word processing",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Ishak:1985:MDM,
  author =       "Waguih S. Ishak and Kok-Wai Chang",
  title =        "Magnetostatic-Wave Devices for Microwave Signal
                 Processing",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "10--20",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Magnetostatic waves propagating in a thin film of
                 ferrimagnetic material provide an attractive means for
                 processing signals in the 0.5-to-26.5-GHz frequency
                 range. In addition to their application as tunable
                 delay lines, couplers, and signal-to-noise enhancers,
                 the simple fabrication steps and the excellent
                 performance of magnetostatic-wave (MSW) devices make
                 them very competitive with other microwave device
                 technologies such as yttrium-iron-garnet (YIG) spheres
                 in such applications as filters and oscillators. This
                 report reviews some of the basic principles of MSW
                 device technology and describes the current state of
                 the art and some of its applications.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co, Sources \& Signal Processing
                 Group, Cupertino, CA, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Sources \& Signal
                 Processing Group, Cupertino, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "B3120G (Microwave magnetic devices); B3120J (Magneto-
                 acoustic, magnetoresistive, magnetostrictive and
                 magnetostatic wave devices); B3120N (Magnetic thin film
                 devices)",
  classification = "701; 711; 714",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "delay lines; magnetic dipoles; magnetic thin film
                 devices; magnetostatic wave devices; magnetostatic
                 waves (MSW) propagation; magnetostatic-wave devices;
                 magnetostatics; microwave device technologies;
                 microwave devices; microwave signal; MSW device;
                 processing; signal processing --- Microwaves;
                 technology; thin ferrimagnetic films; tunable delay
                 lines; Wave Effects; YIG films",
  treatment =    "G General Review; P Practical",
}

@Article{Busch:1985:DCS,
  author =       "John R. Busch and Alan J. Kondoff",
  title =        "Disc Caching in the System Processing Units of the
                 {HP} 3000 Family of Computers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "21--39",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "We analyze the alternatives for exploiting processor
                 and memory technology trends with respect to cost,
                 performance, and reliability. We discuss disc caching
                 design alternatives including fetch, replacement, and
                 write handling policies. We present an overview of the
                 tools developed for the performance analysis of the
                 alternatives, and we present measurements of the system
                 and subsystem behavior and performance of our
                 implementation for the HP 3000 family.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co, Information Technology Group,
                 USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Information Technology
                 Group, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5380 (Other aspects of storage devices and
                 techniques); C6120 (File organisation)",
  classification = "722; 723",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "access delays; buffer storage; data processing ---
                 Storage; data storage units --- Performance; data
                 storage, magnetic; disc; disc caching; Disk; excess
                 main memory; fetch handling; Hewlett Packard computers;
                 HP 3000 family; management; performance analysis;
                 storage; write handling",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Malin:1985:HMM,
  author =       "Joseph L. Malin and Irving Bunton",
  title =        "{HP} Maintenance Management: a New Approach to
                 Software Customer Solutions",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "4--10",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "HP Maintenance Management, an applications software
                 package for HP 3000 Computers, is designed to alleviate
                 nonmaintenance activities problems by helping
                 maintenance managers increase machine uptime, reduce
                 spare parts inventories, and increase personnel
                 productivity. The package represents a coming together
                 of creative techniques on many levels of the computer
                 software development process. In designing a product
                 for which there were no existing standards, the HP
                 Maintenance Management team went directly to customers
                 for information on how the product should work so that
                 the package can be customized to meet the needs of
                 individual customers.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
  classcodes =   "C7160 (Manufacturing and industrial administration)",
  classification = "723; 912; 913; 914",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "administrative data processing; computer software;
                 computer software development process; equipment
                 maintenance; HP 3000; HP maintenance management;
                 machine uptime increase; maintenance; maintenance
                 engineering; Management; personnel --- Control;
                 personnel productivity; software; software package;
                 software packages; spare part inventories reduction",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Curtis:1985:DHH,
  author =       "Hoyle L. Curtis and Richard T. Turley",
  title =        "Development of a High-Performance, Half-Inch Tape
                 Drive",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "11--12, 14--16",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The design of a low-cost, high-density tape drive for
                 backup of large amounts of on-line computer system
                 memory requires a sophisticated combination of
                 technologies and careful project planning. This new
                 drive's greatly improved reliability reduces
                 maintenance costs and downtime.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media)",
  classification = "705; 722; 913",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "1600 PE ANSI formats; 6250 GCR; data storage, magnetic
                 --- Tape; downtime; downtime reduction; drive; electric
                 drive; half-inch tape; half-inch tape drive; Hewlett;
                 HP7978A tape drive; magnetic tape storage; maintenance
                 --- Costs; maintenance costs; online computer system
                 memory; online computer systems; Packard; Performance;
                 reliability",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Gregory:1985:WRR,
  author =       "Wayne T. Gregory",
  title =        "Write and Read Recovery Systems for a Half-Inch Tape
                 Drive",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "16--18",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The analog electronics systems connected to the head
                 assembly in the HP 7978A Magnetic Tape Subsystem are
                 responsible for writing and reading data on the tape in
                 an error-free manner. These basic functions are
                 separated into the write electronics, data protection,
                 and read electronics.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co, Civil Engineering Div, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Civil Engineering Div,
                 USA",
  classcodes =   "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media)",
  classification = "722; 723; 901",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "7978A Magnetic Tape Subsystem; data; data processing
                 --- Security of Data; data protection; data storage,
                 analog; data storage, magnetic --- Tape; half-inch tape
                 drive; HP; information retrieval systems; magnetic tape
                 storage; protection; read electronics; write and read
                 recovery systems; write electronics",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Shafer:1985:DFC,
  author =       "Jimmy L. Shafer",
  title =        "Digital Formatting and Control Electronics for
                 Half-Inch Tape Data Storage",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "19--24",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Read recovery and read\slash write formatting of the
                 nine-track data in the HP 7978A Magnetic Tape Subsystem
                 are fairly complex tasks. Made up of four major
                 assemblies, the digital formatting and control
                 electronics handles read formatting, write formatting,
                 data deskewing, clock recovery, and on-board
                 diagnostics. The system is designed to support both GCR
                 (group coded recording) and PE (phase encoding) formats
                 in a transparent manner. To minimize board space and
                 reduce cost, the functions are heavily integrated.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media)",
  classification = "722; 731",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "clock recovery; control electronics; control systems,
                 digital; data deskewing; data storage, magnetic ---
                 Tape; digital formatting; Electronic Equipment; group
                 coded recording; half-inch tape data; HP 7978A Magnetic
                 Tape; magnetic tape storage; phase encoding; read
                 recovery; read/write formatting; storage; Subsystem",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Dong:1985:STD,
  author =       "John W. Dong and David J. {Van Maren} and Robert D.
                 Emmerich",
  title =        "Streaming Tape Drive Hardware Design",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "25--29",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The mechanical and electrical hardware is introduced
                 for the HP 7978A Magnetic Tape Subsystem, the streaming
                 drive. The tape path, servo and its design, start and
                 stopping, tape handling and various diagnostics and
                 confidence tests are described.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media)",
  classification = "705; 722; 732",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "68000 microprocessor; 8051; data path; data storage,
                 magnetic; electric drive --- Design; electrical
                 hardware; electronics; front-panel display; HP 7978A
                 Magnetic Tape Subsystem; HP-IB interface; keyboard;
                 magnetic tape storage; magnetic tape subsystem; master
                 controller; mechanical hardware; microprocessor; servo
                 electronics; servomechanisms --- Design; streaming tape
                 drive; streaming tape drive hardware design; Tape; tape
                 path hardware",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Ruska:1985:FST,
  author =       "David W. Ruska and Virgil K. Russon and Bradfred Culp
                 and Alan J. Richards and John A. Ruf",
  title =        "Firmware for a Streaming Tape Drive",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "29--31",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The control firmware for the HP 7978A Magnetic Tape
                 Subsystem is described that handles all interactions
                 with the host system and the operator and oversees the
                 execution of both the operational and the diagnostic
                 functions of this half-inch tape drive. The master
                 controller firmware receives the requests from the
                 front-panel buttons, executes them, and updates the
                 front-panel displays. An important responsibility of
                 the firmware is validating the fitness of the tape
                 drive's hardware. If a failure is detected, the
                 firmware will aid service personnel in the diagnosis of
                 the problem.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media)",
  classification = "705; 722; 731",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Bus; computer peripheral equipment; Control Systems;
                 data storage, magnetic --- Tape; diagnostic;
                 diagnostics; electric drive; error condition; firmware;
                 functions; half-inch tape drive; Hewlett--Packard
                 Interface; HP 7978A Magnetic Tape Subsystem; HP-IB;
                 IEEE 488; magnetic tape storage; master controller
                 firmware; operational functions; streaming; streaming
                 tape drive; tape drive; validation",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Becker:1985:LHR,
  author =       "John C. Becker and Donald A. DiTommaso and Sterling J.
                 Mortensen",
  title =        "Low-Cost, Highly Reliable Tape Backup for {Winchester}
                 Disc Drives",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "34--35",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A backup peripheral for Winchester disk drives is
                 described. Designed for use on small to midrange
                 computer systems, this new quarter-inch cartridge tape
                 drive packs up to 67 megabytes onto a single cartridge.
                 To protect the user's data and minimize drive failures,
                 an electromechanical servo control feature is built
                 into the tape drive. This increases both tape and drive
                 motor life by providing gentle acceleration and
                 deceleration as the drive stops and starts.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media)",
  classification = "705; 722; 723; 732",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "computer peripheral equipment --- Control; correction
                 capability; data processing --- Security of Data; data
                 storage, magnetic; drives; electromechanical servo
                 control; error; hard discs; HP 7908; HP 7911; HP 7912;
                 HP 7914; magnetic; quarter-inch cartridge tape drive;
                 read after write capability; recording tape;
                 servomechanisms --- Electric Drive; Tape; tape backup;
                 Winchester disc; Winchester disk drive backup",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Miller:1985:TDC,
  author =       "Craig L. Miller and Mark L. Gembarowski",
  title =        "Tape\slash Disc Controller Serves Integrated
                 Peripherals",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "37--39",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sat Apr 12 15:07:15 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The design goal for the controller of the HP 9144A
                 Tape Drive was to provide a structure permitting one or
                 two mass storage peripherals to operate cohesively for
                 on-line and backup functions. The controller functions
                 are segmented into two areas. The functions common to
                 basic mass storage controllers are lumped together onto
                 one controller called the host dependent controller
                 (HDC). Functions that are specific to the tape or disk
                 drive are contained on a device dependent controller
                 (DDC). One HDC can support one or two DDCs.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media)",
  classification = "722; 732",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "/sup 1///sub 4/-inch tape; computer peripheral
                 equipment --- Performance; Control; controller;
                 controllers; data storage units; dependent controller;
                 device; device dependent controller (DDC); fixed disc;
                 host dependent controller; host dependent controller
                 (HDC); HP 7946A; HP 9144A; integrated peripherals;
                 magnetic disc storage; magnetic tape storage; mass
                 storage controllers; tape drive; tape/disc controller;
                 tape/disk controller",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Gennetten:1985:CTD,
  author =       "K. Douglas Gennetten",
  title =        "Cartridge Tape Data Integrity Ensured at Five Levels",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "39--43",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The new HP 9144A 1/4-inch cartridge tape drive
                 provides a convenient, low-cost, high-reliability
                 alternative to flexible disks and 1/2-inch tapes for
                 backing up valuable data. The remarkable data
                 reliability of the HP 9144A is ensured by the melding
                 of several important data protection techniques.
                 Extensive testing has proved that the typical HP
                 9144A's data error rate is more than ten times better
                 than the specified rate of less than 1 error in
                 10**1**0 bits. This performance is achieved through
                 careful attention to design margin in many areas of the
                 product.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media)",
  classification = "722; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "cartridge tape data integrity; cartridge tape drive;
                 data backup; data error rate; data processing ---
                 Security of Data; data protection; data reliability;
                 data storage, magnetic; HP 9144 /sup 1///sub 4/-inch;
                 magnetic tape storage; security of data; Tape;
                 techniques",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Auyer:1985:CHT,
  author =       "Walter L. Auyer and Charles H. McConica and David J.
                 Schmeling and Mark E. Wanger",
  title =        "Controlling the head\slash tape interface",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "44--47",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "For the optimum performance of HP 9144A magnetic
                 storage device the head-to-media (tape) interface is
                 one of the most critical areas. Four major areas of the
                 head\slash tape interface are described: head mounting,
                 the head actuation system, head design, and cartridge
                 referencing.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co, Civil Engineering Div, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Civil Engineering Div,
                 USA",
  classcodes =   "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media)",
  classification = "722",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "azimuth angle; cartridge referencing; data; data
                 integrity; data storage units --- Design; data storage,
                 magnetic; devices; head activation system; head
                 geometry; head mounting; head penetration; head/tape
                 interface controlling; HP 9144A; magnetic disc storage;
                 magnetic heads; magnetic storage; magnetic tapes; off-;
                 phase distortion; positioning system; read/write head;
                 recording head/tape interface; recovery; signal
                 amplitude; step motor; Tape; tape flying height; track
                 error; unit-to-unit interchangeability",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Gembarowski:1985:SMP,
  author =       "Mark L. Gembarowski",
  title =        "Software Methodology Preserves Consistency and
                 Creativity",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "47--48",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The software methodology is considered to provide
                 designers with a consistent, common approach to
                 software design without limiting their creativity and
                 coding style. It embodies a number of design ideas like
                 structure charts (hierarchy charts), structured
                 programming, top-down design, structured walkthroughs,
                 and structured analysis and generates design
                 documentation. Four specific phases of design
                 methodology are considered: definition, hierarchy,
                 input-process-output (IPO), and coding.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
  classcodes =   "C6110 (Systems analysis and programming)",
  classification = "722; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "codes, symbolic --- Encoding; coding style; computer
                 software; consistency; creativity; data storage,
                 magnetic --- Tape; definition; Design; design
                 methodology; documentation; drive; hierarchy; HP 9144A
                 tape; input-process-output (IPO); software design;
                 software engineering; software methodology",
  treatment =    "G General Review; P Practical",
}

@Article{Chapuis:1985:LCB,
  author =       "Jean-Louis Chapuis and Michele Prieur",
  title =        "A low-cost, compact, block-mode computer terminal",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "4--7",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A design is presented that emphasizes ergonomics and
                 very high reliability as well as low cost and
                 compactness. The solution is based on hinging the CRT
                 tube and tilting the tube itself with respect to the
                 terminal housing. The external dimension constraints
                 imposed by HP's corporate design standardization
                 program (width of 325 mm) and the internal space
                 required by the tilting tube left little room for
                 electronics. Various attempts at the layout and
                 arrangement of the power supply and sweep printed
                 circuit boards were made to facilitate heat dissipation
                 and avoid a cooling fan, which is highly undesirable in
                 the office environment.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, Grenoble Networks Div, Grenoble,
                 Fr",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Grenoble Networks Div,
                 Grenoble, Fr",
  classcodes =   "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
  classification = "714; 722",
  corpsource =   "Grenoble Network Div., Hewlett--Packard, France",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "block-mode computer terminal; compact; compactness;
                 computer peripheral equipment; Design; electron tubes,
                 cathode ray --- Applications; ergonomic; ergonomic
                 design; ergonomics; external port; firmware design; HP
                 2392A terminal; hp2622a terminal; interactive
                 terminals; keyboard; keyboards; low cost design;
                 parser; programs; test",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Cauzid:1985:MDL,
  author =       "Michel Cauzid",
  title =        "Mechanical Design of a Low-Cost Terminal",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "8--9",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The mechanical design of a new Hewlett Packard
                 terminal is considered that is based on an industrial
                 design program for computer products. This program has
                 the objective of giving different computer products
                 consistent shapes, dimensions, and colors. Consistent
                 dimensions allow products to be used side by side or on
                 top of one another. A new range of colors, paler than
                 those used previously, has been introduced, in tune
                 with a trend towards lighter colors for office
                 equipment and furniture. The program also emphasizes
                 consistent implementation of good human factors
                 features for display products. This includes such
                 things as integral display tilt and swivel mechanisms,
                 detached low-profile keyboard, and terminal controls on
                 the front panel.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, Fr",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Fr",
  classcodes =   "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
  classification = "722; 741",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard, Grenoble, France",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "color; computer peripheral equipment; display devices
                 --- Optimization; display products; display tilt;
                 ergonomics; HP 2392A terminal; hp2392a terminal; human
                 factors; integral; integral display tilt and swivel
                 mechanism; interactive terminals; low-profile keyboard;
                 office equipment; Remote Consoles; swivel mechanisms",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Simon:1985:VDH,
  author =       "Jean-Jacques Simon and F. Barbut and R. Brabant",
  title =        "{VLSI} Design in the {HP 2392A} Terminal",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "9--16",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A CRT controller (CRTC) is introduced that is used in
                 a Hewlett Packard display terminal to provide all the
                 functions required using special VLSI circuitry. The
                 CRTC chip design is described and its layout is given.
                 Its internal random access memory (RAM), sequencer
                 programmable logic array (PLA), and character read only
                 memory (ROM) allow it to fetch ASCII codes from the
                 processor's RAM, store them locally for the duration of
                 a character row on the screen, and convert them to the
                 dot pattern representing the character shape. All these
                 functions are performed with minimum help from the
                 processor, since the CRTC works in a DMA (direct memory
                 access) mode. The CRTC also provides the
                 synchronization signals required to operate the CRT.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, Fr",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Fr",
  classcodes =   "B1265Z (Other digital circuits); B2570H (Other field
                 effect integrated circuits); B7210X (Other
                 instrumentation and measurement systems); C5540
                 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
  classification = "713; 714; 722; 732",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard, Grenoble, France",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "array; cathode-ray tubes; computer peripheral
                 equipment --- Remote Consoles; Control; CRT controller;
                 CRT display controller; data storage units; direct
                 memory access (DMA); display terminal; electron tubes,
                 cathode ray; field effect integrated circuits;
                 function; gate; HP 2392A terminal; integrated circuits,
                 VLSI --- Design; interactive systems; low cost design
                 strategy; programmable logic array (PLA); random access
                 memory (RAM); read only memory (ROM); scrolling; VLSI;
                 VLSI design",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Dulphy:1985:FAP,
  author =       "Christian-Marcel Dulphy",
  title =        "Fully Automated Production of Display Terminal Printed
                 Circuit Assemblies",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "16--17",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The fully automated production of the three printed
                 circuit assemblies used in the design of the HP display
                 terminal is described that is based on automatic
                 insertion of DIP (dual-in-line package), axial, and
                 oddly shaped components. The design effort concentrates
                 on standardization of components (including board
                 size), minimization of component count, standardization
                 of component hole sizes and distances between
                 components, and orientation and insertability
                 considerations.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, Fr",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Fr",
  classcodes =   "C3355F (Control applications in assembling); C5540
                 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
  classification = "703; 713; 722; 741; 902",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard, Grenoble, France",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "assemblies; assembling; automated production;
                 automatic component insertion; automatic insertion;
                 axial inserter; axis robot; Components; computer
                 peripheral equipment --- Remote Consoles; display
                 devices --- Components; display terminal; display
                 terminal printed circuit; factory automation; fully
                 automated production; Grenoble Personal Computer
                 Division; HP 2392A terminal; interactive terminals;
                 multimode DIP inserter; printed circuit board
                 designers; printed circuits; SCEMI; six-;
                 standardization; Universal; variable-center-distance",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Martinelli:1985:LRA,
  author =       "Rene Martinelli and Jean Yves Chatron",
  title =        "A low-cost, reliable analog video display terminal
                 design",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "18--22",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The electronic circuits used for the power supply and
                 video in the HP analog video display terminal are
                 introduced. The power supply is based on the principle
                 of the self-oscillating, nonsynchronous blocking
                 converter, derived from the traditional flyback
                 converter. Power conversion is done in two successive
                 steps. First, energy is stored in the power transformer
                 primary windings, and then the same energy is
                 discharged in the secondary windings. The primary
                 switching transistor and the secondary rectifiers are
                 never turned on at the same time. The block and
                 schematic diagrams are given, the regulation is
                 described, and the CRT display circuitry is
                 illustrated. Conducted and radiated interference
                 suppression schemes are also given.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, Fr",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Fr",
  classcodes =   "B1210 (Power electronics, supply and supervisory
                 circuits); B7260 (Display technology and systems);
                 B8360 (Power convertors and power supplies to
                 apparatus); C3210 (Control systems and
                 instrumentation); C5540 (Terminals and graphic
                 displays)",
  classification = "713; 722; 741",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard, Grenoble, France",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "analog electronic circuits; analog video display
                 terminal; cathode-ray tube displays; computer
                 peripheral equipment --- Remote Consoles; conducted
                 interference suppression; CRT display circuitry;
                 Design; design goals; display devices --- Computer
                 Interfaces; electronic circuits, power supply; HP 2392A
                 terminal; HP 2392A Terminal; interactive terminals;
                 power; power supply; principle; radiated interference
                 suppression; regulation; supplies to apparatus; video
                 circuit; video display terminal design",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Stone:1985:IPH,
  author =       "Martin L. Stone and Peter L. Ma and Jeffery W. Groenke
                 and Todd L. Russell",
  title =        "An Intelligent Plotter for High-Throughput, Unattended
                 Operation",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "25--29",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "An eight-pen plotter is introduced that quickly
                 produces multiple copies of high-quality graphics
                 output for use in presentations and reports, automated
                 output of single charts for process monitoring, or use
                 as a central graphics server. Thanks to the automatic
                 cut-sheet feeder, the user no longer has to load plain
                 paper or transparencies by hand, and the great
                 inconvenience of tearing off sprocket holes or
                 separating plots along perforations is eliminated. The
                 design of the pen-lift mechanism contributes to
                 lengthening the life of the pen by carefully
                 controlling the velocity of the pen as it hits the
                 paper. The mechanical and electronic designs and the
                 unattended media handling are described.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, San Diego Div, San Diego, CA, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, San Diego Div, San Diego, CA,
                 USA",
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  classification = "722; 723",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard, Grenoble, France",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "A/B-media-size machine; automatic cut sheet feeder;
                 central graphics server; computer graphic equipment;
                 computer graphics; computer peripheral equipment;
                 drafting; eight-pen plotter; Graphics Plotter;
                 hard-copy color graphics; HP 7550A; intelligent
                 plotter; operation; pen plotters; plotter capabilities;
                 Plotters; plotters; unattended; unattended media
                 handling",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Herr:1985:LLP,
  author =       "Tammy V. Herr and Hatem E. Mostafa",
  title =        "Low-Mass, Low-Cost Pen-Lift Mechanism for High-Speed
                 Plotting",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "29--30",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A pen-lift mechanism used in the eight-pen HP plotter
                 is described that was designed to minimize
                 manufacturing cost and the overall mass of the pen
                 carriage assembly while meeting performance criteria or
                 reducing cycle time (pen down and pen up) and providing
                 variable writing forces for various pen types. Its
                 mechanics, control and various design features are
                 described and the block-diagram of the pen-lift control
                 system is illustrated.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, San Diego Div, San Diego, CA, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, San Diego Div, San Diego, CA,
                 USA",
  classcodes =   "C3120C (Spatial variables control); C3395 (Other
                 applications of control); C5550 (Printers, plotters and
                 other hard-copy output devices)",
  classification = "601; 722; 732",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard, Grenoble, France",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "computer peripheral equipment --- Plotters; Control;
                 cycle time reduction; high-speed; HP 7550A Plotter;
                 mechanisms; pen carriage assembly; pen-lift control
                 system; pen-lift mechanism; plotters; plotting;
                 position control; variable writing forces",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Tribolet:1985:HXS,
  author =       "David C. Tribolet and Kenneth A. Regas and Thomas J.
                 Halpenny",
  title =        "The {HP 7550A X-Y} servo: state-of-the-art performance
                 on a budget",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "31--34",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The plotting mechanism in the HP graphic plotter uses
                 two rare-earth magnet dc motors, each equipped with an
                 optical encoder. Each motor drives one of two axes: the
                 paper axis (X) or the pen axis (Y). Both servo loops
                 are closed in the microprocessor using position and
                 velocity feedback that is provided by using an estimate
                 of the velocity derived from the encoder position
                 information. The servo algorithm used to draw
                 continuous curves is presented and several strategies
                 are described that are used to extract the best
                 possible performance from the X and Y servos at minimum
                 cost.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, San Diego, CA, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, San Diego, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C3120C (Spatial variables control); C3395 (Other
                 applications of control); C5550 (Printers, plotters and
                 other hard-copy output devices)",
  classification = "705; 722; 732",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard, Grenoble, France",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "closed loop systems; codes, symbolic --- Encoding;
                 Computer Applications; computer peripheral equipment
                 --- Plotters; computers, microprocessor ---
                 Applications; encoder position information; feedback;
                 HP 7550A graphics; HP 7550A plotting mechanism; HP
                 7550A X-Y servo; paper axis; pen axis; plotter;
                 plotters; position control; position feedback; servo
                 loops; servomechanisms; servomotors --- Control;
                 velocity feedback",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Halpenny:1985:FPS,
  author =       "Thomas J. Halpenny",
  title =        "Firmware Provides Simple and Powerful Plotter
                 Operation",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "34--36",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A 68000 microprocessor is selected to shift the
                 complexity of the HP 7550A Graphics Plotter from
                 electronic hardware to the microprocessor firmware. Its
                 instruction set allows compatibility with the HP-GL
                 firmware of the HP 7580 family of drafting plotters,
                 and provides a growth path for future plotters. The
                 processor is fast enough to perform the X-axis and
                 Y-axis servo computations every 300 microseconds, and
                 the pen-axis servo computation every 600 microseconds.
                 It has multiple interrupt capability with no additional
                 electronics. The system has a 300-microsecond time base
                 interrupt, a serial input\slash output (I/O) interrupt,
                 and an HP-IB I/O interrupt capability. The 68000 has a
                 large linear address space to simplify electronics and
                 firmware.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, San Diego, CA, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, San Diego, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5140 (Firmware); C5550 (Printers, plotters and other
                 hard-copy output devices)",
  classification = "722; 731",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard, Grenoble, France",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "68000; computer peripheral equipment; computer
                 software --- Applications; control systems --- Computer
                 Applications; firmware; HP 7550A Graphics Plotter; HP
                 7580-family of drafting plotter; HP-GL firmware; HP-IB
                 input/output (I/O) interrupt; microprocessor;
                 microprocessor firmware; Plotters; plotters",
  treatment =    "G General Review; P Practical",
}

@Article{Nielsen:1985:HTP,
  author =       "Niels J. Nielsen",
  title =        "History of {ThinkJet} printhead development",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "4--10",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A printer-plotter is introduced that uses thermal
                 excitation to eject droplets of ink through tiny
                 orifices to print text. The advantages of ink-jet
                 printing over the conventional thermal printing are
                 considered. A prototype printhead using a stainless
                 steel plate with seven laser-drilled orifices is
                 described.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co, Corvallis, OR, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Corvallis, OR, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  classification = "722; 745",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "computer peripheral equipment; ink jet printers;
                 ink-jet printhead; Plotters; printing --- Equipment;
                 thermal excitation; ThinkJet printhead development",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Katen:1985:IPI,
  author =       "Cheryl V. Katen and Thomas R. Braun",
  title =        "An inexpensive, portable ink-jet printer family",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "11--17, 19--20",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Using a disposable ink cartridge and printhead, this
                 lowcost family of printers offers personal computer
                 users high-quality printing in a portable package. The
                 printers are characterized by the speed, reliability,
                 and low cost of a conventional dot-matrix printer, and
                 the technological advantages of quietness, better print
                 quality, small size, and portability. The design of a
                 printing mechanism is described that takes full
                 advantage of the ThinkJet thermal ink-jet technology
                 and can be manufactured inexpensively.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co, Corvallis, OR, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Corvallis, OR, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  classification = "722",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "computer peripheral equipment; computers,
                 microprocessor --- Components; disposable ink
                 cartridge; HP 2225 family; HP-IB; HP-IL; ink jet
                 printers; ink-jet printer; interface; personal computer
                 users; personal equipment; portable ink-jet printer
                 family; Printer Command Language; Printers; printhead;
                 RS-232-C/V.24; standard parallel 8-bit printer;
                 ThinkJet family",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Allen:1985:THT,
  author =       "Ross R. Allen and John D. Meyer and William R.
                 Knight",
  title =        "Thermodynamics and Hydrodynamics of Thermal Ink Jets",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "21--27",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The Hewlett--Packard's ink-jet technology is presented
                 that is based on the formation, growth, and collapse of
                 a microscopic bubble of vaporized ink. This compact
                 energy source can be placed in the ideal location for a
                 drop-on-demand ink jet-right at the nozzle. This allows
                 the design of a compact, disposable, multinozzle
                 printhead that is very energy-efficient and can be used
                 in portable and battery-powered printers.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co, CA, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  classification = "641; 745; 804",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "bladder; capillary; compact energy source; computer
                 peripheral equipment --- Printers; drop-on-demand
                 ink-jet; Hewlett-; hydrodynamics; ink; ink filter; ink
                 jet printers; microscopic bubble; molded plastic case;
                 multi nozzle printhead; Packard's ThinkJet technology;
                 printing --- Computer Applications; thermal ink jets;
                 Thermodynamic Properties; thermodynamics; vaporized",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Bhaskar:1985:DTS,
  author =       "Eldurkar V. Bhaskar and J. Stephen Aden",
  title =        "Development of the thin-film structure for the
                 {ThinkJet} printhead",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "27--31, 33",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The printhead resistor structure for thermally
                 exciting the ink ejection is fabricated on a glass
                 substrate using standard IC processing techniques. A
                 dielectric material such as sputtered silicon dioxide
                 is deposited first on the glass substrate as a barrier
                 film to prevent leaching of impurities from the glass
                 into the resistor and conductor films. The resistor
                 film is tantalum-aluminum and is magnetron sputter
                 deposited. Aluminum doped with a small percentage of
                 copper is deposited next by magnetron sputtering to
                 form the conductor film. The resistor-conductor films
                 are photolithographically patterned to form a single
                 column of 12 resistors connected by a common conductor
                 on one end and terminated by 12 individual pads
                 (terminals) on their other ends. The resistors are
                 covered with ink-resistant passivation films. A
                 polyimide coating further protects the passivation and
                 the underlying thin films from degradation by the ink.
                 To improve contact reliability, the aluminum pads are
                 coated with nickel and gold films. The selection of
                 material, the process characterization and the
                 thin-film passivation enhancement are described.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co, Corvallis, OR, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Corvallis, OR, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  classification = "408; 745",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "computer peripheral equipment --- Printers; deposition
                 process; glass substrate; Hewlett--Packard ThinkJet
                 printhead; ink jet printers; microscopic nozzles;
                 plastic body; printing --- Components; structural
                 design; thin film devices; Thin Films; thin-film
                 passivation; thin-film structure; think-jet printhead;
                 ThinkJet printer; ThinkJet printhead; vapor bubble",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Siewell:1985:TOP,
  author =       "Gary L. Siewell and William R. Boucher and Paul H.
                 McClelland",
  title =        "The {ThinkJet} orifice plate: a part with many
                 functions",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "33--37",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The orifice plate of the ThinkJet printhead is
                 described and the electroforming process used in its
                 fabrication is outlined. Various steps of this process
                 are indicated, and the process control is described.
                 The advantages of electroforming are also discussed.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co, Corvallis, OR, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Corvallis, OR, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  classification = "539; 745",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Components; computer peripheral equipment ---
                 Printers; drop size; drop velocity; electroforming;
                 Hewlett Packard ThinkJet printer; ink jet printers;
                 nickel electroforming step; orifice plate; printing;
                 thin-film resistor; ThinkJet orifice plate; ThinkJet
                 printhead; trajectory",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Jeppsen:1985:NFD,
  author =       "Bryce E. Jeppsen",
  title =        "A new family of dot matrix line printers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "4--6",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Hewlett--Packard's new family of dot matrix impact
                 line printers not only offers several significant
                 advantages over similar products currently available,
                 but also makes substantial contributions to HP's total
                 system offering. Four key objectives of the development
                 program are considered to minimize customer costs,
                 significantly improve operating reliability, extend the
                 performance of dot matrix line printer technology, and
                 standardize the system and human interfaces among
                 members of the family.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, Boise Div, Boise, ID, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Boise Div, Boise, ID, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  classification = "722",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "2563A; computer aided manufacturing --- Equipment;
                 computer peripheral equipment; data processing ---
                 Equipment; distributed manufacturing applications; dot
                 matrix line printers; electronic data processing;
                 Hewlett Packard's printers; Hewlett--Packards' printers
                 family; HP; HP 2565A; HP 2566A; impact printers; matrix
                 printers; Printers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Craven:1985:DMP,
  author =       "John S. Craven",
  title =        "Dot Matrix Printbar Design and Manufacturing",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "6--9",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The ideal dot matrix printbar prints dots in precise
                 locations, at high speed, with high energy. It consumes
                 very little power. It is reliable under all operating
                 conditions, prints on a wide range of paper stock, and
                 is inexpensive. In practice, the design of a printbar
                 is a compromise among many of these requirements. For
                 example, low input energy per dot and high print energy
                 at the paper conflict. This article tells how these
                 compromises were made in the design of the printbar for
                 the HP 256X family of line printers to provide
                 excellent characteristics for print speeds from 300 to
                 900 lines per minute.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, Avondale Div, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Avondale Div, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  classification = "722; 732",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "actuators --- Design; captured-hammer printbar system;
                 computer peripheral equipment; dot matrix printbar
                 design; HP 256X family; HP 256X family of line
                 printers; line printers; matrix printers; Printers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Lantz:1985:SSP,
  author =       "Jeffrey M. Lantz and Ben B. Tyson",
  title =        "Shuttle system and packaging of a low-cost, high-
                 reliability, 300-lpm line printer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "9--12",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "In dot matrix line printers, the printing device (the
                 printbar) oscillates horizontally with a frequency and
                 displacement determined by the throughput requirements,
                 the number of hammers used, and the number of dot rows
                 in the character cell. The printbar shuttle mechanism
                 is introduced that consists of two masses (the printbar
                 and counterweight), their mounting flexures (E-flexures
                 for the printbar and standard flexures for the
                 counterweight), and the electromechanical drive (dc
                 motor, crankshaft, and flexible connecting rods). The
                 shuttle mechanism operates at resonance with the
                 printbar and counterweight inertial forces cancelling
                 each other. While the printbar resonant system could
                 work without the counterweight, forces caused by the
                 accelerating printbar would be transmitted to the stand
                 or tabletop and would be unmanageable. The addition of
                 the counterweight, also driven at resonance but 180
                 degrees out of phase with the printbar, balances the
                 inertial forces of the printbar. A small inertial
                 moment is generated, however, because the centers of
                 mass of the printbar and counterweight are not
                 precisely in line.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, Boise Div, Boise, ID, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Boise Div, Boise, ID, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  classification = "601; 715; 722",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "2563A printer; 300-lpm line printer; character cell;
                 computer peripheral equipment --- Printers; Design; dot
                 matrix line; dot matrix line printers; dot rows;
                 electronics packaging; high reliability printer; HP;
                 low cost printer; matrix printers; mechanisms;
                 oscillatory shuttle mechanism; packaging; printbar;
                 printbar shuttle mechanism; printers; printing device;
                 resonant system; spring mass system",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{McIlvaine:1985:MDF,
  author =       "George V. McIlvaine and Stephen L. Testardi and Daniel
                 D. Wheeler and Peter Gysling",
  title =        "Mechanical Design of a Family of High-Speed Impact
                 Line Printers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "13--14, 17--18",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Impact printers generally have more moving parts than
                 other peripheral devices, and the HP 2565A (600 lpm),
                 and HP 2566A (900 lpm) are no exceptions. They are also
                 some of the physically largest products that
                 Hewlett--Packard offers. The HP 2565\slash 6A Printers
                 move paper at high speed past a bank of 132 interleaved
                 hammers which are mounted on a resonant reciprocating
                 printbar. A towel ribbon carrying ink passes between
                 the paper and the styli, which are attached to the
                 hammers.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, Boise, ID, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Boise, ID, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  classification = "602; 722; 745",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "computer peripheral equipment; high-speed impact line;
                 HP 2565A; HP 2566A; impact printers; interleaved
                 hammers; matrix printers; mechanical design; mechanical
                 drive --- Computer Applications; printers; Printers;
                 printing machinery --- Design; reciprocating printbar;
                 resonant; resonant reciprocating printbar",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Gordon:1985:CVL,
  author =       "Philip Gordon and Phillip R. Luque and Donald K.
                 Wadley",
  title =        "Cost-Effective, Versatile Line Printer Electronics and
                 Firmware",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "18--23",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Electrical design of the HP 256X family of line
                 printers emphasized close coupling between the
                 electronics and the firmware to meet the cost,
                 flexibility, and performance objectives. The digital
                 control electronics consists of the I/O, control
                 processor, and dot generation logic (DLG) sections.
                 Data pass through the I/O system, are formatted by the
                 control processor and finally converted to properly
                 sequenced dots for the print mechanism by the DGL.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, Boise Div, Boise, ID, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Boise Div, Boise, ID, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  classification = "715; 722; 731",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "8088; bus interfacing support; computer peripheral
                 equipment; control electronics; control processor;
                 control systems, digital; digital; dot generation; dot
                 generation logic (DGL); electronic equipment ---
                 Design; electronics; firmware; firmware ROM;
                 flexibility; HP 256X family line printers; I/O system;
                 interrupt control; line printer; logic; matrix
                 printers; microprocessor; performance objectives;
                 Printers; RAM; timing; Z80A",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Covelli:1985:PCL,
  author =       "Ernest F. Covelli and Von L. Hansen and David L.
                 Price",
  title =        "Printer Command Language Provides Feature Set Standard
                 for {HP} Printers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "23--25",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Printer command language (PCL) was developed to bring
                 all HP printers under a common feature and control
                 structure. The major objectives of PCL are to
                 standardize printer features and to standardize how
                 features are accessed and implemented. PCL is the
                 protocol that addresses the control of printer features
                 by user or system application programs. This is the
                 highest level of communication between the system and
                 printer. PCL does not address the lower level of the
                 system structure, such as driver control, network
                 communications, or I/O interfaces.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Boise Div, Boise, ID, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Boise Div, Boise, ID, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)C6140E (Other programming languages)",
  classification = "722; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "computer networks --- Protocols; computer peripheral
                 equipment --- Printers; computer programming languages;
                 control systems; feature set standard; HP printers;
                 printer command language; printer command language
                 (PCL); printers; programming languages; protocol;
                 software development; Standards; system access",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Bale:1985:NLS,
  author =       "Jonathan E. Bale and Harry E. Kellogg",
  title =        "Native Language Support for Computer Systems",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "27--32",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The localization of a program is considered so that
                 each software application does not have to develop its
                 own way of flexibly handling language-dependent
                 features. The concept of native language support (NLS)
                 has been developed by a number of cooperating
                 Hewlett--Packard divisions. NLS is an internal set of
                 facilities, both hardware and software, that let
                 application programs executing on a computer system
                 have a natural local look to a user in any country,
                 including local language text and manipulation of data
                 according to local usage. NLS is to be distinguished
                 from localization, which is an external effort to make
                 an application written in one country perform
                 appropriately in another. Localization is much easier
                 if application programs have been written to make use
                 of native language support facilities.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, CA, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C6150J (Operating systems)",
  classification = "722; 723; 901",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "application programs; computer programming languages;
                 computer software; computer systems; data manipulation;
                 HP 3000; information science; language support;
                 Language Translation and Linguistics;
                 language-dependent features; local language text;
                 native; native language support (NLS); natural
                 languages; software localization; supervisory
                 programs",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Appleyard:1985:PAE,
  author =       "Aileen C. Appleyard and Roger W. Ruhnow and William
                 Grant Grovenburg and Wayne M. Angevine",
  title =        "A protocol analyzer for {EDP} centers and field
                 service",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "4--11",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The development of computer networks has led to the
                 need for reliable data communications, not only between
                 elements of the network such as terminals and the CPU,
                 but also between networks --- for example, between
                 several computer systems and a mainframe system. Since
                 these systems may not be at a common site, data needs
                 to be transmitted from one site to another. This can be
                 done using either dedicated lines or data networks. For
                 two systems to exchange data, the data must be in a
                 common format for both systems, and must contain
                 overhead information --- for example, the address of
                 the unit to which the data is to be sent, what type of
                 data is being sent, and error checking information. It
                 is usual for the receiving system to transmit an
                 acknowledge message in response to information received
                 so that if some data is lost in transmission it can be
                 retransmitted.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, Colorado Telecommunications Div,
                 Manitou Springs, CO, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Colorado Telecommunications
                 Div, Manitou Springs, CO, USA",
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement systems);
                 C5630 (Networking equipment)",
  classification = "722; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "acknowledge message; automatic test equipment;
                 computer aided analysis --- Equipment; computer
                 networks; computers, microprocessor --- Data
                 Communication Systems; data communication equipment;
                 data networks; data processing; dedicated lines; EDP
                 centers; field; Hewlett Packard; HP 4953A protocol
                 analyser; network analysers; protocol analyzer;
                 Protocols; protocols; service",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Witt:1985:SAP,
  author =       "Stephen H. Witt and Roger W. Ruhnow",
  title =        "Simple Architecture Provides High Performance for
                 Protocol Analysis",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "12--13, 15--18",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP 4953A is a general-purpose high-performance
                 protocol analyzer that is capable of monitoring serial
                 data streams at 256 kbps and simulating serial data
                 streams at 72 kbps. The HP 4953A is also capable of
                 recognizing data patterns in the data stream and
                 responding to these patterns with a variety of menu
                 functions. A primary design consideration for the HP
                 4953A was to perform as a real-time monitor. This means
                 the analyzer must process, display, and store
                 measurement data without falling behind the activity
                 occurring on the network under test. A second concern
                 was cost. The instrument is intended for
                 general-purpose use and must be affordable. A third
                 consideration was size and weight. The analyzer must be
                 portable. Therefore, a simple system architecture was
                 chosen, one that would be inexpensive and portable, and
                 would perform well.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement systems);
                 C5630 (Networking equipment)",
  classification = "722; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "4953A; automatic test equipment; computer
                 architecture; computer interfaces; computer networks
                 --- Protocols; computers, microprocessor --- Data
                 Communication Equipment; data; data circuit-terminating
                 equipment (DCE); data communication equipment; data
                 processing --- Monitoring; data simulation; data
                 stream; data terminal equipment (DTE); Hewlett Packard;
                 HP; measurement data; monitoring; network analysers;
                 patterns; Performance; protocol analysis; protocol
                 analyzer; protocols; real-time monitor; serial data
                 streams; system architecture",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Keisling:1985:SDA,
  author =       "Mark D. Keisling and Dorothy J. Yackle and David B.
                 Karlin and Elizabeth Gates Moore",
  title =        "Serial Data Acquisition and Simulation for a
                 High-Speed Protocol Analyzer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "18--24",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The front end of the HP 4953A Protocol Analyzer is a
                 dedicated subsystem that provides the serial test
                 interface for the 68000 system processor. The front end
                 consists of four assemblies: the pod (there are several
                 to choose from), the data link interface (DLI), the
                 data link control (DLC), and the lead status display
                 (LEDs).",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7210G (Data acquisition systems); C5520 (Data
                 acquisition equipment and techniques); C5630
                 (Networking equipment)",
  classification = "722; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "68000 system processor; automatic test equipment;
                 communication equipment; computer interfaces; computer
                 networks --- Protocols; computers, microprocessor ---
                 Data Communication Equipment; data; Data Acquisition;
                 data acquisition; data link control; data link control
                 (DLC); data link interface; data link interface (DLI);
                 data processing; data simulation; DLC; DLI; Hewlett
                 Packard; high-speed protocol analyzer; interface; lead
                 status display; lead status display (LED); LED; network
                 analysers; pod; protocols; serial data acquisition;
                 serial test",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Black:1985:LPF,
  author =       "Vonn L. Black and Alan Delwiche and Chris L. Odell and
                 Stephen B. Tursich",
  title =        "A low-cost, portable field service protocol analyzer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "24--29",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Digital data communications pervades the business and
                 private sectors of or our world so much that a truly
                 portable protocol analyzer can be an invaluable tool in
                 maintaining such equipment as computers, terminals,
                 printers, and modems. The HP 4951A Protocol Analyzer is
                 designed to meet the requirements for field service in
                 a single portable test set. With the HP 4951A, a user
                 can monitor data transmission, simulate network
                 equipment, perform bit error rate tests, and remotely
                 transfer data and programs. Customer support and field
                 service personnel of service providers and computer or
                 communications equipment manufacturers will find this
                 compact analyzer useful for datacom network
                 installation and maintenance.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, Colorado Telecommunications Div,
                 Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Colorado Telecommunications
                 Div, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
  classcodes =   "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments); C5630 (Networking equipment)",
  classification = "722; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "automatic test equipment; bit error rate tests;
                 computer aided analysis; computer networks ---
                 Protocols; computers; computers, microprocessor ---
                 Data Communication Equipment; data communication
                 equipment; data transfer; data transmission; datacom
                 network installation; digital data communication;
                 Equipment; Hewlett Packard; HP 4951A; HP 4951A protocol
                 analyzer; maintenance; modems; monitoring; network
                 analysers; network equipment; portable field; portable
                 field service protocol analyzer; printers; protocols;
                 service protocol analyzer; simulation; terminals",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Higaki:1985:RMC,
  author =       "Wesley H. Higaki",
  title =        "Remote Monitoring and Control of Semiconductor
                 Processing",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "30--34",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "PC-10 is a recent addition to HP's Semiconductor
                 Productivity Network (SPN). This product acts as a host
                 computer system for processing equipment. PC-10
                 provides the capability to monitor and control
                 semiconductor processing equipment remotely. Its
                 greatest asset is that it provides the capability to
                 store and download recipes to the appropriate system at
                 the appropriate time. This feature alone increases
                 equipment versatility and can reduce processing errors
                 dramatically. From the PC-10 system, a user can request
                 equipment status, store measurement data, remotely
                 control equipment, store and restore calibration data,
                 and store and restore recipes.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, PC-10 Project, Sunnyvale, CA, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, PC-10 Project, Sunnyvale, CA,
                 USA",
  classcodes =   "B2550 (Semiconductor device technology); C3350Z
                 (Control applications in other industries); C7410D
                 (Electronic engineering computing); C7420 (Control
                 engineering computing)",
  classification = "714; 723; 731",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "calibration data; computerised monitoring; computers,
                 microprocessor --- Applications; control; electronic
                 engineering computing; equipment versatility; Hewlett
                 Packard; host computer system; host computer systems;
                 measurement data; Monitoring; PC-10; PC-10 system;
                 process computer control; process control --- Remote
                 Control; remote monitoring; semiconductor device
                 manufacture; semiconductor devices --- Processing;
                 semiconductor processing; semiconductor productivity
                 network (SPN); semiconductor technology",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Birnbaum:1985:BRH,
  author =       "Joel S. Birnbaum and William S. {Worley, Jr.}",
  title =        "Beyond {RISC}: high-precision architecture",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "4--10",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A series of precision measurements about computational
                 behavior under a wide range of execution scenarios are
                 reported. The results of those studies led, through a
                 process of iterative optimization, to the specification
                 of an unconventional computer architecture, which
                 defines a unified family of scalable computers offering
                 significant cost\slash performance advantages over more
                 traditional designs. Refinements by engineers in
                 Hewlett Packard's product divisions followed, and
                 ensuing implementations of this architecture have
                 verified its potential over a broad range of size and
                 function. This paper discusses the design objectives
                 and some of the basic principles of the RISC
                 architecture, emphasizing departures from orthodoxy. It
                 serves as an introduction to later papers which will
                 present detailed treatments of the architecture,
                 engineering level discussions of some implementations,
                 and the results of performance analyses.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co",
  classcodes =   "C5220 (Computer architecture); C5420 (Mainframes and
                 minicomputers); C5430 (Microcomputers)",
  classification = "722; 723",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "architecture; computer architecture; computer
                 software; Design; family of scalable computers; Hewlett
                 Packard (HP) computer products; Hewlett Packard
                 computers; Hewlett--Packard Laboratories;
                 high-precision; microcomputer; microcomputers;
                 minicomputer architecture; minicomputers; RISC; RISC
                 architecture; scalable computers",
}

@Article{Aken:1985:DTF,
  author =       "Michael B. Aken and William M. Spaulding",
  title =        "Development of a Two-Channel Frequency Synthesizer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "11--18",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The Hewlett--Packard's HP 3326A Two-Channel
                 Synthesizer, is introduced. This instrument is based on
                 the same fractional-N synthesis technique used in the
                 HP 3325A. Synthesizer\slash Function Generator, which
                 was introduced in 1978. The addition of a second
                 synthesizer and output channel, all under the control
                 of a common microprocessor, has resulted in a
                 high-performance signal source that has operational
                 features extending well beyond the direct combination
                 of two independent signal sources. The generation of
                 two-phase, two-tone pulse, frequency hopping and swept
                 signals is described.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co",
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7250E (Signal generators); C7410D (Electronic
                 engineering computing); C7410F (Communications
                 computing)",
  classification = "715; 723; 732",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "3326A; channel mode; computerised instrumentation;
                 computers, microcomputer --- Applications; Control;
                 fractional-N synthesis; frequency hopping; frequency
                 synthesizers; HP; microcomputer applications;
                 microprocessor-controlled instrument; pulse mode; swept
                 signals; two-; two-channel frequency synthesizer;
                 two-phase mode; two-phase, two-tone pulse; two-tone
                 mode",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Aken:1985:ATS,
  author =       "Michael B. Aken",
  title =        "Applications of a Two-Channel Synthesizer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "19--21",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP 3326A Two-Channel Synthesizer offers the user
                 exceptional versatility with its combination of two
                 frequency synthesizers, phase calibration, synchronized
                 sweeping, and a frequency agile discrete sweep. The
                 features of the synthesizers are Multiphase Testing;
                 Discrete Sweep; Two-Tone Mode; Two-Phase mode. Their
                 applications consist of: three-phase control circuit
                 design and testing; sonar testing; two-tone rejection
                 testing; dual-tone multifrequency generation;
                 communications scrambling; illegal tone combination
                 generation; tone decoder testing; mixer testing;
                 intermodulation distortion; transducer testing;
                 two-tone jitter generation; phasemeter testing; and
                 phase locking.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co",
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7250E (Signal generators)",
  classification = "715",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Applications; communications scrambling; computerised
                 instrumentation; discrete sweep; dual-tone
                 multifrequency; frequency synthesizers; generation; HP
                 3326A two-channel frequency; illegal tone combination
                 generation; intermodulation distortion;
                 microprocessor-controlled instrument; mixer testing;
                 multiphase testing; phase calibration; phase control
                 circuit design; phase locking; phase-meter; sonar
                 testing; synchronized sweeping; synthesizer; testing;
                 three-; tone decoder testing; transducer testing;
                 two-channel synthesizer; two-phase mode; two-tone
                 jitter generation; two-tone mode; two-tone rejection
                 testing",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Bartle:1985:SFU,
  author =       "David A. Bartle and Katherine F. Potter",
  title =        "Synthesizer Firmware for User Interface and Instrument
                 Control",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "21--24",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Instrument firmware (software in read-only memory)
                 performs three major functions in the HP 3326A
                 Two-Channel Synthesizer. First, it implements the user
                 interface presented by the front panel and the HP-IB
                 (IEEE 488) remote control bus. Second, it provides all
                 of the control algorithms and signals for the internal
                 circuitry. Third, it enhances the instrument's
                 performance with extensive self-calibration and
                 self-test capabilities.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co",
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7250E (Signal generators); C3380B (Control of
                 electronic instruments); C5140 (Firmware); C7410D
                 (Electronic engineering computing); C7410F
                 (Communications computing)",
  classification = "715; 723; 942",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Computer Interfaces; computerised instrumentation;
                 firmware; frequency; frequency synthesizers; HP 3326A;
                 HP-IB; IEEE 488; instrument control; instrument
                 firmware; instruments --- Remote Control; interface;
                 microcomputer applications; remote control bus;
                 synthesizers; two-channel frequency synthesizer; user;
                 user interface; user interfaces",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Spaulding:1985:HAM,
  author =       "William M. Spaulding",
  title =        "A high-level active mixer (for {HP 3326A} frequency
                 synthesizer)",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "25--29",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "To provide low-band coverage, most synthesized signal
                 sources require the use of an output mixer to
                 heterodyne RF signals down to baseband. The HP 3326A
                 Two-Channel Synthesizer accomplishes this mixing
                 function with a high-level, active mixer design based
                 on a standard Gilbert cell configuration. Three
                 advantages of such a design are discussed after a
                 theoretical consideration is given. The mixer
                 implementation and performance are also considered.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co, Lake Stevens Instrument Div",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Lake Stevens Instrument
                 Div",
  classcodes =   "B1250 (Modulators, demodulators, discriminators and
                 mixers); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
                 systems); B7250E (Signal generators)",
  classification = "713; 715",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "(circuits); computerised instrumentation;
                 configuration; Design; electronic circuits, mixer;
                 frequency synthesizers; frequency synthesizers ---
                 Components; Gilbert cell; gilbert cell configuration;
                 heterodyne; high-level active mixer; HP 3326A; HP 3326A
                 two-channel synthesizer; low-band coverage; mixers;
                 two-channel frequency synthesizer",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{White:1985:ATD,
  author =       "Reed I. White",
  title =        "Automated Test Data Collection for {IC}
                 Manufacturing",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "30--36",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The TC-10, Tester Collection System is described that
                 couples tester data to Semiconductor Productivity
                 Network (SPN) EA-10 global engineering data analysis
                 system and provides hooks for connecting to other
                 analysis systems. Since most IC testers are currently
                 based on non-HP equipment, the TC-10 development team
                 had to develop a spectrum of communications-related
                 tools to allow portions of the product to be ported to
                 any Central Processing Unit (CPU). This generic set of
                 tools is called NEXUS.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co, Manufacturing Production Div,
                 Healdsburg, CA, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Manufacturing Production
                 Div, Healdsburg, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "B0170E (Production facilities and engineering); B2570
                 (Semiconductor integrated circuits); C7410D (Electronic
                 engineering computing)",
  classification = "713; 714; 723",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "10 Tester Collection System; analysis system;
                 automated test data collection; Automatic Testing;
                 automatic testing; computer aided analysis; computer
                 aided manufacturing; computer software --- Modular
                 Construction; data collection; data processing --- Data
                 Acquisition; EA-10 global engineering data; electronic
                 engineering computing; Hewlett--Packard; integrated
                 circuit manufacture; integrated circuit testing;
                 integrated circuits; NEXUS; Semiconductor Network;
                 semiconductor productivity network (SPN); TC-",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Holl:1985:VDL,
  author =       "James H. Holl and Frank E. {La Fetra, Jr.}",
  title =        "{VLSI} Delivers Low-Cost, Compact {HP} 3000 Computer
                 System",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "4--7",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "This entry-level, user-installable computer system
                 runs the same software as the largest HP 3000, but fits
                 under a table and is much quieter than a typewriter.
                 VLSI (very large-scale integration) is the key to the
                 exceptional price\slash performance of the new
                 computer.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
  classification = "713; 714; 722",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "business; compact HP 3000 computer; computer family;
                 computer systems, digital --- Costs; computers,
                 microprocessor; Hewlett Packard; Hewlett Packard
                 computers; HP 3000 Computer product line; integrated
                 circuits, VLSI; minicomputers; office automation;
                 office computer; price/performance relation; Series 37;
                 series 37 HP 3000 microcomputer; VLSI",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Amerson:1985:SMC,
  author =       "Frederic C. Amerson",
  title =        "Simplicity in a Microcoded Computer Architecture",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "7--12",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A simplified approach to the design of a microcoded
                 architecture can produce a design that is more
                 efficient in its use of silicon than one based on
                 specialized hardware functional units, without
                 sacrificing performance. The HP 3000 Computer, first
                 introduced in 1972, has had a number of different
                 implementations using various degrees of specialized
                 hardware. The most recent of these, the Series 37, is
                 the first HP 3000 CPU to be implemented in VLSI
                 technology. This article describes the design approach
                 used to implement the CPU chip and the efficiencies
                 achieved.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co, Data Systems Div, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Data Systems Div, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5130 (Microprocessor chips); C5220 (Computer
                 architecture)",
  classification = "722; 723",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "37; central processing unit (cpu); computer
                 architecture; computers, microprocessor --- Design; CPU
                 chip; Hewlett Packard; Hewlett Packard computers; HP
                 3000 Computer; HP 3000 CPU; instruction sets;
                 integrated circuits, VLSI; microcoded computer
                 architecture; microprocessor chips; Microprogramming;
                 microprogramming; Series; series 37 HP 3000
                 microcomputer; stack architecture; VLSI; VLSI
                 technology",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Alvarez:1985:SEW,
  author =       "Patria G. Alvarez and Greg L. Gilliom and John R.
                 Obermeyer and Paul L. Rogers and Malcolm E. Woodward",
  title =        "Simulation Ensures Working First-Pass {VLSI} Computer
                 System",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "13--16",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Two fully functional VLSI chips, each in a single pass
                 with no errors, are produced for the design of the HP
                 3000 series 37 computer system. By using a simulator
                 capable of logic and timing simulation, the project
                 team was able to detect errors before a chip was masked
                 or fabricated. This early error detection allowed
                 faster turnaround on logic design and encouraged more
                 effective verification.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5210B (Computer-aided logic design); C7410D
                 (Electronic engineering computing)",
  classification = "713; 714; 721; 722; 723",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "3000 Series 37; chip verification; Computer
                 Simulation; computer systems, digital --- Design;
                 design simulator; digital simulation; error detection;
                 Faster Than Light; first-pass chips; FTL; Hewlett
                 Packard; Hewlett Packard computers; HP; integrated
                 circuits, VLSI; logic CAD; logic design; logic
                 simulation; simulation; single-pass chips; single-pass
                 designs; timing; VLSI; VLSI chip designs; VLSI chips",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Parrish:1985:CWO,
  author =       "William M. Parrish and Eric B. Decker and Edwin G.
                 Wong",
  title =        "Creative Ways to Obtain Computer System Debug Tools",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "17--22",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "In the HP 3000 Computer, a major diagnostic tool is
                 the maintenance panel or debug panel. In the HP 3000
                 Series 37, an off-the-shelf microcomputer is used for
                 the maintenance panel. For software diagnostics, the
                 standard HP 3000 debugging facilities are supplemented
                 by a virtual software debugging panel called SoftPanel,
                 which is implemented in microcode. The maintenance
                 panel requires extra hardware and is used in the
                 factory and optionally in the field. SoftPanel is a
                 built-in tool, available in any system at any time.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers); C5470
                 (Performance evaluation and testing); C6150G
                 (Diagnostic, testing, debugging and evaluating
                 systems)",
  classification = "722; 723",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Computer; computer maintenance; computer software ---
                 Automatic Testing; computer system debug tools;
                 computer testing; computers; debug panel; Debugging;
                 debugging tools; diagnostic tool; Hewlett Packard; HP
                 3000; HP 3000 computer system; HP 3000 Series 37;
                 maintenance panel; minicomputers; program debugging;
                 soft panel; SoftPanel; software diagnostics; virtual
                 software debugging",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Banta:1985:NCF,
  author =       "Robert H. {Banta, Jr.} and Peter H. Dorward and Steven
                 A. Scampini",
  title =        "New Cardiograph Family with {ECG} Analysis
                 Capability",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "23--28",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Three new HP electro cardiographs are introduced that,
                 in addition to recording traditional ECG waveforms, can
                 perform differing levels of measurements and analysis
                 to aid diagnosis of heart behavior. These three are the
                 HP 4760A, the HP 4760AM, and the HP 4760Al. All three
                 provide ECG waveforms along with patient ID information
                 (name, sex, age, weight, etc. ) in a clear manner for
                 quick review by the physician.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
  classcodes =   "A8728 (Bioelectricity); A8730C (Electrical activity in
                 neurophysiological processes); A8770E (Patient
                 diagnostic methods and instrumentation); B7510D
                 (Bioelectric signals); C5260 (Digital signal
                 processing); C7330 (Biology and medical computing)",
  classification = "461; 462; 723; 942",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "alphanumeric keyboard; biomedical engineering;
                 biomedical equipment; Cardiograph; computerised;
                 computerised monitoring; computers; crystal display;
                 ECG analysis; ECG waveforms; electrocardiograph (ECG);
                 Electrocardiography; electrocardiography; heat behavior
                 diagnosis; Hewlett Packard; HP 4700A PageWriter; HP
                 4760 cardiograph family; HP 4760A; HP 4760AI; HP
                 4760AM; liquid-; medical computing; Model 5600C ECG
                 Management System; patient ID information; signal
                 processing; waveform analysis --- Computer Interfaces",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Doue:1985:CEA,
  author =       "John C. Doue and Anthony G. Vallance",
  title =        "Computer-Aided {ECG} Analysis",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "29, 31--33",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The electrocardiography (ECG) waveforms are considered
                 that depict the action of the heart cycle. The
                 principal parts are the P, QRS, and T waveforms, which
                 together are called a complex. An analysis program is
                 discussed to locate each of the PQRST complexes
                 correctly and to measure the height, the width, and a
                 multitude of other parameters.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
  classcodes =   "A8728 (Bioelectricity); A8730C (Electrical activity in
                 neurophysiological processes); A8770E (Patient
                 diagnostic methods and instrumentation); B7510D
                 (Bioelectric signals); C7330 (Biology and medical
                 computing)",
  classification = "461; 462; 723; 942",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "biomedical engineering --- Electrocardiography;
                 computer aided analysis; Computer Interfaces;
                 computer-aided ECG analysis; computerised pattern
                 recognition; computerised signal; ECG analysis; ECG
                 Criteria Language; ECG waveform; ECL;
                 electrocardiography; Hewlett Packard computers;
                 Hewlett--Packard; medical computing; medical knowledge
                 base; pattern recognition; PQRST complexes; processing;
                 user-definable medical criteria; waveform analysis",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Williams:1985:MPC,
  author =       "Tim J. Williams and Nelson A. Mills",
  title =        "A multitasking personal computer system for the
                 technical professional",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "4--6",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The Hewlett Packard (HP) Integral Personal Computer
                 based on HP's version (HP-UX) of an industry standard
                 multitasking operating system --- the UNIX operating
                 system is introduced. By also creating a version of
                 BASIC that runs in this UNIX environment on the
                 Integral PC, HP provides a growth path for HP Series 80
                 Computer owners wanting more capability and performance
                 without having to sacrifice their existing software
                 routines and data files. The PC provides
                 high-performance multitasking operation, mass storage,
                 graphics and text output, and instrument I/O in a
                 compact, transportable package.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, R\&D Dep, Corvallis, OR, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, R\&D Dep, Corvallis, OR, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
  classification = "722; 723",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "computer evaluation; computer operating systems;
                 computers, microcomputer; Electronics Packaging;
                 Hewlett Packard; Hewlett Packard computers; HP; HP-UX;
                 industry standard multitasking operating system;
                 Integral Personal Computer; multiprocessing systems;
                 multitasking personal computer; multitasking personal
                 computer system; operating systems (computers);
                 portable computers; Series 80 Computer; transportable
                 computer; Unix; UNIX operating system",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Kepler:1985:EST,
  author =       "David L. Kepler and James A. Espeland",
  title =        "Electronics System for a Transportable Professional
                 Computer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "6--9",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Hewlett Packard's (HP) integral personal computer (PC)
                 is described. Its CPU, RAM, ROM, memory management, I/O
                 buffering, system timing, and keyboard interface reside
                 on one logic board, and all of the other peripheral
                 circuitry (and 14 connectors) reside on another board.
                 Each board is slightly smaller than a sheet of
                 stationery (78 square inches). The interface between
                 the boards contains data, address, and control signals.
                 Each board has its own clock circuitry for reliability
                 and ease of testing. An I/O board with two connectors
                 for optional plug-in cards, a keyboard interface board
                 with two connectors for HP Human Interface Link
                 (HP-HIL) input devices, and the power supply board are
                 the other printed circuit boards.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, Corvallis Workstation Operation,
                 Corvallis, OR, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Corvallis Workstation
                 Operation, Corvallis, OR, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5220 (Computer architecture); C5430
                 (Microcomputers)",
  classification = "722; 723",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., palo Alto., CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "computer architecture; computer peripheral equipment;
                 computers; computers, microcomputer; controllers; data
                 storage units --- Computer Interfaces; electronics
                 system; Hewlett Packard; Hewlett Packard computers; HP
                 Integral; integral personal computer; memory
                 management; peripherals; Personal Computer; portable;
                 power supply; professional computer; system
                 considerations; transportable; transportable
                 professional computer",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Heath:1985:CGP,
  author =       "Dean M. Heath",
  title =        "Custom graphics processor unit for the {Integral PC}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "10--12",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Hewlett Packard's (HP) Graphics Processor Unit (GPU)
                 is presented as a special-purpose microprocessor
                 designed to be used as a powerful dual CRT and
                 electroluminescent display controller to provide the
                 Integral PC a versatile, easy-to-use graphics subsystem
                 with a bit-mapped display. The GPU is compatible with
                 most commercially available CRT monitors and can
                 rapidly manipulate lines, rectangles, windows, alpha
                 characters, an automatic alpha cursor, and a sprite
                 (pointing device). It also features a user-configurable
                 screen size, monitor sync timing, multiple character
                 fonts and fill patterns, and a display RAM interface.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
  classcodes =   "B1265F (Microprocessors and microcomputers); C5130
                 (Microprocessor chips)",
  classification = "714; 722; 723; 741",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "bit-; CMOS integrated circuit; Computer; computer
                 graphic equipment; computer graphics; computers,
                 microcomputer; display controller; display devices;
                 display RAM interface; electroluminescent flat-panel
                 display; flat-panel display; graphics processor unit;
                 graphics processor unit (GPU); graphics subsystem;
                 Hewlett packard; Hewlett Packard computers; Integral
                 Personal; mapped display; microprocessor;
                 microprocessor chips; monitor sync; multiple character
                 fonts; orange; personal computer (PC); Processing;
                 special-purpose; timing; user-configurable screen
                 size",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Higgins:1985:HED,
  author =       "Marvin L. Higgins",
  title =        "High-Quality Electroluminescent Display for a Personal
                 Workstation",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "12--17",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A commercially developed electroluminescent display
                 based on thin film technology is described that was
                 developed by several manufacturers in cooperation with
                 Hewlett--Packard during the development of the Integral
                 Personal Computer. The display consists of three main
                 parts or subassemblies: the electroluminescent panel, a
                 driver assembly, and a control board. The
                 electroluminescent panel is the light-emitting device.
                 The driver assembly contains high-voltage switches
                 connected to each row and column of the panel. This
                 assembly receives logic control signals and
                 high-voltage pulses from the control board and applies
                 voltage to the display panel according to the desired
                 pattern.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
  classcodes =   "B7260 (Display technology and systems); C5540
                 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
  classification = "701; 721; 722; 741",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "computer graphic equipment; computer peripheral
                 equipment --- Remote Consoles; Design; display devices;
                 driver assembly; electroluminescence --- Thin Films;
                 electroluminescent display; electroluminescent
                 displays; energy recovery drive; Hewlett Packard;
                 Hewlett Packard computers; HP Integral; logic circuits
                 --- Control; logic control; Personal Computer; personal
                 workstation; scheme",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Pearo:1985:MDI,
  author =       "Thomas A. Pearo",
  title =        "Mechanical Design of the Integral {PC}: not Just a
                 Desktop Computer with a Handle",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "18--22",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The mechanical design of Hewlett--Packard's (HP)
                 integral Personal Computer (PC) is presented that is
                 based on the HP 85 Computer updating to an industry
                 standard processor, a state-of-the-art 80-column
                 ink-jet printer, a fast flexible-disk mass storage
                 device, and a state-of-the-art 80-column by 24-line
                 flat-panel display. It also retains the capability for
                 removable I/O modules. The concept of an upright
                 package selected to meet sound mechanical design goals
                 and make the Integral PC easy to use. Many of the
                 aspects of the human interface are addressed by the
                 Integral PC's mechanical design, beginning with a
                 detachable, low-profile keyboard. The high-contrast
                 flat-panel display is mounted in a near vertical
                 position (offset 5 degrees) for ease of viewing. The
                 printer is mounted at the top of the package for easy
                 access and paper handling. The whole system folds up
                 into a compact, rugged, easily carried unit.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
  classification = "715; 722",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "computers, microcomputer; Design; design; desktop
                 computer; device; electronics packaging; ergonomics;
                 flat-panel display; flexible-disc mass storage; Hewlett
                 Packard; Hewlett Packard computers; HP 85 Computer;
                 industry standard; ink-jet printer; integral PC;
                 Integral PC; mechanical; mechanical design; package;
                 portable computer; portable computers; processor;
                 removable I/O modules; upright",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Fajardo:1985:UOS,
  author =       "Ray M. Fajardo and Andrew L. Rood and James R. Andreas
                 and Robert C. Cline",
  title =        "A {UNIX} operating system adapted for a technical
                 personal computer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "22--28",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP-UX operating system for HP's Integral Personal
                 Computer provides a number of very significant
                 challenges by eliminating the need for a hard disk and
                 allowing the installed flexible disk to be removed
                 whenever a disk access is not occurring; by eliminating
                 the need for complex system configuration and user
                 administration of the operating system; by simplifying
                 the human interface with the aid of a windowed
                 environment to make the system easier to use; and
                 providing a measure of real-time capability for
                 instrumentation control.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
  classcodes =   "C6150J (Operating systems)",
  classification = "722; 723",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "access; capability; computer operating systems;
                 computers, microcomputer; disc; flexible disc; Hewlett
                 Packard; Hewlett Packard computers; HP-UX operating;
                 HP-UX operating system; human interface;
                 instrumentation control; integral personal computer;
                 Integral Personal Computer; operating systems
                 (computers); real-time; system; UNIX operating system;
                 user interfaces; windowed environment",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Brewster:1985:FUO,
  author =       "Jon A. Brewster and Karen S. Helt and James N.
                 Phillips",
  title =        "A friendly {Unix} operating system user interface",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "28--29, 31--33",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The term user interface is used to describe all
                 interactions between a person and a computer. This
                 includes keyboard layout, display formatting, command
                 structures, and disk handling. The design of the user
                 interface for HP's Integral Personal Computer was
                 driven by the need to make the power of its HP-UX
                 operating system (HP's version of the UNIX operating
                 system) available to the novice. Some important
                 constraints were to avoid alienating sophisticated UNIX
                 users or previous HP personal computer users, to allow
                 porting of standard UNIX software, and to allow a
                 novice user to become more sophisticated in using the
                 computer as the user's familiarity with the system
                 grows. The user interface for the Integral PC consists
                 of three parts: HP Windows (window manager), PAM
                 (Personal Applications Manager), and the inherent user
                 interface of each application. The result is a visually
                 oriented multitasking system that allows each program
                 to run as if it were the only program running.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5430 (Microcomputers); C6150J (Operating systems)",
  classification = "722; 723",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Computer Interfaces; computer operating systems;
                 Hewlett Packard; Hewlett Packard computers; HP windows;
                 HP-UX operating system; Integral Personal Computer;
                 interfaces; multiprocessing systems; multitasking
                 system; operating systems (computers); PAM; personal
                 applications manager; personal applications manager
                 (PAM); portable computers; systems science and
                 cybernetics --- Man Machine Systems; UNIX operating
                 system; Unix operating system; user; user interface;
                 visually oriented multitasking system; window manager",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Opfer:1985:TMD,
  author =       "James E. Opfer and Bruce F. Spenner and Bangalore R.
                 Natarajan and Richard A. Baugh and Edward S. Murdock
                 and Charles C. Morehouse and David J. Bromley",
  title =        "Thin-Film Memory Disc Development",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "4--10",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Developing a new recording medium for disk memories
                 required careful attention to the development and
                 characterization of materials, processes, and test
                 systems. The addition of platinum to the cobalt films
                 deposited over chromium provided the desired capability
                 of varying properties independently without sacrificing
                 the squareness of the magnetization\slash applied-field
                 (M-H) hysteresis loop. Proceeding in parallel with disk
                 process and material development was the development of
                 characterization equipment. It was important from the
                 beginning to understand the advantages and limitations
                 of competing methods for making thin-film disks. Plated
                 thin-film media from several vendors were evaluated
                 early in the program, and the understanding gained led
                 to the adoption of vacuum sputtering as the preferred
                 method of depositing the films. A theoretical
                 understanding of the recording process played an
                 important role in the validation of results and the
                 evolution of an understanding of the limits of the
                 recording process.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, Thin-Film Dep, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Thin-Film Dep, USA",
  classcodes =   "B3120B (Magnetic recording); C5320C (Storage on moving
                 magnetic media)",
  classification = "708; 722",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "addition of platinum to cobalt films; characterization
                 equipment; data storage, magnetic; Disk; disk recording
                 medium; hard discs; Hewlett Packard; magnetic materials
                 --- Thin Films; magnetic recording; magnetic thin
                 films; magnetization/applied-field (M-H) hysteresis
                 loop; media; memory disc development; recording
                 performance; storage; thin-film discs",
}

@Article{Hodges:1985:DTT,
  author =       "John Hodges and Keith S. Roskelley and Dennis R.
                 Edson",
  title =        "Dynamic Testing of Thin-Film Magnetic Recording
                 Discs",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "11--21",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Dynamic testing of parameters is a major function
                 required for the development and subsequent production
                 of a disk memory product. The test apparatus required
                 for magnetic disk testing must be capable of measuring
                 many electrical and mechanical parameters. The operator
                 interface is of prime importance. Production personnel
                 should be provided with simple, easy-to-use equipment.
                 Design engineers, on the other hand, require test
                 apparatus that has the utmost in flexibility and
                 thoroughness. In either case the measurements must be
                 performed with excellent accuracy and repeatability.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
  classcodes =   "B3120B (Magnetic recording); B7210B (Automatic test
                 and measurement systems); C5320C (Storage on moving
                 magnetic media); C5380 (Other aspects of storage
                 devices and techniques); C7430 (Computer engineering)",
  classification = "708; 714; 722; 942",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "automatic test equipment; data storage, magnetic ---
                 Disk; discs; dynamic testing; hard discs;
                 Hewlett--Packard; HP-IB; IEEE-488 bus; magnetic
                 devices; magnetic materials --- Thin Films; magnetic
                 measurements; measurement accuracy; storage media;
                 Testing; thin-film magnetic recording; thin-film
                 magnetic recording disks",
}

@Article{Drennan:1985:LSD,
  author =       "George A. Drennan and Robert J. Lawton and Michael B.
                 Jacobson",
  title =        "In-Line Sputtering Deposition System for Thin-Film
                 Disc Fabrication",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "21--25",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sat Apr 12 15:07:49 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "In-line system (ILS) for the sputtering thin-film
                 deposition processing for thin-film disk fabrication is
                 described. Disks are fabricated in the ILS using a
                 combination of batch loading and continuous processing.
                 Several planetary carriers are held on a supporting
                 rack and placed into the load chamber. After the load
                 chamber has been evacuated, a loader mechanism places a
                 planetary carrier onto a robot sled. When the first
                 layer has been deposited, the plunger places the
                 planetary carrier onto a second sled for transfer to
                 the next deposition chamber while the first sled
                 returns to the load chamber for another carrier. The
                 maintenance and reliability of ILS are also
                 considered.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, Disc Memory Div, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Disc Memory Div, USA",
  classcodes =   "B0170E (Production facilities and engineering); B0520F
                 (Vapour deposition); B3120B (Magnetic recording);
                 C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media)",
  classification = "531; 708; 722",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "commercial manufacture; data storage, magnetic ---
                 Disk; hard disc manufacture; hard discs; Hewlett-;
                 in-line sputtering deposition system; in-line system
                 (ILS); magnetic materials --- Thin films; manufacture;
                 metals and alloys; Packard; sputter deposition;
                 sputtered thin-film deposition processing; Sputtering;
                 storage media; thin-film disc fabrication",
}

@Article{Day:1985:TDR,
  author =       "Clifford K. Day and C. {Girvin Harkins} and Stephan P.
                 Howe and Paul Poorman",
  title =        "Thin-Film Disc Reliability --- the Conservative
                 Approach",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "25--31",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "When implementing a new disk memory technology, the
                 data integrity and reliability are primary performance
                 criteria. Hence, when Hewlett--Packard undertook the
                 development of thin-film disks for its new memory
                 products, a significant part of the program was
                 concerned with evaluating and improving the reliability
                 of the new technology. Several accelerated tests were
                 devised to simulate different customer environmental
                 stresses. These included: Wear tests that evaluate
                 effects caused by head takeoff and landing on the disk
                 surface; friction tests that evaluate start-up and
                 dynamic head\slash disk friction as a function of wear
                 and humidity; atmospheric pollutant and galvanic
                 corrosion tests; oxygen diffusion tests; shock and
                 vibration tests; and thermal stability tests (including
                 some that simulated a customer transporting the disk
                 drive in the cold trunk of a car and then using the
                 drive in a warm office environment)",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, Disc Memory Div, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Disc Memory Div, USA",
  classcodes =   "B0170N (Reliability); B3120B (Magnetic recording);
                 C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media)",
  classification = "421; 708; 722; 913",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "accelerated test; corrosion; corrosion testing; data
                 integrity and reliability; data storage, magnetic ---
                 Disk; hard discs; Hewlett--Packard; HP thin-film disk;
                 life testing; magnetic materials --- Thin Films;
                 reliability; Testing; testing program; thin-film disc
                 reliability; wear; wear testing",
}

@Article{Moore:1985:MTD,
  author =       "Glenn E. {Moore, Jr.} and Richard S. Seymour and
                 Darrel R. Bloomquist",
  title =        "Manufacturing Thin-Film Discs",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "34--35",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP thin-film disk provides significant performance
                 advantages in rigid disk drives. To realize the full
                 potential of the thin-film disk, however, its cost must
                 be minimized. The disk manufacturing process offers a
                 perfect vehicle for production optimization and cost
                 reduction, because in contrast to disk drive production
                 at the one extreme and IC fabrication at the other, it
                 combines a minimum part count with a small number of
                 relatively simple processes (no pattern definition, for
                 example). The challenges are to optimize the individual
                 processes within the framework of the overall
                 production sequence and to integrate the disk into the
                 disk drive in an optimum manner.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, Magnetic Recording Technology Cent,
                 Boise ID, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Magnetic Recording Technology
                 Cent, Boise ID, USA",
  classcodes =   "B0170L (Inspection and quality control); B0170N
                 (Reliability)B3120B (Magnetic recording); C5320C
                 (Storage on moving magnetic media)",
  classification = "714; 722; 911; 913",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "component cost; cost accounting; cost reduction; data
                 storage, magnetic --- Disk; hard discs;
                 Hewlett--Packard; HP thin film disk; magnetic devices,
                 thin film; Manufacture; manufacture; manufacturing
                 costs; product cost; production control ---
                 Optimization; quality control; reliability; storage
                 media; thin-film disc manufacture",
  treatment =    "E Economic",
}

@Article{Allyn:1985:TDM,
  author =       "Michael C. Allyn and Peter R. Goglia and Scott R.
                 Smay",
  title =        "Thin-Film Discs: Magnetic, Electrical, and Mechanical
                 Design",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "36--40",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The main parameters of magnetic and electrical design
                 are given. They are: peak amplitude, a requirement set
                 by signal\slash noise ratio; peak shift caused by
                 intersymbol interference; overwrite, so that a rewrite
                 erases a previous write; and medium noise, which causes
                 random transition mislocation during write.
                 Component-level characterization of the magnetic and
                 dynamic recording performance of a thin-film disk
                 provides fast feedback to the designer. Tests that
                 measure the bulk properties of the disk are typically
                 fast and can be implemented in a production process
                 after the design cycle is complete. The mechanical
                 properties of the disk surface are evaluated by
                 simulating and measuring the flying characteristics of
                 the recording head in response to various surface
                 features. Head flight simulation is done by modeling
                 the head as a mass-inertia system responding to
                 pressures generated at the air bearing surface of the
                 head and restrained by a spring force opposing the
                 pressure. A detailed map of the pressure acting on the
                 head air bearing surface is calculated using a
                 finite-difference solution to the equations of motion
                 of a fluid applied to thin spacings (Reynolds
                 equation).",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
  classcodes =   "B3120B (Magnetic recording); C5320C (Storage on moving
                 magnetic media)",
  classification = "714; 722",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "characterisation; characterization; component level;
                 data storage, magnetic --- Disk; Design; design;
                 dynamic recording performance; electrical design;
                 electronic equipment testing; hard discs; Hewlett-;
                 magnetic design; magnetic devices, thin film; magnetic
                 heads; magnetic recording performance; magnetic thin
                 films; mechanical; mechanical design; Packard;
                 read/write head; storage media; thin-film disc",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Burns:1985:HSG,
  author =       "Robert E. Burns",
  title =        "A high-performance signal generator for {RF}
                 communications testing",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "4--6",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Manufacturers of communications equipment need
                 calibrated signals of high quality to verify that their
                 products are meeting stringent specifications. This
                 needs to be done quickly, usually under computer
                 control. High-reliability design, extended calibration
                 intervals, and fast calibration and repair maximize ATE
                 system uptime. Spectral purity is exceptional.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, R\&D Section, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, R\&D Section, USA",
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7250E (Signal generators); C3210B (Recorders and
                 indicators for control systems); C3380 (Control
                 applications in instrumentation systems and laboratory
                 techniques)",
  classification = "715; 716; 723",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "automatic test equipment; automatic testing ---
                 Equipment; Computer Applications; computer control;
                 generator; Hewlett--Packard 8642A/B; high-performance
                 signal; HP 8642A; HP 8642B; radio equipment ---
                 Calibration; radio transmission --- Testing; RF
                 communications testing; RF signal generator; signal
                 generators; spectral purity",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Lassiter:1985:UII,
  author =       "Albert Einstein Lassiter and Charles R. Kogler",
  title =        "User Interface and Internal Controller for an {RF}
                 Signal Generator",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "6--10",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP 8642A/B is introduced with a 25-character
                 alphanumeric display for function settings and
                 messages. The instrument prompts the user with what is
                 expected next in many cases so the operating manual
                 does not have to be depended upon so heavily. Messages
                 tell the user what is going on or what the user has
                 done wrong. For example, two user-defined displayable
                 messages can be used for any desired purpose. These
                 messages allow the display to be used as a test
                 system's large-character display for prompting the
                 operator, or for recording a company's capital asset
                 number for the instrument inside the instrument, or for
                 any other user-defined message.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7250E (Signal generators); C3210B (Recorders and
                 indicators for control systems); C3380 (Control
                 applications in instrumentation systems and laboratory
                 techniques)",
  classification = "715; 723; 732; 942",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "alphanumeric display; automatic test equipment;
                 Computer Interfaces; control systems; controller;
                 display devices --- Design; HP 8642A/B; HP 8642A/B
                 signal generator; internal; internal controller; RF
                 signal generator; signal generators; user interface;
                 user interfaces",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Wende:1985:SGS,
  author =       "Michael T. Wende",
  title =        "Signal Generator Service Features Maximize Uptime",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "10--13",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "To maximize uptime, the HP 8642A/B Signal Generator is
                 designed with an emphasis on reliability and extended
                 calibration intervals, so that the intervals between
                 failures or required calibrations are expected to be
                 much longer than in previous generations of HP RF
                 signal generators. To reduce downtime when calibration
                 or repair does become necessary, the instrument has
                 extensive built-in self-tests and service features for
                 fault detection, fault diagnosis and isolation, and
                 calibration.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7250E (Signal generators); C3210B (Recorders and
                 indicators for control systems); C3380 (Control
                 applications in instrumentation systems and laboratory
                 techniques)",
  classification = "715; 723; 942",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "automatic test equipment; automatic testing; built-in
                 self-; calibrations; fault detection; fault diagnosis;
                 HP 8642A/B; HP 8642A/B signal generator; HP RF signal
                 generator; instruments --- Calibration; isolation;
                 Modular Construction; service features; signal
                 generators; tests",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Jewell:1985:IMS,
  author =       "Michael B. Jewell and Mark W. Johnson",
  title =        "Internally Modular Signal Generator Mechanical
                 Design",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "14--18",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "One of the principal goals for the mechanical design
                 of the HP 8642A/B Signal Generator was to provide
                 effective shielding to ensure high performance without
                 sacrificing serviceability or ease of manufacture. The
                 design that realizes these goals divides the circuitry
                 into functional blocks or modules. These modules are
                 treated as small, complete instruments that have
                 well-defined input and output specifications, require
                 minimum external inputs (power, digital control, and RF
                 signals), and can be completely built and tested before
                 final assembly, which then requires a minimum of
                 testing and adjustments for the assembled instruments
                 to meet specifications.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
  classcodes =   "B7250E (Signal generators)",
  classification = "601; 715; 942",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "8642A/B signal generator; HP; HP 8642A/B signal
                 generator; instruments --- Electric Shielding;
                 internally modular signal generator; mechanical design;
                 Modular Construction; modules; product design; RF
                 connectors; shielding; signal generators",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Collison:1985:WFR,
  author =       "Robert R. Collison and James B. Summers and Marvin W.
                 Wagner and Bryan D. Ratliff",
  title =        "Wide-Frequency-Range Signal Generator Output Section
                 Design",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "18--24",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Two output sections are used in the HP 8642A/B Signal
                 Generator to cover the 0.1-to-1057.5-MHz frequency
                 range. In the HP 8642B, a doubler output section is
                 added to cover the 1057.5-MHz-to-2115-MHz frequency
                 range. Block diagrams of the two output sections ---
                 the UHF output section and the heterodyne output
                 section and of the doubler, attenuator, and reverse
                 power protection section are presented. Both the UHF
                 and the doubler output sections contain
                 power-amplifier\slash peak-detector microcircuits and
                 ALC loops. While similar in some respects, these
                 elements are not the same in the two sections and are
                 discussed separately.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
  classcodes =   "B7250E (Signal generators); C3210B (Recorders and
                 indicators for control systems)",
  classification = "713; 715",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "ALC loops; amplifiers, power type; circuits; Design;
                 design; doubler output section; electronic circuits,
                 frequency multiplying; heterodyne output section; HP
                 8642A/B signal generator; output section; peak detector
                 microcircuits; power amplifier; signal generators; UHF;
                 UHF output section; wide-frequency-range;
                 wide-frequency-range signal generator",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Faulkner:1985:SGF,
  author =       "Thomas R. Faulkner and Earl C. Herleikson and Ronald
                 J. Mayer and Brian M. Miller and Mark A. Niemann",
  title =        "Signal Generator Frequency Synthesizer Design",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "24--31",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The frequency synthesizer of the HP 8642A/B Signal
                 Generator is designed to minimize the phase noise,
                 spurious response, and switching speed of the
                 instrument, while optimizing its angle modulation
                 capabilities. This design challenge was met by dividing
                 the frequency synthesis process into component
                 phase-locked loops, which were then individually
                 optimized for their specific function. The six
                 component phase-locked loops are the time base, the FM
                 loop, the SAWR (surface-acoustic-wave-resonator) loop,
                 the reference loop, the IF loop, and the sum loop. A
                 general block diagram of the frequency synthesizer,
                 shows the loops' interrelationships.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, Spokane, Div, WA, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Spokane, Div, WA, USA",
  classcodes =   "B6450F (Sound synthesisers); B7250E (Signal
                 generators)",
  classification = "713; 715",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "acoustic surface wave devices; angle modulation
                 capabilities; component phase-locked; Design; frequency
                 synthesizers; HP 8642A/B; HP 8642A/B signal generator;
                 if loop; loops; phase locked loops; phase noise;
                 reference loop; signal generator; signal generator
                 frequency synthesizer design; signal generators; speed;
                 spurious response; sum loop; switching; time base",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Tong:1985:AMS,
  author =       "Gary L. Tong",
  title =        "Audio Modulation Section for an {RF} Signal
                 Generator",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "36",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "31--35",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1985",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP 8642A/B Signal Generator can produce AM, FM,
                 PM, and pulse modulation. Its modulation capabilities
                 are intended to satisfy as many standard applications
                 as possible, but their performance and versatility
                 allow the user to generate a wide variety of signals to
                 satisfy nonstandard and laboratory needs. HP 8642A/B
                 modulation capabilities include an internal,
                 low-distortion, variable-modulation oscillator that
                 covers 10 Hz to 100 kHz. The signal from this
                 oscillator can be used either internally for AM or FM
                 (may be simultaneous, if desired) or externally as a
                 low-frequency source. It can also be used internally
                 and externally simultaneously. Having an internal
                 modulation source eliminates the need for an additional
                 modulation source for many applications, thus saving
                 space and money. As an external source, the modulation
                 oscillator offers adjustable frequency and amplitude,
                 providing the user with a flexible low-frequency source
                 for a wide range of applications.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
  classcodes =   "B6120 (Modulation methods); B7250E (Signal
                 generators)",
  classification = "715; 716; 751",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "AM; amplitude modulation; audio modulation; audio
                 modulation section; FM; frequency modulation; HP
                 8642A/B; HP 8642A/B signal generator; laboratory needs;
                 modulation; modulation oscillator; oscillators;
                 performance; phase; PM; pulse modulation; RF signal
                 generator; signal generator; signal generators; signal
                 generators --- Components; variable-modulation
                 oscillator",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Coutant:1986:CNG,
  author =       "Deborah S. Coutant and Carol L. Hammond and Jon W.
                 Kelley",
  title =        "Compilers for the New Generation of {Hewlett--Packard}
                 Computers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "4--18",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Compilers are particularly important to the
                 reduced-complexity, high-precision architecture
                 currently being developed at Hewlett--Packard in the
                 program that has been code-named Spectrum. The Spectrum
                 program is implementing an REFS [sic] that is similar
                 in philosophy to the class of architectures called RISC
                 (reduced instruction set computers). This paper
                 describes the compiling system design and shows how it
                 addresses the specific requirements of the new
                 architecture. First, the impact of high-level language
                 issues on the early architectural design decisions is
                 described. Next, the low-level structure of the
                 compiling system is explained, with particular emphasis
                 on areas that have received special attention for this
                 architecture: program analysis, code generation, and
                 optimization. The paper closes with a discussion of
                 RISC-related issues and how they have been addressed in
                 this compiling system.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, Information Networks Div, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Information Networks Div,
                 USA",
  classcodes =   "C6150C (Compilers, interpreters and other
                 processors)",
  classification = "722; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "code generation; compilers; compiling system design;
                 computer architecture --- Design; computer operating
                 systems; computer programming languages; Hewlett
                 Packard computers; Hewlett--Packard computers; high
                 level; high-level language; high-precision
                 architecture; instruction sets; language issues;
                 optimization; program; program analysis; Program
                 Compilers; reduced instruction set computer (RISC);
                 RISCs; Spectrum",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Daniels:1986:SMP,
  author =       "Thomas H. Daniels and John A. Fenoglio",
  title =        "A stand-alone measurement plotting system ({HP
                 7090A})",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "20--24",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "This compact laboratory instrument serves as an X-Y
                 recorder, a low-frequency waveform recorder, a digital
                 plotter, or a data acquisition system. The HP 7090A
                 Measurement Plotting System uses analog-to-digital
                 converters (ADCs) and digital buffers to extend the
                 measurement bandwidth well beyond the limits of the
                 mechanism. Each input channel has a 12-bit ADC capable
                 of a 30-kHz sample rate. Since it is necessary to have
                 about 10 samples\slash cycle for a good plot of the
                 signal this approach allows signals with bandwidths up
                 to 3 kHz to be recorded.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
  classcodes =   "B7210 (Instrumentation and measurement systems);
                 B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
                 C3210 (Control systems and instrumentation); C5520
                 (Data acquisition equipment and techniques); C5550
                 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  classification = "722; 723; 942; 944",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "acquisition system; complete data; computer peripheral
                 equipment --- Plotters; data acquisition; data
                 conversion, analog to digital; data processing --- Data
                 Acquisition; digital plotter; frequency waveform
                 recorder; Hewlett Packard computers; HP 7090A; HP 7090A
                 measurement plotting system; instruments; laboratory
                 recorder; low; low-frequency waveform recorder;
                 measurement; plotters; recorders; Recording;
                 stand-alone measurement plotting system; systems; X-Y
                 recorder",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{VanVoorhis:1986:DCM,
  author =       "Steven T. {Van Voorhis}",
  title =        "Digital Control of Measurement Graphics",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "24--26",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A low-cost servo is presented that is capable of
                 producing quality hard-copy graphics output, both in
                 real-time directly from the analog inputs and while
                 plotting vectors either from the instrument's internal
                 data buffer or received over the HP-IB (IEEE 488)
                 interface. The mechanical requirements of the design
                 were met by adopting the mechanics of the earlier HP
                 7475A Plotter. This approach had the significant
                 advantage of a lower-cost solution than could have been
                 achieved with a new design. What remained then was to
                 design the electronics and firmware for reference
                 generation and control of the plant (dc servo motor and
                 mechanical load).",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, Design Graphics Section, San Diego,
                 CA, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Design Graphics Section, San
                 Diego, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C3260B (Electric actuators and final control
                 equipment); C3380B (Control of electronic instruments);
                 C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  classification = "705; 722; 731; 942",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Computer Interfaces; computer peripheral equipment ---
                 Plotters; control systems, digital; data buffer; DC;
                 digital control; hard-copy graphics output; hardcopy
                 graphics output; HP 7090A measurement plotting system;
                 HP 7090A Measurement Plotting System; HP 7475A Plotter;
                 HP-IB interface; IEEE 488 interface; instruments,
                 digital; low-cost servo; measurement graphics;
                 mechanical load; plotters; servo motor;
                 servomechanisms; servomotors",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Bockman:1986:MGS,
  author =       "Francis E. Bockman and Emil Maghakian",
  title =        "Measurement Graphics Software",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "27--32",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "HP 17090A MGS is a software package written for the HP
                 7090A Measurement Plotting System that runs on HP's
                 Series 200 Computers. MGS allows the user to: set up
                 measurements; take measurements; store and retrieve
                 measurement data to and from disc files; annotate
                 measurements with text, axes, and simple graphics;
                 manipulate measured data; and provide soft and hard
                 copy of measured and manipulated data. MGS was written
                 to provide a system solution to some of the general
                 problems of measurement recording and data acquisition.
                 It is designed to be used by scientists and engineers
                 not wanting to write their own software. This software
                 package extends the capabilities of the stand-alone HP
                 7090A.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, San Diego Div, San Diego, CA, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, San Diego Div, San Diego, CA,
                 USA",
  classcodes =   "C6130B (Graphics techniques)",
  classification = "722; 723; 942",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "computer graphics; computer peripheral equipment ---
                 Plotters; computer software; data acquisition;
                 graphical representation; Hewlett Packard computers; HP
                 17090A MGS; HP 7090A measurement plotting system; HP
                 7090A Measurement Plotting System; instruments, digital
                 --- Computer Interfaces; measurement data; measurement
                 data manipulation; measurement graphics; measurement
                 recording; packages; software; software package;
                 stand-alone HP 7090A",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Sanchez:1986:ACL,
  author =       "Jorge Sanchez",
  title =        "Analog Channel for a Low-Frequency Waveform Recorder",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "32--35",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The analog channel of the HP 7090A Measurement
                 Plotting System conditions and digitizes the signals
                 connected to the inputs of the instrument. The analog
                 signals are amplified, filtered, and digitized by a
                 series of stages. After the signals are digitized, the
                 equivalent binary words are processed through a series
                 of calibration procedures performed by the
                 microprocessor to provide the full dc accuracy of the
                 machine. The architecture of the channel is designed
                 with flexibility of operation as a goal. Thus, the
                 microprocessor is used to set up the multiple stages
                 for coarse and fine gains and offsets. This allows the
                 execution of zeroing and calibration routines and
                 eliminates manual adjustments in the manufacturing
                 process. The analog channel has floating, guarded
                 inputs. Through the use of isolation and shielding,
                 common mode rejections of greater than 140 dB for dc
                 and greater than 100 dB for 60 Hz are obtained.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
  classcodes =   "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments); C3210B (Recorders and indicators for
                 control systems); C5550 (Printers, plotters and other
                 hard-copy output devices)",
  classification = "718; 723; 942",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "analog channel; analog signals; binary words;
                 calibration procedures; common mode rejection ratio
                 (CMRR); Communication Channels; data conversion, analog
                 to digital; full DC accuracy; HP 7090A; HP 7090A
                 measurement plotting system; information theory;
                 instruments, digital --- Recording; low-frequency;
                 low-frequency waveform recorder; Measurement Plotting
                 System; microprocessor; plotters; recorders; signal
                 processing; waveform analysis; waveform analysis ---
                 Instruments",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Harrington:1986:UTV,
  author =       "Daniel B. Harrington",
  title =        "Usability Testing: a Valuable Tool for {PC} Design",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "36--40",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A key element in the design of a personal computer is
                 how easy it is for a new owner to set it up, get it
                 running, and do basic tasks such as printing output,
                 loading software, entering data, and handling files. To
                 evaluate these qualities, HP's Portable Computer
                 Division has conducted three usability tests, two on
                 the Integral PC (one before, one after introduction)
                 and one on The Portable (after introduction). A single
                 test program uses ten reviewers, one per day, each
                 performing for pay the same set of tasks on the
                 selected computer model. The tasks are performed in the
                 testing room at the division. The reviewers are
                 selected to meet the profile of the expected buyer of
                 the computer. Each reviewer's experience is videotaped,
                 and an observer in the test room constantly monitors
                 the reviewer's progress.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
  classcodes =   "C0310H (Equipment and software evaluation methods)",
  classification = "722; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "computer; computer evaluation; computer software ---
                 Testing; computer testing; computers, microcomputer;
                 designer; documentation preparer; PC design; personal
                 computer (PC) evaluation; product; task reviewers;
                 Testing; usability testing; user experiences",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Gibson:1986:GAL,
  author =       "Scott R. Gibson",
  title =        "Gallium Arsenide Lowers Cost and Improves Performance
                 of Microwave Counters",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "4--10",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Integration of several microwave counter components in
                 a single hybrid gallium arsenide (GaAs) circuit, along
                 with other advances, has yielded a new family of
                 microwave frequency counters that offer comprehensive
                 feature sets, high-speed data transfer, optional
                 low-aging-rate oscillators, extended mean time between
                 failures (MTBF).",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210G (Data acquisition systems); B7250G (Display,
                 recording and indicating instruments); B7310G
                 (Frequency measurement); B7310N (Microwave measurement
                 techniques)",
  classification = "712; 713; 921",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "40 GHz; circuit; Costs; electronic circuits, counting
                 --- Microwaves; extended mean time between failures
                 (MTBF); frequency measurement; GaAs sampling
                 integrated; gallium arsenide; high-speed data transfer;
                 III-V; III-V semiconductor; integrated circuits ---
                 Microwaves; microwave counters; microwave detectors;
                 microwave frequency counters; microwave measurement;
                 optional low-aging-rate oscillators; performance;
                 semiconducting gallium arsenide; semiconductors",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Peregrino:1986:OSI,
  author =       "L. Peregrino",
  title =        "Optimum solution for {IF} bandwidth and {LO}
                 frequencies in a microwave counter",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "11--14",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7310G (Frequency measurement); B7310N (Microwave
                 measurement techniques)",
  keywords =     "frequency measurement; IF bandwidth; linear
                 programming; local oscillator frequency; low-frequency
                 counter; measurement; microwave; microwave counter;
                 microwave detectors; optimum solution; range; receiver;
                 receivers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Stever:1986:SSM,
  author =       "S. D. Stever and J. E. Mueller and T. G. Rodine and D.
                 W. Olsen and R. K. Tuttle",
  title =        "Seven-function systems multimeter offers extended
                 resolution and scanner capabilities",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "15--23",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments)",
  keywords =     "access; automatic test system; EC 625; extended
                 resolution; front-panel; HP 3457A multimeter; HP-IB;
                 IEEE 488; multimeters; scanner capabilities; seven
                 function systems multimeter; test program debugging",
  treatment =    "N New Development; P Practical",
}

@Article{Egbert:1986:ASA,
  author =       "J. H. Egbert and K. F. Anderson and F. W. {Woodhull,
                 II} and J. {Rowell, Jr.} and D. C. Bender and K. A.
                 Richter and J. C. Faick",
  title =        "Advanced scalar analyzer system improves precision and
                 productivity in {R} and {D} and production testing",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "24--39",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems); B7310F (Power and energy measurement); B7310H
                 (Phase and gain measurement); B7310Z (Other electric
                 variables measurement)",
  keywords =     "8757A scalar network analyser; detector; display
                 channels; gain measurement; HP; inputs; insertion loss
                 measurement; loss measurement; measurement; network
                 analysers; power; precision; production testing;
                 productivity",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Cagan:1986:IHA,
  author =       "Martin R. Cagan",
  title =        "An introduction to {Hewlett--Packard}'s {AI}
                 workstation technology",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "4--14",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The Hewlett--Packard AI Workstation Common Lisp
                 Development Environment represents the aggregate of the
                 major symbolic programming software development efforts
                 at Hewlett--Packard to solve problems using symbolic
                 programming techniques. This article explores the AI
                 Workstation by describing it from four perspectives:
                 the market, the technology, the environment, and the
                 applications.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co, Software Technology Lab, CA,
                 USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Software Technology Lab,
                 CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5430 (Microcomputers); C6140D (High level
                 languages)",
  classification = "723",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "AI workstation; artificial intelligence; common lisp
                 development environment; Common Lisp development
                 environment; computer programming languages --- lisp;
                 computer software; Hewlett Packard computers; HP
                 artificial intelligence workstation research efforts;
                 LISP; object-oriented programming; rule-based
                 programming; symbolic programming software;
                 workstations",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Blair:1986:DTS,
  author =       "Steven R. Blair",
  title =        "A defect tracking system for the {UNIX} environment",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "15--18",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A distributed defect tracking system (DTS) simplifies
                 the process of reporting, collecting, and summarizing
                 software defect data. It provides utilities for
                 submitting, receiving, resolving, and archiving defect
                 reports, and for generating detailed and summary report
                 listings. DTS solves these problems in a way that is
                 easy to learn and use. This paper presents the DTS
                 solution first from the project management perspective
                 and then in terms of user interaction. It describes the
                 system's operational environment and shows the current
                 status of DTS use at HP. Several graphical examples of
                 summarized DTS data are given.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co, Corporate Engineering, CA, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Corporate Engineering, CA,
                 USA",
  classcodes =   "C6115 (Programming support)",
  classification = "723",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "computer operating systems; computer software;
                 computers; data; defect tracking system; defect
                 tracking systems (DTS); development; Digital Equipment
                 Corporation VAX; DTS; effective defect tracking and
                 analysis tools; HP 9000; Management; metrics collection
                 needs; operating systems (computers); operational
                 environment; prerelease software; project management
                 perspective; software defect; software defects data;
                 software reliability; software tools; UNIX environment;
                 user interaction",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Burroughs:1986:TOO,
  author =       "Gregory D. Burroughs",
  title =        "A toolset for object-oriented programming in {C}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "19--23",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sat Apr 12 15:08:09 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Object-oriented programming seeks to encapsulate
                 entities in a program into objects, methods, and
                 messages. It is useful for writing highly dynamic
                 software that is well-structured and easily
                 maintainable. This paper presents a set of tools that
                 support object-with-methods data structuring.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co, CA, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C6115 (Programming support)",
  classification = "723",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "C language; C listings; C programming languages;
                 computer programming --- Algorithms; computer
                 programming languages; computer software; data; data
                 processing; Data Structures; dynamic software;
                 entities; messages; methods; object-oriented
                 programming; object-with-methods data structuring;
                 objects; software tools; structuring; tool set",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Fuget:1986:TAS,
  author =       "Craig D. Fuget and Barbara J. Scott",
  title =        "Tools for Automating Software Test Package Execution",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "24--28",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Two software testing tools in use at HP's Data Systems
                 Division are the Virtual Terminal and the Scaffold Test
                 Package Automation Tool and Test Package Standard.
                 Developed by one HP Division and now used by others,
                 these two tools reduce the time it takes to develop
                 test packages and make it easy to reuse test packages
                 in regression testing.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co, CA, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C6115 (Programming support)",
  classification = "723; 902",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett-Packerd Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Automatic Testing; automatic testing; computer
                 software; host; HP 1000 computers; interactive testing;
                 keyboard input; Scaffold; scaffold test package
                 automation tool; software test package execution;
                 software tools; system; test package; Test Package
                 Automation Tool and Test Package Standard; test package
                 standard; virtual terminal; Virtual Terminal",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Ward:1986:UQM,
  author =       "William T. Ward",
  title =        "Using Quality Metrics for Critical Application
                 Software",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "28--31",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Software metrics have been used to evaluate the
                 quality of a computer-based medical device produced by
                 a large-scale software development project. This
                 article discusses the generation of several software
                 quality metrics from data collected during the system
                 integration stage of the patient monitor software
                 development cycle. The evaluation of these metrics has
                 provided the quantified estimates of software quality
                 required for product release into a critical
                 application environment.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co, Waltham Div, MA, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Waltham Div, MA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C6100 (Software techniques and systems)",
  classification = "461; 723",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "based medical device; biomedical engineering ---
                 Patient Monitoring; computer software; computer-;
                 critical application environment; critical application
                 software; development cycle; large-scale software
                 development; Medical Applications; patient monitor
                 software; project; quality assurance --- Automatic
                 Testing; quality metrics; software metrics; software
                 quality; software reliability; system integration
                 stage",
  treatment =    "G General Review; P Practical",
}

@Article{Dea:1986:PSG,
  author =       "Robert W. Dea and Vincent J. D'Angelo",
  title =        "{P-Pods}: a Software Graphical Design Tool",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "32--35",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Pictorial Procedure Oriented Design System (P-PODS) is
                 an interactive graphical software design and
                 documentation tool. Available for internal
                 Hewlett--Packard users only, its target users are
                 software R\&D engineers. As a design tool, P-PODS is
                 used during the design phase of a project to replace
                 the pseudocoding or flowcharting of detailed logic
                 structure that would normally be done. The resulting
                 diagrams supplement information available in the
                 finished code. As a documentation tool, P-PODS is used
                 to document existing code.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co, CA, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C6115 (Programming support); C6130B (Graphics
                 techniques)",
  classification = "723",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "computer aided design; computer graphics; computer
                 graphics --- Interactive; computer systems programming
                 --- Documentation; Design System; diagrams supplement
                 information; documentation tool; interactive graphical
                 software design and; Pictorial Procedure Oriented;
                 pictorial procedure oriented design system (p-pods);
                 software graphical design tool; software tools",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Bugarin:1986:TST,
  author =       "John R. Bugarin",
  title =        "Triggers: a Software Testing Tool",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "35--36",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sat Apr 12 15:08:23 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Triggers is a software testing method to increase the
                 productivity (efficiency and effectiveness) of testing.
                 It allows the tester to force the execution of specific
                 paths in the software by setting specific boundary
                 conditions. The implementation of Triggers consists of
                 the data base (with insertion and deletion operations)
                 of records consisting of the two keys (module name and
                 trigger number), the reference count, and the escape
                 value. Interactive and programmatic interfaces for
                 inserting and deleting triggers in the data base should
                 be implemented. Triggers is explained through an
                 example using the language MODCAL.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co, Colorado Networks Operation, CO,
                 USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Colorado Networks
                 Operation, CO, USA",
  classcodes =   "C6115 (Programming support)",
  classification = "723",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "automatic testing --- Productivity; boundary; boundary
                 conditions of software; computer programming languages;
                 computer software; conditions; database systems ---
                 Computer Interfaces; interactive interfaces; MODCAL
                 language; program testing; programmatic interfaces;
                 software conditions; software tester; software testing
                 tool; software tools; Testing",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Thompson:1986:HCL,
  author =       "Bruce A. Thompson and David J. Ellis",
  title =        "Hierarchy Chart Language Aids Software Development",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "37--42",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A graphics program, aimed specifically at generating
                 hierarchy charts, is presented that requires little
                 time to learn or operate. The Hierarchy Chart Language
                 (HCL) program is primarily a software engineering tool
                 used within several HP Divisions. It was developed to
                 facilitate the use of structured software design. HCL
                 grew out of the need to generate hierarchy charts
                 quickly and easily so the designers could concentrate
                 on the design rather than the representation of
                 software. HCL automatically places modules and routes
                 interconnections. This is the most time-consuming
                 aspect of chart generation for the engineer to do by
                 hand. This 100\% placement and routing is not
                 restrictive, however. The designer is still allowed the
                 flexibility to alter the appearance of the hierarchy
                 chart to conform to a personal style.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co, Greeley Div, CO, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Greeley Div, CO, USA",
  classcodes =   "C6140D (High level languages)",
  classification = "723",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "automatic chart generation; automatic modules
                 placement; computer programming languages; computer
                 software --- Software Engineering; development;
                 graphical representation; HCL; hierarchy chart;
                 hierarchy chart language; hierarchy chart language
                 (HCL); high level languages; interconnections routing;
                 software; software engineering; software structure;
                 structure software design",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Donnelly:1986:MAD,
  author =       "James A. Donnelly",
  title =        "Module Adds Data Logging Capabilities to the {HP-71B}
                 Computer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "43--46",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The combination of the handheld HP-71B Computer and
                 the HP 3421A Data Acquisition\slash Control Unit
                 provides a low-cost hardware configuration for many
                 engineering or production data acquisition
                 applications. A 64K-byte plug-in ROM module offers new
                 BASIC language keywords for control of a
                 battery-powered data acquisition and control unit and
                 nine application programs for data capture,
                 presentation, and transmission to host computers.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co, OR, USA",
  affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, OR, USA",
  classcodes =   "B7210G (Data acquisition systems); C3210G (Data
                 acquisition systems for control); C5320 (Digital
                 storage)",
  classification = "722; 723",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "64Kbyte plug-; acquisition and control unit;
                 acquisition control unit; application programs; basic
                 language keywords; BASIC language keywords;
                 battery-powered data; capture; computer programming
                 languages --- basic; data; Data Acquisition; data
                 acquisition; data loggers; data logging capabilities;
                 data processing; data storage, digital --- Fixed; data
                 transmission; Hewlett Packard computers; HP-71B
                 computer; HP3421A data; in ROM; plug-in ROM module;
                 read-only storage",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Rush:1986:DAS,
  author =       "Kenneth Rush and Danny J. Oldfield",
  title =        "A data acquisition system for a {1-GHz} digitizing
                 oscilloscope",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "4--11",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Alternate methods can be used to achieve high time
                 resolution in a digitizing oscilloscope. This article
                 describes a system used to realize one of these
                 methods, called random repetitive sampling. The system
                 achieves an equivalent sampling rate of 100 GHz and a
                 bandwidth of 1 GHz for a time resolution of 10 ps. The
                 HP 54100A/D Digitizing Oscilloscope is described that
                 makes random observations of input signal voltages and
                 stores these observations in memory.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210G (Data acquisition systems); B7250G (Display,
                 recording and indicating instruments); C3210G (Data
                 acquisition systems for control); C5180 (A/D and D/A
                 convertors)",
  classification = "715; 723; 942",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "1-GHz digitizing oscilloscope; 54100A/D; acquisition;
                 analogue-digital conversion; cathode-ray oscilloscopes;
                 clock; data; Data Acquisition; data acquisition system;
                 data conversion, analog to digital; data processing;
                 data storage, digital; HP; input signal voltages;
                 instruments, digital --- Sampling; oscilloscopes,
                 cathode ray --- Storage; random observations; random
                 repetitive sampling; sample; trigger interpolator",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Rush:1986:HPS,
  author =       "Kenneth Rush and William H. Escovitz and Arnold S.
                 Berger",
  title =        "High-performance Probe System for a {1-GHz} Digitizing
                 Oscilloscope",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "11--19",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The probing system for the HP 54100A/D Digitizing
                 Oscilloscope is described. It consists of the following
                 components: The HP 54100A 1-GHz Miniature Active Probe;
                 The HP 54002A 50 OMEGA Input Pod; The HP 54003A 1-M
                 OMEGA Probe; and The HP 54300A Probe Multiplexer. All
                 components, their associated circuitry and the
                 instruments operation are illustrated and described.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments); C3210B (Recorders and indicators for
                 control systems)",
  classification = "715; 942",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "1-GHz digitizing; 1-GHz digitizing oscilloscope;
                 analogue-digital conversion; cathode-ray oscilloscopes;
                 high performance probe system; HP 54001A 1-GHz
                 miniature active; HP 54002A 50 Omega input pod; HP
                 54003A 1-M Omega; HP 54100A/D; HP 5430A probe
                 multiplexer; instruments, digital --- Multiplexing;
                 multiplexing equipment; oscilloscope; oscilloscopes,
                 cathode ray --- Storage; Performance; probe; probe
                 multiplexer; probes",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Schlater:1986:WGD,
  author =       "Rodney T. Schlater",
  title =        "Waveform Graphics for a {1-GHz} Digitizing
                 Oscilloscope",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "20--25",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Special attention was paid to developing a good
                 graphics interface for the HP 54100A/D Digitizing
                 Oscilloscope. Several new methods of displaying
                 waveforms were developed that provide users greater
                 insight into their circuits. In addition, new
                 techniques were created for plotting waveforms on the
                 screen very quickly, making the HP 54100A/D very
                 responsive and giving it the feel of an analog
                 oscilloscope. The three display modes of the HP
                 54100A/D are variable persistence, infinite
                 persistence, and averaging. Variable persistence and
                 infinite persistence are new to digitizing
                 oscilloscopes. The averaging used is a continuous
                 average. Most digitizing oscilloscopes now use a
                 terminating type of average that stops when the
                 selected number of repetitions have been averaged.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments); C3210B (Recorders and indicators for
                 control systems); C5540 (Terminals and graphic
                 displays)",
  classification = "715; 921; 942",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "1-GHz digitizing oscilloscope; averaging display mode;
                 cathode-ray oscilloscopes; computer graphic equipment;
                 graphics interface; infinite persistence display mode;
                 oscilloscopes, cathode ray; rise time; variable
                 persistence display mode; waveform analysis; waveform
                 graphics",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Genther:1986:HIH,
  author =       "Scott A. Genther and Eddie A. Evel",
  title =        "Hardware Implementation of a High-Performance Trigger
                 System",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "26--33",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The wide vertical bandwidth and precise timing
                 accuracy of the HP 54100A/D Digitizing Oscilloscope
                 require a very high-quality trigger system. Therefore,
                 much effort was put into the design of the basic
                 trigger path to achieve high performance, and a radical
                 departure was taken from the traditional oscilloscope
                 feature set to provide triggering functions more useful
                 to designers of digital hardware. The front end of the
                 system is designed for very fast response to provide
                 repeatable and accurate timing between input
                 transitions and the time base reference. At the same
                 time, it is structured like the front end of a logic
                 analyzer, where each input has its own comparator. This
                 allows simultaneous and sequential processing of input
                 signals so that sophisticated functions resembling
                 those found in dual-time base oscilloscopes and logic
                 analyzers can be provided. In addition to the
                 traditional single-source triggering mode, the new
                 architecture provides the ability to trigger on
                 transmissions of a parallel pattern of several inputs,
                 like a logic timing analyzer. The digital nature of the
                 instrument makes possible a holdoff function that is
                 much improved over the corresponding delay feature on
                 conventional oscilloscopes.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments); C3210B (Recorders and indicators for
                 control systems)",
  classification = "713; 715; 722",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "bandwidth accuracy; cathode-ray oscilloscopes;
                 Computer Interfaces; electronic circuits, trigger;
                 hardware implementation; high-; HP 54100A/D digitizing
                 oscilloscope; instruments, digital; integrated
                 circuits, hybrid; oscilloscopes, cathode ray ---
                 Storage; performance trigger system; time base
                 accuracy; triggering functions",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Toeppen:1986:DOU,
  author =       "Derek E. Toeppen",
  title =        "{1-GHz} Digitizing Oscilloscope uses Thick-film Hybrid
                 Technology",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "33--36",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Hybrid Manufacturing Technology is widely used for
                 high-frequency and microwave circuitry because of its
                 ability to provide low-parasitic connections to
                 devices. The HP 54100A/D Digitizing Oscilloscope uses
                 thick-film hybrid technology for circuitry with
                 bandwidths into the 3-to-4-GHz range. Seven hybrids
                 were designed and are in production using the new
                 processes: a 1-GHz preamplifier, a 3-GHz sampler, a
                 1-GHz probe receiver, a 300-MHz probe receiver, and
                 three trigger hybrids making up a 500-MHz trigger
                 system.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B2220G (Thick film circuits); B7250G (Display,
                 recording and indicating instruments); C3210B
                 (Recorders and indicators for control systems)",
  classification = "713; 715",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "1-GHz digitizing; 1-GHz digitizing oscilloscope;
                 cathode-ray oscilloscopes; connections;
                 controlled-impedance connections; controlled-impedance
                 connections between devices; digitizing oscilloscope;
                 diodes; high-frequency pnp transistors; HP 54100 A/D;
                 hybrid manufacturing technology; integrated circuits,
                 hybrid; low-parasitic; low-parasitic connections to
                 devices; oscilloscope; oscilloscopes, cathode ray ---
                 Components; step-recovery; thick film circuits; Thick
                 Films; thick-film hybrid technology",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Felps:1986:MPS,
  author =       "Jimmie D. Felps",
  title =        "A modular power supply",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "37--39",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The power supply for the HP 54100A/D Digitizing
                 Oscilloscope is divided into three different modules.
                 The primary assembly converts the input ac voltage to a
                 dc voltage that is distributed to two dc-to-dc
                 converters: the digital power supply and the analog
                 power supply. These are switching mode power supplies
                 using pulse width modulation (PWM) techniques at a
                 frequency of about 70 kHz. Each power supply assembly
                 is a plug-in card that plugs directly into a
                 motherboard. The primary assembly mounts directly to
                 the HP 54100A/D chassis. Two three-wire cables between
                 the primary assembly and the digital and analog power
                 supplies are the only chassis wiring required.
                 Instrument cooling is accomplished by a single fan that
                 varies in speed with the ambient temperature. The fan
                 drive circuitry is located on the analog power supply.
                 Each of the three modules can be tested and serviced
                 individually.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1210 (Power electronics, supply and supervisory
                 circuits); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments)",
  classification = "714; 715",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "70 kHz; cathode-ray oscilloscopes; cooling; DC-to-DC
                 converters; digital and analog power supplies; electric
                 converters; electric power supplies to apparatus; HP
                 54100A/D digitizing oscilloscope; Modular Construction;
                 modular power supply; motherboard; oscilloscopes,
                 cathode ray --- Electric Power Supplies; plug-in cards;
                 power supply circuits; pulse width modulation;
                 switching mode power supplies",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Pedersen:1986:PHT,
  author =       "Christen K. Pedersen",
  title =        "Program Helps Teach Digital Microwave Radio
                 Fundamentals",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "40--46",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "I. Q Tutor is a computer program designed to teach the
                 fundamentals of digital microwave radio to people from
                 a wide variety of technical backgrounds. I. Q Tutor (HP
                 11736A) teaches fundamentals by modeling a digital
                 radio. Displays are used to make the program more
                 intuitive, and digital signal processing methods are
                 used to model the digital radio signals and typical
                 degradations like noise and multipath fades. The
                 student is able to observe a model communications
                 system and see the results of noise, fading, and
                 nonlinearities.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C7410F (Communications computing); C7810C
                 (Computer-aided instruction)",
  classification = "709; 716; 723; 901; 921",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "computer; computer aided instruction; Computer
                 Applications; computing; digital microwave radio
                 fundamentals; educational computing; engineering
                 education; HP 11736A; I. Q tutor computer program; I.Q
                 Tutor; microwave radio fundamentals; modeling;
                 multipath fades; noise; program; radio systems;
                 sequential teaching structure; signal processing ---
                 Digital Techniques; telecommunication links, radio ---
                 Microwaves; telecommunications",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Rothschild:1986:LAI,
  author =       "Charles J. {Rothschild, III} and Robert C. Sismilich
                 and William T. Walker and A. Levine and D. J. Weller
                 and G. Kononenko and D. Schlesinger",
  title =        "Low-Cost Automated Instruments for Personal
                 Computers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "4--11 (or 4--10??)",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "HP PC instruments is a new line of low-cost
                 programmable electronic instruments designed to be used
                 in conjunction with HP's Vectra Personal Computer and
                 the IBM PC\slash XT\slash AT computers. Designed for
                 the automated test and measurement requirements of a
                 wide range of technical professionals, the components
                 of this personal computer-based system include eight of
                 the most widely used electronic instruments in modular,
                 stackable cases.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems); C5520
                 (Data acquisition equipment and techniques)",
  classification = "723; 942; 943",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "automatic testing; Computer Interfaces; computerised
                 instrumentation; computers; computers, microcomputer
                 --- Control; Hewlett Packard computers;
                 Hewlett--Packard; HP Vectra PC; IBM; IBM PC/XT/AT;
                 instruments; interface resources; low cost automated
                 instruments; low-cost automated instruments; personal;
                 personal computers; programmable electronic
                 instruments",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Hughes:1986:PLF,
  author =       "William L. Hughes and Kent W. Luehman",
  title =        "{PCIB}: a low-cost, flexible instrument control
                 interface for personal computers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "11--16",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The choice of the interface for HP's PC instruments
                 product line was very important in the realization of
                 the system objective of significantly lowering the cost
                 of automated applications. Selecting such an interface
                 requires balancing a number of conflicting objectives
                 such as high speed, low cost, and low power. This
                 article discusses the goals for the PCIB interface,
                 compares it with other interfaces, and describes its
                 theory of operation.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5610P (Peripheral interfaces)",
  classification = "722; 723; 731; 942; 943",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Computer Interfaces; computer interfaces; computers,
                 microcomputer --- Control; flexible instrument control;
                 flexible instrument control interface; HP PC
                 Instruments; instruments; interface; PCIB; personal
                 computer interface bus (PCIB); personal computers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Sismilich:1986:ICG,
  author =       "Robert C. Sismilich and William T. Walker",
  title =        "Interactive Computer Graphics for Manual Instrument
                 Control",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "17--23, 26",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "One of the most innovative aspects of HP's PC
                 Instruments family is the soft front-panel program
                 supplied with the HP 61060AA and HP 61061BA system
                 software, which provides an interactive graphics
                 mechanism for the user to control instruments manually.
                 It calls the same instrument driver module to control
                 the instruments. A soft front-panel application program
                 PANELS, EXE, provides manual instrument control of each
                 PC Instruments module on the PCIB (personal computer
                 interface bus). The soft front-panel displays look and
                 behave just like their familiar hardware counterparts.
                 Numeric inputs, control functions, and output displays
                 are unified and systematized from instrument to
                 instrument. There is a synergism between manual and
                 programmed instrument control with identical
                 user-defined names, control syntax, and error messages
                 in both environments.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5610P (Peripheral interfaces); C6130B (Graphics
                 techniques)",
  classification = "723; 731; 741; 942",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "61060AA; application program; computer graphics;
                 computer interfaces; control syntax; display devices;
                 error messages; GW-BASIC; HP; HP 61061BA system
                 software; HP PC Instrument family; instruments ---
                 Control; Interactive; interactive computer graphics;
                 interactive systems; manual instrument control; MS-DOS
                 command lines; PANELS.EXE; PCIB; personal computer
                 interface bus (PCIB); program development; soft
                 front-panel displays; soft front-panel program;
                 user-defined names",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Wolpert:1986:HCL,
  author =       "David L. Wolpert",
  title =        "{HP-IB} Command Library for {MS-DOS} Systems",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "27--29",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP-IB Command Library provides HP-IB (IEEE
                 488\slash IEC 625) instrument control capabilities for
                 MS-DOS computer systems. The HP 61062BA version is used
                 for the HP Vectra PC and the HP 14857A version is used
                 for the HP 150 and Touchscreen Computers. The Command
                 Library offers interfaces between the HP-IB and
                 MicroSoft Pascal and C, interpreted and compiled BASIC,
                 and Lattice C. Its features include a number builder
                 and an interface with HP's PC Instruments software.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5610P (Peripheral interfaces); C6150J (Operating
                 systems)",
  classification = "722; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "BASIC; C; computer interfaces; computer operating
                 systems; Hewlett Packard interface bus (HP-IB); HP; HP
                 14857A version; HP 150; HP 61062BA version; HP-IB
                 command library; IEC 625; IEEE 488; instrument control
                 capabilities; Lattice C; MicroSoft Pascal; MS-DOS
                 systems; operating systems (computers); Touchscreen
                 Computers; Vectra PC",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Laczynski:1986:CSP,
  author =       "Edward Laczynski and Robert V. Miller",
  title =        "Case study: {PC} instruments counter versus
                 traditional counters",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "29--32",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP 5314A was chosen because it offers excellent
                 price\slash performance at the low end of stand-alone,
                 manual applications. Similarly, the HP 5316A covers the
                 low end of Hewlett--Packard's system offerings. The HP
                 61015A Universal Counter addresses both of these areas
                 for personal computer users, providing clear and
                 convenient manual operation using PC Instruments' soft
                 front-panel application software as well as a
                 programming mode that is easy to use and learn for
                 system applications. The HP 61015A Universal Counter is
                 described in terms of its differences from and its
                 similarities to its traditional instrument relatives,
                 the HP 5314A and HP 5316A Counters.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
                 C3210B (Recorders and indicators for control systems);
                 C3380 (Control applications in instrumentation systems
                 and laboratory techniques)",
  classification = "713; 722",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "application software; Computer Interfaces;
                 computerised instrumentation; computers, microcomputer
                 --- Instruments; digital instrumentation; display
                 instrumentation; electronic circuits, counting; HP
                 5314A; HP 5316A; HP 61015A; HP 61015A universal
                 counter; HP PC Instruments family; multimeters; PC
                 instruments counter; personal computer (PC)
                 instruments; programming mode; Universal Counter",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Amano:1986:SAM,
  author =       "Jun Amano",
  title =        "Salicide: Advanced Metallization for Submicrometer
                 {VLSI} Circuits",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "33--39",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A self-aligned titanium silicide process is used to
                 provide lower contact and interconnect resistances in
                 VLSI circuits if one accounts for the effects of
                 impurities, dopant redistribution, phase formation, and
                 grain growth. Some of the important characteristics of
                 the advanced metallization are: low resistivity; low
                 contact resistivity; high-temperature stability; low
                 lithographic requirements; compatibility with silicon
                 and final metallization; above characteristics are
                 maintained during subsequent high-temperature
                 processing.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B2550F (Metallisation and interconnection technology);
                 B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits)",
  classification = "542; 701; 713; 714",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "advanced metallization; compounds; dopant
                 redistribution; Electric Wiring; formation; grain
                 growth; impurities; integrated circuit technology;
                 integrated circuits, VLSI; interconnect; lower contact;
                 lower contact and interconnect resistances;
                 metallisation; metallization; phase; resistances;
                 salicide; self aligned TiSi/sub 2/ process;
                 self-aligned titanium silicide process; silicon
                 compounds --- Metallizing; submicrometer VLSI circuits;
                 titanium; titanium and alloys --- Electric
                 Conductivity; VLSI",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Lewis:1986:ICP,
  author =       "Jeffrey A. Lewis and Andrew A. Berlin and Allan J.
                 Kuchinsky and Paul K. Yip",
  title =        "Integrated Circuit Procedural Language",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "4--7, 9--10",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "ICPL is a Lisp-embedded procedural layout language for
                 VLSI design. Circuit design in ICPL involves writing
                 and working with programs that resemble procedures,
                 take parameters, and can use the full symbolic
                 programming power of Lisp. This allows circuit
                 designers to write high-level software that
                 procedurally builds ICs.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1130B (Computer-aided circuit analysis and design);
                 B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits); C6140D (High
                 level languages); C7410D (Electronic engineering)",
  classification = "713; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "circuit design; circuit layout CAD; computer
                 programming languages --- lisp; computer simulation
                 languages; ICPL; integrated circuit procedural
                 language; integrated circuit procedural language
                 (ICPL); integrated circuits, VLSI --- Computer Aided
                 Design; LISP; lisp-embedded procedural layout language;
                 Lisp-embedded procedural layout language; parameters;
                 procedures; specification languages; symbolic
                 programming; VLSI; VLSI design",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Bhargava:1986:NMS,
  author =       "Raj K. Bhargava and Teri L. Lombardi and Alvina Y.
                 Nishimoto and Robert A. Passell",
  title =        "New Methods for Software Development: System for
                 Just-In-Time Manufacturing",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "11--18",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Just-in-time (JIT) manufacturing that reduces
                 complexity on the factory floor by using fixed
                 production routings and a pull system for material
                 handling is considered. A HP JIT software package is
                 introduced to offer new approaches in prototyping,
                 next-bench involvement, performance modeling, and
                 project management.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6110B (Software engineering techniques); C7420
                 (Control engineering)",
  classification = "691; 722; 723; 901; 913",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "computer aided manufacturing; computer software;
                 computers, microcomputer --- Applications; control;
                 engineering --- Project Management; factory floor;
                 fixed production routings; Hewlett Packard computers;
                 HP JIT; Industrial Applications; just-in-time (JIT)
                 manufacturing; just-in-time manufacturing;
                 manufacturing computer control; material handling;
                 materials handling; planning; production routing; pull
                 system; software development; software engineering",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{OConnell:1986:RDU,
  author =       "Raymond G. {O'Connell, Jr.}",
  title =        "The role of {Doppler} ultrasound in cardiac
                 diagnosis",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "20--25",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "in Ultrasound imaging, pulse of acoustic energy is
                 transmitted into the human body and the strengths of
                 the returning echoes from various organs and tissues
                 are used to form an image on a display screen. Further
                 information about blood flow and movement can be gained
                 by measuring the shifts in the frequency of the
                 echoes.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A4385 (Acoustical measurements and instrumentation);
                 A8760B (Sonic and ultrasonic radiation); A8770E
                 (Diagnostic methods and instrumentation); B7510B
                 (Radiation and radioactivity applications); B7820
                 (Sonic and ultrasonic applications)",
  classification = "461; 631; 753; 931",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "acoustic energy pulse; acoustic imaging; biomedical
                 engineering --- Cardiology; biomedical ultrasonics;
                 blood flow; blood flow and movement information; blood
                 movement; cardiac diagnosis; cardiology; Doppler
                 effect; Doppler ultrasound; echoes; flow of fluids ---
                 Medical Applications; frequency shifts; human body;
                 medicine; organs; patient diagnosis; tissues;
                 Ultrasonic Effects; ultrasonics --- Imaging Techniques;
                 ultrasound imaging; valvular stenosis",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Magnin:1986:DEH,
  author =       "Paul A. Magnin",
  title =        "{Doppler} Effect: History and Theory",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "26--31",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The exact Doppler equation for sound is derived by
                 imaging a stationary source of sound of some frequency
                 and a listener at some distance from the source. The
                 use of ultrasonic waves to locate structures in the
                 human body is reviewed and various Doppler instruments
                 to measure blood flow are introduced. The evolution of
                 these Doppler blood flow instruments is considered, the
                 next step being to create a flow image by
                 simultaneously processing the Doppler shifts from every
                 point in the image and coding blood flow velocities in
                 color, thus providing a visual impression of the flow
                 at every point in the image in real time.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A0165 (History of science); A4110H (Electromagnetic
                 waves: theory)",
  classification = "461; 741; 753; 931; 943",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "blood flow measurement; Doppler effect; Doppler flow
                 instrument; Doppler shift; flow of fluids --- Imaging
                 Techniques; history; mechanical variables measurement
                 --- Flow; Theory; ultrasonic waves --- Medical
                 Applications",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Chen:1986:PIM,
  author =       "James Chen",
  title =        "Power and Intensity Measurements for Ultrasonic
                 {Doppler} Imaging Systems",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "31--34",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "In the ultrasonic Doppler imaging system used to
                 obtain cardiological data by means of transducers,
                 there are two types of exposure parameters that must be
                 measured. They are the total acoustic power and the
                 intensity values measured at a particular point in the
                 acoustic field.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A4385 (Acoustical measurements and instrumentation);
                 B6140C (Optical information and image processing);
                 B7810 (Sonic and ultrasonic equipment); B7820 (Sonic
                 and ultrasonic applications); C5260B (Computer vision
                 and picture processing)",
  classification = "462; 751; 752",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "acoustic imaging; acoustic output measurement;
                 acoustic power; acoustic transducers --- Medical
                 Applications; acoustic variables measurement;
                 computerised picture processing; Doppler; Doppler
                 effect --- Ultrasonic Effects; Doppler imaging systems;
                 effect; exposure parameters; force balance; HP
                 procedures; hydrophones; Intensity; intensity
                 measurements; intensity values; power measurement;
                 power measurements; pressure measurement; procedures;
                 total; total acoustic energy; transducer; ultrasonic;
                 ultrasonic Doppler imaging",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Halberg:1986:EBF,
  author =       "Leslie I. Halberg and Karl E. Thiele",
  title =        "Extraction of blood flow information using
                 {Doppler-shifted} ultrasound",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "35--40",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Ultrasound imaging in conjunction with detection of
                 Doppler frequency shifts from the transmitted
                 ultrasound frequency allows clinicians to measure blood
                 flow velocity from many vessels and hear chambers in
                 the human body. HP's Doppler instrument, the HP 77410A,
                 is inserted functionally between the scanning and
                 display subsystems of the HP 77020A Phased Array
                 Medical Ultrasound Imaging System. The HP 77410A is
                 made up of four state-of-the-art printed circuit cards
                 and a motherboard. These cards are the Doppler detector
                 card (DDC), the FFT (fast Fourier transform) card, the
                 data output card, and the processor card.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A4385 (Acoustical measurements and instrumentation);
                 A8745H (Haemodynamics, pneumodynamics); A8760B (Sonic
                 and ultrasonic radiation); A8770 (Biomedical
                 engineering); B6140C (Optical information and image
                 processing); B7510B (Radiation and radioactivity
                 applications); B7820 (Sonic and ultrasonic
                 applications); C5260B (Computer vision and picture
                 processing); C7330 (Biology and medicine); C7410H
                 (Instrumentation)",
  classification = "461; 723; 753; 921; 931",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "acoustic imaging; biomedical; biomedical engineering;
                 biomedical equipment; biomedical ultrasonics; blood
                 flow in formation extraction; blood flow information
                 extraction; blood flow velocity; board; card;
                 clinicians; computerised; computerised picture
                 processing; data output; data processing --- Medical
                 Applications; DDC; display subsystems; Doppler; Doppler
                 detector card; Doppler detector card (DDC); Doppler
                 effect --- Applications; Doppler frequency shifts;
                 Doppler-shifted ultrasound; effect; fast Fourier
                 transform; FFT card; flow of fluids --- Ultrasonic
                 Applications; haemodynamics; heart chambers;
                 Hemodynamics; Hewlett Packard computers; HP 77020A
                 phased array medical; HP 77410A; human body; image
                 processing; instrumentation; mathematical
                 transformations --- Fast Fourier Transforms;
                 measurement; mother-; printed circuit cards; processor
                 card; scanning; ultrasound frequency; ultrasound
                 imaging system; vessels",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Karp:1986:MUI,
  author =       "Sydney M. Karp",
  title =        "Modifying an Ultrasound Imaging Scanner for {Doppler}
                 Measurements",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "41--44",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP 77200B scanner is the beam forming electronics
                 box in the HP 77020A Phased Array Medical Ultrasound
                 Imaging System. To understand how beam forming is done,
                 the hypothetical phased array system is considered.
                 This system consists of n parallel channels, each with
                 its own transmitter and receiver. Each transmitter
                 outputs an ultrasound pulse of short duration into the
                 human body. The pulse is partially reflected by
                 structures in the body and these reflections are
                 detected by the receivers. The receivers then send the
                 resulting signal to a delay mechanism and a summing
                 junction.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A4385 (Acoustical measurements and instrumentation);
                 B7810 (Sonic and ultrasonic equipment); B7820 (Sonic
                 and ultrasonic applications); C7410H
                 (Instrumentation)",
  classification = "461; 741; 753; 931",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "acoustic imaging; array medical ultrasound imaging
                 system; beam forming; beam forming electronics box;
                 biomedical equipment --- Imaging Techniques;
                 coefficient; computerised instrumentation; Doppler;
                 Doppler data; Doppler effect --- Measurements; Doppler
                 instrument; Doppler measurements; effect; generator;
                 Hewlett Packard computers; HP 77020A phased; HP 77200B;
                 HP 77410A; information theory --- Communication
                 Channels; Medical Applications; operating software;
                 processor; scanner; TGC functions; timer; ultrasonic
                 equipment; ultrasonic waves --- Reflection;
                 ultrasonics; ultrasound imaging scanner",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Hunt:1986:DPC,
  author =       "Barry F. Hunt and Steven C. Leavitt and David C.
                 Hempstead",
  title =        "Digital Processing Chain for a {Doppler} Ultrasound
                 Subsystem",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "45--48",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The digital portion of the Doppler processing chain in
                 the HP 77410A Doppler System is composed of several
                 large functional blocks: a fast Fourier transform (FFT)
                 circuit, moment calculators, digital filtering, and
                 waveform software. These blocks serve to complete the
                 transformation of the raw time-domain quadrature
                 samples supplied by the detector into a gray-scale
                 spectral frequency presentation (time on the X axis,
                 frequency on the Y axis, and magnitude on the Z axis),
                 and spectral mean, maximum, and standard deviation
                 waveforms. It is shown what a spectral display looks
                 like with Doppler information waveforms presents (in
                 this case, the spectral means and maximum are
                 displayed). The functional block diagram for the
                 digital signal processing of the complex time-domain
                 Doppler data is also illustrated",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A4360 (Acoustic signal processing); A4385 (Acoustical
                 measurements and instrumentation); B7820 (Sonic and
                 ultrasonic applications)",
  classification = "751; 753; 921; 931",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "acoustic imaging; acoustic signal processing;
                 calculators; deviation waveforms; digital filtering;
                 digital processing chain; Digital Techniques; domain
                 quadrature samples; Doppler effect; Doppler effect ---
                 Ultrasonic Effects; Doppler processing chain; Doppler
                 ultrasound subsystem; fast Fourier transform circuit;
                 functional blocks; gray-scale spectral frequency;
                 gray-scale spectral frequency presentation; HP 77410A
                 Doppler system; mathematical techniques --- Time Domain
                 Analysis; moment; presentation; raw time-; signal
                 filtering and prediction; signal processing;
                 time-domain quadrature samples; waveform analysis ---
                 Spectrum Analysis; waveform software",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Eaton:1986:DHP,
  author =       "John T. Eaton and Carl B. Lantz and Clifford B.
                 {Cordy, Jr.} and James W. Pearson and Michael J.
                 Barbour and Courtney Loomis and Ella M. Duyck",
  title =        "Design of {HP}'s Portable Computer Family",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "4--5, 7--9, 11--13",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The Portable and Portable Plus Computers are compact,
                 lightweight, battery-powered personal computers with
                 built-in software and 80-character-line liquid-crystal
                 displays designed for use by professionals who need
                 portable computing capability in their work.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "722; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "computer hardware; computers, digital --- Design;
                 computers, personal; display devices --- Liquid
                 Crystal; HP portable computer; HP portable plus
                 computer; Portable",
}

@Article{Davidson:1986:IDC,
  author =       "Andrew W. Davidson and Harold B. Noyes",
  title =        "{I/O} and Data Communications in Portable Computers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "14--17",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "One of the major features of the Portable and the
                 Portable Plus Computers is the extensive input\slash
                 output capabilities that are built into each machine:
                 specifically, the RS-232-C/V. 24, HP-IL
                 (Hewlett--Packard Interface Loop), and modem
                 interfaces. Low power consumption and small size are
                 major design constraints for built-in modems and
                 interfaces.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "722",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "computer interfaces; computers, digital --- Data
                 Communication Equipment; computers, personal ---
                 Portable; HP portable computer; HP portable plus
                 computer; HP-IL interface; modems; RS-232-C/V. 24
                 interface",
}

@Article{May:1986:PAM,
  author =       "Robert B. May and Alesia Duncombe",
  title =        "Personal Applications Manager for {HP} Portable
                 Computers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "18--21",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The Personal Applications Manager (PAM) on the
                 Portable and Portable Plus Computers evolved from the
                 original PAM for the HP 150 Touchscreen Computer. PAM
                 is designed to provide a novice computer user access to
                 most of the features of MS-DOS without forcing the user
                 to learn all of its various commands. PAM provides a
                 file manager, which can perform several file
                 maintenance functions, such as formatting discs,
                 creating directories, and deleting, copying, and
                 renaming files. Using PAM, variables such as the size
                 of system RAM, the current font, and the printer and
                 data communications interfaces can be set and changed
                 according to the needs of the user, in a manner that is
                 transparent to an application program.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "computer interfaces; computer systems programming;
                 computers, personal --- Portable; file manager; HP
                 portable computers; personal applications manager",
}

@Article{Rowe:1986:MMP,
  author =       "Mark S. Rowe",
  title =        "Memory Management for Portable Computers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "21--25",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The Portable and Portable Plus Computers run under
                 MS-DOS 2.11. This operating system requires a certain
                 amount of contiguous read\slash write memory (RAM)
                 beginning at physical address 0. This memory is called
                 system memory and is managed by the operating system.
                 The operations are handled by the memory management
                 code on the Portable Plus. Memory management on the
                 Portable is similar to that of the Portable Plus, but
                 is less complex since it deals with a fixed amount of
                 RAM and has no provision for handling plug-in
                 application ROMS. Within the Portable Plus the memory
                 management code must determine the total amount of RAM
                 in the system, allocate a portion of the total RAM to
                 system memory, maintain the RAM disc including read,
                 write, and formatting functions, identify any plug-in
                 ROMs and maintain the ROM disc, and provide utility
                 functions to allow applications to execute out of ROM
                 and directly access a ROM's contents.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "722; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "computer operating systems; computers, personal ---
                 Portable; data storage, digital --- Random Access;
                 memory management; ROM; Storage Allocation; system
                 memory",
}

@Article{Adler:1986:HSL,
  author =       "Glenn J. Adler",
  title =        "Hybrid Solution for a 25-Line {LCD} Controller",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "25--27",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Upgrading to a 25-line liquid-crystal display for the
                 Portable Plus required a redesign of the 16-line
                 controller used in the earlier HP 110 Computer, the
                 Portable. The designers decided to do a fast
                 turn-around design which leveraged the architecture of
                 the earlier 16-line custom controller. The objective of
                 the LCD controller is to regulate screen refresh while
                 allowing the CPU to access screen memory for character
                 placement. To support a full screen of graphics, it is
                 necessary to have more memory than the single 64K-bit
                 static RAM used in the Portable. Therefore, two such
                 RAMs are used in the Portable Plus.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "722",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "computer hardware; computers, personal --- Portable;
                 display devices; HP portable plus computer; LCD
                 controller; Liquid Crystal",
}

@Article{Frolik:1986:CPR,
  author =       "William R. Frolik",
  title =        "Creating Plug-In Roms for the Portable Plus Computer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "28--30",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 19 07:46:48 2002",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "HP's Portable Plus computer was designed with multiple
                 plug-in ROM applications in mind. Until now, there has
                 been no easy way for either the user or software
                 vendors to produce programs in ROM form. What was
                 needed was a way that this could be done by the
                 customer, without requiring any assistance from
                 Hewlett--Packard. The Portable Plus ROM IMAGE
                 Development Package was written for just this purpose.
                 Used together with an additional RAM Module and a
                 peripheral EPROM programmer, it enables any Portable
                 Plus to become a plug-in ROM development system. with
                 the addition of a special ROM simulator card, the user
                 can test the appearance and behavior of the final
                 product before creating a ROM.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "722; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "computer software; computers, personal --- Portable;
                 data storage, digital; electronic disc driver; Fixed;
                 HP portable plus computer; plug-in ROM; ROM image
                 package",
}

@Article{Anderson:1986:NHF,
  author =       "Andrew G. Anderson and David L. Frydendall and Robert
                 D. Gardner and Robert M. Lenk and Robert J. Schneider
                 and Bonnie Dykes Stahlin and Ronald G. Tolley",
  title =        "New {HP-UX} Features for {HP} 9000 Series 300
                 Workstations",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "34--41",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The capabilities of the HP-UX operating system have
                 been extended in the Series 300 implementation to
                 handle real-time applications, communication with X.25
                 networks, and operation in native languages. The device
                 I/O library and HP Windows\slash 9000 are discussed.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "722; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "computer networks; computer operating systems;
                 computers, personal; HP 9000 series 300 workstations;
                 HP-UX operating system; X.25 networks",
}

@Article{Jensen:1986:PAL,
  author =       "Gordon A. Jensen and Stephen P. Reames and Jerry D.
                 Morris and Jeffrey H. Smith and Jeffrey Tomberlin and
                 James M. Umphrey",
  title =        "Protocol Analyzer for Local Area Networks",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "42--47",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP 4971S LAN Protocol Analyzer allows 10 Mbit/s
                 network monitoring, testing, and performance analysis
                 independent of hardware and software composition. It
                 permits a user to view network traffic, simulate
                 node-to-node or network-wide traffic, and derive
                 network statistics.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "722; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "computer hardware; computer networks; computer
                 software; HP 49715 LAN protocol analyzer; local area
                 networks; protocol analyzer; Protocols",
}

@Article{Sandberg:1986:AME,
  author =       "Gilbert I. Sandberg and Daryl E. Knoblock and John C.
                 Keith and Michael K. Bowen and Ronald P. Dean",
  title =        "Advanced Modular Engineering Workstations",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "4--9",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 19 07:47:13 2002",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP 9000 Series 300 is a modular, high-performance,
                 technical workstation family (fig. 1) that can be
                 configured to meet the needs of a wide range of
                 technical applications. This workstation system allows
                 the user to choose the processor, display system,
                 memory, interface cards, peripherals, and operating
                 system most appropriate for the application. From two
                 SPUs, six displays, six I/O slots, and a wide range of
                 input devices to meet exact needs it is shown how the
                 workstation can be upgraded with any of the options
                 with only a few minutes of assembly effort. This
                 article discusses the impact of such a large choice of
                 options on the Series 300's development.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "722; 741",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "computer interfaces --- Selection; computer operating
                 systems --- Selection; computer peripheral equipment
                 --- Selection; computers, microcomputer; displace
                 systems; interface cards; Modular Construction; modular
                 engineering workstations; system processing unit (SPU);
                 workstation upgrading",
}

@Article{Speer:1986:MCL,
  author =       "Martin L. Speer and Nicholas P. Mati",
  title =        "Modular Computer Low-End Processor Board Design",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "9--12",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 19 06:51:22 2002",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The Heart of the HP 9000 Model 310 system processing
                 unit (SPU) is the processor board. With the exception
                 of the power supply, no other major electrical
                 subsystems need exist within the Model 310 SPU box. By
                 adding a medium-resolution monochrome video monitor, an
                 HP-HIL keyboard, and mass storage, a complete and
                 useful workstation capable of running Pascal, BASIC, or
                 the HP-UX operating system can be constructed. The
                 single-board processor unit is described.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "713; 722",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "computer peripheral equipment --- Selection;
                 computers, microcomputer --- Modular Construction;
                 Design; engineering workstation; printed circuits;
                 system processing unit (SPU); workstation",
}

@Article{Rubinstein:1986:HSM,
  author =       "Jonathan J. Rubinstein",
  title =        "High-Performance {SPU} for a Modular Workstation
                 Family",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "12--16",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 19 06:51:20 2002",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP 9000 Model 320 Computer is the high-performance
                 member of the Series 300 family. It is based on a 16.
                 67-MHz MC68020 microprocessor and an MC68881
                 floating-point coprocessor. The processor board is a
                 full 32-bit implementation that uses a 16K-byte
                 high-speed cache memory to allow the processor to
                 operate at full speed. A 32-bit memory management unit
                 (MMU) provides up to four gigabytes of virtual address
                 space. The cache and memory management architectures
                 are presented, Cache emulation is described and the
                 predicted and actual performance are characterized.
                 Benchmarks to compare processor performance are
                 introduced and the testing methods are presented.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "722",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "32-bit implementation; computer architecture; computer
                 peripheral equipment --- Terminals; computers,
                 microcomputer; data storage, digital --- Virtual; HP
                 9000 model 320 computer; memory management unit (MMU);
                 Modular Construction; modular workstation; system
                 processing unit (SPU)",
}

@Article{Brokish:1986:CVC,
  author =       "James A. Brokish and David J. Hodge and Richard E.
                 Warner",
  title =        "Custom {VLSI} Circuits for Series 300 Graphics",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "17--22",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The architecture of a color display subsystem for the
                 HP9000 series 300 graphics is considered and the
                 display controller chip is a custom VLSI circuit built
                 with HP's NMOS-IIIB process technology, is discussed.
                 It provides CRT control, frame buffer management,
                 cursor, and bit-BLT (bit block transfer) functions for
                 a bit-mapped display. A single display controller chip
                 can control a monochrome display and multiple chips can
                 be used for color displays. Each of the display
                 controller chips has two ports to the processor data
                 bus. The first is a typical 16-bit-word data port used
                 for most register accesses. The second is a 2-bit port
                 called the pixel port. Each display controller's pixel
                 port is tied to two different I/O lines on the
                 processor data bus for sensing and control.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "713; 714; 723; 732; 741",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "color display control clip; computer graphics ---
                 Color; custom VLSI circuits; electron tubes, cathode
                 ray --- Control; Imaging Techniques; integrated
                 circuits, VLSI",
}

@Article{Palombo:1986:SCS,
  author =       "Rosemarie Palombo",
  title =        "Software Compatibility for Series 200 and Series 300
                 Computers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "22--27",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Several software obstacles exist for the Series 200
                 user who wants to move to HP's new family of modular
                 workstations, the HP 9000 Series 300. This article
                 identifies these obstacles and describes the features
                 of BASIC 4.0 (the latest release of HP's enhanced
                 version of the BASIC language system) designed to
                 overcome them.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "722; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "basic 4.0 surface; computer programming languages ---
                 basic; computer software; computers, microcomputer ---
                 Modular Construction; HP modular workstations;
                 Portability",
}

@Article{Hurtado-Sanchez:1986:IWE,
  author =       "Luis Hurtado-Sanchez and Amy Tada Mueller and Robert
                 A. Adams and Kristy Ward and Rebecca A. Dahlberg",
  title =        "Implementing a Worldwide Electronic Mail System",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "30--48",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A BRIEF REVIEW of the current literature on electronic
                 mail (EM) implementation shows a scarcity of material
                 on this topic. In addition, many of the existing papers
                 focus on pilot projects, small-scale implementation of
                 EM systems, or both. This paper will concentrate on
                 HP's large-scale (worldwide) implementation of its own
                 EM system product, HP DeskManager (HP Desk), in which
                 the initial or pilot project is but a small component.
                 This paper aims to do three things. First, it sketches
                 a generalized strategic framework for EM implementation
                 suitable for use by most any type of organization,
                 manufacturing or service, private or governmental,
                 commercial or nonprofit. Second, within the limited
                 framework, it provides direct and specific tactical
                 advice to address the technical, operational, training,
                 and support challenges that crop up in implementing an
                 EM system. Third, it points out potential pitfalls and
                 how to avoid them to ensure a successful project.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "computer networks; electronic mail; HP DeskManager;
                 internal messaging; local messaging coordinator (LMC);
                 Reviews",
}

@Article{Reusser:1986:HOS,
  author =       "Gertrude G. Reusser and Donald C. Loughry",
  title =        "{Hewlett--Packard} and the {Open Systems
                 Interconnection Reference Model}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "4--5",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Fri Jan 05 10:11:10 2001",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The OSI Reference Model of the International
                 Organization for Standardization is seen as the most
                 significant tool for meeting HP's customers' needs.
                 Communication takes place between open systems by
                 transferring data among peer application processes of
                 distinct end systems. This means that a user who has a
                 set of equipment will be able to communicate with
                 another user who has any other set of equipment if both
                 users adhere to the standard protocols. To reach that
                 goal, HP is taking an active part in the process of
                 further developing these standards while implementing
                 them and developing action plans for the conversion of
                 applicable current non-OSI products to OSI products.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "718; 723; 902",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "computer networks --- Protocols; computers,
                 microcomputer --- Data Communication Systems; data
                 processing --- Data Transfer; data transmission; open
                 system interconnection (OSI); OSI reference model;
                 Standardization",
}

@Article{Carlson:1986:HAG,
  author =       "Robert J. Carlson and Atul Garg and Arie Scope and
                 Craig Wassenberg and Lyle A. Weiman",
  title =        "{HP AdvanceNet}: a Growth-Oriented Computer Networking
                 Architectural Strategy",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "6--10",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "HP has undertaken a major effort to develop new
                 networking software products according to the OSI
                 model, yet to retain the same end-user network services
                 that existed before. This new architectural strategy is
                 called HP AdvanceNet. Based on the seven-layer ISO OSI
                 model, HP AdvanceNet accommodates old and new protocols
                 in the same network, ensures migration paths to new
                 systems, and provides ease of use and transparency.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "718; 722; 723; 902",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "computer architecture; computer networks; computers,
                 microcomputer --- Data Communication Systems; data
                 processing --- File Organization; data transmission ---
                 Standards; HP advance net; migration paths; open system
                 interconnection (OSI); Protocols; transparency; X.25
                 protocol",
}

@Article{Faulkner:1986:NST,
  author =       "Kevin J. Faulkner and Charles W. Knouse and Brian K.
                 Lynn",
  title =        "Network Services and Transport for the {HP} 3000
                 Computer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "11--18",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "NS\slash 3000 provides network services for HP 3000
                 Computers attached to local area networks (LAN). It is
                 compatible with older network products, it is
                 expandable to new network topologies, and it can
                 communicate with other HP computers. Network services
                 corresponds to the application and presentation layers
                 of the ISO OSI reference model. The LAN\slash 3000
                 product allows an HP 3000 to attach to a local area
                 network and to communicate with other computers on that
                 network. LAN\slash 3000 is composed of the NS\slash
                 3000 transport and the LAN link. The NS transport
                 provides an interface equivalent to the OSI session
                 layer and implements industry standard protocols for
                 the transport and network layers. The LAN link is the
                 software and hardware for the data link and physical
                 layers for the local area network.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "722; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "computer networks; computers, microcomputer --- Data
                 Communication Systems; data processing --- Data
                 Transfer; HP 3000 computer; Local Networks; network
                 services (ns); ns/3000 software and hardware; open
                 system interconnection (OSI) layers; OSI reference
                 model",
}

@Article{Graham:1986:LAN,
  author =       "Tonia G. Graham and Charles J. {de Sostoa}",
  title =        "Local Area Network for {HP} Computers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "18--22",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The first HP local area network LAN\slash 3000 HP
                 product is an implementation of the IEEE 802.2 and
                 802.3 standards for local area networks. The LAN is an
                 interconnection system intended to permit connection of
                 up to one hundred `intelligent devices' within a
                 facility. Data is exchanged via unacknowledged
                 datagrams. Transmission is bit-serial at 10
                 megabits\slash second. The transmission medium is
                 coaxial cable. Communication is half-duplex baseband
                 using carrier sense multiple access\slash collision
                 detect (CSMA\slash CD).",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "718; 723; 902",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "carrier sense multiple access (CSMA); collision
                 detection (CD); computer networks; computers,
                 microcomputer --- Data Communication Systems; data
                 transmission; datagrams; IEEE 802 standards; local area
                 network (LAN); Local Networks; standards",
}

@Article{Fugitt:1986:NSH,
  author =       "J. Christopher Fugitt and Dean R. Thompson",
  title =        "Networking Services for {HP} 9000 Computers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "28--32",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Developing a networking service (NS) for the members
                 of the HP 9000 family presented a number of design
                 challenges, among them dealing with different
                 microprocessor architectures, the introduction of new
                 members to the family, and being able to communicate
                 with other HP computer products. NS\slash 9000 services
                 allow a user of an HP 9000 Series 200, Series 300, or
                 Series 500 HP-UX workstation to exchange files freely
                 with another HP 9000 workstation, an HP 3000 system, or
                 an HP 1000 system. In addition, NS\slash 9000 provides
                 transparent file access between HP-UX systems and
                 direct access to the Ethernet, IEEE 802.2, and IEEE
                 802.3 protocols, allowing a sophisticated user to write
                 high-speed network applications. NS\slash 9000 also
                 provides a set of diagnostic utilities and other aids
                 for diagnosing network configuration problems.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "722; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "computer networks; computers, microcomputer --- Data
                 Communication Systems; data processing --- File
                 Organization; Ethernet, IEEE 802.2 and IEEE 802.3
                 protocols; HP 9000 computer family; networking services
                 9000 (ns/9000); transparent file access",
}

@Article{Mettetal:1986:XWA,
  author =       "Pierry Mettetal",
  title =        "{X}. 25 Wide Area Networking for {HP} Computers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "36--40",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "X.25 protocol, an international standard for wide area
                 networking (WAN), is considered for HP computers. It
                 defines the communication interface between the user
                 equipment and the transportation network. In other
                 words, it defines the access to the packet switched
                 network (PSN). X.25, adopted today by many
                 manufacturers, including IBM, Digital Equipment, Data
                 General, Wang, and others, favors communication among
                 multivendor equipment, and offers high connectivity. By
                 using only one data communication link to the PSN, one
                 user system is able to connect concurrently to many
                 remote systems and\slash or workstations.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "718; 723; 902",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "computer networks; computers --- Data Communication
                 Systems; data transmission --- Packet Switching; packet
                 switched network (PSN); Protocols; standards; wide area
                 networking (WAN); X.25 access protocol",
}

@Article{Navarro:1986:DMT,
  author =       "Nancy L. Navarro and Deepak V. Desai and Timothy C.
                 Shafer",
  title =        "Dmi/3000: a Move Toward Integrated Communication",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "41--48",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Using a standard, nonproprietary interface to provide
                 computer communication over private digital telephone
                 networks is a relatively new idea. Hewlett--Packard has
                 participated in the development of a standard for one
                 such interface, called the Digital Multiplexed
                 Interface (DMI). This standard, announced by AT\&T
                 Information Systems and supported by over 60 companies
                 along with Hewlett--Packard, promises to lead to more
                 efficient and cost-effective PBX-based terminal-to-host
                 communication.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "718; 722; 902",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "computer interfaces; computers --- Data Communication
                 Systems; digital communication systems --- Standards;
                 digital multiplexed interface (DMI); DMI/3000;
                 Multiplexing; PBX-based terminal-to-host communication;
                 private branch exchange (PBX); telephone exchanges,
                 private --- Computer Applications",
}

@Article{Collins:1986:MEC,
  author =       "Douglas M. Collins",
  title =        "Molecular-Scale Engineering of Compound Semiconductor
                 Materials",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "4--10",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The ever increasing sophistication of semiconductor
                 electronic devices and integrated circuits continues to
                 place increasing demands on the precision with which
                 the underlying semiconductor materials are produced.
                 The development of molecular beam epitaxy allows the
                 highly repeatable growth of compound semiconductor
                 epitaxial films (such as GaAs and Al//xGa//1// minus
                 //xAs) with atomically abrupt changes in alloy
                 composition and doping and with excellent uniformity.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "712; 714",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "compound semiconductor epitaxial films; epitaxial
                 layer; group iii-v compound semiconductors; integrated
                 circuits --- Materials; molecular beam epitaxy;
                 molecular-scale engineering; Processing; semiconducting
                 films --- Doping; semiconducting gallium compounds;
                 semiconductor devices --- Heterojunctions;
                 semiconductor materials",
}

@Article{Ehlers:1986:EMD,
  author =       "Eric R. Ehlers and Sigurd W. Johnsen and Douglas A.
                 Gray",
  title =        "Extending Millimeter-wave Diode Operation to 110
                 {GHz}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "10--14",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "An effort was launched by Hewlett--Packard to develop
                 a family of diodes particularly suited to
                 millimeter-wave applications. A device was sought that
                 could be readily integrated into a microwave structure,
                 was rugged and capable of handling high drive levels
                 for multiplier applications, and had at least the
                 sensitivity of presently available diodes. The III-V
                 compound semiconductor gallium arsenide (GaAs) offers
                 several advantages over silicon. Modified barrier
                 diodes for millimeter waves are presented that are
                 formed by growing a multilayer GaAs epitaxial structure
                 sandwiched between two low-resistance contacts. The
                 design of the epitaxial structure determines the
                 barrier height of the diode. Therefore, extremely tight
                 control of epitaxial layer doping and thickness is
                 required.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "712; 714",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "110 GHz operation; iii-v compound; integrated circuits
                 --- Materials; Millimeter Waves; millimeter-wave diode;
                 planar doped barrier diode; semiconducting gallium
                 arsenide --- Doping; semiconductor diodes",
}

@Article{Zurakowski:1986:DIC,
  author =       "Mark P. Zurakowski and Domingo A. Figueredo and Scott
                 S. Elliott and George A. Patterson and William J.
                 Anklam and Susan R. Sloan",
  title =        "Diode Integrated Circuits for Millimeter-Wave
                 Applications",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "14--21",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "GaAs diode integrated circuits based on
                 metal-semiconductor (Schottky) or modified barrier
                 diodes have now extended the operating frequency range
                 of small-scale ICs beyond 100 GHz. These circuits,
                 which form the basis for many of HP's new
                 millimeter-wave instruments, are useful for nonlinear
                 and frequency-translation applications.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "712; 714",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "100 GHz diodes; diode integrated circuits; integrated
                 circuits; Millimeter Waves; modified barrier diodes;
                 Schottky barrier diodes; semiconducting gallium
                 arsenide --- Doping; semiconductor devices, Schottky
                 barrier; semiconductor diodes --- Materials",
}

@Article{Matreci:1986:USM,
  author =       "Robert J. Matreci",
  title =        "Unbiased Subharmonic Mixers for Millimeter-Wave
                 Spectrum Analyzers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "22--26",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "External waveguide mixers are used to extend the
                 frequency range of a microwave spectrum analyzer beyond
                 its frequency limit for a coaxial connector input.
                 Since a microwave analyzer's local oscillator (LO) has
                 a typical range of 2 to 6.2 GHz, the mixers must
                 operate on higher-order harmonics of the LO. To
                 maintain the analyzer's amplitude measurement accuracy,
                 individual calibration and flat frequency response of
                 the mixer are mandatory. If there are no electrical or
                 mechanical adjustments to be made as a function of
                 frequency (e. g., bias current or backshort position),
                 then wideband and automated spectral measurements are
                 possible. High burnout level and ruggedness are
                 required for reliability.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "711; 713; 714; 942",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "electronic circuits, mixer; external waveguide mixers;
                 frequency range extension; local oscillator (lo);
                 microwave measurements --- Frequency; Millimeter Waves;
                 oscillators, microwave; spectrum analyzers ---
                 Microwaves; unbiased subharmonic mixers; waveguide
                 components",
}

@Article{Wasmuth:1986:PSA,
  author =       "David B. Wasmuth and Bruce J. Richards",
  title =        "Predictive Support: Anticipating Computer Hardware
                 Failures",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "30--33",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Predictive Support software is discussed that lives on
                 the customer system and periodically examines the soft
                 error rate of the various system components. When these
                 rates approach uptime threatening levels, the
                 Predictive Support system automatically notifies the
                 appropriate person so that corrective action can be
                 taken. The current implementation of Predictive Support
                 covers all system disc drives, magnetic tape drives,
                 and system memory.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "722; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "computer peripheral equipment --- Analysis; computer
                 software; computer systems, digital --- Failure;
                 predictive analysis; predictive support; soft error
                 rate; trend detection",
}

@Article{Slater:1986:AEA,
  author =       "Lynn R. {Slater, Jr.} and Craig M. Myles and Keith A.
                 Harrison",
  title =        "Aida: an Expert Assistant for Dump Readers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "34--41",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "AIDA (Automated Interactive Dump Assistant) is
                 presented that is designed to assist the human dump
                 reader in the analysis of memory dumps taken from the
                 HP 3000 family of computers. By reducing the amount of
                 detailed knowledge needed to read a dump AIDA speeds
                 dump analysis and increases the pool of dump readers.
                 The time needed to read a dump can be further reduced
                 by allowing user management of the information
                 presented. The capabilities of AIDA in automated
                 detection of simple data structure or subsystem
                 corruption, automatic analysis, of some type of class
                 problems and ergonomic presentation of data from the
                 dump is discussed. While AIDA cannot guarantee an
                 automatic solution to any problem presented, it is a
                 superior formatter which makes it easy for dump readers
                 to pursue independent lines of inquiry without changing
                 their environment or their thought flow.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "722; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "artificial intelligence; automated interactive dump
                 assistant (AIDA); data storage units --- Computer Aided
                 Analysis; dump readers; Expert Systems; formatter;
                 memory dump analysis",
}

@Article{Button:1986:TAA,
  author =       "Brian T. Button and R. Michael Young and Diane M.
                 Ahart",
  title =        "Troubleshooting Aid for Asynchronous Data
                 Communications Links",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "42--47",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Problems created by asynchronous data communication
                 links in connection with personal computers and office
                 automation are considered and Schooner, an expert
                 system is introduced. Schooner combines an inference
                 engine and a knowledge base to provide expert-level
                 assistance with asynchronous, point-to-point data
                 communications problems for fault diagnosis and
                 personnel training. It verbally guides Response Center
                 engineers, field support personnel, or other uses
                 through the solution of problems in this area.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "718; 723; 912",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "artificial intelligence --- Expert Systems;
                 asynchronous data communications links; computers,
                 microcomputer; Data Communication Systems; fault
                 diagnosis; inference engine; knowledge base; office
                 automation --- Personnel Training; point-to-point
                 links; telecommunication links --- Computer
                 Interfaces",
}

@Article{Gottschalk:1986:RSD,
  author =       "George R. Gottschalk and Roy M. Vandoorn",
  title =        "Rule-Based System to Diagnose Malfunctioning Computer
                 Peripherals",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "48--53",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "To diagnose malfunctioning peripherals more
                 effectively, the Intelligent Peripheral Troubleshooter
                 (IPT) has been developed. IPT is an expert system that
                 performs a diagnosis of a malfunctioning peripheral
                 based on aspects of its current state. Its following
                 three characteristics are discussed: A peripheral
                 independent inference engine; A system and component
                 representation of a peripheral; and A knowledge base
                 built by an interactive rule-maker. The classic expert
                 system model of separation of knowledge and the
                 inference engine is shown that allows the inference
                 engine to be totally device independent.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "722; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "artificial intelligence; computer peripheral equipment
                 --- Failure; Expert Systems; inference engine;
                 intelligent peripheral troubleshooter (IPT); knowledge
                 base; rule-based system",
}

@Article{Clegg:1986:HOS,
  author =       "Frederick W. Clegg and Gary Shiu-Fan Ho and Steven R.
                 Kusmer and John R. Sontag",
  title =        "{HP-UX} Operating System on {HP} Precision
                 Architecture Computers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "4--12, 15--22",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "HP-UX is the technical operating system of HP
                 Precision Architecture processors. It's an extension of
                 AT\&T's UNIX System V. 2. Its implementation on the
                 Model 840 provides all of the functionality needed for
                 full support of both computer integrated manufacturing
                 (CIM) and design automation (CAD\slash CAE). After a
                 quick summary of HP-UX, this article stresses the
                 contributions to HP-UX made by the HP Information
                 Technology Group project teams responsible for
                 implementing HP-UX or HP Precision Architecture. These
                 contributions include kernel preemption, job control,
                 native language support, and real-time enhancements.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "722; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "computer aided design; computer aided engineering;
                 computer architecture; computer integrated
                 manufacturing; computer operating systems; computers,
                 personal; design automation; HP Precision Architecture
                 computers; HP-UX operating systems; UNIX operating
                 system",
}

@Article{Brown:1986:DBM,
  author =       "Alan S. Brown and Thomas M. Hirata and Ann M. Koehler
                 and Krishnan Vishwanath and Jenny Ng and Michael J.
                 Pechulis and Mark A. Sikes and David E. Singleton and
                 Judson E. Veazey",
  title =        "Data Base Management for {HP} Precision Architecture
                 Computers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "37",
  number =       "12",
  pages =        "33--48",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1986",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "HP ALLBASE supports both network and relational data
                 access and runs under both the MPE XL and the HP-UX
                 operating systems. Migration of existing data bases to
                 the new architecture has been carefully planned for. In
                 addition to ALLBASE, the data base management software
                 for HP Precision Architecture computers includes a
                 migration package that helps customers move their
                 existing data bases and applications to ALLBASE, and
                 query products that allow users to access their HPIMAGE
                 and HPSQL data bases without writing programs. An
                 overview of ALLBASE and all its major software
                 components is given. Described are: transaction
                 management, concurrency control, logging and recovering
                 and various query products.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "computer architecture; data processing, business ---
                 Control; database systems; Management",
}

@Article{Atkinson:1987:LFA,
  author =       "Edward S. Atkinson and Gaylord L. {Wahl, Jr.} and
                 Michael L. Hall and Eric J. Wicklund and Steven K.
                 Peterson",
  title =        "Low-Frequency Analyzer Combines Measurement Capability
                 with Modeling and Analysis Tools",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "38",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "4--16",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1987",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The name FFT analyzer has been applied to a category
                 of signal analysis instruments because their dominant
                 (in some cases, their only) analysis feature has been
                 the calculation of the fast Fourier transform of the
                 input signals for spectrum and network response
                 measurements. The HP 3562A Dynamic Signal Analyzer
                 performs fast, accurate network, spectrum, and waveform
                 measurements from dc to 100 kHz. Measurements include
                 power spectrum, histogram, frequency response, and
                 cross-correlation. These can be performed in real time
                 or on stored data. Built-in analysis and modeling
                 capabilities can derive poles and zeros from measured
                 frequency responses or construct phase and magnitude
                 responses from user-supplied models. Direct control of
                 external digital plotters and disc drives allows easy
                 generation of hard copy and storage of measurement
                 setups and data.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems); B7220 (Signal processing and conditioning
                 equipment and techniques)",
  classification = "723; 921; 942",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Analysis; analysis tools; digital signal processing
                 algorithms; dynamic signal analyzer; electric
                 measurements; electric network analyzers --- Computer
                 Interfaces; fast Fourier transforms; HP 3562A; linear
                 resolution spectrum; low frequency analyser;
                 mathematical transformations --- Fast Fourier
                 Transforms; modeling; network analysers; processing
                 equipment; signal; signal processing; sine network
                 analysis; spectrum and network response measurements;
                 swept; two-channel FFT analyzer",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Blackham:1987:MMD,
  author =       "Raymond C. Blackham and James A. Vasil and Edward S.
                 Atkinson and Ronald W. Potter",
  title =        "Measurement modes and digital demodulation for a
                 low-frequency analyzer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "38",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "17--25",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1987",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP 3562A dynamic signal analyzer provides three
                 different measurement modes for low-frequency spectrum
                 and network analysis from 64$ \mu $Hz to 100 kHz within
                 one instrument with two input channels and a dynamic
                 range of 80 dB: Swept sine; Logarithmic resolution; and
                 FFT-based linear resolution. These measurement modes
                 use advanced digital signal processing algorithms to
                 provide more accurate and more repeatable measurements
                 than previously available with conventional analog
                 circuit approaches.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems); B7220 (Signal processing and conditioning
                 equipment and techniques)",
  classification = "921; 942",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "64 muHz to 100 kHz; analyzer; demodulation ---
                 Measurements; digital demodulation; digital signal;
                 electric measurements; electric network analyzers;
                 FFT-based linear resolution; HP 3562A dynamic signal
                 analyser; logarithmic resolution; low-frequency;
                 low-frequency analyzer; measurement modes; modulation;
                 network analysers; processing algorithms; signal
                 processing --- Digital Techniques; signal processing
                 equipment; swept sine measurement",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Adcock:1987:ASF,
  author =       "James L. Adcock",
  title =        "Analyzer Synthesizes Frequency Response of Linear
                 Systems",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "38",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "25--32",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1987",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A complete capability for synthesizing the frequency
                 response of linear systems based on their pole-zero,
                 pole-residue, or polynomial model is included in the HP
                 3562A Signal Analyzer. This synthesis capability
                 includes table conversion, the ability to convert
                 automatically between the three models. The frequency
                 responses can be frequency scaled and system time
                 delays can be added. The designed system frequency
                 responses are synthesized with exactly the same
                 frequency points as those used by the corresponding HP
                 3562A measurement mode. Hence, the synthesized version
                 of the desired frequency response can be directly
                 compared to the measured response of the actual
                 system.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems); B7220 (Signal processing and conditioning
                 equipment and techniques)",
  classification = "703; 713; 921; 942",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "and zeros; electric filters --- Synthesis; electric
                 measurements; electric network analyzers; frequency
                 response; linear systems; network analysers;
                 pole-residue; pole-zero; poles; polynomial model;
                 signal analyzer; signal processing; signal processing
                 equipment; Synthesis; system time delays; table
                 conversion",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Adcock:1987:CFP,
  author =       "James L. Adcock",
  title =        "Curve Fitter for Pole-Zero Analysis",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "38",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "33--37 (or 33--36??)",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1987",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The curve-fitting algorithm in the HP 3562A Analyzer
                 finds a pole-zero model of a linear system based on the
                 system's measured frequency response. The curve fitter
                 does this by calculating a weighted least-squares fit
                 of a rational polynomial to the measured frequency
                 response. Then the polynomials in the denominator and
                 numerator can be factored to find the poles and zeros
                 of the measured system (or alternatively the
                 pole-residue or polynomial form). Actual curve fits by
                 the HP 3562A for very clean and very noisy
                 measurements.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B0290F (Interpolation and function approximation);
                 B1130 (General analysis and synthesis methods); B7210X
                 (Other instrumentation and measurement systems)",
  classification = "921; 942",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "analysis; analytical model; curve fitter; curve
                 fitting; Curve Fitting; curve fitting algorithm;
                 electric network analyzers; engineering design process;
                 fast Fourier transforms; FFT; HP 3562A analyzer;
                 mathematical techniques; measured frequency response;
                 network analysers; parameter extraction; pole-zero;
                 pole-zero analysis; poles and zeros",
  treatment =    "P Practical; T Theoretical or Mathematical",
}

@Article{Callister:1987:PAH,
  author =       "James R. Callister and Craig W. Pampeyan",
  title =        "Performance Analysis of the {HP} 3000 Series 70
                 Hardware Cache",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "38",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "38--48",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1987",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "This paper gives a description of the methodology with
                 examples drawn from the major component of the HP 3000
                 Series 70 --- the cache memory subsystem. An outline of
                 the generic performance engineering cycle is shown in
                 Fig. 1. The steps of characterization (modeling, design
                 analysis and tracking, benchmarking and product
                 testing) are straightforward. A precise methodology
                 includes the use of sampling theory, statistical
                 analysis, and measurement validation.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5320G (Semiconductor storage)",
  classification = "722; 922",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "3000 Business Computer product line; Analysis; buffer
                 storage; cache memories; cache memory subsystem; data
                 storage units; HP; HP 3000 Series 70 hardware cache;
                 mathematical statistics; measurement validation;
                 modeling; performance analysis; sampling --- Theory;
                 sampling theory; statistical analysis; verification",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Fleischer-Reumann:1987:NFP,
  author =       "Michael Fleischer-Reumann",
  title =        "A new family of precise, reliable, and versatile fiber
                 optic measurement instruments",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "38",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "4--5",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1987",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A new family of Hewlett--Packard fiber optic
                 measurement instruments takes some new approaches to
                 achieve the high goals of reliability and honest
                 accuracy that customers expect and need. The family
                 includes the HP 8152A Optical Average Power Meter,
                 which is used with the HP 81520A and 81521B Optical
                 Heads, the HP 8154B LED Sources, the HP 8158B Optical
                 Attenuators, and the HP 8159A Optical Switch. The
                 fiberless technique used in the HP 8158B Option 002.
                 Optical Attenuator makes it, to our knowledge, the only
                 variable optical attenuator usable in both single-mode
                 and multimode systems. The HP 81520A and 81521B Optical
                 Heads for the HP 8152A Power Meter feature individual
                 wavelength calibration stored in EEPROM and a specially
                 designed high-precision optical interface. All of the
                 instruments have HP-IB (IEEE 488\slash IEC 625)
                 capability for computer-controlled operation in
                 production, R\&D, or maintenance.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B4125 (Fibre optics); B4130 (Optical waveguides);
                 B4260D (Light emitting diodes); B6260 (Optical links
                 and equipment); B7320P (Optical variables)",
  classification = "714; 717; 741; 941",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "81520A and 81521B optical heads; 81521B optical; 8152A
                 optical average power meter; Applications; diodes;
                 fiber optics; fibre optics; heads; Hewlett Packard
                 computers; Hewlett--Packard fiber optic measurement
                 instruments; HP; HP 81520A; HP 8152A optical average
                 power meter; HP 8154B LED sources; HP 8158B optical
                 attenuators; HP 8159A optical switch; instruments;
                 light emitting; optical; optical communication
                 equipment; optical instruments; semiconductor diodes,
                 light emitting; switches; telecommunication links,
                 optical",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Fleischer-Reumann:1987:SLS,
  author =       "Michael Fleischer-Reumann",
  title =        "Stable {LED} Sources for a Wide Range of
                 Applications",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "38",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "6--8",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1987",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Characterization of passive fiber optic components
                 like connectors, splitters, patchcord cables,
                 attenuators, and other devices usually requires a
                 stable light source. The absolute value of its power
                 output is not critical. Stability is the main feature.
                 For fewer problems from interference or modal noise, a
                 light-emitting diode (LED) is preferred over a laser
                 diode. The new HP 8154B Optical Sources provide stable
                 optical power for testing fiber optic components. The
                 HP 8154B Option 001 provides --- 17 dBm (20$ \mu $W) at
                 850 nm, the HP 8154B Option 002 provides --- 20 dBm (10
                 $ \mu $W) at 1300 nm, and the HP 8154B Option 003
                 provides --- 23 dBm (5$ \mu $W) at 1550 nm.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B4125 (Fibre optics); B4130 (Optical waveguides);
                 B4260D (Light emitting diodes)",
  classification = "714; 741",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "fiber optic components; fiber optics --- Components;
                 fibres; generator; Hewlett Packard computers; HP 8154B
                 optical sources; HP 8154B option 001; HP 8154B option
                 002; HP 8154B option 003; HP-IB; IEEE 488/IEC 625;
                 light emitting diode (led) sources; light emitting
                 diodes; light sources; optical; optical testing; power;
                 semiconductor diodes, light emitting --- Stability;
                 square-wave; stable LED sources; stable optical;
                 testing",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Schweikardt:1987:ATO,
  author =       "Horst Schweikardt",
  title =        "An accurate two-channel optical average power meter",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "38",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "8--12 (or 8--11??)",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1987",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "In combination with the HP 81520A or 81521B Optical
                 Head, the HP 8152A Optical Average Power Meter is
                 useful for both absolute and relative power
                 measurements over a wavelength range of 450 to 1700 nm.
                 Two optical inputs are available for power measurements
                 on two channels or for power ratio measurements. The
                 two channels are useful for such applications as
                 checking the insertion loss or attenuation of optical
                 connectors or cables. For automatic test system use,
                 the power meter is programmable via the HP-IB (IEEE
                 488\slash IEC 625). A flexible optical interface
                 connects quickly and easily to all common optical
                 connectors.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B4125 (Fibre optics); B4130 (Optical waveguides);
                 B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
                 B7320P (Optical variables)",
  classification = "722; 723; 741; 941",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "450 to 1700 nm; 488/IEC 625; 81521B optical head;
                 absolute power measurement; attenuation; automatic test
                 system; automatic testing --- Equipment; cables;
                 channels; Computer Interfaces; connectors; data
                 conversion, analog to digital; data conversion, digital
                 to analog; fiber optics; flexible optical interface;
                 Hewlett Packard computers; HP 81520A; HP 8152A; HP
                 8152A mainframe; HP 8152A optical average power meter;
                 HP-IB; HP-interface bus (IB); IEEE; IEEE 488/IEC 625
                 standards; insertion loss; loss measurement;
                 measurements; optical; optical average power meter;
                 optical fibres; optical inputs; optical variables
                 measurement; power measurement; power meter; power
                 ratio; programmability; relative power measurements;
                 two-channel optical average; wavelength",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Flade:1987:OPM,
  author =       "Bernhard Flade and Michael Goder",
  title =        "Optical Power Meter Firmware Development",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "38",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "12--15",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1987",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Objectives for the development of the HP 8152A Optical
                 Power Meter firmware are presented. To save time and
                 effort, software was leveraged from other projects as
                 much as possible. For example, the operating system and
                 the HP-IB kernel software were leveraged from the HP
                 8175A Data Generator project. The software was divided
                 into independent modules that could be developed
                 without interfering with one another. Newly written
                 software was shared among the members of the new
                 instrument family as much as possible. Time was also
                 saved by decoupling the hardware and software designs
                 as long and as much as possible, and by working with
                 good and easy-to-use software tools.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
                 B7320P (Optical variables); C3380B (Electronic
                 instruments); C5140 (Firmware)",
  classification = "722; 723; 741; 941",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "active; adjustments; automatic testing --- Equipment;
                 bugs; channel; channel specific parameters; Computer
                 Interfaces; computer software --- Modular Construction;
                 computerised instrumentation; computers; connected
                 heads; development; fiber optics --- Measurements;
                 firmware; friendly operating concept; Hewlett Packard;
                 HP 8152A optical power meter; HP 8152A optical power
                 meter firmware; HP-IB kernel software; human interface;
                 individual head calibration; linear; logarithmic units;
                 mainframe; optical variables measurement; power
                 measurement; ratio measurements; self-calibration;
                 self-test; self-test capabilities; software; software
                 support; troubleshooting",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Becker:1987:DOP,
  author =       "Josef Becker",
  title =        "Detectors for Optical Power Measurements",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "38",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "16--21",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1987",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Design and characterization of an optical power meter
                 detector are more easily understood if one considers
                 that its parents are the photometer for chemical
                 analysis and the radiation detector in physics labs or
                 national bureaus of standards. In a fiber optic
                 communications link, the detector has to respond to
                 fast and weak digital signals, so its speed and noise
                 performance are optimized, while linearity and
                 stability are of secondary interest. A typical detector
                 for this application is the avalanche photodiode,
                 mounted straight onto the fiber end. Various detectors
                 based on light emitting diodes (LED), laser diodes, or
                 any sort of freely propagating light beams are
                 considered. Optical radiation detectors (ultraviolet,
                 visible, infrared), thermal, pyrolitic and quantum
                 detectors are analyzed. Their homogeneity, angular
                 response, optical interfaces and other characteristics
                 are studied. The calibration and measurement standards
                 are also considered.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6260 (Optical links and equipment); B7230C
                 (Photodetectors); B7230E (Fibre optic sensors); B7320P
                 (Optical variables)",
  classification = "717; 902; 921; 941; 944",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "avalanche; beam intensity; detector; fiber end; fiber
                 optic communications; fiber optic measurement; fiber
                 optics --- Measurements; fibre optic sensors; freely
                 propagating light beam; infrared detectors; intelligent
                 optical power; laser diode; LED; link; measurement;
                 meters; noise performance; optical communication
                 equipment; optical power measurements; optical power
                 meters; optical variables measurement; optical
                 variables measurement --- Standards; Optimization;
                 photodetectors; photodiode; power; pyroelectric
                 detector; quantum detectors; semiconductor diodes,
                 photodiode; speed; telecommunication links, optical;
                 thermopile",
  treatment =    "P Practical; T Theoretical or Mathematical",
}

@Article{Huning:1987:POH,
  author =       "Hans Huning and Emmerich Mueller and Siegmar Schmidt
                 and Michael Fleischer-Reumann",
  title =        "Precision Optical Heads for 850 to 1700 and 450 to
                 1020 Nanometers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "38",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "22--27",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1987",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Both precision optical heads are described. The HP
                 81521B Optical Head is characterized by a wide dynamic
                 range for average power measurements from plus 3 dBm to
                 minus 80 dBm, wide spectral responsivity individually
                 measured in 10-nm steps from 850 nm to 1700 nm and the
                 values stored in each optical head, high stability over
                 a temperature range from 0 degree C to 40 degree C, a
                 well-cooled detector chip for operation up to 55 degree
                 C, a noise floor well below minus 70 dBm, user-friendly
                 optical interfacing, and availability of a large
                 variety of optical adapters and other accessories
                 including a filter holder, a beam splitter, and a bare
                 fiber adapter. The HP 81520A Optical Head is designed
                 for optical average power measurements at shorter
                 wavelengths, including the spectral window from 450 nm
                 to 1020 nm. A wide dynamic range from plus 10 dBm down
                 to minus 100 dBm for average power measurements,
                 spectral responsivity individually measured in 10-nm
                 steps from 450 nm to 1020 nm and the values stored in
                 each head, high stability over a temperature range from
                 0 degree C to plus 55 degree C, and a noise floor well
                 below minus 90 dBm are features of this head. The
                 associated optical power splitter, the electrically
                 erasable programmably read only memory (EEPROM) and the
                 optical interface are also presented.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems); B7230
                 (Sensing devices and transducers)",
  classification = "714; 741; 941",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Accessories; automatic testing --- Instruments;
                 computerised instrumentation; fiber optics --- Testing;
                 Hewlett Packard computers; HP 81520A; HP 81520A optical
                 head; HP 81521B; HP 81521B optical head; HP 8152A
                 optical power; HP 8152A optical power meter; meter;
                 nanometers; nonelectric sensing devices; optical
                 instruments; power measurement; precision optical
                 heads; semiconductor devices --- Applications",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Radermacher:1987:HOC,
  author =       "Wilhelm Radermacher",
  title =        "A high-precision optical connector for optical test
                 and instrumentation",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "38",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "28--30",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1987",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The Diamond HMS-10 H/P Connector is described that is
                 the new family of Hewlett--Packard fiber optic
                 instruments. This high-precision optical connector,
                 developed jointly by Diamond and HP, is used not only
                 in a direct connector-to-connector scheme like a
                 utility connector, but also as an interface to
                 instrumentation containing bulk optical modules. Its
                 key characteristics are reviewed, and the insertion
                 loss is discussed.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A4281C (Fibre testing and measurement of fibre
                 parameters); A4281M (Fibre couplers and connectors);
                 B4125 (Fibre optics); B7230 (Sensing devices and
                 transducers); B7230E (Fibre optic sensors); C7400
                 (Engineering)",
  classification = "717; 741; 941",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Accessories; fiber optic; fiber optic connectors;
                 fiber optic test instrumentation; fiber optics ---
                 Testing; fibre optic sensors; high-precision optical
                 connector; instruments; interface; optical; optical
                 connector; optical coupler; optical couplers; optical
                 instruments; optical testing; telecommunication links,
                 optical --- Reliability; test; utility connector",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Maisenbacher:1987:DAP,
  author =       "Bernd Maisenbacher and Siegmar Schmidt and Michael
                 Schlicker",
  title =        "Design Approach for a Programmable Optical
                 Attenuator",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "38",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "31--35",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1987",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The new HP 8158B Option 002 Optical Attenuator is
                 believed to be the first variable optical attenuator
                 suitable for both single-mode and multimode
                 applications. It handles all fiber core diameters from
                 9 to 100$ \mu $ m and is calibrated at both 1300 nm and
                 1550 nm. For other wavelengths between 1200 nm and 1650
                 nm, it automatically calculates adjustment factors. The
                 HP 8158B Option 001 Optical Attenuator is designed for
                 the wavelength range from 600 to 1200 nm and is
                 calibrated at 850 nm. It handles fiber core diameters
                 from 50 to 100$ \mu $ m. The maximum attenuation range
                 of both attenuators is 60 dB. Resolution is 0.01 dB and
                 typical insertion loss is 1.0 dB for multimode and 2. 0
                 dB for single-mode. Precise calibration and a digital
                 display ensure repeatability within 0.04 dB over a
                 temperature range of 0 to 55 degree C. Optical system,
                 automated calibration with wavelength correction,
                 connector considerations, hardware and software are
                 discussed, and the motor control algorithm is
                 deduced.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B4125 (Fibre optics); B4130 (Optical waveguides);
                 B6260 (Optical links and equipment); B7210B (Automatic
                 test and measurement systems)",
  classification = "705; 731; 741; 921; 941",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "600 to 1200 nm; adjustment factors; Attenuation;
                 attenuator; attenuators; automatic test equipment;
                 computers; electric motors --- Control; fiber core
                 diameters; fiber optics; Hewlett Packard; HP 8158B
                 option 001 optical attenuator; HP 8158B option 002
                 optical; mathematical techniques --- Algorithms;
                 multimode applications; optical communication
                 equipment; optical connectors; optical fibres; optical
                 variables measurement --- Instruments; programmable
                 optical attenuator; single-mode; variable optical
                 attenuator; waveguide attenuators --- Design;
                 wavelength correction; wavelengths",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Fleischer-Reumann:1987:PFO,
  author =       "Michael Fleischer-Reumann",
  title =        "A programmable fiber optic switch",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "38",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "36--??",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1987",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP 8159A Optical Switch is a fiber optic switch
                 designed to simplify measurement systems in production
                 and R\&D environments. The main feature of the switch
                 is its good repeatability, which means that once its
                 three optical paths are characterized in terms of
                 insertion loss, many reliable measurements can be
                 performed without having to do a recalibration cycle.
                 The instrument is described by an example of a typical
                 application.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B2180B (Relays and switches); B4125 (Fibre optics);
                 B4130 (Optical waveguides); B7210B (Automatic test and
                 measurement systems)",
  classification = "741; 941",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "1300 nm; 850 nm; automatic test equipment;
                 computerised instrumentation; fiber optics; fibre
                 optics; Hewlett Packard computers; HP 8159A optical
                 switch; insertion loss; measurement systems; optical
                 instruments --- Components; optical paths; programmable
                 fiber optic switch; R and D environments;
                 repeatability; switches; Switching",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Elmore:1987:QMM,
  author =       "Glenn E. Elmore and Louis J. Salz",
  title =        "Quality Microwave Measurement of Packaged Active
                 Devices",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "38",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "39--48",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1987",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A special fixture, the HP 8510 Microwave Network
                 Analyzer, and the concept of de-embedding provide a
                 solution to a formerly difficult measurement problem.
                 This instrument makes accurate and rapid
                 error-corrected measurements of packaged active
                 devices, including a variety of packaged transistors.
                 Accurate calibration of such a fixture is necessary to
                 provide repeatable and accurate device data.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B0170E (Production facilities and engineering); B7210B
                 (Automatic test and measurement systems); B7310N
                 (Microwave techniques)",
  classification = "714; 715; 942",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "active device measurements pac; applications product;
                 automatic test equipment; computerised instrumentation;
                 de-embedding; electric network analyzers ---
                 Calibration; electronic equipment testing;
                 error-corrected; hardware; Hewlett Packard computers;
                 HP 85014A; HP 85041A transistor test fixture; HP 8510;
                 HP 8510 microwave network analyzer; instrumentation;
                 Instruments; measurements; microwave devices ---
                 Measurements; microwave measurement; microwave
                 measurements; microwave network analyzer; packaged
                 active devices; packaged transistor measurements;
                 software; transistors --- Electronics Packaging",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Fotland:1987:HDF,
  author =       "David A. Fotland and John F. Shelton and William R.
                 Bryg and Ross V. {La Fetra} and Simin I. Boschma and
                 Allan S. Yeh and Edward M. Jacobs",
  title =        "Hardware Design of the First {HP} Precision
                 Architecture Computers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "38",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "4--17",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1987",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP 9000 MODEL 840 and the HP 3000 Series 930 are
                 the first technical and commercial computer products,
                 respectively, to use the new Hewlett--Packard Precision
                 Architecture. HP Precision Architecture combines a
                 simplified, RISC-like instruction set with a powerful
                 coprocessor architecture, a 64-bit virtual memory
                 addressing system, a new high-performance I/O
                 architecture, and provision for multiprocessors. After
                 the history of the project is presented, the design of
                 the central Processing Unit (CPU) is described,
                 including the instruction unit, register file board,
                 execution unit, translation lookaside buffer (TLB),
                 cache and coprocessor. The architectural impact and
                 processor pipeline are also discussed. The performance
                 of the computers is emphasized in examples.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5220 (Computer architecture); C5420 (Mainframes and
                 minicomputers)",
  classification = "722",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "3000 Series 930; 64-bit; 64-bit virtual memory
                 addressing system; architecture; computer architecture;
                 computers; coprocessor architecture; data storage,
                 digital --- Virtual; Design; FAST TTL; Hewlett Packard
                 computers; Hewlett--Packard precision architecture;
                 Hewlett--Packard Precision Architecture;
                 high-performance I/O; HP; HP 3000 series 930; HP 9000
                 model 840; HP 9000 Model 840; HP Precision Architecture
                 computers; I/O system; memory system; minicomputers;
                 multiprocessors; PALs; printed circuit boards; reduced
                 instruction set computers (RISC); reduced instruction
                 set computing; RISC-like instruction set; static RAMs;
                 TTL logic; virtual memory addressing system",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Wylegala:1987:ATS,
  author =       "Thomas B. Wylegala and Long C. Chow and Randy J.
                 Teegarden",
  title =        "An automated test system for the first {HP Precision
                 Architecture} computers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "38",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "18--20",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1987",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 19 07:47:47 2002",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The automated test system for the first computers of
                 the HP Precision Architecture family can test up to ten
                 HP 9000 Model 840 or HP 3000 Series 930 Computers
                 simultaneously. A block diagram of the test system is
                 provided. A Model 840\slash Series 930 Computer
                 configured with two special boards can be connected to
                 the test system via a cable. The test system then has
                 the ability to load diagnostic programs into the Model
                 840\slash Series 930 and monitor the results of those
                 tests. The host for the test system is an HP 9000 Model
                 220, but any HP 9000 machine that runs the HP-UX 5.1
                 operating system could serve as well. Besides testing
                 for proper operation, the system gathers specific
                 failure information and generates summary statistics to
                 be used in improving the manufacturing process.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers); C5470
                 (Performance evaluation and testing); C7430 (Computer
                 engineering)",
  classification = "421; 722; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "automated test system; automatic test equipment;
                 automatic testing; boards; cable; computer peripheral
                 equipment; computer testing; computers; computers ---
                 Monitoring; diagnostic programs; Equipment; failure
                 analysis --- Computer Interfaces; Hewlett Packard;
                 host; HP 3000 Series 930 computers; HP 9000 Model 220;
                 HP 9000 Model 840; HP precision architecture computers;
                 HP Precision Architecture computers; HP-UX 5.1
                 operating system; minicomputers; special; unit under
                 test",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Buchanan:1987:DTC,
  author =       "Gregory F. Buchanan and Francois Gaullier and Olivier
                 Krumeich and Eric Lecesne and Jean-Pierre Picq and Heng
                 V. Te",
  title =        "{Distributed Terminal Controller} for {HP Precision
                 Architecture} Computers Running the {MPE XL} Operating
                 System",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "38",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "21--28",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1987",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP 2345A Distributed Terminal Controller (DTC) is
                 designed for the HP 3000 Series 930 and Series 950
                 Computers. It enables up to 48 asynchronous devices
                 (terminals or serial printers) to be connected to these
                 systems over an IEEE 802.3 local area network (LAN),
                 thereby greatly simplifying the cabling and lowering
                 the associated costs. Future releases will allow a
                 terminal user connected to the DTC to establish a
                 session with an MPE XL system, and then by a simple
                 command, to switch to another MPE XL system on the same
                 LAN. This switching capability, combined with the
                 possibility of distributing the DTC in a building, is a
                 major contribution of this new commercial computer
                 system family.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6210L (Computer communications); C5420 (Mainframes
                 and minicomputers); C5610N (Network interfaces); C5610P
                 (Peripheral interfaces); C5620L (Local area networks)",
  classification = "722; 723; 731; 902",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "asynchronous; Computer Interfaces; computer
                 interfaces; computer networks --- Local Networks;
                 control systems, distributed parameter; devices; DTC;
                 Hewlett Packard computers; HP 2345A Distributed; HP
                 2345A distributed terminal controller (DTC); HP 3000
                 Series 930; HP precision architecture computers; HP
                 Precision Architecture computers; IEEE 802.3 local area
                 network; IEEE 802.3 local area network (LAN); LAN;
                 local area; minicomputers; MPE XL operating; networks;
                 serial printers; Series 950 computers; SPU cabinet;
                 standards; system; system processing unit; terminal
                 connections; Terminal Controller",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Pettis:1987:HPA,
  author =       "Karl W. Pettis and William B. Buzbee",
  title =        "{Hewlett--Packard Precision Architecture} compiler
                 performance",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "38",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "29--35",
  month =        mar,
  year =         "1987",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "This paper describes the influence performance
                 criteria had on the implementation of the new compilers
                 and how various problems were overcome. First, the
                 influence that the high-level languages had on the
                 design of the instruction set is described. Specific
                 examples of instructions are given that enable the
                 compilers to implement some high level constructs
                 efficiently, and to avoid problems that some see as
                 inevitable with a reduced instruction set computer
                 (RISC). Next, the problem of doing truly complex
                 operations is described. These operations are sometimes
                 implemented as instructions on traditional machines.
                 Instead, it was decided to implement a streamline
                 procedure calling convention and a group of routines
                 known as Millicode to solve such problems. Finally, the
                 results for specific examples are presented.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers); C6150C
                 (Compilers, interpreters and other processors)",
  classification = "723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Architecture; codes, symbolic; compilers; computer
                 operating systems; convention; convention procedure;
                 hardware; Hewlett Packard computers; Hewlett--Packard
                 Precision; high-level language interfaces; HP Precision
                 Architecture machines; instruction; instruction sets;
                 low-level interface; Millicode; millicode routines;
                 minicomputers; performance criteria; Program Compilers;
                 program compilers; set; true complex operations",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Neumann:1987:DSG,
  author =       "Uwe Neumann and Michael Vogt and Friedhelm Brilhaus
                 and Frank Husfeld",
  title =        "Digital Signal Generator Combines Digital and Analog
                 Worlds",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "38",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "4--12",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1987",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP 8175A digital signal generator is capable of
                 providing up to three different types of output stimuli
                 depending on the selected configuration. It can be
                 configured by simple keystroke as either a 24-channel
                 parallel data generator, a two-channel serial data
                 generator, or a two-channel arbitrarily programmable
                 waveform generator. A combination of two types of
                 output stimuli is also possible. For instance, a
                 digital data sequence can be generated while the analog
                 equivalent or a different analog function is generated
                 by the analog part of the machine.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250E (Signal generators); C3210 (Control systems and
                 instrumentation)",
  classification = "715; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "24-channel parallel data generator; Design; digital
                 instrumentation; digital patterns; generators; Hewlett
                 Packard computers; HP 8175A digital signal generator;
                 keystroke; output stimuli; serial data generator;
                 signal; signal generators; signal processing ---
                 Digital Techniques; simple; two-channel; two-channel
                 arbitrarily programmable; two-channel arbitrarily
                 programmable waveform generator; two-channel serial
                 data generator; waveform generator",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Hakenjos:1987:UIS,
  author =       "Ulrich Hakenjos and Wolfgang Srok and Ruediger
                 Kreiser",
  title =        "User Interface and Software Architecture for a Data
                 and Arbitrary Waveform Generator",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "38",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "12--20",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1987",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A complex, versatile, and powerful instrument like the
                 HP 8175A Data Generator requires a human interface that
                 is easy to learn and comfortable to use. The HP 8175A
                 human interface is based on a cursor-driven menu
                 concept similar to that of the HP 1630 Logic Analyzer.
                 A special feature of the HP 8175A is that the user can
                 preset changes of settings or conditions, such as data
                 patterns or cycling conditions, while the HP 8175A is
                 running. The new conditions can then be transferred to
                 the outputs of some convenient time. A powerful new
                 capability is the creation of timing diagrams (data
                 generator) and waveforms (optional arbitrary waveform
                 generator) by means of a graphic editor that includes
                 several interpolation capabilities, a pattern editor,
                 or a calculator mode.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250E (Signal generators); C3210 (Control systems and
                 instrumentation); C6100 (Software techniques and
                 systems)",
  classification = "715; 723; 921",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "9-inch CRT; arbitrary waveform generator;
                 architecture; computer architecture; computer graphics;
                 Computer Interfaces; computer software; concept;
                 conditions; cursor-driven menu; data waveform
                 generator; digital instrumentation; display page;
                 generator; generators; Hewlett Packard computers; HP
                 8175A data; HP 8175A data generator; HP 8175A human
                 interface; mathematical techniques --- Interpolation;
                 settings; signal; signal generators; software; timing
                 diagrams; user interface; user interfaces",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Wilson:1987:PSS,
  author =       "Edward L. Wilson and Kelly A. Sznaider and Clemen
                 Jue",
  title =        "A planning solution for the semiconductor industry",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "38",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "21--27",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1987",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "PL-10 is a master planning tool developed by
                 Hewlett--Packard for the semiconductor manufacturing
                 industry. It addresses the task of medium-range
                 production planning (up to 2 years) for a
                 geographically distributed semiconductor division or
                 company. PL-10 helps the planner develop master
                 production schedules for all major areas of a
                 semiconductor company: wafer FAB, sort, assembly, and
                 test. The planner enters basic planning parameters ---
                 product demand forecasts, time-phased WIP
                 (work-in-process) availability, product yields, and
                 lead times --- either manually or through batch files.
                 PL-10 works backward from product demand to determine
                 wafer requirements, which the planner can review and
                 modify. It then projects forward from planned wafer
                 starts to expected shipments. The planner can review
                 rough-cut capacity use projections and associate
                 component requirements with product demand. Repeated
                 iterations of this process result in a workable
                 companywide production plan.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits); C7410D
                 (Electronic engineering)",
  classification = "714; 723; 913",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "assembly; batch files; component requirements; data
                 processing, business --- File Organization; expected
                 shipments; geographically distributed; Hewlett Packard
                 computers; Hewlett--Packard; integrated circuit
                 manufacture; lead times; master planning tool; master
                 production schedules; medium-range; PL-10; pl-10 master
                 planning tool; planned wafer start; Planning; planning
                 parameters; planning solution; product demand; product
                 demand forecasts; product yields; production planning;
                 projections; rough-cut capacity; scheduling; scheduling
                 --- Computer Applications; semiconductor company;
                 semiconductor device manufacture; semiconductor
                 division; semiconductor manufacturing industry; sort;
                 test; time-phased; time-phased WIP (work-in-process)
                 availability; wafer fab; wafer requirements; WIP
                 availability",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Barrett:1987:SPD,
  author =       "George E. Barrett and John H. Lau",
  title =        "A study of panel deflection of partially routed
                 printed circuit boards",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "38",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "29--34 (or 29--33??)",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1987",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "To reduce machine setup time during the manufacture
                 and assembly of printed circuit boards, small circuit
                 boards are processed in subpanel form. A subpanel
                 consists of one or more finished boards still attached
                 to a supportive frame. To facilitate separation of the
                 boards after assembly, a partial router path is cut
                 around the perimeter of each board, so that the boards
                 are held in place by connecting tabs. Since the
                 elimination of partial routing would require the
                 development of a more sophisticated and costly
                 depanelization process, a finite element analysis was
                 used to determine the impact of routing paths on panel
                 rigidity. The primary objective of this analysis was to
                 characterize the deflection of a printed circuit board
                 that had been partially routed and to compare the panel
                 deflection with the specification for panel flatness.
                 Induced stresses were also characterized, to verify
                 that material failure did not occur.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B0290 (Numerical analysis); B2210D (Printed circuit
                 manufacture)",
  classification = "423; 713; 921; 931",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "board deflection; board length; connecting tabs;
                 depanelization; finished boards; finite element
                 analysis; flatness; induced stresses; mathematical
                 techniques --- Finite Element Method; panel; panel
                 deflection; panel rigidity; partial; partially routed
                 printed circuit boards; perimeter; printed circuit
                 manufacture; printed circuits; router path; routing
                 paths; Structural Analysis; structural panels ---
                 Stresses; subpanel form; supportive frame; surface
                 mount boards",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Drake:1987:RTA,
  author =       "H. Dean Drake and Duane E. Wolting",
  title =        "Reliability Theory Applied to Software Testing",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "38",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "35--39",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1987",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The execution-time theory of software reliability is
                 extended to the software testing process by
                 introduction of an accelerating factor. It is shown
                 that the accelerating factor can be determined from
                 repair data and used to make prerelease estimates of
                 software reliability for similar products.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B0170N (Reliability); C6100 (Software techniques and
                 systems)",
  classification = "723; 922",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "accelerated life cycle testing; accelerating factor;
                 Applications; computer software --- Testing;
                 execution-time theory; failure analysis; failure rate;
                 prerelease estimates; program testing; reliability
                 theory; repair data; software reliability; software
                 reliability model; software testing",
  treatment =    "G General Review; P Practical",
}

@Article{Atkinson:1987:LAC,
  author =       "Edward S. Atkinson and Gaylord L. {Wahl, Jr.} and
                 Michael L. Hall and Eric J. Wicklund and Steven K.
                 Peterson",
  title =        "Low-Frequency Analyzer Combines Measurement Capability
                 with Modeling and Analysis Tools",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "38",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "4--15",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1987",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 19 07:47:53 2002",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The name FFT Analyzer has been applied to a category
                 of signal analysis instruments because their dominant
                 (in some cases, their only) analysis feature has been
                 the calculation of the fast Fourier transform of the
                 input signals for spectrum and network response
                 measurements.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "601; 608; 722; 723; 731",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "computer aided design; computer peripheral equipment
                 --- Terminals; control systems, numerical; database
                 systems; dynamic signal analyzer; Equipment; machinery
                 --- Control; mechanical engineering --- Assembly;
                 spectrum and network response measurements; two-channel
                 FFT analyzer",
}

@Article{Werner:1987:MCG,
  author =       "Kalr-Heinz Werner and Stephen Yie and Friedhelm M.
                 Ottliczky and Harold B. Prince and Heinz Diebel",
  title =        "{ME CAD} Geometry Construction, Dimensioning,
                 Hatching, and Part Structuring",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "38",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "16--29",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1987",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Creating Mechanical Part Drawings is a necessary part
                 of the design process for mechanical engineers and
                 drafting and documentation support personnel. Using an
                 HP ME Series 5/10 Workstation makes this task easier,
                 simplifies the work required to make revisions later,
                 and provides a data base that can be used by other
                 designers and subsequent manufacturing facilities. The
                 tools provided with the ME Series 5/10 allow a user to
                 create and manipulate simple geometric entities.
                 Construction lines, circles, arcs, fillets, polygons
                 and splines are described by vector algebra, and all
                 quantities are expressed as multiples of real
                 numbers.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "608; 722; 723; 921",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "computer aided design; computer graphics; computer
                 peripheral equipment --- Terminals; data processing ---
                 Data Structures; HP me series 5/10 workstation;
                 mathematical techniques --- Geometry; mechanical
                 engineering --- Design; mechanical part drawings;
                 multiples of real numbers; vector algebra",
}

@Article{Harmon:1987:ASE,
  author =       "Paul Harmon",
  title =        "Alpha Site Evaluation of Me Series 5/10",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "38",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "30--33",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1987",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "An alpha\slash test site for ME Series 5/10 CAD
                 systems is used for the evaluation of the new software
                 package. Although lacking three-dimensional solids
                 modeling capability, ME Series 10 is intended to be the
                 user interface for a new three-dimensional modeling
                 system. Advantages and missing capabilities are
                 discussed.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "608; 722; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "alpha site evaluation; computer aided design ---
                 Testing; computer graphics; computer hardware; computer
                 peripheral equipment; computer software; Evaluation; me
                 series 5/10 CAD; mechanical engineering --- Computer
                 Applications",
}

@Article{Piety:1987:IDT,
  author =       "Robert A. Piety",
  title =        "Intrabuilding Data Transmission Using Power-Line
                 Wiring",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "38",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "35--40",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1987",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "An investigation of the transfer and noise
                 characteristics of intrabuilding power lines has
                 indicated the feasibility of their use for local data
                 communication at data rates greater than 100 kbits/s.
                 Within certain constraints, data rates of 1 Mbits/s or
                 greater are possible. This paper discusses typical
                 powerline characteristics in the 1-to-20-MHz region and
                 one implementation of a 100-kbits/s spread spectrum
                 data link operating in the 3.5-to-10.5-MHz range.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "706; 716; 722",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "carrier-current communication; computers --- Data
                 Communication Equipment; data rates greater than 100
                 kbits/s; data transmission; electric lines --- Carrier
                 Transmission; electric wiring, buildings; intrabuilding
                 data transmission; radio transmission --- Spread
                 Spectrum; telecommunication links, radio",
}

@Article{Malzbender:1987:PTO,
  author =       "Thomas Malzbender",
  title =        "Permuted Trace Ordering Allows Low-Cost,
                 High-Resolution Graphics Input",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "38",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "4--7",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1987",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The task of any graphics tablet is to provide the host
                 computer with information corresponding to the position
                 of a pen-like stylus relative to the top surface of the
                 tablet, commonly referred to as the platen. This
                 capability allows the user to input graphical data in a
                 more natural manner for applications such as menu
                 picking, CAD (computer-aided design), sketching, and
                 drawing. A scheme that substantially reduces the number
                 of trace drivers required provides an inexpensive, but
                 high-performance graphics tablet for HP's HP-HIL
                 family.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
  classification = "722; 723",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "45911A Graphics Tablet; computer aided design;
                 computer graphic equipment; computer graphics; computer
                 interfaces --- Human Factors; footprint; Hewlett
                 Packard computers; high-resolution graphics input; HP;
                 HP 45911A graphics tablet; HP's human interface link
                 (HP-HIL); Interactive; permuted trace ordering; systems
                 science and cybernetics --- Man Machine Systems",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Starr:1987:HHI,
  author =       "Robert R. Starr",
  title =        "The {Hewlett--Packard Human Interface Link}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "38",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "8--12",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1987",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Connecting human-input devices to personal computers
                 and workstations is simplified by the definition of an
                 interface link that adapts to the devices on the link
                 and allows them to be added or disconnected during
                 operation. The Hewlett--Packard Human Interface Link
                 (HP-HIL) is an intelligent, low-cost interface for
                 connecting human-speed input devices (e. g., keyboards,
                 mice, and digitizing tablets) to personal computers and
                 workstations. HP-HIL can support up to seven such
                 devices at one time by daisy-chaining them together
                 through a single port on the computer. There are no
                 restrictions on the type and order of the devices
                 connected. Users can easily expand their system by
                 simply plugging in additional input devices.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5610P (Peripheral interfaces)",
  classification = "722; 723",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "computer graphics; computer interfaces; computer
                 peripheral equipment; daisy-chaining; data collection;
                 Hewlett Packard computers; Hewlett--Packard Human
                 Interface Link; Hewlett--Packard human interface link
                 (HP-HIL); HP-HIL; Human Factors; human-operated input
                 devices; human-speed input devices; input devices;
                 interface; interfaces; low-cost; personal computers;
                 port; standard input device; systems science and
                 cybernetics --- Man Machine Systems; user;
                 workstations",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Herington:1987:SVU,
  author =       "Daniel E. Herington and Paul A. Nichols and Roger D.
                 Lipp",
  title =        "Software Verification Using Branch Analysis",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "38",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "13--22",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1987",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Imposing branch coverage requirements on a software
                 testing project can be counterproductive unless a
                 comprehensive branch analysis methodology is followed.
                 This paper addresses the problems and issues of using
                 branch analysis during software testing. We begin by
                 discussing common software testing metrics, including
                 the branch coverage metric. We then discuss software
                 testing, both functional and structural, using branch
                 analysis.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6110B (Software engineering techniques); C6150G
                 (Diagnostic, testing, debugging and evaluating
                 systems)",
  classification = "723",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "automatic testing --- Analysis; branch analysis;
                 branch coverage metric; code; computer software;
                 decision points; execution; functional testing;
                 meantime between failures (MTBF); metrics; probes;
                 procedure calls; program testing; program verification;
                 software engineering; software testing; software
                 testing metrics; software verification; Testing",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Nishi:1987:DVC,
  author =       "Yoshio Nishi",
  title =        "Direction of {VLSI CMOS} Technology",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "38",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "24--25",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1987",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Since stochastic fluctuation of device and process
                 parameters becomes more significant with increasing
                 numbers of transistors on a chip, there is a strong
                 requirement for increased noise immunity and decreased
                 power consumption in higher density circuits. Although
                 low-power CMOS circuits were invented in the 1960s,
                 they did not increase in importance until integration
                 density exceeded 100,000 devices\slash chip. Since then
                 CMOS has penetrated into static memories as well as
                 microprocessors. This article will briefly review the
                 current status of CMOS technology and discuss
                 engineering challenges for future microcircuit
                 technology.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "714",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "100,000 devices/chip; complementary MOS (CMOS); higher
                 density circuits; integrated circuits, VLSI ---
                 Components; microcircuit technology; Noise;
                 semiconductor devices, MOS; transistors",
}

@Article{Watkins:1987:SAU,
  author =       "Marvin L. Watkins",
  title =        "Software Architecture and the {UNIX} Operating System:
                 an Introduction to Interprocess Communication",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "38",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "26--36",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1987",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Signals, pipes, shared memory, and message queues are
                 some of the facilities provided by the UNIX operating
                 system for communication among software modules. The
                 strengths and weaknesses of each facility are
                 discussed. The discussion is organized into three major
                 sections. The first section deals with some fundamental
                 ideas and concepts of software engineering that arise
                 in multiprocessing systems. Here, the important
                 concepts of complexity, modularity, concurrency, and
                 synchronization are presented. The second section deals
                 with use and performance issues that arise with the
                 UNIX operating system's interprocess communication
                 (IPC) facilities. In this section, the UNIX IPC
                 facilities ranked for various uses and data is
                 presented to support the ranking. The third section
                 discusses each IPC facility in detail.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6150J (Operating systems)",
  classification = "723",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "complexity; computer architecture; computer operating
                 systems; computer programs; computer software ---
                 Modular Construction; computers; concurrency; Data
                 Communication Systems; engineering; exchange;
                 information; information sharing; interprocess
                 communication; interprocess communication (IPC);
                 message queues; modularity; multiprocessing programs;
                 multiprocessing systems; operating systems (computers);
                 performance; shared memory; software; software
                 architecture; software communications; software
                 engineering; synchronization; UNIX IPC; UNIX operating
                 system; use",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Haworth:1987:DDM,
  author =       "David J. Haworth and John R. Pottinger and Murdo J.
                 McKissock",
  title =        "Dedicated Display Monitors Digital Radio Patterns",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "38",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "4--10, 12--13",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1987",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "One way of displaying the complex waveforms generated
                 in digital radio systems is the constellation display,
                 a method that allows rapid visual evaluation of a
                 system's performance. The waveforms are random
                 multilevel wideband signals, and require a
                 high-performance sampling oscilloscope to display them.
                 The HP 3709A Constellation Display described is a
                 specially engineered two-channel sampling
                 oscilloscope.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6250 (Radio links and equipment); B7210B (Automatic
                 test and measurement systems); B7250G (Display,
                 recording and indicating instruments)",
  classification = "715; 716; 741",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "automatic test equipment; cathode-ray oscilloscopes;
                 computerised monitoring; constellation pattern
                 monitoring; digital communication systems; digital
                 radio; digital radio patterns; display devices;
                 electronic equipment testing; eye pattern monitoring;
                 HP 3709A constellation display; in-phase (I) channel;
                 Monitoring; oscilloscopes, cathode ray --- Sampling;
                 quadrature (Q) channel; radio receivers; sampling
                 oscilloscope; two-channel; two-channel sampling
                 oscilloscope; waveform analysis",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{McKissock:1987:CMT,
  author =       "Murdo J. McKissock",
  title =        "Constellation Measurement: a Tool for Evaluating
                 Digital Radio",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "38",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "13--17",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1987",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The constellation display is an invaluable tool for
                 alignment and fault diagnosis of digital radios, and an
                 important indicator of the radio's performance margin.
                 The HP 3709A Constellation Display is the first
                 commercial instrument that provides the capability to
                 make quantitative measurements of a constellation.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6250 (Radio links and equipment); B7210B (Automatic
                 test and measurement systems); B7250G (Display,
                 recording and indicating instruments)",
  classification = "716; 741; 942",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "3709A constellation display; automatic test equipment;
                 cathode-ray oscilloscopes; computerised monitoring;
                 constellation measurement; digital communication
                 systems; digital communication systems --- Evaluation;
                 digital radio evaluation; digital radios; display
                 devices; electric measurements; electronic equipment
                 testing; HP; radio --- Performance; radio receivers",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Waters:1987:DRN,
  author =       "Geoffrey Waters",
  title =        "A digital radio noise and interference test set",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "38",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "19--26",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1987",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "HP 3708A Noise and Interference Test Set for
                 evaluating long-haul digital telecommunications systems
                 is described. This instrument facilitates the
                 measurement of the bit error ratio (BER) under
                 simulated path fade conditions. A desired
                 carrier-to-noise (C/N) or carrier-to interference (C/I)
                 ratio can be established and maintained in the presence
                 of received radio signal variations.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B5210C (Radiowave propagation); B5230 (Electromagnetic
                 compatibility and interference); B6250D (Point-to-point
                 radio systems); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
                 systems); B7310Z (Other electric variables)",
  classification = "716; 942",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "automatic test equipment; bit error ratio (ber); C/I
                 ratio; C/N ratio; carrier-to-interference (C/I) ratio;
                 carrier-to-noise (C/N) ratio; conditions; digital
                 communication system; digital communication systems;
                 digital radio; digital radio noise; electric measuring
                 instruments; electric noise measurement; electronic
                 equipment testing; HP 3708A; interference;
                 Measurements; microwave links; microwave radio; noise
                 and interference; path fade; radio interference ---
                 Testing; radio receivers; radio receivers --- Noise;
                 radiofrequency; simulated path fade conditions; test
                 set",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Lymer:1987:MPA,
  author =       "Anthony Lymer",
  title =        "Microprocessor-Enhanced Performance in an Analog Power
                 Meter",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "38",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "26--30",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1987",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP 3708A Noise and Interference Test Set can be
                 used to test microwave point-to-point radios. It
                 simulates flat (frequency independent) fading and
                 co-channel and adjacent channel interference by
                 injecting band-limited noise or interference into the
                 IF stages of the radio. The instrument continuously
                 monitors the incoming carrier level and adjusts the
                 impairment level to maintain an accurate
                 carrier-to-noise (C/N) ratio or carrier-to-interference
                 (C/I) ratio. This feature is particularly convenient
                 when live radio traffic is being used as the test
                 signal to measure fade margin.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B5210C (Radiowave propagation); B5230 (Electromagnetic
                 compatibility and interference); B6250D (Point-to-point
                 radio systems); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
                 systems); B7310F (Power and energy)",
  classification = "716; 722; 942",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "3708A noise and interference test set; analog power
                 meter; automatic test equipment; carrier-;
                 carrier-to-interference (C/I) ratio;
                 carrier-to-interference ratio; carrier-to-noise (C/N)
                 ratio; channel interference; Computer Interfaces;
                 custom; digital communication systems; digital radio;
                 electric measurements --- Power; electric measuring
                 instruments; electronic equipment testing; HP; HP 3708A
                 noise and interference test set; measurement;
                 microprocessor-based instrument; microwave links;
                 microwave point-to-; point radios; power; radio
                 interference --- Testing; radio receivers; radio
                 receivers --- Noise; radio transmission --- Fading;
                 radiofrequency interference; telecommunication links,
                 microwave; thermal converter IC; to-noise ratio",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Rasaratnam:1987:AWN,
  author =       "Dayananda K. Rasaratnam",
  title =        "An accurate wideband noise generator and a
                 high-stability reference source",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "38",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "30--32, 34--36",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1987",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP 3708A Noise and Interference Test Set simulates
                 microwave flat fade conditions by injecting noise of
                 defined spectral density into the IF section of a radio
                 receiver. It automatically maintains a selected
                 carrier-to noise (C/N) ratio by adjusting the noise
                 power level so that reliable measurements can be made
                 to evaluate the performance of the radio. This requires
                 an accurate wideband noise generator and a
                 high-stability reference source in the instrument.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B5210C (Radiowave propagation); B5230 (Electromagnetic
                 compatibility and interference); B6250D (Point-to-point
                 radio systems); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
                 systems); B7250E (Signal generators)",
  classification = "715; 716",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "automatic test equipment; carrier-to-noise;
                 carrier-to-noise (C/N) ratio; digital communication
                 systems; digital radio; electronic equipment testing;
                 generators; high-; high-stability reference source; HP
                 3708A noise and interference; HP 3708A noise and
                 interference test set; Measurements; microwave flat
                 fade conditions; microwave links; noise; radio ---
                 Performance; radio receiver; radio receiver performance
                 evaluation; radio receivers; radio receivers --- Noise;
                 radiofrequency interference; ratio; reference circuits;
                 signal generators; stability reference source; test
                 set; testing; wideband noise generator",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Duff:1987:ART,
  author =       "John A. Duff",
  title =        "Automated Radio Testing Shortens Test Time and
                 Enhances Accuracy",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "38",
  number =       "7",
  pages =        "36--37, 39",
  month =        jul,
  year =         "1987",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "When testing the flat fade performance of a digital
                 radio, a series of repetitive measurements have to be
                 made to produce a complete curve. If a typical
                 characteristic plot consists of ten measured points
                 (each averaged over three readings), the overall test
                 would take about one hour. By using the HP 3708A Noise
                 and Interference Test Set to vary the IF C/N level
                 directly, this test time can be reduced to around 20
                 minutes while increasing the measurement accuracy and
                 repeatability.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B5210C (Radiowave propagation); B5230 (Electromagnetic
                 compatibility and interference); B6250D (Point-to-point
                 radio systems); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
                 systems); B7310Z (Other electric variables); C7410F
                 (Communications); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
  classification = "716; 942",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "applications; automatic test equipment; Automatic
                 Testing; bit error; digital communication systems;
                 digital communication systems --- Equipment; digital
                 microwave radio; digital radio; digital radio receiver
                 testing; electric measurements --- Performance;
                 electric noise measurement; electronic equipment
                 testing; fading; flat fade performance; Hewlett Packard
                 computers; HP 3708A noise and; HP 3708S noise and
                 interference measurement; HP 9000; HP-IB; IEC 625; IEEE
                 488; interference test set; microcomputer; microwave
                 links; radio; radio interference --- Measurements;
                 radio receivers; radio receivers --- Noise; radio
                 transmission --- Fading; radiofrequency interference;
                 rate test sets; system; telecommunications computing;
                 testing",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Wechsler:1987:HBC,
  author =       "Susan L. Wechsler",
  title =        "A handheld {Business Consultant}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "38",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "4--10",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1987",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "HP's Business Consultant is an advanced handheld
                 calculator that combines many of the most popular
                 features of the earlier HP-12C with enhancements such
                 as a menu-driven user interface, customization without
                 programming, a four-line dot-matrix display, and an
                 infrared transmitter for sending data to an optional
                 cordless printer. Because the Business Consultant uses
                 the same CPU as the HP-71B Handheld Computer, its
                 financial calculations run at least 15 times faster
                 than those on the HP-12C.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
  classification = "722; 723; 741; 921",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "calculator; computer interfaces; computers; data
                 processing, business; display; display devices;
                 electronic calculators; four-line dot-matrix; four-line
                 dot-matrix display; handheld; handheld Business
                 Consultant; Hewlett Packard; Hewlett Packard computers;
                 HP-18C handheld business consultant; infrared
                 transmitter; mathematical instruments --- Pocket
                 Calculators; menu-driven user interface; portable",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Wickes:1987:ERC,
  author =       "William C. Wickes",
  title =        "An evolutionary {RPN} calculator for technical
                 professionals",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "38",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "11--17",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1987",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP-28C provides the most extensive mathematical
                 capabilities ever available in a handheld calculator.
                 Its built-in feature set exceeds even the capabilities
                 of the earlier HP-71B Handheld Computer with its Math
                 ROM. Furthermore, the HP-28C introduces a new dimension
                 in calculator math operations --- symbolic algebra and
                 calculus. A user can perform many real and complex
                 number calculations with purely symbolic quantities,
                 delaying numerical evaluation indefinitely. This allows
                 a user to formulate a problem, work through to a
                 solution, and study the mathematical properties of the
                 solution entirely on the calculator.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
  classification = "723; 921",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "calculations; calculator; calculus; complex number;
                 computer metatheory; electronic calculators; handheld;
                 Hewlett Packard computers; HP-28C; HP-28C scientific
                 handheld calculator; mathematical capabilities;
                 mathematical instruments; professionals; real and
                 complex number calculations; real number calculations;
                 reverse Polish notation (RPN) calculator; RPN
                 calculator; symbolic algebra; symbolic algebra and
                 calculus; technical",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Layman:1987:MDH,
  author =       "Judith A. Layman and Mark A. Smith",
  title =        "Mechanical Design of the {HP-18C} and {HP-28C}
                 Handheld Calculators",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "38",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "17--20",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1987",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP-18C represents a new mechanical design for HP
                 handheld calculators. These products use a vertical
                 clam-shell format with a simplified keyboard in a
                 coat-pocket-size package. Using the productivity
                 advantages provided by the use of CAD\slash CAM
                 (computer-aided design and manufacturing) tools, the
                 package was designed for manufacturability and then
                 thoroughly tested for reliability to ensure quality
                 performance for the customer.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
  classification = "715; 723; 921",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "CAD/CAM; coat-pocket-size package; computer aided
                 design; computer aided manufacturing; electronic
                 calculators; electronics packaging --- Testing;
                 handheld calculators; Hewlett Packard computers;
                 HP-18C; HP-18C and HP-28C handheld calculators; HP-28C;
                 mathematical instruments; mechanical design;
                 performance; quality; reliability; vertical clam-shell
                 format",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Patton:1987:SCH,
  author =       "C. M. Patton",
  title =        "Symbolic computation for handheld calculators",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "38",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "21--25",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1987",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5430 (Microcomputers); C6150J (Operating systems)",
  keywords =     "calculator development; electronic calculators;
                 expert-; handheld calculators; Hewlett Packard; Hewlett
                 Packard computers; operating; operating system;
                 prototyping environment; RAM space; research and
                 development projects; ROM space; symbolic computation;
                 symbolic mathematics operations; system capabilities;
                 systems (computers)",
  treatment =    "G General Review; P Practical",
}

@Article{Hauge:1987:MHP,
  author =       "B. R. Hauge and R. E. Dunlap and C. D. Hoekstra and
                 Chong Num Kwee and P. R. {Van Loan}",
  title =        "A multichip hybrid printed circuit board for advanced
                 handheld calculators",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "38",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "25--30",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1987",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B2210 (Printed circuits); C5430 (Microcomputers)",
  keywords =     "calculators; circuits; display; drivers; electronic
                 calculators; epoxy layer; gold wire bonds; gold-plated
                 pads; handheld; Hewlett Packard computers; HP-18C;
                 HP-28C; liquid-crystal display; microprocessor;
                 multichip hybrid printed circuit board; printed",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{McClellan:1987:ESH,
  author =       "Paul J. McClellan",
  title =        "An equation solver for a handheld calculator",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "38",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "30--34",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1987",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The ideal equation solver reliably finds all solutions
                 for an arbitrary variable in any equation defined by
                 the user. Since this is probably impossible in general,
                 more realistic expectations are to solve for an
                 arbitrary variable in a wide range of equations, to
                 provide understandable and reliable diagnostic
                 information should the solver fail to find a solution,
                 and to provide the means for using the solver to obtain
                 multiple solutions of an equation if more than one
                 solution exists. These were the design objectives for
                 the equation solver in the HP-18C Business
                 Consultant.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
  classification = "921",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "arbitrary variable; combination of direct and
                 iterative solvers; electronic calculators; equation
                 solver; handheld calculator; Hewlett Packard; Hewlett
                 Packard computers; HP-18C business consultant; HP-18C
                 Business Consultant; mathematical instruments ---
                 Pocket Calculators; mathematical techniques",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Brown:1987:EDA,
  author =       "Preston D. Brown and Gregory J. May and Megha Shyam",
  title =        "Electronic Design of an Advanced Technical Handheld
                 Calculator",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "38",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "34--39",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1987",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The design of an advanced handheld calculator such as
                 the HP-28C requires solutions of some special problems:
                 how to package the system in a limited space, how to
                 provide power from three small batteries for six
                 months, how to keep the cost down, and how to release
                 the new design in less than 18 months. These challenges
                 were met by designing three custom CMOS ICs, packaging
                 the electronics using chip-on-board and surface-mount
                 technologies, and using powerful design aids. The
                 HP-28C includes a four-line liquid-crystal display
                 (LCD), 128K bytes of ROM, 2K bytes of RAM, a clock, and
                 an infrared transmitter for sending data to an optional
                 detached printer. The HP-18C Business Consultant
                 contains the same electronics, but only one ROM.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
  classification = "713; 715; 722; 741; 921",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "128 Kbytes; 2 Kbytes; advanced technical handheld
                 calculator; chip-on-board; chip-on-board and
                 surface-mount technologies; crystal display; custom
                 CMOS; data storage, digital; display devices --- Liquid
                 Crystal; electronic calculators; electronic design;
                 electronic equipment; electronics packaging; Hewlett
                 Packard computers; HP-18C business consultant; HP-28C;
                 ICs; liquid-; mathematical instruments --- Pocket
                 Calculators; printed circuits; ROM; surface-mount
                 technologies",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Mangelsdorf:1987:VPH,
  author =       "Steven T. Mangelsdorf and Darrell M. Burns and Paul K.
                 French and Charles R. Headrick and Darius F.
                 Tanksalvala",
  title =        "A {VLSI} processor for {HP Precision Architecture}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "38",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "4--11",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1987",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "This paper describes the VLSI chip set used in the
                 processors of three HP Precision Architecture
                 computers: the HP 3000 Series 950 and the HP 9000
                 Models 850S and 825. The Series 950 and Model 850S
                 processors are identical. All of the chips are designed
                 in HP's NMOS-III process. NMOS-III is a
                 high-performance NMOS process with 1.7-$ \mu $ m drawn
                 channel lengths (0.95-$ \mu $ m effective channel
                 lengths), 2.5-$ \mu $ m minimum contacted pitch, and
                 two levels of tungsten metallization. The chips have
                 been designed for a worst-case operating frequency of
                 30 MHz, although with the static RAMs available for
                 caches at present, the Model 850S\slash Series 950
                 processor operates at 27.5 MHz and the Model 825
                 processor operates at 25 MHz. A 272-pin ceramic
                 pin-grid array package was developed to support the
                 electrical and mechanical requirements for the chip
                 set.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B0170J (Product packaging); B1265 (Digital
                 electronics); B1265F (Microprocessors and
                 microcomputers); B2570F (Other MOS integrated
                 circuits); C5100 (Circuits and devices); C5130
                 (Microprocessor chips)",
  classification = "703; 714; 715; 722",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "0.95 micron; 1.7; 1.7 micron; 25 to 30 MHz; circuits;
                 computers, microcomputer; digital integrated circuits;
                 Electronics Packaging; field effect integrated; Hewlett
                 Packard computers; HP; HP 3000 Series 950; HP 9000
                 Model 825; HP 9000 Model 850S; HP precision
                 architecture computers; micron; microprocessor chips;
                 NMOS-III process; packaging; pin-grid array package;
                 Precision Architecture; VLSI; VLSI chip set; VLSI
                 processor",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Yetter:1987:HPA,
  author =       "Jeffry D. Yetter and Jonathan P. Lotz and William S.
                 Jaffe and Mark A. Forsyth and Eric R. DeLano",
  title =        "{HP} Precision Architecture {NMOS-III} Single-Chip
                 {CPU}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "38",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "12--18",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1987",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Like all of the custom VLSI chips designed for the HP
                 3000 Series 950 and HP 9000 Models 850S and 825 SPUs,
                 the CPU is designed using HP's NMOS-III fabrication
                 process. NMOS-III was a natural choice not only because
                 it affords the density and speed required for the
                 design, but also because of its proven
                 manufacturability. The CPU chip contains 115,000
                 transistors packed onto a square die measuring 8.4 mm
                 on a side.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1265F (Microprocessors and microcomputers); B2570F
                 (Other MOS integrated circuits); C5130 (Microprocessor
                 chips); C5220 (Computer architecture)",
  classification = "714; 722",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "central processing unit (cpu); Components; computer
                 architecture; computers, microcomputer; control; CPU;
                 custom VLSI chips; execution; field effect integrated
                 circuits; hardwired CPU; hardwired instruction
                 sequencing; Hewlett Packard computers; HP 3000 Series
                 950; HP 9000 Model 825; HP 9000 Model 850S; HP
                 Precision Architecture; microprocessor chips; NMOS-III
                 fabrication process; NMOS-III single-chip; pipelined
                 instruction; VLSI",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Kohlhardt:1987:DVT,
  author =       "Charles Kohlhardt and Tony W. Gaddis and Daniel L.
                 Halperin and Stephen R. Undy and Robert A. Schuchard",
  title =        "Design, Verification, and Test Methodology for a
                 {VLSI} Chip Set",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "38",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "18--26",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1987",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Ten custom VLSI chips are used in the processors of
                 the HP 3000 Series 950 and HP 9000 Models 850S and 825
                 Computers. The complexity of the design, integration,
                 and testing required to deliver ten VLSI chips that
                 meet the functional and electrical requirements for
                 these products demanded close attention to detail
                 throughout the development program. With the lab
                 prototype characterization complete, the chips are
                 released for production prototyping with the
                 expectation that the chips would be production quality.
                 Tactics to accomplish this strategy were then defined.
                 The first aspect was how to deliver first silicon that
                 would meet the lab prototype quality level. This was
                 the design methodology. The lab prototype evaluation
                 tactics were to define feedback paths required for
                 complete functional and electrical characterization of
                 the chips, boards, and systems. The production
                 prototyping evaluation tactics were to repeat those
                 feedback paths where changes had been made.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B0170C (Project and design engineering); B1265
                 (Digital electronics); B2570F (Other MOS integrated
                 circuits); C5100 (Circuits and devices)",
  classification = "713; 714",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "850S; custom VLSI chips; Design; design cycle; design
                 engineering; design methodology; design verification;
                 digital integrated circuits; effect integrated
                 circuits; field; Hewlett Packard computers; HP 3000; HP
                 9000 Model; HP 9000 Model 825; HP Precision
                 Architecture; integrated circuit testing; integrated
                 circuits, VLSI; methodology; NMOS; Series 950; test;
                 verification methodology; VLSI; VLSI chip set",
}

@Article{Robinson:1987:MVH,
  author =       "Craig S. Robinson and Leith Johnson and Robert J.
                 Horning and Russell W. Mason and Mark A. Ludwig and
                 Howell R. Felsenthal and Thomas O. Meyer and Thomas V.
                 Spencer",
  title =        "A midrange {VLSI Hewlett--Packard Precision
                 Architecture} computer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "38",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "26--34",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1987",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The goal established for HP Precision Architecture
                 computers was to provide a scalable set of hardware and
                 software with the flexibility to be configured for many
                 different applications in a wide variety of market
                 areas. The HP 9000 Model 825 is a midrange, compact,
                 high-performance NMOS-III VLSI implementation of HP
                 Precision Architecture. The wide range of system
                 components available in this architecture are all
                 compatible with the Model 825. These include operating
                 systems, languages, graphics, networking, and a wide
                 variety of peripherals. Also, because adapting to
                 established environments and easy porting of existing
                 applications are of vital import, the Model 825 has
                 been designed in accordance with international
                 standards wherever possible. Designed for both
                 single-user workstation and multiuser applications
                 running the HP-UX operating system. It can be used for
                 mechanical and electrical computer-aided design,
                 computer integrated manufacturing, real-time control,
                 and general-purpose technical applications.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
  classification = "714; 722; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "9000 Model 825; computer integrated manufacturing;
                 computer-aided design; computers, microcomputer;
                 Design; Hewlett Packard computers; Hewlett--Packard
                 Precision Architecture computer; HP; HP 9000 model 825;
                 HP Precision Architecture; minicomputers; NMOS-III
                 VLSI; NMOS-III VLSI implementation; real-time control;
                 VLSI",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Gassman:1987:VHH,
  author =       "Gerald R. Gassman and Michael W. Schrempp and Ayee
                 Goundan and Richard Chin and Robert D. Odineal and
                 Marlin Jones",
  title =        "{VLSI-Based} High-Performance {HP} Precision
                 Architecture Computers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "38",
  number =       "9",
  pages =        "38--48",
  month =        sep,
  year =         "1987",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP 9000 Model 850S and the HP 3000 Series 950 are
                 both based on the same system processing unit (SPU),
                 which consists of processor, memory, I/O, power, and
                 packaging subsystems. The Model 850S\slash Series 950
                 processor uses the NMOS-III VLSI chip set. The
                 differences between the Model 850S and the Series 950
                 are primarily in the areas of software and
                 configuration. The Model 850S is configured primarily
                 for technical applications. It runs HP-UX, HP's version
                 of AT\&T's UNIX(REGISTERED) System V operating system
                 with real-time extensions. The Series 950 is configured
                 for business applications. It executes MPE XL, a new
                 version of HP's proprietary MPE operating system. This
                 provides compatibility as well as a performance upgrade
                 for the current HP 3000 customer base.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
  classification = "714; 722; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "850S; computer architecture; Hewlett Packard
                 computers; HP 3000 Series 950; HP 9000 Model; HP
                 Precision Architecture computers; HP-UX; HP-UX
                 operating system; minicomputers; MPE; MPE operating
                 system; MPE XL operating systems; NMOS-III;
                 Performance; system processing unit; system processing
                 unit (SPU); Unix System V operating system; VLSI; VLSI
                 chip set; XL",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Carder:1987:ITI,
  author =       "Norman Carder and William I. Dunn and James H. Elliott
                 and David W. Grieve and W. Gordon Rhind",
  title =        "In-service transmission impairment testing of voice-
                 frequency data circuits",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "38",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "4--15",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1987",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP 4948A In-Service Transmission Impairment
                 Measuring Set (ITIMS) advances the state of the art in
                 analog data communications link testing by offering new
                 possibilities for testing leased voice-frequency data
                 circuits. Conventional test methods require that
                 service be suspended while testing takes place.
                 In-service testing allows the same measurements to be
                 made directly on the modem signal without disrupting
                 service. This means that if there is a problem, it can
                 be investigated immediately without waiting until the
                 circuit can be removed from service. The HP 4948A does
                 not need a conventional test signal, but instead uses
                 the live modem signal as its input.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 C3380B (Electronic instruments)",
  classification = "718; 723; 942",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "automatic test equipment; computers --- Data
                 Communication Systems; data logging; data transmission;
                 equipment; event logging; HP4948A in-service;
                 in-service test; in-service transmission impairment
                 measuring set; interface; ITIMS; live modem signal;
                 measurement systems; measurement techniques;
                 Measurements; modems; period logging; preventative
                 maintenance; telecommunication links --- Testing;
                 transmission impairment measuring set; user; voice;
                 voice-frequency data circuits",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Harper:1987:ILL,
  author =       "Steven L. Harper and Robert S. Worsley and Bruce A.
                 Stephens",
  title =        "An infrared link for low-cost calculators and
                 printers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "38",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "16--21",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1987",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A separate accessory printer, which connects to the
                 calculator in some way, is considered for the addition
                 of printing capability. One very critical design area
                 for such an accessory printer is the means of
                 interconnection to the calculator. The HP-IL interface
                 is used in the HP-41C for connection to a number of
                 peripherals, including an accessory printer. Infrared
                 transmission is used as the wireless technology that
                 allows the use of low-cost, low-power, and readily
                 available components. The transmitter and receiver used
                 to implement the link are described.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6260 (Optical links and equipment); C5430
                 (Microcomputers)",
  classification = "717; 722; 741; 921",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "coding; computer peripheral equipment --- Printers;
                 correction; critical timing; data transmission;
                 electronic calculators; error; handheld calculator;
                 HP-18C calculators with remote printer; HP-41C
                 calculator; infrared devices --- Computer Interfaces;
                 infrared link; infrared transmission; interface; IR;
                 low-cost calculators; mathematical instruments ---
                 Pocket Calculators; optical links; printers; printing
                 calculators; telecommunication links; unidirectional
                 communication",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Smith:1987:LWP,
  author =       "David L. Smith and Masahiko Muranami",
  title =        "A low-cost wireless portable printer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "38",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "21--23",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1987",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP 82240A Infrared Printer is a portable
                 battery-powered thermal printer capable of printing a
                 maximum of 24 columns of alphanumeric characters or 166
                 columns of continuous graphics per line. Designed for
                 use with an HP-18C or HP-28C handheld calculator, the
                 information to be printed is transmitted to the printer
                 by the calculator using an infrared beam.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  classification = "717; 722; 741",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "2.5 inches; 3.5 inches; 7.25 inches; AA-sized
                 batteries; AC adaptor; computer peripheral equipment;
                 data transmission; electronic calculators; HP-18C
                 handheld calculator; HP-18C or HP-28C handheld
                 calculator.; HP-28C handheld calculator; infrared
                 devices; infrared link; infrared printer; IR; low-cost
                 wireless portable; printer; Printers; remote printer;
                 telecommunication links; thermal printer; thermal
                 printers",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Riper:1987:MSH,
  author =       "Richard W. Riper",
  title =        "Manufacturing State-Of-The-Art Handheld Calculators",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "38",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "24--27",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1987",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Design and manufacturing cooperation on HP-18C and
                 HP-28C calculator project is described, where
                 manufacturing personnel are involved in the design
                 process. The technology used was CAD\slash CAM. The
                 HP-18C and HP-28C were the first products to be
                 designed primarily on a CAD system, which consists of
                 local work stations connected to HP 9000 Computers.
                 This resulted in easier sharing of design information,
                 which also was more accurate.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
  classification = "713; 715; 723; 913; 921",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "assembling; assembly process; computer aided design;
                 computer aided manufacturing; conveyer; electronic
                 assembly; electronic calculators; electronic equipment
                 --- Assembly; final assembly; flow chart; flowcharting;
                 handheld calculators; HP-18C handheld calculator;
                 HP-28C; manufacturing process automation; manufacturing
                 processes; mathematical instruments; Pocket
                 Calculators; printed circuits --- Manufacture;
                 production flow; robots, industrial --- Applications",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Barnett:1987:ITM,
  author =       "G. Octo Barnett and Judith L. Piggins and Gordon T.
                 Moore and Ethan A. Foster",
  title =        "Information Technology and Medical Education",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "38",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "28--35",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1987",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "There is considerable reason to believe that
                 computer-based educational applications can facilitate
                 acquisition of essential knowledge and mastery of
                 problem-solving skills. Comprehensive training and
                 experience with modern methods of information
                 management during the students' formative years may
                 greatly enhance their effective functioning as health
                 care practitioners and as professionals committed to
                 lifelong learning and teaching. This paper discusses
                 the use of information technology in an experimental
                 curriculum at Harvard Medical School and describes
                 several of the computer-based educational modules that
                 have been developed for the program.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C7810C (Computer-aided instruction)",
  classification = "461; 723; 901",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "access; computer aided instruction; computer-based;
                 computer-based education; curriculum; data base; data
                 processing --- Educational Applications; education;
                 educational modules; experimental; Harvard Medical
                 School; information technology; Medical Applications;
                 medical education; new pathway program; patient;
                 physiology simulations; simulations; software packages;
                 test bank questions; vocabulary acquisition",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Coleman:1987:FPD,
  author =       "Derek Coleman and Robin M. Gallimore",
  title =        "A framework for program development",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "38",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "37--40",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1987",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Software design is a complex process involving many
                 decisions. The developer is faced with the task of
                 formalizing the problem and reducing its level of
                 abstraction to that of the programming language to be
                 used. This paper presents a framework for recording a
                 software design activity as a directed acyclic design
                 graph, where each node denotes a fragment of the design
                 and each arrow represents some kind of design decision
                 that has been made. The framework presented uses a
                 graphical notation to help record some aspects of the
                 design of a program. Using the framework, component and
                 program specifications are recorded during program
                 design in a systematic, possibly formal, way.
                 Significantly, the specifications can be related to
                 both the definitions on which their intended meaning is
                 based and the code modules that implement the component
                 bodies using a simple graphical notation.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6110B (Software engineering techniques)",
  classification = "723; 921; 922",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "acyclic design graph; component and program
                 specifications; computer programming languages --- List
                 Processing; computer software; decision theory and
                 analysis; Design; design decision; design steps;
                 directed; directed acyclic design graph; mathematical
                 techniques --- Graph Theory; nodes and arrows; program
                 development; simple graphical notation; software design
                 activity; software development; software engineering",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Edwards:1987:VSG,
  author =       "Allen P. Edwards",
  title =        "Vector Signal Generation and Analysis",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "38",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "4--5",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1987",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP 8780A Vector Signal Generator and the HP 8980A
                 Vector Analyzer are described. To appreciate the nature
                 of these products some of the concepts of vector
                 modulation and its applications are explained.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6120 (Modulation methods); B7220 (Signal processing
                 and conditioning equipment and techniques); B7250E
                 (Signal generators); B7250G (Display, recording and
                 indicating instruments)",
  classification = "715; 942",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "amplitude modulation; analyzer; digital
                 communications; digital radio; display instrumentation;
                 generation; HP 8780A vector signal generator; HP 8980A
                 vector; HP 8980A vector analyzer; mathematical
                 techniques --- Vectors; modulation; modulation schemes;
                 oscilloscopes, cathode ray --- Sampling; phase
                 modulation --- Phase Shift Keying; phase shift keying;
                 PSK; QAM; quadrature amplitude modulation; signal
                 generators; signal processing equipment; spectrum
                 analysis --- Instruments; test receivers; vector
                 analysis; vector modulation; vector signal; vector
                 signal analysis; vector signal generation",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Naegeli:1987:HSD,
  author =       "Andrew H. Naegeli and Juan Grau",
  title =        "Hardware System Design for a Vector Analyzer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "38",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "6--17",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1987",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP 8980A Vector Analyzer is designed to measure
                 instantaneous amplitude and phase of wideband RF and
                 microwave signals by analyzing their I and Q components
                 in the time domain. It is a fully programmable HP-IB
                 (IEEE 488\slash IEC 625) instrument designed for R\&D
                 and production applications. The amplitude and phase of
                 a signal can be analyzed visually by plotting the Q
                 component versus the I component graphically in
                 Cartesian coordinates. The amplitude is then
                 represented by the distance from the center of the plot
                 and the phase is represented simply by the angle
                 thereon. The polar displays of vector network analyzers
                 work on this same principle.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7220 (Signal processing and conditioning equipment
                 and techniques); B7250G (Display, recording and
                 indicating instruments)",
  classification = "715; 716; 921; 942",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "350 MHz; Applications; constellation display; digital
                 modulation signal; display instrumentation; domain;
                 electric measurements --- Phase; eye patterns; hardware
                 system design; HP 8980A vector analyzer; instantaneous
                 amplitude measurements; measurements; modulation ---
                 Analysis; oscilloscopes, cathode ray; processing
                 equipment; pulse timing; sampled data systems; sampling
                 display system; signal; signal processing --- Digital
                 Techniques; single time instant; time; triggering;
                 vector display; video signal processing; wideband RF",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Messenger:1987:FSD,
  author =       "Brian S. Messenger and Peter H. Fisher and Stanley P.
                 Woods",
  title =        "Firmware System Design for a Vector Analyzer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "38",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "17--24",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1987",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP 8980A Vector Analyzer is an example of this
                 substantial change in the importance of software in
                 electronic instrumentation. It uses a 32-bit 68000
                 microprocessor for overall control, in addition to a
                 keyboard processor, an HP-IB (IEEE 488\slash IEC 625)
                 interface processor, and a CRT display processor. A
                 half megabyte of software used is written in C and,
                 where optimization for speed was critical, in assembly
                 language.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
                 C5140 (Firmware); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
  classification = "715; 723; 942",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Applications; assembly language; automatic testing; C
                 language; computer hardware --- Control; computer
                 programming languages; computer software; computerised
                 instrumentation; computers, microcomputer ---
                 Applications; digital-to-analog converters; display
                 instrumentation; display software; electronic test
                 instrumentation; firmware; hardware control software;
                 HP 1345A display; HP 8980A vector analyser; HP 8980A
                 vector analyzer; HP-IB; IEEE 488.2 standard;
                 interactive help function; internal calibration
                 software; measurement markers; oscilloscopes, cathode
                 ray; test equipment; trigger and timing calibration",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Gildea:1987:VMS,
  author =       "David R. Gildea and Donald R. Chambers",
  title =        "Vector Modulation in a Signal Generator",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "38",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "25--29",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1987",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP 8780A Vector Signal Generator is a
                 10-MHz-to-3-GHz synthesized signal generator with
                 special wideband modulation capabilities. It has
                 calibrated scalar, digital, burst, vector, and
                 frequency modulation capabilities in both analog and
                 digital formats. By combining the different modulation
                 types, diverse signals such as Doppler-shifted QPSK for
                 satellite communication can be simulated.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250E (Signal generators)",
  classification = "715; 716; 718; 942",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "10 MHz to 3 GHz; 10-MHz-to-3-GHz synthesized signal;
                 amplitude level control; burst modulation; digital
                 modulation; Doppler-shifted QPSK; frequency; frequency
                 modulation; generator; HP 8780A vector signal
                 generator; Modulation; modulation; phase modulation ---
                 Phase Shift Keying; resolution; scalar modulation;
                 signal generators; signal purity; vector modulation;
                 wideband modulation",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Jensen:1987:FVS,
  author =       "James E. Jensen and Eric D. McHenry",
  title =        "Firmware for a Vector Signal Generator",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "38",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "30--33",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1987",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The firmware used to control the HP 8780A Vector
                 Signal Generator is written in both C and assembly code
                 and uses approximately 180K bytes of ROM. The majority
                 of the code is written in C, chosen for its speed,
                 efficiency, and flexibility. When the compiled C code
                 for a particular function did not meet our speed
                 requirements, the function was rewritten in assembly
                 language. Such assembly language routines account for
                 10\% of the code in the HP 8780A. Metrics show that
                 25\% of the code is related to calibration, 18\% to
                 instrument hardware setup, and the remainder to the
                 HP-IB (IEEE 488\slash IEC 625) and user interfaces.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250E (Signal generators); C3380B (Electronic
                 instruments); C5140 (Firmware); C7410H
                 (Instrumentation)",
  classification = "715; 722; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "analog circuit interface; assembly code; automatic
                 testing; C code; calibration; calibration firmware;
                 codes, symbolic --- Errors; computer hardware; computer
                 programming languages --- Flowcharting; computer
                 software; computerised instrumentation; error;
                 firmware; front panel operation; HP 8780A vector signal
                 generator; HP 8780A Vector Signal Generator; HP-1B
                 operation; interrupt; interrupt processing; interrupts;
                 process; processing; selftest program; signal
                 generators; signal generators --- Computer Interfaces",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Carey:1987:LSD,
  author =       "Thomas J. Carey and John C. Lovell and Thomas L.
                 Grisell",
  title =        "Low-Noise Synthesizer Design",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "38",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "34--38",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1987",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The internal frequency synthesizer of the HP 8780A
                 Vector Signal Generator is designed to achieve a
                 combination of state-of-the-art phase noise and
                 spurious output performance. A synthesis technique
                 based on three phase-locked loops is used. An IF
                 reference loop provides frequency resolution in
                 millihertz steps. This phase-locked loop uses the
                 fractional-N frequency synthesis technique, which
                 allows the output of such a loop to be incremented in
                 frequency steps smaller than the loop's reference
                 frequency. An RF reference loop provides large-step
                 resolution in 20-MHz increments. The outputs of these
                 loops are combined in the output sum loop to provide
                 coverage of the desired 980-MHz-to-1520-MHz output
                 range with millihertz resolution.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250E (Signal generators)",
  classification = "713; 715",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "980 MHz to 1520; Design; fractional-n frequency
                 synthesis technique; frequency synthesizers; HP 8780A;
                 HP 8780A vector signal generator; IF; internal
                 frequency synthesizer; MHz; output sum loop; phase
                 locked loops; reference loop; RF reference loop; signal
                 generators; signal generators --- Noise, Spurious
                 Signal; signal source; signal source spectral purity;
                 sum loop; synthesizer CPU; time base; Vector Signal
                 Generator",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Lau:1987:DVB,
  author =       "Chung Y. Lau",
  title =        "Digital and Vector Baseband Circuits for a Vector
                 Signal Generator",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "38",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "39--44",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1987",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "By using a vector modulator instead of conventional
                 amplitude and frequency modulators, the HP 8780A has
                 the ability to generate complex digital and vector
                 modulations. The baseband system is vastly different
                 from those found in conventional signal generators.
                 This system also provides the instrument with some
                 special features.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1250 (Modulators, demodulators, discriminators and
                 mixers); B7250E (Signal generators)",
  classification = "713; 715",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "amplitude modulation; baseband system; circuitry;
                 Digital Devices; digital modulation; flexible baseband;
                 HP 8780A; integrated circuits, digital --- Switching;
                 modulator; modulators; phase modulation --- Phase Shift
                 Keying; quadrature amplitude modulation (QAM); signal
                 generators; vector; vector baseband circuits; vector
                 modulation; vector modulator; vector signal generator;
                 wideband linear vector",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{McHenry:1987:WFS,
  author =       "Eric D. McHenry",
  title =        "A wideband {FM} subsystem for a low-noise synthesizer
                 module",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "38",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "45--47",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1987",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The FM subsystem of the HP 8780A Vector Signal
                 Generator is responsible for supplying the 1-GHz fixed
                 frequency reference for the generator during CW or
                 vector modulation and a frequency-modulated 1-GHz
                 signal for FM modes. The FM subsystem can be
                 functionally divided into two sections: baseband
                 (dc-to-12-MHz bandwidth) and RF (producing a modulated
                 1-GHz signal). The modulated 1-GHz signal is multiplied
                 up to a 8 GHz by the IF multipliers before being mixed
                 down to the HP 8780A's output frequency band. Although
                 the multiplication makes the design of a linear FM
                 oscillator easier (the linear range is eight times
                 smaller), it creates many other problems, the most
                 difficult being related to phase noise and
                 microphonics. Much effort was put into the design to
                 keep phase noise, microphonics, and spurious signals
                 low (all of these get multiplied by a factor of 8, or
                 18 db).",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250E (Signal generators)",
  classification = "713; 715",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "0 to 12 MHz; 1 GHz; 1-GHz fixed frequency; 8780A
                 Vector Signal Generator; calibration counter; cw
                 modulation; DC-to-12-MHz bandwidth; electronic
                 circuits, frequency multiplying; FM baseband circuitry;
                 FM RF circuitry; frequency modulation; frequency
                 synthesizers --- Noise, Spurious Signal;
                 frequency-modulated 1-GHz signal; HP; loops; low-noise
                 synthesizer module; microphonics; Microwaves;
                 modulators; noise; oscillators; phase locked loops;
                 phase noise; phase-locked; reference; signal
                 generators; vector modulation; wideband FM subsystem",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Kelly:1987:VMO,
  author =       "Wayne M. Kelly and Mark J. Woodward and Eric B. Rodal
                 and Pedro A. Szente and James D. McVey",
  title =        "Vector Modulator, Output Amplifier, and Multiplier
                 Chain Assemblies for a Vector Signal Generator",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "38",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "48--52",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1987",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Obtaining an accurate modulated signal from a
                 synthesized low-frequency source requires several
                 carefully designed assemblies to modulate and amplify
                 the signal and to multiply its frequency to the range
                 desired. The diverse types of modulation and wideband
                 performance required of the HP 8780A Vector Signal
                 Generator made the design of such assemblies for its
                 particularly challenging.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1220 (Amplifiers); B1250 (Modulators, demodulators,
                 discriminators and mixers); B7250E (Signal
                 generators)",
  classification = "713; 715",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "10-to-3000-MHz range; 350 MHz; 8-GHz; 8.01 to 11.0
                 GHz; amplifiers; combiner; driver amplifier; dual
                 modulator; electronic circuits, frequency multiplying;
                 frequency; frequency doubler; frequency synthesizers;
                 high power amplifier; HP 8780A vector signal generator;
                 HP 8780A vector signal modulator; I-Q; I-Q splitter;
                 instrumentation amplifiers; integrated circuits;
                 microcircuits; modulated signal; modulators; multiple
                 chain filters; multiplier chain assemblies; multiplier
                 chains; output amplifier; output mixer; quadruplers;
                 signal generators; splitter; synthesized low-frequency
                 source; vector modulator",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Gravitz:1987:CBT,
  author =       "Michael E. Gravitz and G. Booth",
  title =        "A combinational board test system",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "38",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "53--64",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1987",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP 3065AT is a combinational tester in the sense
                 that it supports both in-circuit and functional testing
                 methods. It provides a completely integrated set of
                 resources for testing analog, hybrid, and digital
                 circuits incorporating surface mounted devices,
                 application specific ICs, and VLSI circuits.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B0170E (Production facilities and engineering); B2210
                 (Printed circuits); B2220 (Integrated circuits); B2570
                 (Semiconductor integrated circuits); B7210B (Automatic
                 test and measurement systems); C5210B (Computer-aided
                 logic design); C7410D (Electronic engineering)",
  classification = "713",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "ASIC; automatic test equipment; automatic testing ---
                 Components; board; circuit testing; combinational board
                 test; combinational tester; digital subsystem;
                 electronic equipment testing; error logging; execution;
                 functional test; functional test integration;
                 functional test preparation; generation; HP 3065at
                 combinational board test system; HP 3065AT Tester; IC
                 testing; in-circuit test; in-circuit test debug;
                 integrated circuit testing; integrated circuit testing
                 --- Equipment; integrated circuits, digital; integrated
                 circuits, hybrid; pattern capture; preparation; printed
                 circuits; sequencer; surface mounted devices (SMD);
                 system; Testing; vector address",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Busch:1987:MXO,
  author =       "John R. Busch and Alan J. Kondoff and Darryl Ouye",
  title =        "{MPE XL}: The Operating System for {HP}'s Next
                 Generation of Commercial Computer Systems",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "38",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "68--86",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1987",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "MPE XL is a new commercial operating system developed
                 for HP Precision Architecture computer systems. It
                 provides fundamental advances in operating system
                 technology and helps users migrate to the new systems
                 by providing maximum compatibility with existing
                 systems. Described are: the use of HP Precision
                 Architecture and its compilers, the structure of the
                 operating system, the design of the kernel, the I/O and
                 data management portions of the operating system, the
                 tools and utilities provided, and the support of the
                 user environment.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6150J (Operating systems)",
  classification = "722; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "atomic; availability; codes, symbolic; compilers;
                 computer architecture; computer operating systems;
                 computer systems, digital; data consistency; data
                 integrity; data processing --- Security of Data; data
                 processing, business --- File Organization; Design;
                 Hewlett Packard computers; HP precision architecture;
                 HP Precision Architecture; in-line code; main memory;
                 mapped disc files; mapped files; millicode; MPE XL
                 commercial operating system; operating systems
                 (computers); recoverability; recovery properties;
                 storage management; system availability; transaction
                 model; workload",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Bergh:1987:HEH,
  author =       "Arndt B. Bergh and Keith Keilman and Daniel J.
                 Magenheimer and James A. Miller",
  title =        "{HP} 3000 Emulation on {HP} Precision Architecture
                 Computers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "38",
  number =       "11",
  pages =        "87--89",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1987",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Two software subsystems for HP Precision Architecture
                 machines provide program execution that duplicates that
                 of HP 3000s running the MPE V operating system. The HP
                 3000 Emulator and the HP 3000 Object Code Translator
                 (OCT), provide program execution that duplicates that
                 of MPE V on the non-HP-Precision-Architecture HP 3000s.
                 The Emulator enables a user program to be loaded and
                 run without preparation or modification on an HP
                 Precision Architecture computer with the normal MPE
                 commands. In the case of the OCT, specific action by
                 the user is required to produce a translated program
                 before it can be run in the improved-performance
                 translated mode. This involves no code modification but
                 only a compiler-like invocation of the OCT for
                 translation, after which the target program will
                 automatically execute translated.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6150J (Operating systems)",
  classification = "722; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "3000 Object Code Translator; commercial operating
                 system; compatibility mode; computer architecture;
                 computer operating systems --- Program Compilers;
                 computers; environment; Hewlett Packard computers; HP;
                 HP 3000 emulator; HP 3000 Emulator; HP 3000 object code
                 translator (oct); HP 3000 Series 930; HP Precision
                 Architecture; MPE V; MPE XL operating system; operating
                 systems (computers); program execution; program
                 translation; software portability; virtual machines",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Sorden:1988:PDO,
  author =       "James L. Sorden",
  title =        "Precision Digital Oscilloscopes and Waveform
                 Recorders",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "6--11, 14",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The author discusses a precision instrument family
                 consisting of five digitizing oscilloscopes based on
                 three waveform recorders and an analysis, display, and
                 I/O section. He focuses on the HP 5183A waveform
                 recorder, the precision digital trigger, the time base
                 system, and the memory system.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments)",
  classification = "715",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "10 bit; 12 bit; 20; 250 MHz; 4 MHz; 8 bit; cathode-ray
                 oscilloscopes; digital; digital instrumentation;
                 digitizing oscilloscopes; HP 5180A; HP 5180T; HP 5180U;
                 HP 5183A; HP 5183A waveform recorder; HP 5183T; HP
                 5183U; HP 5185A; HP 5185T; memory system; MHz;
                 oscilloscopes; oscilloscopes, cathode ray; precision;
                 precision digital oscilloscopes; precision digital
                 trigger; recorders; recording --- Equipment; time base
                 system; waveform analysis; waveform recorders",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Gee:1988:SCA,
  author =       "Albert Gee and Ronald W. Young",
  title =        "Signal conditioning and analog-to-digital conversion
                 for a 4-{MHz}, 12-bit waveform recorder",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "15--22",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The analog-to-digital converter (ADC) in the HP 5183A
                 Waveform Recorder samples at a rate of four million
                 samples per second and provides 12 bits of amplitude
                 resolution. Key features of the analog circuitry
                 include the design of a modern discrete operational
                 amplifier, a discrete sample-and-hold circuit,
                 series-parallel ADC topology with pipelined ADC timing,
                 a low-noise oscillator, and pseudorandom noise to
                 improve the ADC's linearity. Digital signal processing
                 techniques can be used on the raw digital data to
                 increase the signal-to-noise performance; these
                 techniques include averaging multiple measurements and
                 oversampling (with respect to input signal bandwidth)
                 followed by digital filtering. These issues are
                 discussed in detail.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7220 (Signal processing and conditioning equipment
                 and techniques); B7250G (Display, recording and
                 indicating instruments)",
  classification = "715; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "12 bit; 4; 74 dB; A/D convertor; amplifier;
                 amplifiers; amplifiers, operational; analogue-digital
                 conversion; analysis; data conversion, analog to
                 digital; discrete operational amplifier; HP 5183A; HP
                 5183A waveform recorder; input; input amplifier;
                 Instruments; MHz; recorders; recording;
                 series-parallel; signal conditioning; SNR performance
                 improvement techniques; waveform; waveform recorder",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Page:1988:ASR,
  author =       "Richard W. Page and Nancy W. Nelson",
  title =        "{Adaptive Sample Rate}: a first-generation automatic
                 time base",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "23--25",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "When capturing transient signals, it is desirable to
                 use a high sample rate to preserve input signal
                 details. This limits the maximum recording time of the
                 measurement. In the HP 5183A Waveform Recorder with
                 Option 301 Adaptive Sample Rate (ASR), the input signal
                 is sampled at the selected fast rate only when there is
                 significant detail present, and at a much slower rate
                 when there is no significant detail. Thus ASR maximizes
                 the recording time without compromising signal
                 integrity. The ASR implementation and the underlying
                 signal processing theory are examined.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7220 (Signal processing and conditioning equipment
                 and techniques); B7250G (Display, recording and
                 indicating instruments)",
  classification = "715",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "adaptive sample rate; adaptive systems; automatic time
                 base; HP 5183A; HP 5183A waveform recorder; Option 301
                 adaptive sample rate; processing; recorders; recording;
                 Sampling; signal; signal processing; signal processing
                 equipment; time bases; transient signal capture;
                 waveform analysis; waveform recorder",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Page:1988:WRT,
  author =       "Richard W. Page and Allen S. Foster",
  title =        "Waveform Reconstruction Techniques for Precision
                 Digitizing Oscilloscopes",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "26--31",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The maximum sample rate, dynamic performance, and
                 reconstruction strategy of a digitizing oscilloscope
                 determine its bandwidth. The dynamic performance
                 specification determines the sampling accuracy near the
                 Nyquist rate. Waveform reconstruction allows signals
                 sampled near the Nyquist limit to be displayed with
                 accuracy approaching the sampler-imposed limits. The
                 reconstruction algorithm accuracy can be specified as a
                 design parameter. Speed of operation, reconstruction
                 filter impulse response length, and reconstruction
                 accuracy are interrelated. Reconstruction is also
                 useful when memory constraints dictate sampling slower
                 than the minimum digitizer rate. A good reconstruction
                 algorithm allows the user to take maximum advantage of
                 the digitizing oscilloscope's memory by allowing
                 sampling near the Nyquist limit.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6140 (Signal processing and detection); B7250G
                 (Display, recording and indicating instruments)",
  classification = "715; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "A/D convertor circuitry; analogue-digital conversion;
                 computer programming --- Algorithms; digital
                 instrumentation; digitizing oscilloscopes; digitizing
                 waveform recorders; HP 5180A; HP 5183A; Nyquist limit;
                 oscilloscopes, cathode ray; precision digitizing
                 oscilloscopes; recorders; sampling; signal processing;
                 signal reconstruction; waveform analysis; waveform
                 reconstruction; waveform reconstruction algorithms",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Pon:1988:DDH,
  author =       "Rayman W. Pon and Steven C. Bird and Patrick D.
                 Deane",
  title =        "Digital Design of a High-Speed Waveform Recorder",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "32--38",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "This article examines how the design of the HP 5185A
                 Waveform Recorder digital hardware provides the ability
                 to capture and focus upon the portion of the signal
                 conveying the desired information. A design overview is
                 followed by a discussion of the digital system, timing
                 issues, DC-to-250-MHz operation, pipeline partitioning,
                 data deceleration, the analog-digital trigger, and
                 two-channel synchronous data storage.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1265Z (Other digital circuits); B7250G (Display,
                 recording and indicating instruments)",
  classification = "713; 715",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "analog-digital trigger; data deceleration; digital
                 instrumentation; electronic circuits, timing;
                 electronic circuits, trigger; high-speed digital
                 waveform recorder; HP 5185A; HP 5185A waveform
                 recorder; Instruments; pipeline partitioning;
                 recorders; recording; timing; timing circuits;
                 two-channel synchronous data storage; waveform
                 analysis",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Frohring:1988:WRD,
  author =       "Brian J. Frohring and Bruce E. Peetz and Mark A.
                 Unkrich and Steven C. Bird",
  title =        "Waveform Recorder Design for Dynamic Performance",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "39--48 (or 39--47??)",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The authors describe the relation between various
                 types and sources of phase noise and the effects of
                 this noise on amplitude errors when sampling
                 high-slew-rate signals. They then discuss
                 considerations related to the choice of oscillator
                 topology, circuit design, and component selection to
                 achieve the required performance in the SAW reference
                 oscillator, that is, less than 2 ps rms phase jitter.
                 Finally, they review how dynamic performance is
                 measured and outline the closed-form sine wave curve
                 fitting algorithm used in production testing of the HP
                 5185A.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments)",
  classification = "713; 715; 723; 921",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "acoustic surface wave devices --- Applications; analog
                 components; analog-to-digital conversion; closed-form
                 sine wave curve fitting algorithm; computer programming
                 --- Algorithms; delay mismatches; delays; distortion;
                 dynamic performance; dynamic response; effective bits;
                 electric distortion; HP 5185A; HP 5185A waveform
                 recorder; Instruments; low-level sampling-clock phase
                 noise; low-order input-amplifier; mathematical
                 techniques --- Curve Fitting; noise; noise, spurious
                 signal; oscillators --- Performance; phase noise;
                 quantiser on-chip delays; recorders; recording; saw
                 reference oscillator; waveform analysis; waveform
                 recorder",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Deane:1988:PHA,
  author =       "Patrick D. Deane and Simcoe {Walmsley, Jr.} and Farid
                 Dibachi",
  title =        "Packaging a High-Performance 250-Megasample-Per-Second
                 Analog-To-Digital Converter",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "49--52",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The authors discuss the packaging scheme used in the
                 HP 5185A waveform recorder, the fundamental objective
                 of which was to achieve maximum performance from the
                 custom chip set, taking into account not only
                 electrical performance but also reliability,
                 producibility, and serviceability. Previous
                 high-performance analog-to-digital converter (ADC)
                 measurement systems have used either thick-film or
                 thin-film hybrid technology. Several modifications of
                 standard thin-film hybrid technology were developed to
                 achieve the performance goals of the HP 5185A.
                 Substrate technology, interconnections, and thermal
                 performance are examined.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B0170J (Product packaging); B1265H (A/D and D/A
                 convertors); B7220 (Signal processing and conditioning
                 equipment and techniques); B7250G (Display, recording
                 and indicating instruments)",
  classification = "713; 715; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "250 MHz; analog-to-digital converter; analogue-digital
                 conversion; analysis; component packaging; custom ICs;
                 data conversion, analog to digital; electronics
                 packaging; HP 5185A waveform recorder; hybrid
                 packaging; integrated circuits, hybrid;
                 interconnections; packaging; recorders; recording ---
                 Instruments; solid state devices, thin film; substrates
                 --- Processing; thermal performance; thin-film hybrid
                 technology; waveform",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Nichols:1988:PDO,
  author =       "Douglas C. Nichols",
  title =        "Precision digitizing oscilloscope waveform analysis,
                 display, and input\slash output",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "53--64",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The author describes the HP 5180T/U, HP 5183T/U, and
                 HP 5185T precision digitizing oscilloscopes, each
                 consisting of a waveform recorder and an analysis,
                 display, and I/O module. The waveform recorder is the
                 HP 5180A, the HP 5183A, or the HP 5185A. The display is
                 a 9-inch-diagonal 2048 multiplied by 2048-point
                 addressable vector CRT display that generates
                 high-resolution text and waveform images. System
                 control is managed by a real-time multitasking
                 operating system that simultaneously handles multiple
                 processes such as keyboard entry, data analysis, and
                 waveform display. A 6803 microprocessor manages all
                 front-panel inputs including hardkey and data entry
                 knob control firmware and scanning control for the
                 touchscreen display.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7220 (Signal processing and conditioning equipment
                 and techniques); B7250G (Display, recording and
                 indicating instruments); B7260 (Display technology and
                 systems); C5610P (Peripheral interfaces); C7410H
                 (Instrumentation)",
  classification = "715",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "based unit; cathode-ray oscilloscopes; cathode-ray
                 tube displays; computer interfaces; computerised
                 instrumentation; CRT display; digital; digitizing
                 oscilloscopes; HP 51089A analysis display and I/O
                 module; instrumentation; microcomputer-; oscilloscopes,
                 cathode ray; precision digitizing oscilloscope;
                 recording --- Instruments; waveform analysis; waveform
                 recorders",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
  xxauthor =     "D. C. Nicols",
}

@Article{Regelson:1988:DPC,
  author =       "Elaine C. Regelson",
  title =        "Developing a Printed Circuit Board Design System",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "65--67",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "In 1982 Hewlett--Packard addressed the computer-aided
                 printed circuit board layout problem with HP EGS (HP's
                 Engineering Graphics System), a product that provides
                 design capture (via an electrical schematic) and
                 general physical design capabilities. In 1986 HP
                 introduced its first fully automated printed circuit
                 board layout product as a member of the HP DesignCenter
                 family. This HP Printed Circuit Design System (HP PCDS)
                 is a fully functional computer-aided design application
                 that couples printed circuit board layout to electrical
                 engineering design, manufacturing, and testing. This
                 article provides an overview of the product and the
                 environment in which it runs, and includes a discussion
                 of HP PCDS' Design Module.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1130B (Computer-aided circuit analysis and design);
                 B2210B (Printed circuit layout and design); C7410D
                 (Electronic engineering)",
  classification = "703; 713; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "applications; automated printed circuit board layout;
                 autorouter module; circuit layout CAD; Computer Aided
                 Design; computer aided design --- Equipment;
                 computer-aided design; Design; design module; Hewlett
                 Packard computers; HP; HP 9000 Series 300 technical
                 workstations; HP Design Center; HP PCDS; HP printed
                 circuit design system; library module; microcomputer;
                 Module; Printed Circuit Design System; printed
                 circuits; software packages",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Jackoway:1988:APC,
  author =       "Gary Jackoway",
  title =        "Automating the Printed Circuit Board Design Process",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "68--71",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The author describes the placement method used in the
                 HP Printed Circuit Design System (HP PCDS). He then
                 discusses placement improvement methods. He finally
                 describes the autorouter, its parameters and its method
                 of operation.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1130B (Computer-aided circuit analysis and design);
                 B2210B (Printed circuit layout and design); C7410D
                 (Electronic engineering)",
  classification = "703; 713; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "applications; autorouter; circuit layout CAD; Computer
                 Aided Design; computer aided design --- Equipment;
                 Hewlett Packard computers; HP PCDS; HP printed circuit
                 design system; HP Printed Circuit Design System;
                 microcomputer; PCB layout CAD; placement; printed
                 circuit placement; printed circuit routing; printed
                 circuits; software packages",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Reese:1988:MHP,
  author =       "Paul S. Reese and Mark E. Mayotte",
  title =        "Managing {HP PCDS} with the {Design System Manager}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "71--76",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A description is given of the Design System Management
                 (DSM) part of the HP Printed Circuit Design System. The
                 discussion covers: design history and version control;
                 DSM architecture; DSM networks; file structure;
                 interface; design access; file security; the spooler
                 system; and customization and usability.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1130B (Computer-aided circuit analysis and design);
                 B2210B (Printed circuit layout and design); C5620L
                 (Local area networks); C6120 (File organisation);
                 C6150J (Operating systems); C7410D (Electronic
                 engineering)",
  classification = "703; 713; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "application; CAE/CAD systems; circuit layout CAD;
                 Computer Aided Design; computer aided design ---
                 Equipment; computers; Design System; design system
                 manager; DSM; file organisation; file security; Hewlett
                 Packard; HP PCDS; HP printed circuit design system; HP
                 Printed Circuit Design System; integration; local area
                 networks; Manager; microcomputer applications; multiple
                 file-version control; network operating systems;
                 network support; packages; printed circuits; software",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Lienhart:1988:MST,
  author =       "Deborah H. Lienhart",
  title =        "A multidevice spooler for technical applications",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "77--80",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP Printed Circuit Design System (HP PCDS)
                 produces output that goes to a wide variety of physical
                 devices. The DSM (Design System Manager) spooler system
                 provides a method for accessing each of the peripherals
                 and the Autorouter Module through a common user
                 interface. This lets HP PCDS users concentrate on
                 designing printed circuit boards instead of interacting
                 with each device individually. The DSM spooler can be
                 easily customized. This allows customer sites to
                 configure the systems to that it works with their
                 peripherals and manufacturing processes. Because the
                 spooler is integrated within DSM, the user does not
                 need to specify information that is already known by
                 DSM, such as the names and locations of files. In
                 addition, DSM can be used to transfer job files and
                 status information across the network.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1130B (Computer-aided circuit analysis and design);
                 B2210B (Printed circuit layout and design); C6150J
                 (Operating systems); C7410D (Electronic engineering)",
  classification = "703; 713; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "batch process spooling; cartridge tape; circuit layout
                 CAD; Computer Aided Design; computer aided design ---
                 Equipment; Design System Manager; drive; Hewlett
                 Packard computers; HP; HP 9000 Series 300 technical
                 workstation; HP PCDS; HP printed circuit design system;
                 HP Printed Circuit Design System; input-output;
                 magnetic tape; microcomputer applications; multidevice
                 spooler; NC drill tape punch machines; PCDS; plotters;
                 printed circuits; printers; programs; software
                 packages; user interface",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Mayotte:1988:IAD,
  author =       "Mark E. Mayotte",
  title =        "Integrating Applications in a Design Management
                 System",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "80--83",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The author describes the Design System Manager, which
                 was developed in conjunction with the HP Printed
                 Circuit Design System (HP PCDS) to allow an
                 organization to control the access to and the
                 distribution of their CAD data. The basic functions of
                 a design manager are to provide the file management
                 tasks of versioning, access control, archival storage,
                 and reporting. The discussion focuses on the
                 environment initialization, automatic execution, and
                 the DSM query facility.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1130B (Computer-aided circuit analysis and design);
                 B2210B (Printed circuit layout and design); C6150J
                 (Operating systems); C7410D (Electronic engineering)",
  classification = "703; 713; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "application; automatic execution; circuit layout CAD;
                 Computer Aided Design; computer aided design ---
                 Equipment; design; design management system; Design
                 System Manager; environment initialization; Hewlett
                 Packard computers; HP PCDS; HP printed circuit design
                 system; HP Printed Circuit Design System; integration
                 functions; local area; management system; microcomputer
                 applications; network operating; networks; printed
                 circuits; software packages; systems",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Martin:1988:SQA,
  author =       "David E. Martin",
  title =        "Software Quality Assurance on the {HP} Printed Circuit
                 Design System Project",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "84--86",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The author describes the efforts made to ensure
                 software quality during the development of the HP
                 Printed Circuit Design System (HP PCDS). He covers
                 defect tracking, environment issues, system
                 integration, and formal quality assurance activities.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5620L (Local area networks); C6110B (Software
                 engineering techniques); C6150G (Diagnostic, testing,
                 debugging and evaluating systems); C7410D (Electronic
                 engineering)",
  classification = "703; 713; 723; 913",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "circuit layout CAD; computer networks --- Local
                 Networks; computer software; Hewlett Packard computers;
                 HP Defect Tracking System; HP PCDS; HP Printed Circuit
                 Design; HP printed circuit design system; integration;
                 LAN; local area; microcomputer applications; networks;
                 printed circuits --- Computer Aided Design; program
                 testing; Quality Assurance; software defect tracking;
                 software design environments; software engineering;
                 software packages; software quality assurance; system;
                 System; testing",
  treatment =    "A Application",
}

@Article{Colinge:1988:SMD,
  author =       "Jean-Pierre P. Colinge",
  title =        "Silicon-On-Insulator {MOS} Devices for Integrated
                 Circuit Applications",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "87--93",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Several techniques for fabricating regions of
                 crystalline silicon on insulating (SOI) substrates are
                 available. These methods are described briefly and
                 device design considerations introduced by the use of
                 SOI are discussed. The advantages of SOI devices are
                 described; these are absence of latch-up, process
                 simplicity, radiation resistance, and reduction of
                 parasitic capacitance. The physics of an SOI MOS
                 transistor are presented.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B2570F (Other MOS integrated circuits)",
  classification = "712; 714",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "circuit; CMOSFET devices; device design; Fabrication;
                 field effect integrated circuits; integrated;
                 integrated circuit; integrated circuits; semiconducting
                 silicon --- Applications; semiconductor device
                 manufacture; semiconductor devices --- Design;
                 semiconductor devices, MOSFET; Si; Si-on-insulator MOS
                 devices; silicon-on-insulator devices; SOI technology;
                 technology",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Sayed:1988:MSI,
  author =       "Mohamed M. Sayed and John R. Regazzi",
  title =        "Millimeter-Wave Sources and Instrumentation",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "6--7, 9--11",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The recent growth in developing and applying
                 millimeter-wave systems has created a corresponding
                 demand for millimeter-wave test instrumentation.
                 Millimeter-wave sources with full waveguide coverage
                 are key instruments for many systems in this frequency
                 range. Instruments based on a diode frequency
                 multiplier are described. They include sources, a
                 scalar analyzer, a vector analyzer, and a
                 millimeter-wave source-system interface.
                 Millimeter-wave source specification and V-and W-band
                 sources are discussed.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1350F (Solid-state circuits and devices); B7310N
                 (Microwave techniques)",
  classification = "711; 713; 715",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "characteristics; diode multiplier; electric measuring
                 instruments; electronic circuits, frequency
                 multiplying; frequency resolution; insertion losses;
                 microwave circuits; microwave measurement; microwave
                 synthesizer; microwaves; millimeter-wave instruments;
                 millimeter-wave source-system interface;
                 millimeter-wave sources; MM wave sources; modulation;
                 multiplying circuits; scalar analyzers; signal
                 generators; solid-state; solid-state amplifiers;
                 spectral purity; stability; technique; vector
                 analyzers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Dildine:1988:MVN,
  author =       "Robert G. Dildine and James D. Grace",
  title =        "Millimeter-Wave Vector Network Analysis",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "12--18",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A method of making vector network measurements at
                 frequencies above 26 GHz was developed that retains the
                 error-correction capability, time-domain analysis, and
                 accuracy of the HP 8510B Microwave Network Analyzer at
                 microwave frequencies. The system makes reflection and
                 transmission measurements and is based on HP 8510B, but
                 no HP 8510B Series test set is used. Full waveguide
                 band coverage is obtained from 26.5 to 100 GHz, and the
                 system features accuracy and speed similar to that of
                 the HP 8510B in stepped sweep operation. In addition,
                 the system's waveguide test ports can be moved,
                 eliminating the need for custom or flexible waveguide
                 to connect the device under test.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1350F (Solid-state circuits and devices); B7210X
                 (Other instrumentation and measurement systems); B7310N
                 (Microwave techniques)",
  classification = "706; 711",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "26.5 to 100 GHz; analysis; band coverage; electric
                 network analyzers; error-correction capability; HP
                 8510B; HP 8510B microwave network analyzer;
                 mathematical techniques --- Time Domain Analysis;
                 measurements; microwave circuits; microwave
                 measurement; microwave reflection measurements;
                 microwave transmission measurements; millimeter waves;
                 millimeter-wave vector network analysis; MM-wave vector
                 network analysis; network analysers; solid-state;
                 time-domain; transmission measurements; vector network;
                 waveguide",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Albin:1988:MSM,
  author =       "Robert D. Albin",
  title =        "Millimeter-Wave Source Modules",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "18--19, 21, 23--25",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A description is given of the modules, and their
                 performance is examined. Driven by a microwave source,
                 these modules double or triple the input frequency to
                 generate output frequencies in the millimeter-wave
                 range. The source module amplifier is discussed.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1350F (Solid-state circuits and devices); B7310N
                 (Microwave techniques)",
  classification = "711; 713; 715",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "11 to 20 GHz; amplifiers, microwave; circuits;
                 electronic circuits, frequency multiplying; finlines;
                 flexible coaxial cable; HP 8349B microwave amplifier;
                 HP's MM-wave source modules; leveled source match;
                 microwave; microwave measurement; millimeter waves;
                 millimeter-wave sources; modules; signal generators;
                 solid-state microwave; sweep generator family; test
                 system; waveguide; waveguides, dielectric",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Bloom:1988:HMS,
  author =       "Alan R. Bloom and Roger R. Graeber and Kenneth A.
                 Richter and Andrew N. Smith and Ronald T. Yamada",
  title =        "High-Power Microwave Source for Millimeter-Wave
                 Generation",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "26--30",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP 82550A RF PLUG-IN for the HP 8350B Sweep
                 Oscillator was conceived as a low-cost microwave driver
                 for the HP 8355x family of millimeter-wave source
                 modules. The HP 83550A also functions well as a
                 stand-alone high-power 8-to-20-GHz source. The authors
                 discuss system, considerations, high-performance pulse
                 modulation, product design, and self-test.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1230B (Oscillators); B1350F (Solid-state circuits and
                 devices); B7310N (Microwave techniques)",
  classification = "711; 715",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "8 to 20 GHz; high-power microwave source; HP 8350B
                 Sweep; HP83550A RF plug-in; microwave circuits;
                 microwave driver; microwave measurement; microwave
                 oscillators; microwave source; microwaves; millimeter
                 waves; millimeter-wave generation; Oscillator; product
                 design; pulse modulation; self-test; signal generators;
                 solid-state; YIG",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Upham:1988:MDE,
  author =       "Herbert L. Upham",
  title =        "Millimeter-Wave Detectors Extend Range of Scalar
                 Network Analyzer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "31--34",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A description is given of a family of millimeter-wave
                 detectors designed specifically for use with the HP
                 8757A Scalar Network Analyzer, extending the
                 capabilities of this instrument for millimeter-wave
                 system measurements. These detectors operate in both
                 modulated (ac) and unmodulated (dc) modes for optimum
                 performance in various measurement configurations. The
                 unmodulated mode is particularly beneficial in
                 millimeter-wave measurements, because the source does
                 not need to include an accurate modulator. These
                 detectors provide excellent accuracy in a wide variety
                 of applications. All three detectors work over their
                 designated waveguide bands with typical flatness better
                 than plus or minus 1.5 dB and return loss greater than
                 12 dB. The specifications, design, and applications of
                 these detectors are discussed.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1250 (Modulators, demodulators, discriminators and
                 mixers); B1350F (Solid-state circuits and devices);
                 B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems)",
  classification = "706; 711; 942",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "analysers; electric network analyzers; HP 8757A scalar
                 network analyzer; HP Q85026A; HP R85026A; HP U85026A;
                 HP's MM-wave detectors; microwave detectors; microwave
                 measurement; millimeter waves; millimeter-wave
                 detectors; modulated modes; network; radiation
                 detectors; scalar network analyzer; solid-state
                 microwave circuits; unmodulated modes",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Colby:1988:DPM,
  author =       "Lee H. Colby",
  title =        "Design and Performance of Millimeter-Wave Thermocouple
                 Sensors",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "35--38",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The author discusses the HP Q8486A and HP R8486A power
                 sensors, incorporate a special method that inserts a
                 50-MHz calibrating signal into the waveguide. The
                 sensors have the same 50-ohm thermocopule used by HP's
                 lower-frequency coaxial power mounts and share the same
                 one-microwatt-to-100-milliwatt power range, low drift,
                 low SWR, 50-MHz calibration, and accuracy that these
                 coaxial thermocopule power sensors have. The HP Q8486A
                 operates in the 33-to-50-GHz waveguide band and the HP
                 R8486A operates in the 26.5-to-40-GHz band. He covers
                 the thermocouple, the waveguide-to-coaxtransition,
                 50-MHz and millimeter-wave diplexer, and the
                 constant-impedance taper.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1250 (Modulators, demodulators, discriminators and
                 mixers); B1350F (Solid-state circuits and devices);
                 B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers)",
  classification = "711; 942; 944",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "1 muW to 100 mW; 26.5 to 50 GHz; 50-MHz calibrating;
                 design; electric sensing devices; HP Q8486A; HP R8486A;
                 microwave detectors; microwave devices; millimeter
                 waves --- Sensors; millimeter-wave thermocouple
                 sensors; performance; power sensors; signal;
                 solid-state; thermocouples; waveguide",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Watkins:1988:AUL,
  author =       "Marvin L. Watkins",
  title =        "Adapting {UNIX} Logon Mechanisms to Automation
                 Applications",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "39--47",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The author discusses the utilities provided by the
                 UNIX operating system which can be adapted in various
                 ways for use by novice operators in an automated
                 environment. He describes special UNIX boot and logon
                 programs that have been created to handle the problems
                 associated with dial-in lines, modem control, security,
                 etc. A series of design considerations and issues
                 concerning controllers are raised. Possible resolutions
                 using adaptations outlined earlier are presented.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6150J (Operating systems); C7420 (Control
                 engineering)",
  classification = "723; 731",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "(computers); automation applications; boot; CIM;
                 Computer Applications; computer operating systems;
                 control systems; data acquisition; logon mechanisms;
                 manufacturing computer control; monitoring; novice
                 operators; operating systems; process control; UNIX;
                 UNIX logon mechanisms",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Olsson:1988:VUS,
  author =       "Kjell A. Olsson and Mark Bergman",
  title =        "A virtual user simulation utility",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "48--53",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Testing activity is a major part of software
                 development. The task is particularly acute if the
                 testing requires interactive communication between the
                 tester and the product. Vuser is a software utility
                 created to do interactive testing without a human
                 tester. The vuser utility makes it possible to simulate
                 one or several users on a system. It is a useful tool
                 for all types of testing, particularly interactive
                 testing. Vuser runs under the HP-UX operating system on
                 HP 9000 Series 800 and 300 computers.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6150E (General utility programs); C6150G (Diagnostic,
                 testing, debugging and evaluating systems)",
  classification = "723",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "computer simulation; computer software; digital
                 simulation; Hewlett Packard computers; HP 9000
                 computers; HP 9000 Series 800; HP Series 300 computer;
                 HP-UX operating system; interactive testing; program;
                 Testing; testing; utility programs; virtual user
                 simulation utility; vuser utility",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Olsson:1988:HKL,
  author =       "Kjell A. Olsson and Grace T. Yee",
  title =        "An {HP-UX} kernel load and measurement system",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "54--60",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The kernel load and measurement system has been
                 developed to test the HP-UX operating system on HP
                 Precision Architecture computers under various levels
                 of stress, and at the same time, to measure and control
                 that stress. The system is designed to be used together
                 with any type of tests or test packages (kernel,
                 commands, subsystem, or application test package). The
                 system makes sure that the specified load or
                 measurement is generated and leaves the testing
                 responsibilities to the test package. The load
                 generating portion of the system is a feedback
                 controlled package that allows a user to specify a
                 desired load on a scale between 0 and 100\%. For each
                 load area, a specific program is responsible for
                 maintaining the specified load. A user can add a load
                 program to any areas measured. The measurement portion
                 of the system is used by all of the load programs and
                 by on-line and off-line display programs.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6150G (Diagnostic, testing, debugging and evaluating
                 systems); C6150J (Operating systems)",
  classification = "723",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "application test; Architecture computers; commands;
                 computer operating systems; computer software ---
                 Testing; Hewlett Packard computers; HP Precision; HP
                 Precision Architecture computers; HP-UX kernel load and
                 measurement system; HP-UX operating system; kernel;
                 kernel load and measurement system; operating systems
                 (computers); package; packages; program testing;
                 subsystem; test",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{LeVitt:1988:PMI,
  author =       "Richard M. LeVitt",
  title =        "Process Measures to Improve {R\&D} Scheduling
                 Accuracy",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "61--65",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A major effort to improve the accuracy of project
                 schedules is described. Key to the effort is a view of
                 scheduling as an ongoing process subject to continuous,
                 objective measurement. Two new process measurements
                 that provide sensitive and timely indexes of project
                 progress are presented.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C1290F (Industry); C7100 (Business and
                 administration)",
  classification = "901",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "engineering --- Project Management; engineering
                 research; estimation quality factor; Hewlett--Packard;
                 PEQF; Process EQF; process measures; product
                 development; project schedules; R and D scheduling
                 accuracy; real-time index; research and development;
                 Scheduling; scheduling",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Hassun:1988:AWS,
  author =       "Roland Hassun and Albert W. Kovalick",
  title =        "An arbitrary waveform synthesizer for {DC} to 50
                 {MHz}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "69--71, 73--77",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The development of the HP 8770A Arbitrary Waveform
                 Synthesizer is described. The HP 8770A has a digital
                 architecture and an analog output of plus or minus 1
                 volt into 50 ohms, from dc to 50 MHz. The HP 8770A
                 architecture is examined, and design tradeoffs are
                 discussed. The article covers: amplitude, phase and
                 frequency resolution; harmonic distortion; spurious
                 sidebands; amplitude flatness and phase linearity;
                 versatility; and synchronization.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7250E (Signal generators)",
  classification = "715",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "amplitude resolution; architecture; calibration;
                 digital; digital instrumentation; frequency resolution;
                 frequency synthesizers; HP 8770A; HP 8770A Arbitrary
                 Waveform Synthesizer; magnetic media certifiers; phase
                 resolution; signal distortion; signal generators;
                 simulated radar return pulse; source; TV test signals;
                 waveform synthesizer",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Sagun:1988:DCS,
  author =       "Wilfredo T. Sagun and Fred H. Ives and Gary L. Baldwin
                 and Thomas Hornak",
  title =        "A {125-MHz} 12-bit digital-to-analog converter
                 system",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "78--85",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The final high-speed conversion of digital data to the
                 analog output signal in the HP 8770A Arbitrary Waveform
                 Synthesizer is done in a custom ceramic microcircuit
                 followed by a filter and amplifiers. The underlying
                 design goal for these circuits was to achieve precision
                 and repeatable waveform synthesis within a 50-MHz
                 bandwidth. The analog system architecture consists of a
                 125-MHz, 12-bit, NMOS digital-to-analog converter
                 (DAC), a gallium arsenide sampler, a
                 differential-to-single-ended converter, a low-pass
                 filter, and output amplifiers. The authors discuss the
                 accuracy evaluation of the system, DAC\slash sampler
                 microcircuit design implementation; the DAC IC initial
                 development; and the low-pass filter used for
                 postprocessing.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1265H (A/D and D/A convertors); B7250E (Signal
                 generators); C5180 (A/D and D/A convertors)",
  classification = "713; 715; 723",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "12 bit; 125; 125-MHz 12-bit digital-to-analog
                 converter; amplifiers; amplifiers --- Applications;
                 ceramic; data conversion, digital to analog;
                 differential-to-single-; digital-analogue conversion;
                 electric filters, low pass --- Applications; ended
                 converter; filter; frequency synthesizers; GaAs
                 sampler; HP 8770A; HP 8770A arbitrary waveform
                 synthesizer; integrated circuits --- Design; low-pass
                 filter; MHz; microcircuit; output amplifiers; sampling
                 circuit; signal generators --- Components; system;
                 waveform synthesizer",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Kovalick:1988:AWS,
  author =       "Albert W. Kovalick and Roland Hassun",
  title =        "Arbitrary Waveform Synthesizer Applications in
                 Magnetic Recording and Radar",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "86--93",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP 8770A arbitrary waveform synthesizer is
                 well-suited for generating signals to test read
                 channels and servo channels in disc drives. It can also
                 be used to calibrate disc media certifiers. This
                 article will explore these applications and the use of
                 signal simulation in the field of analog radar system
                 design.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B3120B (Magnetic recording); B6320 (Radar equipment,
                 systems and applications); B7250E (Signal generators)",
  classification = "715; 716; 722",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "analog radar system design; arbitrary waveform;
                 certifiers; data storage, magnetic --- Disk; digital
                 instrumentation; disc drives; disc media; frequency
                 synthesizers; HP 8770A; magnetic; magnetic recording;
                 radar systems; radar systems --- Design; recording;
                 servo channels; signal generators; signal simulation;
                 synthesizer; waveform synthesizer",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Kikuchi:1988:WGL,
  author =       "Derrick T. Kikuchi and Rafael F. Miranda and Peter A.
                 Thysell",
  title =        "A waveform generation language for arbitrary waveform
                 synthesis",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "94--96",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The waveform generation language (WGL) was developed
                 by Hewlett--Packard as a software tool for waveform
                 design and analysis. Running on HP 9000 Series 200 and
                 300 computers, it is the primary front-panel interface
                 used to control the HP 8770A Arbitrary Waveform
                 Synthesizer. Depending on whether you are a beginning
                 user, a programmer, or an applications engineer, WGL
                 can be approached in different ways.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250E (Signal generators); C6115 (Programming
                 support)",
  classification = "715; 723",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "computer programming languages; frequency
                 synthesizers; front-panel interface; Hewlett Packard
                 computers; Hewlett--Packard; HP 8770A; HP 8770A
                 arbitrary waveform; HP 9000 Series 200; HP 9000 Series
                 300 computer; signal generators; software; software
                 tool; synthesizer; tools; waveform generation language;
                 waveform synthesis; WGL",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Read:1988:SIS,
  author =       "Sherry L. Read and Timothy R. C. Read",
  title =        "Statistical Issues in Setting Product Specifications",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "6--11",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The authors illustrate how statistical methods of data
                 analysis can help product designers, manufacturing and
                 marketing engineers provide efficient and accurate
                 answers to questions about product performance.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C1140Z (Other and miscellaneous); C1290D (Economics
                 and business); C1290F (Industry)",
  classification = "715; 921; 922",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "data analysis; electronic equipment; error
                 propagation; manufacture; manufacturing; marketing;
                 marketing engineers; mathematical techniques ---
                 Estimation; Performance; performance; potential
                 customer; product designers; product specifications;
                 robust estimators; statistical analysis; statistical
                 methods; test line limit",
  treatment =    "T Theoretical or Mathematical",
}

@Article{Kafadar:1988:CDU,
  author =       "Karen Kafadar and Lynn M. Plouse",
  title =        "Circuit Design Using Statistical Data Analysis",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "12--17",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A methodology for setting limits of uncertainty on
                 amplifier output power based on measured prototype data
                 facilitates the design of amplifiers that minimize
                 output power variations. This paper discusses the
                 application of statistical methodology to seven printed
                 circuit boards used in the prototype design phase for
                 amplifiers. This project illustrates the power of
                 statistics and the value of a statistical analysis of
                 data collected early in the design stage. The success
                 of this approach is verified by the close prediction of
                 lab pilot units from the prototype, and, more
                 important, by the labor savings from designing a
                 printed circuit board requiring no adjustments.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B0240Z (Other and miscellaneous); B1130B
                 (Computer-aided circuit analysis and design); B2210B
                 (Printed circuit layout and design); C1140Z (Other and
                 miscellaneous); C7410D (Electronic engineering)",
  classification = "703; 713; 922",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "amplifiers; analysis; circuit CAD; circuit design;
                 circuit layout CAD; Design; design; error transmission;
                 frequency measurement; frequency synthesizers; HP
                 86792A agile upconverter; lab pilot units; parameters;
                 printed circuit boards; printed circuits; printed
                 circuits --- Design; prototype design; prototype design
                 phase; statistical; statistical data analysis;
                 statistical methods; synthesizer; temperature testing;
                 thermal effects",
  treatment =    "P Practical; T Theoretical or Mathematical",
}

@Article{Kafadar:1988:SCV,
  author =       "Karen Kafadar",
  title =        "Statistical Calibration of a Vector Demodulator",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "18--25",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Circuit performance characteristics must be determined
                 and accounted for in instrument calibration. This paper
                 describes an algorithm for statistical demodulator
                 calibration to guarantee high precision in the
                 demodulated signal. It is applied to the calibration of
                 the HP 8981A vector modulation analyzer. Examples of
                 real data illustrate the computations in the
                 statistical algorithm and formulas for the
                 uncertainties in the calibration factors. It is shown
                 that the algorithm can be used to calibrate not only
                 the demodulator in the HP 8981A but also external
                 demodulators.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B0240Z (Other and miscellaneous); B7130 (Measurement
                 standards and calibration); B7210B (Automatic test and
                 measurement systems); B7210X (Other instrumentation and
                 measurement systems); C1140Z (Other and miscellaneous);
                 C7410H (Instrumentation)",
  classification = "716; 723; 921; 922",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "algorithm; analysis; Calibration; calibration;
                 calibration factors; circuit performance; computer
                 programming --- Algorithms; computerised
                 instrumentation; demodulator calibration; demodulators;
                 Hewlett Packard computers; histograms; HP 8981A vector;
                 HP 8981A vector modulation analyzer; instrument
                 calibration; mathematical techniques --- Estimation;
                 modulation analyzer; network analysers; standard
                 errors; statistical; statistical methods;
                 uncertainties; vector demodulator; vector signal
                 generator",
  treatment =    "P Practical; T Theoretical or Mathematical",
}

@Article{Rehder:1988:ARC,
  author =       "Wulf D. Rehder",
  title =        "An Availability and Reliability Calculation Tool for
                 Computer Systems",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "26--29",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A new algorithm for modeling the reliability,
                 availability, and serviceability\slash supportability
                 (the RAS features) RAS features of large systems has
                 been implemented in a prototype software tool for
                 internal use within Hewlett--Packard. This software
                 program helps R\&D engineers make tradeoffs in
                 designing for reliability. It also provides marketing
                 representatives with a tool to evaluate the reliability
                 and availability of customer-defined systems.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C1210B (Reliability theory); C5470 (Performance
                 evaluation and testing)",
  classification = "722; 723; 913",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "availability; computer; computer programming ---
                 Algorithms; computer systems, digital;
                 customer-defined; fault tolerant computing;
                 maintainability; Markov chain algorithm; R and D
                 engineers; RAS features; Reliability; reliability
                 calculation tool; reliability theory; serviceability;
                 software program; supportability; systems",
  treatment =    "P Practical; T Theoretical or Mathematical",
}

@Article{Kruger:1988:PMU,
  author =       "Gregory A. Kruger",
  title =        "Project Management Using Software Reliability Growth
                 Models",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "30--35",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The author discusses the use of the Goel-Okumoto
                 software reliability growth model which has provided a
                 means for more accurately predicting the duration of
                 system testing and determining when to release a new
                 product. The emphasis is on choosing the right software
                 reliability metric and confidently managing the testing
                 effort with the aid of software reliability growth
                 models.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C0310F (Software development management)",
  classification = "723; 913; 921",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "compare; computer software; DP management; duration;
                 engineering; Goel-Okumoto model; improvement; metrics;
                 project engineering; project management; release;
                 Reliability; reliability; reliability --- Mathematical
                 Models; software; software metrics; software
                 reliability growth; software reliability growth models;
                 software reliability metric; successive software
                 products; system testing",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Dong:1988:RAS,
  author =       "John W. Dong and Kraig A. Proehl and Ronald L.
                 Abramson and Leslie G. {Christie, Jr.} and Douglas R.
                 Domel",
  title =        "A reliable, autoloading, streaming half-inch tape
                 drive",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "36--42",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP 7980A is an autoloading, reel-to-reel,
                 horizontally mounted, streaming drive that reads and
                 writes in two standard nine-track formats: 6250 GCR and
                 1600 PE. This maintains compatibility with previous
                 drives and tapes, an important feature because
                 half-inch tape is still a significant standard in the
                 computer industry for backing up, archiving, and
                 interchanging computer data. Designed for rack
                 mounting, this compact tape drive channels air flow to
                 load different-sized half-inch tape reels
                 automatically. It also features higher performance and
                 reliability than its predecessor.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media)",
  classification = "722",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "1600 PE; 6250 GCR; autoloading; backup drive;
                 Components; computer peripheral equipment; data storage
                 units --- Components; Hewlett Packard computers;
                 horizontally mounted; HP 7980A; HP7980A; magnetic tape
                 storage; memory; online disc; rack mounting; reel-;
                 reliable; standard nine-track formats; streaming
                 half-inch tape drive; tape drives; tape path; to-reel",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
  xxnote =       "Check authors??",
}

@Article{Culp:1988:STD,
  author =       "Bradfred W. Culp and Douglas R. Domel and Wayne T.
                 Gregory and Jeffery J. Kato and Gerod C. Melton and
                 Kraig A. Proehl and David W. Ruska and Virgil K. Russon
                 and Peter Way",
  title =        "Streaming Tape Drive Control Electronics",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "43--54",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The development of the HP 7980A tape drive is
                 described. Design goals included a low factory cost, a
                 small form factor, an auto-loading capability, and a
                 selection of interfaces. To achieve these goals,
                 advancements were made in many key areas of tape drive
                 design. These areas included the drive architecture,
                 controller software, read\slash write electronics, tape
                 servo system, and front panel.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B3120B (Magnetic recording); C5320C (Storage on moving
                 magnetic media)",
  classification = "722; 732",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "autoloading capability; Components; computer
                 peripheral equipment; control electronics; control
                 equipment; controller software; data storage units ---
                 Components; drive architecture; drives; factory cost;
                 form factor; front panel; Hewlett Packard computers; HP
                 7980A; HP 7980A tape drive; interfaces; magnetic tape
                 storage; read/write electronics; streaming tape; tape
                 drives; tape servo system",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Millard:1988:ODO,
  author =       "Joe K. Millard",
  title =        "A one-gigasample-per-second digitizing oscilloscope",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "58--59",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A brief description is given of the HP 54111D
                 oscilloscope. This instrument's high sampling rate
                 makes it particularly useful for analyzing high-speed,
                 one-shot occurrences. A blend of state-of-the-art
                 designs was required to achieve this performance.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments)",
  classification = "715",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "cathode-ray oscilloscopes; digitizing oscilloscope;
                 Hewlett Packard computers; high-speed oscilloscopes; HP
                 54111D oscilloscope; HP 5411D;
                 one-gigasample-per-second digitizing oscilloscope;
                 oscilloscope; oscilloscopes, cathode ray; performance;
                 sampling rate",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Corcoran:1988:OAC,
  author =       "John J. Corcoran and Ken Poulton and Knud L. Knudsen",
  title =        "A one-gigasample-per-second analog-to-digital
                 converter",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "59--66",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Each channel of Hewlett--Packard's Model 54111D
                 Oscilloscope contains a one-gigasample-per-second
                 analog-to-digital converter (ADC) which digitizes the
                 signal from the preamplifier and writes the result to
                 digital memory. The characteristics of this ADC are
                 discussed. Also discussed are: interleaving digitizers;
                 sample-and-hold circuits; increasing resolutions;
                 system performance; and packaging.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1265H (A/D and D/A convertors); C5180 (A/D and D/A
                 convertors)",
  classification = "715; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "ADC; analogue-digital conversion; data conversion,
                 analog to digital; digital memory; digitizing
                 oscilloscope; Hewlett Packard computers;
                 Hewlett--Packard; high-speed ADC; high-speed
                 oscilloscopes; horizontal; HP 54111D oscilloscope;
                 model 54111D; one-gigasample-per-second
                 analog-to-digital converter; oscilloscope;
                 oscilloscopes, cathode ray --- Components;
                 preamplifier; vertical resolution",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Bohley:1988:FSC,
  author =       "Thomas K. Bohley and Mark E. Mathews and Lewis R. Dove
                 and Joe K. Millard and David W. Bigelow and Donald D.
                 Skarke",
  title =        "Front-End Signal Conditioning for a High-Speed
                 Digitizing Oscilloscope",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "67--69",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The design of the front-end signal conditioning stages
                 of the HP 54111D oscilloscope is discussed. The design
                 was particularly difficult because of the HP 54111D's
                 500-MHz required signal bandwidth. Key elements in the
                 design are the attenuator, the switch assembly, the
                 hybrid circuit upon which the attenuator is fabricated,
                 and the preamplifier.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7220 (Signal processing and conditioning equipment
                 and techniques); B7250G (Display, recording and
                 indicating instruments)",
  classification = "714; 715",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "attenuator; cathode-ray oscilloscopes; Design;
                 digitizing oscilloscope; electric attenuators; electric
                 switches; front-end signal conditioning; Hewlett
                 Packard computers; high-speed oscilloscopes; HP 54111D
                 oscilloscope; hybrid circuit; integrated circuits,
                 hybrid; oscilloscopes, cathode ray; preamplifier;
                 processing equipment; signal; signal bandwidth; stages;
                 switch assembly",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Montijo:1988:DFH,
  author =       "B. Allen Montijo",
  title =        "Digital Filtering in a High-Speed Digitizing
                 Oscilloscope",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "70--76",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "This article deals with the signal processing aspects
                 of digitizing and assumes that aliasing is not a
                 concern. With this assumption, the digitized signal
                 contains all of the information necessary to
                 reconstruct the original continuous signal, with some
                 additional noise. Then the digital samples can be
                 interpreted as the original analog signal with
                 quantization noise added.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6140 (Signal processing and detection); B7250G
                 (Display, recording and indicating instruments)",
  classification = "713; 715; 723",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "aliasing; analog process; cathode-ray oscilloscopes;
                 conversion; digital filtering; digital filters; digital
                 signal; Digital Techniques; digitizing oscilloscope;
                 electric filters, digital; filtering and; fir digital
                 filters; format; high-speed oscilloscopes; HP 54111D
                 oscilloscope; noise; oscilloscopes, cathode ray ---
                 Components; prediction theory; processing; s-plane;
                 sampling; signal filtering and prediction; waveform
                 acquisition; z-plane",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Baker:1988:DDC,
  author =       "Jeffrey P. Baker and David A. Johnson and Vyomesh
                 Joshi and Stephen J. Nigro",
  title =        "Design and Development of a Color Thermal Inkjet Print
                 Cartridge",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "6--15",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP Paintjet Color Graphics Printer uses thermal
                 inkjet technology to produce vivid color graphics for
                 overhead transparencies and reports. Intended for
                 personal computer applications, it produces text and
                 graphics with 180-dots-per-inch resolution and
                 near-letter-quality (NLQ) text at a speed of 167
                 characters per second. This paper discusses drop
                 generator design, drop volume selection, reliable drop
                 ejection, effect of bubbles in the ink, hydraulic cross
                 talk between adjacent nozzles, reservoir design,
                 initial pen prototypes, capillary reservoir thermal
                 inkjet pens, ether-type polyurethane foam, preparation
                 of the foam reservoir and testing program including
                 print quality testing, reliability testing and system
                 operational testing. 1 Ref.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard, San Diego, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  classification = "722; 723; 804; C5550 (Printers, plotters and other
                 hard-copy output devices)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard, San Diego, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "cartridge; color hard copy; computer graphics ---
                 Color; computer peripheral equipment; Disposable print
                 cartridges; disposable print cartridges; foam
                 reservoir; Hewlett Packard; hydraulic crosstalk; ink;
                 ink jet printers; inkjet technology; PaintJet Color
                 Graphics Printer; polyurethanes --- Fans; print; print
                 cartridge; Print cartridge; Printers; thermal; thermal
                 inkjet; Thermal inkjet technology; thermal printers",
  thesaurus =    "Ink jet printers; Thermal printers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Smith:1988:DCG,
  author =       "James C. Smith and David C. Tribolet and Hatem E.
                 Mostafa and Emil Maghakian",
  title =        "Development of a Color Graphics Printer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "16--21",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Full-color graphics, reliability, and software support
                 received high priorities in the development of the HP
                 PaintJet Color Graphics Printer. This paper presents
                 the features of the printer. The Paintjet printer
                 offers seven colors at 180-dots-per-inch (dpi)
                 resolution: cyan, yellow, magenta, red, green, blue,
                 and black. At 90 pixels per inch the user can select
                 from a palette of 330 colors.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  classification = "722; 723; C5550 (Printers, plotters and other
                 hard-copy output devices)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "color graphics printer; Color graphics printer; color
                 graphics printer; computer graphic equipment; computer
                 graphics --- Color; computer peripheral equipment;
                 Graphics; graphics; Hewlett--Packard; ink jet printers;
                 near-letter-; Near-letter-quality; Overhead
                 transparencies; overhead transparencies; PaintJet;
                 printer; Printers; printers; quality; raster line
                 quality; Reliability; reliability; Reports; reports;
                 Software support; software support; thermal; thermal
                 inkjet; Thermal inkjet printer",
  thesaurus =    "Computer graphic equipment; Ink jet printers; Thermal
                 printers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Ta:1988:MDC,
  author =       "Chuong Cam Ta and Lawrence W. Chan and P. Jeffrey
                 Wield and Ruben Nevarez",
  title =        "Mechanical Design of a Color Graphics Printer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "21--27",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "From the mechanical design viewpoint, the Paintjet
                 Color Graphics Printer offered several challenges.
                 Among the more interesting ones were the development of
                 the print cartridge latching mechanism, the electrical
                 interconnect to the print cartridge, the media drive
                 design, and the primer design. These are the major
                 subjects discussed in this paper.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard, San Diego, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  classification = "722; 723; C5550 (Printers, plotters and other
                 hard-copy output devices)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard, San Diego, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "cartridge latching; color graphics printer; Color
                 graphics printer; color graphics printer; computer
                 graphics --- Color; computer peripheral equipment;
                 Hewlett--Packard; ink jet printers; Mechanical design;
                 mechanical design; PaintJet Color Graphics Printer;
                 primer design; print cartridge; Printers; thermal
                 printers",
  thesaurus =    "Ink jet printers; Thermal printers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Askeland:1988:STI,
  author =       "Ronald A. Askeland and Winthrop D. Childers and
                 William R. Sperry",
  title =        "The second-generation thermal inkjet structure",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "28--31",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The performance specifications of the PaintJet printer
                 required a second-generation material set rather than
                 further tuning of what had been developed for the
                 ThinkJet program. Print resolution is increased from 96
                 dots per inch to 180 dots per inch. This requirement
                 increased the resistor count from 12 to 30 resistors
                 per printhead. Usable ink volume is increased from 3.5
                 ml to 12 ml. The ink volume for each drop is reduced
                 from 220 picoliters to 100 pl. These changes require a
                 3.5-fold increase in resistor life. The most striking
                 performance improvement offered by the PaintJet printer
                 is its ability to generate over 330 different colors.
                 This is achieved by combining patterns of magenta,
                 yellow, and cyan droplets, all generated from a single
                 cartridge. This requires significantly different ink
                 management schemes.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard, San Diego, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  classification = "722; 723; 804; C5550 (Printers, plotters and other
                 hard-copy output devices)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard, San Diego, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "computer graphics --- Color; computer peripheral
                 equipment; generation material set; HP Paintjet print
                 cartridge; ink; ink jet printers; Ink management; ink
                 management; PaintJet printer; Printers; Printhead;
                 printhead; second-; Second-generation material set;
                 thermal inkjet; Thermal inkjet structure; thermal
                 inkjet structure; thermal printers",
  thesaurus =    "Ink jet printers; Thermal printers",
}

@Article{Boeller:1988:HMC,
  author =       "Cheryl A. Boeller and Timothy J. Carlin and Peter M.
                 Roessler and Steven W. Steinfield",
  title =        "High-Volume Microassembly of Color Thermal Inkjet
                 Printheads and Cartridges",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "32--40",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "When a new technology slated for very high-volume
                 production is being developed, manufacturing
                 engineering concerns have to be addressed early. In the
                 case of the HP PaintJet print cartridges, the R and D
                 lab had its charter to invent designs and processes
                 that would satisfy performance and life objectives. In
                 parallel, manufacturing engineering had to ensure that
                 the design and processes would meet the objectives of
                 high volume, high reliability, and cost-effectiveness.
                 The authors look at the manufacturing aspects of the
                 PaintJet print cartridges.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, San Diego, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  classification = "722; 745; 804; C5550 (Printers, plotters and other
                 hard-copy output devices)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard, San Diego, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "adhesives --- Applications; Cartridges; cartridges;
                 computer peripheral equipment; engineering; high-volume
                 microassembly; ink jet printers; manufacturing;
                 Manufacturing engineering; microassembling;
                 Microassembly; microassembly; Paintjet print
                 cartridges; PaintJet print cartridges; Printers;
                 Printheads; printheads; printing --- Color; thermal
                 inkjet printheads; thermal printers",
  thesaurus =    "Ink jet printers; Microassembling; Thermal printers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Erturk:1988:IRC,
  author =       "Erol Erturk and Brian D. Gragg and Mary E. Haviland
                 and W. {Wistar Rhoads} and Jim L. Ruder and Joseph E.
                 Scheffelin",
  title =        "Ink Retention in a Color Thermal Inkjet Pen",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "41--44",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "This paper discusses the development of the Paintjet
                 pen and its assembly processes which was recognized as
                 being one of the toughest projects undertaken by HP's
                 San Diego Division. The objective was to supply
                 customers with a high-quality pen that could be mass
                 produced. The primary job of the final assembly
                 processes is to get ink into the pen and ensure that it
                 stays there until the pen is used by the customer.
                 Inserting the foam (ink reservoir), filling it with
                 ink, and sealing the pen are very complex tasks. Aside
                 from the inherent problems encountered when using a
                 low-tech material in a high-tech application, the foam
                 is required to fit precisely into the pen cavity. The
                 plug must hermetically seal to the pen and allow it to
                 vent to the outside atmosphere. The packaging must
                 provide a physical barrier to ink leakage at the
                 nozzles, and must limit the pressure drop and water
                 loss during shipping and storage.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard, San Diego, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  classification = "722; 745; 804; C5550 (Printers, plotters and other
                 hard-copy output devices)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard, San Diego, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "color thermal inkjet pen; Color thermal inkjet pen;
                 color thermal inkjet pen; computer peripheral
                 equipment; foam/ink interactions; ink; ink jet
                 printers; ink retention; Ink retention; ink retention;
                 PaintJet printer; pen packaging; Pen production; pen
                 production; Printers; printing --- Color; thermal
                 printers",
  thesaurus =    "Ink jet printers; Thermal printers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Palmer:1988:IMD,
  author =       "Donald J. Palmer and John Stoffel and Ronald J.
                 Selensky and Peter C. Morris and M. Beth Heffernan and
                 Mark S. Hickman",
  title =        "Ink and Media Development for the {HP Paintjet}
                 Printer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "45--50",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The ink, paper, overhead transparency film, and
                 printhead for the HP Paintjet Color Graphics Printer
                 had to be designed as a system because of the complex
                 interactions between these elements. This article
                 discusses the subjects of ink design, prevention of
                 clogging, paper design, converting overhead
                 transparency film constructed from polyester
                 substrate.",
  abstract-2 =   "The design of ink, paper and overhead transparency
                 film for the PaintJet Color Graphics Printer required
                 substantial interaction between the ink, media, print
                 cartridge, and product teams. Throughout the program,
                 design issues were approached from a system perspective
                 so that the best overall performance and reliability
                 could be achieved. The authors look at these design
                 issues and describe how they were overcome.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard, San Diego, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  classification = "722; 804; 811; C5550 (Printers, plotters and other
                 hard-copy output devices)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard, San Diego, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Color Graphics; Color Graphics Printer; computer
                 peripheral equipment; computer stationery; fanfolded
                 paper; Ink; ink; ink --- Design; ink jet printers;
                 overhead transparency film; Overhead transparency film;
                 overhead transparency film; PaintJet; Paintjet color
                 graphics printer; Paintjet printer; Paper; paper; paper
                 --- Coating; Printer; Printers",
  thesaurus =    "Computer stationery; Ink jet printers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Hollis:1988:CTI,
  author =       "Jennie L. Hollis and Philip C. Schultz and William J.
                 Walsh",
  title =        "Color Thermal Inkjet Printer Electronics",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "51--56",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The PaintJet printer project had to develop a
                 low-cost, high-volume product on an aggressive
                 schedule. It was important that the product have a low
                 part count and be easy to manufacture. For the
                 electronics, the engineers needed a high level of
                 integration, and wanted to select the cheapest parts
                 that could do the job. Flexibility was required,
                 however, to fix the inevitable development and
                 production problems. They also needed to respond to
                 changes in the product as more was learned about
                 customer needs. Such changes could occur at any point
                 before product introduction. When weighing design
                 trade-offs, these were the main constraints. The
                 authors show how these constraints affected one
                 particular area of the PaintJet electronics and
                 firmware design, namely, some circuitry that was added
                 to the PaintJet printer's custom chip to alleviate
                 weaknesses in the microprocessor.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard, San Diego, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)C5140 (Firmware)",
  classification = "713; 722; C5140 (Firmware); C5550 (Printers,
                 plotters and other hard-copy output devices)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard, San Diego, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "color thermal inkjet printer; computer peripheral
                 equipment; design trade-offs; electronic circuits;
                 firmware; Firmware design; firmware design; Hewlett
                 Packard; ink jet printers; PaintJet; Paintjet
                 electronics; printer; Printer electronics; printer
                 electronics; Printers; thermal inkjet; Thermal inkjet
                 printer; thermal printers",
  thesaurus =    "Firmware; Ink jet printers; Thermal printers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Rosenberg:1988:HES,
  author =       "Steven T. Rosenberg",
  title =        "{HP-RL}: an Expert Systems Language",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "57--65",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "HP-RL is an integrated set of artificial intelligence
                 programming tools that has been used at HP for many
                 types of expert systems experiments. This paper
                 presents the history of the HP-RL, an extended example
                 of it and describes its development environment. Also
                 the information on commercial systems similar to HP-RL
                 is provided. 16 Refs.",
  abstract-2 =   "For several years, the expert systems department of HP
                 Laboratories investigated knowledge representation and
                 reasoning techniques in artificial intelligence (AI).
                 One of the ways this was approached was through the
                 construction of an expert systems language called HP-RL
                 (Hewlett--Packard Representation Language). The goal
                 has been to create a powerful and integrated collection
                 of tools that is usable over a wide range of
                 application domains. HP-RL is now a mature experiment,
                 and work on it has come to an end. The author discusses
                 the project, and describes the finished product.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6140D (High level languages); C6170 (Expert
                 systems)",
  classification = "723; C6140D (High level languages); C6170 (Expert
                 systems)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "artificial intelligence; computer programming
                 languages; Expert Systems; Expert systems; expert
                 systems; Expert systems language; expert systems
                 language; Hewlett--Packard; Hewlett--Packard
                 Representation Language; high level languages; HP; HP
                 Laboratories; HP-RL; HP-RL (Hewlett--Packard
                 representation language); Knowledge representation;
                 knowledge representation; Laboratories; programming
                 tools; Representation Language",
  thesaurus =    "Expert systems; High level languages",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Ambras:1988:MIP,
  author =       "James P. Ambras and Lucy M. Berlin and Mark L.
                 Chiarelli and Alan L. Foster and Vicki O'Day and
                 Raldolph N. Splitter",
  title =        "{MicroScope}: an Integrated Program Analysis Toolset",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "71--82",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "MicroScope, an experimental program analysis system
                 developed at HP Laboratories analyzes and monitors
                 programs written in Common Lisp. It also provides some
                 support for CommonObjects, an object-oriented extension
                 to Common Lisp. The code examples presented in this
                 article are given in Lisp, but most of the features of
                 MicroScope are applicable to conventional languages.
                 This paper describes the graphical interface, at the
                 same time giving an overview of the capabilities
                 MicroScope provides. It discusses MicroScope's
                 cross-reference analysis component in greater detail,
                 including representation and implementation issues. 21
                 Refs.",
  abstract-2 =   "Programmers often need to modify existing programs for
                 the purpose of fixing bugs, adding features, or
                 integrating these programs into new hardware or
                 software environments. Since this task is
                 time-consuming and error-prone, the maintenance
                 (evolution) of existing software is one of the most
                 inefficient activities in the software life cycle.
                 MicroScope supports evolutionary software development
                 by helping programmers understand complex programs
                 written in Common Lisp.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6115 (Programming support)",
  classification = "722; 723; C6115 (Programming support)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Common Lisp; computer interfaces; computer
                 programming; computer programming languages --- lisp;
                 development systems; execution monitoring; graphical
                 user interface; LISP; Maintenance; maintenance;
                 MicroScope; Program analysis toolset; program analysis
                 toolset; programming environments; Software
                 development; software development; Software
                 maintenance; software maintenance; software tools;
                 static program analysis",
  thesaurus =    "Development systems; LISP; Programming environments;
                 Software tools",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Steranka:1988:RAL,
  author =       "Frank M. Steranka and Dennis C. DeFevere and Michael
                 D. Camras and Chin-Wang Tu and David K. McElfresh and
                 Serge L. Rudaz and Louis W. Cook and Wayne L. Snyder",
  title =        "Red {AlGaAs} Light-emitting Diodes",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "84--88",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "HP has recently released indicator and display
                 products containing a new type of red light-emitting
                 diode (LED) based on the aluminum gallium arsenide
                 (AlGaAs) materials system. These LEDs offer a
                 significant improvement in efficiency over the red LEDs
                 that have previously been available but cost only
                 slightly more. This paper provides an overview of the
                 different types of AlGaAs devices that are available
                 and compares their performance to that of the other red
                 LED technologies.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B4260D (Light emitting diodes)",
  classification = "714; 741",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "AlGaAs; aluminium compounds; aluminium gallium;
                 aluminum gallium arsenide; arsenide; diodes; display
                 devices; double heterostructure (DH); Efficiency;
                 gallium arsenide; Hewlett--Packard; HP; III-V
                 semiconductors; LED; light emitting diodes;
                 light-emitting; liquid phase epitaxy (LPE); red
                 light-emitting diode; semiconductor diodes, light
                 emitting",
  treatment =    "N New Development",
}

@Article{Wang:1988:DHW,
  author =       "Scott W. Wang",
  title =        "Discless {HP-UX} workstations",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "6--9",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP-UX release 6.0 system is a major software
                 contribution to the HP 9000 Series 300 workstation
                 platform. This release of the HP-UX operating system
                 provides discless workstation operation in a network
                 and intervendor file sharing through the network file
                 system (NFS). The HP-UX 6.0 system enables tightly
                 networked discless graphics workstations to share a
                 single file system server transparently in an Ethernet
                 or IEEE 802.3 local area network. In addition to the
                 discless and NFS capabilities, the HP-UX 6.0 system
                 also offers: industry standard small computer system
                 interface (SCSI) and VME support; enhanced graphics
                 support for the new HP 98550A high-resolution graphics
                 board and displays and the HP 98556A 2D integer-based
                 graphics accelerator; commands and libraries from
                 Release 1.0 of the HP 9000 series 800 HP-UX system; the
                 X Window System.",
  abstract-2 =   "HP-UX 6.0 provides low-cost discless workstation
                 operation over a local area network. It also provides a
                 single file system view, intervendor file sharing, and
                 conformance to UNIX System V Interface Definition
                 (SVID) semantics.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Div. of Calculator Products, Hewlett--Packard",
  affiliationaddress = "Loveland, CO, USA",
  classcodes =   "B6210L (Computer communications); C6150J (Operating
                 systems); C5620L (Local area networks)",
  classification = "723; B6210L (Computer communications); C5620L (Local
                 area networks); C6150J (Operating systems)",
  corpsource =   "Div. of Calculator Products, Hewlett--Packard,
                 Loveland, CO, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Computer Interfaces; Computer Networks; Computer
                 Software; Data Processing--File Organization; Discless
                 Workstation; Discless workstation operation; discless
                 workstation operation; Displays; displays; Ethernet;
                 Graphics support; graphics support; Hewlett Packard
                 computers; high-resolution graphics board; HP 9000
                 Series 300 workstation; HP 9000 series 800 HP-UX; HP
                 9000 series 800 HP-UX system; HP 98550A; HP 98550A
                 high-resolution graphics board; HP 98556A 2D; HP 98556A
                 2D integer-based graphics accelerator; HP-; HP-UX
                 operating system; HP-UX release 6.0 system; HP-UX
                 Release 6.0 System; HP-UX release 6.0 system; IEEE
                 802.3 local area network; integer-based graphics
                 accelerator; Intervendor file sharing; intervendor file
                 sharing; local area networks; Local Networks; Network;
                 network; Network file system; network file system; NFS;
                 operating systems; SCSI; small computer; Small computer
                 system interface; Small Computer System Interface
                 (SCSI); system; system interface; System V Interface
                 Definition (SVID) Semantics; Unix; UX operating system;
                 VME; X Window System; X window system",
  thesaurus =    "Hewlett Packard computers; Local area networks;
                 Network operating systems; UNIX",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Bartlett:1988:DHF,
  author =       "Debra S. Bartlett and Joel D. Tesler",
  title =        "A discless {HP-UX} file system",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "10--14",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Several changes were made to the file system portion
                 of the standard HP-UX kernel to support discless
                 operations. These changes were made with the
                 requirement of maintaining stand-alone HP-UX semantics
                 and file system performance in a discless environment.
                 Elements of the file system that were modified include:
                 file system I/O, named FIFOs, file locking, and
                 pathname lookup. The discless file system operates in
                 conjunction with the remainder of the kernel and other
                 file systems. In particular, the discless system is
                 designed to work together with the Sun Microsystems
                 Network File System (NFS), which provides transparent
                 access to files on remote machines in a heterogeneous
                 environment.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Purdue Univ., Lafayette, IN, USA",
  classcodes =   "C6150J (Operating systems); C6120 (File
                 organisation)",
  classification = "723; C6120 (File organisation); C6150J (Operating
                 systems)",
  corpsource =   "Purdue Univ., Lafayette, IN, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Computer Networks; Data Processing; Discless HP-UX
                 File System; Discless HP-UX file system; discless HP-UX
                 file system; File locking; File Locking; file locking;
                 file organisation; File Organization; File system I/O;
                 file system I/O; Hewlett Packard computers; Named
                 FIFOs; named FIFOs; network; Network File System (NFS);
                 NFS; operating systems; Pathname lookup; Pathname
                 Lookup; pathname lookup; Remote machines; remote
                 machines; Stand-Alone HP-UX Semantics; Sun Microsystems
                 network file; Sun Microsystems network file system;
                 system; Transparent access; transparent access; Unix",
  thesaurus =    "File organisation; Hewlett Packard computers; Network
                 operating systems; UNIX",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Hwang:1988:DPE,
  author =       "Ching-Fa Hwang and William T. McMahon",
  title =        "Discless program execution and virtual memory
                 management",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "15--20",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Many distributed systems based on the UNIX operating
                 system offer some form of remote file access
                 capability. However, only a few of them provide
                 discless workstation capability, particularly in the
                 area of paging, swapping, and execution of programs
                 over a network. Almost all the remote file access
                 systems assume a well-defined client\slash server
                 model. The HP-UX 6.0 system provides a fairly complete
                 implementation for HP-UX discless program execution and
                 virtual memory management. Among the features provided
                 to this end are backwards compatibility for executable
                 files, remote swap services, and HP-UX semantics for
                 executable files. New mechanisms are included to
                 minimize performance degradation over a network.",
  abstract-2 =   "The key technical challenges for implementing paging,
                 swapping, and execution of programs over a network in
                 an HP-UX environment include: preservation of the
                 behavior and semantics of existing program types (such
                 as preloading versus demand paging), efficient and
                 flexible global swap device management and performance
                 that is good enough to justify the cost of discless
                 workstations. The paper describes some of the design
                 issues and the solutions in overcoming these technical
                 challenges.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Nat. Taiwan Univ., Taipei, Taiwan",
  classcodes =   "C6120 (File organisation); C6150J (Operating
                 systems)",
  classification = "723; C6120 (File organisation); C6150J (Operating
                 systems)",
  corpsource =   "Nat. Taiwan Univ., Taipei, Taiwan",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Behavior; behavior; Client/Server Model; Computer
                 Networks--Management; Data Processing--File
                 Organization; Data Storage, Digital; Discless program
                 execution; Discless Program Execution; discless program
                 execution; Discless Workstation Capability;
                 environment; Execution of programs; execution of
                 programs; file organisation; Global swap device
                 management; Global Swap Device Management; global swap
                 device management; Hewlett Packard computers; HP-UX;
                 HP-UX Discless Cluster; HP-UX environment; Network;
                 network; operating systems; Paging; paging;
                 Preservation; preservation; program; Program types;
                 Semantics; semantics; Swapping; swapping; types; Unix;
                 Virtual; Virtual memory management; virtual memory
                 management; virtual storage",
  thesaurus =    "File organisation; Hewlett Packard computers; Network
                 operating systems; UNIX; Virtual storage",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Gutierrez:1988:DNF,
  author =       "David O. Gutierrez and Chyuan-Shiun Lin",
  title =        "The design of network functions for discless
                 clusters",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "20--26",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Within an HP-UX discless cluster, the kernel of the
                 client and server machines uses a simple, fast, and
                 reliable network protocol to communicate through a
                 single IEEE 802.3 10-Mbit/s local area network (LAN).
                 The discless protocol is based on the request\slash
                 reply model and its interface to the HP-UX operating
                 system is specially tailored for efficient data
                 transfer. To become a viable product, a discless system
                 must provide a level of performance comparable to that
                 of systems with local discs. Measurements on HP 9000
                 Model 350s show that remote file I/O throughput
                 performance of the HP-UX 6.0 discless implementation
                 using an HP 7958A Disc Drive is 91\% of stand-alone
                 performance in read operations and 87\% of stand-alone
                 performance in write operations when transferring large
                 files. This performance level is achieve by a
                 low-overhead network protocol, efficient network buffer
                 management, cluster server processes, and carefully
                 implemented read\slash write algorithms.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "New Mexico Univ., Albuquerque, NM, USA",
  classcodes =   "B6210L (Computer communications); C6150J (Operating
                 systems); C5620L (Local area networks)",
  classification = "722; 723; B6210L (Computer communications); C5620L
                 (Local area networks); C6150J (Operating systems)",
  corpsource =   "New Mexico Univ., Albuquerque, NM, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "6.0 discless implementation; Client; client; Computer
                 Networks; Data Processing--Data Transfer; Data Storage,
                 Magnetic--Disk; Data transfer; data transfer; Discless
                 Clusters; Discless Network Protocol; Discless protocol;
                 discless protocol; File Transfer; Hewlett Packard
                 computers; HP 7958A disc drive; HP 9000; HP 9000 Model
                 350s; HP-UX; HP-UX 6.0 discless implementation; HP-UX
                 discless cluster; HP-UX operating system; IEEE 802.3
                 10-Mbit/s local area; IEEE 802.3 10-Mbit/s local area
                 network; IEEE 802.3 10-Mbit/s Local Area Network;
                 Interface; interface; LAN; local area networks;
                 machines; Model 350s; network; Network functions;
                 network functions; Network protocol; network protocol;
                 operating systems; Protocols; protocols; Remote File
                 I/O Throughput; Remote file I/O throughput performance;
                 remote file I/O throughput performance; Request/reply
                 model; request/reply model; server; Server machines;
                 Unix",
  thesaurus =    "Hewlett Packard computers; Local area networks;
                 Network operating systems; Protocols; UNIX",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Randel:1988:CDR,
  author =       "Annette Randel",
  title =        "Crash detection and recovery in a discless {HP-UX}
                 system",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "27--32",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Crash detection and recovery are an important part of
                 making HP-UX clusters dynamic and resilient. Fast and
                 reliable detection of failures allows users to add and
                 remove cnodes dynamically without affecting users on
                 other cnodes. LAN cable failure detection allows
                 changes in the LAN configuration to be made without
                 shutting down the cluster. Different mechanisms work
                 together to make crash detection and recovery in HP-UX
                 clusters both reliable and fast.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Graceland Coll., Lamoni, IA, USA",
  classcodes =   "B6210L (Computer communications); C6150G (Diagnostic,
                 testing, debugging and evaluating systems); C6150J
                 (Operating systems); C5620L (Local area networks)",
  classification = "722; 723; B6210L (Computer communications); C5620L
                 (Local area networks); C6150G (Diagnostic, testing,
                 debugging and evaluating systems); C6150J (Operating
                 systems)",
  corpsource =   "Graceland Coll., Lamoni, IA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Cluster Nodes; Cluster nodes; cluster nodes; clusters;
                 Cnodes; cnodes; Codes, Symbolic--Error Detection;
                 Computer Networks; Computer Programming--Algorithms;
                 Computers--Data Communication Systems; crash; Crash
                 detection; Crash Detection and Recovery; Crash
                 recovery; crash recovery; Data Processing--File
                 Organization; detection; Discless HP-UX System;
                 Discless HP-UX system; discless HP-UX system; Hewlett
                 Packard computers; HP-UX; HP-UX clusters; LAN cable
                 failure detection; local area networks; Local Networks;
                 network; operating systems; Recovery Algorithm; system
                 recovery; Transparent File System Access; Unix",
  thesaurus =    "Hewlett Packard computers; Local area networks;
                 Network operating systems; System recovery; UNIX",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Scott:1988:BMD,
  author =       "Perry E. Scott and John S. Marvin and Robert D.
                 Quist",
  title =        "Boot mechanism for Discless {HP-UX}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "33--36",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The implementation of a discless work-station requires
                 three distinct services: a remote file system, a remote
                 swapping capability, and the ability to load and
                 initialize the operating system from a remote source.
                 All of these services are implemented for the HP-UX 6.0
                 system with the goal of maintaining a single-system
                 view. For the boot mechanism this means that although
                 the operating system and its loader are on a remote
                 system (i.e. the root server), a user can power up any
                 work-station in a cluster and get the same boot
                 sequence that is experienced with a stand-alone system.
                 A stand-alone system is a workstation that uses a local
                 disc for booting and file system operations. The
                 article describes how the standard HP-UX boot mechanism
                 works, and the modifications made for the HP-UX 6.0
                 discless implementation.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "North Dakota State Univ., Fargo, ND, USA",
  classcodes =   "C6150J (Operating systems)",
  classification = "722; 723; C6150J (Operating systems)",
  corpsource =   "North Dakota State Univ., Fargo, ND, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Boot Mechanism; Boot mechanism; boot mechanism; Boot
                 sequence; boot sequence; Cluster; cluster; computer
                 bootstrapping; Computer Networks; Computer Operating
                 Systems; Computer Peripheral Equipment--Terminals; Data
                 Processing--File Organization; Data Storage,
                 Digital--Fixed; Discless HP-UX; discless HP-UX; Hewlett
                 Packard computers; HP-UX 6.0; HP-UX 6.0 Discless
                 Workstation; HP-UX 6.0 system; Initialize; initialize;
                 Load; load; Local Networks; network; Operating system;
                 operating system; operating systems; Remote file
                 system; remote file system; Remote source; remote
                 source; Remote swapping; remote swapping; Remote
                 Swapping Capability; Remote system; remote system; Root
                 server; root server; station; system; Unix; work-;
                 Work-station",
  thesaurus =    "Computer bootstrapping; Hewlett Packard computers;
                 Network operating systems; UNIX",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Wagner:1988:DSC,
  author =       "Kimberly S. Wagner",
  title =        "Discless system configuration tasks",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "37--39",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Going from a group of stand-alone machines to a
                 clustered environment is not a particularly difficult
                 task, but because of the large number of steps required
                 to configure the system, an automated tool called
                 reconfig is provided with the HP-UX discless system to
                 simplify the process. Reconfig enables the system
                 administrator to set up the cluster server node and add
                 or delete cluster nodes (cnodes) as necessary. Reconfig
                 was originally developed for the HP 9000 Series 200 and
                 300 Computers' HP-UX 5.1 operating system. The tool
                 contains a collection of monotonous and terse system
                 administration tasks within a user-friendly menu-driven
                 environment. Basic tasks such as setting up user access
                 to the system and reconfiguring kernels can be easily
                 accomplished. With the advent of discless workstations
                 in a clustered environment, changes were made to
                 enhance the original reconfig tool.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "California Univ., Davis, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C6115 (Programming support); C6150J (Operating
                 systems)",
  classification = "722; 723; C6115 (Programming support); C6150J
                 (Operating systems)",
  corpsource =   "California Univ., Davis, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Automated tool; automated tool; Cluster nodes; cluster
                 nodes; Cluster server node; cluster server node;
                 Cluster Server Process (CSP); clustered; Clustered
                 environment; Cnodes; cnodes; Computer Operating
                 Systems; Configuration tasks; configuration tasks; Data
                 Processing; discless system; environment; File
                 Organization; Hewlett Packard computers; HP-UX; HP-UX
                 Discless System; HP-UX discless system; network
                 operating systems; Reconfig; reconfig; Reconfiguring
                 kernels; reconfiguring kernels; software tools; System
                 administration tasks; system administration tasks;
                 Unix; User access; user access; user-friendly
                 menu-drive; User-friendly menu-drive environment",
  thesaurus =    "Hewlett Packard computers; Network operating systems;
                 Software tools; UNIX",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Perlmetter:1988:SCS,
  author =       "Paul Q. Perlmetter",
  title =        "Small computer system interface",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "39--45",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "During the past few years manufacturers of small
                 computer systems and intelligent peripheral devices
                 realized the need for an industry standard I/O
                 interface for their systems. This interest resulted in
                 the small computer system interface standard. The SCSI
                 standard is the newest interface for the HP 9000 series
                 300 family of HP-UX workstations. It offers improved
                 performance, simplicity in design, a wide choice of
                 controller chips, and, most important, wide acceptance
                 in the UNIX community. Marketing data predicts that by
                 mid-1989, approximately one-half of all UNIX
                 workstations will have an SCSI interface. The article
                 provides an overview of the SCSI standard and the
                 implementation of SCSI on the series 300.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Colorado Univ., Boulder, CO, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5610P (Peripheral interfaces)",
  classification = "723; 902; C5610P (Peripheral interfaces)",
  corpsource =   "Colorado Univ., Boulder, CO, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "ANSI Committee Standard X3.131; computer interfaces;
                 Computer Interfaces; Computer Operating Systems;
                 Computer Peripheral Equipment; Data Processing--Data
                 Transfer; family; General-Purpose I/O Bus; Hewlett
                 Packard computers; HP 9000 series 300; HP 9000 series
                 300 family; HP-UX workstations; industry standard I/O
                 interface; Industry standard I/O interface;
                 input-output; interface standard; programs; SCSI
                 standard; small computer system; Small Computer System
                 Interface (SCSI); Small computer system interface
                 standard; standards; Standards; UNIX; UNIX Operating
                 System",
  thesaurus =    "Computer interfaces; Hewlett Packard computers;
                 Input-output programs; Standards",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
  xxauthor =     "P. Q. Perimutter",
}

@Article{Hall:1988:XWS,
  author =       "Frank E. Hall and James B. Byers",
  title =        "{X}: {A} window system standard for distributed
                 computing environments",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "46--50",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The X Window System allows applications running in
                 different environments and on different machines to
                 communicate high quality, graphical user interfaces
                 over a network. The increasing power of the distributed
                 computing environment, makes X a very timely
                 technology. It has integrating implications for the
                 areas of user interface, graphics, and networking. It
                 also presents new challenges for addressing the
                 emerging distributed computing market. This paper
                 compares the architecture of X to conventional window
                 systems, and describes the industry efforts to support
                 X as a standard.",
  abstract-2 =   "The X Window System has emerged on the industry
                 standard for supporting windowed user interfaces across
                 a computer network. The X Window System is network
                 transparent, which means that an application running on
                 one vendor's computer can display a high-quality,
                 graphical user interface to a user sitting either at
                 that same system or at another computer across the
                 network, perhaps made by a different vendor. The
                 increasing power of the distributed computing
                 environment makes X a very timely technology. It has
                 integrating implications for the areas of user
                 interface, graphics, and networking. It also presents
                 new challenges for addressing the emerging distributed
                 computing market. The paper compares the architecture
                 of X to conventional window systems, and describes the
                 industry efforts to support X as a standard.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Florida State Univ., Tallahassee, FL, USA",
  classcodes =   "C6150J (Operating systems); C6130B (Graphics
                 techniques); C6180 (User interfaces)",
  classification = "722; 723; 902; C6130B (Graphics techniques); C6150J
                 (Operating systems); C6180 (User interfaces)",
  corpsource =   "Florida State Univ., Tallahassee, FL, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Computer Architecture; computer graphics; Computer
                 Graphics--Computer Interfaces; Computer network;
                 computer network; Computer Networks--Protocols;
                 Computer Operating Systems--Standards; Computer
                 Systems, Digital; Distributed; Distributed computing
                 environments; distributed computing environments;
                 distributed processing; Graphical user interface;
                 graphical user interface; multiprogramming; Network
                 Transparency; Network transparent; network transparent;
                 standards; User Interface; user interfaces; Window
                 system standard; window system standard; Windowed user
                 interfaces; windowed user interfaces; X Window System;
                 X window system",
  thesaurus =    "Computer graphics; Distributed processing;
                 Multiprogramming; Standards; User interfaces",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Rhodes:1988:MDH,
  author =       "John D. Rhodes",
  title =        "Managing the development of the {HP DeskJet Printer}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "51--54",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Forays into unexplored regions of technology are
                 inevitable in the development of breakthrough products,
                 but they must be limited and carefully managed. The HP
                 DeskJet printer is a personal-convenience printer that
                 produces laser-quality output at a price comparable to
                 other low-cost personal printers. Among its features
                 are 300-dot-per-inch resolution, merged text and
                 graphics, multiple fonts, two slots for font or
                 personality cartridges, 120-character-per-second
                 letter-quality speed, built-in cut-sheet feeder for
                 common office paper, desktop design, and quiet
                 operation.",
  abstract-2 =   "The HP DeskJet printer is a personal-convenience
                 printer that produces laser-quality output at a price
                 comparable to other low-cost personal printers. Among
                 its features are 300-dot-per-inch resolution, merged
                 text and graphics, multiple fonts, two slots for font
                 or personality cartridges, 120-character-per-second
                 letter-quality speed, built-in-cut-sheet feeder for
                 common office paper, desktop design, and quiet
                 operation. The DeskJet printer comes with Centronics
                 parallel and RS-232-D interfaces.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Stanford Univ., CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  classification = "601; 722; 745; C5550 (Printers, plotters and other
                 hard-copy output devices)",
  corpsource =   "Stanford Univ., CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "300-Dot-Per-Inch Resolution; built-in-cut-;
                 Built-in-cut-sheet feeder; Computer Peripheral
                 Equipment; Desktop design; desktop design; Graphics;
                 graphics; Hewlett Packard computers; HP DeskJet
                 Printer; ink jet printers; laser-; Laser-quality
                 output; Letter-quality speed; letter-quality speed;
                 Merged text; merged text; Merged Text and Graphics;
                 Multiple fonts; Multiple Fonts; multiple fonts;
                 Personal-convenience printer; personal-convenience
                 printer; Personality cartridges; personality
                 cartridges; Printers; printers; Printing--Thermal
                 Effects; Product Design--Reliability; quality output;
                 Quiet operation; quiet operation; Reliability--Testing;
                 sheet feeder; thermal",
  thesaurus =    "Hewlett Packard computers; Ink jet printers; Thermal
                 printers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Buskirk:1988:DHT,
  author =       "William A. Buskirk and David E. Hackleman and Stanley
                 T. Hall and Paula H. Kanarek and Robert N. Low and
                 Kenneth E. Trueba and Richard R. {Van de Poll}",
  title =        "Development of a high-resolution thermal inkjet
                 printhead",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "55--61",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP DeskJet printer's 300-dot-per-inch resolution
                 is fundamental to its ability to produce laser-quality
                 output. The resolution was achieved by separating the
                 nozzles into two columns and removing the resistor
                 separator barriers from the orifice plate. These
                 barriers are now provided by a polymer, which is
                 applied over the thin films and patterned before the
                 orifice plate is attached.",
  abstract-2 =   "In the spring of 1984, Hewlett--Packard introduced the
                 HP ThinkJet printer with its replaceable thermal inkjet
                 printhead. This was a revolutionary concept that
                 validated the use of inkjet printing in a low-priced
                 printer. In the summer of 1987 the next generation of
                 Hewlett--Packard's thermal inkjet technology was
                 introduced in the PaintJet color graphics printer. In
                 addition to providing color output, this printer offers
                 improved text print quality at a resolution of 180 dots
                 per inch, almost twice that of the ThinkJet printer. In
                 parallel with the development of the PaintJet printhead
                 at HP's San Diego Division, another team was busy at
                 work at the Inkjet Components Operation in Corvallis,
                 Oregon, and at the printer division in Vancouver,
                 Washington. The goal for this HP DeskJet printer design
                 team was laser-quality output on `plain' paper for
                 about the same price as the new 24-wire printers.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Colorado Univ., Boulder, CO, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  classification = "722; 745; C5550 (Printers, plotters and other
                 hard-copy output devices)",
  corpsource =   "Colorado Univ., Boulder, CO, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "300-Dot-Per-Inch Resolution; Computer Peripheral
                 Equipment; Hewlett Packard computers; Hewlett--Packard;
                 High-resolution thermal inkjet printhead;
                 high-resolution thermal inkjet printhead; HP DeskJet
                 printer; HP DeskJet Printer; HP DeskJet printer; HP
                 ThinkJet printer; Ink Barrier; ink jet printers;
                 PaintJet color graphics printer; Printers; printers;
                 Printing Machinery--Components; Printing--Thermal
                 Effects; Replaceable thermal inkjet printhead;
                 replaceable thermal inkjet printhead; thermal; Thermal
                 Inkjet Printhead",
  thesaurus =    "Hewlett Packard computers; Ink jet printers; Thermal
                 printers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Harmon:1988:IPH,
  author =       "J. Paul Harmon and John A. Widder",
  title =        "Integrating the printhead into the {HP DeskJet}
                 Printer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "62--66",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The printhead support systems provide signals to
                 energize the ink-firing resistors, electrical
                 connections to the pen, a carriage to hold and move the
                 pen, and elements to protect and maintain the pen.
                 Several overall design constraints guided the design of
                 the printhead support systems. Each element had to meet
                 the longevity goals set for it, perform its task, be
                 robotically assemblable, and be low in cost. To meet
                 the last two goals the carriage mechanism for top-down
                 assembly and minimum part count.",
  abstract-2 =   "The HP DeskJet thermal inkjet printhead requires a
                 higher level of support from the printer than earlier
                 generations. There are more nozzles to drive, they have
                 to be driven faster, and more electrical connections
                 have to be made to the head. Smaller nozzles with
                 fast-drying, plain-paper ink require protection to
                 prevent the head from drying out and mechanisms to
                 recover nozzles that have clogged. And like earlier
                 disposable thermal inkjet printheads, a carriage is
                 needed to move the printhead across the paper. Several
                 overall design constraints guided the design of the
                 printhead support systems. Each element had to meet the
                 longevity goals set for it, perform its task, be
                 robotically assembled, and be low in cost. To meet the
                 last two goals the project attempted as much as
                 possible to design the carriage mechanism for top-down
                 assembly and minimum part count.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Washington Univ., Seattle, WA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  classification = "713; 722; 731; 745; 922; C5550 (Printers, plotters
                 and other hard-copy output devices)",
  corpsource =   "Washington Univ., Seattle, WA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Carriage; carriage; Computer Peripheral Equipment;
                 Hewlett Packard computers; HP DeskJet Printer; HP
                 DeskJet printer; HP DeskJet thermal inkjet printhead;
                 ink jet printers; Mathematical Statistics--Monte Carlo
                 Methods; Nozzles; nozzles; Printed
                 Circuits--Mathematical Models; Printers; printers;
                 Printhead; Printhead support systems; printhead support
                 systems; Printing Machinery--Design;
                 Printing--Components; Robotic Assembly; thermal;
                 Top-Down Assembly",
  thesaurus =    "Hewlett Packard computers; Ink jet printers; Thermal
                 printers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Jackson:1988:DPC,
  author =       "Larry A. Jackson and Kieran B. Kelly and David W.
                 Pinkernell and Steve O. Rasmussen and John A. Widder",
  title =        "{DeskJet} printer chassis and mechanism design",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "67--75",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Two mechanisms of DeskJet printer are described. One
                 mechanism moves the carriage while another uses a
                 single motor to pick, feed, and eject paper and prime
                 the pen. The polycarbonate chassis supports everything.
                 The chassis is designed as one large part that takes
                 the place of many parts and functions as the main
                 structure for the printer mechanism. The chassis also
                 integrates many of the functions of the printer.",
  abstract-2 =   "The chassis of the DeskJet printer is an injection
                 molded plastic part that supports the mechanical and
                 electrical systems. Besides meeting its own objectives,
                 the chassis design helps accomplish some of the overall
                 objectives for the printer. Part count is minimized by
                 the large amount of functionality built into this
                 single part, and ease of assembly of the other parts to
                 the chassis is a feature of the design. Both factors
                 help reduce the cost of the printer. Two important
                 criteria for the chassis design were material selection
                 and tooling. The material needs to be very good
                 structurally, have good dimensional stability, and help
                 dissipate electrostatic charge created by the paper
                 motion. It also needs to be a good bearing material and
                 a good snap material. Requirements for the tooling are
                 that it be simple, fast and durable. The chassis is
                 designed as one large part that takes the place of many
                 parts and functions as the main structure for the
                 printer mechanism. The chassis also integrates many of
                 the functions of the printer.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Utah State Univ., Logan, UT, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  classification = "601; 705; 722; 732; 745; C5550 (Printers, plotters
                 and other hard-copy output devices)",
  corpsource =   "Utah State Univ., Logan, UT, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Computer Peripheral Equipment--Printers; Design;
                 DeskJet printer chassis; Ease of assembly; ease of
                 assembly; Functionality; functionality; Hewlett Packard
                 computers; injection molded; Injection molded plastic
                 part; ink jet printers; material; Material selection;
                 Mechanism design; mechanism design;
                 Mechanisms--Electric Drive; plastic part; printers;
                 Printing Machinery; selection;
                 Servomechanisms--Mathematical Models; thermal; Tooling;
                 tooling",
  thesaurus =    "Hewlett Packard computers; Ink jet printers; Thermal
                 printers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{May:1988:DDH,
  author =       "Donna J. May and Mark D. Lund and Thomas B. Pritchard
                 and Claude W. Nichols",
  title =        "Data to dots in the {HP DeskJet} Printer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "76--80",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A microprocessor-controlled custom IC manipulates dot
                 data to provide double-width, half-width, compressed,
                 half-height, draft-quality, bold, underlined, and tall
                 characters, and graphics. The basic function of the HP
                 DeskJet printer is to transform input data into tiny
                 ink dots on a page. The DeskJet printer offers
                 high-quality characters in a variety of algorithmic
                 character enhancements. As a result, the data must be
                 transformed by a number of processes before being sent
                 to the printhead.",
  abstract-2 =   "From data to dots, all of this processing provides
                 DeskJet printer users with a wide variety of
                 enhancements that yield high-quality print. From the
                 internal Courier 10-pitch set alone, a user can select
                 one of 18 character sets (including the 13 ISO sets),
                 one of four pitches (normal, half-width, double-width,
                 or compressed), normal or half-height, normal or bold
                 weight, and one of three vertical placements (normal,
                 superscript, or subscript). Since all of these
                 characteristics can be applied in any combination, the
                 internal font alone can be used to generate 864
                 different fonts.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Iowa State Univ., Ames, IA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)C6130 (Data handling techniques)",
  classification = "722; 723; 731; 745; C5550 (Printers, plotters and
                 other hard-copy output devices); C6130 (Data handling
                 techniques)",
  corpsource =   "Iowa State Univ., Ames, IA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Algorithmic Character Enhancements; Bold weight; bold
                 weight; character; Character Sets; Character sets;
                 character sets; Compressed; compressed; Computer
                 Peripheral Equipment--Printers; Computer
                 Programming--Algorithms; Control Systems--Computer
                 Interfaces; Data to Dots Transformation; Double-width;
                 double-width; Fonts; fonts; Half-height; half-height;
                 Half-width; half-width; Hewlett Packard computers; HP
                 DeskJet printer; HP DeskJet Printer; HP DeskJet
                 printer; ink jet printers; Internal Courier 10-pitch
                 set; internal Courier 10-pitch set; ISO sets; Normal;
                 normal; Pitches; pitches; Printing; Printing
                 Machinery--Control; sets; Subscript; subscript;
                 Superscript; superscript; thermal printers; Vertical
                 placements; vertical placements",
  thesaurus =    "Character sets; Hewlett Packard computers; Ink jet
                 printers; Thermal printers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{DiVittorio:1988:FLT,
  author =       "Mark J. DiVittorio and Brian Cripe and Claude W.
                 Nichols and Michael S. Ard and Kevin R. Hudson and
                 David J. Neff",
  title =        "Firmware for a laser-quality thermal inkjet printer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "81--86",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A high-level language, C, was chosen to implement the
                 DeskJet feature set, with the target processor being a
                 Z80 microprocessor. The firmware is basically split
                 into two categories: code that implements the generic
                 feature set, called generic printer code, and code that
                 interacts with the custom electronics and mechanism,
                 called product specific code. Both segments of the code
                 set are almost entirely written in C, although there is
                 small amount of assembly language code that performs
                 paper motor control and provides feedback for the servo
                 in the carriage velocity control system. This was
                 necessary because these functions have to be done
                 quickly and in real time.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Santa Clara Univ., CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C6100 (Software techniques and systems); C5140
                 (Firmware)",
  classification = "722; 723; C5140 (Firmware); C6100 (Software
                 techniques and systems)",
  corpsource =   "Santa Clara Univ., CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Assembly Language Code; Codes, Symbolic; Computer
                 Operating Systems; Computer Peripheral Equipment;
                 Computer Programming Languages; Computer Software;
                 Epson; Epson FX-80 emulation; Firmware; firmware; FX-80
                 emulation; Generic printer code; Generic Printer Code;
                 generic printer code; Hewlett Packard computers; HP
                 DeskJet; HP DeskJet printer; ink jet printers;
                 Laser-quality thermal inkjet printer; laser-quality
                 thermal inkjet printer; printer; Printer specific code;
                 Printer Specific Code; printer specific code; Printers;
                 Thermal Inkjet Printer; thermal printers",
  thesaurus =    "Firmware; Hewlett Packard computers; Ink jet printers;
                 Thermal printers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Gast:1988:RAH,
  author =       "P. David Gast",
  title =        "Robotic assembly of {HP DeskJet} Printed Circuit
                 Boards in a just-in-time environment",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "87--90",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The printed circuit boards in the HP DeskJet and
                 Rugged-Writer 480 printers are hybrid boards composed
                 of a mixture of surface mount and through-hole
                 components. Assembly of these boards is done on an
                 automated high-volume assembly line capable of
                 processing the boards for both printers in a mixed-mode
                 production environment. This robotic printed circuit
                 board assembly system is carefully designed to fit into
                 the HP Vancouver Division's just-in-time manufacturing
                 system.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Texas A and M Univ., College Station, TX, USA",
  classcodes =   "B2210D (Printed circuit manufacture); B0170E
                 (Production facilities and engineering); C3355F
                 (Assembling); C3350Z (Other industries)",
  classification = "713; 731; 741; B0170E (Production facilities and
                 engineering); B2210D (Printed circuit manufacture);
                 C3350Z (Other industries); C3355F (Assembling)",
  corpsource =   "Texas A and M Univ., College Station, TX, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "assembling; automated; Automated high-volume assembly
                 line; boards; environment; Hewlett Packard computers;
                 high-volume assembly line; HP DeskJet printed circuit
                 boards; HP DeskJet Prints; hybrid; Hybrid boards;
                 industrial robots; JIT; Just-in-time; just-in-time;
                 Just-In-Time (JIT) Manufacturing System; Just-in-time
                 environment; just-in-time environment; Manufacturing
                 system; manufacturing system; mixed-mode production;
                 Mixed-mode production environment; mount technology;
                 Plastic Leaded Chip Carriers; printed circuit
                 manufacture; Printed Circuits; production control;
                 Robotic Assembly; Robotic printed circuit board
                 assembly system; robotic printed circuit board assembly
                 system; Robots, Industrial--Vision Systems;
                 Rugged-Writer 480 printers; surface; Surface mount;
                 surface mount; Surface Mount Components; Through-hole
                 components; through-hole components; Vision-guided
                 robot; vision-guided robot",
  thesaurus =    "Assembling; Hewlett Packard computers; Industrial
                 robots; Printed circuit manufacture; Production
                 control; Surface mount technology",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Huth:1988:CMV,
  author =       "Mark C. Huth and Robert A. Conder and Gregg P. Ferry
                 and Brian L. Helterline and Robert F. Aman and Timothy
                 S. Hubley",
  title =        "{CIM} and machine vision in the production of thermal
                 inkjet printheads",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "91--98",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The use of vision systems in the assembly of the HP
                 DeskJet printhead has had many benefits. Verification
                 of the quality level of the printheads produced is
                 probably the most understandable. In addition, the
                 process verification and part inspections have improved
                 the quality of the printhead. Improvements in the
                 process are only possible with the data to show where
                 the problems are or how well a process has been
                 performed. The TAB prep, TAB placement, encapsulant,
                 and adhesive inspection systems satisfy the first level
                 of an open-loop system. Print quality inspection is on
                 a level that begins to close the feedback loop by
                 connecting data paths in the CIM format. All levels of
                 machine vision applications have shown their worth in
                 helping to produce a high-quality printhead.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Virginia Tech., Blacksburg, VA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C3355F (Assembling); C7420 (Control engineering);
                 C5260B (Computer vision and picture processing); C5550
                 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  classification = "723; 731; 741; 913; C3355F (Assembling); C5260B
                 (Computer vision and picture processing); C5550
                 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices); C7420 (Control engineering)",
  corpsource =   "Virginia Tech., Blacksburg, VA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "adhesive; Adhesive inspection systems; CAD/CAM; CIM;
                 Computer Integrated Manufacturing; computer vision;
                 Control Systems; data; Data paths; DeskJet Printhead
                 Production; Encapsulant; encapsulant; Feedback loop;
                 feedback loop; Hewlett Packard computers; HP DeskJet
                 printhead; ink jet; Inspection; inspection systems;
                 inspections; Machine vision; machine vision;
                 manufacturing computer control; Open-Loop Go/No-Go
                 Systems; Open-loop system; open-loop system; part; Part
                 inspections; paths; printers; Process Control; Process
                 verification; process verification; Process
                 Verification Systems; systems; TAB placement; TAB prep;
                 Thermal inkjet printheads; thermal inkjet printheads;
                 thermal printers; vision; Vision systems;
                 Vision--Artificial",
  thesaurus =    "CAD/CAM; Computer vision; Hewlett Packard computers;
                 Ink jet printers; Manufacturing computer control;
                 Thermal printers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Epstein:1988:EHO,
  author =       "Howard C. Epstein and Mark G. Leonard and Robert
                 Nicol",
  title =        "Economical, high-performance optical encoders",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "99--106",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A high-resolution, high-speed printer like the HP
                 DeskJet printer needs an electronic ruler to know where
                 it is on the page. For this function, the DeskJet
                 printer uses a separately available HP product, the
                 HEDS-9000 shaft encoder module. The version of this
                 two-channel position sensor in the DeskJet printer
                 provides 2000 marks (500 cycles) per revolution and
                 gives direction information. The module facilitates a
                 large reduction in the cost of servo motion control and
                 is one reason the DeskJet printer is able to provide
                 high-quality, speedy printing at a low price. The
                 article describes key elements of the module's design,
                 manufacturing strategies, and performance.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "California State Univ., Los Angeles, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7320C
                 (Spatial variables); C5550 (Printers, plotters and
                 other hard-copy output devices); C3120C (Spatial
                 variables); C3240F (Nonelectric transducers and sensing
                 devices)",
  classification = "722; 723; 741; B7230 (Sensing devices and
                 transducers); B7320C (Spatial variables); C3120C
                 (Spatial variables); C3240F (Nonelectric transducers
                 and sensing devices); C5550 (Printers, plotters and
                 other hard-copy output devices)",
  corpsource =   "California State Univ., Los Angeles, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "9000 shaft encoder module; Codes, Symbolic; Computer
                 Peripheral Equipment--Printers; detectors; Direction
                 information; direction information; Electronic ruler;
                 electronic ruler; Encoding; HEDS-; HEDS-9000 shaft
                 encoder module; HEDS-9000 Shaft Encoder Module; Hewlett
                 Packard computers; HP DeskJet Printer; HP DeskJet
                 printer; ink jet printers; Optical Data Processing;
                 Optical Encoders; Optical encoders; optical encoders;
                 position control; position measurement; Servo motion
                 control; servo motion control; thermal printers;
                 Two-channel position sensor; two-channel position
                 sensor",
  thesaurus =    "Detectors; Hewlett Packard computers; Ink jet
                 printers; Position control; Position measurement;
                 Thermal printers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Fleischer-Reumann:1988:HOT,
  author =       "Michael Fleischer-Reumann and Franz Sischka",
  title =        "A high-speed optical time-domain reflectometer with
                 improved dynamic range",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "6--13",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Basic information is presented on optical time-domain
                 reflectometry and the HP 8145A, which uses a data
                 correlation technique to increase measurement speed and
                 dynamic range, is introduced. The HP 8145A optical
                 time-domain reflectometer makes one-port impulse
                 response measurements of optical fibers and cables. It
                 operates at 1300 nm, 1540 nm, or both, and has 0.01 dB
                 power resolution, 1-m display resolution, and 200-km
                 maximum range.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems); B7320P (Optical variables); B7250G (Display,
                 recording and indicating instruments); B6260 (Optical
                 links and equipment); B4125 (Fibre optics)",
  classification = "723; 741; 941; B4125 (Fibre optics); B6260 (Optical
                 links and equipment); B7210X (Other instrumentation and
                 measurement systems); B7250G (Display, recording and
                 indicating instruments); B7320P (Optical variables)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "1 M; 1 m; 1300 Nm; 1300 nm; 1540 Nm; 1540 nm; 200 Km;
                 200 km; Data Correlation; Data correlation; data
                 correlation; dynamic; Dynamic range; Fiber Optics; HP
                 8145A; Improved Dynamic Range; Measurement Speed;
                 measurements; one-port impulse response; One-port
                 impulse response measurements; Optical cables; optical
                 cables; Optical fibers; optical fibers; optical fibres;
                 Optical time-domain reflectometer; optical time-domain
                 reflectometer; Optical Variables Measurement;
                 Performance; range; Reflectometers; reflectometers;
                 reflectometry; time-domain; Time-Domain Reflectometer",
  numericalindex = "Wavelength 1.3E-06 m; Wavelength 1.54E-06 m;
                 Distance 2.0E+05 m; Distance 1.0E+00 m",
  thesaurus =    "Optical cables; Optical fibres; Reflectometers;
                 Time-domain reflectometry",
  treatment =    "G General Review; P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Sischka:1988:CCO,
  author =       "Franz Sischka and Steven A. Newton and Moshe
                 Nazarathy",
  title =        "Complementary correlation optical time-domain
                 reflectometry",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "14--21",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "An optical time-domain reflectometer (OTDR) is an
                 instrument that characterizes optical fibers by
                 launching a probe signal into a fiber under test and
                 detecting, averaging, and displaying the return signal.
                 The distance to a given feature is determined by
                 measuring the time required for the signal to travel to
                 the feature and back again to the measuring instrument.
                 The autocorrelation function of a complementary Golay
                 code pair has zero sidelobes, making these codes ideal
                 for spread-spectrum optical time-domain
                 reflectometry.",
  abstract-2 =   "The autocorrelation function of a complementary Golay
                 code pair has zero sidelobes, making these codes ideal
                 for spread-spectrum optical time-domain reflectometry.
                 The implementation of these principles, in an
                 instrument is described with particular reference to
                 the HP 8145A.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems); B7320P (Optical variables); B7250G (Display,
                 recording and indicating instruments); B6260 (Optical
                 links and equipment); B4125 (Fibre optics)",
  classification = "741; 941; B4125 (Fibre optics); B6260 (Optical links
                 and equipment); B7210X (Other instrumentation and
                 measurement systems); B7250G (Display, recording and
                 indicating instruments); B7320P (Optical variables)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Autocorrelation Function; Autocorrelation function;
                 autocorrelation function; Code Pair; complementary;
                 Complementary correlation optical time-domain
                 reflectometry; complementary correlation optical
                 time-domain reflectometry; Complementary Golay code
                 pair; Fiber Optics; Golay code pair; HP 8145A; optical
                 cables; Optical fibres; optical fibres; Optical
                 Variables Measurement; Performance; Reflectometers;
                 reflectometers; reflectometry; spread-spectrum optical;
                 Spread-spectrum optical time-domain reflectometry;
                 time-domain; Time-domain Reflectometry; time-domain
                 reflectometry; Zero Sidelobes; Zero sidelobes; zero
                 sidelobes",
  thesaurus =    "Optical cables; Optical fibres; Reflectometers;
                 Time-domain reflectometry",
  treatment =    "G General Review; P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Beck:1988:OCD,
  author =       "Juergen Beck and Siegfried Gross and Robin Giffard",
  title =        "Optical component design for a correlation-based
                 optical time-domain reflectometer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "22--28",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Three principal components of an optical time-domain
                 reflectometer are the laser diode and its driver, the
                 optical system, and the receiver. The laser diode emits
                 the probe light pulses. This light is guided and
                 coupled into the fiber under test by the optical
                 system. The reflected and backscattered light coming
                 out of the fiber under test is split out of the forward
                 ray path and guided to the receiver by the optical
                 system. The output of the receiver, a sampled digital
                 signal, is fed to the digital signal processor. This
                 article discusses the design of the laser driver, the
                 optical system, and the receiver.",
  abstract-2 =   "Aspects of the design of the HP 8145A instrument are
                 described. The major requirements for the laser driver,
                 optical system and receiver were single-mode,
                 two-wavelength operation, high linearity, low noise and
                 low insertion loss.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems); B7320P (Optical variables); B7250G (Display,
                 recording and indicating instruments); B6260 (Optical
                 links and equipment); B4125 (Fibre optics); B4360
                 (Laser applications)",
  classification = "714; 741; 744; 941; B4125 (Fibre optics); B4360
                 (Laser applications); B6260 (Optical links and
                 equipment); B7210X (Other instrumentation and
                 measurement systems); B7250G (Display, recording and
                 indicating instruments); B7320P (Optical variables)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "correlation-based; Correlation-based optical
                 time-domain reflectometer; Design; Fiber Optics;
                 Insertion loss; insertion loss; Laser Diode; Laser
                 Driver; Laser driver; laser driver; lasers; Lasers,
                 Semiconductor; Light Pulses; Linearity; linearity;
                 measurement by laser beam; Noise; noise; optical;
                 optical cables; Optical Devices; optical fibres;
                 Optical system; optical systems; optical time-domain
                 reflectometer; Receiver; receiver; Reflectometers;
                 reflectometers; reflectometry; Sampled Digital Signal;
                 Single-mode two-wavelength operation; single-mode
                 two-wavelength operation; system; time-domain;
                 Time-Domain Reflectometer",
  thesaurus =    "Lasers; Measurement by laser beam; Noise; Optical
                 cables; Optical fibres; Optical systems;
                 Reflectometers; Time-domain reflectometry",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Rivoir:1988:DPC,
  author =       "Jochen Rivoir and Wilfried Pless",
  title =        "Data processing in the correlating optical time-domain
                 reflectometer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "29--34",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The digital signal processing engine is a powerful
                 32-bit digital signal processor with an architecture
                 designed especially for the correlating HP 8145A
                 Optical Time-Domain Reflectometer. With its 200 MSI
                 ICs, the DSPE outperforms any available microprocessor
                 or signal processor for its tasks. After being started
                 by the main microprocessor, the DSPE can work
                 independently while the main processor performs other
                 measurement tasks. The firmware for these tasks is
                 designed for pipelined operation to reduce overhead and
                 maximize throughput.",
  abstract-2 =   "In the HP 8145A instrument, a powerful special-purpose
                 digital signal processor, a general-purpose main
                 processor and pipelined measurement firmware work with
                 the optical components to make measurements. These
                 processing components are described.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement systems);
                 B7320P (Optical variables); B7250G (Display, recording
                 and indicating instruments); B6260 (Optical links and
                 equipment); B4125 (Fibre optics); C7410H
                 (Instrumentation); C5260 (Digital signal processing);
                 C5130 (Microprocessor chips); C5140 (Firmware); C7410F
                 (Communications)",
  classification = "716; 717; 718; 723; 741; 941; B4125 (Fibre optics);
                 B6260 (Optical links and equipment); B7210B (Automatic
                 test and measurement systems); B7210X (Other
                 instrumentation and measurement systems); B7250G
                 (Display, recording and indicating instruments); B7320P
                 (Optical variables); C5130 (Microprocessor chips);
                 C5140 (Firmware); C5260 (Digital signal processing);
                 C7410F (Communications); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "chips; computerised instrumentation; computing;
                 Correlating optical time-domain reflectometer;
                 correlating optical time-domain reflectometer; Data
                 Processing; digital signal processing; firmware;
                 general-purpose; General-purpose main processor;
                 General-Purpose Main Processor; HP 8145A; main
                 processor; microprocessor chips; optical cables;
                 optical fibres; Performance; Pipelined measurement
                 firmware; pipelined measurement firmware; Pipelined
                 Operation; Reflectometers; reflectometers; Signal
                 Processing--Digital Techniques; Special-Purpose Digital
                 Signal Processor; Special-purpose digital signal
                 processor; special-purpose digital signal processor;
                 telecommunications; Time-Domain Reflectometer;
                 time-domain reflectometry",
  thesaurus =    "Computerised instrumentation; Digital signal
                 processing chips; Firmware; Microprocessor chips;
                 Optical cables; Optical fibres; Reflectometers;
                 Telecommunications computing; Time-domain
                 reflectometry",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Vobis:1988:OTR,
  author =       "Joachim Vobis",
  title =        "Optical time-domain reflectometer user interface
                 design",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "35--38",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP 8145A Optical Time-Domain Reflectometer
                 described in this issue is a highly sophisticated
                 machine. Its hardware and its theory of operation are
                 difficult to understand. On the other hand, most users
                 want to see an interface that is self-explanatory and
                 helps them do everything from simple to complex tasks
                 easily. The creation of a friendly user interface for
                 both local and remote control is the task of a large
                 portion of the firmware built into the HP 8145A. An
                 attempt is made to describe the firmware.",
  abstract-2 =   "The creation of a friendly user interface for both
                 local and remote control is the task of a large portion
                 of the firmware built into the HP 8145A. The firmware
                 can be divided into five parts: a central database; the
                 keyboard/display process; the HP-IB process for remote
                 control; the measurement process and the check
                 process.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement systems);
                 B7320P (Optical variables); B7250G (Display, recording
                 and indicating instruments); B6260 (Optical links and
                 equipment); B4125 (Fibre optics); C7410H
                 (Instrumentation); C6180 (User interfaces); C7410F
                 (Communications)",
  classification = "722; 723; 741; 941; B4125 (Fibre optics); B6260
                 (Optical links and equipment); B7210B (Automatic test
                 and measurement systems); B7210X (Other instrumentation
                 and measurement systems); B7250G (Display, recording
                 and indicating instruments); B7320P (Optical
                 variables); C6180 (User interfaces); C7410F
                 (Communications); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Central database; central database; Check process;
                 check process; Computer Applications; Computer
                 Interfaces; computerised instrumentation; domain
                 reflectometry; fibres; Firmware; firmware; Friendly
                 user interface; friendly user interface; Front-Panel
                 Interface; HP 8145A; HP-IB process; Invisible
                 Intelligence; Keyboard/display process;
                 keyboard/display process; Local and Remote Control;
                 measurement; Measurement process; optical; optical
                 cables; Optical time-domain reflectometers; optical
                 time-domain reflectometers; process; Reflectometers;
                 reflectometers; Remote control; remote control;
                 telecommunications computing; time-; Time-Domain
                 Reflectometer; User Interface; user interfaces",
  thesaurus =    "Computerised instrumentation; Optical cables; Optical
                 fibres; Reflectometers; Telecommunications computing;
                 Time-domain reflectometry; User interfaces",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Bares:1988:PPP,
  author =       "Steven J. Bares",
  title =        "Printing on plain paper with a thermal inkjet
                 printer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "39--44",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A low-cost inkjet printer to produce true
                 letter-quality print on plain paper is described.
                 Intended for office use, the printer was designer
                 specifically to meet customer demand for products that
                 use available office papers.",
  abstract-2 =   "An understanding of `plain papers' and how their
                 variability affects performance played a key role in
                 the development of the HP DeskJet printer. A major
                 challenge during the development phase was to construct
                 a printhead that would produce reliable print quality
                 over the wide range of papers used in offices. To meet
                 this challenge, the design team needed to identify and
                 obtain samples of the types of papers available to the
                 user and to understand the chemical and physical
                 variability of these papers. This included obtaining
                 information about the paper industry's raw materials,
                 manufacturing processes and distribution networks. This
                 paper summarizes the results of these studies. Topics
                 covered include the types of papers found in the
                 office, the properties of these papers, and the effect
                 of these properties on inkjet print quality.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  classification = "722; 745; 811; C5550 (Printers, plotters and other
                 hard-copy output devices)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Chemical properties; chemical properties; Computer
                 Peripheral Equipment; Customer Demand; HP DeskJet
                 printer; Ink; ink jet printers; Letter-Quality Print;
                 manufacturing; Manufacturing processes; Office Papers;
                 Office Use; paper; paper industry; Paper--Printing
                 Properties; Physical properties; physical properties;
                 Plain paper; Plain Paper; plain paper; Printers;
                 Printing Machinery; processes; Thermal inkjet printer;
                 Thermal Inkjet Printer; thermal inkjet printer; thermal
                 printers",
  thesaurus =    "Ink jet printers; Paper; Paper industry; Thermal
                 printers",
  treatment =    "G General Review; P Practical; R Product Review; X
                 Experimental",
}

@Article{Berger:1988:HIM,
  author =       "Arnold S. Berger",
  title =        "Host independent microprocessor development systems",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "45--51",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP 64700 family are described. A new architecture
                 makes it possible to use this family of emulators with
                 various hosts, such as workstations, mainframes or
                 personal computers. The cabling technology and chassis
                 design are also discussed.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5250 (Microcomputer techniques); C7430 (Computer
                 engineering); C5220 (Computer architecture)",
  classification = "722; 723; C5220 (Computer architecture); C5250
                 (Microcomputer techniques); C7430 (Computer
                 engineering)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "64700 family; Architecture; architecture; Cabling
                 technology; cabling technology; chassis; Chassis
                 Design; Chassis design; computer architecture; Computer
                 Systems, Digital--Multiprocessing; computers;
                 Computers, Microcomputer; Computers, Personal; design;
                 development systems; Emulators; Hewlett Packard; Host
                 Independence; Host-independent microprocessor
                 development systems; host-independent microprocessor
                 development systems; HP; HP 64700 family; Mainframes;
                 Microprocessor; Performance; Workstations",
  thesaurus =    "Computer architecture; Development systems; Hewlett
                 Packard computers",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Fischer:1988:HIE,
  author =       "William A. {Fischer, Jr.}",
  title =        "Host independent emulator software architecture",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "52--56",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "For a microprocessor emulator, the system software is
                 a significant portion of the overall design. HP 64700
                 Series emulators have an entire microprocessor
                 development system built into firmware. This firmware
                 lays the groundwork for future emulator design. When a
                 silicon manufacturer releases a new microprocessor, it
                 is important that emulation support be available in a
                 timely fashion. The present HP 64000-UX Advanced
                 Integration Environment offers more than 40 different
                 microprocessor emulators. A flexible software
                 architecture was developed for the HP 64700 Series that
                 also supports many different emulators. This article
                 discusses the HP 64700 software architecture. It is
                 shown how the software architecture improves the
                 emulation development environment and how users benefit
                 with easy-to-use, flexible emulation interfaces.",
  abstract-2 =   "Built into the firmware of the HP 64700 series host
                 independent emulators is an entire microprocessor
                 development system. The general software architecture,
                 terminal interface, firmware structure, host interface,
                 programmatic interface and PC interface are among the
                 aspects discussed.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5250 (Microcomputer techniques); C6115 (Programming
                 support)C5140 (Firmware); C7430 (Computer
                 engineering)",
  classification = "722; 723; C5140 (Firmware); C5250 (Microcomputer
                 techniques); C6115 (Programming support); C7430
                 (Computer engineering)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Computer Architecture; Computer Software; Computers,
                 Microcomputer; development systems; Emulation
                 Development; Firmware; firmware; Firmware structure;
                 firmware structure; Flexible Emulation Interfaces;
                 Flexible Software Architecture; Hewlett Packard
                 computers; host; Host independent emulators; Host
                 interface; host interface; HP 64700 series; independent
                 emulators; Microprocessor development system;
                 microprocessor development system; Microprocessor
                 Emulator; PC interface; Performance; Programmatic
                 interface; programmatic interface; Software
                 architecture; software architecture; Terminal
                 Interface; Terminal interface; terminal interface",
  thesaurus =    "Development systems; Firmware; Hewlett Packard
                 computers",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Lum:1988:EMH,
  author =       "Gary W. Lum and Milton J. Lau and Wesley H. Stelter",
  title =        "Expanded memory for the {HP} Vectra {ES} personal
                 computer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "57--63",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "This memory subsystem provides the expanded memory and
                 extended memory support for the HP Vectra Personal
                 Computer, while maintaining compatibility with industry
                 standards. The hardware architecture, map table
                 operation, hardware implementation, software driver
                 architecture, data structure and expanded memory access
                 of the card are discussed.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5320G (Semiconductor storage); C6120 (File
                 organisation); C5220 (Computer architecture)",
  classification = "721; 722; 723; C5220 (Computer architecture); C5320G
                 (Semiconductor storage); C6120 (File organisation)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "add-on boards; Components; computer architecture;
                 Computer Hardware; computers; Computers, Personal; Data
                 Storage, Digital; Data structure; data structure;
                 driver architecture; Expanded Memory; Expanded memory
                 access; expanded memory access; Extended memory
                 support; extended memory support; Hardware
                 architecture; Hardware Architecture; hardware
                 architecture; Hardware implementation; hardware
                 implementation; Hewlett Packard; HP Vectra ES personal
                 computer; IBM compatible machines; Industry Standards;
                 Map table operation; map table operation; Memory
                 expansion card; memory expansion card; Memory
                 Subsystem; Memory Support; semiconductor storage;
                 software; Software driver architecture; Standards;
                 standards; storage management",
  thesaurus =    "Add-on boards; Computer architecture; Hewlett Packard
                 computers; IBM compatible machines; Semiconductor
                 storage; Storage management",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Keller:1988:GRT,
  author =       "Alexander Keller and Ulrich H. Haeberlen",
  title =        "Generalization of the {Redfield-Kunz} treatment of
                 quadrature phase time domain",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "39",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "74--76 (or 74--75??)",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A prescription is given to compute the complex Fourier
                 transform spectrum from quadrature phase time data when
                 the x and y signals are sampled neither simultaneously
                 nor alternately. This case applies to the sampling
                 scheme of the HP 5180A Waveform Recorder.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C1120 (Analysis); C1130 (Integral transforms); C4160
                 (Numerical integration and differentiation)",
  classification = "921; 942; C1120 (Analysis); C1130 (Integral
                 transforms); C4160 (Numerical integration and
                 differentiation)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Complex Fourier Transform; Complex Fourier transform
                 spectrum; complex Fourier transform spectrum;
                 Digitalization; domain; Fourier Transforms; Fourier
                 transforms; Generalised Redfield-Kunze method;
                 generalised Redfield-Kunze method; HP 5180A; HP 5180A
                 waveform recorder; integration; Mathematical
                 Transformations; quadrature phase time; Quadrature
                 Phase Time Data; Quadrature phase time domain;
                 Redfield-Kunz Treatment; Spectrum Analyzers; waveform
                 analysis; Waveform Recorder; waveform recorder; X And Y
                 Signals",
  thesaurus =    "Fourier transforms; Integration; Waveform analysis",
  treatment =    "P Practical; T Theoretical or Mathematical",
}

@Article{Wechsler:1988:CTV,
  author =       "Mark Wechsler",
  title =        "Characterization of time varying frequency behavior
                 using continuous measurement technology",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "6--12",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP 5371A Frequency and Time Interval Analyzer
                 implements the continuous measurement technique to
                 provide advanced capabilities for measuring frequency
                 and time interval variations. The measurement and
                 analysis capabilities of the HP 5371A can be applied to
                 microwave and millimeter-wave signals, for example by
                 down-converting these signals using the HP 5364A
                 Microwave Mixer\slash Detector. Designed as a companion
                 instrument to the HP 5371A, the HP 5364A uses a
                 mix-down technique that retains the phase and timing
                 information of the original signal.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7310G (Frequency); B7250G (Display, recording and
                 indicating instruments); B7210X (Other instrumentation
                 and measurement systems); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
  classification = "716; 942; B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
                 systems); B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments); B7310G (Frequency); C7410H
                 (Instrumentation)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "computerised instrumentation; Continuous measurement
                 technique; continuous measurement technique; Continuous
                 Measurement Technology; Digital Communication
                 Systems--Synchronization; Frequency and time interval
                 analyzer; frequency and time interval analyzer;
                 frequency measurement; Frequency Meters; Frequency/Time
                 Interval Analyzer hp5371a; HP 5371A; measurement;
                 Measurement technology; Microwaves; Millimeter Waves;
                 Radar; Signal Processing--Sampling; Spectral analyser;
                 spectral analyser; spectral analysers; technology; Time
                 interval; time interval; Time Varying Frequencies; Time
                 varying frequency; time varying frequency",
  thesaurus =    "Computerised instrumentation; Frequency measurement;
                 Spectral analysers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
  xxnote =       "Check year: 1988 or 1989??",
}

@Article{Nimori:1988:FSD,
  author =       "Terrance K. Nimori and Lisa B. Stambaugh",
  title =        "Firmware system design for a frequency and time
                 interval analyzer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "13--21",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Based on continuous measurement technology, the HP
                 5371A Frequency and Time Interval Analyzer represents a
                 significant contribution to dynamic signal analysis.
                 Powerful analysis and graphics firmware provide
                 enhanced performance capabilities for such applications
                 as frequency modulation and timing jitter measurements.
                 This article examines the major firmware components of
                 the HP 5371A, and focuses on their design and
                 application to the continuous measurement concept.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Santa Clara",
  affiliationaddress = "Santa Clara, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7310G (Frequency); B7250G (Display, recording and
                 indicating instruments); B7210X (Other instrumentation
                 and measurement systems); C7410H (Instrumentation);
                 C5140 (Firmware)",
  classification = "723; 942; B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
                 systems); B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments); B7310G (Frequency); C5140 (Firmware);
                 C7410H (Instrumentation)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "5371A; Computer Operating Systems; computerised
                 instrumentation; Continuous measurement technology;
                 continuous measurement technology; CRT Interface;
                 Database Systems; Dynamic Signal Analysis; Firmware;
                 firmware; Firmware components; firmware components;
                 frequency; Frequency and Time Interval Analyzer;
                 Frequency Meters; Frequency/Time Interval Analyzer HP
                 5371A; graphics; Graphics firmware; HP; HP 5371A;
                 measurement; Performance capabilities; performance
                 capabilities; Signal Processing--Digital Techniques;
                 Spectral analyser; spectral analyser; spectral
                 analysers; Spectrum Analyzers",
  thesaurus =    "Computerised instrumentation; Firmware; Frequency
                 measurement; Spectral analysers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
  xxnote =       "Check year: 1988 or 1989??",
}

@Article{Stambaugh:1988:TDH,
  author =       "Lisa B. Stambaugh",
  title =        "Table-driven help screen structure provides on-line
                 operating manual",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "21--24",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP 5371A help screen feature is designed to give
                 the novice user enough basic information to traverse
                 the front panel, locate configuration information in
                 the menus, become familiar with continuous count
                 concepts, and get started using the instrument to make
                 measurements. The help screens are organized around a
                 simplified instrument block diagram, allowing the user
                 to choose an area of interest quickly. The main help
                 screen shows this block diagram, along with softkeys
                 for each main area. The menu structure is only one
                 level deep, allowing the user to return to the main
                 level by pressing one key. Where possible, graphics are
                 used to illustrate concepts, such as arming examples.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 C7410H (Instrumentation); C6180 (User interfaces)",
  classification = "942; B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
                 systems); C6180 (User interfaces); C7410H
                 (Instrumentation)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Block diagram; block diagram; computerised
                 instrumentation; Display Systems; Frequency Meters;
                 Frequency/Time Interval Analyzer HP 5371A; Help screen
                 structure; help screen structure; HP 5371A; Instrument
                 Help Screens; Menus; menus; On-line operating manual;
                 on-line operating manual; Softkeys; softkeys; Spectrum
                 Analyzers; Table-Driven Help Screen; user interfaces",
  thesaurus =    "Computerised instrumentation; User interfaces",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
  xxnote =       "Check year: 1988 or 1989??",
}

@Article{Heinzl:1988:IAT,
  author =       "Johann J. Heinzl",
  title =        "Input amplifier and trigger circuit for a 500-{MHz}
                 frequency and time interval analyzer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "24--27",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP 5371A frequency and time interval analyzer
                 operates on a signal by determining both its cycle
                 count and the times of its zero crossings. The function
                 of the input amplifier and trigger circuit is to
                 convert the analog input signal into a binary signal
                 whose timing transitions are representative of the zero
                 crossings of the original signal. The high performance
                 of the input amplifier is mainly a result of optimizing
                 the important specifications such as step response,
                 cross talk between channels, noise floor, timing
                 precision at zero crossings, and others. Circuit models
                 were constructed for most of the components and the
                 design was simulated and optimized using the HP Spice
                 program.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B2220G (Thick film circuits); B1220 (Amplifiers);
                 B1290 (Other analogue circuits); B7250G (Display,
                 recording and indicating instruments)",
  classification = "713; 723; 942; B1220 (Amplifiers); B1290 (Other
                 analogue circuits); B2220G (Thick film circuits);
                 B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "500 MHz; Amplifier; amplifier; amplifiers; Amplifiers,
                 Radio Frequency; autotrigger modes; Circuits; dc Offset
                 Circuit; display instrumentation; Electronic Circuits,
                 Comparator; Electronic Circuits, Trigger; Frequency
                 Meters; Frequency/Time Interval Analyzed HP 5371A;
                 Impedance Conversion; Input Amplifier; Manual trigger;
                 manual trigger; repetitive; Repetitive autotrigger
                 modes; Signal Processing--Digital Techniques; Single
                 autotrigger; single autotrigger; thick film circuits;
                 Thick-film hybrid circuits; thick-film hybrid circuits;
                 Trigger Circuit; Trigger circuit; trigger circuit;
                 trigger circuits; Triggering; triggering",
  numericalindex = "Frequency 5.0E+08 Hz",
  thesaurus =    "Amplifiers; Display instrumentation; Thick film
                 circuits; Trigger circuits",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Chu:1988:PDN,
  author =       "David C. Chu",
  title =        "Phase digitizing: {A} new method for capturing and
                 analyzing spread-spectrum signals",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "28--32, 34--35",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The signal digitizing method used in the HP 5371A
                 Frequency and Time Analyzer is based on continuous
                 counting and sampling only a signal zero crossings. The
                 method bypasses the two extra steps, voltage digitizing
                 and voltage-to-phase conversion, and directly digitizes
                 the phase progression of the signal. The procedure may
                 therefore be appropriately called `phase progression
                 digitizing', or `phase digitizing' for short. Amplitude
                 information is discarded. Because the data is already
                 in the form of phase and time, trigonometric functions
                 are totally avoided, replaced by simple functions like
                 straight lines and parabolas, making analysis simple
                 for even moderately complex modulation.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Santa Clara",
  affiliationaddress = "Santa Clara, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "B6140 (Signal processing and detection); B7210B
                 (Automatic test and measurement systems); B6250 (Radio
                 links and equipment); B7210X (Other instrumentation and
                 measurement systems)",
  classification = "716; 723; 942; B6140 (Signal processing and
                 detection); B6250 (Radio links and equipment); B7210B
                 (Automatic test and measurement systems); B7210X (Other
                 instrumentation and measurement systems)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Amplitude Digitizing; crossings; Frequency Chirp; HP
                 5371A; phase digitizing; Phase digitizing; Phase
                 Digitizing; Phase Modulation--Phase Shift Keying; phase
                 progression digitizing; Phase progression digitizing;
                 Phase Progression Digitizing; Radio
                 Transmission--Spread Spectrum; sampling; Sampling;
                 signal digitizing method; Signal digitizing method;
                 signal processing; Signal Processing--Signal Encoding;
                 signal zero; Signal zero crossings; spectral analysers;
                 spectral analysis; Spectrum Analyzers; spread spectrum
                 communication; Spread Spectrum Signals Analysis;
                 waveform analysis",
  thesaurus =    "Signal processing; Spectral analysers; Spectral
                 analysis; Spread spectrum communication; Waveform
                 analysis",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Stephenson:1988:FTI,
  author =       "Paul S. Stephenson",
  title =        "Frequency and time interval analyzer measurement
                 hardware",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "35--41",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Frequency agile systems pose many new measurement
                 challenges. For example, how do you characterize
                 modulation on a pseudorandom or unknown carrier? How do
                 you capture relatively long time histories of frequency
                 agile sources without using megabytes of memory? The
                 design of the measurement hardware in the HP 5371A
                 Frequency and Time Interval Analyzer had to deal with
                 these challenges. The author describes the design and
                 operation of the measurement hardware, using a
                 frequency-hopping radio measurement example.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Santa Clara",
  affiliationaddress = "Santa Clara, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement systems);
                 B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments)",
  classification = "716; 723; 942; B7210B (Automatic test and
                 measurement systems); B7210X (Other instrumentation and
                 measurement systems); B7250G (Display, recording and
                 indicating instruments)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "automatic test equipment; Digital Communication
                 Systems; electronic equipment testing; Frequency Agile
                 Radio; Frequency agile sources; frequency agile
                 sources; Frequency and Time Interval Analyzer;
                 Frequency Meters; Frequency-hopping radio measurement;
                 frequency-hopping radio measurement; Frequency/Time
                 Interval Analyzer HP 5371A; hardware; HP 5371A;
                 measurement; Measurement hardware; Measurements; Radio;
                 radio applications; Signal Processing--Digital
                 Techniques; Spectral analyser; spectral analyser;
                 spectral analysers; Spectrum Analyzers",
  thesaurus =    "Automatic test equipment; Electronic equipment
                 testing; Radio applications; Spectral analysers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Coackley:1988:IVD,
  author =       "Robert Coackley and Howard L. Steadman",
  title =        "An Integrated Voice and Data Network Based on Virtual
                 Circuits",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "42--49",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database; Distributed/QLD.bib;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Developed as an HP Laboratories research project, this
                 network offers true integration of voice and data, a
                 single architecture for local and wide area networks,
                 high throughput, low host overhead, very good
                 cost\slash performance ratio, and effective interfacing
                 to existing standards. The network architecture,
                 virtual circuit switching, data flow and congestion
                 control, routing strategies are described.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  annote =       "Developed as an HP Laboratories research project, this
                 network offers true integration of voice and data, a
                 single architecture for local and wide area networks,
                 high throughput, low host overhead, very good
                 cost\slash performance ratio, and effective interfacing
                 to existing standards.",
  bydate =       "DS",
  byrev =        "Le",
  classcodes =   "B6210M (ISDN); B6210L (Computer communications);
                 C5620W (Other networks)",
  classification = "716; 718; 723; B6210L (Computer communications);
                 B6210M (ISDN); C5620W (Other networks)",
  country =      "USA",
  date =         "25/10/89",
  descriptors =  "Voice/data integration; LAN; WAN; MAN; throughput;
                 virtual channel; integrated network",
  enum =         "3473",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "10 Mbit/s; communication; Computer Networks;
                 Congestion Control; data communication systems; Data
                 Transmission; Digital Communication Systems; HP
                 Laboratories; HP StarLAN 10; Integration of voice and
                 data; integration of voice and data; ISDN; Local area
                 network; local area network; local area networks;
                 Network Routing; pair wire; twisted-; Twisted-pair
                 wire; Virtual Circuit Switching; Virtual circuits;
                 virtual circuits; voice; Voice/Data Integrated
                 Services",
  location =     "FHL",
  numericalindex = "Bit rate 1.0E+07 bit/s",
  references =   "3",
  revision =     "21/04/91",
  thesaurus =    "Data communication systems; ISDN; Local area networks;
                 Voice communication",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Ives:1988:MSB,
  author =       "Fred H. Ives",
  title =        "Multifunction synthesizer for building complex
                 waveforms",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "52--54, 56--57",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Modern communications systems employ complex
                 modulation formats, sometimes using subcarriers or time
                 varying signals to increase their capacity and
                 usability. The divergent testing requirements imposed
                 by these systems have been typically solved with
                 one-of-a-kind custom solutions. This is a costly and
                 sometimes unreliable solution. The HP 8904A
                 Multifunction Synthesizer was developed to provide a
                 low-cost, high-performance alternative to these
                 application-specific complex waveform synthesis
                 solutions. The HP 8904A Multifunction Synthesizer uses
                 the latest VLSI technology to create complex waveforms
                 from digitally synthesized sine, square, triangle,
                 ramp, Gaussian white noise, and dc waveforms. In
                 addition to the standard internal synthesizer
                 (channel), three more identical internal synthesizers
                 can be added.",
  abstract-2 =   "The HP 8904A uses VLSI technology to create complex
                 waveforms from six fundamental waveforms: sine, square,
                 triangle, ramp, Gaussian white noise, and DC. Sine
                 waves are provided in the range from 0.1 Hz to 600 kHz
                 with 0.1-Hz resolution. The square, ramp, and triangle
                 waveforms are available from 0.1 Hz to 50 kHz. All
                 waveform values in the HP 8904A are digitally
                 calculated in real time by HP's digital waveform
                 synthesis IC (DWSIC). The use of this IC results in
                 signals that have well-defined accuracy and exact
                 repeatability.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250E (Signal generators); B7210B (Automatic test and
                 measurement systems); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
  classification = "713; 716; 723; B7210B (Automatic test and
                 measurement systems); B7250E (Signal generators);
                 C7410H (Instrumentation)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "0.1 Hz to 50 kHz; accuracy; complex waveforms; Complex
                 waveforms; Complex Waveforms; computerised
                 instrumentation; DC; Digital Waveform Synthesis;
                 digital waveform synthesis IC; Digital waveform
                 synthesis IC; exact repeatability; Exact repeatability;
                 function generators; Function Generators; fundamental
                 waveforms; Fundamental waveforms; Gaussian white noise;
                 HP 8904A; Modulation; multifunction synthesizer;
                 Multifunction synthesizer; Multifunction Synthesizer HP
                 8904A; ramp; Ramp waveforms; Signal Processing--Digital
                 Techniques; sinewaves; Sinewaves; square waves; Square
                 waves; triangle; Triangle waveforms; VLSI technology;
                 waveforms; well-defined; Well-defined accuracy",
  numericalindex = "Frequency 1.0E-01 to 5.0E+04 Hz",
  thesaurus =    "Computerised instrumentation; Function generators",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Talbot:1988:DWS,
  author =       "Mark D. Talbot",
  title =        "Digital waveform synthesis {IC} architecture",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "57--62",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The digital waveform synthesis IC is the heart of the
                 HP 8904A Multifunction Synthesizer. It provides a
                 digital approach to the conventional analog functions
                 of modulation and signal generation. The design
                 objectives for the DWSIC called for the following
                 features and functions: Four concurrently operating
                 channels with independent frequency, waveform,
                 amplitude, and phase settings; Amplitude modulation,
                 double-sideband suppressed carrier modulation,
                 frequency modulation, phase modulation, and pulse
                 modulation on one of the channels; Channels that can be
                 selectively summed together; Random access memory to
                 provide rapid selection of up to 16 different settings
                 of frequency, amplitude, and phase under internal or
                 external control, and Modulation of one channel from
                 another internal channel, from the sum of channels, or
                 from an external input.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1230G (Function generators); B7250E (Signal
                 generators); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
                 systems); B1265H (A/D and D/A convertors); C7410H
                 (Instrumentation)",
  classification = "713; 723; B1230G (Function generators); B1265H (A/D
                 and D/A convertors); B7210B (Automatic test and
                 measurement systems); B7250E (Signal generators);
                 C7410H (Instrumentation)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Amplitude Modulation; computerised instrumentation;
                 digital integrated circuits; Digital Waveform Synthesis
                 IC; Digital waveform synthesis IC; digital waveform
                 synthesis IC; digital-analogue conversion; DWSIC;
                 Function Generators; function generators; HP 8904A;
                 Integrated Circuits, Digital; Multifunction;
                 Multifunction Synthesizer; Multifunction Synthesizer HP
                 8904A; Phase Accumulator; Phase Modulation; Signal
                 Processing--Digital Techniques; Synthesizer",
  thesaurus =    "Computerised instrumentation; Digital integrated
                 circuits; Digital-analogue conversion; Function
                 generators",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Heikes:1988:DDW,
  author =       "Craig A. Heikes and James O. Barnes and Dale R.
                 Beucler",
  title =        "Development of a digital waveform synthesis integrated
                 circuit",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "62--65",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Custom digital very large-scale integrated (VLSI)
                 circuits are used extensively in many HP computer
                 products, but are just beginning to show up in HP test
                 instruments. The HP 8904A Multifunction Synthesizer
                 represents an excellent example of using custom VLSI to
                 reduce cost and increase functionality, accuracy, and
                 reliability in a test instrument. The digital waveform
                 synthesis IC (DWSIC) is a digital approach to doing
                 conventional analog functions of modulation and signal
                 generation. The primary design challenges included
                 implementing the highly parallel design as a data path
                 layout, using behavioral modeling and verification to
                 ensure accuracy, and designing new custom circuits
                 (e.g. multiplier and ROM).",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1230G (Function generators); B1265Z (Other digital
                 circuits)B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
                 systems); B7250E (Signal generators); B2570F (Other MOS
                 integrated circuits)",
  classification = "713; 723; B1230G (Function generators); B1265Z
                 (Other digital circuits); B2570F (Other MOS integrated
                 circuits); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
                 systems); B7250E (Signal generators)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "application specific integrated circuits; automatic
                 test; circuits; Custom VLSI; custom VLSI; Data path
                 layout; data path layout; Design; design; digital
                 instrumentation; digital integrated; Digital waveform
                 synthesis IC; digital waveform synthesis IC; Digital
                 Waveform Synthesis IC (DWSIC); equipment; field effect
                 integrated circuits; function; Function Generators;
                 generators; HP 8904A; HP test instruments; Integrated
                 Circuits, Digital; Integrated Circuits, VLSI;
                 Multifunction Synthesizer; NMOS; Parallel design;
                 parallel design; Signal Processing--Digital Techniques;
                 VLSI",
  thesaurus =    "Application specific integrated circuits; Automatic
                 test equipment; Digital instrumentation; Digital
                 integrated circuits; Field effect integrated circuits;
                 Function generators; VLSI",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Higgins:1988:AOS,
  author =       "Thomas M. {Higgins, Jr.}",
  title =        "Analog output system design for a multifunction
                 synthesizer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "66--69",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The waveforms generated in the digital waveform
                 synthesis IC (DWSIC) in the HP 8904A Multifunction
                 Synthesizer exist only as 12-bit binary numbers at the
                 output of the IC. The output system converts these
                 binary numbers into the desired analog signals. The
                 article describes this analog output system, consisting
                 of a sampler, anti-aliasing filters and a floating
                 output amplifier.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1265H (A/D and D/A convertors); B7210B (Automatic
                 test and measurement systems); B7250E (Signal
                 generators); B7220 (Signal processing and conditioning
                 equipment and techniques)B1230G (Function generators)",
  classification = "713; 723; B1230G (Function generators); B1265H (A/D
                 and D/A convertors); B7210B (Automatic test and
                 measurement systems); B7220 (Signal processing and
                 conditioning equipment and techniques); B7250E (Signal
                 generators)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Amplifiers; Amplitude Scaling; Analog output system;
                 analog output system; Anti-Aliasing Filters; DAC; Data
                 Conversion, Digital to Analog; digital waveform;
                 digital waveform synthesis; Digital waveform synthesis
                 IC; digital-analogue conversion; Floating Output
                 Amplifier; Frequency response; frequency response;
                 Function Generators; function generators; HP 8904A; IC;
                 Low distortion; low distortion; Multifunction
                 synthesizer; multifunction synthesizer; Multifunction
                 Synthesizer HP 8904A; Signal Filtering and Prediction;
                 Signal Processing--Sampling; synthesis IC",
  thesaurus =    "Digital-analogue conversion; Function generators",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Talbot:1988:FDM,
  author =       "Mark D. Talbot",
  title =        "Firmware design for a multiple-mode instrument",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "70--73",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP 8904A multifunction synthesizer hardware offers
                 many different operating modes, depending on the
                 requirements of the user. The HP 8904A firmware was
                 designed and implemented with the goal of efficiently
                 handling the existing operating modes and allowing for
                 changes within these modes and the addition of new
                 modes. Three major firmware modules provide this
                 required flexibility: the numeric data parser, the
                 command parsing structure, and the interrupt handling
                 scheme. Each of these modules provides hooks to
                 customize or add to the HP 8904A firmware with little
                 or no changes to the existing firmware.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250E (Signal generators); B7210B (Automatic test and
                 measurement systems); C7410H (Instrumentation); C5140
                 (Firmware)",
  classification = "713; 723; B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
                 systems); B7250E (Signal generators); C5140 (Firmware);
                 C7410H (Instrumentation)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Command parsing structure; command parsing structure;
                 computerised instrumentation; Firmware; firmware;
                 Firmware modules; firmware modules; Function
                 Generators; function generators; HP 8904A; Interrupt
                 handling scheme; interrupt handling scheme;
                 Mini-Parsers; Mode Command Parsers; multifunction;
                 Multifunction synthesizer; Multifunction Synthesizer HP
                 8904A; Multiple-mode instrument; multiple-mode
                 instrument; numeric data; Numeric Data Parser; Numeric
                 data parser; parser; Signal Processing--Digital
                 Techniques; synthesizer; Vectored Interrupts",
  thesaurus =    "Computerised instrumentation; Firmware; Function
                 generators",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Thompson:1988:MSA,
  author =       "Kenneth S. Thompson",
  title =        "Multifunction synthesizer applications",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "73--76",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The flexibility and accuracy afforded by the
                 architecture of the digital waveform synthesis IC make
                 the HP 8904A Multifunction Synthesizer suited for a
                 broad range of applications. These applications areas
                 include telecommunications, navigation, mobile radio
                 communications, consumer electronics, sonar, and
                 electromechanical systems. Typically the conflicting
                 requirements of these applications have been met by
                 many specialized sources optimized for specific tasks
                 or by expensive high-performance sources. The HP 8904A
                 can compete with these application-specific sources and
                 in many cases exceed their performance at a lower
                 cost.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250E (Signal generators); B7210B (Automatic test and
                 measurement systems); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
  classification = "713; 716; 752; B7210B (Automatic test and
                 measurement systems); B7250E (Signal generators);
                 C7410H (Instrumentation)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Applications; applications; Channel Configuration
                 Mode; computerised instrumentation; Consumer
                 electronics; consumer electronics; Digital
                 Communication Systems; Digital Waveform Synthesis;
                 Digital waveform synthesis IC; digital waveform
                 synthesis IC; Electromechanical systems;
                 electromechanical systems; Function Generators;
                 function generators; hop RAM Mode; HP 8904A; Mobile
                 radio communications; mobile radio communications;
                 Multifunction; Multifunction Synthesizer; Multifunction
                 Synthesizer HP 8904A; Navigation; navigation; Radio
                 Receivers--Testing; Radio Systems, Mobile; Signal
                 Sequencing Modes; Sonar; sonar; Synthesizer;
                 Telecommunications; telecommunications",
  thesaurus =    "Computerised instrumentation; Function generators",
  treatment =    "A Application",
}

@Article{Schwartz:1988:TPM,
  author =       "David J. Schwartz and Alan L. McCormick",
  title =        "Testing and process monitoring for a multifunction
                 synthesizer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "77--80 (or 77--79??)",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1988",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Ensuring the quality and reliability of the HP 8904A
                 Multifunction Synthesizer required a twofold test
                 strategy. The first step was to understand the
                 instrument and its performance characteristics. Because
                 of its state-of-the-art design, there are no reliable,
                 fast, and automated means of directly measuring some of
                 its critical parameters. Also, its versatility makes it
                 impossible to measure even a significant fraction of
                 the waveforms it is capable of producing. Understanding
                 the instrument at this level made it possible for us to
                 find a concise set of parameters that can be measured
                 accurately and quickly to verify that the unit under
                 test is working correctly, and allowed us to make small
                 design changes that enhanced testability. The second
                 step of the solution was to develop a test strategy for
                 the HP 8904A that emphasized process control, rather
                 than intense end-of-the-line testing. By testing
                 critical parts and modules and then verifying the
                 assembly process, the performance of the unit under
                 test is assured quickly and inexpensively. Fault
                 isolation and repair are also easier because problems
                 are identified earlier in the production process.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250E (Signal generators); B0170E (Production
                 facilities and engineering)",
  classification = "713; 723; 913; 942; B0170E (Production facilities
                 and engineering); B7250E (Signal generators)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Data Conversion, Digital to Analog; electronic
                 equipment testing; Function Generators; function
                 generators; HP 8904A; Instruments--Quality Assurance;
                 Multifunction Synthesizer; Multifunction Synthesizer HP
                 8904A; Performance characteristics; performance
                 characteristics; Process control; Process Control;
                 process control; Process monitoring; process
                 monitoring; production testing; quality control;
                 Statistical Quality Control; Test strategy; test
                 strategy; Testability; testability; Testing; Twofold
                 test strategy; twofold test strategy",
  thesaurus =    "Electronic equipment testing; Function generators;
                 Production testing; Quality control",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Stever:1989:DDM,
  author =       "Scott D. Stever",
  title =        "An 8.5-digit digital multimeter capable of 100000
                 readings per second and two-source calibration",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "6--7",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1989",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The digital multimeter, or DMM, is among the most
                 common and most versatile instruments available for
                 low-frequency and dc measurements in automated test,
                 calibration laboratory, and bench R\&D applications.
                 The use of general-purpose instrumentation in automated
                 measurement systems has steadily grown over the past
                 decade. A highly linear and extremely flexible
                 analog-to-digital converter and a state-of-the-art
                 design are reported. These feature offer new
                 performance and measurement capabilities for automated
                 test, calibration laboratory, or R\&D applications.",
  abstract-2 =   "The HP 3458A Digital Multimeter was developed to
                 address the increasing requirements for flexible,
                 accurate, and cost-effective solutions in today's
                 automated test applications. The product concept
                 centers upon the synergistic application of
                 state-of-the-art technologies to meet these needs.
                 While it is tuned for high throughput in computer-aided
                 testing, the HP 3458A also offers calibration
                 laboratory accuracy in DC volts, AC volts, and
                 resistance. Owners can trade speed for resolution, from
                 100000 measurements per second with 4/sup 1///sub
                 2/-digit (16-bit) resolution to six measurements per
                 second with 8/sup 1///sub 2/-digit resolution. At 5/sup
                 1///sub 2/-digit resolution, the DMM achieves 50000
                 readings per second. To maximize the measurement speed
                 for the resolution selected, the integration time is
                 selectable from 500 nanoseconds to one second in 100-ns
                 steps. The effect is an almost continuous range of
                 speed-versus-resolution trade-offs.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliationaddress = "USA",
  classcodes =   "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
                 systems)",
  classification = "723; 942; B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
                 systems); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "8 1/2 Digit; 8 1/2 digit; automatic test equipment;
                 calibration; Data Conversion, Analog to Digital; dc
                 Measurements; Digital multimeter; Digital Multimeter;
                 digital multimeter; digital multimeters; Digital
                 Readout; Electric Measuring Instruments; Hewlett
                 Packard; HP 3458A; HP 3458A Digital Multimeter;
                 two-source; Two-source calibration; Two-Source
                 Calibration",
  thesaurus =    "Automatic test equipment; Digital multimeters",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Goeke:1989:DIA,
  author =       "Wayne C. Goeke",
  title =        "An 8.5-digital integration analog-to-digital converter
                 with 16-bit, 100000-sample-per-second performance",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "8--15",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1989",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "This integrating-type ADC uses multislope runup,
                 multislope rundown and a two-input structure to achieve
                 the required speed, resolution, and linearity.
                 Multislope is a versatile ADC technique, allowing speed
                 to be traded off for resolution within a single
                 circuit. It is easier to understand multislope by first
                 understanding its predecessor, dual-slope which is
                 explained.",
  abstract-2 =   "The analog-to-digital converter (ADC) design for the
                 HP 3458A digital multimeter was driven by the
                 state-of-the-art requirements for the system design.
                 For example, autocalibration required an ADC with 8/sup
                 1///sub 2/-digit (28-bit) resolution and 7/sup 1///sub
                 2/-digit (25-bit) integral linearity, and the digital
                 AC technique required an ADC capable of making 50000
                 readings per second with 18-bit resolution. The HP
                 3458A's ADC uses an enhanced implementation of the
                 multislope technique to achieve a range of speeds and
                 resolutions never before achieved-from 16-bit
                 resolution at 100000 readings per second to 28-bit
                 resolution at six readings per second. In addition to
                 high resolution, the ADC has high integral
                 linearity-deviations are less than 0.1 p.p.m. (parts
                 per million) of input. Multislope is a versatile ADC
                 technique, allowing speed to be traded off for
                 resolution within a single circuit.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliationaddress = "USA",
  classcodes =   "B1265H (A/D and D/A convertors)",
  classification = "723; 942; B1265H (A/D and D/A convertors)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "ADC; ADC technique; Analog-to-digital converter;
                 analog-to-digital converter; analogue-digital
                 conversion; Autocalibration; autocalibration; Data
                 Conversion, Analog to Digital; Dual-Slope Theory;
                 Electric Measuring Instruments--Digital Readout;
                 Equipment; HP 3458A; integrating circuits; Multislope
                 Rundown; Multislope Runup; Multislope technique;
                 multislope technique",
  thesaurus =    "Analogue-digital conversion; Integrating circuits",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Swerlein:1989:PAV,
  author =       "Ronald L. Swerlein",
  title =        "Precision {AC} voltage measurements using digital
                 sampling techniques",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "15--21",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1989",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Instead of traditional DMM techniques such as thermal
                 conversion or analog computation, the HP 3458A DMM
                 measures rms ac voltages by sampling the input signal
                 and computing the rms value digitally in real time.
                 Track-and-hold circuit performance is critical to the
                 accuracy of the method.",
  abstract-2 =   "The HP 3458A digital multimeter implements a digital
                 method for the precise measurement of RMS AC voltages.
                 A technique similar to that of a modern digitizing
                 oscilloscope is used to sample the input voltage
                 waveform. The RMS value of the data is computed in real
                 time to produce the final measurement result. The HP
                 3458A objectives for high-precision digital AC
                 measurements required the development of both new
                 measurement algorithms and a track-and-hold circuit
                 capable of fulfilling these needs. The author looks at
                 these developments.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliationaddress = "USA",
  classcodes =   "B7310B (Voltage); B7250G (Display, recording and
                 indicating instruments)",
  classification = "723; 942; B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments); B7310B (Voltage)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Digital Multimeter; Digital multimeter; digital
                 multimeter; digital multimeters; Digital Sampling;
                 Digital sampling techniques; digital sampling
                 techniques; Electric Measurements; Electric Measuring
                 Instruments--Digital Readout; HP 3458A; measurement;
                 Precise measurement; precise measurement; Precision ac
                 Voltage Measurements; rms ac Voltages; RMS AC voltages;
                 sample and hold circuits; Sampling; Track-and-Hold
                 Circuit; Track-and-hold circuit; track-and-hold
                 circuit; Voltage; voltage; Voltage measurements;
                 voltage measurements",
  thesaurus =    "Digital multimeters; Sample and hold circuits; Voltage
                 measurement",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Goeke:1989:CDM,
  author =       "Wayne C. Goeke and Ronald L. Swerlein and Stephen B.
                 Venzke and Scott D. Stever",
  title =        "Calibration of an 8.5-digit multimeter from only two
                 external standards",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "22--30",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1989",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "One of the earliest product concepts for the HP 3458A
                 Digital Multimeter was to develop a means for
                 calibrating its measurement accuracies from only two
                 external reference standards. The objectives for
                 two-source calibration are to reduce the floor
                 uncertainty and to provide an independent method to
                 increase confidence in the overall calibration process.
                 The HP 3458A uses a highly linear analog-to-digital
                 converter (ADC) to measure the ratio between a
                 traceable reference and its divided output. The ADC
                 performs the function of the precise ratio transfer
                 device.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliationaddress = "USA",
  classcodes =   "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments); B7130 (Measurement standards and
                 calibration)",
  classification = "723; 902; 942; B7130 (Measurement standards and
                 calibration); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Calibrating; calibrating; calibration; Data
                 Conversion, Analog to Digital; Digital Multimeter;
                 digital multimeters; Digital Readout; Electric
                 Measurements--Standards; Electric Measuring
                 Instruments; HP 3458A; Multimeter; multimeter; Precise
                 ratio transfer device; precise ratio transfer device;
                 Ratio Transfer Device; reference; Reference standards;
                 Reference Standards; reference standards; traceable;
                 Traceable reference; Two external standards; Two
                 External Standards; two external standards; Two-Source
                 Calibration; Two-source calibration; two-source
                 calibration",
  thesaurus =    "Calibration; Digital multimeters",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Ceely:1989:DHT,
  author =       "Gary A. Ceely and David J. Rustici",
  title =        "Design for high throughput in a system digital
                 multimeter",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "31--38",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1989",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Considering the history of DMM performance, it becomes
                 obvious that the design of the instrument as a system
                 in itself is critical to the performance of the
                 surrounding automatic test system as well. Two key
                 design goals for the HP 3458A were that it be able to
                 reconfigure itself and take a reading 200 times per
                 second, and that it be able to take and transfer
                 readings (or store them internally) at a burst rate of
                 100000/s. To achieve these goals, system design for the
                 HP 3458A focused on expediting the flow of data through
                 the instrument, both in the hardware and in the
                 firmware. The author discusses how these goals were
                 met.",
  abstract-2 =   "Achieving high throughput in a system DMM is a matter
                 of designing the instrument as a system for moving data
                 efficiently. Hardware and firmware must be designed as
                 integral elements of this system, not as isolated
                 entities. In the design of the HP 3458A, experience
                 with DMM performance limitations provided insight into
                 key areas of concern. As a result, significant
                 improvements in throughput were achieved through the
                 development of high-speed custom gate arrays for ADC
                 control and interprocessor communications. Use of
                 high-performance microprocessors and supporting
                 hardware also contributed to meeting design goals, as
                 did the investment in firmware design and development
                 that was necessary to translate increased hardware
                 performance into increased system performance.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliationaddress = "USA",
  classcodes =   "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
                 systems); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
  classification = "721; 723; 942; B7210B (Automatic test and
                 measurement systems); B7250G (Display, recording and
                 indicating instruments); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "automatic test equipment; Computer Hardware;
                 computerised instrumentation; Custom Gate Arrays;
                 Digital Multimeter; digital multimeters; Digital
                 Readout; DMM; Electric Measuring Instruments; firmware;
                 Firmware; hardware; Hardware; high throughput; High
                 throughput; High Throughput; HP 3458A; Logic
                 Devices--Gates; Microprocessor; system digital
                 multimeter; System digital multimeter",
  thesaurus =    "Automatic test equipment; Computerised
                 instrumentation; Digital multimeters",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Czenkusch:1989:HDT,
  author =       "David A. Czenkusch",
  title =        "High-resolution digitizing techniques with an
                 integrating digital multimeter",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "39--49",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1989",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "With its integrating analog-to-digital converter (ADC)
                 capable of making 100000 conversions per second, the HP
                 3458A Digital Multimeter (DMM) raises the possibility
                 that, for the first time, a voltmeter can satisfy many
                 requirements for high-resolution digitizing. What are
                 the characteristics of a high-resolution digitizer?
                 Digitizing requires a combination of fast, accurate
                 sampling and precise timing. It also needs a flexible
                 triggering capability. The HP 3458A allows sampling
                 through two different signal paths, each optimized for
                 particular applications. Converting a signal using the
                 DC volts function (which does not use a sample-and-hold
                 circuit, but depends on the short integration time of
                 the ADS) provides the highest resolution and noise
                 rejection. The direct sampling and subsampling
                 functions, which use a fast-sampling track-and-hold
                 circuit, provide higher signal bandwidth and more
                 precise timing.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliationaddress = "USA",
  classcodes =   "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments); B7220 (Signal processing and conditioning
                 equipment and techniques)",
  classification = "723; 942; B7220 (Signal processing and conditioning
                 equipment and techniques); B7250G (Display, recording
                 and indicating instruments)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "3458A; analogue-digital conversion; digital
                 multimeters; Digital Readout; Digitizing techniques;
                 digitizing techniques; Direct sampling; direct
                 sampling; Electric Measuring Instruments;
                 High-resolution; high-resolution; High-Resolution
                 Digitizing; Higher signal bandwidth; higher signal
                 bandwidth; hold circuits; HP; HP 3458A; Integrating
                 digital multimeter; Integrating Digital Multimeter;
                 integrating digital multimeter; precise; Precise
                 timing; sample and; Sampling; sampling; Subsampling
                 functions; subsampling functions; timing;
                 Track-and-Hold Circuit; Voltmeters--Electronic",
  thesaurus =    "Analogue-digital conversion; Digital multimeters;
                 Sample and hold circuits",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Nakajo:1989:SAS,
  author =       "Takeshi Nakajo and Katsuhiko Sasabuchi and T.
                 Akiyama",
  title =        "A structured approach to software defect analysis",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "50--56",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1989",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "An attempt is made to identify the flaws hiding in our
                 current software design methodology and procedures and
                 examine possible countermeasures against them. We
                 analyzed about five hundred actual problems that
                 occurred during software development for three
                 instruments and used these defects as a basis for our
                 investigation. We believe that SA\slash SD methods can
                 solve some of our design problems. However, there are
                 still some challenges, which are outlined.",
  abstract-2 =   "Problems that occur in software development because of
                 human error negatively affect product quality and
                 project productivity. To detect these problems as early
                 as possible and prevent their recurrence, one approach
                 is to identify flaws in present software development
                 methodologies and procedures and recommend changes that
                 will yield long-term defect prevention and process
                 improvement. The instrument division of Yokogawa
                 Hewlett--Packard (YHP) joined with Kume Laboratory of
                 Tokyo University to analyze 523 software defects that
                 occurred in three products developed by YHP. They tried
                 to identify the flaws hiding in their current software
                 design methodologies and procedures, and examine the
                 impact of using the structured analysis and structured
                 design (SA/SD) methods. The paper discusses the results
                 of the joint investigation.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliationaddress = "USA",
  classcodes =   "C6110B (Software engineering techniques)",
  classification = "723; 942; C6110B (Software engineering techniques)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Analysis; analysis; Computer Software; Electric
                 Measuring Instruments; Failure Analysis; Human error;
                 human error; Human Errors; Instrument division;
                 instrument division; Product quality; product quality;
                 program diagnostics; Program Faults; Software defect
                 analysis; Software Defect Analysis; software defect
                 analysis; Software development methodologies; software
                 development methodologies; software engineering;
                 structured; Structured analysis; Structured approach;
                 structured approach; Structured design; structured
                 design; Yokogawa Hewlett--Packard",
  thesaurus =    "Program diagnostics; Software engineering",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Grady:1989:DSF,
  author =       "Robert B. Grady",
  title =        "Dissecting software failures",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "57--63",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1989",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "If we can understand why mistakes occur without
                 accusing individuals, we might eliminate the causes of
                 those mistakes. Unfortunately, discussions concerning
                 software defects are confusing because different people
                 describe them from different perspectives. This paper
                 discusses some of the terminology of these different
                 views. It then examines some simple data collection and
                 analysis techniques that help identify causes of
                 defects and point to areas where improvements can be
                 made. It presents some guidelines for justifying change
                 based upon the results of analyses.",
  abstract-2 =   "Most people don't like to be told that they've made a
                 mistake. It's only human not to want to be wrong. On
                 the other hand, software engineers don't intentionally
                 make mistakes, so if we can understand why mistakes
                 occur without accusing individuals, we might eliminate
                 the causes of those mistakes. Unfortunately,
                 discussions concerning software defects are confusing
                 because different people describe them from different
                 perspectives. The paper discusses some of the
                 terminology of these different views. It then examines
                 some simple data collection and analysis techniques
                 that help identify causes of defects and point to areas
                 where improvements can be made. Finally, it presents
                 some guidelines for justifying change based upon the
                 results of analyses.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliationaddress = "USA",
  classcodes =   "C6110B (Software engineering techniques)",
  classification = "723; 922; C6110B (Software engineering techniques)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Analysis; analysis; Computer Software; data collection
                 and; Data collection and analysis; Failure Analysis;
                 Improvements; improvements; program diagnostics;
                 Quality Data Collection; Software defects; software
                 defects; software engineering; Software Failures;
                 Software failures; software failures",
  thesaurus =    "Program diagnostics; Software engineering",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Ward:1989:SDP,
  author =       "William T. Ward",
  title =        "Software defect prevention using {McCabe's} complexity
                 metric",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "64--69",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1989",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "It is possible to study, measure, and quantify many
                 aspects of the software development process, and if
                 sufficient data about good practices used in recently
                 released projects is available, real-time adjustments
                 can be made to ongoing projects to minimize past
                 mistakes and to leverage ideas from past successes.
                 HP's Waltham Division has maintained an extensive
                 software quality metrics database for products
                 developed here over the past three years. They have
                 been able to use this database during project
                 postmortem studies to provide insight into the
                 strengths and weaknesses of Waltham's software
                 development process. The McCable methodology and
                 toolset have been integrated into the Waltham software
                 development process over the past year. This process
                 has been accomplished with no disruption to current lab
                 projects and has resulted in several successes: each of
                 these successes has contributed to the overall success
                 of the software defect prevention program presently
                 underway at the Waltham lab. By identifying and
                 correcting software code defects very early in the
                 coding phase of product development, the McCabe
                 methodology and toolset continue to have a major impact
                 on efforts to improve the productivity of the Waltham
                 development process and the quality of the resultant
                 products.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliationaddress = "USA",
  classcodes =   "C6110B (Software engineering techniques); C6115
                 (Programming support)",
  classification = "723; 922; C6110B (Software engineering techniques);
                 C6115 (Programming support)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Computer Software; Defects; Electronic Equipment
                 Testing--Automatic Testing; Failure Analysis; HP's
                 Waltham Division; McCabe; McCabe methodology; McCabe's
                 Complexity Metric; McCabe's complexity metric;
                 methodology; quality metrics; software; Software defect
                 prevention program; software defect prevention program;
                 software engineering; Software Modules; Software
                 quality metrics; software tools; Toolset; toolset;
                 Waltham lab; Waltham software development process",
  thesaurus =    "Software engineering; Software tools",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Fiedler:1989:OUT,
  author =       "Steven P. Fiedler",
  title =        "Object-oriented unit testing",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "69--74",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1989",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Although object-oriented environments are being used
                 more frequently in software development, little has
                 been published that addresses object-oriented testing.
                 The author describes the processes and experiences of
                 doing unit testing on modules developed with an
                 object-oriented language. The language is C++ and the
                 modules are for a clinical information system. Because
                 the system must acquire real-time data from other
                 devices over a bedside local area network and the user
                 requires instant information access, extensions were
                 made to the language to include exception handling and
                 process concurrency. This enhanced version is called
                 Extended C++. Test routines were developed and executed
                 in an environment similar to that used in development
                 of the product. This consists of an HP 9000 Series 300
                 HP-UK 6.01 system.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliationaddress = "USA",
  classcodes =   "C6150G (Diagnostic, testing, debugging and evaluating
                 systems); C6110B (Software engineering techniques)",
  classification = "714; 715; 723; C6110B (Software engineering
                 techniques); C6150G (Diagnostic, testing, debugging and
                 evaluating systems)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Automatic Testing; Clinical information system;
                 clinical information system; Computer Programming
                 Languages; Computer Software; Electronic Equipment
                 Testing; Exception Handling; HP 9000 Series 300;
                 language; Local Area Network; object-oriented;
                 Object-Oriented Language; Object-oriented language;
                 object-oriented programming; Object-oriented testing;
                 object-oriented testing; Object-Oriented Unit Testing;
                 Process Concurrency; program testing; Unit testing;
                 Unit Testing; unit testing",
  thesaurus =    "Object-oriented programming; Program testing",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Kruger:1989:VFA,
  author =       "Gregory A. Kruger",
  title =        "Validation and further application of software
                 reliability growth models",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "75--79",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1989",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "At HP's Lake Stevens Instrument Division, a software
                 reliability growth model has demonstrated its
                 applicability to projects ranging in size from 6 KNCSS
                 to 150 KNCSS (thousand lines of noncomment source
                 statements), and in function from instrument firmware
                 to application software. Reliability modeling curves
                 have been used to estimate the duration of system
                 integration testing, to contribute to the
                 release-to-sales decision, and to estimate field
                 reliability. Leveraging from the basic model, project
                 managers are beginning to plan staffing adjustments as
                 the QA effort moves through the defect-fixing-limited
                 phase and into the defect-finding-limited phase.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliationaddress = "USA",
  classcodes =   "C6110B (Software engineering techniques)",
  classification = "723; 913; 922; C6110B (Software engineering
                 techniques)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Application software; application software; Computer
                 Software; Failure Analysis; Field reliability; field
                 reliability; Growth models; growth models; Instrument
                 firmware; instrument firmware; Modeling curves;
                 modeling curves; Reliability; Reliability Theory;
                 Software reliability; software reliability; Software
                 Reliability Growth Models",
  thesaurus =    "Software reliability",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Fischer:1989:CSU,
  author =       "William A. {Fischer, Jr.} and James W. Jost",
  title =        "Comparing structured and unstructured methodologies in
                 firmware development",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "80--85",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1989",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Structures methodologies have been promoted as a
                 solution to software productivity and quality problems.
                 At HP's Logic System Division one project used both
                 structures and unstructured techniques, and collected
                 metrics and documented observations for comparing the
                 two methodologies. The authors present some objective
                 and subjective data on the relative merits of
                 structures and unstructured (traditional)
                 methodologies.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliationaddress = "USA",
  classcodes =   "C6110 (Systems analysis and programming); C5140
                 (Firmware)",
  classification = "723; 913; C5140 (Firmware); C6110 (Systems analysis
                 and programming)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Computer Software; firmware; Firmware development;
                 Firmware Development; firmware development; HP's Logic;
                 HP's Logic System Division; microprogramming;
                 Productivity; Quality Control; Software productivity;
                 software productivity; Structured Methodologies;
                 structured programming; Structures; structures; System
                 Division; Unstructured; unstructured; Unstructured
                 Methodologies",
  thesaurus =    "Firmware; Microprogramming; Structured programming",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Kurtz:1989:OMS,
  author =       "Barry D. Kurtz and Donna Ho and Teresa A. Wall",
  title =        "An object-oriented methodology for systems analysis
                 and specification",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "86--90",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1989",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "As software systems become larger and more complex,
                 the task of systems analysis continues to increase in
                 effort and difficulty. Traditional methodologies for
                 systems analysis sometimes fail to meet the analyst's
                 expectations because of their limitations in properly
                 capturing and organizing all of the information that
                 must be considered. Object-oriented systems analysis
                 (OSA) is an approach to systems analysis and
                 specification that builds upon the strengths of
                 existing methodologies and, at the same time, addresses
                 their weaknesses. The paper describes the basic
                 concepts of the OSA methodology.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliationaddress = "USA",
  classcodes =   "C6110 (Systems analysis and programming)",
  classification = "723; C6110 (Systems analysis and programming)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Analysis; Computer Software; methodology;
                 object-oriented; Object-Oriented Methodology;
                 Object-oriented methodology; object-oriented
                 programming; Object-oriented systems analysis;
                 object-oriented systems analysis; Object-Oriented
                 Systems Analysis (OSA); OSA; Specification;
                 specification; Systems analysis; systems analysis;
                 Systems Engineering",
  thesaurus =    "Object-oriented programming; Systems analysis",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Jessen:1989:VNI,
  author =       "Kenneth Jessen",
  title =        "{VXIbus}: {A} new interconnection standard for modular
                 instruments",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "91--95",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1989",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The goal of the VXIbus is to provide a technically
                 sound standard for modular instruments that is based on
                 the VMEbus and is open to all manufacturers. It is a
                 specification for interconnecting and operating various
                 modules from a variety of manufacturers within a single
                 mainframe to satisfy the need for high-performance,
                 high-density instrumentation. Users are able to select
                 from four nodule sizes and are free to choose modules
                 and a mainframe from different suppliers based on price
                 and performance. The VXIbus standard ensures
                 compatibility of all the elements within a VXIbus
                 system. For example, a user may find that a particular
                 digital multimeter module offers the best combination
                 of price and measurement capability for a particular
                 job, but that the best function generator for the
                 application comes from another manufacturer. The user
                 may then select a third manufacturer for the mainframe.
                 This amounts to unprecedented flexibility in the
                 creation of an instrumentation system.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliationaddress = "USA",
  classcodes =   "C5610S (System buses)",
  classification = "722; 723; 902; 942; C5610S (System buses)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Computer Hardware--Standards; computer interfaces;
                 Computer Software--Standards; computerised
                 instrumentation; Digital Multimeter; Electric Measuring
                 Instruments; Flexibility; flexibility; high-density;
                 High-density instrumentation; High-performance;
                 high-performance; instrumentation; Instrumentation
                 system; Interconnection Standard; Interconnection
                 standard; interconnection standard; Modular
                 Construction; Modular instruments; modular instruments;
                 Modules; modules; Specification; specification;
                 Standard; standard; standards; system; VMEbus; VXIbus",
  thesaurus =    "Computer interfaces; Computerised instrumentation;
                 Standards",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Jessen:1989:VPD,
  author =       "Kenneth Jessen",
  title =        "{VXIbus} product development tools",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "96--97",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1989",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "To provide manufacturers with tools to develop VXIbus
                 products, Hewlett--Packard has developed a VXIbus
                 C-size mainframe, a Slot 0 module, and VXIbus
                 development software. Other accessories include a
                 breadboard module and a chassis shield. These tools are
                 designed to give the VXIbus user the ability to develop
                 products faster and with reduced resources. The list of
                 HP VXIbus development tools is presented.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliationaddress = "USA",
  classcodes =   "C5610S (System buses); C5420 (Mainframes and
                 minicomputers)",
  classification = "722; 723; C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers);
                 C5610S (System buses)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Breadboard Module; Breadboard module; breadboard
                 module; C Size Module; C-size mainframe; C-Size
                 Mainframe; C-size mainframe; Chassis Shield; Chassis
                 shield; chassis shield; Computer Hardware; computer
                 interfaces; Computer Software; Development software;
                 development software; development systems;
                 Hewlett--Packard; mainframes; Performance; Product
                 development tools; product development tools; VXIbus;
                 VXIbus Mainframe; VXIbus products",
  thesaurus =    "Computer interfaces; Development systems; Mainframes",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Fatehi:1989:DBR,
  author =       "Feyzi Fatehi and Cynthia Givens and Le T. Hong and
                 Michael R. Light and Ching-Chao Liu and Michael J.
                 Wright",
  title =        "A data base for real-time applications and
                 environments",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "6--17",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1989",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "HP Real-Time Data Base is a set of subroutines and a
                 query facility that enable real-time application
                 developers to build and access a real-time,
                 high-performance, memory-resident data management
                 system. The software runs in an HP-UX environment on an
                 HP 9000 Series 300 or 800 Computer.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliationaddress = "USA",
  classcodes =   "C6160 (Database management systems (DBMS))",
  classification = "722; 723; C6160 (Database management systems
                 (DBMS))",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "applications; Computer Programming; Computer Systems,
                 Digital--Real Time Operation; Data base; data base;
                 database management systems; Database Systems;
                 facility; High-performance; high-performance; HP 9000
                 Series 300; HP 9000 series 800 computer; HP Real-Time
                 Data Base; HP-UX environment; memory-resident data
                 management; Memory-Resident Data Management System;
                 Memory-resident data management system; query; Query
                 facility; real-time; Real-time applications; Real-Time
                 Data Base; real-time systems; Subroutines; subroutines;
                 system",
  thesaurus =    "Database management systems; Real-time systems",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Meyer:1989:NMM,
  author =       "Thomas O. Meyer and Russell C. Brockmann and Jeffrey
                 G. Hargis and John Keller and Floyd E. Moore",
  title =        "New midrange members of the {Hewlett--Packard
                 Precision Architecture} computer family",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "18--25",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1989",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "New midrange HP Precision Architecture computer
                 systems have been added to the HP 9000 and HP 3000
                 Computer families. The HP 9000 Model 835 technical
                 computer and the HP 3000 Series 935 commercial computer
                 share the same system processing unit (SPU). Designed
                 with significantly improved floating-point and integer
                 performance, the Model 835/Series 935 SPU meets the
                 computational needs of mechanical and electrical
                 computer-aided engineering (CAE) and multiuser
                 technical and commercial applications. The HP 3000
                 Series 935 is configured for business applications and
                 runs HP's proprietary commercial operating system, MPE
                 XL. HP 9000 Model 835 products include the Models 835S
                 and 835SE general-purpose multiuser computers, the
                 Models 835CHX and 835SRX engineering workstations with
                 2D and 3D (respectively) interactive graphics, and the
                 powerful Model 835 TurboSRX 3D solid-rendering graphics
                 superworkstation with animation capability. All Model
                 835 systems run the HP-UX operating system. As a member
                 of the HP Precision Architecture family, the Model
                 835/Series 935 SPU supports a wide variety of
                 peripherals, languages, networks, and applications
                 programs.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliationaddress = "USA",
  classcodes =   "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
  classification = "713; 714; 722; 723; C5420 (Mainframes and
                 minicomputers)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "16M-Byte Memory Board; 835 TurboSRX; 835CHX; 835S;
                 835SE; 835SRX; Architecture; Computer Architecture;
                 Computer Systems, Digital; Data Storage, Digital;
                 Engineering workstations; engineering workstations;
                 Floating-Point Coprocessor; General-purpose multiuser
                 computers; general-purpose multiuser computers; HP
                 3000; HP 3000 Series 935; HP 9000; HP 9000 Model 835;
                 HP Precision; HP Precision Architecture; Integrated
                 Circuits; minicomputers; Performance; Precision
                 Architecture Computer; Surface Mount Manufacturing",
  thesaurus =    "Minicomputers",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Bianchi:1989:DCH,
  author =       "Mark J. Bianchi and Jeffery J. Kato and David J. {Van
                 Maren}",
  title =        "Data compression in a half-inch reel-to-reel tape
                 drive",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "26--31",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1989",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "HP 7980 tape drives are industry-standard, half-inch,
                 reel-to-reel, streaming tape drives that operate at 125
                 inches per second, have automatic tape loading, and can
                 be horizontally rack-mounted for better floor space
                 utilization. They are available in a variety of
                 configurations and support three industry-standard tape
                 formats: 800 NRZI, 1600 PE, and 6250 GCR. The HP 7980XC
                 Tape Drive is a new member of this family. Its special
                 contribution is its use of a sophisticated real-time
                 data compression scheme that provides extended
                 performance to the 6250 GCR format. The implementation
                 of data compression in the HP 7980XC involves two
                 different but complementary components. The authors
                 address the design and implementation of data
                 compression in the HP 7980XC.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliationaddress = "USA",
  classcodes =   "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media)",
  classification = "713; 714; 721; 722; C5320C (Storage on moving
                 magnetic media)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "6250 GCR format; CMOS VLSI Chip; compression; Data
                 compression; data compression; Data Storage, Magnetic;
                 HP 7980 tape drives; HP 7980XC; HP 7980XC Tape Drive;
                 Information Theory--Data Compression; Integrated
                 Circuits, VLSI; magnetic tape; magnetic tape equipment;
                 real-time data; Real-time data compression;
                 Reel-to-Reel Tape Drive; storage; Tape",
  thesaurus =    "Data compression; Magnetic tape equipment; Magnetic
                 tape storage",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{VanMaren:1989:MTC,
  author =       "David J. {Van Maren} and Mark J. Bianchi and Jeffery
                 J. Kato",
  title =        "Maximizing tape capacity by super-blocking",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "32--34",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1989",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Interrecord gaps on the tape limit the capacity
                 improvement attainable with data compression in the HP
                 7980XC Tape Drive. Super-blocking eliminates most of
                 these gaps.",
  abstract-2 =   "Super-blocking is a proprietary Hewlett--Packard
                 method for maximizing half-inch tape data capacity.
                 This capacity improvement is achieved by the removal of
                 some of the interrecord gaps ordinarily placed between
                 host data records. It is performed in real time by the
                 firmware residing in the cache buffer of the HP 7980XC
                 tape drive. The authors describe how super-blocking
                 works.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliationaddress = "USA",
  classcodes =   "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media)",
  classification = "721; 722; C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic
                 media)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Data Storage, Magnetic; Firmware; firmware; half-inch;
                 Half-inch tape data capacity; Hewlett--Packard; HP
                 7980XC; HP 7980XC tape drive; Information Theory--Data
                 Compression; Interrecord Gaps; Interrecord gaps;
                 interrecord gaps; Magnetic Tape; magnetic tape storage;
                 Super-Blocking; Super-blocking; super-blocking; Tape;
                 Tape capacity; tape capacity; tape data capacity; Tape
                 Drive; tape drive",
  thesaurus =    "Magnetic tape storage",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Wong:1989:HLC,
  author =       "Roger W. Wong and Paul Hernday and Michael G. Hart and
                 Geraldine A. Conrad",
  title =        "High-speed lightwave component analysis",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "35--51",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1989",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A new analyzer system is described. It performs
                 stimulus-response testing of electrical-to-optical,
                 optical-to-electrical, optical-to-optical, and
                 electrical-to-electrical components of high-speed fiber
                 optic communications systems.",
  abstract-2 =   "Looks at the HP 8702A Lightwave Component Analyzer
                 Three basic systems are offered: modulation capability
                 to 6 GHz at 1300 nm; modulation capability to 3 GHz at
                 1300 nm (high dynamic range); modulation capability to
                 3 GHz at 1550 nm (high dynamic range). Each HP 8702A
                 system consists of a lightwave source, a lightwave
                 receiver, the lightwave component analyzer, and a
                 lightwave coupler. The system measures the modulation
                 transfer function of a device under test and provides
                 the modulation amplitude and phase response of that
                 device. The input or stimulus signal can either be a
                 radio frequency (RF) signal or a modulated optical
                 signal, and the output or response signal can either be
                 an RF signal or a modulated optical signal. Thus, the
                 device under test (DUT) can be an
                 electrical-to-electrical, electrical-to-optical,
                 optical-to-electrical, or optical-to-optical.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliationaddress = "USA",
  classcodes =   "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems); B6260 (Optical links and equipment); B7210B
                 (Automatic test and measurement systems); C7410H
                 (Instrumentation)",
  classification = "717; 741; B6260 (Optical links and equipment);
                 B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems); B7210X
                 (Other instrumentation and measurement systems); C7410H
                 (Instrumentation)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "1300 Micron; 1300 micron; 1550 Nm; 1550 nm; 3 GHz; 6
                 GHz; amplitude; Component Analyzer; computerised
                 instrumentation; Device under test; device under test;
                 equipment; Fiber Optic Communications Systems; Fiber
                 Optics; HP 8702A; Lightwave; Lightwave component;
                 lightwave component; Lightwave Component Analysis;
                 Lightwave Component Analyzer; modulated; Modulated
                 optical signal; modulation; Modulation amplitude;
                 Modulation transfer function; modulation transfer
                 function; Optical Communication; optical communication;
                 optical signal; Phase response; phase response; Radio
                 frequency; radio frequency; RF signal; Spectral
                 analyser; spectral analyser; spectral analysers;
                 Stimulus-Response Testing; Testing",
  numericalindex = "Frequency 6.0E+09 Hz; Frequency 3.0E+09 Hz;
                 Wavelength 1.3E-03 m; Wavelength 1.55E-06 m",
  thesaurus =    "Computerised instrumentation; Optical communication
                 equipment; Spectral analysers",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Albin:1989:DOH,
  author =       "Robert D. Albin and Kent W. Leyde and Rollin F. Rawson
                 and Kenneth W. Shaughnessy",
  title =        "Design and operation of high-frequency lightwave
                 sources and receivers (for lightwave component
                 analyser)",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "52--57",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1989",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "For high-frequency fiber optic measurements,
                 calibrated transitions are needed from electrical
                 signals to optical signals and back again. In HP 8702A
                 Lightwave Component Analyzer systems, these transitions
                 are provided by the HP 83400 family of lightwave
                 sources and receivers, which are designed for easy
                 integration into HP 8702A measurement systems. Power
                 supply connections, RF connections, signal levels, and
                 calibration data are all designed for direct
                 compatibility with the HP 8702A, which is the signal
                 processing unit in the system. To date, four lightwave
                 sources and two lightwave receivers have been released.
                 They are: HP 83400A lightwave source-1300 nm, 3-GHz
                 modulation, single-mode 9/125-$ \mu $ m fiber; HP
                 83401A light source-1300 nm, 3-GHz modulation,
                 multimode 50/125-$ \mu $ m fiber; HP 83402A lightwave
                 source-1300 nm, 6-GHz modulation, single-mode 9/125-$
                 \mu $ m fiber; HP 83403A lightwave source-1550 nm,
                 3-GHz modulation, single-mode 9/125-$ \mu $ m fiber; HP
                 83410B lightwave receiver-1300 or 1550 nm, 3-GHz
                 modulation, multimode 62.5/125-$ \mu $ m fiber; and HP
                 83411A lightwave receiver-1300 or 1550 nm, 6-GHz
                 modulation, single-mode 9/125-$ \mu $ m fiber. The
                 authors look at the design and operation of these
                 lightwave sources and receivers.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliationaddress = "USA",
  classcodes =   "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems); B7320P (Optical variables); B4125 (Fibre
                 optics); B7230C (Photodetectors)",
  classification = "717; 741; 744; 941; B4125 (Fibre optics); B7210X
                 (Other instrumentation and measurement systems); B7230C
                 (Photodetectors); B7320P (Optical variables)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "1300 Nm; 1300 nm; 1550 Nm; 1550 nm; 3 GHz; 8702A
                 Lightwave Component Analyzer; 8702A measurement
                 systems; analysers; computerised instrumentation; Fiber
                 Optics; Fibre optics; fibre optics; High-Frequency
                 Fiber Optic Measurements; HP; HP 83400 family; HP
                 83400A; HP 83401A; HP 83402A; HP 83403A; HP 83410B; HP
                 83411A; HP 8702A Lightwave Component Analyzer; HP 8702A
                 measurement systems; Lasers; light sources; Lightwave
                 receivers; lightwave receivers; Lightwave Sources;
                 Lightwave sources; lightwave sources; Measurements;
                 Optical Communication; Optical Signals; Optical
                 Variables Measurement; optical variables measurement;
                 Photodetectors; photodetectors; Signal Receivers;
                 spectral",
  numericalindex = "Wavelength 1.3E-06 m; Wavelength 1.55E-06 m;
                 Frequency 3.0E+09 Hz",
  thesaurus =    "Computerised instrumentation; Fibre optics; Light
                 sources; Optical variables measurement; Photodetectors;
                 Spectral analysers",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Tuttle:1989:VNT,
  author =       "Myron R. Tuttle and Danny Low",
  title =        "Videoscope: a nonintrusive test tool for personal
                 computers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "58--64",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1989",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The Videoscope system uses signature analysis
                 techniques developed for digital troubleshooting to
                 provide a tool that allows a tester to create an
                 automated test suite for doing performance,
                 compatibility, and regression testing of applications
                 running on HP Vectra Personal Computers. Videoscope is
                 a test tool developed and used by HP's Personal
                 Computer Group (PCG) for automated performance,
                 compatibility, and regression testing of interactive
                 applications running on HP Vectra Personal Computers.
                 It is independent of the operating system and
                 nonintrusive. Nonintrusive means that it does not
                 interfere with or affect the performance and behavior
                 of the application being tested or the operating
                 system. Videoscope is for internal use and is not
                 available as a product.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliationaddress = "USA",
  classcodes =   "C6115 (Programming support); C5430 (Microcomputers)",
  classification = "722; 723; C5430 (Microcomputers); C6115 (Programming
                 support)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "analysis; Automated test suite; automated test suite;
                 Automatic Testing; Compatibility testing; compatibility
                 testing; Computers, Digital--Shift Registers;
                 Computers, Personal; Digital Troubleshooting; Hewlett
                 Packard computers; HP; HP Vectra Personal Computers;
                 microcomputers; nonintrusive; Nonintrusive test tool;
                 Nonintrusive Test Tool; Performance testing;
                 performance testing; Personal computers; personal
                 computers; program testing; Regression testing;
                 regression testing; signature; Signature Analysis;
                 Signature analysis; software tools; test tool; Vectra
                 Personal Computers; Videoscope system",
  thesaurus =    "Hewlett Packard computers; Microcomputers; Program
                 testing; Software tools",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Shackleford:1989:NDS,
  author =       "J. Barry Shackleford",
  title =        "Neural data structures: programming with neurons",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "69--78",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1989",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Networks of neurons can quickly find good solutions to
                 many optimization problems. Looking at such problems in
                 terms of certain neural data structures makes
                 programming neural networks natural and intuitive. To
                 develop an intuition for programming with neurons, a
                 conceptual model is needed. This model has three
                 layers. The innermost layer is the Hopfield neuron.
                 Changing the properties of the neuron has a global
                 effect on the problem. The second layer is composed of
                 elemental data structures suited to the properties of
                 neurons. The third layer is the method by which the gap
                 between the data structure and the problem statement is
                 bridged. It can be explained and observed but, like
                 programming in conventional computer languages, it is
                 best practiced.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Yokogawa",
  affiliationaddress = "Yokogawa, Jpn",
  classcodes =   "C6120 (File organisation); C1230 (Artificial
                 intelligence); C5210 (Logic design methods)",
  classification = "461; 721; 723; C1230 (Artificial intelligence);
                 C5210 (Logic design methods); C6120 (File
                 organisation)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Automata Theory; Computer Programming; data; Data
                 Processing--Data Structures; Data structures; data
                 structures; Hopfield neuron; logic design; networks;
                 neural; Neural data structures; Neural Data Structures;
                 neural data structures; Neural Nets; neural nets;
                 Neural networks; Optimization problems; optimization
                 problems; Programming with neurons; programming with
                 neurons; structures; Systems Science and Cybernetics",
  thesaurus =    "Data structures; Logic design; Neural nets",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Marcoux:1989:NSM,
  author =       "Paul J. Marcoux and Paul P. Merchant and Vladimir
                 Naroditsky and Wulf D. Rehder",
  title =        "A new {2D} simulation model of electromigration",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "79--84",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1989",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Electromigration in miniature IC interconnect lines is
                 simulated in HP's sophisticated two-dimensional model,
                 giving new quantitative and graphical insights into one
                 of the most important metallization failure sources for
                 VLSI chips. The author looks at this 2D simulation
                 model for electromigration.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliationaddress = "USA",
  classcodes =   "B2560B (Modelling and equivalent circuits); B2570
                 (Semiconductor integrated circuits); C7410D (Electronic
                 engineering)",
  classification = "539; 713; 714; 723; B2560B (Modelling and equivalent
                 circuits); B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits);
                 C7410D (Electronic engineering)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "2D Simulation; Computer Simulation; Electromigration;
                 electromigration; Integrated Circuit
                 Manufacture--Metallizing; Integrated Circuits, VLSI;
                 Interconnect lines; interconnect lines; Miniature IC;
                 miniature IC; semiconductor device models; Simulation
                 model; simulation model; Two-dimensional model;
                 two-dimensional model; VLSI; VLSI Chips",
  thesaurus =    "Electromigration; Semiconductor device models; VLSI",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Fuller:1989:OHN,
  author =       "Ian J. Fuller",
  title =        "An overview of the {HP NewWave} environment",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "6--8",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1989",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The NewWave environment is a comprehensive system
                 developed by HP to provide a new level of flexibility
                 and ease of use in our business systems. This article
                 presents the history, the motivation, and an overview
                 of the features and major components of the NewWave
                 environment. The NewWave environment allows users to
                 concentrate on the task and not the computer system.
                 For developers of new applications, it provides the
                 facilities to integrate applications into the NewWave
                 environment.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6115 (Programming support); C6110 (Systems analysis
                 and programming); C6180 (User interfaces); C7100
                 (Business and administration)",
  classification = "723; C6110 (Systems analysis and programming); C6115
                 (Programming support); C6180 (User interfaces); C7100
                 (Business and administration)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Application Programs; Applications; Computer Networks;
                 Computer Software; Data Processing, Business;
                 Flexibility; flexibility; Hewlett Packard computers;
                 Hewlett--Packard; History; history; HP NewWave
                 environment; Integrated Software Packages;
                 object-oriented programming; Office Automation; office
                 automation; Office Systems Software; Open Architecture;
                 Personal Computer Software; programming environments;
                 user interfaces",
  thesaurus =    "Hewlett Packard computers; Object-oriented
                 programming; Office automation; Programming
                 environments; User interfaces",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Showman:1989:OUI,
  author =       "Peter S. Showman",
  title =        "An object-based user interface for the {HP NewWave}
                 environment",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "9--17",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1989",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The NewWave environment is designed to allow users to
                 focus on their tasks and not the tools. A key element
                 of the HP NewWave environment is the combination of a
                 system conceptual model, which defines the user's
                 perception of how the system works, and an object
                 model, which defines the architecture of the system.
                 This article describes the NewWave conceptual model and
                 object model by presenting examples based on an office
                 metaphor.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6180 (User interfaces); C6115 (Programming support);
                 C6110 (Systems analysis and programming)",
  classification = "722; 723; C6110 (Systems analysis and programming);
                 C6115 (Programming support); C6180 (User interfaces)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Computer Architecture; Computer Interfaces; Computer
                 Software; Data Integration; environment; Hewlett
                 Packard computers; Hewlett--Packard; HP NewWave; HP
                 NewWave environment; Integrated Software; metaphor;
                 Object Based Architecture; Object Based User Interface;
                 Object model; object model; Object-based user
                 interface; object-based user interface; object-oriented
                 programming; office; Office Automation; Office
                 Automation Software; Office metaphor; programming
                 environments; System Conceptual Model; System
                 conceptual model; system conceptual model; user
                 interfaces",
  thesaurus =    "Hewlett Packard computers; Object-oriented
                 programming; Programming environments; User
                 interfaces",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Dysart:1989:NOM,
  author =       "John A. Dysart",
  title =        "The {NewWave} object management facility",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "17--23",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1989",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The NewWave object management facility (OMF) provides
                 the HP NewWave environment with a sophisticated
                 object-based file system. The OMF supports a powerful
                 mechanism for building compound, multimedia objects
                 with automatic transfer of data when changes are made.
                 Although it does not have any user interface itself, it
                 is in some ways the most important part of the NewWave
                 user interface. This paper describes the concepts and
                 features of this system.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6120 (File organisation); C6115 (Programming
                 support)",
  classification = "723; C6115 (Programming support); C6120 (File
                 organisation)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Code Sharing; Compound Multimedia Objects; Computer
                 Software; Data Processing, Business; Data Sharing;
                 environments; file organisation; File Organization;
                 Hewlett Packard computers; Hewlett--Packard; HP; HP
                 NewWave environment; Integrated Software; NewWave
                 environment; NewWave object management facility; Object
                 Based File; Object Management Facility; Object-based
                 file system; object-based file system; Office
                 Automation; OMF; programming",
  thesaurus =    "File organisation; Hewlett Packard computers;
                 Programming environments",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Lam:1989:NO,
  author =       "Beatrice Lam and Scott A. Hanson and Anthony J. Day",
  title =        "The {NewWave Office}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "23--31",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1989",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP NewWave Office is the focal point for the
                 user's interaction with the NewWave environment, and it
                 is the first NewWave object the user sees when the
                 NewWave environment is initialized. It remains active
                 throughout the entire session until the user terminates
                 the NewWave environment. It incorporates many special
                 features to reinforce the office concept in the minds
                 of users. These features include iconic representation
                 of tools found in a real office. It is easy to work
                 with these tools using a mouse to manipulate the icons
                 that represent the tools. The article describes the
                 main features of the NewWave Office and shows how these
                 features interact with other NewWave components.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6180 (User interfaces); C6115 (Programming support);
                 C7100 (Business and administration)",
  classification = "722; 723; C6115 (Programming support); C6180 (User
                 interfaces); C7100 (Business and administration)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Computer Graphics--Interactive; Computer Interfaces;
                 Computer Peripheral Equipment--Graphics; environments;
                 Hewlett Packard computers; Hewlett--Packard; HP; HP
                 NewWave Office; Iconic Representation; Iconic
                 representation; iconic representation; Icons; icons;
                 Mouse; mouse; NewWave environment; NewWave Office;
                 NewWave Software Environment; Office Automation; office
                 automation; Office Environment; Office environment;
                 office environment; programming; Tools; tools; User
                 interface; User Interface; user interface; user
                 interfaces",
  thesaurus =    "Hewlett Packard computers; Office automation;
                 Programming environments; User interfaces",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Stearns:1989:AHN,
  author =       "Glenn R. Stearns",
  title =        "Agents and the {HP NewWave} application program
                 interface",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "32--37",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1989",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "To improve the productivity and ease of use of
                 workstation applications, products such as macro
                 processors, script facilities, and integrated
                 intelligent front-end processors are being incorporated
                 into application programs. These allow the machine to
                 do more of the work in performing a task. If these
                 facilities are integrated into each application
                 designed for a software environment, they can be
                 accessed from the integrating environment and operate
                 across all the applications. One of these facilities,
                 known as an agent, performs tasks on behalf of the user
                 within and across applications. The agent is a software
                 paradigm, like objects. The agent is added to the
                 system to increase its intelligence. Objects provide
                 the capabilities the agent has at its disposal. The
                 agent uses the objects in an intelligent way to perform
                 work on behalf of the user.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6115 (Programming support)",
  classification = "723; C6115 (Programming support)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Agent; agent; Application Program Interface;
                 Artificial Intelligence; Computer Interfaces; Computer
                 Software--Software Engineering; Data Processing,
                 Business; environment; Hewlett Packard computers;
                 Hewlett--Packard; HP NewWave application; HP NewWave
                 application program interface; Integrated intelligent
                 front-end processors; integrated intelligent front-end
                 processors; Integrated Software; Integrating
                 environment; integrating environment; Macro processors;
                 macro processors; Object Based Software; Office
                 Automation; paradigm; program interface; programming
                 environments; Script facilities; script facilities;
                 software; Software environment; Software paradigm;
                 Software Paradigm; Software robot; Software Robot;
                 software robot; software tools; Workstation
                 Applications",
  thesaurus =    "Hewlett Packard computers; Programming environments;
                 Software tools",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Packard:1989:EAT,
  author =       "Barbara B. Packard and Charles H. Whelan",
  title =        "An extensible agent task language",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "38--42",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1989",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The agent task language of the HP NewWave environment
                 is a set of procedural commands that provide users
                 access to the task automation functions of the NewWave
                 environment. With this language, users of the HP
                 NewWave environment can create scripts to direct their
                 NewWave agent to perform tasks for them. The language
                 is designed for both novice and knowledgeable users.
                 The Task Language is discussed.",
  abstract-2 =   "The agent task language of the HP NewWave environment
                 is a set of procedural commands that provide users
                 access to the task automation functions of the NewWave
                 environment. Scripts can be written to create, delete,
                 modify, and otherwise manipulate NewWave objects. The
                 scripts are processed by an interpretive engine, which
                 is part of the agent object.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6140D (High level languages); C6115 (Programming
                 support)",
  classification = "723; C6115 (Programming support); C6140D (High level
                 languages)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Agent object; agent object; Agent task language; Agent
                 Task Language; agent task language; Computer
                 Metatheory--Programming Theory; Computer Operating
                 Systems--Program Compilers; Computer Programming
                 Languages; Create; create; Delete; delete; environment;
                 environments; Hewlett Packard computers;
                 Hewlett--Packard; high level languages; HP NewWave; HP
                 NewWave environment; Interpretive engine; interpretive
                 engine; Manipulate; manipulate; Modify; modify; NewWave
                 objects; Object Based Software; Object Manipulation;
                 Problem Orientation; Procedural Commands; Procedural
                 commands; procedural commands; programming; Script
                 Creation; Scripts; scripts; Task Automation; Task
                 automation functions; task automation functions",
  thesaurus =    "Hewlett Packard computers; High level languages;
                 Programming environments",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Spilman:1989:HNE,
  author =       "Vicky Spilman and Eugene J. Wong",
  title =        "The {HP NewWave} environment help facility",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "43--47",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1989",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "During the investigation and design phases of the help
                 facility for the HP NewWave environment, the
                 development team followed objectives passed down from
                 the system level. Among these were ease of use,
                 emphasis on the tasks instead of the tools, and
                 consistent user interfaces. Other objectives were also
                 added specifically for the help facility, but all of
                 these objectives can be summarized by four descriptors:
                 common facility, context sensitive, intuitive user
                 interface, and unobtrusive. This Help Facility is
                 outlined.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6115 (Programming support)",
  classification = "723; C6115 (Programming support)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Common Facility; Computer Programming; Computer
                 Software; Context Sensitive; Help Facility; Hewlett
                 Packard computers; Hewlett--Packard; HP NewWave
                 environment help facility; Intuitive User Interface;
                 NewWave Applications; Office Automation; Problem
                 Orientation; programming environments; Windows
                 Environment",
  thesaurus =    "Hewlett Packard computers; Programming environments",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Lynch-Freshner:1989:NCT,
  author =       "Lawrence A. Lynch-Freshner and R. Thomas Watson and
                 Brian B. Egan and John J. Jencek",
  title =        "{NewWave} computer-based training development
                 facility",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "48--56",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1989",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Computer-based training, or CBT, has been extensively
                 used by the military for teaching. Properly written CBT
                 can cut costs while raising retention and motivation.
                 Achieving this requires a partnership between the
                 courseware and the CBT authoring software.
                 Computer-based training in the NewWave environment
                 allows users to learn how to use the system at their
                 own pace, and provides facilities for users to create
                 their own computer-based training courseware. The HP
                 NewWave CBT facility is discussed.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C7810C (Computer-aided instruction); C6115
                 (Programming support)",
  classification = "723; 901; 912; C6115 (Programming support); C7810C
                 (Computer-aided instruction)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "computer aided instruction; Computer Based Training;
                 Computer Software; computer-based training development;
                 Computer-based training development facility;
                 Computerized Teaching; Courseware; courseware;
                 Education--Teaching; facility; Hewlett Packard
                 computers; Hewlett--Packard; HP NewWave environment;
                 Intelligent Tutoring; NewWave Environment; Personnel
                 Training; Personnel Training--Computer Applications;
                 programming environments; training",
  thesaurus =    "Computer aided instruction; Hewlett Packard computers;
                 Programming environments; Training",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Crow:1989:EAN,
  author =       "William M. Crow",
  title =        "Encapsulation of applications in the {NewWave}
                 environment",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "57--66 (or 57--64??)",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1989",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "For an existing MS-DOS based application program to
                 operate correctly in the HP NewWave environment, either
                 the application must be modified, the HP NewWave
                 environment must recognize and accommodate the MS-DOS
                 application, or an additional program must provide an
                 interface between the MS-DOS application and the HP
                 NewWave environment. The HP NewWave encapsulation
                 facility uses a combination of all these techniques to
                 provide a wide range of support for applications not
                 specifically written to operate in the HP NewWave
                 environment. The NewWave encapsulation facilities are
                 discussed.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6115 (Programming support)",
  classification = "723; C6115 (Programming support)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Application Program; Application Specific
                 Encapsulation; Applications; applications; Computer
                 Operating Systems--Program Translators; Computer
                 Programming; Computer Software; DOS Programs;
                 Encapsulation facilities; encapsulation facilities;
                 Generic Encapsulation; Hewlett Packard computers;
                 Hewlett--Packard; HP NewWave environment; HP NewWave
                 Environment; HP NewWave environment; Portability;
                 Program Conversion; programming environments",
  thesaurus =    "Hewlett Packard computers; Programming environments",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Topham:1989:MDN,
  author =       "Andrew D. Topham",
  title =        "Mechanical design of a new quarter-inch Cartridge Tape
                 Drive",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "67--73",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1989",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The ever-increasing volumes of data being handled by
                 computer systems make it mandatory for backup tape
                 devices to continue to match the growing disc
                 capacities being projected. Both data transfer rate and
                 tape cartridge capacity must continually be improved.
                 The HP 9145A $ 1 / 4 $-inch cartridge tape drive was
                 developed in response to this need. The HP 9144A has a
                 cartridge capacity of 67 Mbytes and a data transfer
                 rate of 2 Mbytes per minute. The autochanger uses the
                 same mechanism and has the same transfer rate, but
                 achieves a capacity of 536 Mbytes by changing eight
                 tape cartridges without operator attention.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media)",
  classification = "722; C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "/Sup 1///sub 4/-inch cartridge tape drive; /sup
                 1///sub 4/-inch cartridge tape drive; 0.033 MByte/s;
                 0.25 In; 0.25 in; 536 MB; 67 MB; Autochanger;
                 autochanger; backup; Backup tape devices; Cartridge
                 Tape Drive; Data Storage Units; Data Storage,
                 Digital--Storage Devices; Data Storage, Magnetic; Data
                 transfer rate; data transfer rate; Hewlett Packard
                 computers; Hewlett--Packard; HP 9145A; magnetic tape
                 storage; Mechanical Design; Quarter-inch cartridge tape
                 drive; quarter-inch cartridge tape drive; Tape; Tape
                 cartridge capacity; tape cartridge capacity; tape
                 devices; Tape Speed; Track Density",
  numericalindex = "Size 6.3E-03 m; Memory size 7.0E+07 Byte; Byte rate
                 3.3E+04 Byte/s; Memory size 5.62E+08 Byte",
  thesaurus =    "Hewlett Packard computers; Magnetic tape storage",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
  xxauthor =     "Andrew D. Tompham",
}

@Article{Gills:1989:RAQ,
  author =       "David Gills",
  title =        "Reliability assessment of a quarter-inch Cartridge
                 Tape Drive",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "74--78",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1989",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The quality goals for the HP 9145A tape drive included
                 a failure rate that was half that of the earlier HP
                 9144A, an error rate performance that was 10 times
                 better than the HP 9144A's, the same useful life as the
                 HP 9144A, and full backwards compatibility with all HP
                 /sup 1///sub 4/-inch data cartridges. The reliability
                 test plan showed that to be able to halve the failure
                 rate value within the development time of just over 1.5
                 years, then approximately 100 prototype units would be
                 needed, resulting in an accumulation of 97000 test
                 hours before manufacturing release. Reliability growth
                 was monitored using the Duane plot technique, and there
                 were interim goals at each of several checkpoints
                 within the development program. The reliability of this
                 product is also being continuously assessed during
                 manufacturing. For this purpose a detailed
                 manufacturing reliability audit test schedule was
                 developed.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media)",
  classification = "722; C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "1///sub 4/-inch data cartridges; Audit Test Schedule;
                 Cartridge Tape Drive; Computer Hardware--Reliability;
                 Data Storage Units--Quality Control; Data Storage,
                 Magnetic; Duane plot technique; Error rate performance;
                 error rate performance; Failure rate; failure rate;
                 Hewlett Packard computers; Hewlett--Packard; HP /sup;
                 HP /sup 1///sub 4/-inch data cartridges; HP 9145A; HP
                 9145A tape drive; magnetic tape storage; Manufacturing
                 Reliability; Manufacturing reliability audit test
                 schedule; manufacturing reliability audit test
                 schedule; Quality Standards; Quarter-inch cartridge
                 tape drive; quarter-inch cartridge tape drive;
                 reliability; Reliability Assessment; Tape; tape drive",
  thesaurus =    "Hewlett Packard computers; Magnetic tape storage;
                 Reliability",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Bartlett:1989:USM,
  author =       "Paul F. Bartlett and Paul F. Robinson and Tracey A.
                 Hains and Mark J. Simms",
  title =        "Use of structured methods for real-time peripheral
                 firmware",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "79--86",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1989",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "In the development of the HP 9145A Cartridge Tape
                 Drive at HP Computer Peripherals Bristol Division (CPB)
                 the firmware was always on the critical path during the
                 entire product development time. Each engineer on the
                 project was equipped with an HP 9000 Series 300
                 workstation which was used for program development and
                 emulation. To enable us to use the structured analysis
                 and structured design (SA\slash SD) methods
                 effectively, HP Teamwork\slash SA was installed on each
                 workstation. Other software tools that we used included
                 a code-efficient cross compiler from C to 68000
                 assembly language and a 68000 emulator. This paper
                 describes our experiences with applying SA\slash SD
                 techniques and tools to the development of the HP 9145A
                 firmware.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6110 (Systems analysis and programming)",
  classification = "722; 723; C6110 (Systems analysis and programming)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Computer Peripheral Equipment--Computer Aided Design;
                 Computer Peripherals Bristol Division; Computer
                 Programming; Data Processing--Critical Path Analysis;
                 Data Storage, Magnetic--Tape; Development schedule;
                 development schedule; firmware; Firmware Development;
                 Firmware development process; firmware development
                 process; Hewlett--Packard; peripheral firmware;
                 product; quality; Quality product; Real Time Peripheral
                 Firmware; real-time; Real-time peripheral firmware;
                 SA/SD; Software Tools; Structured Analysis; Structured
                 analysis/structured design; structured
                 analysis/structured design; Structured Design;
                 Structured methods; structured methods; structured
                 programming; Subroutines",
  thesaurus =    "Firmware; Structured programming",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Kraemer:1989:PDU,
  author =       "Thomas F. Kraemer",
  title =        "Product development using object-oriented software
                 technology",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "87--97, 99--100",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1989",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Object-oriented technology is rapidly becoming an
                 accepted technology for designing and developing
                 software systems. The essential idea in the
                 object-oriented approach is that data and procedures
                 are represented in a structure called an object, and
                 the data is only accessible through the procedures
                 contained in the object. Also, objects are the basic
                 building blocks for any system designed using an
                 object-oriented approach. This paper provides a brief
                 history, a tutorial, and a description of HP's Lake
                 Stevens Instrument Division's experience using the
                 technology for product development.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6110 (Systems analysis and programming)",
  classification = "723; C6110 (Systems analysis and programming)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Code Reuse; Computer Programming Languages--Problem
                 Orientation; Computer Programming--Analysis; Computer
                 Software; Data Processing--Data Structures; Data
                 Representation; Design; Hewlett--Packard; history;
                 History; HP Lake Stevens Instrument Division; Object
                 Oriented Language; Object Oriented Software; object-;
                 object-oriented programming; Object-oriented software
                 technology; oriented software technology; product
                 development; Product development; Software Development;
                 Software Maintainability; software systems; Software
                 systems",
  thesaurus =    "Object-oriented programming",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Leath:1989:YCT,
  author =       "Charles L. Leath",
  title =        "40 years of chronicling technical achievement",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "6--13",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1989",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon Feb 3 18:59:03 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Over the last 40 years the HP Journal has created a
                 record of HP's technical achievements by communicating
                 technical information to professional people in all
                 fields served by HP. With Hewlett--Packard celebrating
                 its 50th anniversary the author takes a look at the HP
                 Journal, past and present, and some of the
                 technological history of Hewlett--Packard it has
                 chronicled.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Journal",
  affiliationaddress = "Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classification = "709; 745; 901; 903",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Electrical Engineering; Engineering; HP Journal;
                 Information Dissemination; Publishing; Technical
                 Information",
}

@Article{McNamee:1989:MFH,
  author =       "Michael D. McNamee and David L. Platt",
  title =        "A modular family of high-performance signal
                 generators",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "14--20",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1989",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "HP has developed a new family of internally modular
                 signal generators called the performance signal
                 generators (PSG). The three members of this family are
                 the HP 8644A 1-GHz or 2-GHz synthesized signal
                 generator, the HP 8645A 1-GHz or 2-GHz agile signal
                 generator, and the HP 8665A 4.2-GHz synthesized signal
                 generator. These three signal generators are designed
                 for three specific application segments. The HP 8644A
                 is for the traditional out-of-channel transceiver test
                 applications. The HP 8645A is focused on frequency
                 agile transceiver testing. The HP 8665A is designed for
                 high-performance applications up to 4.2 GHz,
                 particularly radar, telemetry, and spurious testing of
                 UHF transceivers.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "B7250E (Signal generators); B7210B (Automatic test and
                 measurement systems); B1230 (Signal generators); C7410H
                 (Instrumentation)",
  classification = "714; 715; 716; B1230 (Signal generators); B7210B
                 (Automatic test and measurement systems); B7250E
                 (Signal generators); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "1 GHz; 2 GHz; 4.2 GHz; 8645A; Agile Signal Generator;
                 Agile signal generator; agile signal generator;
                 applications; computerised instrumentation; Electronic
                 Equipment Testing; Frequency agile transceiver testing;
                 frequency agile transceiver testing; generator;
                 generators; Hewlett Packard computers; High Performance
                 Signal Generators; high-performance; High-performance
                 applications; HP; HP 8644A; HP 8645A; HP 8665A;
                 Internally modular signal generators; internally
                 modular signal generators; Out-of-channel transceiver
                 test applications; out-of-channel transceiver test
                 applications; Performance; performance signal;
                 Performance signal generators; PSG; Radar; radar;
                 Signal Generators; signal generators; Spurious testing;
                 spurious testing; synthesized signal; Synthesized
                 signal generator; synthesized signal generator;
                 Telemetry; telemetry; Transceiver Test; transceivers;
                 UHF; UHF transceivers; UHF Transceivers",
  numericalindex = "Frequency 1.0E+09 Hz; Frequency 2.0E+09 Hz;
                 Frequency 4.2E+09 Hz",
  thesaurus =    "Computerised instrumentation; Hewlett Packard
                 computers; Signal generators",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Kanago:1989:FDM,
  author =       "Kerwin D. Kanago and Mark A. Stambaugh and Brian D.
                 Watkins",
  title =        "Firmware development for modular instrumentation",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "20--26",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1989",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP performance signal generators (PSG) product
                 line represents an internally modular platform approach
                 to the development of signal generators. Since reuse
                 was a key issue in PSG control firmware development,
                 the majority of the control firmware was written in a
                 high-level language. Only time-critical routines, code
                 that directly interfaces with hardware, and certain
                 library routines were written in assembly code. The
                 control firmware for all three PSG instruments consists
                 of 100 KNCSS (thousands of noncomment source
                 statements) of Pascal source code and 8 KNCSS of
                 assembly language source code.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "B7250E (Signal generators); B7210B (Automatic test and
                 measurement systems); B1230 (Signal generators); C7410H
                 (Instrumentation); C6100 (Software techniques and
                 systems)",
  classification = "715; 722; 723; 942; B1230 (Signal generators);
                 B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems); B7250E
                 (Signal generators); C6100 (Software techniques and
                 systems); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "assembly language source; Assembly language source
                 code; code; computerised instrumentation; computers;
                 Control Firmware; development; Electric Measuring
                 Instruments--Modular Construction; firmware; Hewlett
                 Packard; High-level language; high-level language; HP
                 performance signal generators; Internally modular
                 platform; internally modular platform; KNCSS; Library
                 routines; library routines; Modular instrumentation;
                 modular instrumentation; Pascal source code;
                 Performance; PSG control firmware; PSG control firmware
                 development; Reuse; reuse; Signal Generators; signal
                 generators; statements; thousands of noncomment source;
                 Thousands of noncomment source statements;
                 Time-critical routines; time-critical routines",
  thesaurus =    "Computerised instrumentation; Firmware; Hewlett
                 Packard computers; Signal generators",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Andersen:1989:RSG,
  author =       "Brad E. Andersen and Earl C. Herleikson",
  title =        "{RF} signal generator single-loop frequency synthesis,
                 phase noise reduction, and frequency modulation",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "27--33",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1989",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The three HP performance signal generators (PSG) share
                 a common synthesis block diagram. In the article,
                 operation of each frequency-locked loop and its effect
                 on noise performance is discussed. The frequency
                 modulation scheme is also explained, including loop
                 crossovers and the various operating modes.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "B7250E (Signal generators); B7210B (Automatic test and
                 measurement systems); B1230 (Signal generators); C7410H
                 (Instrumentation)",
  classification = "701; 713; 715; 716; 717; 718; B1230 (Signal
                 generators); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
                 systems); B7250E (Signal generators); C7410H
                 (Instrumentation)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "computerised instrumentation; Delay Line
                 Discriminators; Frequency modulation; Frequency
                 Modulation; frequency modulation; Frequency
                 Synthesizers; Frequency-locked loop; frequency-locked
                 loop; Frequency-Locked Loops; generators; Hewlett
                 Packard computers; HP performance signal; HP
                 performance signal generators; Loop crossovers; loop
                 crossovers; Noise performance; noise performance; noise
                 reduction; Operating modes; operating modes;
                 Performance; phase; Phase Locked Loops; Phase noise
                 reduction; Phase Noise Reduction; phase-locked loops;
                 RF Signal Generator; RF signal generator single-loop
                 frequency synthesis; Signal Generators; signal
                 generators; Single-Loop Frequency Synthesis; Synthesis
                 block diagram; synthesis block diagram",
  thesaurus =    "Computerised instrumentation; Hewlett Packard
                 computers; Phase-locked loops; Signal generators",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{McJunkin:1989:DCF,
  author =       "Barton L. McJunkin and David M. Hoover",
  title =        "Design considerations in a fast hopping
                 voltage-controlled oscillator",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "34--36",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1989",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "In its fast hopping mode of operation, the HP 8645A
                 agile signal generator can switch to a new frequency in
                 less than 15 microseconds with an accuracy of one part
                 per million or better. The article describes the fast
                 hopping VCO block diagram and the five major technical
                 challenges that had to be met to build the fast hopping
                 VCO.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "B7250E (Signal generators); B7210B (Automatic test and
                 measurement systems); B1230B (Oscillators); C7410H
                 (Instrumentation)",
  classification = "713; 715; B1230B (Oscillators); B7210B (Automatic
                 test and measurement systems); B7250E (Signal
                 generators); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Agile Signal Generator; computerised instrumentation;
                 Design; Fast Hopping VCO; generator; Hewlett Packard
                 computers; HP 8645A agile signal; HP 8645A agile signal
                 generator; Oscillators; Signal Generators; signal
                 generators; variable-frequency oscillators; VCO block
                 diagram; Voltage-controlled oscillator;
                 Voltage-Controlled Oscillator; voltage-controlled
                 oscillator",
  thesaurus =    "Computerised instrumentation; Hewlett Packard
                 computers; Signal generators; Variable-frequency
                 oscillators",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Summers:1989:HFS,
  author =       "James B. Summers and Douglas R. Snook",
  title =        "High-spectral-purity frequency synthesis in a
                 microwave signal generator",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "37--41",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1989",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP 8665A is the high-frequency member of the
                 performance signal generator family. Like the other PSG
                 instruments, it employs a simplified single-loop
                 frequency synthesis scheme. The HP 8665A differs,
                 however, in that its fundamental oscillator operates in
                 the octave from 3 to 6 GHz. The fundamental oscillator
                 is a YIG-tuned oscillator that provides low phase noise
                 and low-distortion FM. A low-noise GaAs divider IC was
                 developed to allow division of the 3-to-6-GHz octave
                 into the frequency range of the PSG fractional-N
                 synthesis hardware and the optional frequency
                 discriminator noise reduction hardware. This allows the
                 entire performance signal generator family to share
                 common synthesis hardware, reducing development time
                 and production costs.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  chemicalindex = "GaAs/int As/int Ga/int GaAs/bin As/bin Ga/bin",
  classcodes =   "B7250E (Signal generators); B7210B (Automatic test and
                 measurement systems); B1230 (Signal generators); C7410H
                 (Instrumentation)",
  classification = "712; 713; 715; B1230 (Signal generators); B7210B
                 (Automatic test and measurement systems); B7250E
                 (Signal generators); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "3 To 6 GHz; 3 to 6 GHz; computerised instrumentation;
                 frequency discriminator noise reduction; Frequency
                 discriminator noise reduction hardware; Frequency
                 range; frequency range; Frequency Synthesizers;
                 frequency synthesizers; GaAs divider; generator;
                 generators; hardware; Hewlett Packard computers; High
                 spectral-purity frequency synthesis; high
                 spectral-purity frequency synthesis;
                 High-Spectral-Purity Frequency Synthesis; HP 8665A;
                 loop frequency synthesis; low phase; Low phase noise;
                 Low-distortion FM; low-distortion FM; microwave
                 oscillators; microwave signal; Microwave signal
                 generator; noise; Oscillators--Garnets; Performance;
                 Performance signal generator; performance signal
                 generator; PSG fractional-N; PSG fractional-N synthesis
                 hardware; Semiconducting Gallium Arsenide; signal;
                 Signal Generators--Microwaves; single-; Single-loop
                 frequency synthesis; synthesis hardware; Synthesized
                 Signal Generator; yig-tuned Fundamental Oscillator;
                 YIG-tuned oscillator",
  numericalindex = "Frequency 3.0E+09 to 6.0E+09 Hz",
  thesaurus =    "Computerised instrumentation; Frequency synthesizers;
                 Hewlett Packard computers; Microwave oscillators;
                 Signal generators",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Fried:1989:MSG,
  author =       "Steve R. Fried and Keith L. Fries and John M. Sims",
  title =        "Microwave signal generator output system design",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "42--50",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1989",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The output system of the HP 8665A synthesized signal
                 generator takes the synthesized and divided signals
                 from a GaAs divider IC and produces an output signal in
                 the range of 0.1 MHz to 4.2 GHz. It also provides
                 automatic level control (ALC), amplitude modulation,
                 and reverse power protection. The main output section,
                 which provides output frequencies from 0.1 MHz to 3
                 GHz, consists of a divided output section for
                 frequencies from 0.1875 to 3 GHz and a heterodyne
                 output section for frequencies from 0.1 to 187.5 MHz.
                 There is a separate microwave extender output section
                 for frequencies from 3 to 4.2 GHz.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  chemicalindex = "GaAsIC/int As/int Ga/int C/int I/int GaAsIC/ss As/ss
                 Ga/ss C/ss I/ss",
  classcodes =   "B7250E (Signal generators); B7310N (Microwave
                 techniques); B1230 (Signal generators); B1350
                 (Microwave circuits and devices); B7210B (Automatic
                 test and measurement systems); C7410H
                 (Instrumentation)",
  classification = "713; 715; 716; 717; 718; B1230 (Signal generators);
                 B1350 (Microwave circuits and devices); B7210B
                 (Automatic test and measurement systems); B7250E
                 (Signal generators); B7310N (Microwave techniques);
                 C7410H (Instrumentation)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "0.1 MHz to 3 GHz; 0.1 MHz to 4.2; 0.1 MHz to 4.2 GHz;
                 0.1 To 187.5 MHz; 0.1 to 187.5 MHz; 0.1875 To 3 GHz;
                 0.1875 to 3 GHz; 3; 3 To 4.2 GHz; ALC; Amplitude
                 Modulation; Amplitude modulation; amplitude modulation;
                 automatic level; Automatic Level Control; Automatic
                 level control; automatic test equipment; control;
                 Divided output section; divided output section; GaAs
                 divider IC; GHz; Heterodyne Output; heterodyne output;
                 Heterodyne output section; Hewlett Packard computers;
                 HP 8665A; HP 8665A synthesized signal generator;
                 Microwave; microwave devices; Microwave Extender;
                 Microwave extender output section; microwave extender
                 output section; microwave generation; Microwave signal
                 generation; microwave signal generation; Output signal;
                 output signal; Output system design; output system
                 design; protection; reverse power; Reverse power
                 protection; section; Signal Generators; signal
                 generators; Synthesized Signal Generator; synthesized
                 signal generator; Thick-Film Microcircuits; to 4.2
                 GHz",
  numericalindex = "Frequency 1.0E+05 to 4.2E+09 Hz; Frequency 1.0E+05
                 to 3.0E+09 Hz; Frequency 1.875E+08 to 3.0E+09 Hz;
                 Frequency 1.0E+05 to 1.875E+08 Hz; Frequency 3.0E+09 to
                 4.2E+09 Hz",
  thesaurus =    "Automatic test equipment; Hewlett Packard computers;
                 Microwave devices; Microwave generation; Signal
                 generators",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Snook:1989:DHP,
  author =       "Douglas R. Snook and G. Stephen Curtis",
  title =        "Design of a high-performance pulse modulation system",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "51--59",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1989",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The pulse modulation option for the HP 8665A
                 synthesized signal generator adds a pulse modulator and
                 an internal pulse generator. The pulse modulator uses
                 gallium arsenide field-effect transistor switches on
                 microwave monolithic integrated circuits. The paper
                 looks at its design.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  chemicalindex = "GaAs/int As/int Ga/int GaAs/bin As/bin Ga/bin",
  classcodes =   "B7250E (Signal generators); B1230J (Pulse generators);
                 B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems); C7410H
                 (Instrumentation)",
  classification = "712; 713; 715; 716; 717; 718; B1230J (Pulse
                 generators); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
                 systems); B7250E (Signal generators); C7410H
                 (Instrumentation)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "computerised instrumentation; GaAs; gallium arsenide
                 field-effect transistor; Gallium arsenide field-effect
                 transistor switches; Gallium Arsenide Field-Effect
                 Transistor Switches; Hewlett Packard computers;
                 High-performance pulse modulation system;
                 high-performance pulse modulation system; HP 8665A; HP
                 8665A synthesized signal generator; Integrated
                 Circuits, Monolithic--Microwaves; internal; Internal
                 pulse generator; Internal Pulse Generator; Microwave
                 monolithic integrated circuits; microwave monolithic
                 integrated circuits; Modulators; Performance; pulse
                 generator; Pulse Generators; pulse generators; Pulse
                 Modulation; pulse modulation; Pulse modulator; pulse
                 modulator; Semiconducting Gallium Arsenide; signal
                 generators; switches; Synthesized Signal Generator;
                 synthesized signal generator",
  thesaurus =    "Computerised instrumentation; Hewlett Packard
                 computers; Pulse generators; Pulse modulation; Signal
                 generators",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Wright:1989:RRE,
  author =       "Larry R. Wright and Donald T. Borowski",
  title =        "Reducing radiated emissions in the performance signal
                 generator family",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "59--68 (or 59--65??)",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1989",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Radiated interference is a common problem in signal
                 generators. The performance signal generator product
                 line offers the user a choice of two levels of radiated
                 emissions. The lower level, option 010, is for
                 extremely sensitive applications, such as testing
                 pagers and transceivers, for which the standard level
                 is not acceptable. The paper shows how radiated
                 emissions were reduced in the HP PSG family.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "B7250E (Signal generators); B7210B (Automatic test and
                 measurement systems); B1230 (Signal generators); B5230
                 (Electromagnetic compatibility and interference);
                 C7410H (Instrumentation)",
  classification = "711; 715; 716; B1230 (Signal generators); B5230
                 (Electromagnetic compatibility and interference);
                 B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems); B7250E
                 (Signal generators); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Antennas--Radiation; computerised instrumentation;
                 Hewlett Packard computers; HP PSG family; Option 010;
                 option 010; Pagers; pagers; Performance; performance;
                 Performance signal generator family; Radiated
                 Emissions; Radiated emissions; radiated emissions;
                 Radiated interference; Radiated Interference; radiated
                 interference; radiofrequency interference; signal
                 generator family; Signal Generators; signal generators;
                 Signal Interference; Standard level; standard level;
                 Testing; testing; Transceivers; transceivers",
  thesaurus =    "Computerised instrumentation; Hewlett Packard
                 computers; Radiofrequency interference; Signal
                 generators",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Sloan:1989:PPT,
  author =       "Susan R. Sloan",
  title =        "Processing and passivation techniques for fabrication
                 of high-speed {InP\slash InGaAs\slash InP} mesa
                 photodetectors",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "69--75",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1989",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Proper surface preparation and a conformal mesa
                 passivation covering are critical to the production of
                 low-dark-current photodiodes. The best results have
                 been obtained with a wet chemical etch followed by
                 double-layer polyimide passivation.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  chemicalindex = "InP-InGaAs-InP/int InGaAs/int InP/int As/int Ga/int
                 In/int P/int InGaAs/ss As/ss Ga/ss In/ss InP/bin In/bin
                 P/bin",
  classcodes =   "B7230C (Photodetectors); B2550E (Surface treatment);
                 B4250 (Photoelectric devices)",
  classification = "539; 712; 714; 817; B2550E (Surface treatment );
                 B4250 (Photoelectric devices); B7230C
                 (Photodetectors)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "chemical etch; compounds; conformal mesa; Conformal
                 mesa passivation covering; Double-layer polyimide
                 passivation; double-layer polyimide passivation;
                 Etching; etching; Fabrication; fabrication; gallium
                 arsenide; III-V semiconductors; indium; InGaAs-InP;
                 InP-; InP-InGaAs-InP; Low-dark-current photodiodes;
                 Low-Dark-Current Photodiodes; low-dark-current
                 photodiodes; Manufacture; Mesa Passivation; Mesa
                 Photodetectors; passivation; passivation covering;
                 Passivation techniques; passivation techniques;
                 Photodetectors; photodetectors; photodiodes; Polyimide
                 Passivation; Polyimides; Semiconducting Indium
                 Compounds; Semiconductor Diodes, Photodiode;
                 semiconductor technology; Surface preparation; surface
                 preparation; wet; Wet Chemical Etch; Wet chemical
                 etch",
  thesaurus =    "Etching; Gallium arsenide; III-V semiconductors;
                 Indium compounds; Passivation; Photodetectors;
                 Photodiodes; Semiconductor technology",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Tanner:1989:PPD,
  author =       "Eve M. Tanner",
  title =        "Providing programmers with a driver debug technique",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "76--80",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1989",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Symbolic debugging is difficult for programmers who
                 are developing drivers to run under the HP-UX operating
                 system but do not have HP-UX source licenses. A
                 technique is described to use available compiler
                 information to provide access to certain HP-UX debug
                 records.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C6110 (Systems analysis and programming); C6150C
                 (Compilers, interpreters and other processors)",
  classification = "722; 723; 912; C6110 (Systems analysis and
                 programming); C6150C (Compilers, interpreters and other
                 processors)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Compiler information; compiler information; Computer
                 Operating Systems--Program Compilers; Computer
                 Programming; Driver debug technique; driver debug
                 technique; Drivers; drivers; HP-UX debug records; HP-UX
                 Debug Records; HP-UX debug records; HP-UX operating
                 System; HP-UX operating system; HP-UX source licenses;
                 program compilers; Program Debugging; program
                 debugging; Programmers; programmers; Symbolic
                 debugging; Symbolic Debugging; symbolic debugging",
  thesaurus =    "Program compilers; Program debugging",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Keely:1989:SJI,
  author =       "Catherine A. Keely",
  title =        "Solder joint inspection using laser {Doppler}
                 vibrometry",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "81--85",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1989",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The computer vision project of HP Laboratories has
                 investigated alternative methods of inspecting SMT
                 solder joints. The subject of the paper is one method
                 that has proven successful at detecting one major joint
                 error type: the unsoldered joint. The method, which
                 does not actually involve computer vision although it
                 is an optical method, is based on the vibration
                 characteristics of an unsoldered lead. The idea is that
                 an unsoldered lead, when stimulated, will vibrate at
                 its resonant frequencies, which depend on its material
                 and geometry. A soldered lead, under the same
                 stimulation, will have different vibrational
                 characteristics because it has different geometrical
                 constraints. A laser Doppler vibrometer or velocimeter
                 is used to measure the velocity of a vibrating lead,
                 and the peaks in the frequency spectrum of the
                 vibration indicate whether the joint is soldered or
                 not.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "B2210D (Printed circuit manufacture); B0170L
                 (Inspection and quality control); B0170E (Production
                 facilities and engineering); B4360 (Laser
                 applications); B0170G (General fabrication
                 techniques)",
  classification = "538; 713; 714; 744; 913; 943; B0170E (Production
                 facilities and engineering); B0170G (General
                 fabrication techniques); B0170L (Inspection and quality
                 control); B2210D (Printed circuit manufacture); B4360
                 (Laser applications)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "characteristics; Frequency spectrum; frequency
                 spectrum; Geometry; geometry; inspection; Integrated
                 Circuit Testing; Joint error type; joint error type;
                 laser beam applications; Laser Doppler Vibrometry;
                 Laser Doppler vibrometry; laser Doppler vibrometry;
                 manufacture; Material; material; Peaks; peaks; printed
                 circuit; quality control; Resonant frequencies;
                 resonant frequencies; SMT; SMT solder joints; Solder
                 Joint; Solder joint inspection; solder joint
                 inspection; solder joints; Soldering; soldering;
                 Soldering--Inspection; surface mount; technology;
                 Unsoldered joint; unsoldered joint; Unsoldered lead;
                 unsoldered lead; Velocimeter; velocimeter;
                 Velocimeters--Laser Doppler; Velocity; velocity;
                 Vibrating lead; vibrating lead; vibration; Vibration
                 characteristics; Vibrations--Measurements; Vibrometer;
                 vibrometer",
  thesaurus =    "Inspection; Laser beam applications; Printed circuit
                 manufacture; Quality control; Soldering; Surface mount
                 technology",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Martelli:1989:MHS,
  author =       "Anastasia M. Martelli",
  title =        "A model for {HP-UX} shared libraries using shared
                 memory on {HP} precision architecture computers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "86--90",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1989",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Shared libraries allow multiple processes to share a
                 single copy of library code. This is accomplished by
                 loading shared library code into the system separately
                 from any one program. When a program calls a routine in
                 the shared library, it branches into and out of the
                 shared library at run time. Thus an executable file
                 that uses shared libraries does not hold library
                 routines and initialized data. This results in smaller
                 files and lower disk space requirements. To meet the
                 needs of the PORT\slash HP-UX product, a special model
                 for shared libraries was developed and implemented on
                 HP 9000 Series 800 Computers.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C6120 (File organisation); C6150J (Operating
                 systems)",
  classification = "722; 723; C6120 (File organisation); C6150J
                 (Operating systems)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "800 computers; architecture computers; Codes,
                 Symbolic; Computer Architecture; Computer Systems
                 Programming; Data Processing; Data Storage, Digital; HP
                 9000 series; HP 9000 series 800 computers; HP
                 precision; HP precision architecture computers; HP-UX
                 shared libraries; Library Code; operating systems
                 (computers); PORT/HP-UX product; Shared Libraries;
                 Shared memory; Shared Memory; shared memory; storage
                 management; subroutines; Time Sharing Programs",
  thesaurus =    "Operating systems [computers]; Storage management;
                 Subroutines",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Berlin:1989:UAD,
  author =       "Lucy M. Berlin and C. Fletcher",
  title =        "User-centered application definition: a methodology
                 and case study",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "90--97",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1989",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "This paper presents a practical user-centered
                 methodology for application definition. The methodology
                 encompasses interviewing strategies, task analysis, and
                 storyboarding techniques. The need for systematic user
                 analysis is demonstrated, and the methodology is
                 illustrated by a case study.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C6110 (Systems analysis and programming)",
  classification = "722; 723; 911; 912; C6110 (Systems analysis and
                 programming)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "analysis; Application definition; Application
                 Definition; application definition; Computer Software;
                 Electronic Equipment--Marketing; Human Engineering;
                 Interviewing Strategies; Interviewing strategies;
                 interviewing strategies; Marketing; Storyboarding;
                 storyboarding; systems analysis; Task analysis; Task
                 Analysis; task analysis; user; User analysis;
                 User-centered methodology; User-Centered Methodology;
                 user-centered methodology",
  thesaurus =    "Systems analysis",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Jones:1989:PRL,
  author =       "Carolyn F. Jones",
  title =        "Partially reflective light guides for optoelectronics
                 applications",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "98--104",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1989",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Partially reflective optical light guides operate with
                 the refractive index of the guide lower than the
                 refractive index of the containing medium. This is the
                 converse of optical light guides that use the principle
                 of total internal reflection. This paper presents the
                 theory and principles governing the design and shows an
                 example of implementation.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "B4260D (Light emitting diodes); B7260 (Display
                 technology and systems)",
  classification = "714; 717; 741; B4260D (Light emitting diodes); B7260
                 (Display technology and systems)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Applications; Array; array; bar; Electrophotographic
                 copiers; electrophotographic copiers; erase; Erase bar;
                 Fiber Optics; Hewlett Packard computers; HP partially;
                 HP partially reflective light guides; Light control;
                 light control; light emitting diodes;
                 Light--Reflection; Light-emitting diodes;
                 light-emitting diodes; Optical Light Guides;
                 Optoelectronic Devices; Optoelectronics applications;
                 optoelectronics applications; Partially Reflective
                 Light Guides; reflective light guides; Refractive
                 Index",
  thesaurus =    "Hewlett Packard computers; Light emitting diodes",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Bronstein:1989:SDC,
  author =       "Kenneth H. Bronstein and David J. Sweetser and William
                 R. Yoder",
  title =        "System design for compatibility of a high-performance
                 graphics library and the {X Window System}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "6--12 (or 6--10??)",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1989",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "HP's high-performance 2D and 3D graphics library
                 called Starbase has proven very successful in
                 engineering workstation applications. Similarly, the X
                 Window System Version 11, or X11, has become the de
                 facto industry standard window system for supporting
                 user interfaces on workstations connected across a
                 network. Both of these systems run in the HP-UX
                 environment on the HP 9000 Series 300 and 800 Computer
                 systems. The Starbase/X11 Merge system provides an
                 architecture that enables Starbase applications and X
                 Window System applications to coexist in the same
                 window environment. There were three major challenges
                 associated with merging Starbase and X11. The author
                 describes the design and implementation techniques used
                 to handle these challenges.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6180 (User interfaces); C6130B (Graphics techniques);
                 C6110 (Systems analysis and programming)",
  classification = "722; 723; C6110 (Systems analysis and programming);
                 C6130B (Graphics techniques); C6180 (User interfaces)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "analysis; Computer Architecture; Computer Graphics;
                 Computer Interfaces; engineering graphics; Engineering
                 Workstation; Graphics library; graphics library;
                 Graphics Library Starbase; Hewlett Packard computers;
                 interfaces; Performance; Starbase; Starbase/X11 Merge
                 system; Starbase/X11 Merge System; Starbase/X11 Merge
                 system; systems; user; User interfaces; User
                 Interfaces; user interfaces; X Window System",
  thesaurus =    "Engineering graphics; Hewlett Packard computers;
                 Systems analysis; User interfaces",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Andreas:1989:MSD,
  author =       "James R. Andreas and Robert C. Cline and Courtney
                 Loomis",
  title =        "Managing and sharing display objects in the
                 {Starbase\slash X11 Merge} system",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "12--19",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1989",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "One of the challenges for the Starbase/X11 Merge
                 project was designing an architecture that supports
                 sharing of resources among X and Starbase applications.
                 These HP-UX processes can realize significant memory
                 savings by sharing resources such as character sets or
                 fonts. X and Starbase also compete for private use of
                 display resources. The architecture developed, called
                 the graphics resource manager; or GRM, supports the
                 allocation of shared resources and at the same time
                 provides use of display resources by individual
                 processes.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6130B (Graphics techniques)",
  classification = "722; 723; C6130B (Graphics techniques)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Computer Architecture; Computer Graphics; computer
                 graphics; Display Devices; Equipment; Graphics resource
                 manager; Graphics Resource Manager; graphics resource
                 manager; GRM; HP-UX; HP-UX processes; object-oriented
                 programming; processes; Shared Graphics Resources;
                 Sharing display objects; sharing display objects;
                 Starbase/X11 Merge system; Starbase/X11 Merge System;
                 Starbase/X11 Merge system",
  thesaurus =    "Computer graphics; Object-oriented programming",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Boyton:1989:SAD,
  author =       "Jeff R. Boyton and Sankar L. Chakrabarti and Steven P.
                 Hiebert and John J. Lang and Jens R. Owen and Keith A.
                 Marchington and Peter R. Robinson and Michael H.
                 Stroyan and John A. Waitz",
  title =        "Sharing access to display resources in the
                 {Starbase\slash X11 Merge} system",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "20--32",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1989",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "HP's graphics hardware provides many display resources
                 that must be carefully managed to maintain order on the
                 display when competing HP-UX processes, such as the X
                 server and Starbase applications, are attempting to
                 access the display hardware at the same time. The
                 hardware resources that must be shared among these
                 processes include the frame buffer (video RAM),
                 cursors, fonts, and the color map. The authors discuss
                 methods used to allow Starbase applications and the X
                 server to share access to this common pool of hardware
                 resources, and a method called direct hardware access
                 (DHA), which enables Starbase applications to achieve
                 high performance when accessing the display, while
                 maintaining the integrity of the X Window System.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6150J (Operating systems); C6130B (Graphics
                 techniques)",
  classification = "722; 723; 741; C6130B (Graphics techniques); C6150J
                 (Operating systems)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "access; applications; Computer Graphics; computer
                 graphics; Computer Hardware; direct hardware; Direct
                 hardware access; Display Devices; Display hardware;
                 display hardware; Hardware Color Map; Hardware
                 resources; hardware resources; multi-access systems;
                 Performance; programs; Starbase; Starbase applications;
                 Starbase/X11 Merge system; Starbase/X11 Merge System;
                 Starbase/X11 Merge system; supervisory; X server; X
                 Server Clients; X Window System",
  thesaurus =    "Computer graphics; Multi-access systems; Supervisory
                 programs",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Hiebert:1989:SOI,
  author =       "Steven P. Hiebert and John J. Lang and Keith A.
                 Marchington",
  title =        "Sharing overlay and image planes in the
                 {Starbase\slash X11 Merge} system",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "33--38",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1989",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Depending on the display device, the X server allows
                 users to configure a display in four fundamental
                 display modes: image mode, overlay mode, stacked mode,
                 and combined mode. The display mode determines how the
                 hardware display memory is used. This article describes
                 the rationale for the different display modes and how
                 each of them works. The combined mode is discussed in
                 greater detail than the others because it is the most
                 sophisticated mode and it is available on the TurboSRX
                 3D graphics accelerator display system.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6130B (Graphics techniques); C6180 (User
                 interfaces)",
  classification = "722; 723; C6130B (Graphics techniques); C6180 (User
                 interfaces)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "3D Graphics Accelerator Display; accelerator display;
                 Combined mode; combined mode; Computer Architecture;
                 Computer Graphics; computer graphics; Computer
                 Hardware; Display Devices; Display Memory; Display
                 modes; display modes; Equipment; Hardware display
                 memory; hardware display memory; Image mode; image
                 mode; Image planes; image planes; Overlay; overlay;
                 Overlay Mode; Overlay mode; overlay mode; Stacked mode;
                 stacked mode; Starbase/X11 Merge System; Starbase/X11
                 Merge system; TurboSRX 3D graphics; TurboSRX 3D
                 graphics accelerator display; user interfaces; X
                 server; X Server; X server; X Window System",
  thesaurus =    "Computer graphics; User interfaces",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Elliott:1989:SID,
  author =       "Ian A. Elliott and George M. Sachs",
  title =        "Sharing input devices in the {Starbase\slash X11
                 Merge} system",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "38--41",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1989",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Standard X servers support two input devices: the
                 pointer (mouse, tablet, light pen, etc.) and the
                 keyboard. These devices are known as the core input
                 devices. The X server sends information from the input
                 devices to client programs in packets called `events.'
                 The keyboard generates key events, while the pointer
                 generates button or motion events. These events contain
                 information that includes the absolute location in two
                 dimensions where the event occurred, the location
                 relative to the X window in which the event occurred,
                 and a timestamp. For key and button events, there is
                 also a field that tells which key or button was
                 pressed. To provide support for the full set of HP
                 input devices and to provide access to these devices
                 for Starbase applications running in the X environment,
                 extensions were added to the X core input devices: the
                 keyboard and the pointer.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6150J (Operating systems); C6180 (User interfaces)",
  classification = "722; 723; C6150J (Operating systems); C6180 (User
                 interfaces)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Access; access; Computer Graphics; computer graphics;
                 Computer Hardware; Computer Peripheral Equipment;
                 devices; HP input; HP input devices; Input Devices;
                 Input devices; input devices; input-output programs;
                 Keyboard; keyboard; Keyboards; Pointer; pointer;
                 Starbase; Starbase/X11 Merge; Starbase/X11 Merge
                 System; Support; support; user interfaces; X core
                 input; X core input devices; X environment",
  thesaurus =    "Computer graphics; Input-output programs; User
                 interfaces",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Brown:1989:STR,
  author =       "John M. Brown and Thomas J. Gilg",
  title =        "Sharing testing responsibilities in the
                 {Starbase\slash X11 Merge} system",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "42--46",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1989",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "With the development of the Starbase/X11 Merge
                 environment, new forms of testing had to be considered.
                 Before the Starbase/X11 Merge project, the X test
                 suites consisted of nearly 450 tests, and the Starbase
                 test suite contained nearly 400 tests run across an
                 average of 40 hardware configurations. The challenge
                 was to make the appropriate modifications to this
                 extensive set of tests to make them useful in the
                 Starbase/X11 Merge environment. In areas where the
                 existing test suites were inadequate, new test tools
                 and tests were developed.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6115 (Programming support); C6150G (Diagnostic,
                 testing, debugging and evaluating systems)",
  classification = "722; 723; C6115 (Programming support); C6150G
                 (Diagnostic, testing, debugging and evaluating
                 systems)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Computer Graphics; computer graphics; Computer
                 Hardware--Testing; Computer Software; program testing;
                 Starbase/X11 Merge environment; Starbase/X11 Merge
                 Software; Starbase/X11 Merge System; Test suites; test
                 suites; Test tools; test tools; Testing; testing;
                 Testing responsibilities; testing responsibilities;
                 user interfaces",
  thesaurus =    "Computer graphics; Program testing; User interfaces",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Cathell:1989:CSA,
  author =       "B. David Cathell and Michael B. Kalstein and Stephen
                 J. Pearce",
  title =        "A compiled source access system using {CD-ROM} and
                 personal computers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "50--57",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1989",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "HP Source Reader is a system for accessing compiled
                 source code stored on compact disk read-only memory
                 (CD-ROM) for purposes of system debugging. The source
                 code is stored in a proprietary format that optimizes
                 retrieval by the access program running on an HP Vectra
                 Computer. HP Source Reader facilitates quick and
                 efficient debugging of HP 3000 computer systems by
                 allowing the user to display source code at any point
                 within a specified procedure or segment. The user can
                 then quickly scroll the display or jump to any other
                 location with precise control. Relevant information can
                 be `popped' onto the screen in seconds. This includes
                 identifier definitions, reference materials, and the
                 assembly code corresponding to each source line. The
                 program also provides many useful auxiliary functions
                 including searching, printing, logging, and a
                 comprehensive set of customization options. A context
                 sensitive help facility eliminates the need to consult
                 written documentation.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6150G (Diagnostic, testing, debugging and evaluating
                 systems); C6180 (User interfaces)",
  classification = "722; 723; C6150G (Diagnostic, testing, debugging and
                 evaluating systems); C6180 (User interfaces)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Assembly code; assembly code; CD-ROM; Codes, Symbolic;
                 Compact disk read-only memory; compact disk read-only
                 memory; Compact Disk Readonly Memory (CD-ROM); Compiled
                 Source Code; Computer debugging; computer debugging;
                 Computer Operating Systems; computer systems;
                 Computers, Personal; Data Storage, Digital--Fixed; Help
                 facility; help facility; HP 3000; HP 3000 computer
                 systems; HP Source Reader; HP Vectra Computer; Program
                 Compilers; Source code; source code; Source Reader;
                 Source Retrieval; user interfaces",
  thesaurus =    "Computer debugging; User interfaces",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Plitschka:1989:TLE,
  author =       "Rainer Plitschka",
  title =        "Transmission line effects in testing high-speed
                 devices with a high-performance test system",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "58--68 (or 58--67??)",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1989",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Today's state-of-the-art digital ASICs
                 (application-specific integrated circuits) are
                 characterized by faster and faster clock rates and
                 signal transition times. In testing these devices,
                 delivering the test signals to the device under test
                 (DUT) and precisely measuring the response of the DUT
                 can be a problem. To maintain signal fidelity,
                 transmission line techniques have to be applied to the
                 tester-to-DUT interconnection. The author illustrates
                 how this critical signal path is implemented in the HP
                 82000 IC Evaluation System to obtain high-precision
                 timing and level measurements even for
                 difficult-to-test CMOS devices. The HP 82000 offers a
                 resistive divider arrangement that provides terminated
                 transmission lines to the inputs and outputs of the
                 DUT.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1265 (Digital electronics); B2570 (Semiconductor
                 integrated circuits); B7210B (Automatic test and
                 measurement systems); B0170E (Production facilities and
                 engineering); C7410H (Instrumentation); C7410D
                 (Electronic engineering)",
  classification = "713; 714; 723; B0170E (Production facilities and
                 engineering); B1265 (Digital electronics); B2570
                 (Semiconductor integrated circuits); B7210B (Automatic
                 test and measurement systems); C7410D (Electronic
                 engineering); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "application specific integrated circuits; arrangement;
                 ASICs; automatic test; Automatic Testing; CMOS; Digital
                 ASIC; equipment; High Speed Devices; High-performance
                 test system; high-performance test system;
                 High-Pin-Count IC; High-precision timing;
                 high-precision timing; High-speed devices; high-speed
                 devices; HP 82000 IC Evaluation System; Integrated
                 Circuit Testing; integrated circuit testing; Integrated
                 Circuits, Digital--Testing; Level measurements; level
                 measurements; Resistive Divider; resistive divider;
                 Resistive divider arrangement; Semiconductor Device
                 Testing; Semiconductor Devices, MOS; Terminated
                 transmission lines; terminated transmission lines;
                 Tester-to-Device Interconnection; Transmission line
                 techniques; transmission line techniques",
  thesaurus =    "Application specific integrated circuits; Automatic
                 test equipment; Integrated circuit testing",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Thayer:1989:CVG,
  author =       "Larry J. Thayer",
  title =        "Custom {VLSI} in the {3D} Graphics Pipeline",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "74--77",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1989",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database; Graphics/siggraph/89.bib;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Custom VLSI is the technology of choice for producing
                 interactive 3D graphics for several reasons: VLSI
                 devices are a capable source of the very high
                 computation rates needed for fast, interactive
                 graphics. (The scan converter chip used in both the SRX
                 and the TurboSRX is capable of performing over 300
                 million additions per second). Data flow is pipelined,
                 with each point in the pipeline having a particular
                 function. VLSI chips can be tailored to each function.
                 The low-cost potential provided by large-scale
                 integration makes interactive 3D graphics capability
                 available in a workstation that an engineer can afford.
                 The author describes how the 3D graphics pipeline of
                 the SRX was analyzed, and how custom VLSI was used in
                 the next-generation product, the TurboSRX, to improve
                 the overall graphics performance.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  annote =       "Describes the use of VLSI in the graphics pipeline of
                 the HP 9000 TurboSRX.",
  classcodes =   "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
  classification = "713; 714; 722; 723; C5540 (Terminals and graphic
                 displays)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "3D; 3D graphics; 3D Graphics Pipeline; 3D graphics
                 pipeline; Applications; Computer Graphics--Equipment;
                 Custom VLSI; custom VLSI; Engineering Workstations;
                 engineering workstations; Graphics performance;
                 graphics performance; graphics pipeline;
                 Hewlett--Packard; Integrated Circuits, VLSI;
                 Interactive 3D graphics; interactive 3D graphics;
                 parallel processing, Custom VLSI; Pixel Processor
                 Chips; SRX; TurboSRX; TurboSRX graphics subsystem;
                 VLSI; VLSI Transform Engine; Workstation; workstation;
                 Z-Cache",
  thesaurus =    "Engineering workstations; VLSI",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Burgoon:1989:GIM,
  author =       "David A. Burgoon",
  title =        "Global illumination modeling using radiosity",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "40",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "78--88",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1989",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Radiosity is a complementary method to ray tracing for
                 global illumination modeling. HP9000 TurboSRX graphics
                 workstations now offer three illumination models:
                 radiosity, ray tracing, and a local illumination
                 model.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6130B (Graphics techniques); C5540 (Terminals and
                 graphic displays)",
  classification = "723; 741; C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays);
                 C6130B (Graphics techniques)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Computer Graphics; computer graphics; Global
                 illumination modeling; Global Illumination Modeling;
                 global illumination modeling; Graphics Workstations;
                 HP9000 TurboSRX graphics; HP9000 TurboSRX graphics
                 workstations; Illuminating Engineering; Illumination
                 models; illumination models; Imaging Techniques;
                 Light--Mathematical Models; Local illumination model;
                 local illumination model; Radiosity; radiosity; Ray
                 Tracing; Ray tracing; ray tracing; workstations",
  thesaurus =    "Computer graphics; Workstations",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Johnson:1990:OHO,
  author =       "William R. Johnson",
  title =        "An overview of the {HP OSI Express} card",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "6--8",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The OSI Express card provides, on an I/O card, the
                 networking services defined by the ISO OSI (open
                 systems interconnection) reference model, resulting in
                 off-loading much of the network overhead from the host
                 computer. This and other features set the OSI Express
                 card apart from other network implementations in
                 existence today. The Express card is reviewed.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6210L (Computer communications); C5630 (Networking
                 equipment)",
  classification = "B6210L (Computer communications); C5630 (Networking
                 equipment)",
  keywords =     "card; computer networks; data communication equipment;
                 Hewlett; HP OSI Express card; I/O; I/O card; ISO OSI
                 reference model; Networking services; networking
                 services; open systems; Open systems interconnection;
                 open systems interconnection; Packard computers;
                 Protocols; protocols",
  thesaurus =    "Computer networks; Data communication equipment;
                 Hewlett Packard computers; Open systems; Protocols",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Talbott:1990:HOE,
  author =       "Glenn F. Talbott",
  title =        "The {HP OSI Express} card backplane handler",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "8--18",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP OSI Express card backplane handler is a set of
                 firmware routines that provide an interface between the
                 common Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) networking
                 environment (CONE) software and the host-resident
                 driver. CONE provides network-specific operating system
                 functions and other facilities for the OSI Express
                 card. The handler accomplishes its tasks by controlling
                 the hardware that moves messages between the host
                 computer and the OSI Express card. The backplane
                 handler design is compatible with the I/O architecture
                 defined for HP Precision Architecture systems, and it
                 makes use of the features of this architecture to
                 provide the communication paths between CONE and the
                 host-resident driver.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6210L (Computer communications); B2570 (Semiconductor
                 integrated circuits); B1265B (Logic circuits); C5610N
                 (Network interfaces); C5140 (Firmware); C5630
                 (Networking equipment)",
  classification = "713; 714; 722; 723; B1265B (Logic circuits); B2570
                 (Semiconductor integrated circuits); B6210L (Computer
                 communications); C5140 (Firmware); C5610N (Network
                 interfaces); C5630 (Networking equipment)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "application specific integrated circuits; Backplane
                 Handler; common OSI; Common OSI networking environment;
                 computer; Computer Architecture; Computer Hardware;
                 Computer Interfaces; CONE; data communication
                 equipment; Data Handling; Data Processing; Express card
                 driver; firmware; Firmware routines; Firmware Routines;
                 Hewlett; Host Computer; HP OSI Express card backplane
                 handler; Integrated Circuits, VLSI; Interface;
                 interface; interfaces; networking environment; open
                 systems; Open Systems Interconnection (OSI); OSI
                 Express Card; Packard computers; routines; VLSI; VLSI
                 Chips; VLSI chips",
  thesaurus =    "Application specific integrated circuits; Computer
                 interfaces; Data communication equipment; Firmware;
                 Hewlett Packard computers; Open systems; VLSI",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1990:CVC,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Custom {VLSI} Chips for {DMA}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "15--??",
  day =          "1",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 07:40:42 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Dean:1990:CSE,
  author =       "Steven M. Dean and David A. Kumpf and H. Michael
                 Wenzel",
  title =        "{CONE}: {A} Software Environment for Network
                 Protocols",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "18--28",
  day =          "1",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  abstract =     "The common OSI network environment, or CONE, provides
                 a network-specific operating system for the HP OSI
                 Express card and an environment for implementing Open
                 Systems Interconnection (OSI) protocols. CONE provides
                 a system design for supporting system-wide and
                 module-internal optimization. Flexibility in the
                 overall framework supports interchangeability of
                 individual protocol modules and protocols from multiple
                 protocol families, as well as portability of CONE-based
                 code to almost any system. Having a coordinated overall
                 framework also makes the system much more
                 instrumentable and supportable. Because of this
                 system-wide orientation, the overall system performance
                 and the number of connections supported for a given
                 amount of RAM are much higher than they would otherwise
                 be.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6210L (Computer communications); C5630 (Networking
                 equipment); C6150J (Operating systems); C6115
                 (Programming support)",
  classification = "716; 717; 718; 722; 723; B6210L (Computer
                 communications); C5630 (Networking equipment); C6115
                 (Programming support); C6150J (Operating systems)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Common OSI network environment; common OSI network
                 environment; Computer Networks; Computer Software;
                 CONE; data communication equipment; Data Processing;
                 environments; Hewlett Packard computers; HP OSI Express
                 card; network operating systems; Network-specific
                 operating system; Network-Specific Operating System;
                 network-specific operating system; open systems; Open
                 Systems Interconnection (OSI); OSI; OSI Express Card;
                 OSI Network; OSI protocols; programming; Protocols;
                 protocols; Software environment; software environment;
                 Software Environment Cone",
  thesaurus =    "Data communication equipment; Hewlett Packard
                 computers; Network operating systems; Open systems;
                 Programming environments; Protocols",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Banker:1990:ULH,
  author =       "Kimball K. Banker and Michael A. Ellis",
  title =        "The upper layers of the {HP OSI Express} card stack",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "28--36",
  day =          "1",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  abstract =     "The top three layers of the OSI Reference Model
                 consist of the session layer, the presentation layer,
                 and the application layer. The purpose of the session
                 layer is to provide organized and synchronized exchange
                 of data between two cooperating session users --- that
                 is, two presentation layers in different applications.
                 The session layer depends on the services of the
                 transport layer to provide the end-to-end system
                 communication channels for data transfer. The
                 presentation layer's job is to negotiate a common
                 transfer syntax that is used by applications when
                 transferring various data structures back and forth.
                 The application layer is the high.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6210L (Computer communications); C5630 (Networking
                 equipment)",
  classification = "722; 723; B6210L (Computer communications); C5630
                 (Networking equipment)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Codes, Symbolic; Computer Architecture; data
                 communication equipment; Data Processing; Data
                 Transfer; Hewlett Packard computers; HP OSI Express
                 card; open systems; OSI Express Card Stack; OSI
                 Reference Model; OSI stack; Transfer Syntax; Upper
                 layers architecture; upper layers architecture",
  thesaurus =    "Data communication equipment; Hewlett Packard
                 computers; Open systems",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Pugh:1990:IOC,
  author =       "Rex A. Pugh",
  title =        "Implementation of the {OSI Class 4 Transport Layer
                 Protocol} in the {HP OSI Express} Card",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "36--45",
  day =          "1",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  abstract =     "This article describes the Open Systems
                 Interconnection (OSI) Express card's implementation of
                 OSI Class 4 Transport Protocol (TP4). The OSI Express
                 TP4 implementation extends the definition of the OSI
                 transport layer's basic flow control mechanisms to
                 provide congestion avoidance and congestion control for
                 the network and the OSI Express card itself. Because we
                 have requirements to support a large number of
                 connections on a fairly inexpensive platform, the
                 memory management and flow control schemes are designed
                 to work closely together and to use the card's limited
                 memory as efficiently as possible. This efficiency also
                 includes ensuring fair buffer utilization among
                 connections.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6210L (Computer communications); C5630 (Networking
                 equipment)",
  classification = "716; 717; 718; 722; 723; B6210L (Computer
                 communications); C5630 (Networking equipment)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Computer Architecture; Computer Networks; Congestion
                 Avoidance; Congestion avoidance; congestion avoidance;
                 Congestion control; congestion control; data
                 communication equipment; Data Processing; Data Storage,
                 Digital; Flow control; flow control; Hewlett Packard
                 computers; HP OSI Express card; Memory Management; open
                 systems; Open Systems Interconnection (OSI); OSI class
                 4 transport layer protocol; OSI Express Card;
                 Protocols; protocols; TP4; Transport Layer Protocol",
  thesaurus =    "Data communication equipment; Hewlett Packard
                 computers; Open systems; Protocols",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Smith:1990:DLL,
  author =       "Judith A. Smith and Bill Thomas",
  title =        "Data Link Layer Design and Testing for the {HP OSI
                 Express} Card",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "45--51",
  day =          "1",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  abstract =     "The data link layer is the second layer in the Open
                 Systems Interconnection (OSI) Reference Model. Its
                 function is to provide access to the LAN interface for
                 the OSI network layer (layer 3), and transmitting and
                 receiving of data packets to or from the physical layer
                 (layer 1). This article describes the data link layer,
                 particularly the OSI Express card's implementation of
                 this protocol layer. A brief description of the OSI
                 network layer is included.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6210L (Computer communications); C5630 (Networking
                 equipment); C6150G (Diagnostic, testing, debugging and
                 evaluating systems)",
  classification = "716; 717; 718; 722; 723; B6210L (Computer
                 communications); C5630 (Networking equipment); C6150G
                 (Diagnostic, testing, debugging and evaluating
                 systems)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Computer Architecture; Computer Networks; data
                 communication equipment; Data Link Layer; Data link
                 layer design; data link layer design; Data Processing;
                 Data Transmission; Hewlett Packard computers; LAN
                 Interface; Local Networks; model; open systems; Open
                 Systems Interconnection (OSI); OSI Express card; OSI
                 Express Card; OSI Express card; OSI Network Layer; OSI
                 Reference Model; OSI stack; protocols; reference;
                 Reference model; Reliability; reliability; Testing;
                 testing",
  thesaurus =    "Data communication equipment; Hewlett Packard
                 computers; Open systems; Protocols",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1990:OCN,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "The {OSI} Connectionless Network Protocol",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "49--??",
  day =          "1",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 07:40:42 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Bortolotto:1990:HOE,
  author =       "Elizabeth P. Bortolotto",
  title =        "{HP OSI Express} design for performance",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "51--58",
  day =          "1",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  abstract =     "Network standards are sometimes associated with slow
                 networking. This is not the case with the HP OSI
                 Express card. Because of early analysis of critical
                 code paths, throughput exceeds 600000 bytes per
                 second.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6210L (Computer communications); C5630 (Networking
                 equipment)",
  classification = "716; 717; 718; 722; 723; B6210L (Computer
                 communications); C5630 (Networking equipment)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "analysis; Code Paths; Computer Architecture; Computer
                 Networks; computer peripheral equipment; critical code
                 paths; Critical code paths analysis; Data Processing;
                 Hewlett Packard computers; HP OSI Express card; Network
                 standards; network standards; open systems; Open
                 Systems Interconnection (OSI); OSI Express Card;
                 Performance; Performance analysis; performance
                 analysis; performance evaluation; standards;
                 Throughput; throughput",
  thesaurus =    "Computer peripheral equipment; Hewlett Packard
                 computers; Open systems; Performance evaluation;
                 Standards",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Longo:1990:HOE,
  author =       "Joseph R. {Longo, Jr.}",
  title =        "The {HP OSI Express Card} Software Diagnostic
                 Program",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "59--67",
  day =          "1",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  abstract =     "Appropriate Diagnostic and Debugging Tools are
                 essential to any successful software or hardware
                 development effort. A project as large as the HP Open
                 Systems Interconnection (OSI) Express card development
                 effort posed some challenging opportunities. Not only
                 was most of the technology for the card, both software
                 and hardware, still being defined, but the target
                 computer line was still under development as well.
                 Implementation details are reported.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6210L (Computer communications); C5630 (Networking
                 equipment); C6150G (Diagnostic, testing, debugging and
                 evaluating systems)",
  classification = "722; 723; B6210L (Computer communications); C5630
                 (Networking equipment); C6150G (Diagnostic, testing,
                 debugging and evaluating systems)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "compiler differences; Compiler differences; Computer
                 Architecture; Computer Programming; Computer Software;
                 data communication equipment; data definition changes;
                 Data definition changes; Data Processing; definition
                 utility; diagnostic program; Hewlett Packard computers;
                 high-level mnemonic debugger; High-level mnemonic
                 debugger; HO OSI Express card software; HO OSI Express
                 card software diagnostic program; Mnemonic Debugger;
                 open systems; Open Systems Interconnection (OSI); OSI
                 Express Card; program debugging; Program Debugging;
                 Software Diagnostic Program; structure; Structure
                 definition utility",
  thesaurus =    "Data communication equipment; Hewlett Packard
                 computers; Open systems; Program debugging",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
  xxauthor =     "R. J. {Longo, Jr.}",
}

@Article{Shah:1990:SFH,
  author =       "Jayesh K. Shah and Charles L. Hamer",
  title =        "Support features of the {HP OSI Express} card",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "67--72",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP OSI Express card offers event logging and
                 tracing to facilitate troubleshooting in multivendor
                 networks. Today's state-of-the-art automated factories
                 require the seamless interaction of systems and devices
                 supplies by a diverse set of vendors. To manage this
                 complex environment effectively and keep it operating
                 smoothly, users must be able to resolve problems
                 quickly. The HP OSI Express card incorporates several
                 powerful new features to aid the troubleshooter. The
                 article highlights the support features of the HP OSI
                 Express card and illustrates their use in two
                 troubleshooting scenarios.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6210L (Computer communications); C5630 (Networking
                 equipment)",
  classification = "716; 717; 718; 722; 723; 913; B6210L (Computer
                 communications); C5630 (Networking equipment)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Automated Factories; Automated factories; automated
                 factories; Computer Architecture; Computer Networks;
                 data communication equipment; Data Processing; Event
                 Logging; Event logging; event logging; factory
                 automation; Hewlett; HP OSI Express card; multivendor;
                 Multivendor networks; Multivendor Networks; networks;
                 open systems; Open Systems Interconnection; OSI Express
                 Card; Packard computers; Production
                 Engineering--Automation; Protocols; Tracing; tracing;
                 Troubleshooting; troubleshooting",
  thesaurus =    "Data communication equipment; Factory automation;
                 Hewlett Packard computers; Open systems",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Alexander:1990:ITH,
  author =       "Neil M. Alexander and Randy J. Westra",
  title =        "Integration and Test for the {HP OSI Express Card}'s
                 Protocol Stack",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "72--79 (or 72--77??)",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) Express Project
                 consisted of many independent project teams working on
                 specific portions of the protocol modules or support
                 code. Each team needed the ability to test and develop
                 code independent of others. Since each engineer was
                 involved in testing, test environments were designed to
                 maximize their efforts. One environment consisted of an
                 emulation of the OSI Express card on the development
                 machines and another test environment consisted of a
                 real OSI Express card connected to a target machine.
                 Both the target and the development machines were HP
                 9000 Series 800 computers running the HP-UX operating
                 system. Because of the number of engineers working on
                 the project, multiple development and test machines
                 were configured as a network. These test and
                 development environments are reported.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6210L (Computer communications); C5630 (Networking
                 equipment); C6150G (Diagnostic, testing, debugging and
                 evaluating systems)",
  classification = "716; 717; 718; 722; 723; B6210L (Computer
                 communications); C5630 (Networking equipment); C6150G
                 (Diagnostic, testing, debugging and evaluating
                 systems)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Computer Hardware; Computer Networks; Computer
                 Operating Systems; data communication equipment; Data
                 Processing; Debugging; debugging; Firmware development;
                 firmware development; HP-UX Operating System;
                 Multidimensional integration process; multidimensional
                 integration process; open systems; Open Systems
                 Interconnection (OSI); OSI Express Card; OSI Express
                 card; program testing; Protocol Stack; Protocols;
                 protocols; Test tools; test tools; Testing; testing",
  thesaurus =    "Data communication equipment; Open systems; Program
                 testing; Protocols",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
  xxauthor =     "N. M. Alexander and R. J. Westrea",
  xxtitle =      "Integration of test for the {OSI Express} card's
                 protocol stack",
}

@Article{Miller:1990:HLS,
  author =       "Christopher M. Miller",
  title =        "High-speed lightwave signal analysis",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "80--91",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The Low Propagation Loss and extremely broad bandwidth
                 of single-mode optical fiber have contributed to the
                 emergence of high-capacity digital transmission systems
                 and analog-modulated microwave-frequency systems. New
                 lightwave components have been developed to support
                 these high-speed systems. Most notable among these
                 components are single-frequency or distributed feedback
                 semiconductor lasers and broadband pin photodetectors.
                 The HP 71400A Lightwave Signal Analyzer has been
                 designed to measure the important characteristics of
                 these lightwave components and systems, such as signal
                 strength and distortion, modulation depth and
                 bandwidth, intensity noise, and susceptibility to
                 reflected light. When the lightwave signal analyzer is
                 used in conjunction with the HP 11980A Fiber Optic
                 Interferometer, the linewidth, chirp, and frequency
                 modulation characteristics of single-frequency lasers
                 can be measured.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B4330 (Laser beam interactions and properties); B7230C
                 (Photodetectors); B7210X (Other instrumentation and
                 measurement systems); B7220 (Signal processing and
                 conditioning equipment and techniques); B4320J
                 (Semiconductor junction lasers); B6260 (Optical links
                 and equipment); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
                 systems)",
  classification = "715; 741; 744; 941; 942; B4320J (Semiconductor
                 junction lasers); B4330 (Laser beam interactions and
                 properties); B6260 (Optical links and equipment);
                 B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems); B7210X
                 (Other instrumentation and measurement systems); B7220
                 (Signal processing and conditioning equipment and
                 techniques); B7230C (Photodetectors)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "analysers; analyzer; Broadband pin photodetectors;
                 broadband pin photodetectors; Characteristics
                 measurement; characteristics measurement; computerised
                 instrumentation; Distributed feedback lasers;
                 distributed feedback lasers; Distributed Feedback
                 Semiconductor Lasers; Fiber Optics--Measurements;
                 frequency modulation; Hewlett; High-Capacity Lightwave
                 Systems; High-capacity lightwave systems; high-capacity
                 lightwave systems; HP 71400A lightwave signal; HP
                 71400A lightwave signal analyzer; Interferometers;
                 junction lasers; laser variables measurement; lasers;
                 Lasers, Semiconductor; Lightwave Signal Analyzer;
                 Measurements; network; optical testing; Packard
                 computers; Photodetectors; photodetectors; Pin
                 Photodetectors; semiconductor; Semiconductor lasers;
                 Signal Generators; signal processing equipment;
                 Single-frequency lasers; Single-Frequency Lasers;
                 single-frequency lasers; Single-Mode Optical Fiber",
  thesaurus =    "Characteristics measurement; Computerised
                 instrumentation; Distributed feedback lasers; Frequency
                 modulation; Hewlett Packard computers; Laser variables
                 measurement; Network analysers; Optical testing;
                 Photodetectors; Semiconductor junction lasers; Signal
                 processing equipment",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Baney:1990:LPS,
  author =       "Douglas M. Baney and Wayne V. Sorin",
  title =        "Linewidth and power spectral measurements of single-
                 frequency lasers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "92--96",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "With the Advent of Semiconductor lasers and low-loss
                 optical fibers, the possibility of achieving over
                 1000-Gbit$ \cdot $ km/s bandwidth-distance products has
                 propelled research towards improving the performance of
                 the laser and the optical fiber transmission medium.
                 Advances in laser technology necessary to meet the
                 stringent requirements of communications system design
                 have required similar advances in measurement
                 techniques and technology. The HP 11980A Fiber Optic
                 Interferometer was developed to work as an accessory to
                 the HP 71400A Lightwave Signal Analyzer to enable users
                 to characterize many important spectral modulation
                 properties of single-frequency telecommunication
                 lasers.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6260 (Optical links and equipment); B4330 (Laser beam
                 interactions and properties); B4320J (Semiconductor
                 junction lasers); B7210X (Other instrumentation and
                 measurement systems); B7230E (Fibre optic sensors);
                 B7220 (Signal processing and conditioning equipment and
                 techniques)",
  classification = "741; 744; 941; 942; B4320J (Semiconductor junction
                 lasers); B4330 (Laser beam interactions and
                 properties); B6260 (Optical links and equipment);
                 B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement systems);
                 B7220 (Signal processing and conditioning equipment and
                 techniques); B7230E (Fibre optic sensors)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "71400A Lightwave Signal Analyzer; data communication
                 equipment; equipment; Fiber Optic Interferometer; Fiber
                 Optics; fibre optic sensors; HP; HP 11980A Fiber Optic
                 Interferometer; HP 71400A Lightwave Signal Analyzer;
                 Interferometers; laser; Lasers, Semiconductor; light
                 interferometers; Lightwave Signal Analyzer; Linewidth
                 spectral measurements; linewidth spectral measurements;
                 measurement; measurements; Optical Fiber Transmission;
                 power spectral; Power spectral measurements;
                 properties; Self-Homodyne Techniques; semiconductor
                 junction lasers; signal processing; Single-Frequency
                 Lasers; Single-frequency telecommunication lasers;
                 single-frequency telecommunication lasers; spectral
                 line breadth; spectral modulation; Spectral modulation
                 properties; Spectrum Analysis; Spectrum Analyzers;
                 systems; Telecommunication Lasers; variables
                 measurement",
  thesaurus =    "Data communication equipment; Fibre optic sensors;
                 Laser variables measurement; Light interferometers;
                 Measurement systems; Semiconductor junction lasers;
                 Signal processing equipment; Spectral line breadth",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Wiederoder:1990:NMH,
  author =       "Herbert Wiederoder",
  title =        "A new modular high-performance liquid chromatograph",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "6--10",
  day =          "1",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  abstract =     "High-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC), as a
                 separation technique for nonvolatile substances in
                 mixtures, has a wide range of applications in the
                 industrial world today. Over the last decade,
                 instrumentation for liquid chromatography has evolved
                 towards higher flexibility, greater ease of use, and
                 higher reliability. Designing an HPLC system requires a
                 high degree of interaction between various disciplines,
                 including mechanics, materials science, chemical
                 physics, optics, electronics, firmware, and software.
                 Problems that must be solved include the handling of
                 liquids having a wide range of solvent properties at
                 flow rates from 1$ \mu $ l/min to 10000$ \mu $ l/min
                 and pressures up to 400 bar, control of mechanical
                 components, detection of chemical substances, and data
                 handling. How these problems were solved to provide a
                 flexible, easy to use, easy to handle, and highly
                 reliable HPLC system for HP's latest-generation liquid
                 chromatograph is described in the article. The design
                 of the new system, called the HP 1050 Series Liquid
                 Chromatography Modules, takes a new modular approach,
                 starting from the technology of the HP 1090 LC
                 family.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co",
  classcodes =   "C7410H (Instrumentation)",
  classification = "801; 944; C7410H (Instrumentation)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Chromatographic Analysis; chromatography;
                 Chromatography Modules; computerised instrumentation;
                 Hewlett; High-Performance Liquid Chromatograph; HP 1050
                 Series; HP 1050 Series Liquid; HP 1050 Series Liquid
                 Chromatography Modules; HP 1090 LC family; HPLC system;
                 Instrumentation; instrumentation; Liquid; liquid;
                 Liquid chromatography; Modular high-performance liquid
                 chromatograph; modular high-performance liquid
                 chromatograph; Nonvolatile substances; nonvolatile
                 substances; Packard computers; separation; Separation
                 technique; Standard Module Design; technique",
  thesaurus =    "Chromatography; Computerised instrumentation; Hewlett
                 Packard computers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Schrenker:1990:QEL,
  author =       "Helge Schrenker and Wolfgang Wilde",
  title =        "Quality engineering for a liquid chromatography
                 system",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "11--16",
  day =          "1",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  abstract =     "Customer satisfaction is the ultimate benchmark for
                 product quality. The key quality criteria and measures
                 that were applied to the HP 1050 Series Liquid
                 Chromatography System. are reported. Using some of
                 these criteria and measures as examples, we describe
                 how specific quality goals for the HP 1050 Series were
                 set and verified through specially developed test
                 methods.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co",
  classcodes =   "B0170L (Inspection and quality control); C7410H
                 (Instrumentation)",
  classification = "801; 913; 944; B0170L (Inspection and quality
                 control); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Chromatographic Analysis; chromatography;
                 Chromatography System; computerised instrumentation;
                 Hewlett; HP 1050 Series LC System; HP 1050 Series
                 Liquid; HP 1050 Series Liquid Chromatography System;
                 Instruments--Quality Assurance; Liquid; liquid
                 chromatography; Liquid chromatography system; Packard
                 computers; quality control; Quality criteria; quality
                 criteria; Quality engineering; quality engineering;
                 Quality goals; quality goals; Quality measures; quality
                 measures; system; Test methods; test methods",
  thesaurus =    "Chromatography; Computerised instrumentation; Hewlett
                 Packard computers; Quality control",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Kretz:1990:CPS,
  author =       "Wolfgang Kretz and Gerhard Ple",
  title =        "A compact, programmable sample injector and
                 autosampler for liquid chromatography",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "17--23",
  day =          "1",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  abstract =     "The HP 1050 Series Autosampler Module is a compact,
                 stackable, fully programmable,
                 microprocessor-controlled stand-alone unit designed to
                 inject liquid samples automatically onto the column in
                 a liquid chromatographic system. It performs routine
                 analysis for quality control as well as analysis method
                 development in research laboratories. It can either
                 work in an HP 1050 Series LC system environment or
                 together with HPLC modules from other instrument
                 suppliers. The autosampler is programmed via its
                 front-panel keypad. A two-line display prompts the user
                 in setting parameters and provides the required status
                 information. The standard sample capacity is 21 sample
                 vials, which can be randomly accessed for analysis. If
                 required, the number of available sample locations can
                 be expanded to 119 by adding a dedicated sample tray
                 with a robot-like manipulator. This tray also allows
                 temperature control for its vial positions.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co",
  classcodes =   "C7410H (Instrumentation); C7420 (Control
                 engineering)",
  classification = "723; 801; 944; C7410H (Instrumentation); C7420
                 (Control engineering)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "analysis method; Analysis method development;
                 Autosampler; autosampler; autosampler module;
                 Chromatographic Analysis; chromatography; Column;
                 column; computerised; computerised control;
                 development; display; environment; Front-panel keypad;
                 front-panel keypad; Hewlett Packard computers; HP 1050
                 Series; HP 1050 Series autosampler module; HP 1050
                 Series LC system; HP 1050 Series LC system environment;
                 HPLC modules; Injection volume settings; injection
                 volume settings; instrumentation;
                 Instruments--Sampling; Liquid; Liquid chromatographic
                 system; liquid chromatographic system; Liquid
                 chromatography; liquid chromatography; Liquid samples;
                 Liquid Samples; liquid samples;
                 microprocessor-controlled stand-alone;
                 Microprocessor-controlled stand-alone unit; Parameter
                 setting; parameter setting; Programmable Sample
                 Injector; Programmable sample injector; programmable
                 sample injector; Quality control; quality control;
                 Research laboratories; research laboratories; Routine
                 analysis; routine analysis; Sample capacity; sample
                 capacity; Sample vials; sample vials; Status
                 information; status information; two-line; Two-line
                 display; unit",
  thesaurus =    "Chromatography; Computerised control; Computerised
                 instrumentation; Hewlett Packard computers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Strohmeier:1990:FPS,
  author =       "Fred Strohmeier and Klaus Witt",
  title =        "Flexible, precise solvent delivery for liquid
                 chromatography",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "24--29, 31--35",
  day =          "1",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  abstract =     "Like all HP 1050 Series Modules, the pump module is a
                 microprocessor-controlled stand-alone unit with full
                 programming capabilities. It is compact in size and
                 stackable with other HP 1050 Series modules to form a
                 chromatographic system. The module can be used for
                 analysis method development in research laboratories
                 and for routine analysis in quality control. It can
                 work either in HP's system environment or together with
                 instruments from other manufacturers. Parameter setting
                 and programming are done using the functional keyboard
                 on the front panel. A two-line display prompts the
                 setting of parameters and provides feedback by
                 displaying parameter values. The instrument is
                 available with two different levels of complexity to
                 meet the needs of customers' applications. At the entry
                 level is the isocratic version, which can only pump one
                 liquid from a bottle. The more flexible quaternary
                 version is able to blend liquid from up to four
                 different bottles in a selectable and time-programmable
                 mixture.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co",
  classcodes =   "C7410H (Instrumentation)",
  classification = "618; 713; 714; 801; 944; C7410H (Instrumentation)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "analysis method development; Analysis method
                 development; chromatographic; Chromatographic Analysis;
                 Chromatographic system; computerised control;
                 computerised instrumentation; controlled stand-alone
                 unit; Custom IC; feedback; Feedback; front panel; Front
                 panel; functional keyboard; Functional keyboard;
                 Hewlett; HP 1050 Series LC Pump; HP 1050 Series
                 Modules; Instruments--Pumps; Integrated Circuits;
                 isocratic version; Isocratic version; Liquid; liquid
                 chromatography; Liquid chromatography; microprocessor-;
                 Microprocessor-controlled stand-alone unit; mixture;
                 Packard computers; parameter setting; Parameter
                 setting; parameter values; Parameter values; Precise
                 Solvent Delivery; programming; Programming; pump
                 module; Pump module; quality control; Quality control;
                 quaternary version; Quaternary version; research
                 laboratories; Research laboratories; routine analysis;
                 Routine analysis; solvent delivery; Solvent delivery;
                 system; time-programmable; Time-programmable mixture;
                 two-line display; Two-line display",
  thesaurus =    "Computerised control; Computerised instrumentation;
                 Hewlett Packard computers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Wiese:1990:NGL,
  author =       "Axel Wiese and Konrad Teitz and Volker Brombacher and
                 Guenter Hoeschele and Hubert Kuderer",
  title =        "A new generation of {LC} absorbance detectors",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "36--43",
  day =          "1",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  abstract =     "The most important detection principle in liquid
                 chromatography (LC) is absorbance detection in the
                 ultraviolet and visible wavelength ranges. There are
                 two types of LC absorbance detectors, each having its
                 own special features and characteristics. They are the
                 forward optics detector and the reverse optics
                 detector. For the HP 1050 Series Liquid Chromatographs,
                 the forward optics technique is driven to its highest
                 sensitivity so far with the HP 79853A Variable
                 Wavelength Detector (VWD), while the HP 79854A Multiple
                 Wavelength Detector (MWD), the reverse optics solution,
                 features a wide range of spectral capabilities.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co",
  classcodes =   "A0762 (Detection of radiation (bolometers,
                 photoelectric cells, i.r. and submillimetre waves
                 detection)); A8280B (Chromatography); B7230C
                 (Photodetectors); B7210B (Automatic test and
                 measurement systems); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
  classification = "713; 714; 723; 801; 944; A0762 (Detection of
                 radiation (bolometers, photoelectric cells, i.r. and
                 submillimetre waves detection)); A8280B
                 (Chromatography); B7210B (Automatic test and
                 measurement systems); B7230C (Photodetectors); C7410H
                 (Instrumentation)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "absorbance; Absorbance detection; Absorbance
                 Detectors; absorption; Chromatographic Analysis;
                 chromatography; computerised instrumentation;
                 detection; Detector; detectors; Diode Array Detector;
                 Electronic Circuits, Detector; forward; Forward optics
                 detector; Hewlett Packard computers; HP 1050 Series; HP
                 1050 Series Liquid Chromatographs; HP 79853A Variable
                 Wavelength; HP 79853A Variable Wavelength Detector; HP
                 79854A Multiple Wavelength Detector; LC absorbance
                 detectors; Liquid; Liquid Chromatographs; Liquid
                 chromatography; liquid chromatography; MWD; optics
                 detector; photodetectors; Programmable Scanning
                 Detector; Reverse optics detector; reverse optics
                 detector; Semiconductor Diodes; Ultraviolet;
                 ultraviolet; Visible wavelength ranges; visible
                 wavelength ranges; VWD",
  thesaurus =    "Absorption; Chromatography; Computerised
                 instrumentation; Hewlett Packard computers;
                 Photodetectors; Ultraviolet detectors",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Buttner:1990:FDM,
  author =       "Christian B{\"u}ttner and Fromut Fritze and Gerhard
                 Ple",
  title =        "Firmware development for a modular liquid
                 chromatography system",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "44--50",
  day =          "1",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  abstract =     "Each HP 1050 Series module is a stand-alone unit,
                 performing one specific task required in a liquid
                 chromatography system. There are three types of
                 modules: solvent delivery system, automatic liquid
                 sampler, and detector. Combined, the modules form a
                 complete, working analysis system. Therefore, the scope
                 of the firmware implementation is the combined
                 functionality of a complete LC system, but the firmware
                 physically resides in specific modules. Based on our
                 experience with earlier products and the large number
                 of new functions, we took the trouble to establish a
                 robust firmware development process with some
                 significant new approaches. Some key objectives were to
                 reuse as much code as possible, to aim for easily
                 maintainable code, and to insist on identical processor
                 and user interface hardware for all modules.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co",
  classcodes =   "C7410H (Instrumentation); C5140 (Firmware)",
  classification = "722; 723; 801; 944; C5140 (Firmware); C7410H
                 (Instrumentation)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Automatic Liquid Sampler; Chromatographic Analysis;
                 chromatography; Code Reuse; Code reuse; code reuse;
                 Computer Hardware; computerised instrumentation;
                 development; Firmware; firmware; Firmware development;
                 Firmware implementation; firmware implementation;
                 Hewlett Packard computers; HP 1050; HP 1050 Series
                 module; HP 1050 Series Module; Identical processor;
                 identical processor; interface hardware; Liquid;
                 Maintainable code; maintainable code; Modular liquid
                 chromatography system; modular liquid chromatography
                 system; Series module; Solvent Delivery System; user;
                 User interface hardware; User Interface Hardware",
  thesaurus =    "Chromatography; Computerised instrumentation;
                 Firmware; Hewlett Packard computers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Ridolfo:1990:HON,
  author =       "Anthony S. Ridolfo",
  title =        "{HP OpenView} network management",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "51--53",
  day =          "1",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  abstract =     "The HP OpenView network management family is designed
                 to address the needs of managing open, standard-based,
                 multivendor networks in an open, consistent,
                 user-friendly manner. The HP OpenView products provide
                 a consistent user interface and an integrated
                 environment for monitoring, diagnosing, controlling,
                 and measuring the performance of network components.
                 From a single display, a network operator can see a
                 graphical representation of the network components and
                 their interrelationship, make configuration changes,
                 and run diagnostic and performance gathering
                 applications.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co",
  classcodes =   "B6210L (Computer communications); C6150J (Operating
                 systems); C6180 (User interfaces); C5620 (Computer
                 networks and techniques)",
  classification = "722; 723; B6210L (Computer communications); C5620
                 (Computer networks and techniques); C6150J (Operating
                 systems); C6180 (User interfaces)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Computer Networks; computer networks; environment;
                 family; Hewlett Packard computers; HP OpenView Network;
                 HP OpenView network management; HP OpenView network
                 management family; integrated; Integrated environment;
                 Management; monitoring; Multivendor networks;
                 Multivendor Networks; multivendor networks; network;
                 Network components; network components; network
                 management; Open networks; open networks; operating
                 systems; performance; Performance control; performance
                 control; Performance diagnosis; performance diagnosis;
                 Performance measurement; performance measurement;
                 Performance monitoring; Standards-based networks;
                 standards-based networks; supervisory programs;
                 telecommunication; User interface; user interface; user
                 interfaces",
  thesaurus =    "Computer networks; Hewlett Packard computers; Network
                 operating systems; Supervisory programs;
                 Telecommunication network management; User interfaces",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Klemba:1990:HON,
  author =       "Keith S. Klemba and Mark L. Hoerth and Hui-Lin Lim and
                 Maureen C. Mellon",
  title =        "{HP OpenView} Network Management Architecture",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "54--59",
  day =          "1",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  abstract =     "This article highlights the principal objectives of
                 the architecture and the reference models used to
                 support the HP OpenView product development. HP
                 OpenView NMA uses the OSI standards to manage
                 multivendor environments. It refines the standards to
                 introduce additional points where integration of
                 products can take place and by doing so reduces
                 duplication of product functionality. It also allows
                 for customization to support specific network
                 management activities by building on an existing base
                 of managed objects.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co",
  classcodes =   "B6210L (Computer communications); C6150J (Operating
                 systems); C5620 (Computer networks and techniques)",
  classification = "722; 723; B6210L (Computer communications); C5620
                 (Computer networks and techniques); C6150J (Operating
                 systems)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Computer Architecture; Computer Networks; computer
                 networks; Hewlett Packard computers; HP OpenView
                 Network; HP OpenView network management architecture;
                 Information Networks; Management; models; Multivendor
                 environments; multivendor environments; network;
                 network management; operating systems; OSI standards;
                 reference; Reference models; supervisory programs;
                 telecommunication",
  thesaurus =    "Computer networks; Hewlett Packard computers; Network
                 operating systems; Supervisory programs;
                 Telecommunication network management",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
  xxauthor =     "Hui-Lin Lim and Maureen C. Mellon",
}

@Article{Smith:1990:HOW,
  author =       "Catherine J. Smith and Arthur J. Kulakow and Kathleen
                 L. Gannon",
  title =        "{HP OpenView Windows}: a user interface for network
                 management solutions",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "60--65",
  day =          "1",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  abstract =     "HP OpenView Windows is a graphical user interface
                 based on the Microsoft Windows environment that
                 provides facilities for handling the user interface for
                 network management applications. For application
                 developers, HP OpenView Windows provides programs to
                 carry out tasks such as drawing a network map or
                 handling alarms. From the end user's perspective, HP
                 OpenView Windows combines the functionality of many of
                 the user's network management applications under one
                 easy-to-use interface, simplifying the learning curve.
                 This article describes the features provided by HP
                 OpenView Windows to developers and users.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co",
  classcodes =   "B6210L (Computer communications); C6180 (User
                 interfaces); C6130B (Graphics techniques); C5620
                 (Computer networks and techniques); C6150J (Operating
                 systems)",
  classification = "722; 723; B6210L (Computer communications); C5620
                 (Computer networks and techniques); C6130B (Graphics
                 techniques); C6150J (Operating systems); C6180 (User
                 interfaces)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Alarm handling; alarm handling; computer graphics;
                 Computer Graphics--Applications; Computer Interfaces;
                 Computer Networks; computer networks; computers;
                 Drawing; drawing; Graphical user interface; graphical
                 user interface; Hewlett Packard; HP OpenView Windows;
                 Management; Microsoft Windows environment; Network
                 management; network management; Network map; network
                 map; network operating systems; supervisory programs;
                 telecommunication network management; User Interface;
                 user interfaces",
  thesaurus =    "Computer graphics; Computer networks; Hewlett Packard
                 computers; Network operating systems; Supervisory
                 programs; Telecommunication network management; User
                 interfaces",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Fraley:1990:HOB,
  author =       "Andrew S. Fraley and Tamra I. Perez",
  title =        "{HP OpenView Bridge Manager}: Network Management for
                 {HP LAN} Bridges",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "66--70",
  day =          "1",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  abstract =     "The HP OpenView BridgeManager is an HP Vectra
                 computer-based HP OpenView application that manages
                 HP's 10-to-10 and 10-to-1 LAN bridges. The
                 BridgeManager provides the ability to poll bridges,
                 read parameters, set parameters, upload and download
                 complete configurations, log on and log off, log
                 counters, and monitor alarms. The BridgeManager also
                 supports the HP NewWave help system, which has been
                 integrated into the HP OpenView product. The
                 BridgeManager is divided into two parts: the user
                 interface and the network interface. The user interface
                 interacts with the HP OpenView system and Microsoft
                 Windows. The network interface manages the
                 communication with the LAN bridges.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co",
  classcodes =   "B6210L (Computer communications); C6150E (General
                 utility programs); C6150J (Operating systems); C6180
                 (User interfaces); C5610N (Network interfaces); C5620L
                 (Local area networks)",
  classification = "713; 716; 717; 718; 722; 723; B6210L (Computer
                 communications); C5610N (Network interfaces); C5620L
                 (Local area networks); C6150E (General utility
                 programs); C6150J (Operating systems); C6180 (User
                 interfaces)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "BridgeManager; Computer Interfaces; computer
                 interfaces; Computer Networks; counters; Data Packets;
                 Electronic Circuits, Bridge; Hewlett Packard computers;
                 HP 10-to-1 LAN bridges; HP 10-to-10 LAN bridges; HP
                 NewWave help system; HP OpenView; hp OpenView
                 BridgeManager; HP OpenView BridgeManager; interface;
                 LAN Bridges; LAN Segment; local area; Local Area
                 Networks; log; Log counters; Log off; log off; Log on;
                 log on; Microsoft Windows; Monitor alarms; monitor
                 alarms; Network interface; network interface; Network
                 management; network management; network operating
                 systems; networks; supervisory programs;
                 telecommunication network management; user; User
                 interface; user interfaces; utility programs",
  thesaurus =    "Computer interfaces; Hewlett Packard computers; Local
                 area networks; Network operating systems; Supervisory
                 programs; Telecommunication network management; User
                 interfaces; Utility programs",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Hurst:1990:HOD,
  author =       "Michael S. Hurst",
  title =        "{HP OpenView Data Line Monitor}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "71--75",
  day =          "1",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  abstract =     "The HP OpenView Data Line Monitor (OVDLM) is an analog
                 leased-line monitoring system for multivendor networks,
                 based on the HP 4948A in-service transmission
                 impairment measuring set (ITIMS). The HP 4948A permits
                 the testing of lines while they are still in use.
                 Conventional testing of analog lines requires the lines
                 to be taken out of service while test signals, such as
                 test tones, are applied. Alternatively, modem-based
                 line monitoring and management systems are available
                 from manufacturers of datacom equipment. However, these
                 systems are usually proprietary and may require
                 specialized and expensive smart modems. The HP 4948A
                 works with ordinary modems in the range of 2.4 to 14.4
                 kbits/s that are compatible with AT\&T or CCITT
                 standards. HP OpenView Data Line Monitor is compatible
                 with the other HP OpenView network management
                 applications and can run concurrently with them.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co",
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B6210L (Computer communications); C7410H
                 (Instrumentation); C5620 (Computer networks and
                 techniques); C6150J (Operating systems)",
  classification = "716; 717; 718; 722; 723; B6210L (Computer
                 communications); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
                 systems); C5620 (Computer networks and techniques);
                 C6150J (Operating systems); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "analog leased-line; Analog leased-line monitoring
                 system; channel selector access switches; Computer
                 Hardware; Computer Networks; computer networks;
                 Computer Software; computerised monitoring; computers;
                 Data Communication Lines; datacom circuits; Hewlett
                 Packard; HP 3777A; HP 3777A channel selector access
                 switches; HP 4948A in-service; HP 4948A in-service
                 transmission impairment measuring set; HP OpenView Data
                 Line Monitor; ITIMS; Monitoring; monitoring system;
                 Multivendor Networks; Multivendor networks; multivendor
                 networks; network operating systems; OpenView Data Line
                 Monitor; OVDLM; supervisory programs; telecommunication
                 network management; transmission impairment measuring
                 set; troubleshoot analog; Troubleshoot analog datacom
                 circuits",
  thesaurus =    "Computer networks; Computerised monitoring; Hewlett
                 Packard computers; Network operating systems;
                 Supervisory programs; Telecommunication network
                 management",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Amar:1990:NMH,
  author =       "Serge Y. Amar and Michele A. Prieur",
  title =        "Network Management for the {HP} 3000 {Datacom} and
                 Terminal Controller",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "76--84",
  day =          "1",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  abstract =     "A new generation of HP 3000 computers needed a new
                 generation of network management. The HP OpenView DTC
                 Manager provides easy-to-use graphical interfaces,
                 allowing the user to have comprehensive knowledge of
                 the network and its components. The important new
                 shared services provided by the DTC also needed a
                 management station that was independent of the host.
                 The HP OpenView DTC Manager workstation provides this.
                 However, a host may continue to manage a DTC when it is
                 not necessary to share its services.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co",
  classcodes =   "B6210L (Computer communications); C6150J (Operating
                 systems); C5620 (Computer networks and techniques);
                 C6180 (User interfaces); C6130B (Graphics techniques)",
  classification = "716; 717; 718; 722; 723; 912; B6210L (Computer
                 communications); C5620 (Computer networks and
                 techniques); C6130B (Graphics techniques); C6150J
                 (Operating systems); C6180 (User interfaces)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "computer graphics; Computer Networks; computer
                 networks; Computer Software; Computer Workstations;
                 computers; Data Transmission; Distributed terminal
                 controller; distributed terminal controller; Graphical
                 interfaces; graphical interfaces; Hewlett Packard; HP
                 3000 Computers; HP 3000 computers; HP OpenView DTC
                 Manager; Local Area Networks; Local Workstation;
                 management; network; Network management; network
                 operating systems; Remote Workstation; supervisory
                 programs; telecommunication network management; user
                 interfaces; Workstation; workstation",
  thesaurus =    "Computer graphics; Computer networks; Hewlett Packard
                 computers; Network operating systems; Supervisory
                 programs; Telecommunication network management; User
                 interfaces",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Garg:1990:DDN,
  author =       "Atul R. Garg and Lisa M. Cole",
  title =        "Developing a distributed network management
                 application using {HP OpenView Windows}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "85--91",
  day =          "1",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  abstract =     "The HP OpenView Network Services Monitor (OV\slash NS
                 Monitor) provides network management functions for
                 distributed HP 3000 computers. OV\slash NS Monitor is
                 divided into two parts: the main application and the
                 user interface. The main application resides on an HP
                 3000 computer that is designated as a management node
                 and the user interface resides on an HP Vectra personal
                 computer. The main application performs network
                 management functions via the software residing on the
                 HP 3000 computers designated as managed nodes. OV\slash
                 NS Monitor is for internal use only and is not
                 available as a product. This article describes the
                 approach used to develop the OV\slash NS Monitor
                 network management application using some of the
                 concepts from the HP OpenView architecture and the
                 facilities provided by the HP OpenView Windows
                 software.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co",
  classcodes =   "B6210L (Computer communications); C6150J (Operating
                 systems); C5620 (Computer networks and techniques);
                 C6180 (User interfaces)",
  classification = "716; 717; 718; 722; 723; B6210L (Computer
                 communications); C5620 (Computer networks and
                 techniques); C6150J (Operating systems); C6180 (User
                 interfaces)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "computer networks; Computer Networks--Management;
                 Computer Systems, Digital; Distributed; Distributed HP
                 3000 computers; Distributed HP 3000 Computers;
                 distributed HP 3000 computers; Distributed network
                 management; distributed network management; Hewlett
                 Packard computers; HP; HP OpenView Network Services; HP
                 OpenView Network Services Monitor; HP OpenView Windows
                 software; HP Vectra personal computer; interface;
                 Management node; management node; Monitor; network;
                 network management; OpenView Windows software;
                 operating systems; OV/NS Monitor; supervisory programs;
                 telecommunication; user; User Feedback; User Interface;
                 User interface; user interfaces",
  thesaurus =    "Computer networks; Hewlett Packard computers; Network
                 operating systems; Supervisory programs;
                 Telecommunication network management; User interfaces",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Deininger:1990:MCB,
  author =       "Axel O. Deininger and Charles V. Fernandez",
  title =        "Making Computer Behavior Consistent: The {HP OSF\slash
                 Motif} Graphical User Interface",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "6--12",
  day =          "1",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  abstract =     "Window-oriented user interfaces provide knowledge
                 workers with powerful tools to control their computer
                 environments and increase productivity. The HP
                 OSF/Motif graphical user interface provides standards
                 and tools to ensure consistency in the appearance and
                 behavior of applications running in the X Window
                 System. The article describes some of the concepts and
                 external features provided by the OSF/Motif graphical
                 user interface.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co",
  affiliationaddress = "USA",
  classcodes =   "C6180 (User interfaces); C6130B (Graphics
                 techniques)",
  classification = "722; 723; C6130B (Graphics techniques); C6180 (User
                 interfaces)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Computer environments; computer environments; Computer
                 Graphics; computer graphics; Computer Interfaces;
                 Graphical User Interface; Hewlett Packard computers;
                 HP; HP OSF/Motif graphical user interface; interfaces;
                 OSF/Motif graphical user interface; Standards;
                 standards; Tools; tools; user; User Interfaces; Window
                 System; Window-oriented user interfaces;
                 window-oriented user interfaces; X; X Window System",
  thesaurus =    "Computer graphics; Hewlett Packard computers; User
                 interfaces",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Krizan:1990:HOM,
  author =       "Brock C. Krizan and Keith M. Taylor",
  title =        "The {HP OSF\slash Motif} Window Manager",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "12--22, 24--26",
  day =          "1",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  abstract =     "The X Window System version 11 was developed as a
                 platform on which a variety of user interfaces can be
                 implemented. The particulars of a user interface are
                 determined by the X clients that run on the system. X
                 clients are programs that use X to display information
                 and receive input. The HP OSF/Motif window manager is
                 one such client. The OSF/Motif window manager
                 implements an interface that allows user and client
                 manipulation of windows. It dictates through its window
                 management interface a particular user interface
                 behavior. The principal objects that are manipulated
                 using the window manager are the client windows placed
                 directly on the background, or root, window of the
                 screen. Windows within these top-level client windows
                 are managed by clients and are not directly manipulated
                 by the window manager. Users are provided with ways to
                 move and resize windows, to direct all keyboard input
                 to a particular window, and to install color maps for a
                 window.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co",
  affiliationaddress = "USA",
  classcodes =   "C6180 (User interfaces); C6130B (Graphics
                 techniques)",
  classification = "722; 723; C6130B (Graphics techniques); C6180 (User
                 interfaces)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "background window; Background window; client
                 manipulation; Client manipulation; clients; color maps;
                 Color maps; computer graphics; Computer Graphics;
                 Computer Interfaces; Hewlett Packard computers; HP
                 OSF/Motif window manager; information display;
                 Information display; input reception; Input reception;
                 interfaces; keyboard input; Keyboard input; Management;
                 OSF/Motif Window Manager; resizing; root window; Root
                 window; top-level client windows; Top-level client
                 windows; user; user interfaces; User interfaces; user
                 manipulation; User manipulation; window; window
                 management interface; Window management interface;
                 Window Management Interface; window moving; Window
                 moving; Window resizing; X; X clients; X Window System;
                 X Window System version 11",
  thesaurus =    "Computer graphics; Hewlett Packard computers; User
                 interfaces",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{McMinds:1990:PHO,
  author =       "Donald L. McMinds and Benjamin J. Ellsworth",
  title =        "Programming with {HP OSF\slash Motif} widgets",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "26, 29--35",
  day =          "1",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  abstract =     "The HP OSF/Motif widget library makes it easy for a
                 developer to create applications with a graphical user
                 interface that has a consistent appearance and
                 behavior. The article describes some characteristics of
                 this library and shows how to write a program using it.
                 Information about the evolution and development of
                 widgets is also given.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co",
  affiliationaddress = "USA",
  classcodes =   "C6110 (Systems analysis and programming); C6180 (User
                 interfaces); C6130B (Graphics techniques)",
  classification = "722; 723; C6110 (Systems analysis and programming);
                 C6130B (Graphics techniques); C6180 (User interfaces)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Computer Graphics; computer graphics; Computer
                 Interfaces; Computer Operating Systems; Computer
                 Programming; graphical user; Graphical User Interface;
                 Graphical user interface; Hewlett Packard computers; HP
                 OSF/Motif widget library; interface; OSF/Motif Widgets;
                 Programming; programming; user interfaces; Widget
                 Library; X Window System",
  thesaurus =    "Computer graphics; Hewlett Packard computers;
                 Programming; User interfaces",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Cagan:1990:HSE,
  author =       "Martin R. Cagan",
  title =        "The {HP SoftBench} environment: an architecture for a
                 new generation of software tools",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "36--47",
  day =          "1",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  abstract =     "The HP SoftBench Product is an integrated software
                 development environment designed to facilitate rapid,
                 interactive program construction, test, and maintenance
                 in a distributed computing environment. The HP
                 SoftBench environment provides an architecture for
                 integrating various CASE (computer-aided software
                 engineering) tools. Many of the tools most often needed
                 --- program editor, static analyzer, program debugger,
                 program builder, and mail --- are included in the HP
                 SoftBench product. Another HP SoftBench component, the
                 HP Encapsulator, makes it possible to integrate other
                 existing tools into the HP SoftBench environment and to
                 tailor the environment to a specific software
                 development process. This article describes the HP
                 SoftBench tool integration architecture.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co",
  affiliationaddress = "USA",
  classcodes =   "C6115 (Programming support)",
  classification = "722; 723; C6115 (Programming support)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "architecture; builder; CASE tools; Computer
                 Architecture; Computer Programming; Computer Software;
                 Computer-aided software engineering; computer-aided
                 software engineering; computing environment;
                 distributed; Distributed computing environment;
                 Electronic mail; electronic mail; environment; Hewlett
                 Packard computers; HP SoftBench; HP SoftBench
                 environment; HP SoftBench tool integration; HP
                 SoftBench tool integration architecture; HP/SoftBench
                 product; Integrated Software; integrated software
                 development; Integrated software development
                 environment; Interactive Program Construction;
                 Interactive program construction; interactive program
                 construction; Interactive program maintenance;
                 interactive program maintenance; Interactive program
                 test; interactive program test; Performance; program;
                 Program builder; Program debugger; program debugger;
                 Program editor; program editor; programming
                 environments; Software tools; software tools; Static
                 analyzer; static analyzer",
  pagecount =    "9",
  thesaurus =    "Hewlett Packard computers; Programming environments",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Gerety:1990:NGS,
  author =       "Colin Gerety",
  title =        "A new generation of software development tools",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "48--58",
  day =          "1",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  abstract =     "The HP Softbench Product, provides an integrated
                 software development environment designed to facilitate
                 rapid interactive program construction, test, and
                 maintenance in a distributed computing environment.
                 This article presents examples of computer-aided
                 software engineering (CASE) tools that use the services
                 of the HP SoftBench tool integration architecture.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co",
  affiliationaddress = "USA",
  classcodes =   "C6115 (Programming support)",
  classification = "722; 723; C6115 (Programming support)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "analyser; Computer Programming; Computer Software;
                 Computer-Aided Software Engineering; electronic;
                 Electronic mail; file management; Hewlett Packard
                 computers; HP SoftBench environment; Integrated
                 Software; Interactive Program Construction; mail;
                 Performance; Program builder; Program Builder; program
                 builder; Program construction; program construction;
                 Program debugger; program debugger; Program Editor;
                 Program editor; program editor; Program maintenance;
                 program maintenance; Program test; program test;
                 Software development tools; software development tools;
                 software tools; static; Static analyser; Task-Oriented
                 Program Construction; Task-oriented software
                 development environment; task-oriented software
                 development environment; team; Team communication; team
                 communication; Team file management",
  pagecount =    "6",
  thesaurus =    "Hewlett Packard computers; Software tools",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Fromme:1990:HEB,
  author =       "Brian D. Fromme",
  title =        "{HP Encapsulator}: bridging the generation gap (tool
                 integrator)",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "59--68",
  day =          "1",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  abstract =     "The HP Encapsulator is the tool integration and
                 process specification facility of the HP SoftBench
                 environment. It allows an HP SoftBench user to promote
                 existing tools to be fully consistent, integrated HP
                 SoftBench tools and to tailor the HP SoftBench
                 environment to support a specific software development
                 process. The HP Encapsulator provides customization and
                 extension capabilities for automating organization,
                 team, and personal software development processes using
                 event triggers.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co",
  affiliationaddress = "USA",
  classcodes =   "C6115 (Programming support)",
  classification = "722; 723; C6115 (Programming support)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Automation; automation; Computer Programming
                 Languages; Computer Software; Customization;
                 customization; Encapsulator Description Language; Event
                 triggers; event triggers; Extension; extension; Hewlett
                 Packard computers; HP Encapsulator; HP SoftBench; HP
                 SoftBench environment; integrated HP; Integrated HP
                 SoftBench tools; Organization; organization;
                 Performance; personal; Personal Software; Personal
                 software development; process; Process specification;
                 programming environments; SoftBench tools; software
                 development; software tools; Specific software
                 development process; specific software development
                 process; specification; Team; team; Tool integration;
                 tool integration",
  thesaurus =    "Hewlett Packard computers; Programming environments;
                 Software tools",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Apffel:1990:IPB,
  author =       "James A. {Apffel, Jr.} and Robert G. Nordman",
  title =        "Introduction to particle beam {LC\slash MS}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "69--76",
  day =          "1",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  abstract =     "Particle beam LC/MS is a new approach to interfacing
                 high-performance liquid chromatography and mass
                 spectrometry. It yields classical, library-searchable
                 electron impact spectra for compounds that are too
                 thermally labile or nonvolatile to be analyzed by GC/MS
                 (gas chromatography/mass spectrometry).
                 Hewlett--Packard's system for particle beam LC/MS uses
                 existing HP LC, MS, and data systems and a special
                 particle beam interface mounted between the LC and the
                 MS. The HP particle beam interface is based on the
                 initial development of MAGIC LC/MS (monodispersed
                 aerosol generation interface combining LC and MS).",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co",
  affiliationaddress = "USA",
  classcodes =   "A8280B (Chromatography); A0777 (Particle beam
                 production and handling; targets); A8280M (Mass
                 spectrometry); C7320 (Physics and Chemistry)",
  classification = "801; 931; 932; A0777 (Particle beam production and
                 handling; A8280B (Chromatography); A8280M (Mass
                 spectrometry); C7320 (Physics and Chemistry);
                 targets)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "beam handling equipment; chemical analysis;
                 Chromatographic Analysis; chromatography; Compounds;
                 compounds; Electron Impact Spectra; HP particle beam;
                 HP particle beam interface; interface;
                 Library-searchable electron impact spectra;
                 library-searchable electron impact spectra; Liquid;
                 Liquid chromatography; liquid chromatography; MAGIC
                 LC/MS; mass; Mass Spectrometry; Mass spectrometry; mass
                 spectroscopic; monodispersed aerosol generation;
                 Monodispersed aerosol generation interface;
                 Nonvolatile; nonvolatile; Particle beam LC/MS; particle
                 beam LC/MS; Particle Beam Liquid Chromatography;
                 Particle Beams; particle beams; spectrometry; Thermally
                 labile; thermally labile",
  thesaurus =    "Beam handling equipment; Chromatography; Mass
                 spectroscopic chemical analysis; Particle beams",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Matta:1990:AIT,
  author =       "Farid Matta",
  title =        "Advances in {IC} testing: the membrane probe card",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "77--85",
  day =          "1",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  abstract =     "An advanced wafer probing technology, the membrane
                 probe card, has been developed in response to an
                 increasingly acute problem in the IC industry. The
                 technology allows at-speed testing of high-performance
                 integrated circuits at the wafer level, and
                 significantly extends the limits of pin count and
                 density that can be accessed by the IC test engineer.
                 The new probe card has been fully evaluated,
                 parametrically as well as in a number of alpha sites.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co",
  affiliationaddress = "USA",
  classcodes =   "B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits); B0170E
                 (Production facilities and engineering)",
  classification = "713; 714; B0170E (Production facilities and
                 engineering); B2570 (Semiconductor integrated
                 circuits)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "At-speed testing; at-speed testing; count; Density;
                 density; Dielectric Devices--Thin Films; Equipment;
                 High-performance integrated circuits; high-performance
                 integrated circuits; High-Speed Devices; IC testing;
                 Integrated Circuit Testing; integrated circuit testing;
                 Membrane Probe Card; Membrane probe card; membrane
                 probe card; pin; Pin count; probes; Wafer probing
                 technology; wafer probing technology; Wafer Test
                 Probes",
  thesaurus =    "Integrated circuit testing; Probes",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Park:1990:HMA,
  author =       "Collin Y. W. Park and Bruce J. Talley",
  title =        "{HP Manufacturing Automation Protocol 3.0}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "6--10",
  day =          "1",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  abstract =     "The Manufacturing Automation Protocol (MAP) is an
                 intervendor program that addresses the problems that
                 have plagued factory automation in the past. HP's MAP
                 3.0 product provides international standard network
                 services and protocols and a multivendor MAP
                 programmatic interface.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C7420 (Control engineering); C5620 (Computer networks
                 and techniques)",
  classification = "722; 723; 902; 913; C5620 (Computer networks and
                 techniques); C7420 (Control engineering)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "CAD/CAM; Computer Integrated Manufacturing; Computer
                 Interfaces; Computer Networks--Protocols; Factory
                 automation; Factory Automation; factory automation;
                 Hewlett--Packard; International Standard; Intervendor
                 program; Intervendor Program; intervendor program;
                 Manufacturing Automation Protocol; Manufacturing
                 Automation Protocol 3.0; manufacturing computer
                 control; MAP; MAP 3.0; map Programmatic Interface;
                 network; Network services; Network Services;
                 Performance; Production Engineering--Automation;
                 Protocols; protocols; services",
  thesaurus =    "CAD/CAM; Factory automation; Manufacturing computer
                 control; Protocols",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Chikarmane:1990:ULA,
  author =       "Sanjay B. Chikarmane",
  title =        "Upper layer architecture for {HP MAP} 3.0 {OSI}
                 services",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "11--15",
  day =          "1",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  abstract =     "To facilitate the development of the OSI (Open Systems
                 Interconnection) application layer networking services,
                 ISO (International Organization for Standardization)
                 architects developed a framework consisting of
                 terminology, concepts, and a structure for developing
                 these services. Within this framework, called the
                 Application Layer Structure (ALS), the architectural
                 model for all OSI application layer services is
                 specified. In defining this model, the ISO architects
                 refrained from using real implementation terms such as
                 processes and libraries to avoid biasing the model
                 toward a system offered by a specific vendor. The
                 author describes the HP MAP 3.0 upper layer
                 architecture, which is an implementation of the OSI
                 application layer specification.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5620 (Computer networks and techniques)",
  classification = "722; 723; 902; C5620 (Computer networks and
                 techniques)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Application Layer Structure; CAD/CAM; Computer
                 Architecture; Computer Networks--Protocols; factory
                 automation; HP MAP 3.0; ISO (International Organization
                 for Standardization); layer architecture; Network
                 Protocols; open systems; OSI (Open Systems
                 Interconnection); OSI Services; OSI services; OSI
                 Standard; protocols; Standards; upper; Upper layer
                 architecture; Upper Layer Architecture",
  thesaurus =    "CAD/CAM; Factory automation; Open systems; Protocols",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Cooke:1990:DSH,
  author =       "Beth E. Cooke and Colleen S. Fettig and Paul B. Koski
                 and Darrell O. Swope and Roy M. Vandoorn",
  title =        "Directory services in the {HP MAP} 3.0 environment",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "15--23",
  day =          "1",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  abstract =     "As computer networks become larger and more complex,
                 applications are being distributed throughout a network
                 for maximum efficiency in the use of the computer
                 resources. Determining the location of these
                 applications is critical to the success of the network
                 from the user's perspective. A facility called a
                 directory service can be used to determine the location
                 of applications and other resources in a network. This
                 article describes the general characteristics of a
                 directory service and gives an overview of the
                 ISO\slash CCITT X.500 model, the directory service in
                 HP MAP 3.0.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5620 (Computer networks and techniques)",
  classification = "716; 717; 718; 722; 723; 902; C5620 (Computer
                 networks and techniques)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett-packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Computer Networks; Computer networks; computer
                 networks; Computer Resources; Directory service;
                 directory service; Directory Services; hp map 3.0; HP
                 MAP 3.0; ISO/CCITT; ISO/CCITT X.500; ISO/CCITT X.500
                 Model; Performance; protocols; Standards; X.500",
  thesaurus =    "Computer networks; Protocols",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Manweiler:1990:HMF,
  author =       "Steven W. Manweiler",
  title =        "{HP MAP} 3.0 File Transfer, Access, and
                 Management\slash 800",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "24--30",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "File Transfer, Access, and Management, or FTAM, is an
                 OSI standard that defines the framework upon which
                 layer seven file transfer services can be built for
                 accessing and managing files across open systems. This
                 article describes the basic concepts of FTAM, the
                 functionality of FTAM in HP MAP 3.0, and some aspects
                 of HP's design and development of FTAM.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5620 (Computer networks and techniques)",
  classification = "716; 717; 718; 723; 902; 912; C5620 (Computer
                 networks and techniques)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Computer Networks; computer networks; Data Processing;
                 Distributed File System; File Organization; File
                 Transfer; File transfer services; file transfer
                 services; FTAM; HP map 3.0; HP MAP 3.0; Industrial
                 Management; International Standards Organization (ISO);
                 Management/800; management/800; open systems; OSI
                 Standard; Standards",
  thesaurus =    "Computer networks; Open systems",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
  xxauthor =     "Steven W. Manweiller",
}

@Article{Lagoni:1990:HMM,
  author =       "Peter A. Lagoni and Christopher Crall and Thomas G.
                 Bartz",
  title =        "{HP MAP} 3.0 manufacturing message specification\slash
                 800",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "31--39",
  day =          "1",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  abstract =     "The first release of HP's implementation of the
                 Manufacturing Message Specification (MMS) standard
                 offers powerful communication tools for monitoring and
                 controlling robots, PLCs, and other factory-floor
                 devices in the manufacturing environment. The history
                 of MMS, its services, and problems which it solves are
                 discussed. The powerful functionality that MMS delivers
                 and how we've implemented much of it in HP's first MMS
                 product offering, HP MMS\slash 800 is described.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C7420 (Control engineering); C5620 (Computer networks
                 and techniques)",
  classification = "721; 723; 731; 902; 913; C5620 (Computer networks
                 and techniques); C7420 (Control engineering)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "CAD/CAM; factory-; Factory-Floor Devices;
                 Factory-floor devices; floor devices; HP map 3.0; HP
                 MMS/800; Logic Devices; manufacturing computer control;
                 Manufacturing environment; manufacturing environment;
                 Manufacturing Message Specification; Manufacturing
                 message specification/800; manufacturing message
                 specification/800; open systems; PLC; Production
                 Engineering; Robots; robots; Robots,
                 Industrial--Control; Standards",
  thesaurus =    "CAD/CAM; Manufacturing computer control; Open
                 systems",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Scoredos:1990:HKC,
  author =       "Eric C. Scoredos and Kimberly K. Scott and Richard H.
                 {Van Gaasbeck}",
  title =        "{HP-UX} kernel communications modules for a card-based
                 {OSI} protocol stack",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "40--49",
  day =          "1",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  abstract =     "The overall design of the HP MAP 3.0 product is based
                 on the HP OSI Express card. The HP OSI Express card
                 provides an implementation of the OSI protocol stack on
                 an I/O card for HP 9000 Series 800 computers. The card
                 off-loads much of the network overhead from the host,
                 leaving CPU bandwidth available for processing user
                 applications and MAP services. To provide the reliable
                 transfer of user data between the host computer and the
                 HP OSI Express card over the HP Precision Bus (HP-PB)
                 backplane, three host-resident modules that run in the
                 HP-UX kernel were developed for the HP MAP 3.0 product.
                 These kernel modules provide an interface that allows
                 users to make or break connections (communication
                 paths) between different hosts on the IEEE 802.4
                 network and to send and receive data on these
                 connections. Up to 100 separate full-duplex connections
                 can be established between a given host and any other
                 hosts on the network. The kernel modules and portions
                 of the HP OSI Express card are shown.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5630 (Networking equipment)",
  classification = "716; 717; 718; 722; 723; 902; C5630 (Networking
                 equipment)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Computer Hardware; Computer Networks; data
                 communication equipment; Express Card; Host Computer;
                 HP; HP map 3.0; HP OSI Express card; HP-UX; I/O card;
                 I/O Card; I/O card; Kernel communications modules;
                 kernel communications modules; Kernel Modules; OSI
                 Express card; OSI Protocol Stack; OSI protocol stack;
                 Protocols; protocols; Telecommunication--Standards",
  thesaurus =    "Data communication equipment; Protocols",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Meyer:1990:ITH,
  author =       "Jeffrey D. Meyer",
  title =        "Interoperability testing for {HP MAP} 3.0",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "50--53",
  day =          "1",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  abstract =     "One of the primary objectives of HP's MAP 3.0 offering
                 is to allow HP systems to communicate with those of
                 other system vendors. To be successful in meeting this
                 objective requires interoperability testing in addition
                 to standard software testing practices such as module,
                 system, and reliability testing. Interoperability
                 testing is the verification of the ability of different
                 network implementations to communicate. This type of
                 testing helps to expose implementation errors in both
                 HP and other vendors' systems, and most important, it
                 helps to ensure that we provide our customers with a
                 truly open system.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5690 (Other data communication equipment and
                 techniques)",
  classification = "716; 717; 718; 722; 723; 911; C5690 (Other data
                 communication equipment and techniques)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Computer Networks; Computers, Digital--Data
                 Communication Systems; Conformance Testing; data
                 communication equipment; electronic equipment testing;
                 HP map 3.0; HP MAP 3.0; Implementation errors;
                 implementation errors; Interoperability Testing;
                 Interoperability testing; interoperability testing;
                 Open system; open system; open systems; OSI Stack;
                 program testing; Software testing; software testing;
                 Testing; Vendors",
  thesaurus =    "Data communication equipment; Electronic equipment
                 testing; Open systems; Program testing",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Gregory:1990:HMS,
  author =       "Douglas R. Gregory",
  title =        "The {HP MAP} 3.0 software integration lifecycle",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "54--60",
  day =          "1",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  abstract =     "The HP MAP 3.0 program was a large multidivisional
                 effort with project teams spread over different
                 geographic locations and working under different
                 organizations. To manage the integration of the
                 hardware and software components from these different
                 project teams, a generic integration lifecycle was
                 developed for the HP MAP 3.0 product.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C6110 (Systems analysis and programming); C5620
                 (Computer networks and techniques)",
  classification = "722; 723; C5620 (Computer networks and techniques);
                 C6110 (Systems analysis and programming)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Computer Hardware; Computer Software; Computer Systems
                 Programming; HP map 3.0; HP MAP 3.0; Integration
                 Lifecycle; open systems; Performance; protocols;
                 software engineering; Software Integration; Software
                 integration; software integration; Software integration
                 lifecycle; software integration lifecycle; Software
                 lifecycles; software lifecycles",
  thesaurus =    "Open systems; Protocols; Software engineering",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Berkel:1990:PPG,
  author =       "Werner Berkel and Gerd Koffmane and Frederick L.
                 Eatock and Patrick Schmid and Heino Hopke and
                 Hans-Jurgen Snackers",
  title =        "500-{MHz} and 300-{MHz} programmable pulse
                 generators",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "64--78",
  day =          "1",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  abstract =     "In fast bipolar digital technology and the
                 fast-growing GaAs field we saw a demand for a fast
                 pulse generator. After the initial investigation, we
                 defined two. The HP 8131A is a 500-MHz pulse generator
                 with fixed 200-picosecond rise and fall times. The HP
                 8130A is a 300-MHz generator with variable transition
                 times. Most of the building blocks of the HP 8131A are
                 used in both instruments, the main exceptions being the
                 HP 8130A slope generator and output amplifier. Both
                 instruments are fully programmable via the HP-IB (IEEE
                 488, IEC 625).",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "B7250E (Signal generators); B7210B (Automatic test and
                 measurement systems); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
  classification = "712; 713; 714; 715; B7210B (Automatic test and
                 measurement systems); B7250E (Signal generators);
                 C7410H (Instrumentation)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "300 MHz; 300-MHz; 300-MHz Generator; 500 MHz; 500-MHz;
                 500-MHz Pulse Generator; computerised instrumentation;
                 Custom Bipolar IC; Fast Pulse Generator; Fast pulse
                 generators; fast pulse generators; HP 8130A; HP 8131A;
                 Integrated Circuit Testing; Performance; Programmable
                 Pulse Generators; Pulse generator; pulse generator;
                 Pulse Generators; pulse generators; Semiconducting
                 Gallium Arsenide; Variable-Slope Pulse Generator",
  numericalindex = "Frequency 5.0E+08 Hz; Frequency 3.0E+08 Hz",
  thesaurus =    "Computerised instrumentation; Pulse generators",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Klein:1990:PGO,
  author =       "Stefan G. Klein and Hans-Jurgen Wagner",
  title =        "A 500-{MHz} pulse generator output section",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "79--84",
  day =          "1",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  abstract =     "The output section of the HP 8131A 500-MHz pulse
                 generator consists of the transducer board and the
                 output amplifier. This section provides short pulse
                 widths, pulse trains up to 1 GHz derived from external
                 sine waves, output level control, and overvoltage
                 protection. A thick-film hybrid circuit containing a
                 custom gallium arsenide integrated circuit is the main
                 component of the output amplifier.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "B7250E (Signal generators); B7210B (Automatic test and
                 measurement systems); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
  classification = "712; 713; 714; 715; B7210B (Automatic test and
                 measurement systems); B7250E (Signal generators);
                 C7410H (Instrumentation)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "500 MHz; 500-MHz Pulse Generator; computerised
                 instrumentation; Gallium Arsenide Integrated Circuit;
                 HP 8131A; Integrated Circuits, Hybrid; Integrated
                 Circuits, Thick Film; Output section; output section;
                 Performance; Pulse Generators; pulse generators; Pulse
                 Trains; Semiconducting Gallium Arsenide; Thick-film
                 hybrid circuit; thick-film hybrid circuit",
  numericalindex = "Frequency 5.0E+08 Hz",
  thesaurus =    "Computerised instrumentation; Pulse generators",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Schinzel:1990:VPG,
  author =       "Peter Schinzel and Volker Eberle and Gunter
                 Steinbach",
  title =        "A 300-{MHz}, variable-transition-time pulse generator
                 output section",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "85--92 (or 85--91??)",
  day =          "1",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  abstract =     "The output system of the HP 8130A 300-MHz,
                 variable-transition-time pulse generator consists of
                 the slope generator and the output amplifier. The
                 programmable rise and fall times are produced by the
                 slope generator, which uses a custom GaAs IC for the
                 fast slopes. The output amplifier is a custom linear
                 bipolar IC.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "B7250E (Signal generators); B7210B (Automatic test and
                 measurement systems); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
  classification = "712; 713; 714; 715; B7210B (Automatic test and
                 measurement systems); B7250E (Signal generators);
                 C7410H (Instrumentation)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "300 MHz; computerised instrumentation; GaAs IC; HP
                 8130A; Integrated Circuits, Linear; Linear Bipolar IC;
                 Output amplifier; output amplifier; Output section;
                 output section; Performance; Pulse generator; pulse
                 generator; Pulse Generators; pulse generators;
                 Semiconducting Gallium Arsenide; Slope Generator; Slope
                 generator; slope generator; transition-time; variable-;
                 Variable-transition-time; Variable-Transition-Time
                 Pulse Generator",
  numericalindex = "Frequency 3.0E+08 Hz",
  thesaurus =    "Computerised instrumentation; Pulse generators",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Lau:1990:OHI,
  author =       "Roger K. Lau and Mark E. Thompson",
  title =        "An overview of the {HP} interactive visual interface",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "6--10",
  day =          "1",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  abstract =     "In this age of information, creating effective user
                 interfaces for industrial automation applications is a
                 greater challenge than it has ever been. HP Interactive
                 Visual Interface (HP IVI) is designed to help
                 developers provide the type of user interface needed
                 for industrial applications. HP IVI is a user-interface
                 development tool built on the X Window System Version
                 11 and runs in the HP-UX operating system environment.
                 It consists of two main parts: an interactive editor
                 (HP IVIBuild) and an application program interface
                 (API). Users construct their symbols and displays with
                 HP IVIBuild (the builder) and write a C program using
                 the API calls to call up and activate the windows and
                 other objects created with the builder. The article
                 describes some of the market research and the target
                 customers for HP IVI and provides an overview of the
                 two main components of HP IVI, HP IVIBuild and the
                 application program interface.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "HP's Industrial Applications",
  affiliationaddress = "Amritsar, India",
  classcodes =   "C6115 (Programming support); C6130B (Graphics
                 techniques)",
  classification = "722; 723; C6115 (Programming support); C6130B
                 (Graphics techniques)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "API; application; Application program interface;
                 application program interface; Computer
                 Graphics--Interactive; Computer Interfaces; Computer
                 Programming--Object Oriented Programming; Computer
                 Software; graphical user interfaces; Hewlett--Packard;
                 HP Interactive Visual Interface; HP IVI; HP IVIBuild;
                 Interactive Visual Interface; interface development
                 tool; Market research; market research; Object Oriented
                 Technology; program interface; Quality Function
                 Deployment; software tools; user-; User-interface
                 development tool",
  pagecount =    "3",
  thesaurus =    "Graphical user interfaces; Software tools",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Tran:1990:HIO,
  author =       "Mydung Thi Tran and David G. Wathen",
  title =        "The {HP IVI} Object-Oriented Toolkit",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "11--20",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP IVI application program interface (API) is an
                 object-oriented toolkit of C functions that enable a
                 software developer to create an interactive and
                 informative graphical user interface programmatically.
                 The API functions can be used for any application in
                 which a highly interactive graphical user interface is
                 required. The collection of API functions provides the
                 ability to build different models of user interfaces
                 that can be saved and used again in other user
                 interfaces. High-level objects provide the control and
                 organization necessary to support lower-level composite
                 and primitive objects. All objects have configurable
                 attributes or characteristics that make it possible to
                 customize the look and feel of a particular object.
                 Color, size, and font are a few examples of these
                 attributes. The API functions allow a programmer to do
                 things like create and free objects, query attributes,
                 save and restore objects, get input, and find objects
                 by location. The article describes the API functions.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "HP's Industrial Application Center",
  affiliationaddress = "Amritsar, India",
  classcodes =   "C6115 (Programming support); C6130B (Graphics
                 techniques); C6180 (User interfaces)",
  classification = "722; 723; C6115 (Programming support); C6130B
                 (Graphics techniques); C6180 (User interfaces)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "API; API Object Hierarchy; Application program
                 interface; application program interface; Application
                 Program Interface (API); C functions; Composite
                 Objects; Computer Interfaces; Computer Programs;
                 Graphical user interface; graphical user interface;
                 graphical user interfaces; Hewlett--Packard; HP IVI;
                 Low Level Objects; Object Oriented Toolkit;
                 object-oriented programming; Object-oriented toolkit;
                 object-oriented toolkit; Primitive Objects; Software
                 developer; software developer; software tools",
  thesaurus =    "Graphical user interfaces; Object-oriented
                 programming; Software tools",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Munsch:1990:HIA,
  author =       "Pamela W. Munsch and Warren I. Otsuka and Gary D.
                 Thomsen",
  title =        "{HP IVI} application program interface design",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "21--28, 30--31",
  day =          "1",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  abstract =     "One of the main goals of the HP Interactive Visual
                 Interface (HP IVI) project was to leverage features
                 from current user interface and software design
                 technologies and blend the best of each into the
                 feature set and design of the application program
                 interface (API) functions. In doing so, the project
                 team investigated windowing, graphics, the X toolkit
                 (Xt Intrinsics), widgets, and object-oriented design.
                 This article discusses the features used from each of
                 these technologies, and how these features are
                 incorporated into the internal design and
                 implementation of the API functions.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "HP's Industrial Applications Center",
  affiliationaddress = "Lower Hutt, NZ",
  classcodes =   "C6180 (User interfaces); C6110 (Systems analysis and
                 programming); C6115 (Programming support); C6130B
                 (Graphics techniques)",
  classification = "722; 723; C6110 (Systems analysis and programming);
                 C6115 (Programming support); C6130B (Graphics
                 techniques); C6180 (User interfaces)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "application program interface; Application program
                 interface; Application Program Interface (API) Design;
                 Callback Handling; Computer Architecture; computer
                 graphics; Computer Graphics; Computer Interfaces;
                 Computer Programming--Object Oriented Programming;
                 Computer Software; graphical user interfaces; graphics;
                 Graphics; Hewlett--Packard; HP; HP Interactive Visual
                 Interface; HP IVI; Interactive Visual Interface; Object
                 Oriented Architecture; object-; object-oriented design;
                 Object-oriented design; oriented programming; software
                 tools; toolkit; widgets; Widgets; windowing; Windowing;
                 X; X Toolkit; X toolkit; Xt Intrinsics",
  thesaurus =    "Computer graphics; Graphical user interfaces;
                 Object-oriented programming; Software tools",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Witten:1990:HII,
  author =       "Steven P. Witten and Hai-Wen L. Bienz",
  title =        "{HP IVIBuild}: interactive user interface builder for
                 {HP IVI}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "32--38",
  day =          "1",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  abstract =     "The editor/builder component of the HP Interactive
                 Visual Interface product is HP IVIBuild. As its name
                 implies, HP IVIBuild is a tool that is used to build
                 user interfaces interactively. The windows and objects
                 that make up the user interface can be saved in a file
                 and reused later by other applications using the API
                 functions. HP IVIBuild is itself an HP IVI application
                 program because it uses the API functions as a
                 platform.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "HP's Industrial Applications Center",
  affiliationaddress = "Berne, Switz",
  classcodes =   "C6115 (Programming support); C6180 (User interfaces)",
  classification = "722; 723; C6115 (Programming support); C6180 (User
                 interfaces)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Application Program Interface (API); Applications;
                 Computer Graphics--Interactive; Computer Interfaces;
                 Computer Networks--Protocols; Computer
                 Programming--Object Oriented Programming;
                 Editor/builder component; editor/builder component;
                 graphical user interfaces; Hewlett--Packard; HP
                 Interactive; HP Interactive Visual Interface; HP
                 IVIBuild; Interactive User Interface; Interactively;
                 interactively; Object Oriented Design; software tools;
                 State Protocol; State Stack Management; User
                 interfaces; user interfaces; Visual Interface",
  thesaurus =    "Graphical user interfaces; Software tools",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anderson:1990:CEU,
  author =       "Steven R. Anderson and Jennifer Chaffee",
  title =        "Creating an effective user interface for {HP
                 IVIBuild}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "39--48 (or 39--44??)",
  day =          "1",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  abstract =     "Among the present and potential customers for HP's
                 computer systems are companies that are increasingly
                 integrating computers into their manufacturing
                 processes. However, the computer focus of these
                 companies is more on solutions than on hardware and
                 software development. To help provide these solutions
                 on HP computer systems there are efforts within the
                 company to encourage or enable independent software
                 vendors (ISVs) to develop these software solutions. HP
                 IVI from HP's Industrial Applications Center (IAC) is
                 one such effort. Its purpose is to help ISVs build
                 graphical user interfaces for their applications used
                 in industrial applications.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "HP's Industrial Applications Center",
  affiliationaddress = "Toronto, Ont, Can",
  classcodes =   "C6180 (User interfaces)",
  classification = "722; 723; C6180 (User interfaces)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Computer Graphics; Computer Interfaces; Computer
                 Software; Graphical User Interface; Graphical user
                 interfaces; graphical user interfaces; HP IVI; HP
                 IVIBuild; Independent software vendors; independent
                 software vendors; User interface; user interface;
                 Widgets",
  thesaurus =    "Graphical user interfaces",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Nicholson:1990:PMB,
  author =       "Dean B. Nicholson and Robert J. Matreci and Michael J.
                 Levernier",
  title =        "{26.5-to-75-GHz} Preselected Mixers Based on
                 Magnetically Tunable Barium Ferrite Filters (for
                 spectral analyzers)",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "49--58",
  day =          "1",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  abstract =     "The spectrum analyzer, a calibrated receiver with
                 variable resolution, is an important basic tool for
                 testing and troubleshooting. Microwave spectrum
                 analyzers use advanced technology to provide accurate,
                 unambiguous frequency-domain measurements.
                 Hewlett--Packard has extended these measurements into
                 the millimeter-wave bands. A new series of preselected
                 spectrum analyzer RF sections, the HP11974 Series
                 preselected mixers, makes millimeter-wave spectrum
                 analyzer measurements faster and easier by removing
                 image and multiple responses from the spectrum analyzer
                 display, thereby eliminating the need for complicated
                 signal identification routines. Each RF section
                 consists of a mixer to down-convert millimeter-wave
                 signals into the intermediate frequency range of HP
                 microwave spectrum analyzers, and a magnetically tuned
                 preselection filter to remove unwanted signals. The
                 preselection filter uses barium ferrite resonator
                 material, doped so that it starts resonating at the
                 beginning of the waveguide band.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "HP's Industrial Applications Center",
  affiliationaddress = "Queensland, Aust",
  classcodes =   "B1350F (Solid-state circuits and devices); B7210X
                 (Other instrumentation and measurement systems); B7310N
                 (Microwave techniques); B7220 (Signal processing and
                 conditioning equipment and techniques); B1250
                 (Modulators, demodulators, discriminators and mixers)",
  classification = "708; 711; 713; 804; B1250 (Modulators, demodulators,
                 discriminators and mixers); B1350F (Solid-state
                 circuits and devices); B7210X (Other instrumentation
                 and measurement systems); B7220 (Signal processing and
                 conditioning equipment and techniques); B7310N
                 (Microwave techniques)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "26.5 To 75 GHz; 26.5 to 75 GHz; analysers; barium;
                 Barium Compounds--Applications; Barium ferrite; Barium
                 Ferrite; Electric Filters--Applications; Electronic
                 Circuits, Mixer; equipment; ferrite; Ferrite
                 Applications; Frequency Range Extension; Hewlett
                 Packard; Hexagonal Ferrite Filter; HP microwave
                 spectrum analyzers; HP11974 Series; Magnetically
                 Tunable Filters; microwave measurement; Millimeter
                 Waves; Millimeter-wave bands; millimeter-wave bands;
                 mixers (circuits); Preselected mixers; preselected
                 mixers; Preselected spectrum analyzer; preselected
                 spectrum analyzer; Resonator material; resonator
                 material; RF sections; signal processing; solid-state
                 microwave circuits; spectral; Spectrum analyzer;
                 spectrum analyzer; Spectrum Analyzers--Millimeter
                 Waves; Temperature/Delay Compensation",
  numericalindex = "Frequency 2.65E+10 to 7.5E+10 Hz",
  thesaurus =    "Microwave measurement; Mixers [circuits]; Signal
                 processing equipment; Solid-state microwave circuits;
                 Spectral analysers",
}

@Article{Nicholson:1990:HFM,
  author =       "Dean B. Nicholson",
  title =        "Hexagonal ferrites for millimeter-wave applications",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "59--61",
  day =          "1",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  abstract =     "Because of their high magnetic anisotropy fields,
                 spheres made of suitably doped M-phase hexagonal
                 ferrites were chosen as resonator elements in
                 magnetically tunable bandpass filters. These bandpass
                 filters cover waveguide bands above 26.5 GHz and are
                 used as preselectors in the HP 11974 Series of
                 millimeter preselected RF sections. When no outside
                 supplier of hexagonal ferrite spheres could be found,
                 crystal growth and sphere processing and test
                 capabilities were developed in-house.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "HP's Industrial Applications Center",
  affiliationaddress = "Tokyo, Jpn",
  classcodes =   "B3120G (Microwave devices); B1270D (Passive filters
                 and other passive networks)",
  classification = "531; 547; 708; 711; 713; 804; B1270D (Passive
                 filters and other passive networks); B3120G (Microwave
                 devices)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "band-pass filters; Barium Compounds--Applications;
                 Barium Ferrite; Crystal growth; crystal growth;
                 Crystals--Growing; Doped; doped; EHF; Electric Filters,
                 Bandpass; Ferrite Applications; ferrites; filters;
                 Hewlett--Packard; hexagonal; Hexagonal ferrite spheres;
                 hexagonal ferrite spheres; Hexagonal ferrites;
                 Hexagonal Ferrites; magnetically tunable bandpass;
                 Magnetically Tunable Bandpass Filters; Magnetically
                 tunable bandpass filters; microwave filters; Millimeter
                 Preselected RF Sections; Millimeter Waves;
                 Millimeter-wave; millimeter-wave; passive; processing;
                 Resonator elements; resonator elements;
                 Resonators--Materials; Scandium and
                 Alloys--Applications; sphere; Sphere processing",
  thesaurus =    "Band-pass filters; Ferrites; Microwave filters;
                 Passive filters",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Garliepp:1990:HDD,
  author =       "Kent L. Garliepp and Irene Skupniewicz and John U.
                 Frolich and Kathleen A. Fulton",
  title =        "{HP DIS}: {A} Development Tool for Factory-Floor
                 Device Interfaces",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "62--72",
  day =          "1",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  abstract =     "In the long run, the use of communications standards,
                 such as the Manufacturing Automation Protocol (MAP),
                 will eliminate many of the device connectivity problems
                 and the response to market needs will improve
                 significantly. In the meantime, many factory-floor
                 devices exist and have long useful lives remaining.
                 Many are simple devices, such as gauges with simple
                 interfaces, that may never conform to a standard. To
                 reduce the cost of developing customized interfaces for
                 devices that need them and to shorten the time required
                 for such efforts, tools are needed to simplify the
                 development and testing of the interfaces. This is the
                 objective of the HP Device Interface System (HP DIS).
                 HP DIS is a toolset that helps developers create and
                 test interfaces between computer applications and
                 RS-232-compatible factory-floor devices in less time
                 than before. The resulting interfaces run in an HP-UX
                 environment on HP 9000 Series 300 or 800 computers.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "HP's Industrial Applications Center",
  affiliationaddress = "Kyoto, Jpn",
  classcodes =   "C7420 (Control engineering); C5610P (Peripheral
                 interfaces); C6115 (Programming support)",
  classification = "722; 723; C5610P (Peripheral interfaces); C6115
                 (Programming support); C7420 (Control engineering)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Computer Interfaces; computer interfaces; Computer
                 Networks--Protocols; Computer Programming
                 Languages--High Level Languages; Computer Programs;
                 computers; Device Interface System; factory automation;
                 Factory-floor; factory-floor; Factory-Floor Device
                 Interfaces; Finite State Machine; Hewlett Packard; High
                 Level Protocol Specification Language; HP; HP 9000
                 Series 300; HP DIS; HP-UX environment; Message
                 Matching; RS-232-compatible; Run-Time Facility;
                 software tools; Toolset; toolset",
  thesaurus =    "Computer interfaces; Factory automation; Hewlett
                 Packard computers; Software tools",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Quint:1990:MRC,
  author =       "David W. Quint and Asad Aziz and Ravi Kaw and Frank J.
                 Perezalonso",
  title =        "Measurement of {R}, {L}, and {C} parameters in {VLSI}
                 packages",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "73--77",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Developed to verify the electrical models of a
                 408-lead multilayer ceramic package, this measurement
                 technique can measure the very small inductances,
                 capacitances, and resistances that are typical of
                 high-performance packages. It does not require
                 extraction of RLC parameters from time-domain
                 reflectometer measurements.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "HP's Industrial Applications Center",
  affiliationaddress = "Kyoto, Jpn",
  classcodes =   "B7310J (Impedance and admittance); B2570
                 (Semiconductor integrated circuits); B0170J (Product
                 packaging)",
  classification = "713; 714; 812; 942; B0170J (Product packaging);
                 B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits); B7310J
                 (Impedance and admittance)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "capacitance measurement; Capacitances; capacitances;
                 Ceramic Materials--Applications; CMOS chip; Electric
                 Measurements; electric resistance measurement;
                 Electrical Modeling; High-performance packages;
                 high-performance packages; inductance measurement;
                 Inductances; inductances; integrated circuit testing;
                 Integrated Circuits, VLSI--measurements; Measurement
                 Errors; Measurement technique; measurement technique;
                 multilayer ceramic; Multilayer Ceramic Package;
                 Multilayer ceramic package; package; packaging; Pin
                 grid array; pin grid array; R/L/C Parameters;
                 Resistance; Resistances; resistances; VLSI; VLSI
                 packages",
  thesaurus =    "Capacitance measurement; Electric resistance
                 measurement; Inductance measurement; Integrated circuit
                 testing; Packaging; VLSI",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Chow:1990:SCS,
  author =       "Chee K. Chow",
  title =        "Statistical circuit simulation of a wideband
                 amplifier: a case study in design for
                 manufacturability",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "78--81",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Statistical variations of integrated circuit
                 parameters are often correlated, not independent.
                 Examples are side-by-side resistor values and matched
                 transistor gains. Accounting for these correlations
                 using principal component analysis can make statistical
                 simulation an accurate predictor of manufacturing
                 data.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "HP's Industrial Applications Center",
  affiliationaddress = "Gent, Belg",
  classcodes =   "B1220 (Amplifiers); B1130B (Computer-aided circuit
                 analysis and design); B2570B (Bipolar integrated
                 circuits); C7410D (Electronic engineering)",
  classification = "713; 723; B1130B (Computer-aided circuit analysis
                 and design); B1220 (Amplifiers); B2570B (Bipolar
                 integrated circuits); C7410D (Electronic engineering)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Amplifiers; bipolar amplifier IC; bipolar integrated
                 circuits; circuit analysis computing; Circuit
                 performance; circuit performance; Circuit simulation;
                 circuit simulation; component analysis; Computer Aided
                 Design; Computer Programming--Algorithms; Computer
                 Simulation--Applications; Design for Manufacturability;
                 HP 54503A digitizing oscilloscope; Intra-die device
                 correlations; intradie device correlations;
                 Manufacturability; manufacturability; Multivariate
                 statistics; multivariate statistics; principal;
                 Principal component analysis; Principal Component
                 Analysis; Random variations; random variations;
                 Statistical Circuit Simulation; wideband; Wideband
                 amplifier; wideband amplifier; Wideband Amplifiers;
                 wideband amplifiers; Wideband bipolar amplifier IC",
  thesaurus =    "Bipolar integrated circuits; Circuit analysis
                 computing; Wideband amplifiers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Mansingh:1990:SLA,
  author =       "Vivek Mansingh and Kent P. Misegades",
  title =        "System level air flow analysis for a computer system
                 processing unit",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "82--87",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Steady, viscous, three-dimensional air flow within a
                 computer system processing unit has been analyzed using
                 finite element modeling. The objective of the study was
                 to investigate the effectiveness of finite element
                 modeling in predicting the air flow characteristics
                 within a computer. A full-scale three-dimensional
                 finite element model of an HP 9000 Model 850 computer
                 was created using FIDAP, the finite element code from
                 Fluid Dynamics International. This model consisted of
                 over 60000 nodes and over 40000 8-node brick elements.
                 Extensive computations were carried out using CRAY Y-MP
                 supercomputers. General flow characteristics, including
                 velocity profiles and pressure drop across the system,
                 were computed. Numerically calculated particle traces
                 were recorded using video equipment. It was found that
                 numerical simulation of particle traces can show good
                 qualitative features of the flow through the system and
                 the modeling results of velocity profiles through the
                 boards and the system pressure drop have reasonably
                 good accuracy.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "HP's Industrial Applications Center",
  affiliationaddress = "Karlsruhe, West Ger",
  classcodes =   "C7430 (Computer engineering); C4100 (Numerical
                 analysis)",
  classification = "631; 643; 722; 723; 804; C4100 (Numerical analysis);
                 C7430 (Computer engineering)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Air; Air Conditioning; air flow; Air flow analysis;
                 air flow analysis; Air flow characteristics;
                 characteristics; computer installation; Computer
                 Simulation--Applications; computer system; Computer
                 system processing unit; Computer System Processing
                 Unit; Computer Systems, Digital; control; FIDAP; finite
                 element analysis; Finite Element Modeling; Finite
                 element modeling; finite element modeling; Flow of
                 Fluids--Analysis; HP 9000 Model 850; Mathematical
                 Techniques--Finite Element Method; Navier Stokes
                 Equations; Particle Traces Numerical Simulation;
                 processing unit; Supercomputers; System Level Air Flow
                 Analysis; temperature; Thermal management; thermal
                 management; Velocity profiles; velocity profiles",
  thesaurus =    "Computer installation; Finite element analysis;
                 Temperature control",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Stavely:1990:ROD,
  author =       "Donald J. Stavely and Mark E. Wanger and Kraig A.
                 Proehl",
  title =        "A rewritable optical disk library system for direct
                 access secondary storage",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "6--7, 10, 12--13",
  day =          "1",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  abstract =     "This autochanger system can store up to 20.8 Gbytes of
                 data on-line. Applications include archival storage,
                 automated backup and recovery, and document storage and
                 retrieval. Hewlett--Packard manufactures a wide range
                 of computer peripherals. Customers for these
                 peripherals include not only users of HP systems, but
                 also OEM customers and others who use HP peripherals
                 with non-HP host systems.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Greeley Storage Div., Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto,
                 CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5320K (Optical storage)",
  classification = "721; 722; 723; 741; 903; C5320K (Optical storage)",
  corpsource =   "Greeley Storage Div., Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto,
                 CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Archival Storage; Autochanger; autochanger;
                 Autochangers; DASS; Data Storage, Digital--Random
                 Access; Data Storage, Optical; Direct access secondary
                 storage; direct access secondary storage; Disk;
                 Hewlett--Packard; Information Retrieval Systems;
                 information retrieval systems; Library system; library
                 system; line access; media; Model 20GB/A; on-; On-line
                 access; optical disc storage; Optical disk; optical
                 disk; Secondary Storage; storage",
  pagecount =    "5",
  thesaurus =    "Information retrieval systems; Optical disc storage;
                 Storage media",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Sponheimer:1990:MRT,
  author =       "E. Sponheimer",
  title =        "Magnetooptical recording technology",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "8--9",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Rewritable optical technology today encompasses three
                 different methods: magnetooptical, dye-Polymer and
                 phase-Change. The most durable and predominant
                 technique in the market today is magnetooptical. The
                 author discusses this technique, which is the method
                 that Hewlett--Packard has chosen for introducing
                 rewritable optical technology for direct access
                 secondary storage. Magnetooptical technology relies on
                 the storage of information on a thin film of magnetic
                 material.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Civil Eng. Div., Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA,
                 USA",
  classcodes =   "C5320K (Optical storage)",
  classification = "C5320K (Optical storage)",
  corpsource =   "Civil Eng. Div., Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA,
                 USA",
  keywords =     "Compensation point; compensation point; Curie
                 temperature; Direct access secondary storage; direct
                 access secondary storage; Hewlett--Packard; magnetic;
                 magnetic film stores; Magnetic material;
                 Magnetooptical; magnetooptical; material; optical
                 storage; Optical technology; optical technology;
                 rewritable optical; Rewritable optical technology;
                 storage media; technology",
  thesaurus =    "Magnetic film stores; Optical storage; Storage media",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Stolte:1990:IOL,
  author =       "D. C. Stolte and B. A. Thompson and D. Ellis",
  title =        "Integrating the optical library unit into the {HP-UX}
                 operating system",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "11--12",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP Series 6300 Model 20GB/A rewritable optical
                 disk library autochanger is unlike any other peripheral
                 supported on the HP-UX operating system and therefore
                 required a new approach to integration into the
                 operating system. On one hand, its random-access
                 attributes suggest a connection with the operating
                 system that is disk-like. On the other hand, its need
                 to share multiple disks with one or two drives hints at
                 something that may need specific user or application
                 support. Although the design options were unrestricted,
                 the authors wanted an integration method that would
                 satisfy two overriding goals. Firstly, the method
                 should hide as much as possible the requirement to swap
                 disks into and out of the drives. Secondly, it should
                 have minimum impact (complexity, coupling, etc.) on the
                 HP-UX operating system.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Greeley Storage Div., Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto,
                 CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C6150J (Operating systems); C5320K (Optical storage)",
  classification = "C5320K (Optical storage); C6150J (Operating
                 systems)",
  corpsource =   "Greeley Storage Div., Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto,
                 CA, USA",
  keywords =     "(computers); 6300 Model 20GB/A; Asynchronous
                 operations; asynchronous operations; HP Series; HP
                 Series 6300 Model 20GB/A; HP-UX; HP-UX operating
                 system; information retrieval systems; Library
                 autochanger; library autochanger; Multiple disks;
                 multiple disks; operating system; operating systems;
                 optical disc storage; Optical disk; optical disk;
                 Optical library unit; optical library unit;
                 Random-access; random-access; storage media",
  thesaurus =    "Information retrieval systems; Operating systems
                 [computers]; Optical disc storage; Storage media",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Dauner:1990:MDO,
  author =       "Daniel R. Dauner and Raymond C. Sherman and Michael L.
                 Christensen and Jennifer L. Methlie and Leslie G.
                 {Christie, Jr.}",
  title =        "Mechanical design of an optical disk autochanger",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "14--23",
  day =          "1",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  abstract =     "The mechanical design of the autochanger mechanism for
                 the HP Series 6300 Model 20GB/A rewritable optical disk
                 library system posed several technical challenges,
                 including architecture, reliability, physical size, and
                 schedule. The system holds 32 optical disk cartridges
                 and has two magnetooptical disk drives. The
                 magnetooptical disks are rewritable. Each cartridge
                 holds 650 Mbytes of data; however, only 325 Mbytes is
                 accessible at a time because the drives are
                 single-sided. The total capacity of the library system
                 is 20.8 Gbytes. The system runs on a single-ended SCSI
                 asynchronous bus, which conforms to the SCSI II
                 standard established for autochangers. The average
                 access time to load a disk from a storage position to a
                 drive is seven seconds.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Greeley Storage Div., Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto,
                 CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5380 (Other aspects of storage devices and
                 techniques); C5320K (Optical storage)",
  classification = "421; 701; 732; 741; C5320K (Optical storage); C5380
                 (Other aspects of storage devices and techniques)",
  corpsource =   "Greeley Storage Div., Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto,
                 CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "20GB/A; Autochanger mechanism; autochanger mechanism;
                 Data Storage, Optical; Disk; drives; HP Series 6300
                 Model; HP Series 6300 Model 20GB/A; information
                 retrieval systems; Magnetooptical Devices;
                 magnetooptical disk; Magnetooptical disk drives;
                 Mailslot; mailslot; media; optical disc storage;
                 Optical Disk Autochangers; Optical Disk Libraries;
                 Optical disk library system; optical disk library
                 system; Optical Sensors; SCSI asynchronous bus;
                 Sensors--Optical Properties; storage",
  thesaurus =    "Information retrieval systems; Optical disc storage;
                 Storage media",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Oliver:1990:ODA,
  author =       "Thomas C. Oliver and Mark J. Bianchi",
  title =        "Optical disk autochanger servomechanism design",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "24--28, 30--34",
  day =          "1",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  abstract =     "A `sense of touch' and error recovery routines
                 contribute to reliability. Data capture, error
                 injection, and mechanical regression testing facilities
                 improved the productivity of the designers. The
                 servomechanism of the HP Series 6300 Model 20GB/A
                 rewritable optical disk library system is a collection
                 of electronics and firmware algorithms that control the
                 autochanger mechanism. The servo provides the muscles
                 and brains that bring the mechanical limbs to life.
                 Muscles are provided using motors, power supplies, and
                 sensors. The brains are contained in the firmware
                 program that controls how the muscles are energized.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Greeley Storage Div., Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto,
                 CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C3260 (Actuating and final control devices); C5320K
                 (Optical storage)",
  classification = "705; 722; 723; 732; 741; C3260 (Actuating and final
                 control devices); C5320K (Optical storage)",
  corpsource =   "Greeley Storage Div., Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto,
                 CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Autochanger mechanism; autochanger mechanism; Computer
                 Programming--Algorithms; Data Storage, Optical; Disk;
                 HP Series 6300 Model 20GB/A; library system; optical
                 disc storage; optical disk; Optical Disk Autochangers;
                 Optical Disk Libraries; Optical disk library system;
                 Servomechanism; servomechanism; Servomechanisms;
                 servomechanisms; storage media",
  thesaurus =    "Optical disc storage; Servomechanisms; Storage media",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Bianchi:1990:DCS,
  author =       "M. Bianchi",
  title =        "Data capture system",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "29--30",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Early in the development of the autochanger it was
                 found that much of the servomechanical testing and
                 evaluation could not be performed by visual
                 observation. The unaided eye was sufficient to diagnose
                 gross mechanical problems at slow speeds. However, the
                 design team needed some way to instrument the
                 autochanger so that servo and mechanical parameters
                 could be accurately correlated and analyzed. The author
                 looks at the data capture system, a combination of
                 firmware-resident procedures and workstation-based
                 tools. It provides the designers with the means to
                 examine the variation of any important firmware
                 variable with respect to time. The capture system
                 employs the HP 64000 emulation system in conjunction
                 with `homegrown' data processing and plotting tools.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Greeley Storage Div., Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto,
                 CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C6130 (Data handling techniques); C5380 (Other aspects
                 of storage devices and techniques)",
  classification = "C5380 (Other aspects of storage devices and
                 techniques); C6130 (Data handling techniques)",
  corpsource =   "Greeley Storage Div., Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto,
                 CA, USA",
  keywords =     "Autochanger; autochanger; data; Data capture system;
                 data capture system; data handling; Data processing;
                 Firmware-resident procedures; firmware-resident
                 procedures; HP 6400 command script; HP 64000 emulation
                 system; optical disc storage; Plotting tools; plotting
                 tools; processing; servomechanical; Servomechanical
                 testing; servomechanisms; testing; Workstation-based
                 tools; workstation-based tools",
  thesaurus =    "Data handling; Optical disc storage; Servomechanisms",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Kato:1990:EI,
  author =       "R. Kato",
  title =        "Error injection",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "33--34",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Error recovery is a very complex procedure, as the
                 number of possible situations from which the
                 autochanger must recover is very large. Since the error
                 recovery testing had to be repeated every time the
                 error recovery firmware was changed, it was deemed
                 necessary to have error injection built into the
                 product for the purpose of testing error recovery. The
                 error injection facility is enabled via the SCSI so
                 that tests can run automatically. The facility injects
                 errors at the lowest possible level for maximum
                 firmware testing. It can also simulate power failure.
                 The author considers how the built-in error injection
                 firmware can be divided into two major functions:
                 setting up the error trigger and injecting the error.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Greeley Storage Div., Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto,
                 CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C6130 (Data handling techniques); C5380 (Other aspects
                 of storage devices and techniques)",
  classification = "C5380 (Other aspects of storage devices and
                 techniques); C6130 (Data handling techniques)",
  corpsource =   "Greeley Storage Div., Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto,
                 CA, USA",
  keywords =     "apparatus; Autochanger; autochanger; error handling;
                 Error injection; error injection; Error recovery; error
                 recovery; Error trigger; error trigger; firmware;
                 Firmware testing; optical disc storage; Power failure;
                 power failure; power supplies to; testing",
  thesaurus =    "Error handling; Optical disc storage; Power supplies
                 to apparatus",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Saldanha:1990:QOD,
  author =       "Kevin S. Saldanha and Colette T. Howe",
  title =        "Qualification of an optical disk drive for autochanger
                 use",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "35--37",
  day =          "1",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  abstract =     "In addition to the usual requirements of data
                 integrity, performance, and reliability for a mass
                 storage device, an optical disc drive that is to be
                 used in an autochanger requires a well-defined
                 communications and mechanical interface that operates
                 efficiently and reliably over hundreds of thousands of
                 load and unload cycles. In designing the HP Series 6300
                 Model 20GB/A rewritable optical disk library system, we
                 had control over the autochanger end of this interface,
                 but we had to work closely with the drive vendor to
                 establish the other end. The vendor's original design
                 goals had not included use of the drive in autochanger
                 environments. Endowing the drive with this additional
                 functionality and verifying it proved quite a
                 challenge. Between the release of the stand-alone
                 product (Model 650/A) and the autochanger product
                 (Model 20GB/A) there were 93 changes to the drive.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Greeley Storage Div., Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto,
                 CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5320K (Optical storage)",
  classification = "721; 722; 741; C5320K (Optical storage)",
  corpsource =   "Greeley Storage Div., Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto,
                 CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Autochanger; autochanger; Communications;
                 communications; Computer Interfaces; Data Storage,
                 Digital; Data Storage, Optical; Disk; equipment
                 evaluation (computers); HP Series 6300 Model 20GB/A;
                 interface; mechanical; Mechanical interface; Model
                 650/A; Optical disc drive; optical disc drive; optical
                 disc storage; Optical Disk Autochangers; Optical Disk
                 Drives; optical disk library; Optical disk library
                 system; storage media; system",
  thesaurus =    "Equipment evaluation [computers]; Optical disc
                 storage; Storage media",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Sponheimer:1990:CDH,
  author =       "Edward W. Sponheimer and John C. Santon",
  title =        "A {CD-ROM} drive for {HP} 3000 and {HP} 9000 computer
                 systems",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "38--41",
  day =          "1",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  abstract =     "The HP Series 6100 Model 600/A HP-IB CD-ROM drive
                 provides facilities that allow HP 3000 and HP 9000
                 computer system users to access data stored on CD-ROM
                 disks, which can store up to 553 Mbytes of audio and
                 digital information. The article presents an overview
                 of CD-ROM technology and the Model 600/A controller
                 board.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Civil Eng. Div., Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA,
                 USA",
  classcodes =   "C5320K (Optical storage)",
  classification = "721; 722; 723; C5320K (Optical storage)",
  corpsource =   "Civil Eng. Div., Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA,
                 USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "553 Mbytes; audio discs; board; CD-ROM disks; CD-ROM
                 drive; CD-ROMs; Codes, Symbolic--Error Correction;
                 Compact Disks (cd); Computer Systems, Digital;
                 controller; Controller board; controllers; Data
                 Storage, Digital; Error correction codes; error
                 correction codes; HP 3000; HP 9000; HP Series 6100;
                 Model 600/A HP-IB; ROM; video and",
  numericalindex = "Memory size 5.80E+08 Byte",
  thesaurus =    "CD-ROMs; Controllers; Error correction codes; Video
                 and audio discs",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Meyer:1990:ECI,
  author =       "John C. Meyer",
  title =        "Error correction implementation and performance in a
                 {CD-ROM} drive",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "42--48",
  day =          "1",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  abstract =     "The HP Series 6100 Model 600/A implements the error
                 protection algorithm defined by the CD-ROM yellow book
                 standard. Unfortunately, because of things like noise,
                 power-line fluctuations, and imperfections in the
                 media, error detection coding and error correction
                 coding (EDC/ECC) techniques are incorporated in the
                 digital transmission system. The author looks at red
                 book error protection, CD-ROM error protection, the
                 Model 600/A implementation, testing and verification.",
  abstract-2 =   "The HP Series 6100 Model 600/A implements the error
                 protection algorithm defined by the CD-ROM yellow book
                 standard. This extra level of protection means that the
                 error rate is improved from one error in 10${}^{12}$
                 bits to one in 10${}^{16}$.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5320K (Optical storage); C6130 (Data handling
                 techniques)",
  classification = "721; 722; 723; C5320K (Optical storage); C6130 (Data
                 handling techniques)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "CD-; CD-ROM; CD-ROM Drive; CD-ROMs; Codes,
                 Symbolic--Error Correction; Compact Disks (cd); Data
                 Storage, Digital; digital; Digital transmission system;
                 error correction; error detection; Error detection
                 coding; error detection coding; Error protection
                 algorithm; error protection algorithm; HP Series 6100
                 Model 600/A; Red book error protection; red book error
                 protection; ROM; standards; transmission system; Yellow
                 book standard; yellow book standard",
  thesaurus =    "CD-ROMs; Error correction; Error detection;
                 Standards",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1990:EDC,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Error detection and correction primer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "46--47",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Considers methods of detecting and correcting errors,
                 including parity and linear block code, with examples.
                 The author illustrates the Hamming linear block code
                 and Reed--Solomon codes.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6130 (Data handling techniques)",
  classification = "C6130 (Data handling techniques)",
  keywords =     "code; error; error correction codes; error detection
                 codes; Errors; errors; Hamming linear block; Hamming
                 linear block code; handling; Linear block code; linear
                 block code; Parity; parity; Reed--Solomon codes",
  thesaurus =    "Error correction codes; Error detection codes; Error
                 handling",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Nielsen:1990:PSP,
  author =       "Kenneth R. Nielsen",
  title =        "Providing software protection capability for a
                 {CD-ROM} drive",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "49--53",
  day =          "1",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  abstract =     "The HP Series 6100 Model 600/A drive supports two
                 levels of security for software protection: load-time
                 security, which prevents loading a package without the
                 proper authority, and scrambling data on the disk to
                 prevent reading a protected disk with another CD-ROM
                 reader. An effective use of CD-ROMs is for the
                 distribution of very large quantities of software and
                 literature as many large software packages can fit on
                 one disk. This capability provides a significant cost
                 savings over the tape distribution method. The problem
                 with using CD-ROMs for distribution is how to give
                 customers many software packages on one disk yet
                 restrict them from using software that they did not
                 purchase. The article discusses some aspects of the HP
                 Series 6100 Model 600/A CD-ROM drive security scheme.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto., CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5320K (Optical storage); C0230B (Legal aspects)",
  classification = "721; 722; 723; C0230B (Legal aspects); C5320K
                 (Optical storage)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto., CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "CD-ROM; CD-ROM Drive; CD-ROMs; Compact Disks (CD);
                 Computer Software--Protection; Data
                 Processing--Security of Data; Data Storage, Digital; HP
                 Series 6100; industrial property; Literature;
                 literature; Model 600/A drive; packages; ROM; Security;
                 security; security of data; Security toolbox; security
                 toolbox; software; Software packages; Software
                 protection; software protection",
  thesaurus =    "CD-ROMs; Industrial property; Security of data;
                 Software packages",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Kao:1990:SIH,
  author =       "Ping-Hui Kao and William A. Gates and Bruce A.
                 Thompson and Dale K. McCluskey",
  title =        "Support for the {ISO 9660\slash HSG CD-ROM} file
                 system standard in the {HP-UX} operating system",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "54--59",
  day =          "1",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  abstract =     "The CD-ROM is a very cost-effective and versatile
                 electronic distribution medium. It provides large
                 capacity (600 Mbytes), longevity, low cost, multi-media
                 (audio\slash video) capability, read-only protection
                 and random accessibility. This paper describes HP's
                 design, implementation, and support for the ISO
                 9660\slash HSG CD-ROM file system in the HP-UX 7.0
                 operating system kernel. The CD-ROM file system is an
                 implementation of MS-DOS CD-ROM extensions on HP-UX
                 operating systems. After mounting a CD-ROM that adheres
                 to the CD-ROM file system standard, files on the CD-ROM
                 are accessible through normal HP-UX system calls and
                 commands, allowing users and application programs to
                 take advantage of the high capacity and low duplication
                 cost of this medium without the need for any special
                 programmatic interface.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5320K (Optical storage); C6150J (Operating systems)",
  classification = "721; 722; 723; C5320K (Optical storage); C6150J
                 (Operating systems)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "CD-ROM File System; CD-ROMs; Compact Disks (cd);
                 Computer Operating Systems; Data Processing--File
                 Organization; Data Storage, Digital; file organisation;
                 HP-UX 7.0; ISO 9660-HSG CD-ROM file system; kernel;
                 MS-DOS; operating system; Operating system kernel;
                 operating systems (computers); ROM; standards",
  thesaurus =    "CD-ROMs; File organisation; Operating systems
                 [computers]; Standards",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
  xxtitle =      "Support for the {ISO 9660\slash HSG CD-ROM} File
                 System Format in the {HP-UX} Operating System",
}

@Article{Allegre:1990:XPA,
  author =       "Jean-Pierre Allegre and Marie-Therese Sarrasin",
  title =        "{X.25} packet assembler\slash disassembler support in
                 the {HP} 3000 data communications and terminal
                 controller",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "63--73",
  day =          "1",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  abstract =     "The PAD support software implements the communication
                 protocols specified in CCITT recommendations X.3 and
                 X.29. For performance reasons, the software is in the
                 datacom and terminal controller (DTC) rather than the
                 host MPE XL system. The HP 2345A distributed terminal
                 controller (DTC), offered connectivity from personal
                 computers, terminals, and printers to a single HP 3000
                 computer system running the MPE XL operating system.
                 The author looks at the second DTC release, data
                 communications and terminal controller, PAD support
                 functionality, applicable standards, DTC PAD support
                 architecture, system security, testing the PAD, mapping
                 ADCP requests, editing, PADSUP development methodology
                 task design and task testing.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Grenoble Networks Div., Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo
                 Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "B6150 (Communication system theory); B6210L (Computer
                 communications); C6150Z (Other systems operation
                 programs); C5690 (Other data communication equipment
                 and techniques); C5620 (Computer networks and
                 techniques)",
  classification = "715; 716; 722; 723; 732; B6150 (Communication system
                 theory); B6210L (Computer communications); C5620
                 (Computer networks and techniques); C5690 (Other data
                 communication equipment and techniques); C6150Z (Other
                 systems operation programs)",
  corpsource =   "Grenoble Networks Div., Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo
                 Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "ADCP requests; CCITT; CCITT recommendations;
                 Communication protocols; communication protocols;
                 Computer Networks; Computer Software; Computers,
                 Digital--Data Communication Systems; Control Equipment,
                 Electric; controller; data communication systems; data
                 communications and terminal; Data communications and
                 terminal controller; Data Transmission--Packet
                 Switching; Datacom; datacom; Distributed terminal
                 controller; distributed terminal controller; DTC; HP
                 3000; Operating system; operating system; operating
                 systems (computers); packet switching; PAD support
                 functionality; PAD support software; PADSUP; Protocols;
                 protocols; recommendations; security; security of data;
                 Standards; standards; system; System security; Terminal
                 controller; terminal controller; Terminal Controllers;
                 X.29; X.3",
  thesaurus =    "Data communication systems; Operating systems
                 [computers]; Packet switching; Protocols; Security of
                 data",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Maioli:1990:OMI,
  author =       "Frederic Maioli",
  title =        "An object-oriented message interface for testing the
                 {HP} 3000 data communications and terminal controller",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "74--80",
  day =          "1",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  abstract =     "Creating a general-purpose message compiler\slash
                 decompiler using symbolic expressions, expert systems
                 concepts, object classes, and inheritance reduces
                 software testing overhead and improves test readability
                 and portability. The object-oriented message machine
                 has been used in the HP 2345A DTC PAD support project.
                 Validating a new version of the PAD support software
                 only requires starting an HP-UX shell; no further human
                 intervention is needed. After having been successfully
                 used by the PAD support project, the message machine
                 proved its ability to adapt to a new project, where it
                 is now used.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Grenoble Networks Div., Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo
                 Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C6150J (Operating systems)",
  classification = "722; 723; C6150J (Operating systems)",
  corpsource =   "Grenoble Networks Div., Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo
                 Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "communications and terminal controller; Computer
                 Interfaces; Computer Networks; Computer Operating
                 Systems; Computers, Digital; Control Equipment,
                 Electric; data; Data Communication Systems; data
                 communication systems; Data communications and terminal
                 controller; DTC software; electronic messaging; Expert
                 systems; Expert Systems; expert systems; expressions;
                 HP 2345A; HP 3000; Inheritance; inheritance; machine;
                 message; Message Interfaces; Message machine; Messages;
                 messages; Multiprocessor; multiprocessor; Multitasking
                 operating system; multitasking operating system; Object
                 classes; object classes; object-; Object-oriented
                 message interface; object-oriented message interface;
                 operating systems (computers); oriented programming;
                 program; Software testing; software testing; symbolic;
                 Symbolic expressions; Symbolic Programming; Tasks;
                 tasks; Terminal Controllers; testing",
  thesaurus =    "Data communication systems; Electronic messaging;
                 Object-oriented programming; Operating systems
                 [computers]; Program testing",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Hauser:1990:EFT,
  author =       "Frank E. Hauser and Nguyen P. Hung",
  title =        "Effect of fiber texture on the anisotropic dimensional
                 change of {Cu} 1.8 wt.\% {Be}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "41",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "88--91",
  day =          "1",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1990",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  abstract =     "The dimensional changes in cold-drawn Cu 1.8 wt \%
                 (11.4 at. \%) Be rods resulting from aging are
                 investigated. The dimensional changes are nearly
                 isotropic for as-quenched specimens but are anisotropic
                 for cold-drawn specimens. The theoretical dimensional
                 changes predicted based on the degree of preferred
                 orientation, the crystallographic data of Cu-Be, and
                 the geometry of the specimens agree with the
                 experimental results.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Dept. of Mech. Eng., California Univ., Berkeley, CA,
                 USA",
  classcodes =   "A8140E (Cold working, work hardening; post-deformation
                 annealing, recovery and recrystallisation; textures)",
  classification = "482; 531; 542; 544; 549; A8140E (Cold working, work
                 hardening; post-deformation annealing, recovery and
                 recrystallisation; textures)",
  corpsource =   "Dept. of Mech. Eng., California Univ., Berkeley, CA,
                 USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "ageing; Anisotropic; anisotropic; Anisotropy;
                 As-quenched specimens; as-quenched specimens; beryllium
                 alloys; cold working; cold-drawn; Cold-Drawn Specimens;
                 Cold-drawn specimens; copper alloys; Copper Beryllium
                 Alloys; crystallographic; Crystallographic data;
                 Crystallography; data; Fiber Texture; Isotropic;
                 isotropic; Metals and Alloys--Fiber Reinforcement;
                 specimens; texture; Theoretical dimensional changes;
                 theoretical dimensional changes",
  thesaurus =    "Ageing; Beryllium alloys; Cold working; Copper alloys;
                 Texture",
  treatment =    "X Experimental",
}

@Article{Wong:1991:HLC,
  author =       "Roger W. Wong and Paul R. Hernday and Daniel R.
                 Harkins",
  title =        "High-speed lightwave component analysis to 20 {GHz}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "42",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "6--13",
  day =          "1",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1991",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  abstract =     "A new family of instruments-analyzer, test set,
                 sources, receivers, and modulator-characterizes
                 electrical, electrooptical, and optical components of
                 fiber optic communications systems at modulation rates
                 to 20 GHz. The objectives of the 20-GHz lightwave
                 program were to provide lightwave component analysis
                 measurements to customers who may and may not already
                 own HP microwave network analyzers, and to provide
                 lightwave technology to customers in the form of
                 instruments and accessories. The authors discuss the
                 products that have resulted from the 20-GHz lightwave
                 program. They are: HP 8703A lightwave component
                 analyzer; HP 83420A lightwave test set; HP 83421A
                 lightwave source; HP 83422A lightwave modulation; HP
                 83423A lightwave receiver; HP 83424A lightwave CW
                 source; and HP 83425A lightwave CW source.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6260 (Optical links and equipment); B7210B (Automatic
                 test and measurement systems)",
  classification = "714; 717; 741; 941; B6260 (Optical links and
                 equipment); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
                 systems)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "20 GHz; 83422A; Analyzer; analyzer; computerised
                 instrumentation; Fiber Optic Communications; Fiber
                 optic communications systems; fiber optic
                 communications systems; Fiber Optics; high-speed
                 optical techniques; HP; HP 83420A; HP 83421A; HP
                 83422A; HP 83423A; HP 83424A; HP 83425A; HP 8703A; HP
                 microwave network analyzers; light sources; Lightware
                 Component; lightwave component; Lightwave component
                 analysis; lightwave component analysis; Lightwave
                 component analyzer; Lightwave CW source; lightwave CW
                 source; Lightwave modulation; lightwave modulation;
                 Lightwave receiver; lightwave receiver; Lightwave test
                 set; lightwave test set; Microwave Devices; microwave
                 network analyzers; Microwaves; modulation; Modulator;
                 modulator; optical; Optical Communication Equipment;
                 optical communication equipment; Optical Devices;
                 Optical Instruments; Receivers; receivers; Sources;
                 sources; Test set; test set",
  numericalindex = "Frequency 2.0E+10 Hz",
  pagecount =    "13",
  thesaurus =    "Computerised instrumentation; High-speed optical
                 techniques; Light sources; Optical communication
                 equipment; Optical modulation; Receivers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Hernday:1991:DLC,
  author =       "Paul R. Hernday and Geraldine A. Conrad and Michael G.
                 Hart and Rollin F. Rawson",
  title =        "Design of a 20-{GHz Lightwave} component analyzer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "42",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "13--22",
  day =          "1",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1991",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  abstract =     "A lightwave component analyzer measures the ratio of a
                 signal incident on a device under test-the stimulus-and
                 a related signal coming from the device under test-the
                 response. The stimulus is a sinusoidal electrical
                 signal or an optical signal with sinusoidal intensity
                 modulation. The response signal may be electrical or
                 optical. The authors look at the HP8703A, a fully
                 integrated and calibrated instrument for lightwave
                 component characterization. It offers a choice of
                 wavelengths and laser types, both internal and
                 external.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6260 (Optical links and equipment); B7210B (Automatic
                 test and measurement systems)",
  classification = "717; 741; 744; 941; B6260 (Optical links and
                 equipment); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
                 systems)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "20 GHz; characterization; computerised
                 instrumentation; high-speed optical techniques; Laser
                 Beams; lightwave component; Lightwave component
                 analyzer; Lightwave Component Analyzers; Lightwave
                 component characterization; Microwave Devices;
                 Microwaves; Optical Communication Equipment; optical
                 communication equipment; Optical
                 Instruments--Calibration; Signal Processing",
  numericalindex = "Frequency 2.0E+10 Hz",
  thesaurus =    "Computerised instrumentation; High-speed optical
                 techniques; Optical communication equipment",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1991:MCH,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Measurement Capabilities of the {HP 8703A} Lightwave
                 Component Analyzer and the {HP 71400C} Lightwave Signal
                 Analyzer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "42",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "17--??",
  day =          "1",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1991",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 07:40:42 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Dunsmore:1991:LTS,
  author =       "Joel P. Dunsmore and John V. Valle-lunga",
  title =        "20-{GHz} lightwave test set and accessories",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "42",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "23--33",
  day =          "1",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1991",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  abstract =     "The rise of lightwave technology has stimulated a need
                 for measuring equipment such as the HP 8703A microwave
                 lightwave component analyzer. The HP 8703A has an
                 integrated microwave network analyzer with all the
                 lightwave components and firmware to perform
                 high-quality lightwave modulation frequency response
                 measurements and frequency-domain reflectometry. This
                 product has stimulated interest in this measurement
                 method, and customers have responded with requests to
                 upgrade their existing high-performance microwave
                 network analyzers to add lightwave measuring
                 capabilities. As a result, a project was started with
                 the objective of taking the lightwave technology from
                 the HP 8703A and designing an instrument to bring
                 lightwave measurements to the HP 8510B, HP 8720B, and
                 HP 8757C microwave network analyzers. The result is the
                 HP 83420A lightwave test set.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6260 (Optical links and equipment); B7210B (Automatic
                 test and measurement systems)",
  classification = "714; 717; 722; 723; 741; B6260 (Optical links and
                 equipment); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
                 systems)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "computerised instrumentation; Electric Network
                 Analyzers--Microwaves; high-speed optical techniques;
                 HP 83420A; HP 8510B; HP 8720B; HP 8757C; Lightwave
                 measurements; lightwave measurements; Lightwave test
                 set; lightwave test set; Lightwave Test Sets; Microwave
                 Devices; Microwave network analyzers; microwave network
                 analyzers; Microwaves; Optical Communication Equipment;
                 optical communication equipment; Optical
                 Instruments--Microwaves",
  thesaurus =    "Computerised instrumentation; High-speed optical
                 techniques; Optical communication equipment",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Harkins:1991:ACE,
  author =       "Daniel R. Harkins and Michael A. Heinzelman",
  title =        "Accuracy considerations and error correction
                 techniques for 20-{GHz} lightwave component analysis",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "42",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "34--40",
  day =          "1",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1991",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  abstract =     "The accuracy of measurements made with a lightwave
                 component analyzer is the result of instrument
                 performance, measurement technique, and consideration
                 of the particular device being measured. To ensure the
                 most accurate characterization of wide-bandwidth
                 components, it is important to understand the
                 measurement capabilities of the instrumentation, decide
                 on the optimum configuration and calibration for a
                 particular measurement, and be aware of potential
                 impact the test device can have on the resulting
                 measurement. The accuracy of the result is a
                 combination of multiple sources of errors that must be
                 carefully considered.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7130 (Measurement standards and calibration); B6260
                 (Optical links and equipment); B7210B (Automatic test
                 and measurement systems)",
  classification = "717; 741; 941; B6260 (Optical links and equipment);
                 B7130 (Measurement standards and calibration); B7210B
                 (Automatic test and measurement systems)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "20 GHz; Analysis; calibration; component analyzer;
                 computerised instrumentation; Electrical calibrations;
                 electrical calibrations; Factory Calibration;
                 high-speed; lightwave; Lightwave Component Analysis;
                 Lightwave component analyzer; Optical calibrations;
                 optical calibrations; Optical Communication Equipment;
                 optical communication equipment; Optical
                 Instruments--Calibration; optical techniques",
  numericalindex = "Frequency 2.0E+10 Hz",
  thesaurus =    "Calibration; Computerised instrumentation; High-speed
                 optical techniques; Optical communication equipment",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Jungerman:1991:DOM,
  author =       "Roger L. Jungerman and David J. McQuate",
  title =        "Development of an optical modulator for a high-speed
                 lightwave component analyzer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "42",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "41--45",
  day =          "1",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1991",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  abstract =     "The design and characterization of the first
                 integrated optic modulator for commercial instrument
                 application are described, including the advantages of
                 titanium in-diffused lithium niobate, device geometries
                 for both phase modulators and Mach-Zehnder intensity
                 modulators, stability considerations including bias
                 drift and acoustic resonances, wavelength sensitivity,
                 packaging and pigtailing, reliability, and testing.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  chemicalindex = "LiNbO3:Ti/ss LiNbO3/ss NbO3/ss Li/ss Nb/ss O3/ss
                 Ti/ss O/ss Ti/el Ti/dop",
  classcodes =   "B6260 (Optical links and equipment); B4140 (Integrated
                 optics)",
  classification = "717; 741; 804; 941; B4140 (Integrated optics); B6260
                 (Optical links and equipment)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Acoustic resonances; acoustic resonances; Bias drift;
                 bias drift; compounds; Device geometries; device
                 geometries; high-speed optical techniques; integrated;
                 Integrated optic modulator; Integrated Optics;
                 integrated optics; Light; Lightwave component analyzer;
                 lightwave component analyzer; Lightwave Component
                 Analyzers; LiNbO/sub 3/:Ti; lithium; Lithium Compounds;
                 Lithium Nisbate; Mach-Zehnder intensity; Mach-Zehnder
                 intensity modulators; Mach-Zehnder Modulators;
                 modulation; Modulators; modulators; optic modulator;
                 optical; optical communication equipment; Optical
                 Devices; Optical modulator; optical modulator; Optical
                 Modulators; Packaging; packaging; Phase modulators;
                 phase modulators; Pigtailing; pigtailing; Reliability;
                 reliability; Stability; stability; Testing; testing;
                 titanium; Titanium in-diffused lithium niobate;
                 titanium in-diffused lithium niobate; Wavelength
                 sensitivity; wavelength sensitivity",
  thesaurus =    "High-speed optical techniques; Integrated optics;
                 Lithium compounds; Optical communication equipment;
                 Optical modulation; Titanium",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Chang:1991:HPO,
  author =       "Kok-Wai Chang and Siegmar Schmidt and Wayne V. Sorin
                 and Jimmie L. Yarnell and Harry Chou and Steven A.
                 Newton",
  title =        "A High-Performance Optical Isolator for Lightwave
                 Systems",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "42",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "45--50",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1991",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Optical isolators are playing an increasingly
                 important role in fiber optic systems. Their purpose is
                 to protect optical sources from reflections and
                 backscattering that cause output instabilities or
                 unwanted changes in the output spectra. Isolators can
                 do this because they are nonreciprocal devices, that
                 is, their transmission characteristics depend upon the
                 direction of light through them. Isolators act as
                 one-way light valves that allow the efficient injection
                 of optical signals into a system while preventing
                 unwanted feedback from returning to the optical source.
                 This compact, rugged, two-stage design uses
                 birefringent rutile crystals and Bi-YIG films to
                 achieve high isolation, low insertion loss, high return
                 loss, and polarization independence.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  chemicalindex = "TiO2/bin O2/bin Ti/bin O/bin; YFe5O12:Bi/ss
                 YFe5O12/ss Fe5O12/ss Fe5/ss O12/ss Bi/ss Fe/ss O/ss
                 Y/ss Bi/el Bi/dop",
  classcodes =   "B6260 (Optical links and equipment); B4190F (Optical
                 coatings and filters); B4160 (Magneto-optical
                 devices)",
  classification = "708; 711; 714; 717; 741; 933; B4160 (Magneto-optical
                 devices); B4190F (Optical coatings and filters); B6260
                 (Optical links and equipment)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Bi-YIG; Bi-YIG films; birefringence; birefringent
                 rutile crystals; Birefringent rutile crystals;
                 Crystals; fiber optic systems; Fiber optic systems;
                 films; Garnets; high isolation; High isolation; high
                 return loss; High return loss; light polarisation;
                 lightwave systems; Lightwave systems; low insertion
                 loss; Low insertion loss; magneto-optical devices;
                 optical communication equipment; Optical Devices;
                 optical isolator; Optical isolator; optical isolators;
                 Optical Isolators; Optical Properties; polarization;
                 Polarization; Rutile Crystals; TiO/sub 2/; two-stage
                 design; Two-stage design; Waveguide
                 Components--Isolators; YFe5O12:Bi; yig Films; YIG:Bi",
  thesaurus =    "Birefringence; Light polarisation; Magneto-optical
                 devices; Optical communication equipment; Optical
                 isolators",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Miller:1991:BGI,
  author =       "Christopher M. Miller and Roberto A. Collins",
  title =        "A broadband, general-purpose instrumentation lightwave
                 converter",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "42",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "51--57",
  day =          "1",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1991",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  abstract =     "Applications of high-speed fiber optic transmission
                 systems continue to grow. Special lightwave test
                 instrumentation is required to test these high-speed
                 systems. Often the systems and their components, such
                 as laser diode transmitters, need to be characterized
                 in both frequency and time domains. The HP 11982A
                 amplified lightwave converter combines a high-speed pin
                 photodetector with a low-noise preamplifier to provide
                 a general-purpose instrumentation front end for
                 lightwave frequency-domain and time-domain measurements
                 on optical signals over the 1200-nm-to-1600-nm
                 wavelength range. It can be used with spectrum
                 analyzers, oscilloscopes, bit error rate testers, and
                 network analyzers.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6260 (Optical links and equipment)",
  classification = "715; 717; 741; 941; B6260 (Optical links and
                 equipment)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Amplified lightwave converter; amplified lightwave
                 converter; Broadband; broadband; communication
                 equipment; convertors; Electric Network Analyzers;
                 Fiber Optic Transmission; high-speed; high-speed
                 optical techniques; High-speed systems; HP 11982A;
                 Lightwave Converters; Lightwave Signals; Lightwave test
                 instrumentation; lightwave test instrumentation;
                 Low-noise preamplifier; low-noise preamplifier;
                 optical; Optical Devices; Optical Front Ends; Optical
                 Instruments; Oscilloscopes, Cathode Ray; Performance;
                 Photodetector; photodetector; Spectrum Analyzers;
                 systems",
  thesaurus =    "Convertors; High-speed optical techniques; Optical
                 communication equipment",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Maisenbacher:1991:LMB,
  author =       "Bernd Maisenbacher and Wolfgang Reichert",
  title =        "A lightwave multimeter for basic fiber optic
                 measurements",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "42",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "58--62",
  day =          "1",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1991",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  abstract =     "The objectives for the new HP 8153A lightwave
                 multimeter were to design a successor to the HP 8152A
                 with more flexibility and better performance for a
                 lower price. Incorporating a mainframe with two plug-in
                 slots and a number of different plug-ins for various
                 applications, the modular architecture of the HP 8153A
                 lightwave multimeter extends its usability to a wide
                 range of basic fiber optic measurement tasks. It can
                 replace a number of stand-alone instruments such as
                 optical power meters, dedicated loss test sets, and
                 stable lightwave sources.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments); B6260 (Optical links and equipment);
                 B7320P (Optical variables)",
  classification = "741; 941; B6260 (Optical links and equipment);
                 B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
                 B7320P (Optical variables)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "fiber optic; Fiber optic measurements; fibres; HP
                 8152A; HP 8153A; Lightwave multimeter; lightwave
                 multimeter; Lightwave Multimeters; measurements;
                 Multimeters; multimeters; optical; optical
                 communication equipment; Optical Devices; Optical
                 Instruments; Optical Power Meters; Optical Variables
                 Measurement; optical variables measurement; power
                 measurement; Power measurements; power measurements",
  thesaurus =    "Multimeters; Optical communication equipment; Optical
                 fibres; Optical variables measurement; Power
                 measurement",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Rivoir:1991:DSH,
  author =       "Jochen Rivoir and Horst Schweikardt and Emmerich
                 M{\"u}ller",
  title =        "Design of a series of high-performance lightwave power
                 sensor modules",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "42",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "63--69",
  day =          "1",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1991",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  abstract =     "The power sensor modules for the HP 8153A lightwave
                 multimeter feature a new optical interface, new
                 detectors, an analog-to-digital converter based on a
                 voltage-to-frequency converter, and a custom gate
                 array. They offer excellent absolute accuracy and fast
                 autoranging.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7230E (Fibre optic sensors); B6260 (Optical links and
                 equipment)",
  classification = "723; 732; 741; 941; 942; B6260 (Optical links and
                 equipment); B7230E (Fibre optic sensors)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "8153A; A/D Converters; Analog-to-digital converter;
                 analog-to-digital converter; Autoranging; autoranging;
                 Custom gate array; custom gate array; Data Conversion,
                 Analog to Digital; Detectors; detectors; Electric
                 Measuring Instruments; HP; HP 8153A; Lightwave
                 multimeter; lightwave multimeter; Lightwave
                 Multimeters; Lightwave power sensor modules; lightwave
                 power sensor modules; Multimeters; multimeters; optical
                 communication equipment; Optical Devices; Optical
                 interface; optical interface; Optical Interfaces;
                 optical variables measurement; Performance; Power
                 Sensor Modules; Power sensor modules; power sensor
                 modules; Sensors",
  thesaurus =    "Detectors; Multimeters; Optical communication
                 equipment; Optical variables measurement",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Hentschel:1991:CFO,
  author =       "Christian Hentschel",
  title =        "Calibration of fiber optic power meters",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "42",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "70--72",
  day =          "1",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1991",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  abstract =     "In addition to providing high-performance lightwave
                 measurement hardware, HP is also involved in
                 contributing to a worldwide solution of the problem of
                 calibrating fiber optic power meters. Presently,
                 calibration and accuracy specifications are based on
                 internal company standards, with the result that
                 different vendors' specifications are not comparable.
                 The problem of incompatible procedures in evaluating
                 accuracy will soon be solved with the help of an
                 international standard, the IEC document Calibration of
                 Fiber-Optic Power Meters. The author discusses the IEC
                 document with the help of an IEC-type calibration
                 example: the production calibration of the HP 81532A
                 InGaAs plug-in for the HP 8153A lightwave multimeter.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7130 (Measurement standards and calibration); B7210B
                 (Automatic test and measurement systems); B7320P
                 (Optical variables)",
  classification = "741; 902; 942; B7130 (Measurement standards and
                 calibration); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
                 systems); B7320P (Optical variables)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Calibrating; calibrating; Calibration; calibration;
                 Electric Measurements--Power; Fiber optic power meters;
                 fiber optic power meters; Fiber Optics; HP; HP 81532A;
                 IEC; IEC Standards; measurement; Optical Power Meters;
                 optical variables measurement; power; Standards;
                 standards; Wattmeters",
  thesaurus =    "Calibration; Optical variables measurement; Power
                 measurement; Standards",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Maier:1991:SLS,
  author =       "Frank A. Maier",
  title =        "Semiconductor laser sources with superior stability
                 for optical loss measurements",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "42",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "73--76",
  day =          "1",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1991",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  abstract =     "Loss measurements, one of the main applications of the
                 HP 8153A lightwave multimeter, need two different kinds
                 of modules: accurate power meters and highly stable CW
                 laser sources. Corresponding to the important fiber
                 optic wavelength bands, four different plug-in laser
                 source modules have been developed: HP 81551MM 850-nm
                 multimode; HP 81552SM 1310-nm single-mode; HP 81553SM
                 1550-nm single-mode; HP 81554SM dual-wavelength (1310
                 and 1550 nm) single-mode. This article discusses the
                 design and stabilization of these laser sources.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B4320J (Semiconductor junction lasers); B7320P
                 (Optical variables)",
  classification = "714; 741; 744; 941; B4320J (Semiconductor junction
                 lasers); B7320P (Optical variables)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "1310 Nm; 1310 nm; 1550 Nm; 1550 nm; 81554SM; 850 Nm;
                 850 nm; CW laser sources; HP; HP 81551MM; HP 81552SM;
                 HP 81553SM; HP 81554SM; Laser Applications; Laser
                 Sources; Lasers, Semiconductor; Lightwave Multimeters;
                 optical loss measurement; Optical loss measurements;
                 optical loss measurements; Optical Losses; Optical
                 Variables Measurement; plug-in laser; Plug-in laser
                 source modules; semiconductor junction lasers; source
                 modules",
  numericalindex = "Wavelength 8.5E-07 m; Wavelength 1.31E-06 m;
                 Wavelength 1.55E-06 m",
  thesaurus =    "Optical loss measurement; Semiconductor junction
                 lasers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Pless:1991:LMF,
  author =       "Wilfried Pless and Michael Pott and Robert Jahn",
  title =        "Lightwave multimeter firmware design",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "42",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "77--87 (or 77--83??)",
  day =          "1",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1991",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  abstract =     "Modularity allows an instrument to be tailored to the
                 customer's needs, and is a major feature of the HP
                 8153A lightwave multimeter. Modularity can be thought
                 of as design for the future. The HP 8153A mainframe is
                 built to accept not only the power sensor and source
                 modules that exist today, but also modules that will be
                 built to meet tomorrow's needs. The authors outline
                 some of the measures undertaken to fulfil these needs
                 for flexible and modular software. It will also
                 describe an additional feature of the HP 8153A: the
                 built-in application software. This application
                 software allows the customer to perform the most
                 frequently needed measurements without a controller and
                 without writing any code.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems); B6260
                 (Optical links and equipment); C7410H
                 (Instrumentation); C5220 (Computer architecture)",
  classification = "723; 741; 941; 942; B6260 (Optical links and
                 equipment); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
                 systems); C5220 (Computer architecture); C7410H
                 (Instrumentation)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "8153A; Built-in application software; built-in
                 application software; communication equipment; Computer
                 Applications; Computer Software; computerised
                 instrumentation; Electric Measuring Instruments;
                 Firmware; firmware; Firmware design; firmware design;
                 HP; HP 8153A; Lightwave multimeter; lightwave
                 multimeter; Lightwave Multimeters; Modular software;
                 modular software; Multimeters; multimeters; optical",
  thesaurus =    "Computerised instrumentation; Firmware; Multimeters;
                 Optical communication equipment",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Champine:1991:VUI,
  author =       "Mark A. Champine",
  title =        "A visual user interface for the {HP-UX} and {Domain}
                 operating systems",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "42",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "88--96, 98--99",
  day =          "1",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1991",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  abstract =     "The UNIX operating system has a powerful but
                 hard-to-learn interface, which limits its appeal among
                 casual or less technical users. Both the HP-UX and the
                 Domain operating systems are distinct implementations
                 of the UNIX operating system. HP VUE provides an
                 easy-to-learn and easy-to-use interface to these
                 operating systems. Adherence to OSF/Motif look and feel
                 throughout gives a standard interface style to the
                 various components of HP VUE. There is a
                 point-and-click interface for direct manipulation of
                 the file system, and a number of pull-down menus and
                 dialog boxes that provide a friendly interface to many
                 UNIX utilities. This article describes the features and
                 design considerations for HP VUE 1.0.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6180 (User interfaces); C6150J (Operating systems)",
  classification = "722; 723; C6150J (Operating systems); C6180 (User
                 interfaces)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Computer Graphics; Computer Interfaces; Computer
                 Operating Systems; Domain; File system; file system;
                 Friendly interface; friendly interface; Graphical User
                 Interfaces; graphical user interfaces; HP VUE; HP VUE
                 1.0; HP-UX; interface; menus; operating systems
                 (computers); Point-and-click interface; point-and-click
                 interface; pull-down; Pull-down menus; standard;
                 Standard interface; UNIX; UNIX operating system; User
                 Interfaces",
  thesaurus =    "Graphical user interfaces; Operating systems
                 [computers]",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Oblad:1991:FHS,
  author =       "Roger P. Oblad and John R. Regazzi and James E.
                 Bossaller",
  title =        "A family of high-performance synthesized sweepers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "42",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "6--16",
  day =          "1",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1991",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  abstract =     "Eleven models which offer frequency coverage to 50 GHz
                 in coax, extendable to 110 GHz in waveguide with
                 millimeter heads, are surveyed. Swept frequency
                 accuracy is ten times better than previous designs. A
                 menu-based user interface simplifies operation.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250E (Signal generators); B1230B (Oscillators);
                 B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems); B1350
                 (Microwave circuits and devices); C7410H
                 (Instrumentation); C6180 (User interfaces)",
  classification = "713; 715; 722; 723; 741; B1230B (Oscillators); B1350
                 (Microwave circuits and devices); B7210B (Automatic
                 test and measurement systems); B7250E (Signal
                 generators); C6180 (User interfaces); C7410H
                 (Instrumentation)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "50 to 110; 50 To 110 GHz; Alphanumeric Displays;
                 Computer Interfaces --- Applications; Computer
                 Programming Languages --- Applications; computerised
                 instrumentation; Display Devices --- Applications;
                 Flexible User Interface; frequency oscillators;
                 Frequency Synthesizers --- Applications; GHz;
                 Menu-based user interface; menu-based user interface;
                 Microcircuits; Microwave generation; microwave
                 generation; Oscillators; Swept Frequency Accuracy;
                 Swept frequency oscillator; swept frequency oscillator;
                 swept-; Synthesized Sweepers; Synthesized sweepers;
                 synthesized sweepers; user interfaces",
  numericalindex = "Frequency 5.0E+10 to 1.1E+11 Hz",
  thesaurus =    "Computerised instrumentation; Microwave generation;
                 Swept-frequency oscillators; User interfaces",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Seibel:1991:BSS,
  author =       "Michael J. Seibel",
  title =        "Built-in synthesized sweeper self-test and
                 adjustments",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "42",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "17--23",
  day =          "1",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1991",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib; UnCover
                 library database",
  abstract =     "In the design of the HP 8360 synthesized sweep
                 oscillators, considerable effort was expended on
                 providing built-in self-test and service features. The
                 HP 8360 self-test consists of over 900 analog, digital,
                 and RF measurements taken in approximately 45 seconds.
                 More than 90\% of failures are detected and diagnosed
                 to determine the most likely fault and a message is
                 presented directing the operator to a specific entry in
                 the service manual for further isolation. Many of the
                 adjustments can be done without the aid of external
                 test equipment through the use of internal firmware
                 routines. Other firmware routines provide a collection
                 of service tools to manipulate the hardware to
                 facilitate troubleshooting. All of these self-test and
                 service features are easily accessible from the front
                 panel and over the HP-IB (IEEE 488).",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250E (Signal generators); B7210B (Automatic test and
                 measurement systems); B1350 (Microwave circuits and
                 devices); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
  classification = "713; 715; 722; B1350 (Microwave circuits and
                 devices); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
                 systems); B7250E (Signal generators); C7410H
                 (Instrumentation)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Analogue measurement; analogue measurement; Automatic
                 Frequency Span Calibration; Automatic testing;
                 automatic testing; BIST; built-in self test; Computer
                 Hardware --- Applications; computerised; digital;
                 Digital measurement; Failure Isolation; Firmware
                 Routines; Frequency Synthesizers --- Applications;
                 Hewlett Packard computers; HP 8360; HP 8360 synthesized
                 sweep oscillators; instrumentation; measurement;
                 Oscillators; oscillators; Phase Locked Loops ---
                 Testing; RF measurements; Self-Test Hardware
                 Considerations; swept-frequency; synthesized sweep
                 oscillators; Synthesized Sweeper Self-Test; Synthesized
                 sweeper self-test; synthesized sweeper self-test;
                 Testing",
  thesaurus =    "Automatic testing; Built-in self test; Computerised
                 instrumentation; Hewlett Packard computers;
                 Swept-frequency oscillators",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Baker:1991:HSO,
  author =       "Glen M. Baker and Mark N. Davidson and Lance E. Haag",
  title =        "A High-Performance Sweeper Output Power Leveling
                 System",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "42",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "24--30",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1991",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP 8360 family of synthesized sweepers offers
                 greatly enhanced leveling performance over previous
                 generations of microwave sources. The improvements are
                 in flatness, leveling accuracy, AM bandwidth, and AM
                 dynamic range. In addition, the automatic level control
                 design provides the ability to incorporate such
                 features as user flatness correction and
                 self-calibration.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250E (Signal generators); B1230B (Oscillators);
                 B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems); C7410H
                 (Instrumentation)",
  classification = "713; 715; B1230B (Oscillators); B7210B (Automatic
                 test and measurement systems); B7250E (Signal
                 generators); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "AM; AM bandwidth; AM dynamic range; Amplifiers ---
                 Applications; Automatic level control; automatic level
                 control; Automatic Level Control (ALC); computerised
                 instrumentation; dynamic range; Error analysis; error
                 analysis; Exponential Amplifier; Feedforward ALC
                 Design; Flatness; flatness; Frequency Synthesizers ---
                 Applications; Hewlett Packard computers; high power;
                 High power measurement; HP 8360; Leveling accuracy;
                 leveling accuracy; measurement; Oscillators;
                 Performance; Power calibration; power calibration;
                 Self-calibration; self-calibration; Sweeper Output
                 Power Leveling System; swept-frequency oscillators",
  thesaurus =    "Computerised instrumentation; Hewlett Packard
                 computers; Swept-frequency oscillators",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
  xxtitle =      "A high-performance sweeper output power levelling
                 system",
}

@Article{Zellers:1991:SFD,
  author =       "James R. Zellers",
  title =        "A 0.01-to-40-{GHz} switched frequency doubler",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "42",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "31--33",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1991",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "This microcircuit doubler has a passthrough mode for
                 0.01-to-20-GHz input signals and a doubler mode for 20
                 to 40 GHz. An integrated RF switch changes modes.
                 Slotline filters reduce spurious outputs to -40 dBc or
                 less. This microcircuit extends the frequency range of
                 existing 0.01-to-20-GHz sources up to 40 GHz. Spurious
                 output in the 0.01-to-20 GHz band is limited by the
                 input signal, and is below -40 dBc in the 20-to-40-GHz
                 band.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1350H (Microwave integrated circuits); B1230B
                 (Oscillators); B7250E (Signal generators)",
  classification = "713; 714; B1230B (Oscillators); B1350H (Microwave
                 integrated circuits); B7250E (Signal generators)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "0.01 To 40 GHz; 0.01 to 40 GHz; Amplifiers; Electric
                 Filters --- Applications; Electronic Circuits,
                 Frequency Multiplying; frequency multipliers;
                 integrated circuits; Integrated RF switch; integrated
                 RF switch; MIC; Microcircuit doubler; Microcircuit
                 Doubler; microcircuit doubler; Microstrip Devices ---
                 Applications; microwave; microwave generation;
                 microwave oscillators; oscillators; Slotline filter;
                 slotline filter; Slotline Filters;
                 Slotline-To-Microstrip Transition; swept-frequency;
                 Switched Frequency Doubler; Switched frequency doubler;
                 switched frequency doubler; switched networks",
  numericalindex = "Frequency 1.0E+07 to 4.0E+10 Hz",
  thesaurus =    "Frequency multipliers; Microwave generation; Microwave
                 integrated circuits; Microwave oscillators;
                 Swept-frequency oscillators; Switched networks",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Koenig:1991:HMP,
  author =       "Mary K. Koenig",
  title =        "A high-speed microwave pulse modulator",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "42",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "34--36 (or 34--35??)",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1991",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Fast pulse modulation, Option 006 for the HP 8360
                 synthesized sweep oscillators, offers improved pulse
                 modulation performance over the standard instrument
                 block diagram. In this configuration, the instrument
                 has an additional pulse modulator at the output of the
                 RF deck. Pulse modulating after the YIG multiplier
                 substantially improves performance. A new wideband
                 modulator is the key to this improved performance.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1350F (Solid-state circuits and devices); B1230B
                 (Oscillators); B1250 (Modulators, demodulators,
                 discriminators and mixers); B1260 (Pulse circuits)",
  classification = "713; 718; B1230B (Oscillators); B1250 (Modulators,
                 demodulators, discriminators and mixers); B1260 (Pulse
                 circuits ); B1350F (Solid-state circuits and devices)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Equipment; High Power Pulse Modulation; HP 8360
                 synthesized; HP 8360 synthesized sweep oscillator; HP
                 MMIC travelling wave amplifiers; microwave pulse
                 modulator; Microwave pulse modulator; MMIC; modulators;
                 Modulators --- Applications; oscillators; Oscillators;
                 pulse circuits; Pulse Modulation; sweep oscillator;
                 swept-frequency; Synthesized Sweep Oscillators;
                 unequally spaced diode topology; Unequally spaced diode
                 topology; Wideband Modulators",
  thesaurus =    "MMIC; Modulators; Pulse circuits; Swept-frequency
                 oscillators",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Bischof:1991:NTS,
  author =       "Richard S. Bischof and Ronald C. Blanc and Patrick B.
                 Harper",
  title =        "New technology in synthesized sweeper microcircuits",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "42",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "36--46",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1991",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A new packaging technology using thick-film hybrids
                 and contacts integral to the package simplifies testing
                 and rework and reduces RFI. New circuit designs include
                 a triple balanced mixer and quasi-elliptic low-pass
                 filters. New approaches reduce video feedthrough and
                 harmonic generation.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1350H (Microwave integrated circuits); B0170J
                 (Product packaging); B1250 (Modulators, demodulators,
                 discriminators and mixers); B1230B (Oscillators);
                 B2220J (Hybrid integrated circuits)",
  classification = "713; 714; 715; 716; B0170J (Product packaging);
                 B1230B (Oscillators); B1250 (Modulators, demodulators,
                 discriminators and mixers); B1350H (Microwave
                 integrated circuits); B2220J (Hybrid integrated
                 circuits)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "10 MHz to; 10 MHz to 2.3 GHz; 2.3 GHz; Electric
                 Filters, Low Pass; Electronic Circuits, Mixer;
                 Electronics Packaging; filters; Frequency Synthesizers;
                 Harmonic generation; harmonic generation; hybrid
                 integrated circuits; hybrids; integrated circuits;
                 Integrated Circuits, Hybrid; lo Amplifier; low-pass
                 filters; microwave; mixers (circuits);
                 Modulation/Splitter (Modsplitter); modulators;
                 oscillators; Packaging; packaging; Quasi-Elliptic Low
                 Pass Filter; quasi-elliptic low-pass; Quasi-elliptic
                 low-pass filters; Radio Interference; radiofrequency
                 interference; RFI; swept-frequency; Synthesized sweeper
                 microcircuits; Synthesized Sweeper Microcircuits;
                 synthesized sweeper microcircuits; thick film devices;
                 Thick Films; thick-film; Thick-film hybrids; Triple
                 Balanced Mixer; Triple balanced mixer; triple balanced
                 mixer; Video feedthrough; video feedthrough",
  numericalindex = "Frequency 1.0E+07 to 2.3E+09 Hz",
  thesaurus =    "Hybrid integrated circuits; Low-pass filters;
                 Microwave integrated circuits; Mixers [circuits];
                 Modulators; Packaging; Radiofrequency interference;
                 Swept-frequency oscillators; Thick film devices",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Veteran:1991:DPS,
  author =       "David R. Veteran",
  title =        "{DC-to-50-GHz} programmable step attenuators",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "42",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "47--49",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1991",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Coaxial Attenuators are simple enough in concept but
                 not so easy to design when the required frequency range
                 is dc to 50 GHz. This is especially true when
                 switchability and high repeatability without loss of
                 accuracy and match are required. A few years ago, type
                 N and SMA were the connectors of choice for coaxial
                 devices. Their maximum upper frequency limit was about
                 18 Ghz. Then came the 3.5-mm connector and the upper
                 limit moved up to 26.5 GHz. Now we have moved up again
                 with the advent to the 2.4-mm connector and its 50-GHz
                 capability. The move to ever higher frequencies for
                 broadband measurements has created the need for a whole
                 new generation of coaxial devices. Based on HP's proven
                 edgeline technology, the described attenuators provide
                 the HP 8360 sweepers with up to 90 dB of attenuation in
                 10-dB steps.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1350 (Microwave circuits and devices); B1230B
                 (Oscillators); B1270D (Passive filters and other
                 passive networks)",
  classification = "714; B1230B (Oscillators); B1270D (Passive filters
                 and other passive networks); B1350 (Microwave circuits
                 and devices)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "0; 0 To 50 GHz; 90 DB; 90 dB; attenuators; Coaxial
                 attenuator; coaxial attenuator; Coaxial Attenuators;
                 coaxial cables; Edgeline configuration; Edgeline
                 Configuration; edgeline configuration; Edgeline
                 technology; edgeline technology; Electric Attenuators;
                 Electric Attenuators --- Design; HP 8360 sweepers;
                 microwave devices; Performance; programmable;
                 Programmable Step Attenuators; Programmable step
                 attenuators; step attenuators; to 50 GHz",
  numericalindex = "Frequency 0.0E+00 to 5.0E+10 Hz; Loss 9.0E+01 dB",
  thesaurus =    "Attenuators; Coaxial cables; Microwave devices",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Sayed:1991:HMS,
  author =       "Mohamed M. Sayed and Giovonnae F. Anderson",
  title =        "50-to-110-{GHz} high-performance millimeter-wave
                 source modules",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "42",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "50--64",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1991",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "State-of-the-art microcircuit technologies and
                 development tools were employed to produce a W-band
                 amplifier tripler, a V-band amplifier doubler, an
                 R-band amplifier doubler, and a coupler detector for
                 two new frequency multiplier modules",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1350H (Microwave integrated circuits); B7250E (Signal
                 generators); B1290B (Convertors)",
  classification = "711; 713; B1290B (Convertors); B1350H (Microwave
                 integrated circuits); B7250E (Signal generators)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "50 To 110 GHz; 50 to 110 GHz; Amplifiers --- Design;
                 band amplifier doubler; Coupler detector; coupler
                 detector; Design; EHF; Electric Filters, Low Pass ---
                 Applications; Electronic Circuits, Frequency
                 Multiplying; Flatness Correction; frequency; Frequency
                 multiplier modules; frequency multipliers; integrated
                 circuit technology; microwave generation; Microwave
                 generators; microwave generators; microwave integrated
                 circuits; Microwave oscillators; microwave oscillators;
                 Millimeter Wave Source Modules; Millimeter Waves;
                 MM-wave source; modules; multiplier modules; R-; R-band
                 amplifier doubler; R-Band Amplifier Doubler; V-band
                 amplifier doubler; V-Band Amplifier Doubler; V-band
                 amplifier doubler; W-Band Amplifier Tripler; W-band
                 amplifier tripler",
  numericalindex = "Frequency 5.0E+10 to 1.1E+11 Hz",
  thesaurus =    "Frequency multipliers; Integrated circuit technology;
                 Microwave generation; Microwave integrated circuits;
                 Microwave oscillators; Modules",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Hoover:1991:ITN,
  author =       "David M. Hoover",
  title =        "An instrument for testing {North American} digital
                 cellular radios",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "42",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "65--70, 72",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1991",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Rapid growth in the demand for AMPS (Advanced Mobile
                 Phone Service) cellular radios in North America has
                 caused saturation in current analog cellular frequency
                 bands. This has spurred the development of a new
                 digital cellular standard that will increase the
                 spectrum efficiency of cellular radios to allow more
                 users to share the same frequency spectrum. New
                 dual-mode radios will require testing for both the
                 analog and digital operating modes. The analog tests
                 can be made with currently available test equipment.
                 The HP 11846A $ \pi / 4 $ DQPSK I-Q generator and the
                 HP 11847A $ \pi / 4 $ DQPSK modulation measurement
                 software are two products designed to test the radios'
                 digital mode.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250E (Signal generators); B6120 (Modulation
                 methods); B6250F (Mobile radio systems); B0170E
                 (Production facilities and engineering); B1270F
                 (Digital filters)",
  classification = "713; 716; 723; B0170E (Production facilities and
                 engineering); B1270F (Digital filters); B6120
                 (Modulation methods); B6250F (Mobile radio systems);
                 B7250E (Signal generators)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Advanced Mobile Phone Service; cellular radio;
                 Computer Software --- Applications; cosine filters;
                 Digital Cellular Radios; digital filters; digital radio
                 systems; DQPSK Digital Modulation Format; Electric
                 Filters --- Applications; electronic equipment testing;
                 filtered pi /4 DQPSK; Filtered pi /4 DQPSK; generators;
                 HP 11846A; I baseband signals; North American digital
                 cellular radios; Phase Modulation --- Phase Shift
                 Keying; phase shift keying; Q baseband signals; Radio
                 Receivers; Radio Systems, Mobile --- Cellular
                 Technology; raised; Raised cosine filters; signal;
                 Testing; time division multiple access",
  thesaurus =    "Cellular radio; Digital filters; Digital radio
                 systems; Electronic equipment testing; Phase shift
                 keying; Signal generators; Time division multiple
                 access",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Birgenheier:1991:MMA,
  author =       "Raymond A. Birgenheier",
  title =        "Measuring the Modulation Accuracy of $ \pi / 4 $
                 {DQPSK} Signals for Digital Cellular Transmitters",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "42",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "73--82",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1991",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP 11847A $ \pi / 4 $ DQPSK modulation measurement
                 software performs accurate verification of the RF
                 performance of cellular transmitters conforming to the
                 standard for the North American Dual-Mode Cellular
                 System (NADMCS). The standard was prepared by the TR
                 45.3 subcommittee of the Electronic Industries
                 Association and Telecommunications Industries
                 Association (EIA\slash TIA). Included in the standard
                 are specifications for the maximum carrier frequency
                 error and the modulation accuracy of the transmitter.
                 The modulation accuracy is characterized by the rms
                 error vector magnitude averaged over the detection
                 decision points of a burst.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6250F (Mobile radio systems); B7310Z (Other electric
                 variables); B6120 (Modulation methods); B6140 (Signal
                 processing and detection); B7210B (Automatic test and
                 measurement systems); C7410H (Instrumentation); C7410F
                 (Communications); C5260 (Digital signal processing)",
  classification = "716; 723; 921; B6120 (Modulation methods); B6140
                 (Signal processing and detection); B6250F (Mobile radio
                 systems); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
                 systems); B7310Z (Other electric variables); C5260
                 (Digital signal processing); C7410F (Communications);
                 C7410H (Instrumentation)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Amplitude characteristics; amplitude characteristics;
                 Amplitude error; amplitude error; Amplitude graphs;
                 amplitude graphs; ATE; automatic test equipment;
                 Carrier frequency error; carrier frequency error;
                 cellular radio; cellular transmitters; characteristics;
                 Computer Software --- Applications; computerised signal
                 processing; digital; Digital cellular transmitters;
                 Digital Cellular Transmitters; digital radio; digital
                 signal; Digital signal processing; DQPSK Signals;
                 electric variables measurement; electronic; equipment
                 testing; Error vector magnitude; error vector
                 magnitude; Error vector magnitude graph; error vector
                 magnitude graph; fast Fourier transforms; FFT
                 measurements; HP 11847A; HP 11847A measurement system;
                 HP 11847A software; I-Q diagrams; measurement;
                 measurement system; Modulation accuracy; modulation
                 accuracy; Modulation Accuracy Measurements; Modulation
                 phase; modulation phase; Performance; Phase Modulation
                 --- Phase Shift Keying; Pi /4 DQPSK signals; pi /4
                 DQPSK signals; processing; radio; Radio Systems, Mobile
                 --- Cellular Technology; Radio Transmitters; Signal
                 Processing --- Digital Techniques; systems; TDMA; time
                 division multiple access; transmitters",
  thesaurus =    "Automatic test equipment; Cellular radio;
                 Characteristics measurement; Computerised signal
                 processing; Digital radio systems; Electric variables
                 measurement; Electronic equipment testing; Fast Fourier
                 transforms; Radio transmitters; Time division multiple
                 access",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Neuder:1991:TVT,
  author =       "David L. Neuder",
  title =        "A test verification tool for {C} and {C}++ programs",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "42",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "83--92",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1991",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP Branch Validator provides an automated tool
                 that enables software developers to test and verify the
                 branch coverage of their modules as they are created.
                 The HP Branch Validator makes use of the Encapsulator
                 to provide a friendly window interface which speeds up
                 the process of analyzing branch coverage results. This
                 interface allows the HP Branch Validator to be run as a
                 stand-alone product or as an integrated member of the
                 Softbench environment.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6150G (Diagnostic, testing, debugging and evaluating
                 systems); C6140D (High level languages); C6115
                 (Programming support); C6180G (Graphical user
                 interfaces)",
  classification = "722; 723; C6115 (Programming support); C6140D (High
                 level languages); C6150G (Diagnostic, testing,
                 debugging and evaluating systems); C6180G (Graphical
                 user interfaces)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Automated tool; automated tool; C language; C++; C++
                 programs; Computer Interfaces; Computer Programming
                 Languages --- C; Computer Programs; Computer Software;
                 friendly; Friendly window interface; graphical user
                 interfaces; HP Branch Validator; object-oriented;
                 Preprocessor; program testing; program verification;
                 programming; programs; Softbench environment; software;
                 Software Product Testing; Software tools; software
                 tools; Test Verification Tool; Test verification tool;
                 test verification tool; Testing; tools; window
                 interface",
  thesaurus =    "C language; Graphical user interfaces; Object-oriented
                 programming; Program testing; Program verification;
                 Software tools",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Wickes:1991:HSE,
  author =       "William C. Wickes and Charles M. Patton",
  title =        "The {HP 48SX} scientific expandable calculator:
                 innovation and evolution",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "42",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "6--12",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1991",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Since the introduction of the HP 65 in 1974,
                 Hewlett--Packard has developed a succession of
                 customizable scientific calculators of ever expanding
                 capability. The HP 48SX scientific expandable
                 calculator maintains this trend with an unprecedented
                 combination of features and flexibility. The authors
                 look at its major features which are supported by a
                 hardware set that includes a vertical-format package
                 with 49 keys, a 131-by-64-pixel LCD display with
                 support for fast scrolling of virtual displays that are
                 larger than the physical screen, two plug-in slots for
                 memory cards, a four-wire serial communications port,
                 and an infrared transmitter and receiver.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
  classification = "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
  keywords =     "electronic calculators; Fast scrolling; fast
                 scrolling; Hardware set; hardware set; Hewlett Packard
                 computers; Hewlett--Packard; HP 48SX; Memory cards;
                 memory cards; plug-in; Plug-in slots; Scientific
                 expandable calculator; scientific expandable
                 calculator; Serial communications port; serial
                 communications port; slots; Virtual displays; virtual
                 displays",
  thesaurus =    "Electronic calculators; Hewlett Packard computers",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Beers:1991:HIA,
  author =       "Ted W. Beers and Diana K. Byrne and Gabe L. Eisenstein
                 and Robert W. Jones and Patrick J. Megowan",
  title =        "{HP 48SX} interfaces and applications",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "42",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "13--21",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1991",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Like its predecessor the HP 28S, the HP 48SX
                 scientific expandable calculator is an RPN calculator
                 designed as an electronic scratchpad for mathematical
                 calculations. However, the simple user interface used
                 in the HP 28S would have become overloaded if
                 translated directly to the more capable HP 48SX.
                 Consequently, the HP 48SX contains direct support for
                 developing specialized user interfaces that can replace
                 or extend the basic calculator interface. The support
                 is used in the built-in applications such as the
                 EquationWriter and interactive plotting, and is
                 available for ordinary user programming and for
                 externally developed applications. The authors review
                 the support mechanisms and given several illustrations
                 of their use.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5430 (Microcomputers); C6180 (User interfaces)",
  classification = "C5430 (Microcomputers); C6180 (User interfaces)",
  keywords =     "Direct support; direct support; electronic
                 calculators; Electronic scratchpad; electronic
                 scratchpad; EquationWriter; Hewlett Packard computers;
                 HP 48SX; interactive; Interactive plotting; interfaces;
                 plotting; RPN calculator; Scientific expandable
                 calculator; scientific expandable calculator;
                 Specialized user interfaces; specialized user
                 interfaces; Support mechanisms; support mechanisms;
                 user; User interface; user interface; User programming;
                 user programming",
  thesaurus =    "Electronic calculators; Hewlett Packard computers;
                 User interfaces",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Vogel:1991:HSE,
  author =       "Eric L. Vogel",
  title =        "{HP} solve equation library application card",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "42",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "22--25",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1991",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Historically, every HP programmable calculator has had
                 programs available in some form. The HP Solve Equation
                 Library application card provides this capability for
                 the HP 48SX scientific expandable calculator, but
                 without the limitations of previous pacs. The card
                 contains a library of 315 equations, the periodic table
                 of the elements, a constants library, a multiple
                 equation solver, a finance application, and engineering
                 utilities.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C7300 (Natural sciences); C5140 (Firmware); C5430
                 (Microcomputers)",
  classification = "C5140 (Firmware); C5430 (Microcomputers); C7300
                 (Natural sciences)",
  keywords =     "Application card; application card; Constants library;
                 constants library; Engineering utilities; engineering
                 utilities; Finance application; finance application;
                 firmware; Hewlett Packard computers; HP 48SX; HP Solve
                 Equation Library; Multiple equation solver; multiple
                 equation solver; Periodic table; periodic table;
                 software packages",
  thesaurus =    "Firmware; Hewlett Packard computers; Software
                 packages",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Smith:1991:HDH,
  author =       "Mark A. Smith and Lester S. Moore and Preston D. Brown
                 and James P. Dickie and David L. Smith and Thomas B.
                 Lindberg and M. Jack Muranami",
  title =        "Hardware design of the {HP 48SX} scientific expandable
                 calculator",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "42",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "25--34",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1991",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Leveraging an earlier design resulted in prototypes
                 with 90\% production tooled parts only nine months
                 after the start of the project. The HP 48SX includes an
                 8-line-by-22-character super-twisted nematic liquid
                 crystal display, two expansion ports for ROM or
                 battery-backed RAM cards, and two I/O ports: RS-232 and
                 infrared.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
  classification = "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
  keywords =     "Battery-backed RAM; battery-backed RAM; display;
                 electronic calculators; Expansion ports; expansion
                 ports; Hewlett Packard computers; HP 48SX; I/O; I/O
                 ports; Infrared; infrared; liquid crystal; Liquid
                 crystal display; ports; ROM; RS-232; Scientific
                 expandable calculator; scientific expandable
                 calculator",
  thesaurus =    "Electronic calculators; Hewlett Packard computers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Harper:1991:HCI,
  author =       "Steven L. Harper and Robert S. Worsley",
  title =        "The {HP 48SX} calculator input\slash output system",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "42",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "35--40",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1991",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Describes the input/output system for the HP 48SX
                 calculator. An RS-232 link allows communication with
                 personal computers. An infrared link provides for
                 printing and for two-way calculator-to-calculator
                 communication.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5610N (Network interfaces); C5610P (Peripheral
                 interfaces)",
  classification = "C5610N (Network interfaces); C5610P (Peripheral
                 interfaces)",
  keywords =     "computer interfaces; electronic calculators; HP 48SX;
                 Infrared link; infrared link; Input/output;
                 input/output; RS-232 link",
  thesaurus =    "Computer interfaces; Electronic calculators",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Riper:1991:MHC,
  author =       "Richard W. Riper",
  title =        "Manufacturing the {HP 48SX} calculator",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "42",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "40--43",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1991",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The Hewlett--Packard 48SX is an advanced scientific
                 calculator that reaches new levels of capability and
                 performance. Rather than start with a clean sheet, the
                 design team looked to simplify HP's calculator line
                 when developing the HP 48SX, in particular by making
                 use of common manufacturing processes. This reduced the
                 time to develop the calculator. Sharing common assembly
                 techniques with other HP calculators has also led to
                 improved production efficiency and increased
                 flexibility.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B0170E (Production facilities and engineering); C5430
                 (Microcomputers); C0200 (General computer topics)",
  classification = "B0170E (Production facilities and engineering);
                 C0200 (General computer topics); C5430
                 (Microcomputers)",
  keywords =     "Common assembly techniques; common assembly
                 techniques; Design; design; DP industry; electronic
                 calculators; electronic equipment; Hewlett Packard
                 computers; HP 48SX; HP calculators; manufacture;
                 manufacturing; Manufacturing processes; processes;
                 Production efficiency; production efficiency;
                 Scientific calculator; scientific calculator",
  thesaurus =    "DP industry; Electronic calculators; Electronic
                 equipment manufacture; Hewlett Packard computers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Carlson:1991:SAD,
  author =       "Kristen C. Carlson and James H. Cauthorn and Timothy
                 L. Hillstrom and Roy L. Mason and Joseph F. Tarantino
                 and Jay M. Wardle and Eric J. Wicklund",
  title =        "A 10-Hz-to-150-{MHz} spectrum analyzer with a digital
                 {IF} section",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "42",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "44--64",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1991",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP 3588A spectrum analyzer is a heterodyned,
                 synthesized instrument with a tracking source. It is
                 designed for spectrum and scalar network measurements
                 from 10 Hz to 150 MHz. The key measurement contribution
                 of the HP 3588A is fast, high-resolution, narrowband
                 measurements. By combining digital filtering and FFT
                 (fast Fourier transform) analysis with traditional
                 swept spectrum analysis techniques, the HP 3588A
                 typically provides four times faster swept measurements
                 and up to hundreds of times faster narrowband
                 measurements than were previously available in a swept
                 analyzer. The HP 3588A accomplishes this while
                 achieving superior amplitude accuracy.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
  classification = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
  keywords =     "10 Hz to 150 MHz; computerised instrumentation;
                 High-resolution; high-resolution; HP 3588A;
                 measurements; narrowband; Narrowband measurements;
                 Network measurements; network measurements; spectral
                 analysers",
  numericalindex = "Frequency 1.0E+01 to 1.5E+08 Hz",
  thesaurus =    "Computerised instrumentation; Spectral analysers",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Backman:1991:EPT,
  author =       "Rex A. Backman",
  title =        "Easy-to-use performance tools with a consistent user
                 interface across {HP} operating systems",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "42",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "65--70",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1991",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "All HP computer system users should be able to use and
                 understand their performance tools. This concept was
                 the guiding principle behind the HP GlancePlus family
                 of diagnostic performance tools created by the
                 performance technology center of HP's Application
                 Support Division. Typically, computer system
                 performance tools have been directed towards the
                 technically advanced user. The focus on tools that
                 required a high degree of operating system knowledge
                 left out novice users. Feedback from customers
                 regarding computer system diagnostic performance tools
                 subtly addressed this issue by requesting performance
                 tools that were consistent in look and feel across
                 platforms (MPE V, MPE XL, and HP-UX operating systems),
                 where easy to use, and were low in cost. To answer
                 these customer needs, the HP GlancePlus family of
                 diagnostic performance tools was created.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5470 (Performance evaluation and testing); C7430
                 (Computer engineering)",
  classification = "C5470 (Performance evaluation and testing); C7430
                 (Computer engineering)",
  keywords =     "Customer needs; customer needs; Diagnostic performance
                 tools; diagnostic performance tools; GlancePlus; HP
                 operating systems; performance evaluation; Performance
                 tools; performance tools; software packages",
  thesaurus =    "Performance evaluation; Software packages",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Graves:1991:IPD,
  author =       "Spencer B. Graves and William P. Carmichael and
                 Douglas Daetz and Edith Wilson",
  title =        "Improving the product development process",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "42",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "71--76",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1991",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Managers in marketing, manufacturing, and especially
                 research and development at HP are becoming more aware
                 that they jointly manage a cross-functional process.
                 Their people define and design a product and develop
                 processes to manufacture and market that product. Many
                 HP divisions are working to improve this process. Their
                 improvement efforts rely on concepts such as break-even
                 time (BET), post-introduction product reviews,
                 in-process project retrospective reviews, and quality
                 function deployment (QFD). The authors briefly describe
                 these techniques.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C0310 (EDP management)",
  classification = "C0310 (EDP management)",
  keywords =     "Break-even time; break-even time; DP industry;
                 electronic equipment manufacture; Hewlett; HP;
                 In-process project retrospective reviews; in-process
                 project retrospective reviews; Packard computers;
                 post-introduction; Post-introduction product reviews;
                 Product development; product development; product
                 reviews; Quality function deployment; quality function
                 deployment",
  thesaurus =    "DP industry; Electronic equipment manufacture; Hewlett
                 Packard computers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Lubkin:1991:DSC,
  author =       "David C. Lubkin",
  title =        "{DSEE}: {A} Software Configuration Management Tool",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "42",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "77--83",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1991",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The Domain Software Engineering Environment (DSEE) is
                 a configuration management system that is useful for
                 managing large, complex software development and
                 maintenance projects. DSEE runs on the Apollo Domain
                 operating system (Domain/OS) and is in use at over 6000
                 sites world-wide, including HP Apollo. DSEE is designed
                 to deal with the particular problems of large-scale
                 software development. The latest version of DSEE,
                 version 4, makes the configuration management
                 capabilities of DSEE available to a variety of
                 non-Apollo systems.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6115 (Programming support)",
  classification = "C6115 (Programming support)",
  keywords =     "Apollo Domain; Apollo Domain operating system;
                 Configuration management; configuration management;
                 Domain Software Engineering Environment; DSEE; Hewlett
                 Packard computers; operating system; software tools;
                 Version 4; version 4",
  thesaurus =    "Hewlett Packard computers; Software tools",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Goodnow:1991:MSP,
  author =       "John W. Goodnow",
  title =        "A mechanism to support parallel development via
                 {RCS}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "42",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "84--89",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1991",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "HP's Imaging Systems Division uses the HP-UX revision
                 control system utility, RCS, to implement a
                 configuration management system that allows stable,
                 released software to remain unchanged while
                 modifications are made to some of its components. The
                 author describes a simple mechanism, based on the HP-UX
                 platform and the RCS (revision control system) utility,
                 for effectively achieving parallel development
                 capabilities and implementing baseline configuration
                 management. The mechanism described is reliable,
                 robust, and simple to use and administrate.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6115 (Programming support); C6110P (Parallel
                 programming)",
  classification = "C6110P (Parallel programming); C6115 (Programming
                 support)",
  keywords =     "baseline; Baseline configuration management;
                 configuration management; Configuration management
                 system; configuration management system; HP-UX;
                 Parallel development; parallel development; parallel
                 programming; RCS; revision control system; Revision
                 control system utility; software tools; utility",
  thesaurus =    "Parallel programming; Software tools",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Richardson:1991:BMI,
  author =       "Ronald F. Richardson",
  title =        "Building and managing an integrated project support
                 environment",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "42",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "90--96",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1991",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Discusses cost-effective HP-UX computing and ways of
                 reducing the effort of maintaining and administering
                 this environment. The main areas discussed include
                 financial aspects, cooperative computing, network
                 architecture, and a management model for system
                 administration.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6115 (Programming support)",
  classification = "C6115 (Programming support)",
  keywords =     "Cooperative computing; cooperative computing;
                 Cost-effective; cost-effective; HP-; HP-UX; Integrated
                 project support environment; integrated project support
                 environment; management; Management model; model;
                 Network architecture; network architecture; project
                 support environments; UX",
  thesaurus =    "Project support environments",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Westerteicher:1991:IHC,
  author =       "Christoph Westerteicher",
  title =        "Introduction to the {HP} Component Monitoring System",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "42",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "6--8, 10",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1991",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Patient monitors are used in a variety of departments
                 within hospitals. These include operating rooms,
                 intensive care units, cardiac care units, in-hospital
                 and out-of-hospital transportation, and special
                 function areas such as lithotripsy and X-ray. A patient
                 monitoring system must be versatile and applicable to
                 most of these areas. The HP Component Monitoring System
                 is designed to meet these requirements. The article
                 outlines the high-level project goals and the
                 approaches taken to meet them. It also describes the
                 overall hardware and software architecture.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C7330 (Biology and medicine); C5430 (Microcomputers);
                 C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays); C6150 (Systems
                 software); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
  classification = "C5430 (Microcomputers); C5540 (Terminals and graphic
                 displays); C6150 (Systems software); C7330 (Biology and
                 medicine); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
  keywords =     "cardiac; Cardiac care units; care units; computer
                 graphic equipment; computerised monitoring; Hewlett;
                 Hospitals; hospitals; HP Component; HP Component
                 Monitoring System; In-hospital; in-hospital; Intensive
                 care units; intensive care units; interactive
                 terminals; Lithotripsy; lithotripsy; microcomputers;
                 Monitoring System; Operating rooms; operating rooms;
                 Out-of-hospital transportation; out-of-hospital
                 transportation; Packard computers; patient monitoring;
                 Patient monitoring system; patient monitoring system;
                 systems software; X-ray",
  thesaurus =    "Computer graphic equipment; Computerised monitoring;
                 Hewlett Packard computers; Interactive terminals;
                 Microcomputers; Patient monitoring; Systems software",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1991:MET,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Medical Expectations of Today's Patient Monitors",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "42",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "9--9",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1991",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Westerteicher:1991:CMS,
  author =       "Christoph Westerteicher and Werner E. Heim",
  title =        "Component {Monitoring System} hardware architecture",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "42",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "10--13 (or 10--12??)",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1991",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The prime objective in the development of the HP
                 Component Monitoring System was to build a patient
                 monitor that would adapt optimally to the majority of
                 clinical applications, now and in the foreseeable
                 future. The authors describe the system's hardware
                 architecture in detail. It comprises the computer
                 module, message passing bus, central plane and power
                 supply, and the display.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C7330 (Biology and medicine); C5430 (Microcomputers);
                 C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays); C5610S (System
                 buses)C5220 (Computer architecture); C7410H
                 (Instrumentation)C5150 (Other circuits for digital
                 computers)",
  classification = "C5150 (Other circuits for digital computers); C5220
                 (Computer architecture); C5430 (Microcomputers); C5540
                 (Terminals and graphic displays); C5610S (System
                 buses); C7330 (Biology and medicine); C7410H
                 (Instrumentation)",
  keywords =     "architecture; central; Central plane; computer;
                 computer architecture; computer graphic equipment;
                 Computer module; computer module; computerised
                 monitoring; computers; Display; display; hardware;
                 Hardware architecture; Hewlett Packard; HP Component
                 Monitoring System; interactive terminals; interfaces;
                 Message passing bus; message passing bus; Patient
                 monitor; patient monitor; patient monitoring; plane;
                 power; Power supply; power supply; supplies to
                 apparatus",
  thesaurus =    "Computer architecture; Computer graphic equipment;
                 Computer interfaces; Computerised monitoring; Hewlett
                 Packard computers; Interactive terminals; Patient
                 monitoring; Power supplies to apparatus",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Reiche:1991:CMS,
  author =       "Martin Reiche",
  title =        "Component {Monitoring System} software architecture",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "42",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "13--18",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1991",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Component Monitoring System software modules show
                 significantly different profiles in resource
                 requirements, must share a multiprocessor real-time
                 system in varying configurations without conflicts,
                 have to act and communicate in a meaningful way with
                 regard to the current configuration, and are
                 implemented by different people in different places at
                 different times. This makes standardization difficult.
                 The paper shows how these problems were overcome, both
                 from an architectural point of view and from a
                 development environment perspective. It covers the
                 layered software scheme, modules and messages, virtual
                 processor, execution model, communication model, and
                 automated configuration.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C7330 (Biology and medicine); C6115 (Programming
                 support); C6150 (Systems software)",
  classification = "C6115 (Programming support); C6150 (Systems
                 software); C7330 (Biology and medicine)",
  keywords =     "Automated configuration; automated configuration;
                 Communication model; communication model; Component
                 Monitoring System software; Development environment;
                 development environment; environments; Execution model;
                 execution model; Hewlett Packard computers; Layered
                 software; layered software; Messages; messages;
                 Modules; modules; multiprocessor real-; Multiprocessor
                 real-time system; patient monitoring; programming;
                 systems software; time system; Virtual processor;
                 virtual processor",
  thesaurus =    "Hewlett Packard computers; Patient monitoring;
                 Programming environments; Systems software",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1991:CMSa,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Component Monitoring System Software",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "42",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "14--14",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1991",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1991:CMSb,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Component Monitoring System Software Development
                 Environment",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "42",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "15--18",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1991",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Kaiser:1991:CMS,
  author =       "Winfried Kaiser",
  title =        "Component {Monitoring System} parameter module
                 interface",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "42",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "19--21 (or 19--20??)",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1991",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The parameter module interface of the HP Component
                 Monitoring System is the interconnection between the
                 computer module and the module rack. The module rack
                 can house a wide range and a varying number of
                 parameter modules. By means of transducers attached to
                 the patient the parameter modules measure the patient's
                 vital signs. These devices include the ECG temperature,
                 and recorder modules, and many others. The paper
                 discusses the link design, communication protocol, scan
                 table, and parameter module interaction.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C7330 (Biology and medicine); C5610P (Peripheral
                 interfaces)",
  classification = "C5610P (Peripheral interfaces); C7330 (Biology and
                 medicine)",
  keywords =     "Communication protocol; communication protocol;
                 computer interfaces; Computer module; computer module;
                 ECG; Hewlett Packard computers; HP Component Monitoring
                 System; Link design; link design; Module rack; module
                 rack; monitoring; Parameter module interface; parameter
                 module interface; Patient; patient; Recorder modules;
                 recorder modules; Scan table; scan table; signs;
                 Temperature; temperature; Transducers; transducers;
                 vital; Vital signs",
  thesaurus =    "Computer interfaces; Hewlett Packard computers;
                 Patient monitoring",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Grossbach:1991:MES,
  author =       "Wolfgang Grossbach",
  title =        "Measuring the {ECG} Signal with a Mixed Analog-Digital
                 Application-Specific {IC}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "42",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "21--24",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1991",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Putting the ECG data acquisition subsystem, into a HP
                 Component Monitoring System parameter module mandates
                 high-density packaging and low power consumption, and
                 was only possible by implementing major elements of the
                 circuit in a large mixed analog-digital ASIC. The
                 author describes the ECG signal characteristics,
                 electrocardiograph ASIC, and pace pulse detection
                 circuit.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7510D (Bioelectric signals); B1280 (Mixed
                 analogue-digital circuits)",
  classification = "B1280 (Mixed analogue-digital circuits); B7510D
                 (Bioelectric signals)",
  keywords =     "acquisition subsystem; application specific integrated
                 circuits; ASIC; biomedical; Component Monitoring System
                 parameter; Component Monitoring System parameter
                 module; detector circuits; ECG data; ECG data
                 acquisition subsystem; ECG signal characteristics;
                 electrocardiograph ASIC; Electrocardiograph ASIC;
                 electrocardiography; electronics; mixed analog-digital;
                 mixed analog-digital application-specific IC; Mixed
                 analog-digital application-specific IC; Mixed
                 analog-digital ASIC; module; monitoring; pace pulse
                 detection circuit; Pace pulse detection circuit;
                 packaging; Packaging; patient; power consumption; Power
                 consumption",
  thesaurus =    "Application specific integrated circuits; Biomedical
                 electronics; Detector circuits; Electrocardiography;
                 Patient monitoring",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
  xxauthor =     "W. Grossback",
}

@Article{Rometsch:1991:VSN,
  author =       "Rainer Rometsch",
  title =        "A very small noninvasive blood pressure measurement
                 device",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "42",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "25--26",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1991",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The noninvasive blood pressure module of the HP
                 Component Monitoring System is a double-width parameter
                 module used to measure and calculate a patient's
                 systolic, diastolic, and mean blood pressure. The
                 method is based on inflating a cuff on the patient's
                 arm until all blood flow is suppressed in this
                 extremity. The pressure in the cuff is then slowly
                 deflated, and by using the oscillometric measurement
                 technique, both the high and low blood pressures and
                 the mean value can be determined. Physically the
                 noninvasive blood pressure module consists of two
                 parts. One is the electronic board, which contains the
                 power supply the signal acquisition circuitry, and the
                 interface to the computer module. The other is the pump
                 assembly which is responsible for the controlled
                 inflation and deflation of the cuff. Because of the
                 required size of the pump assembly and the need to
                 reduce the number of individual parts, a totally new
                 approach was taken in the design of this mechanical
                 part. The solution implemented is a self-contained
                 function block allowing a stringent separation between
                 the electronic printed circuit board and the pneumatic
                 system.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A8770 (Biomedical engineering); A0630N (Pressure
                 measurement)A8745H (Haemodynamics, pneumodynamics);
                 B7510 (Biomedical measurement and imaging); B7320V
                 (Pressure and vacuum); B7210B (Automatic test and
                 measurement systems); C7330 (Biology and medicine);
                 C7410H (Instrumentation)",
  classification = "A0630N (Pressure measurement); A8745H
                 (Haemodynamics, pneumodynamics); A8770 (Biomedical
                 engineering); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
                 systems); B7320V (Pressure and vacuum); B7510
                 (Biomedical measurement and imaging); C7330 (Biology
                 and medicine); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
  keywords =     "biomedical equipment; Blood flow; blood flow;
                 computerised monitoring; Double-width parameter module;
                 double-width parameter module; Electronic printed
                 circuit board; electronic printed circuit board;
                 haemodynamics; Hewlett Packard computers; HP Component;
                 HP Component Monitoring System; Interface; interface;
                 low blood; Low blood pressures; mean blood; Mean blood
                 pressure; monitoring; Monitoring System; Noninvasive
                 blood pressure measurement device; noninvasive blood
                 pressure measurement device; Oscillometric measurement;
                 oscillometric measurement; patient; Pneumatic system;
                 pneumatic system; Power supply; power supply; pressure;
                 pressure measurement; pressures; Pump assembly; pump
                 assembly; Self-contained function block; self-contained
                 function block; Signal acquisition circuitry; signal
                 acquisition circuitry",
  thesaurus =    "Biomedical equipment; Computerised monitoring;
                 Haemodynamics; Hewlett Packard computers; Patient
                 monitoring; Pressure measurement",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Bank:1991:PMT,
  author =       "Leslie Bank",
  title =        "A Patient Monitor Two-Channel Stripchart Recorder",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "42",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "26--28",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1991",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP Component Monitoring System philosophy of
                 allowing the monitor configuration to change with the
                 patient's needs extends to the recording function. The
                 two-channel recorder can be moved around like any other
                 parameter module. This approach, along with the
                 requirements for ease of use, high reliability, high
                 performance for many types of applications, low
                 manufacturing cost, and low power led to the following
                 set of major specifications: size: double-width
                 parameter module; power consumption: approximately 6
                 watts maximum; number of waveforms: 3; lines of
                 character printing: 3; and paper: 50-mm-by-30-m
                 rolls.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C7330 (Biology and medicine); C5550 (Printers,
                 plotters and other hard-copy output devices)",
  classification = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices); C7330 (Biology and medicine)",
  keywords =     "Component Monitoring System; Hewlett Packard
                 computers; HP; HP Component Monitoring System; Patient
                 monitor two-channel stripchart recorder; patient
                 monitoring; printers; thermal",
  thesaurus =    "Hewlett Packard computers; Patient monitoring; Thermal
                 printers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Tivig:1991:PMH,
  author =       "Gerhard Tivig and Wilhelm Meier",
  title =        "Patient Monitor Human Interface Design",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "42",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "29--36",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1991",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The design of the human interface for the HP Component
                 Monitoring system is discussed. Topics covered include:
                 environments where the HP system is used and users;
                 design objectives; elements of the human interface; the
                 hifsium simulation tool; usability testing; ease of use
                 design; the display; and software architecture.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C7330 (Biology and medicine); C6180 (User
                 interfaces)",
  classification = "C6180 (User interfaces); C7330 (Biology and
                 medicine)",
  keywords =     "Display; display; Ease of use design; ease of use
                 design; Environments; environments; Hewlett Packard
                 computers; Hifsium simulation tool; hifsium simulation
                 tool; HP Component Monitoring system; Human interface;
                 human interface; interfaces; patient monitoring;
                 Software architecture; software architecture; Usability
                 testing; usability testing; user",
  thesaurus =    "Hewlett Packard computers; Patient monitoring; User
                 interfaces",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Tivig:1991:GTP,
  author =       "Gerhard Tivig",
  title =        "Globalization tools and processes in the {HP Component
                 Monitoring System}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "42",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "37--40 (or 37--39??)",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1991",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP Component Monitoring System is an international
                 product designed for a worldwide market. To fulfil the
                 requirements of introducing localized versions, a
                 number of goals were set forth in the design phase.
                 These goals were the decentralization of localization
                 efforts, the automation of the localization process,
                 and the standardization of interfaces. A native
                 language support (NLS) database was introduced,
                 together with a translation tool. Both are described in
                 detail.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C7330 (Biology and medicine); C6180N (Natural language
                 processing); C7820 (Humanities)",
  classification = "C6180N (Natural language processing); C7330 (Biology
                 and medicine); C7820 (Humanities)",
  keywords =     "Database; database; Hewlett Packard computers; HP
                 Component Monitoring System; language support; language
                 translation; languages; Localization; localization;
                 native; Native language support; natural; NLS; patient
                 monitoring; Translation tool; translation tool",
  thesaurus =    "Hewlett Packard computers; Language translation;
                 Natural languages; Patient monitoring",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Weisner:1991:PCA,
  author =       "Steven J. Weisner and Paul Johnson",
  title =        "The Physiological Calculation Application in the {HP}
                 Component Monitoring System",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "42",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "40--43",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1991",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The Component Monitoring System data management
                 calculations package provides the clinician with a
                 means of reducing the large volume of raw vital-signs
                 data into a manageable set of variables. Measures of
                 cardiovascular performance, blood oxygen content and
                 delivery, and respiratory gas exchange can be obtained
                 through the hemodynamic, oxygenation, and ventilation
                 calculations. These calculations are vital to the
                 clinical diagnosis and prognosis of the critically ill
                 patient.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7510 (Biomedical measurement and imaging); C7330
                 (Biology and medicine)",
  classification = "B7510 (Biomedical measurement and imaging); C7330
                 (Biology and medicine)",
  keywords =     "Blood oxygen content; blood oxygen content; Blood
                 oxygen delivery; blood oxygen delivery; calculation;
                 calculations package; cardiovascular; Cardiovascular
                 performance; Clinical diagnosis; clinical diagnosis;
                 Clinical prognosis; clinical prognosis; Critically ill
                 patient; critically ill patient; data management; Data
                 management calculations package; Hemodynamic;
                 hemodynamic; Hewlett Packard computers; HP Component
                 Monitoring System; models; Oxygenation; oxygenation;
                 patient monitoring; performance; physiological;
                 Physiological calculation; Raw vital-signs data; raw
                 vital-signs data; Respiratory gas exchange; respiratory
                 gas exchange; Ventilation; ventilation",
  thesaurus =    "Hewlett Packard computers; Patient monitoring;
                 Physiological models",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Daumuller:1991:MIH,
  author =       "Karl Daumuller and Erwin Flachslander",
  title =        "Mechanical Implementation of the {HP} Component
                 Monitoring System",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "42",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "44--48",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1991",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "From the mechanical perspective, the HP Component
                 Monitoring System offered several challenges. Among the
                 most important were the definition of the architecture
                 of the computer module and the design of the
                 sheet-metal and plastic parts for this component. Other
                 mechanical highlights include the implementation of the
                 display front assembly and the construction of the
                 parameter modules.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
  classification = "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
  keywords =     "Architecture; architecture; computer; Computer module;
                 Display front assembly; display front assembly; Hewlett
                 Packard computers; HP Component Monitoring System;
                 microcomputers; module; packaging; Parameter modules;
                 parameter modules; patient monitoring; Plastic parts;
                 plastic parts; Sheet-metal; sheet-metal",
  thesaurus =    "Hewlett Packard computers; Microcomputers; Packaging;
                 Patient monitoring",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Goring:1991:ATE,
  author =       "Dieter Goring",
  title =        "The automated test environment for a medical patient
                 monitoring system",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "42",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "49--52 (or 49--51??)",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1991",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The AUTOTEST program controls programmable patient
                 signal simulators which play the role of a critically
                 ill patient. It also controls a keypusher, which can
                 capture and execute keystrokes to operate the monitor.
                 It cannot `watch' the monitor's display, but `takes a
                 snapshot' of all important information (parameter
                 numeric values, all alarm and inoperative messages) of
                 the display's content whenever needed. All this
                 information is sent over the serial distribution
                 network every second. These features make the program
                 ideal for software testing for the HP Component
                 monitoring system.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C7330 (Biology and medicine); C6150G (Diagnostic,
                 testing, debugging and evaluating systems); C6115
                 (Programming support)",
  classification = "C6115 (Programming support); C6150G (Diagnostic,
                 testing, debugging and evaluating systems); C7330
                 (Biology and medicine)",
  keywords =     "Automated test environment; automated test
                 environment; automatic testing; AUTOTEST program;
                 Critically ill patient; critically ill patient; HP
                 Component monitoring system; Keypusher; keypusher;
                 Keystrokes; keystrokes; medical patient monitoring;
                 Medical patient monitoring system; Parameter numeric
                 values; parameter numeric values; patient monitoring;
                 program testing; programmable patient signal;
                 Programmable patient signal simulators; programming
                 environments; Serial distribution network; serial
                 distribution network; simulators; Software testing;
                 software testing; system",
  thesaurus =    "Automatic testing; Patient monitoring; Program
                 testing; Programming environments",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Schuster:1991:PFT,
  author =       "Otto Schuster and Joachim Weller",
  title =        "Production and Final Test of the {HP} Component
                 Monitoring System",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "42",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "52--54",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1991",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "One of the keys to success in manufacturing a new
                 product is the concurrent design of the product and its
                 production processes from the very beginning of a
                 project. Therefore, a team of experienced manufacturing
                 engineers was integrated into the HP Component
                 Monitoring System project and physically located in the
                 R and D laboratory. In this way, product designs and
                 production process designs were able to influence each
                 other before all details had been worked out. The
                 authors show how a vertically oriented material flow
                 minimizes handling and simplifies customization. Also
                 how final test systems minimise human errors and
                 collect data for process quality monitoring.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C7330 (Biology and medicine)",
  classification = "C7330 (Biology and medicine)",
  keywords =     "automatic testing; Final test systems; final test
                 systems; flow; Hewlett Packard computers; HP Component
                 Monitoring System; monitoring; patient; Process quality
                 monitoring; process quality monitoring; quality
                 control; vertically oriented material; Vertically
                 oriented material flow",
  thesaurus =    "Automatic testing; Hewlett Packard computers; Patient
                 monitoring; Quality control",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Ward:1991:CRC,
  author =       "William T. Ward",
  title =        "Calculating the real cost of software defects",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "42",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "55--58 (or 55--57??)",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1991",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The paper presents a technique that can be used to
                 calculate software defect cost values. Historical HP
                 Waltham software quality and project data is applied to
                 cost calculations so that realistic results can be
                 obtained. Although additional investigations, such as a
                 determination of postrelease software defect cost,
                 might provide a more detailed analysis of cost, the
                 data presented is accurate and provides compelling
                 financial motivation for improved software quality.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6110B (Software engineering techniques)",
  classification = "C6110B (Software engineering techniques)",
  keywords =     "HP Waltham; HP Waltham software quality; Project data;
                 project data; quality control; Software defect cost
                 values; software defect cost values; Software metrics;
                 software metrics; software quality; software
                 reliability",
  thesaurus =    "Quality control; Software metrics; Software
                 reliability",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Blakely:1991:CSC,
  author =       "Frank W. Blakely and Mark E. Boles",
  title =        "A Case Study of Code Inspections",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "42",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "58--63",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1991",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The code inspection process is a tool that can be used
                 early in the software development cycle to help improve
                 the quality of software products and the productivity
                 of development engineers. The authors describe their
                 experiences in bringing the code inspection process to
                 the HP Application Support Division (ASD). They
                 describe both the positive and negative findings
                 related to using code inspections. Although they only
                 have metrics for one project, the main goal is to
                 present how they implemented the inspection process and
                 to illustrate the type of data to collect and what
                 might be done with the data.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6115 (Programming support); C6110B (Software
                 engineering techniques)",
  classification = "C6110B (Software engineering techniques); C6115
                 (Programming support)",
  keywords =     "code; Code inspections; HP Application; HP Application
                 Support Division; inspections; quality control;
                 Software development cycle; software development cycle;
                 Software metrics; software metrics; Software quality;
                 software quality; software reliability; Software tools;
                 software tools; Support Division",
  thesaurus =    "Quality control; Software metrics; Software
                 reliability; Software tools",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Shintaku:1991:HVP,
  author =       "Larry Shintaku and M. Jerbic and M. Linsley",
  title =        "The {HP Vectra} 486 Personal Computer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "42",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "69--72",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1991",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP Vectra 486 PC was the first of HP's new
                 generation of personal computers using the Intel486
                 microprocessor and the EISA (Extended Industry Standard
                 Architecture) bus architecture. The Intel486 is a
                 high-performance microprocessor that integrates the
                 CPU. 8K bytes of cache, and a math coprocessor onto one
                 chip running at a clock speed of 25 or 33 MHz. The CPU
                 instruction set is optimized to execute instructions
                 and move data in fewer clock cycles than its
                 predecessor, the Intel386 microprocessor. The EISA bus
                 definition objectives were to migrate the existing
                 16-bit Industry Standard Architecture (ISA) bus into a
                 32-bit bus, improve the DMA performance, and provide
                 support for multiple bus masters. The paper presents a
                 system overview together with a product development
                 overview.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
  classification = "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
  keywords =     "25; 25 MHz; 32 Bit; 32 bit; 33 MHz; 8 KB; 8 kB;
                 Architecture; Bus architecture; bus architecture;
                 Cache; cache; Clock cycles; clock cycles; CPU; CPU
                 instruction set; DMA performance; EISA; Extended
                 Industry Standard; Extended Industry Standard
                 Architecture; Hewlett Packard computers; HP Vectra 486
                 PC; HP Vectra 486 personal computer; instruction set;
                 Intel486; Intel486 microprocessor; Math coprocessor;
                 math coprocessor; MHz; microcomputers; microprocessor",
  numericalindex = "Memory size 8.2E+03 Byte; Frequency 2.5E+07 Hz;
                 Frequency 3.3E+07 Hz; Word length 3.2E+01 bit",
  thesaurus =    "Hewlett Packard computers; Microcomputers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1991:HVE,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "The {HP Vectra} 486 {EISA SCSI} Subsystem",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "42",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "70--71",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1991",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1991:HV,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "The {HP Vectra} 486\slash {33T}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "42",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "72--72",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1991",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Raynham:1991:EC,
  author =       "Michael B. Raynham and Douglas M. Thom and T. Dowden",
  title =        "The {EISA} connector",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "42",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "73--77 (or 73--74??)",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1991",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Engineers from HP's personal computer group were
                 involved in defining the physical and electrical design
                 of the I/O bus, the board connectors, and the logic
                 controlling bus timing for the EISA bus specification.
                 Their most obvious contribution was the double-decker
                 EISA connector. This connector has two levels of pins.
                 The first level maintains ISA compatibility and the
                 second level adds the pins for the EISA bus
                 specification. The article describes the EISA connector
                 and some aspects of the development partnership that
                 led to the development of the connector and I/O card
                 hardware.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5610S (System buses)",
  classification = "C5610S (System buses)",
  keywords =     "Board connectors; board connectors; computer
                 interfaces; Double-decker EISA connector; double-decker
                 EISA connector; EISA bus specification; Hewlett Packard
                 computers; I/O bus; ISA compatibility; Logic
                 controlling bus timing; logic controlling bus timing;
                 Pins; pins",
  thesaurus =    "Computer interfaces; Hewlett Packard computers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1991:ECS,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "{EISA} Configuration Software",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "42",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "75--77",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1991",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Lang:1991:HVM,
  author =       "Marilyn J. Lang and Gary W. Lum",
  title =        "The {HP Vectra} 486 memory controller",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "42",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "78--83 (or 78--82??)",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1991",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "During the investigation phase for the HP Vectra 486
                 personal computer, in-house performance tools confirmed
                 that the memory system was a key to overall system
                 performance. Selecting an optimal memory and controller
                 architecture for a high-performance memory subsystem
                 was a major design consideration for the HP Vectra 487
                 design team. With these objectives, the team began
                 investigating relevant technologies that would help
                 determine the optimal feature set. Three main areas
                 where focused on: the Intel486's burst-mode capability,
                 the 4M-bit DRAM, and the emerging 36-bit SIMM (single
                 in-line memory module) standard for PCs.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5610P (Peripheral interfaces); C5320G (Semiconductor
                 storage)",
  classification = "C5320G (Semiconductor storage); C5610P (Peripheral
                 interfaces)",
  keywords =     "buffer storage; Burst-mode; burst-mode; computer
                 interfaces; DRAM; DRAM chips; Hewlett; HP Vectra 486
                 memory controller; Intel486; microcomputers; Packard
                 computers; SIMM; Single in-line memory module; single
                 in-line memory module; Standard; standard",
  thesaurus =    "Buffer storage; Computer interfaces; DRAM chips;
                 Hewlett Packard computers; Microcomputers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Narayanan:1991:HVB,
  author =       "Viswanathan S. Narayanan and Thomas Tom and Irvin R.
                 Jones and Philip Garcia and Christophe Grosther",
  title =        "The {HP Vectra} 486 Basic {I/O} System",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "42",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "83--92 (or 83--91??)",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1991",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The Basic I/O System (BIOS) is the lowest-level
                 software interface between the hardware and the
                 operating system in the HP Vectra 486 personal
                 computer. The BIOS consists of a power-on self-test and
                 function support for the DOS operating system. The
                 power-on self-test performs testing and initialization
                 of the various components of the system and loads the
                 operating system. The rest of the BIOS supports
                 functions to access the various DOS devices. The
                 article describes the development process and the
                 features incorporated into the HP Vectra 486 BIOS to
                 support the Intel486 microprocessor and the Extended
                 Industry Standard Architecture (EISA).",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6150J (Operating systems)",
  classification = "C6150J (Operating systems)",
  keywords =     "486 BIOS; Basic I/O System; DOS operating system;
                 EISA; Extended Industry; Extended Industry Standard
                 Architecture; Function support; function support;
                 Hardware; hardware; Hewlett Packard computers; HP
                 Vectra; HP Vectra 486 BIOS; input-output programs;
                 Intel486 microprocessor; microcomputers; power-on;
                 Power-on self-test; self-test; Software interface;
                 software interface; Standard Architecture",
  thesaurus =    "Hewlett Packard computers; Input-output programs;
                 Microcomputers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Blevins:1991:PAP,
  author =       "David W. Blevins and Christopher A. Bartholomew and
                 John D. Graf",
  title =        "Performance analysis of personal computer
                 workstations",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "42",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "92--96",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1991",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Describes the tools and methodologies used by HP
                 engineers to accomplish performance analysis for
                 personal computers. The hardware tools include:
                 processor activity monitor and backplane I/O activity
                 monitor. The software tools include: cache simulator
                 and memory subsystem simulator.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5470 (Performance evaluation and testing); C5430
                 (Microcomputers)",
  classification = "C5430 (Microcomputers); C5470 (Performance
                 evaluation and testing)",
  keywords =     "activity monitor; backplane I/O; Backplane I/O
                 activity monitor; Cache simulator; cache simulator;
                 Hardware tools; hardware tools; HP; memory; Memory
                 subsystem simulator; microcomputers; Performance
                 analysis; performance analysis; performance evaluation;
                 Personal computer workstations; personal computer
                 workstations; Processor activity monitor; processor
                 activity monitor; Software tools; software tools;
                 subsystem simulator; workstations",
  thesaurus =    "Microcomputers; Performance evaluation; Workstations",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Amino:1991:HSI,
  author =       "M. J. Amino and C. Givens and M. Ikemoto and A. C.
                 Miranda and S. A. Gulland and K. A. Fulton and I. S.
                 Smith",
  title =        "{HP Software Integration Sockets}: a tool for linking
                 islands of automation",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "42",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "6--23",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1991",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "HP Software Integration Sockets (HP Sockets) is a
                 software tool that enables efficient and reliable
                 integration of new and existing software applications
                 in a network of different computer systems and diverse
                 applications. HP Sockets is designed to help system
                 integrators overcome problems that are common in
                 software integration and difficult to solve. HP Sockets
                 provides a comprehensive set of communication features
                 that are both broad and deep. It is intended to fulfill
                 the needs of interapplication communications for file
                 and message transfer. HP Sockets runs on HP 9000 Series
                 300, 400, 700, and 800 computers running the HP-UX
                 operating system, and HP 3000 Series 900 computers
                 running the MPE XL operating system. Sockets can also
                 communicate with non-HP systems. After a brief
                 overview, the article describes the operation and
                 implementation of the major components of HP Sockets.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6115 (Programming support)",
  classification = "C6115 (Programming support)",
  keywords =     "communication; Communication features; features; HP
                 9000; HP Sockets; HP Software Integration Sockets;
                 HP-UX; Interapplication communications;
                 interapplication communications; Message transfer;
                 message transfer; MPE XL; Software integration;
                 software integration; Software tool; software tool;
                 software tools; System integrators; system
                 integrators",
  thesaurus =    "Software tools",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Bear:1991:RSE,
  author =       "S. P. Bear and T. W. Rush",
  title =        "Rigorous software engineering: a method for preventing
                 software defects",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "42",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "24--31",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1991",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Formal specification languages enable software
                 engineers to apply the rigorous concepts of discrete
                 mathematics to the software development process.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6110B (Software engineering techniques)",
  classification = "C6110B (Software engineering techniques)",
  keywords =     "Discrete mathematics; discrete mathematics;
                 engineering; formal specification; Formal specification
                 languages; formal specification languages; languages;
                 Rigorous technique; rigorous technique; software;
                 Software development; software development; Software
                 engineering; software engineering; specification",
  thesaurus =    "Formal specification; Software engineering;
                 Specification languages",
  treatment =    "P Practical; T Theoretical or Mathematical",
}

@Article{Goldsack:1991:SEM,
  author =       "P. C. Goldsack and T. W. Rush",
  title =        "Specifying an electronic mail system with {HP-SL}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "42",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "32--39",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1991",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Specifications tend to be used for three main
                 purposes. The first is to help analyze the requirements
                 of a system by constructing an abstract model. The
                 process of constructing the model, and the subsequent
                 reasoning about its behavior, will typically result in
                 extensive discussion about the fundamental required
                 behavior of the system. The second purpose is to
                 provide concrete, unambiguous descriptions of the
                 system that are open to detailed review. The third
                 purpose is to act as a guide to the developers of the
                 system by describing the necessary properties of their
                 programs. The paper provides an introduction to using
                 HP-SL notation for the specification of a simple mail
                 system. Although the mail system and its specification
                 are simplified, enough of the system is specified to
                 demonstrate the essential aspects of the HP-SL notation
                 and the specification process.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6110B (Software engineering techniques); C7104
                 (Office automation)",
  classification = "C6110B (Software engineering techniques); C7104
                 (Office automation)",
  keywords =     "abstract; Abstract model; electronic mail; Electronic
                 mail system; electronic mail system; formal
                 specification; HP-SL; HP-SL notation; languages; model;
                 Specification; specification; Specification process;
                 specification process",
  thesaurus =    "Electronic mail; Formal specification; Specification
                 languages",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Harry:1991:SRB,
  author =       "P. D. Harry and T. W. Rush",
  title =        "Specifying real-time behavior in {HP-SL}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "42",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "40--45",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1991",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Many of the systems that HP builds must be able to
                 exhibit real-time properties such as concurrency.
                 Therefore, it is important to be able to specify not
                 just what happens in a system, but also when events
                 happen. The paper provides an example of using a
                 feature of the HP Specification Language (HP-SL) called
                 history types to specify an alarm monitor for an
                 electrocardiogram (ECG).",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C7330 (Biology and medicine); C6110B (Software
                 engineering techniques)",
  classification = "C6110B (Software engineering techniques); C7330
                 (Biology and medicine)",
  keywords =     "Alarm monitor; alarm monitor; alarm systems;
                 Electrocardiogram; electrocardiogram;
                 electrocardiography; formal specification; History
                 types; history types; HP Specification Language; HP-SL;
                 Real-time properties; real-time properties; real-time
                 systems",
  thesaurus =    "Alarm systems; Electrocardiography; Formal
                 specification; Real-time systems",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Ladeau:1991:UFS,
  author =       "B. R. Ladeau and C. W. Freeman",
  title =        "Using formal specification for product development",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "42",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "46--50",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1991",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Early in 1989 a collaboration was set up between a
                 project team at the cardiac care systems (CCS) business
                 unit at HP's Waltham Division and the applied methods
                 group (AMG) at HP Laboratories in Bristol, England. The
                 collaboration involved project engineers from both
                 groups, with communication taking place through a few
                 on-site visits and a lot of electronic-mail
                 correspondence. The paper reviews the results of this
                 collaboration involving the introduction and use of
                 formal specification during the development of a
                 medical product software enhancement. The authors
                 discuss the lessons learned during this process of
                 introducing an advanced software engineering
                 methodology into an R and D environment. They also
                 describe the specific achievements and problems that
                 were experienced in using formal methods to specify
                 parts of the software functionality.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6110B (Software engineering techniques); C7330
                 (Biology and medicine)",
  classification = "C6110B (Software engineering techniques); C7330
                 (Biology and medicine)",
  keywords =     "Collaboration; collaboration; engineering; Formal
                 methods; formal methods; Formal specification; formal
                 specification; medical computing; medical product;
                 Medical product software enhancement; software;
                 Software engineering methodology; software engineering
                 methodology; software enhancement",
  thesaurus =    "Formal specification; Medical computing; Software
                 engineering",
  treatment =    "G General Review; P Practical",
}

@Article{Cyrus:1991:FSS,
  author =       "J. L. Cyrus and J. D. Bledsoe and P. D. Harry",
  title =        "Formal specification and structured design in software
                 development",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "42",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "51--58",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1991",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The cardiology business unit at HP's McMinnville
                 Division is responsible for producing medical
                 instruments, some of which have life-critical
                 functionality and require a high degree of reliability.
                 These instruments are used in a high-tension
                 environment by medical personnel who are not
                 necessarily computer literate and do not use the
                 instruments on a daily basis. Our project team (from
                 the cardiology business unit) is responsible for the
                 development of one of these life-critical instruments.
                 The authors describe experiences with using formal
                 specification techniques to help implement a
                 safety-critical portion of the embedded software system
                 for the instrument.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6110B (Software engineering techniques); C7330
                 (Biology and medicine)",
  classification = "C6110B (Software engineering techniques); C7330
                 (Biology and medicine)",
  keywords =     "Cardiology; cardiology; development; formal; Formal
                 specification; formal specification; Medical
                 instruments; medical instruments; Safety-critical
                 software; safety-critical software; software; Software
                 development; specification; Structured design;
                 structured design; systems analysis",
  thesaurus =    "Cardiology; Formal specification; Systems analysis",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Witte:1992:LDO,
  author =       "Robert A. Witte",
  title =        "Low-cost, 100-{MHz} digitizing oscilloscopes",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "6--11 (or 6--10??)",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "With the introduction of the HP 54600 Series the cost
                 of a 100-MHz digitizing oscilloscope is now comparable
                 to a full-featured 100-MHz analog oscilloscope. The HP
                 45600A two-channel 100-MHz oscilloscope and the HP
                 54601A four-channel 100-MHz oscilloscope represent a
                 major improvement in digitizing oscilloscope technology
                 and product design. The two oscilloscopes are identical
                 in capability except for the number of channels. Both
                 oscilloscopes have two full-range inputs (2 mV/div to 5
                 V/div). In addition, the HP 54601A has two
                 limited-attenuation inputs (100 mV/div and 500 mV/div)
                 optimized for use with logic signals, while the HP
                 54600A has an external trigger input. The bandwidth of
                 all channels is 100 MHz. A maximum sample rate of 20
                 megasamples per second provides a 2-MHz bandwidth for
                 capturing single-shot events. The 8-bit
                 analog-to-digital converter has a vertical resolution
                 of 0.4\%.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
  classcodes =   "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
                 systems); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
  classification = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
                 C7410H (Instrumentation)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
  keywords =     "100 MHz; 100-MHz digitizing oscilloscopes; 54601A;
                 computerised instrumentation; digital storage
                 oscilloscopes; Digitizing oscilloscope; digitizing
                 oscilloscope; HP 54600 Series; HP 54600A",
  numericalindex = "Frequency 1.0E+08 Hz",
  thesaurus =    "Computerised instrumentation; Digital storage
                 oscilloscopes",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Holcomb:1992:HAA,
  author =       "Matthew S. Holcomb and Daniel P. Timm",
  title =        "A High-Throughput Acquisition Architecture for a
                 {100-MHz} Digitizing Oscilloscope",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "11--17, 19--20",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The key objective in the development of the HP 54600
                 Series digitizing oscilloscopes was to design a
                 low-cost digitizing oscilloscope that has the `look and
                 feel' of an analog oscilloscope. In other words, the
                 new oscilloscopes were to have familiar controls and
                 traces on the screen that look almost as good as analog
                 oscilloscope traces, while maintaining the advantages
                 of a digitizing architecture. The authors describe how
                 two custom integrated circuits offload functions from
                 the system microprocessor to increase waveform
                 throughput and give the HP 54600 digitizing
                 oscilloscopes the `look and feel' of an analog
                 oscilloscope.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
  classcodes =   "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
                 systems); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
  classification = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
                 C7410H (Instrumentation)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
  keywords =     "circuits; computerised instrumentation; custom
                 integrated; Custom integrated circuits; digital storage
                 oscilloscopes; Digitizing oscilloscopes; digitizing
                 oscilloscopes; HP 54600 Series; Waveform throughput;
                 waveform throughput",
  thesaurus =    "Computerised instrumentation; Digital storage
                 oscilloscopes",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Witte:1992:SRD,
  author =       "R. A. Witte",
  title =        "Sample Rate and Display Rate in Digitizing
                 Oscilloscopes",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "18--20 (or 18--19??)",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "There is considerable confusion about how sample rate
                 relates to typical oscilloscope measurements. Most
                 oscilloscope users understand that for truly single
                 shot events, there is no substitute for a high sample
                 rate. When an event is single-shot or repeats so slowly
                 that it is impractical to wait for subsequent
                 occurrences, the oscilloscope only gets one chance (one
                 trigger) to acquire the waveform. The sampling theorem
                 states that to be able to reconstruct a baseband signal
                 it must be sampled at greater than twice the signal
                 bandwidth. Practical limitations require that an
                 oscilloscope sample at an even higher rate, typically
                 four times the bandwidth, to maintain good pulse
                 response. Therefore, single-shot measurements require a
                 very fast, expensive analog-to-digital converter (ADC).
                 The author looks at sample rate and display rate with
                 respect to the HP 54600 Series oscilloscopes.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
  classcodes =   "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
                 systems)",
  classification = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
  keywords =     "54600 Series; digital storage oscilloscopes;
                 Digitizing oscilloscopes; digitizing oscilloscopes;
                 Display rate; display rate; HP; HP 54600 Series; Sample
                 rate; sample rate; signal processing",
  thesaurus =    "Digital storage oscilloscopes; Signal processing",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Hall:1992:FBT,
  author =       "Stuart O. Hall and Jay A. Alexander",
  title =        "A fast, built-in test system for oscilloscope
                 manufacturing",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "21--28",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The test strategy for the HP 54600 family of
                 oscilloscopes was developed to minimize the test
                 process cycle time, using the least expensive set of
                 equipment possible. Developing this strategy required a
                 complete understanding of the hardware of the product,
                 a commitment on the part of the design team to design
                 margins into the product, and a willingness to
                 recognize the difference between testing to
                 characterize a design and testing to verify a product.
                 The authors describe this test strategy, from prototype
                 characterization to production testing, and discuss the
                 benefits of the resulting system.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
  classcodes =   "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments); B0170E (Production facilities and
                 engineering)",
  classification = "B0170E (Production facilities and engineering);
                 B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
  keywords =     "Built-in test system; built-in test system;
                 characterization; digital storage oscilloscopes;
                 electronic equipment testing; HP 54600; Oscilloscope
                 manufacturing; oscilloscope manufacturing; Production
                 testing; production testing; prototype; Prototype
                 characterization; strategy; test; Test process cycle
                 time; test process cycle time; Test strategy",
  thesaurus =    "Digital storage oscilloscopes; Electronic equipment
                 testing; Production testing",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1992:SRD,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Stimulus\slash Response Defect Diagnosis in
                 Production",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "27--28",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Grove:1992:MFR,
  author =       "Martin B. Grove",
  title =        "Measuring frequency response and effective bits using
                 digital signal processing techniques",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "29--35 (or 29--33??)",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Two important measures of digital oscilloscope
                 performance are frequency response and effective bits.
                 The magnitude of the frequency response shows the
                 voltage gain of the oscilloscope versus frequency.
                 Effective bits is a measure of the ratio of signal
                 power to noise power. Any source of noise or distortion
                 in the oscilloscope will reduce the number of effective
                 bits. Thus, effective bits is a wideband measurement
                 that gives visibility to several performance
                 limitations. The digitizing architecture of the HP
                 54600A and 54601A oscilloscopes allows efficient
                 implementations of these measurements using digital
                 signal processing techniques. Both algorithms use the
                 fast Fourier transform (FFT) to convert a digital
                 time-domain waveform to a discrete frequency-domain
                 representation.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
  classcodes =   "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
                 systems); C7410H (Instrumentation); C5260 (Digital
                 signal processing)",
  classification = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
                 C5260 (Digital signal processing); C7410H
                 (Instrumentation)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
  keywords =     "54601A; computerised instrumentation; Digital
                 oscilloscope performance; digital oscilloscope
                 performance; Digital signal processing; digital signal
                 processing; digital storage oscilloscopes; Effective
                 bits; effective bits; fast; Fast Fourier transform;
                 fast Fourier transforms; FFT; Fourier transform;
                 frequency; Frequency response; HP 54600A; response;
                 signal processing",
  thesaurus =    "Computerised instrumentation; Digital storage
                 oscilloscopes; Fast Fourier transforms; Signal
                 processing",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1992:CEB,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Calculating Effective Bits from Signal-To-Noise
                 Ratio",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "34--35",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Yergenson:1992:MDH,
  author =       "Robin P. Yergenson and Timothy A. Figge",
  title =        "Mechanical Design of the {HP} 54600 Series
                 Oscilloscopes",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "36--40",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The mechanical design team for the HP 54600 Series
                 oscilloscopes shared the overall design objective of
                 achieving the highest quality and reliability of any
                 oscilloscope available. Quality and reliability must be
                 designed in from the start. The mechanical design team
                 felt that the most effective way to ensure that the
                 instrument attained these goals was to make it simple
                 to manufacture with as few parts as possible to go
                 wrong in the field. The authors discuss how this goal
                 was attained.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
  classcodes =   "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments); B0170G (General fabrication techniques)",
  classification = "B0170G (General fabrication techniques); B7250G
                 (Display, recording and indicating instruments)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
  keywords =     "digital storage oscilloscopes; electronic equipment;
                 HP 54600; manufacture; Mechanical design; mechanical
                 design; Oscilloscopes; oscilloscopes; packaging;
                 Reliability; reliability",
  thesaurus =    "Digital storage oscilloscopes; Electronic equipment
                 manufacture; Packaging",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Wyatt:1992:EDH,
  author =       "Kenneth D. Wyatt",
  title =        "{EMC} design of the {HP} 54600 series oscilloscopes",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "41--45 (or 41--44??)",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The EMC design of the HP 54600 Series digitizing
                 oscilloscopes consisted of a combination of circuit
                 board suppression and mechanical design techniques.
                 Since the entire product (including enclosure) was a
                 completely new design, there was an opportunity to
                 design in RFI suppression techniques from the very
                 start of the development. The article describes the
                 design and test methods employed to ensure that the
                 products met international and military EMC
                 standards.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
  classcodes =   "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments); B5230 (Electromagnetic compatibility and
                 interference); B0170J (Product packaging)",
  classification = "B0170J (Product packaging); B5230 (Electromagnetic
                 compatibility and interference); B7250G (Display,
                 recording and indicating instruments)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
  keywords =     "compatibility; digital storage oscilloscopes;
                 electromagnetic; EMC design; HP 54600 Series;
                 Mechanical design; mechanical design; packaging; RFI;
                 RFI suppression techniques; suppression techniques",
  thesaurus =    "Digital storage oscilloscopes; Electromagnetic
                 compatibility; Packaging",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Kahkoska:1992:DOP,
  author =       "James A. Kahkoska",
  title =        "Digital Oscilloscope Persistence",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "45--47",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Hewlett--Packard has introduced a new form of infinite
                 persistence, called autostore. In autostore mode, half
                 intensity is used to display all historical signal
                 excursions while the current signal is shown at full
                 intensity. Simple one-key operation allows the user to
                 move into and out of autostore mode quickly.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
  classcodes =   "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
                 systems); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
  classification = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
                 C7410H (Instrumentation)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
  keywords =     "Autostore; autostore; computerised instrumentation;
                 digital storage oscilloscopes; Historical traces;
                 historical traces; Infinite persistence; infinite
                 persistence",
  thesaurus =    "Computerised instrumentation; Digital storage
                 oscilloscopes",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Garnett:1992:HMD,
  author =       "Grosvenor H. Garnett",
  title =        "A High-Resolution, Multichannel Digital-to-Analog
                 Converter for Digital Oscilloscopes",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "48--53, 55--56",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Describes a 16-bit, 16-channel DAC is used for
                 microprocessor adjustment of fourteen DC signals that
                 control the analog section of the main oscilloscope
                 board in the HP 54601A digitizing oscilloscope. It also
                 provides a high-accuracy DC reference for calibrating
                 the vertical gain.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
  classcodes =   "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
                 systems); B1265H (A/D and D/A convertors); C7410H
                 (Instrumentation); C5180 (A/D and D/A convertors)",
  classification = "B1265H (A/D and D/A convertors); B7210B (Automatic
                 test and measurement systems); B7250G (Display,
                 recording and indicating instruments); C5180 (A/D and
                 D/A convertors); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
  keywords =     "16 Bit; 16 bit; computerised instrumentation; DAC; DC
                 signals; Digital oscilloscopes; digital oscilloscopes;
                 digital storage oscilloscopes; digital-analogue
                 conversion; High-resolution; high-resolution; HP
                 54601A; Microprocessor adjustment; microprocessor
                 adjustment; Multichannel; multichannel; Oscilloscope
                 board; oscilloscope board; Vertical gain; vertical
                 gain",
  numericalindex = "Word length 1.6E+01 bit",
  thesaurus =    "Computerised instrumentation; Digital storage
                 oscilloscopes; Digital-analogue conversion",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1992:UHM,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Using the High-Resolution, Multichannel {DAC} in the
                 {HP 54601A} Oscilloscope",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "54--56",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Murphy:1992:CAD,
  author =       "Jerald B. Murphy",
  title =        "Comparing Analog and Digital Oscilloscopes for
                 Troubleshooting",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "57--61 (or 57--59??)",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The oscilloscope is the troubleshooting tool of choice
                 for engineers and technicians because it gives a
                 picture of a circuit's operation. This picture, a
                 display of instantaneous voltage as a function of time,
                 reveals details about the circuit's operation that
                 can't be obtained from other measuring instruments. The
                 analog oscilloscope has remained the troubleshooter's
                 instrument of choice, even though the digital
                 oscilloscope has replaced it in laboratory analysis
                 applications. Early in the definition phase of the HP
                 54600 Series oscilloscope project, Hewlett--Packard set
                 out to find out the real reasons behind the remaining
                 use of what they believe to be an obsolete technology.
                 A series of market research tools were applied to this
                 problem and the results of this research gave us a
                 clear picture of what was needed to solve these very
                 real needs.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
  classcodes =   "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments)",
  classification = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
  keywords =     "Analogue oscilloscopes; analogue oscilloscopes;
                 digital; Digital oscilloscopes; digital storage
                 oscilloscopes; Hewlett--Packard; HP 54600 Series;
                 oscilloscopes; Troubleshooting; troubleshooting",
  thesaurus =    "Digital storage oscilloscopes",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{McShane:1992:INN,
  author =       "John McShane",
  title =        "An Introduction to Neural Nets",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "62--65",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Unlike conventional algorithms, neural net algorithms
                 can learn the mapping between input and output. Neural
                 nets represent information in a distributed, rather
                 than local, way, and can have different topologies
                 depending on the application. The author explains these
                 features, lists major application areas, and briefly
                 discusses hardware and software for development.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, Bristol, UK",
  classcodes =   "C1230D (Neural nets); C5290 (Neural computing
                 techniques)",
  classification = "C1230D (Neural nets); C5290 (Neural computing
                 techniques)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard, Bristol, UK",
  keywords =     "Application; Hardware; Learning; Neural nets;
                 Software; Topologies",
  thesaurus =    "Neural nets",
  treatment =    "G General Review; P Practical; T Theoretical or
                 Mathematical",
}

@Article{Crandall:1992:DCD,
  author =       "William W. Crandall",
  title =        "Design challenges for distributed {LAN} analysis",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "66--76 (or 66--74??)",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The design of a distributed local area network
                 management system is primarily a problem of data
                 reduction, data transmission, and data presentation. HP
                 ProbeView software and LanProbe monitors continuously
                 monitor the health of an Ethernet or IEEE 802.3 network
                 to allow the diagnosis of complicated problems without
                 dispatched equipment.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
  classcodes =   "B6210L (Computer communications); C5620L (Local area
                 networks); C5670 (Network performance)",
  classification = "B6210L (Computer communications); C5620L (Local area
                 networks); C5670 (Network performance)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
  keywords =     "Distributed local area network management; distributed
                 local area network management; Ethernet; HP; HP
                 ProbeView; IEEE 802.3 network; LAN analysis; LanProbe;
                 local area networks; ProbeView; telecommunication
                 network management",
  thesaurus =    "Local area networks; Telecommunication network
                 management",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1992:PNP,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Poor Network Partitioning",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "75--??",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{DesJardin:1992:VST,
  author =       "Lawrence A. DesJardin",
  title =        "{VXIbus}: {A} Standard for Test and Measurement System
                 Architecture",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "6--14 (or 6--8??)",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "In July 1987, Hewlett--Packard and four other major
                 electronic instrument manufacturers jointly announced
                 their support for a new instrumentation standard called
                 VXIbus. An abbreviation for VMEbus Extensions for
                 Instrumentation, VXIbus is an open architecture that
                 allows instrumentation and processor modules from
                 various manufacturers to operate together within a
                 single chassis or mainframe. The author presents an
                 overview of the VXIbus standard, and describes how the
                 VXIbus architectural features are used at a system
                 level to create a VXIbus measurement system.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5610P (Peripheral interfaces); C7410H
                 (Instrumentation)",
  classification = "C5610P (Peripheral interfaces); C7410H
                 (Instrumentation)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "architecture; computerised instrumentation;
                 Hewlett--Packard; open; Open architecture; peripheral
                 interfaces; VMEbus Extensions for Instrumentation;
                 VXIbus measurement system; VXIbus standard",
  thesaurus =    "Computerised instrumentation; Peripheral interfaces",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1992:HVM,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "The {HP VXIbus} Mainframes",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "9--12",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1992:VT,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "{VXIbus} Terminology",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "13--14",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Narciso:1992:VID,
  author =       "Steven J. Narciso and Gregory A. Hill",
  title =        "The {VXIbus} from an instrument designer's
                 perspective",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "15--23 (or 15--19??)",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The VXIbus specification defines a technically sound
                 modular instrument standard that addresses electrical,
                 mechanical, EMC/power, and communication requirements
                 for instrument modules. Although extensive, the VXIbus
                 standard does not cover certain information that is
                 critical to an instrument's design. For this reason, it
                 becomes necessary for a VXIbus instrument manufacturer
                 to define an internal standard to supplement the VXIbus
                 specification. The internal standards developed by HP
                 enable instrument designers to provide customers with a
                 consistent `look and feel' and functional
                 interoperability. These standards also provide
                 designers with common hardware interface and firmware
                 design guidelines so that they can focus on specific
                 instrument features and not on system design. HP has
                 concentrated its internal standardization efforts in
                 four areas: a common instrument language, hardware
                 interface, soft front-panel design, and industrial and
                 mechanical design. The paper covers these areas and
                 other supplemental HP standards.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5610P (Peripheral interfaces); C7410H
                 (Instrumentation)",
  classification = "C5610P (Peripheral interfaces); C7410H
                 (Instrumentation)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "Common instrument language; common instrument
                 language; computerised instrumentation; Hardware
                 interface; hardware interface; HP; Internal standards;
                 internal standards; peripheral interfaces; Soft
                 front-panel design; soft front-panel design;
                 standardisation; VXIbus",
  thesaurus =    "Computerised instrumentation; Peripheral interfaces;
                 Standardisation",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1992:EMV,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Examples of Message-Based {VXIbus} Instruments",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "20--21",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1992:SLM,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Small, Low-Cost Mainframe with a Register-Based
                 Interface",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "22--23",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Worrell:1992:DMF,
  author =       "Paul B. Worrell",
  title =        "Design of Mainframe Firmware in an Open Architecture
                 Environment",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "24--28",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The VXIbus common firmware architecture is designed to
                 meet the needs of HP's instrument mainframe products
                 that are based on the VXIbus (VMEbus Extensions for
                 Instrumentation). The design and definition of this
                 architecture was based on experience with other HP
                 mainframes such as the HP 3497A, HP 3852A, and HP
                 3235A, and the needs of two newer products, the HP
                 E1300 B-size VXIbus mainframe and cards and the HP
                 E1400 C-size VXIbus mainframe and cards. The design of
                 the firmware for these mainframes was influenced by
                 many external factors. Some of these factors included
                 the IEEE 488.2 standard, the evolving VXIbus instrument
                 standard, the emerging SCPI standard, and the need to
                 support the architecture on multiple CPU platforms. The
                 author discusses some aspects of the design environment
                 and the resulting impact on the firmware architecture,
                 as well as product features included in the design.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5220 (Computer architecture)",
  classification = "C5220 (Computer architecture)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "computer architecture; computerised instrumentation;
                 design; Design environment; environment; firmware;
                 Mainframe firmware; mainframe firmware; mainframes;
                 Open architecture; open architecture; VXIbus",
  thesaurus =    "Computer architecture; Computerised instrumentation;
                 Firmware; Mainframes",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Kelly:1992:RMI,
  author =       "Christopher P. Kelly",
  title =        "Real-Time Multitasking of Instruments in the {VXIbus}
                 Command Modules",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "29--34",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Explores the design of HP's VXIbus multitasking
                 real-time operating system, or VXI-OS, and the system
                 configuration firmware called the resource manager. A
                 significant portion of the VXI-OS provides support for
                 register-based instruments. To use the high-level SCPI
                 language, register-based instruments with less on-card
                 intelligence require more support from the host CPU
                 than message-based instruments. Because of this fact
                 most of the discussion in the article is specific to
                 VXI-OS support for register-based instruments.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C6150N (Distributed systems); C5610P (Peripheral
                 interfaces); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
  classification = "C5610P (Peripheral interfaces); C6150N (Distributed
                 systems); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "computerised instrumentation; interfaces;
                 multiprogramming; Multitasking; multitasking;
                 peripheral; Real-time operating system; real-time
                 operating system; real-time systems; Register-based
                 instruments; register-based instruments; Resource
                 manager; resource manager; VXI-OS; VXIbus",
  thesaurus =    "Computerised instrumentation; Multiprogramming;
                 Peripheral interfaces; Real-time systems",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Atchison:1992:VPC,
  author =       "Lee Atchison",
  title =        "{VXIbus} Programming in {C}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "35--40",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The VXIbus is a standard instrument control bus that
                 allows high-speed access to test system
                 instrumentation. To achieve these high speeds,
                 controllers connected to the VXIbus mainframes require
                 sophisticated test software. These controllers must
                 also be powerful enough to take advantage of VXIbus's
                 speed and versatility. The paper describes a modular
                 instrument communications library that is designed to
                 work with VXIbus interfaces. The library is designed to
                 be extensible and applicable to several different
                 computer architectures, operating systems, and
                 instrument communication interfaces.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5610P (Peripheral interfaces)",
  classification = "C5610P (Peripheral interfaces)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "Communications library; communications library;
                 Instrument control bus; instrument control bus; Modular
                 instrument; modular instrument; peripheral interfaces;
                 VXIbus",
  thesaurus =    "Peripheral interfaces",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Tsai:1992:AHT,
  author =       "Sam S. Tsai and James B. Durr",
  title =        "Achieving High Throughput with Register-Based Dense
                 Matrix Relay Modules",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "41--51",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Matrix switching, through which several instruments
                 can be connected to multiple devices under test (DUTs)
                 selectively, is a popular switching technique used in
                 electronic test. In traditional rack-and-stack systems,
                 matrix switching requires large amounts of rack space
                 and is costly because of the amount of hardware
                 required. The HP E1465A, HP E1466A, and HP E1467A dense
                 matrix relay modules described in this article provide
                 a downsized, low-cost solution to matrix switching.
                 These VXIbus matrix switching modules each occupy one
                 C-size VXIbus mainframe slot, and with 256 relays per
                 module are one of the highest-density switch modules
                 available. These devices are suited for VXIbus
                 register-based systems and register-based programming.
                 In addition to their design, the article covers relay
                 module programming and provides benchmarks of
                 throughput speeds achieved with ASCII message-based and
                 register-based programs.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C7410H (Instrumentation); C5610P (Peripheral
                 interfaces)",
  classification = "C5610P (Peripheral interfaces); C7410H
                 (Instrumentation)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "Benchmarks; benchmarks; computerised instrumentation;
                 Dense matrix relay modules; dense matrix relay modules;
                 electronic equipment testing; HP E1465A; HP E1466A; HP
                 E1467A; Matrix relay modules; matrix relay modules;
                 peripheral interfaces; Register-based; register-based;
                 Relay module programming; relay module programming;
                 switching modules; Throughput speeds; throughput
                 speeds; VXIbus matrix; VXIbus matrix switching
                 modules",
  thesaurus =    "Computerised instrumentation; Electronic equipment
                 testing; Peripheral interfaces",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Erickson:1992:MIV,
  author =       "Calvin L. Erickson",
  title =        "Mass Interconnect for {VXIbus} Systems",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "52--58",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Discusses the development of mass interconnect
                 products specifically for VXIbus systems. Based on the
                 HP ATS 2000 system resource interface, these products
                 mount directly on the front of the HP VXIbus mainframe.
                 The paper also discusses the trade-offs involved in
                 incorporating a mass interconnect into a VXIbus test
                 system.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5610P (Peripheral interfaces); C7410H
                 (Instrumentation)",
  classification = "C5610P (Peripheral interfaces); C7410H
                 (Instrumentation)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "automatic test equipment; computerised
                 instrumentation; HP ATS 2000; Mass interconnect
                 products; mass interconnect products; peripheral
                 interfaces; System resource interface; system resource
                 interface; VXIbus systems; VXIbus test system",
  thesaurus =    "Automatic test equipment; Computerised
                 instrumentation; Peripheral interfaces",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Kjosness:1992:MDS,
  author =       "David P. Kjosness",
  title =        "A Manufacturing-Oriented Digital Stimulus\slash
                 Response Test Instrument",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "59--68",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Test engineers and system integrators have used analog
                 instrumentation for years in their automated functional
                 test systems. Until now, however there has been little
                 in the way of cost-effective, manufacturing-oriented
                 digital instrumentation with which to round out their
                 toolkits. The HP 75000 Model D20 was created to fill
                 this void. This digital functional tester consists of
                 pattern 1/0, timing, and command modules configured in
                 a VXIbus mainframe. The maximum pattern rate is 20 MHz
                 and pin-to-pin skew is less than 6 ns.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 C7410H (Instrumentation)",
  classification = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 C7410H (Instrumentation)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "automatic test equipment; Command modules; command
                 modules; computerised instrumentation; Digital
                 functional tester; digital functional tester; HP 75000
                 Model D20; Pattern 1/0; pattern 1/0; Timing; timing;
                 VXIbus mainframe",
  thesaurus =    "Automatic test equipment; Computerised
                 instrumentation",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Ward:1992:DTD,
  author =       "Kenneth A. Ward",
  title =        "Digital Test Development Software for a {VXIbus}
                 Tester",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "69--74",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP E1496A digital test development software is
                 designed to make it quick and easy to use the HP 75000
                 Model D20 VXIbus digital functional tester. In one
                 sense, the software acts as a front panel for the
                 instrument; since the Model D20 consists of VXIbus
                 modules, it has no conventional front panel. The HP
                 E1496A digital test development software provides the
                 user with a graphical environment in which digital
                 tests can be developed and debugged. The challenge for
                 software like this is to let users think in terms of
                 the problem they need to solve instead of thinking of
                 how to program the hardware.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C7410H (Instrumentation); C5610P (Peripheral
                 interfaces)",
  classification = "C5610P (Peripheral interfaces); C7410H
                 (Instrumentation)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "automatic test equipment; computerised
                 instrumentation; Digital functional tester; digital
                 functional tester; Digital test development software;
                 digital test development software; Graphical
                 environment; graphical environment; HP 75000; HP
                 E1496A; peripheral interfaces; VXIbus tester",
  thesaurus =    "Automatic test equipment; Computerised
                 instrumentation; Peripheral interfaces",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Carlson:1992:VMT,
  author =       "Larry L. Carlson and Wayne H. Willis",
  title =        "The {VXIbus} in a manufacturing test environment",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "75--77 (or 75--76??)",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Focuses on the benefits of the VXIbus and SCPI in a
                 commercial manufacturing application for functional
                 test. The information is based on the implementation of
                 a new test strategy and experience gained at HP's
                 Loveland Instrument Division where precision digital
                 multimeters and modular instruments are manufactured.
                 The article also explains how the VXIbus and SCPI are
                 implemented to reduce test development time and system
                 support costs. It examines the importance of these new
                 standards in building a standard test platform that is
                 designed to be easily upgraded and configured for a
                 variety of testing applications.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C7410H (Instrumentation); C5610P (Peripheral
                 interfaces)",
  classification = "C5610P (Peripheral interfaces); C7410H
                 (Instrumentation)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "automatic test equipment; Functional test; functional
                 test; Manufacturing test; manufacturing test;
                 peripheral interfaces; SCPI; standards; strategy; test;
                 Test strategy; VXIbus",
  thesaurus =    "Automatic test equipment; Peripheral interfaces;
                 Standards",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Scherer:1992:PPA,
  author =       "Dieter Scherer and William E. Strasser and James D.
                 McVey and Wayne M. Kelly",
  title =        "The peak power analyzer, a new microwave tool",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "81--89 (or 81--83??)",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP 8990A peak power analyzer is a new type of
                 instrument that represents a comprehensive solution to
                 the problem. The design team took a fresh look at the
                 challenges of diode detection. Their goal was to
                 transform the inaccurate, cumbersome bench setup into a
                 carefree product that measures accurately and meets the
                 complex measurement requirements of modern microwave
                 systems. The use of GaAs IC technology in the sensor
                 design, a new calibration approach, switched
                 amplification and processing of the envelope signals,
                 broad leveraging of modern digital oscilloscope
                 technology, and extensive use of microprocessor power
                 in signal calibration and processing accomplished this
                 task.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  chemicalindex = "GaAs/int As/int Ga/int GaAs/bin As/bin Ga/bin",
  classcodes =   "B7310N (Microwave techniques); B7250G (Display,
                 recording and indicating instruments); B7210B
                 (Automatic test and measurement systems); B7310F (Power
                 and energy)",
  classification = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
                 B7310F (Power and energy); B7310N (Microwave
                 techniques)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "approach; calibration; Calibration approach;
                 computerised instrumentation; detection; devices;
                 diode; Diode detection; electric sensing; Envelope
                 signals; envelope signals; GaAs; GaAs IC technology;
                 gallium arsenide; HP 8990A peak power analyzer;
                 measurement; Microprocessor power; microprocessor
                 power; microwave measurement; Peak power analyzer; peak
                 power analyzer; power; Sensor design; sensor design;
                 Signal calibration; signal calibration; Switched
                 amplification; switched amplification",
  thesaurus =    "Calibration; Computerised instrumentation; Electric
                 sensing devices; Gallium arsenide; Microwave
                 measurement; Power measurement",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1992:MSP,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Multilayer Shielding Protects Microvolt Signals in
                 High-Interference Environment",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "84--89",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Fischer:1992:GTS,
  author =       "Michael C. Fischer and Michael J. Schoessow and Peter
                 Tong",
  title =        "{GaAs} Technology in Sensor and Baseband Design",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "90--94 (or 90--93??)",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "In the HP8990A peak power analyzer design, the
                 detector diodes for the sensors are GaAs planar doped
                 barrier diodes, and the switches in the switchable-gain
                 baseband amplifier use GaAs FETs. The hardware design
                 of the signal path of the HP 8990A peak power analyzer
                 presented the conflicting requirements of wide
                 bandwidth, high dynamic range, excellent DC
                 performance, and a controllable gain range of more than
                 100 dB. The signal path begins at the microwave
                 detector, which is followed by a preamplifier, both
                 residing in the sensor. The detected (baseband) signal
                 then goes to a switchable-gain amplifier located within
                 the analyzer. The stringent performance and reliability
                 goals set for these circuits were met with the help of
                 recent advances in gallium arsenide technology.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  chemicalindex = "GaAs/int As/int Ga/int GaAs/bin As/bin Ga/bin",
  classcodes =   "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7310F (Power
                 and energy); B7310N (Microwave techniques); B1350H
                 (Microwave integrated circuits); B2570H (Other field
                 effect integrated circuits)",
  classification = "B1350H (Microwave integrated circuits); B2570H
                 (Other field effect integrated circuits); B7230
                 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7310F (Power and
                 energy); B7310N (Microwave techniques)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "Baseband amplifier; baseband amplifier; detector;
                 Detector diodes; detector diodes; electric sensing
                 devices; GaAs FETs; GaAs planar doped barrier diodes;
                 gallium arsenide; HP 8990A; III-V; microwave; Microwave
                 detector; microwave detectors; MMIC; MMIC chip; Peak
                 power analyzer; peak power analyzer; power measurement;
                 semiconductors; Sensors; sensors",
  thesaurus =    "Electric sensing devices; Gallium arsenide; III-V
                 semiconductors; Microwave detectors; MMIC; Power
                 measurement",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1992:HEA,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Harmonic Errors and Average versus Peak Detection",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "94--94",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Barnard:1992:ACE,
  author =       "David L. Barnard and Henry Black and James A.
                 Thalmann",
  title =        "Automatic calibration for easy and accurate power
                 measurements",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "95--100 (or 95--98??)",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP 8990A peak power analyzer is designed to
                 measure the power of pulsed signals accurately over a
                 wide dynamic range. A well-designed calibration
                 strategy was required to achieve the specified accuracy
                 over all of the specified operating conditions. HP
                 8990A calibration includes both calibration of the
                 power sensor and calibration of the analyzer.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "B7130 (Measurement standards and calibration); B7210B
                 (Automatic test and measurement systems); B7250G
                 (Display, recording and indicating instruments); B7310F
                 (Power and energy)",
  classification = "B7130 (Measurement standards and calibration);
                 B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems); B7250G
                 (Display, recording and indicating instruments); B7310F
                 (Power and energy)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "Calibration; calibration; computerised
                 instrumentation; devices; electric sensing; HP 8990A
                 peak power analyzer; power measurement; Power sensor;
                 power sensor; Pulsed signals accurately; pulsed signals
                 accurately",
  thesaurus =    "Calibration; Computerised instrumentation; Electric
                 sensing devices; Power measurement",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1992:TPP,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Testing the Peak Power Analyzer Firmware",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "99--100",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Yanagawa:1992:ANA,
  author =       "Koichi Yanagawa",
  title =        "An Advanced {5-Hz-to-500-MHz} Network Analyzer with
                 High Speed, Accuracy, and Dynamic Range",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "101--109",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP 8751A is designed to improve the testing of
                 filters and resonators for telecommunications and
                 commercial products, and to simplify the design and
                 evaluation of circuits, function blocks, and discrete
                 complex devices in the development laboratory. It
                 inherits the look and feel of HP 8752/3 analyzers,
                 making it easy to become familiar with and introduce
                 into a production line. Among its new features are:
                 simulation of impedance matching networks for a device
                 under test, a list sweep mode for measuring at various
                 user-defined frequency points, power levels, and IF
                 bandwidths, an order base display mode useful with list
                 sweep for making simultaneous high-speed and
                 high-accuracy measurements in separate frequency
                 ranges, simultaneous display of gain, return loss,
                 group delay-the three key parameters for filter
                 applications.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems); B1130B (Computer-aided circuit analysis and
                 design)",
  classification = "B1130B (Computer-aided circuit analysis and design);
                 B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "5 Hz to 500 MHz; Circuits; circuits; Discrete complex
                 devices; discrete complex devices; Filters; filters;
                 Function blocks; function blocks; HP 8751A; HP 8752/3;
                 Impedance matching networks; impedance matching
                 networks; network analysers; network analysis; Network
                 analyzer; network analyzer; Resonators; resonators",
  numericalindex = "Frequency 5.0E+00 to 5.0E+08 Hz",
  thesaurus =    "Network analysers; Network analysis",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Moore:1992:HMC,
  author =       "Mike P. Moore and Eric N. Gullerud",
  title =        "A high-performance measurement coprocessor for
                 personal computers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "110--116 (or 110--111??)",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP 82324A high-performance measurement coprocessor
                 is a plug-in card for HP Vectra and compatible
                 computers that turns an ordinary PC into a
                 multiprocessing test and measurement workstation. The
                 coprocessor is programmed within the DOS environment
                 using HP BASIC, a de facto standard test and
                 measurement programming language. The HP 82324A
                 high-performance measurement coprocessor is designed to
                 meet customer needs for higher calculation speed and
                 better HP-IB performance than its predecessor, as well
                 as DMA for better overall system performance. To
                 minimize duplicated effort and maximize reliability,
                 the design of the measurement coprocessor is leveraged
                 from the HP 9000 Model 332 computer. The Model 332 was
                 chosen because of its low cost, high performance, and
                 potential for fitting onto a single full-size PC I/O
                 card.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C7410H (Instrumentation); C5130 (Microprocessor
                 chips)",
  classification = "C5130 (Microprocessor chips); C7410H
                 (Instrumentation)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "add-on boards; card; computerised instrumentation;
                 computers; High-performance measurement coprocessor;
                 high-performance measurement coprocessor; HP 82324A; HP
                 Vectra; plug-in; Plug-in card; satellite; special
                 purpose computers; Test and measurement workstation;
                 test and measurement workstation",
  thesaurus =    "Add-on boards; Computerised instrumentation; Satellite
                 computers; Special purpose computers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Kerschen:1992:HOS,
  author =       "K. Kerschen and J. R. Glasson",
  title =        "{HP-UX} operating system kernel support for the {HP}
                 9000 series 700 workstations",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "6--10",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Summarizes the architectural enhancements of PA-RISC
                 1.1 and tells how the kernel of the HP-UX operating
                 system was modified to take advantage of them. The
                 software release for the Series 700 operating system
                 was designed to address key features of the CPU chip.
                 To tailor the kernel to the CPU's capabilities required
                 the following changes: emulation of floating-point
                 instructions, which also supports the floating-point
                 coprocessor enhancements; cache flush instructions to
                 the I/O and memory controller for the benefit of
                 graphics applications; shadow registers for improved
                 TLB (translation lookaside buffer) miss handling;
                 4K-byte page size to reduce TLB miss rate; sparse PDIR
                 (page directory), which reduces overhead for the EISA
                 I/O address space and is faster; and new block TLB
                 entries to map the kernel and graphics frame buffers.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C6150J (Operating systems); C5420 (Mainframes and
                 minicomputers); C5220 (Computer architecture)",
  classification = "C5220 (Computer architecture); C5420 (Mainframes and
                 minicomputers); C6150J (Operating systems)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "4K-byte page size; applications; Block TLB entries;
                 block TLB entries; buffer; Cache flush instructions;
                 cache flush instructions; directory; EISA I/O address
                 space; Floating-point instructions; floating-point
                 instructions; graphics; Graphics applications; Graphics
                 frame buffers; graphics frame buffers; Hewlett Packard
                 computers; HP 9000 series 700; HP 9000 series 700
                 workstations; HP-UX operating system kernel; Memory
                 controller; memory controller; operating systems
                 (computers); PA-RISC 1.1; page; Page directory; reduced
                 instruction set computing; Shadow registers; shadow
                 registers; Sparse PDIR; sparse PDIR; storage
                 management; TLB miss rate; translation lookaside;
                 Translation lookaside buffer; workstations",
  thesaurus =    "Hewlett Packard computers; Operating systems
                 [computers]; Reduced instruction set computing; Storage
                 management",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Bollinger:1992:PHK,
  author =       "D. E. Bollinger and F. P. Lemmon and D. L. Yamine",
  title =        "Providing {HP-UX} kernel functionality on a new
                 {PA-RISC} architecture",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "11--14",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The aggressive schedule for the development of the HP
                 9000 Series 700 systems required the development team
                 in the HP-UX kernel laboratory to consider some
                 modifications to the normal software development
                 process, the number of product features, and the
                 management structure. The goals for the product
                 features were to change or add the minimum number of
                 HP-UX kernel functions that would ensure customer
                 satisfaction, meet performance goals, and adapt to a
                 new I/O system. This version of the HP-UX kernel code
                 became known as minimum core functionality, or MCF.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto., CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C0310F (Software development management); C6110B
                 (Software engineering techniques); C6150J (Operating
                 systems)",
  classification = "C0310F (Software development management); C6110B
                 (Software engineering techniques); C6150J (Operating
                 systems)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto., CA, USA",
  keywords =     "(computers); development process; Development team;
                 development team; DP management; engineering;
                 functionality; Hewlett Packard computers; HP 9000
                 Series 700 systems; HP-UX 8.0; HP-UX kernel
                 functionality; Management structure; management
                 structure; minimum core; Minimum core functionality;
                 operating systems; PA-RISC architecture; reduced
                 instruction set computing; software; Software
                 development process",
  thesaurus =    "DP management; Hewlett Packard computers; Operating
                 systems [computers]; Reduced instruction set computing;
                 Software engineering",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Hansen:1992:NOP,
  author =       "R. C. Hansen",
  title =        "New optimizations for {PA-RISC} compilers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "15--23",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compiler/Compiler.Lins.bib;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The first release of the PA-RISC 1.1 architecture is
                 found in the HP 9000 Series 700 workstations running
                 HP-UX 8.05. This article presents a brief discussion
                 about the architecture extensions, followed by an
                 overview of the enhancements made to the compilers to
                 exploit these extensions. In addition to enhancements
                 made to the compilers to support architecture
                 extensions, there were a number of enhancements to
                 traditional optimizations performed by the compilers
                 that improve application performance, independent of
                 the underlying architecture. These generic enhancements
                 are also covered. Finally, performance data and an
                 analysis are presented.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C6150C (Compilers, interpreters and other processors);
                 C6140D (High level languages); C5220 (Computer
                 architecture)",
  classification = "C5220 (Computer architecture); C6140D (High level
                 languages); C6150C (Compilers, interpreters and other
                 processors)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "700 workstations; Architecture extensions;
                 architecture extensions; computing; evaluation; Hewlett
                 Packard computers; HP 9000 Series; HP 9000 Series 700
                 workstations; HP-UX 8.05; optimisation; PA-RISC 1.1
                 architecture; PA-RISC compilers; performance;
                 Performance data; performance data; program compilers;
                 reduced instruction set",
  thesaurus =    "Hewlett Packard computers; Optimisation; Performance
                 evaluation; Program compilers; Reduced instruction set
                 computing",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Gottlieb:1992:HSF,
  author =       "R. A. Gottlieb and D. J. Magenheimer and S. A. Meloy
                 and A. C. Meyer",
  title =        "{HP} 9000 series 700 {FORTRAN} optimizing
                 preprocessor",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "24--32",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A slightly different version of this product serves as
                 the preprocessor for HP Concurrent FORTRAN, which is
                 now running on HP Apollo DN10000 computers. An extended
                 multisite, cross-functional team was formed to
                 incorporate the preprocessor into the FORTRAN compiler
                 for the HP 9000 Series 700 computer systems. Because of
                 this effort, as of the HP-UX 8.05 release, the
                 preprocessor is bundled with every FORTRAN compiler.
                 The preprocessor is based on a third-party product.
                 HP's contribution included: tying the preprocessor into
                 the HP FORTRAN product (This included user interface
                 changes and extensive documentation changes.) They also
                 identified modifications required to allow the
                 preprocessor to recognize HP's extended FORTRAN
                 dialect. They assembly coded a vector library that
                 incorporates knowledge of CPU pipelining details and
                 implementation dependent instructions to allow the
                 Series 700 to work at peak performance. They performed
                 extensive quality assurance processes that uncovered
                 numerous defects, ensuring that the product meets HP's
                 high-quality standards. These contributions are
                 discussed in detail. Examples of specific
                 transformations and performance improvements on key
                 industry benchmarks are also described.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C6150C (Compilers, interpreters and other processors);
                 C6140D (High level languages)",
  classification = "C6140D (High level languages); C6150C (Compilers,
                 interpreters and other processors)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "8.05; CPU pipelining; FORTRAN; FORTRAN compiler;
                 Hewlett Packard computers; HP 9000 series 700 FORTRAN;
                 HP Concurrent FORTRAN; HP-UX; HP-UX 8.05;
                 Implementation dependent instructions; implementation
                 dependent instructions; optimizing; Optimizing
                 preprocessor; Peak performance; peak performance;
                 preprocessor; program compilers; program processors;
                 Quality assurance processes; quality assurance
                 processes; Vector library; vector library",
  thesaurus =    "FORTRAN; Hewlett Packard computers; Program compilers;
                 Program processors",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Santhanam:1992:RRP,
  author =       "V. Santhanam",
  title =        "Register reassociation in {PA-RISC} compilers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "33--38",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compiler/Compiler.Lins.bib;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Register reassociation is a code improving
                 transformation that is applicable to program loops. The
                 basic idea is to rearrange expressions found within
                 loops to increase optimization opportunities, while
                 preserving the results computed. In particular,
                 register reassociation can expose loop-invariant
                 partial expressions in which intermediate results can
                 be computed outside the loop body and reused within the
                 loop. These optimization techniques added to PA-RISC
                 compilers result in the use of fewer machine
                 instructions to handle program loops.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C6150C (Compilers, interpreters and other
                 processors)",
  classification = "C6150C (Compilers, interpreters and other
                 processors)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "code improving; Code improving transformation;
                 expressions; Intermediate results; intermediate
                 results; loop-invariant partial; Loop-invariant partial
                 expressions; optimisation; PA-RISC compilers; program
                 compilers; Program loops; program loops; storage
                 management; Subscript commutation; subscript
                 commutation; transformation",
  thesaurus =    "Optimisation; Program compilers; Storage management",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Ramakrishnan:1992:SPP,
  author =       "S. Ramakrishnan",
  title =        "Software pipelining in {PA-RISC} compilers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "39--45",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compiler/Compiler.Lins.bib;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The performance of programs with loops can be improved
                 by having the compiler generate code that overlaps
                 instructions from multiple iterations to exploit the
                 available instruction-level parallelism. This software
                 pipelining is supported on the HP 9000 Series 700 and
                 800 systems.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C6150C (Compilers, interpreters and other processors);
                 C6110P (Parallel programming)",
  classification = "C6110P (Parallel programming); C6150C (Compilers,
                 interpreters and other processors)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "compilers; Hewlett Packard computers; HP 9000; HP 9000
                 Series 700; Instruction-level parallelism;
                 instruction-level parallelism; PA-RISC compilers;
                 pipeline processing; program; Series 700",
  thesaurus =    "Hewlett Packard computers; Pipeline processing;
                 Program compilers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Coutant:1992:SLH,
  author =       "C. A. Coutant and M. A. Ruscetta",
  title =        "Shared libraries for {HP-UX}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "46--53",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A shared library is a collection of subroutines that
                 can be shared among many programs. Instead of
                 containing private copies of the library routines it
                 uses, a program refers to the shared library. Shared
                 libraries in the HP-UX operating system were introduced
                 with the HP-UX 8.0 release which runs on the HP 9000
                 Series 300, 400, 700, and 800 workstations and systems.
                 This feature significantly reduces disk space
                 consumption, and allows the operating system to make
                 better use of memory. The motivation and the design for
                 shared libraries on the Series 700 and 800 PA-RISC
                 workstations and systems are discussed in this article.
                 Transparency is the main contribution of the PA-RISC
                 shared library implementation. Most users can begin
                 using shared libraries without making any significant
                 changes to their existing applications.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C6150J (Operating systems); C6110B (Software
                 engineering techniques); C6150C (Compilers,
                 interpreters and other processors)",
  classification = "C6110B (Software engineering techniques); C6150C
                 (Compilers, interpreters and other processors); C6150J
                 (Operating systems)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "HP 9000 Series 700; HP 9000 Series 800; HP-UX 8.0;
                 HP-UX operating; HP-UX operating system; PA-RISC shared
                 library; storage management; subroutines; system",
  thesaurus =    "Storage management; Subroutines",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Roberts:1992:IED,
  author =       "D. C. Roberts",
  title =        "Integrating an electronic dictionary into a natural
                 language processing system",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "54--65",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "This paper discusses the types of electronic
                 dictionaries available and the trends in electronic
                 dictionary technology, and provides detailed discussion
                 of particular dictionaries. It describes the
                 incorporation of one of these electronic dictionaries
                 (the CELEX lexical database) into Hewlett--Packard's
                 natural language understanding system (HP-NL) and
                 discusses various computer applications that could use
                 the technology now available.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C6180N (Natural language processing); C7820
                 (Humanities)",
  classification = "C6180N (Natural language processing); C7820
                 (Humanities)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "CELEX; CELEX lexical database; dictionary; electronic;
                 Electronic dictionary; glossaries; Head driven phase
                 structured grammar; head driven phase structured
                 grammar; HP-; HP-NL; HPSG; lexical database; Natural
                 language processing system; natural language processing
                 system; Natural language understanding system; natural
                 language understanding system; natural languages; NL",
  thesaurus =    "Glossaries; Natural languages",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Russell:1992:ASF,
  author =       "D. D. Russell",
  title =        "Application of spatial frequency methods to evaluation
                 of printed images",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "68--75",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Contrast transfer function (CTF) methods, applied in
                 pairwise comparisons, differentiated between print
                 algorithms, dot sizes, stroke widths, resolutions
                 (dpi), smoothing algorithms, and toners. Machine
                 judgments based on these methods agreed with the print
                 quality judgments of a panel of trained human
                 observers. The paper discusses the development and
                 application of various test patterns to black-and-white
                 print quality evaluation with extension to color print
                 quality evaluation. A trained panel of judges evaluated
                 merged text and graphics samples, and their responses
                 are compared with the results of the CTF method. In
                 addition, some examples of the Fourier transform
                 evaluation of printed images are given, and are
                 compared to the information from the CTF method.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5260B (Computer vision and picture processing); C5550
                 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices); C7230 (Publishing and reproduction)",
  classification = "C5260B (Computer vision and picture processing);
                 C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices); C7230 (Publishing and reproduction)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "algorithms; Black-and-white print quality evaluation;
                 black-and-white print quality evaluation; color print;
                 Color print quality evaluation; Contrast transfer
                 function methods; contrast transfer function methods;
                 Dot sizes; dot sizes; evaluation; Fourier transform;
                 Fourier transform evaluation; Fourier transforms;
                 Graphics; graphics; methods; optical transfer function;
                 Pairwise comparisons; pairwise comparisons; print;
                 Print algorithms; Print quality judgments; print
                 quality judgments; Printed images; printed images;
                 printing; quality control; quality evaluation;
                 Resolutions; resolutions; smoothing; Smoothing
                 algorithms; spatial frequency; Spatial frequency
                 methods; Stroke widths; stroke widths; Test patterns;
                 test patterns; Text; text; Toners; toners",
  thesaurus =    "Fourier transforms; Optical transfer function;
                 Printing; Quality control",
  treatment =    "P Practical; X Experimental",
}

@Article{Spach:1992:PRI,
  author =       "S. S. Spach and R. W. Pulleyblank",
  title =        "Parallel raytraced image generation",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "76--83",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Simulations of an experimental parallel processor
                 architecture have demonstrated that four processors can
                 provide a threefold improvement in raytraced image
                 rendering speed compared to sequential rendering. The
                 authors' parallel raytracing techniques are being
                 implemented to run on the Image Compute Engine (ICE)
                 architecture. ICE, under development in their project
                 group at HP Laboratories, is a multiprocessor system
                 intended to accelerate a variety of graphics and image
                 processing applications. ICE consists of clusters of
                 floating-point processing elements, each cluster
                 containing four processors with local and shared
                 memory. The clusters are networked using message
                 passing links and the system topology is configured
                 using a crossbar switch.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C6130B (Graphics techniques); C5220P (Parallel
                 architecture); C5260B (Computer vision and picture
                 processing); C4260 (Computational geometry)",
  classification = "C4260 (Computational geometry); C5220P (Parallel
                 architecture); C5260B (Computer vision and picture
                 processing); C6130B (Graphics techniques)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "applications; Compute Engine; global; Global
                 illumination models; ICE; illumination models; Image;
                 Image Compute Engine; image processing; Image
                 processing applications; Image space subdivision; image
                 space subdivision; Message passing links; message
                 passing links; Multiprocessor system; multiprocessor
                 system; parallel algorithms; parallel architectures;
                 Parallel processor architecture; parallel processor
                 architecture; Photorealistic rendering; photorealistic
                 rendering; ray tracing; Raytraced image rendering
                 speed; raytraced image rendering speed; rendering
                 (computer graphics); Sequential rendering; sequential
                 rendering",
  thesaurus =    "Parallel algorithms; Parallel architectures; Ray
                 tracing; Rendering [computer graphics]",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{DeBaets:1992:MPW,
  author =       "Andrew J. DeBaets and Kathleen M. Wheeler",
  title =        "Midrange {PA-RISC} workstations with price\slash
                 performance leadership",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "6--11",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP 9000 Models 720, 730, and 750 workstations
                 achieve exceptional performance ratings on
                 industry-standard benchmarks through a combination of a
                 high CPU clock rate (up to 66 MHz) and tuning of the
                 subsystem, compiler, and operating system designs. The
                 article presents an overview of the hardware design.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
  classification = "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "66 MHz; Compiler; compiler; computer evaluation; CPU
                 clock rate; Hardware design; hardware design; Hewlett
                 Packard computers; HP 9000; industry-;
                 Industry-standard benchmarks; instruction set
                 computing; Model 720 workstation; model 720
                 workstation; Model 730 workstation; model 730
                 workstation; model 750; Model 750 workstation;
                 operating; Operating system designs; PA-RISC
                 workstations; reduced; standard benchmarks; system
                 designs; workstation; workstations",
  numericalindex = "Frequency 6.6E+07 Hz",
  thesaurus =    "Computer evaluation; Hewlett Packard computers;
                 Reduced instruction set computing; Workstations",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1992:HSW,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "{HP} 9000 Series 700 Workstation Firmware",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "9--??",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Gleason:1992:VCL,
  author =       "Craig A. Gleason and Leith Johnson and Steven T.
                 Mangelsdorf and Thomas O. Meyer and Mark A. Forsyth",
  title =        "{VLSI} circuits for low-end and midrange {PA-RISC}
                 computers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "12--22",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The major VLSI chips for the HP 9000 Series 700
                 workstations include a central processing unit with
                 577000 transistors, a floating-point coprocessor with
                 640000 transistors, and a memory and input/output
                 controller with 185000 transistors.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto., CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "B1265F (Microprocessors and microcomputers); B1265D
                 (Memory circuits); C5130 (Microprocessor chips); C5430
                 (Microcomputers); C5220 (Computer architecture); C5320G
                 (Semiconductor storage)",
  classification = "B1265D (Memory circuits); B1265F (Microprocessors
                 and microcomputers); C5130 (Microprocessor chips);
                 C5220 (Computer architecture); C5320G (Semiconductor
                 storage); C5430 (Microcomputers)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto., CA, USA",
  keywords =     "Central processing unit; central processing unit;
                 computer architecture; coprocessor; floating-point;
                 Floating-point coprocessor; Hewlett Packard computers;
                 HP 9000 Series 700; HP 9000 Series 700 workstations;
                 Input/output controller; input/output controller;
                 integrated; Memory; memory; memory circuits;
                 microprocessor chips; PA-RISC computers; VLSI; VLSI
                 circuits; workstations",
  thesaurus =    "Computer architecture; Hewlett Packard computers;
                 Integrated memory circuits; Microprocessor chips; VLSI;
                 Workstations",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1992:PPM,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "{PA-RISC} Performance Modeling and Simulation",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "21--??",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Lettang:1992:ECH,
  author =       "Frank J. Lettang",
  title =        "{ECL} Clocks for High-Performance {RISC}
                 Workstations",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "23--25",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Distributed/QLD.bib;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "In the HP 9000 Series 700 workstations, clock signals
                 are distributed using differential ECL circuits, and
                 the VLSI chips have CMOS inputs operating at ECL
                 levels. Critical clock delay signals are routed on
                 50-ohm striplines on printed circuit board inner
                 layers.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  annote =       "In the HP 9000 Series 700 workstations, clock signals
                 are distributed using differential ECL circuits, and
                 the VLSI chips have CMOS inputs operating at ECL
                 levels. Critical clock delay signals are routed on
                 50-ohm striplines on printed circuit board inner
                 layers.",
  bydate =       "goe",
  byrev =        "Le",
  classcodes =   "B1265Z (Other digital circuits); C5150 (Other circuits
                 for digital computers); C5430 (Microcomputers)",
  classification = "B1265Z (Other digital circuits); C5150 (Other
                 circuits for digital computers); C5430
                 (Microcomputers)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  country =      "USA",
  date =         "00/00/00",
  descriptors =  "BUS; RISC; HARDWARE",
  enum =         "8252",
  keywords =     "board inner layers; Clock delay signals; clock delay
                 signals; Clock signals; clock signals; clocks; CMOS;
                 CMOS inputs; ECL circuits; emitter-coupled logic;
                 Hewlett Packard computers; High-performance RISC
                 workstations; high-performance RISC workstations; HP
                 9000 Series 700; HP 9000 Series 700 workstations;
                 inputs; printed circuit; Printed circuit board inner
                 layers; Striplines; striplines; VLSI; VLSI chips;
                 workstations",
  location =     "UniS-IND",
  references =   "0",
  revision =     "19/10/93",
  thesaurus =    "Clocks; Emitter-coupled logic; Hewlett Packard
                 computers; VLSI; Workstations",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Li:1992:HSI,
  author =       "Daniel Li and Audrey B. Gore",
  title =        "{HP} 9000 {Series} 700 input\slash output subsystem",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "26--33",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Integrated on a single 8.5-by-11-inch I/O board is
                 hardware support for the SCSI, the Centronics parallel
                 printer interface, two RS-232 ports, the IEEE 802.3
                 LAN, the HP-HIL, four audio tone generators, and a
                 real-time clock. An application-specific IC serves as
                 I/O subsystem controller.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5610P (Peripheral interfaces); C5610N (Network
                 interfaces); C5430 (Microcomputers)",
  classification = "C5430 (Microcomputers); C5610N (Network interfaces);
                 C5610P (Peripheral interfaces)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "232 ports; Application-specific IC;
                 application-specific IC; Audio tone generators; audio
                 tone generators; Centronics parallel printer interface;
                 controller; Hewlett Packard computers; HP-HIL; I/O
                 board; I/O subsystem; I/O subsystem controller; IEEE
                 802.3 LAN; interfaces; network interfaces; peripheral;
                 Real-time clock; real-time clock; RS-; RS-232 ports;
                 SCSI; workstations",
  thesaurus =    "Hewlett Packard computers; Network interfaces;
                 Peripheral interfaces; Workstations",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Ahi:1992:DVH,
  author =       "Ali M. Ahi and Gregory D. Burroughs and Audrey B. Gore
                 and Steve W. LaMar and Chi-Yen R. Lin and A. L.
                 Wiemann",
  title =        "Design verification of the {HP} 9000 {Series} 700
                 {PA-RISC} workstations",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "34--42",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "First a high-level system model was simulated and
                 compared with a reference machine running both HP
                 standard and pseudorandom test programs. Then the same
                 tests were run on hardware prototypes. All chips were
                 able to boot the operating system on first silicon.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5430 (Microcomputers); C5470 (Performance evaluation
                 and testing)",
  classification = "C5430 (Microcomputers); C5470 (Performance
                 evaluation and testing)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "computer testing; computers; formal verification;
                 Hardware prototypes; hardware prototypes; Hewlett
                 Packard; high-level system; High-level system model; HP
                 9000 Series 700 PA-RISC workstations; model; Operating
                 system; operating system; Pseudorandom test programs;
                 pseudorandom test programs; reduced instruction set
                 computing; Reference machine; reference machine;
                 workstations",
  thesaurus =    "Computer testing; Formal verification; Hewlett Packard
                 computers; Reduced instruction set computing;
                 Workstations",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
  xxnote =       "Check authors??",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1992:HSP,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "{HP} Standard {PA-RISC} Test Programs",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "35--??",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1992:ST,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Simulation Toolset",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "36--??",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1992:DT,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Debugging Tools",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "39--??",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1992:M,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Metrics",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "41--??",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Roesner:1992:MDH,
  author =       "Arlen L. Roesner and John P. Hoppal",
  title =        "Mechanical design of the {HP} 9000 models 720 and 730
                 workstations",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "43--48",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The CPU board, I/O board, graphics board, power
                 supply, mass storage tray, and EISA board assembly are
                 designed as easily accessible modules to support the
                 design goals of low cost, accessibility, serviceability
                 and manufacturability. The appearance is new,
                 attractive, and compatible with existing HP computer
                 products.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5430 (Microcomputers); C5490 (Other aspects)",
  classification = "C5430 (Microcomputers); C5490 (Other aspects)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "Accessibility; accessibility; board; CPU; CPU board;
                 EISA board assembly; Graphics board; graphics board;
                 Hewlett Packard computers; HP 9000; HP computer
                 products; HP Model 720; HP Model 730; I/O board; Low
                 cost; low cost; Manufacturability; manufacturability;
                 mass; Mass storage; packaging; Power supply; power
                 supply; Serviceability; serviceability; storage;
                 Workstations; workstations",
  thesaurus =    "Hewlett Packard computers; Packaging; Workstations",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Ure:1992:MMC,
  author =       "Spencer M. Ure and Kevin W. Allen and Anna M. Hargis
                 and Samuel K. Hammel and Paul Roeber",
  title =        "Meeting manufacturing challenges for {PA-RISC}
                 workstations",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "49--54",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "To meet the time-to-market goals for the HP 9000
                 Series 700 workstations, major contributions were made
                 in design for manufacturability and in expediting
                 standard processes. One manufacturing operation
                 installed a new surface mount production facility and
                 developed a new printed circuit production process
                 simultaneously.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "B0170E (Production facilities and engineering); B0170J
                 (Product packaging); C5430 (Microcomputers); C5490
                 (Other aspects)",
  classification = "B0170E (Production facilities and engineering);
                 B0170J (Product packaging); C5430 (Microcomputers);
                 C5490 (Other aspects)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "facility; Hewlett Packard computers; HP 9000 Series
                 700; HP 9000 Series 700 workstations;
                 Manufacturability; manufacturability; manufacture;
                 mount technology; PA-RISC workstations; packaging;
                 printed circuit; Printed circuit production process;
                 printed circuit production process; reduced instruction
                 set computing; surface; surface mount production;
                 Surface mount production facility; Time-to-market;
                 time-to-market; workstations",
  thesaurus =    "Hewlett Packard computers; Packaging; Printed circuit
                 manufacture; Reduced instruction set computing; Surface
                 mount technology; Workstations",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Frink:1992:HDL,
  author =       "Craig R. Frink and Robert J. Hammond and John A.
                 Dykstal and Don C. {Soltis, Jr.}",
  title =        "High-performance designs for the low-cost {PA-RISC}
                 desktop",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "55--63",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The paper presents the processor, memory, graphics,
                 multimedia, and built-in core I/O design of the new HP
                 9000 Models 705 and 710 entry-level, scalable, PA-RISC
                 workstations. The use of a buffered CPU/memory
                 interconnect is important for scaling the
                 high-frequency, high-performance processor design to
                 the entry-level desktop.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
  classification = "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "Buffered CPU/memory interconnect; buffered CPU/memory
                 interconnect; Built-in core I/O design; built-in core
                 I/O design; computer evaluation; desktop; entry-level;
                 Entry-level desktop; Graphics; graphics; Hewlett
                 Packard computers; HP 9000 Model 710; HP 9000 Models
                 705; instruction set computing; Memory; memory;
                 Multimedia; multimedia; PA-RISC; PA-RISC workstations;
                 Processor; processor; reduced; workstations",
  thesaurus =    "Computer evaluation; Hewlett Packard computers;
                 Reduced instruction set computing; Workstations",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Kearl:1992:LPC,
  author =       "Daniel A. Kearl and Michael S. Ard",
  title =        "Low-cost plain-paper color inkjet printing",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "64--68",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP DeskWriter C and DeskJet 500C printers are
                 based on advanced thermal inkjet technology in the form
                 of a 300-dpi three-color inkjet print cartridge. The
                 printers and software drivers that use this cartridge
                 were developed on an aggressive one-year schedule.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  classification = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "300-Dpi; 300-dpi; colour; DeskJet 500C printers;
                 equipment evaluation; Hewlett Packard computers; HP
                 DeskWriter C; ink; jet printers; Software drivers;
                 software drivers; technology; thermal inkjet; Thermal
                 inkjet technology; thermal printers; Three-color inkjet
                 print cartridge; three-color inkjet print cartridge",
  thesaurus =    "Colour; Equipment evaluation; Hewlett Packard
                 computers; Ink jet printers; Thermal printers",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1992:TIR,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Thermal Inkjet Review, or How Do Dots Get from the Pen
                 to the Page?",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "67--??",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Maze:1992:IPC,
  author =       "Craig Maze and Loren E. Johnson and Daniel A. Kearl
                 and James P. Shields",
  title =        "Ink and print cartridge development for the {HP
                 DeskJet} 500{C\slash DeskWriter C} printer family",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "69--76",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A trichamber print cartridge allows the low-cost HP
                 DeskJet printer platform to print in color. The ink
                 vehicle, dyes, dye concentrations, and interactions had
                 to be carefully traded off to optimize performance with
                 respect to color bleed, color saturation, composite
                 black production, edge acuity, drying time, and
                 resistance to crusting.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  classification = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "500C/DeskWriter C printer family; cartridge; Color;
                 color; Color bleed; color bleed; Color saturation;
                 color saturation; Composite black production; composite
                 black production; Crusting resistance; crusting
                 resistance; Drying time; drying time; Dye
                 concentrations; dye concentrations; Dyes; dyes; Edge
                 acuity; edge acuity; Hewlett Packard computers; HP
                 DeskJet; HP DeskJet 500C/DeskWriter C printer family;
                 ink jet printers; Ink vehicle; ink vehicle; Print
                 cartridge development; print cartridge development;
                 printers; thermal; trichamber print; Trichamber print
                 cartridge",
  thesaurus =    "Hewlett Packard computers; Ink jet printers; Thermal
                 printers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1992:CST,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Color Science in Three-Color Inkjet Print Cartridge
                 Development",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "71--??",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1992:MHP,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Making {HP} Print Cartridges Safe for Consumers Around
                 the World",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "76--??",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Mason:1992:AAH,
  author =       "Lee S. Mason and Mark C. Huth",
  title =        "Automated assembly of the {HP DeskJet} 500{C\slash
                 DeskWriter C} color print cartridge",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "77--83",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Roughly 60\% of the assembly technology had to be
                 developed especially for the color print cartridge.
                 Plastic welding, adhesive dispensing, TAB circuit
                 staking, and ink fill were among the challenges.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  classification = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "Adhesive dispensing; adhesive dispensing; Assembly
                 technology; assembly technology; cartridge; circuit
                 staking; colour; Hewlett Packard computers; HP DeskJet
                 500C/DeskWriter C color print; HP DeskJet
                 500C/DeskWriter C color print cartridge; Ink fill; ink
                 fill; ink jet printers; Plastic welding; plastic
                 welding; printers; TAB; TAB circuit staking; thermal",
  thesaurus =    "Colour; Hewlett Packard computers; Ink jet printers;
                 Thermal printers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1992:CIP,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Color Inkjet Print Cartridge Ink Manifold Design",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "82--??",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Reed:1992:AME,
  author =       "Douglas J. Reed and Terry M. Lambright",
  title =        "Adhesive material and equipment selection for the {HP
                 DeskJet} 500{C\slash DeskWriter C} color print
                 cartridge",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "84--86",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The adhesive joins the printhead to the cartridge body
                 and maintains color ink separation at the interface.
                 The encapsulant protects the electrical bonds. Special
                 equipment was designed to dispense these materials with
                 high precision in very small volumes.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  classification = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "Adhesive; adhesive; Cartridge body; cartridge body;
                 Color ink separation; color ink separation; colour;
                 Electrical bonds; electrical bonds; Encapsulant;
                 encapsulant; Hewlett Packard computers; HP DeskJet
                 500C/DeskWriter C color print cartridge; ink jet
                 printers; printers; Printhead; printhead; TAB;
                 thermal",
  thesaurus =    "Colour; Hewlett Packard computers; Ink jet printers;
                 Thermal printers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Monroe:1992:MVC,
  author =       "Michael J. Monroe",
  title =        "Machine vision in color print cartridge production",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "87--92",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "In production of the tricolor print cartridges for the
                 HP DeskJet 500C and DeskWriter C printers, machine
                 vision is used for filter stake inspection, adhesive
                 and encapsulant dispenser calibration, structural
                 adhesive inspection, and automatic print quality
                 evaluation.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)C5260B (Computer vision and picture
                 processing)",
  classification = "C5260B (Computer vision and picture processing);
                 C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "Adhesive; adhesive; adhesive inspection; automatic
                 optical inspection; Automatic print quality evaluation;
                 automatic print quality evaluation; Color print
                 cartridge production; color print cartridge production;
                 colour; computer vision; DeskWriter C; Encapsulant
                 dispenser calibration; encapsulant dispenser
                 calibration; Filter stake inspection; filter stake
                 inspection; Hewlett Packard computers; HP DeskJet 500C;
                 ink jet printers; printers; structural; Structural
                 adhesive inspection; thermal; Tricolor print
                 cartridges; tricolor print cartridges",
  thesaurus =    "Automatic optical inspection; Colour; Computer vision;
                 Hewlett Packard computers; Ink jet printers; Thermal
                 printers",
  treatment =    "G General Review; P Practical",
}

@Article{Allen:1992:HDC,
  author =       "William J. Allen and Toni D. Courville and Steven O.
                 Miller",
  title =        "{HP DeskWriter C} printer driver development",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "93--102",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Running on the host computer, the driver provides all
                 of the intelligent formatting, rasterizing, color
                 matching, and dithering for this affordable black and
                 color printer.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)C6150E (General utility programs)",
  classification = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices); C6150E (General utility programs)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "Color matching; color matching; Color printer; color
                 printer; colour; formatting; Hewlett Packard computers;
                 Host computer; host computer; HP DeskWriter C printer
                 driver; ink jet printers; input-; intelligent;
                 Intelligent formatting; output programs; Rasterizing;
                 rasterizing; thermal printers",
  thesaurus =    "Colour; Hewlett Packard computers; Ink jet printers;
                 Input-output programs; Thermal printers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Nishimoto:1992:IUI,
  author =       "Alvina Y. Nishimoto and William J. Gray and Barbara J.
                 Williams",
  title =        "An interactive user interface for material
                 requirements planning",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "103--110",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "For planners and buyers in the manufacturing business
                 environment, HP MRP Action Manager is an online,
                 interactive tool that automates many of the traditional
                 paper-intensive activities of material requirements
                 planning.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C7160 (Manufacturing and industry)",
  classification = "C7160 (Manufacturing and industry)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "computer aided production planning; HP MRP Action
                 Manager; Interactive tool; interactive tool;
                 Interactive user interface; interactive user interface;
                 interfaces; Manufacturing business environment;
                 manufacturing business environment; manufacturing data;
                 Material requirements planning; material requirements
                 planning; Paper-intensive activities; paper-intensive
                 activities; processing; production control; software
                 packages; user",
  thesaurus =    "Computer aided production planning; Manufacturing data
                 processing; Production control; Software packages; User
                 interfaces",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1992:HMA,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "{HP MRP} Action Manager Project Management",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "108--??",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Moore:1992:HNA,
  author =       "Edmund G. Moore",
  title =        "The {HP} Network Advisor: {A} Portable Test Tool for
                 Protocol Analysis",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "6--10",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "This network protocol analysis tool combines expert
                 system technology with a comprehensive set of network
                 statistics and protocol decodes to speed problem
                 resolution for token ring and Ethernet networks. It has
                 created a new standard in the LAN test marketplace. It
                 is a tool that not only collects and supplies users
                 with network traffic data but also extracts pertinent
                 answers from the volumes of data. As a DOS-based
                 system, the Network Advisor offers compatibility,
                 flexibility, and a clear path for evolution. As an
                 instrument, it offers unprecedented performance in data
                 capture and analysis and brings HP quality and data
                 integrity to the LAN marketplace.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems); B6210L (Computer communications); B7210B
                 (Automatic test and measurement systems); C5630
                 (Networking equipment); C5640 (Protocols); C5620L
                 (Local area networks); C6170 (Expert systems)",
  classification = "B6210L (Computer communications); B7210B (Automatic
                 test and measurement systems); B7210X (Other
                 instrumentation and measurement systems); C5620L (Local
                 area networks); C5630 (Networking equipment); C5640
                 (Protocols); C6170 (Expert systems)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "automatic test equipment; computers; Data analysis;
                 data analysis; Data capture; data capture; Data
                 integrity; data integrity; DOS-based; DOS-based system;
                 Ethernet networks; expert; Expert system; expert
                 systems; Hewlett Packard; HP Network Advisor; LAN;
                 local area networks; network analysers; Network
                 protocol analysis tool; network protocol analysis tool;
                 Network statistics; network statistics; Network traffic
                 data; network traffic data; Portable test tool;
                 portable test tool; Protocol analysis; protocol
                 analysis; Protocol decodes; protocol decodes;
                 protocols; system; token networks; Token ring; token
                 ring",
  thesaurus =    "Automatic test equipment; Expert systems; Hewlett
                 Packard computers; Local area networks; Network
                 analysers; Protocols; Token networks",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1992:NAP,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "{Network Advisor} Product Enhancement Philosophy",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "9--??",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Godlew:1992:EAI,
  author =       "Scott Godlew and Rod Unverrich and Stephen Witt",
  title =        "Embedding artificial intelligence in a {LAN} test
                 instrument",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "11--21",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The capabilities of artificial intelligence techniques
                 are provided in the HP 4980 Series Network Advisor
                 protocol analyzers by a software application called the
                 Fault Finder. It is a rule-based expert system that is
                 built around a blackboard architecture. The rules,
                 written in PROLOG, invoke Network Advisor measurements
                 (statistics, decodes, and applications) that are
                 available to the user. The article discusses LAN
                 trouble-shooting, automated troubleshooting using
                 expert systems, the Fault Finder, the architecture of
                 the Fault Finder, and a typical problem solved using
                 the Fault Finder on a token ring network.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems); B6210L (Computer communications); B6150M
                 (Protocols); C5630 (Networking equipment); C5620L
                 (Local area networks); C6170 (Expert systems); C5640
                 (Protocols)",
  classification = "B6150M (Protocols); B6210L (Computer
                 communications); B7210X (Other instrumentation and
                 measurement systems); C5620L (Local area networks);
                 C5630 (Networking equipment); C5640 (Protocols); C6170
                 (Expert systems)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "Artificial intelligence; artificial intelligence;
                 Automated troubleshooting; automated troubleshooting;
                 based expert system; Blackboard architecture;
                 blackboard architecture; expert systems; Fault Finder;
                 Hewlett Packard computers; HP 4980 Series; HP 4980
                 Series Network Advisor; LAN; LAN test instrument; LAN
                 trouble-shooting; local area; network; Network Advisor;
                 network analysers; networks; PROLOG; Protocol
                 analyzers; protocol analyzers; protocols; rule-;
                 Rule-based expert system; token ring; Token ring
                 network; trouble-shooting",
  thesaurus =    "Expert systems; Hewlett Packard computers; Local area
                 networks; Network analysers; Protocols",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Doumas:1992:UIH,
  author =       "Thomas A. Doumas",
  title =        "The user interface for the {HP} 4980 {Network Advisor}
                 protocol analyzer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "22--28",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP 4980 Network Advisor protocol analyzer's user
                 interface is built on a graphical, window-based system.
                 The user interacts with a number of system windows to
                 access and control the features of the instrument. This
                 interaction is through pull-down menus, pushbuttons,
                 list boxes, and dialog boxes associated with specific
                 features. Support for servicing these user interactions
                 is provided by a layer of software called the
                 measurement architecture. This software and other
                 system software are collectively called the
                 general-purpose environment. The general-purpose
                 environment software is written in the object-oriented
                 Smalltalk language and runs on a PC. Working in consort
                 with the general-purpose environment is the analysis
                 and real-time environment, which runs on a RISC-based
                 hardware platform and provides the services for
                 interfacing to the Network Advisor's front panel, and
                 the network under test.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems); B6150M (Protocols); B6210L (Computer
                 communications); C6180G (Graphical user interfaces);
                 C6130B (Graphics techniques); C5630 (Networking
                 equipment); C5640 (Protocols); C5620L (Local area
                 networks)",
  classification = "B6150M (Protocols); B6210L (Computer
                 communications); B7210X (Other instrumentation and
                 measurement systems); C5620L (Local area networks);
                 C5630 (Networking equipment); C5640 (Protocols); C6130B
                 (Graphics techniques); C6180G (Graphical user
                 interfaces)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "analysis and real-time; Analysis and real-time
                 environment; area networks; ART environment; Dialog
                 boxes; dialog boxes; environment; Front panel; front
                 panel; general-purpose; General-purpose environment;
                 Graphical system; graphical system; graphical user
                 interfaces; Hewlett Packard computers; HP 4980 Network
                 Advisor; List boxes; list boxes; local; Measurement
                 architecture; measurement architecture; network
                 analysers; Object oriented language; object oriented
                 language; Protocol analyzer; protocol analyzer;
                 protocols; Pull-down menus; pull-down menus;
                 Pushbuttons; pushbuttons; RISC-based hardware platform;
                 Smalltalk language; System software; system software;
                 System windows; system windows; User interactions; user
                 interactions; User interface; user interface;
                 Window-based system; window-based system",
  thesaurus =    "Graphical user interfaces; Hewlett Packard computers;
                 Local area networks; Network analysers; Protocols",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1992:ODS,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Object-Oriented Design and Smalltalk",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "24--??",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1992:FI,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "The {Forth} Interpreter",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "25--??",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Bhat:1992:NAA,
  author =       "Sunil Bhat",
  title =        "The {Network Advisor} analysis and real-time
                 environment",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "29--33",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The analysis and real-time (ART) environment of the HP
                 4980 Series Network Advisor protocol analyzers is a
                 software platform that has all the necessary services
                 to support real-time network protocol analysis
                 applications. To a lesser extent it also supports
                 postanalysis of captured data. Typically, any
                 application on the Network Advisor has an analysis
                 module that operates in the ART environment. This
                 module does in real time all application-specific
                 analysis based on relevant data from the network or
                 network counts maintained by the hardware. The article
                 describes the architecture and high-level design issues
                 of the ART environment.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C7410F (Communications); C6155 (Computer
                 communications software); C5640 (Protocols)",
  classification = "C5640 (Protocols); C6155 (Computer communications
                 software); C7410F (Communications)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "Advisor; analysers; Analysis and real-time
                 environment; analysis and real-time environment;
                 Analysis module; analysis module; application-;
                 Application-specific analysis; Hewlett Packard
                 computers; HP 4980 Series Network; HP 4980 Series
                 Network Advisor; local area networks; network; network
                 protocol analysis; Protocol analyzers; protocol
                 analyzers; protocols; real-time; Real-time network
                 protocol analysis; Software platform; software
                 platform; specific analysis; telecommunications
                 computing",
  thesaurus =    "Hewlett Packard computers; Local area networks;
                 Network analysers; Protocols; Telecommunications
                 computing",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Prufer:1992:NAP,
  author =       "Rona J. Prufer",
  title =        "{Network Advisor} protocol analysis: decodes",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "34--40",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The decode portion of protocol analysis involves the
                 recognition and interpretation of the syntax and
                 semantics of the different types of network protocols.
                 The HP 4980 Network Advisor is different from
                 traditional protocol analyzers in that it attempts to
                 interpret data from the network under test and provide
                 answers to protocol problems, not just reams of data.
                 Two of the Network Advisor's key features are a
                 flexible user interface and the number of decodes it
                 can handle.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C6155 (Computer communications software); C5640
                 (Protocols)",
  classification = "C5640 (Protocols); C6155 (Computer communications
                 software)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "4980 Network Advisor; Decodes; decodes; Hewlett
                 Packard computers; HP; HP 4980 Network Advisor; network
                 analysers; Network protocols; network protocols;
                 Protocol analysis; protocol analysis; Protocol
                 analyzers; protocol analyzers; protocols; Semantics;
                 semantics; Syntax; syntax; User interface; user
                 interface",
  thesaurus =    "Hewlett Packard computers; Network analysers;
                 Protocols",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Krebs:1992:MDH,
  author =       "Kenneth R. Krebs",
  title =        "Mechanical design of the {HP} 4980 {Network Advisor}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "41--47",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP Network Advisor package consists of 31
                 injection-molded parts, 15 sheet-metal parts, 19
                 cables, nine printed circuit boards, two
                 custom-machined parts, a custom power supply, flexible
                 and hard disk drives, a color or monochrome LCD
                 (liquid-crystal display), and numerous other custom and
                 standard parts. Its hinged, fold-up flat-panel display
                 and fold-down keyboard are designed to make it easy to
                 use the Network Advisor either on a desktop or in a
                 floor-standing position, while providing maximum
                 portability when closed. It has interchangeable network
                 interface modules that mount to the underside of the
                 instrument. The overall package measures 5.9 inches
                 high by 14.3 inches wide by 16.8 inches deep and weighs
                 25 pounds fully loaded.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems); B0170J (Product packaging); B7210B (Automatic
                 test and measurement systems); C5630 (Networking
                 equipment)",
  classification = "B0170J (Product packaging); B7210B (Automatic test
                 and measurement systems); B7210X (Other instrumentation
                 and measurement systems); C5630 (Networking
                 equipment)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "25 Lb; 25 lb; analysers; automatic test equipment;
                 boards; Cables; cables; Colour LCD; colour LCD; Custom
                 power supply; custom power supply; Custom-machined
                 parts; custom-machined parts; disk drives; flat-;
                 Flat-panel display; Fold-down keyboard; fold-down
                 keyboard; hard; Hard disk drives; Hewlett Packard
                 computers; HP Network Advisor; injection-;
                 Injection-molded parts; interchangeable network;
                 Interchangeable network interface modules; interface
                 modules; Liquid-crystal display; liquid-crystal
                 display; Mechanical design; mechanical design; molded
                 parts; Monochrome LCD; monochrome LCD; network;
                 packaging; panel display; printed circuit; Printed
                 circuit boards; protocols; Sheet-metal parts;
                 sheet-metal parts",
  numericalindex = "Mass 1.1E+01 kg",
  thesaurus =    "Automatic test equipment; Hewlett Packard computers;
                 Network analysers; Packaging; Protocols",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Ballo:1992:MTA,
  author =       "David J. Ballo and John A. Wendler",
  title =        "The Microwave Transition Analyzer: {A} New Instrument
                 Architecture for Component and Signal Analysis",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "48--62",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "In addition to bringing the time domain to microwave
                 design, the microwave transition analyzer measures
                 harmonic distortion using the FFT and provides familiar
                 vector network analyzer capability when configured with
                 a synthesized signal generator. In this respect, the
                 microwave transition analyzer is a general-purpose,
                 multidomain tool that can be used to link new
                 time-domain measurements with traditional
                 frequency-domain techniques, particularly in the areas
                 of pulsed-RF and nonlinear device characterization. In
                 a single instrument, the microwave transition analyzer
                 integrates a versatile hardware architecture with very
                 flexible means of control. The combination results in
                 an instrument with unprecedented measurement
                 diversity.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems); B7310N (Microwave techniques); C5630
                 (Networking equipment)",
  classification = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems); B7310N (Microwave techniques); C5630
                 (Networking equipment)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "analyzer; characterization; FFT; Frequency-domain;
                 frequency-domain; Harmonic distortion; harmonic
                 distortion; Instrument architecture; instrument
                 architecture; measurements; microwave measurement;
                 Microwave transition analyzer; microwave transition
                 analyzer; network analysers; nonlinear device;
                 Nonlinear device characterization; Pulsed-RF;
                 pulsed-RF; reflectometry; Signal analysis; signal
                 analysis; Synthesized signal generator; synthesized
                 signal generator; time-domain; Time-domain
                 measurements; vector network; Vector network analyzer",
  thesaurus =    "Microwave measurement; Network analysers; Time-domain
                 reflectometry",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1992:FTC,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Frequency Translation as Convolution",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "61--??",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Dethlefsen:1992:DCM,
  author =       "Michael Dethlefsen and John A. Wendler",
  title =        "Design considerations in the microwave transition
                 analyzer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "63--71",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP 71500 A microwave transition analyzer is an MMS
                 (modular measurement system) instrument. It consists of
                 the HP 70820 A, microwave transition analyzer module
                 and the HP 70004 A, MMS mainframe and color display. In
                 the system two input signals are sampled by microwave
                 sample-and-hold circuits with an input bandwidth of 40
                 GHz. The sample rate is generated by a low-frequency
                 10-to-20-MHz synthesizer under processor control. The
                 sampled signals are digitized by an analog-to-digital
                 converter (ADC), the digitized outputs are processed by
                 a digital signal processor, and the final results are
                 displayed on the MMS display by the instrument
                 processor. The article explains some of the design
                 considerations, in both the hardware and the firmware,
                 that went into the development of the microwave
                 transition analyzer.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems); B7310N (Microwave techniques); B7220 (Signal
                 processing and conditioning equipment and techniques);
                 C5630 (Networking equipment); C5260 (Digital signal
                 processing)",
  classification = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems); B7220 (Signal processing and conditioning
                 equipment and techniques); B7310N (Microwave
                 techniques); C5260 (Digital signal processing); C5630
                 (Networking equipment)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "10 To 20 MHz; 10 to 20 MHz; 40 GHz; analog-to-digital;
                 Analog-to-digital converter; analogue-digital
                 conversion; analyzer module; bandwidth; chips; Color
                 display; color display; converter; digital signal
                 processing; Digital signal processor; digital signal
                 processor; Firmware; firmware; Hewlett Packard
                 computers; HP 70004 A; HP 70820 A; HP 71500 A; input;
                 Input bandwidth; Input signals; input signals;
                 instrument; Instrument processor; measurement system;
                 microwave measurement; Microwave sample-and-hold
                 circuits; microwave sample-and-hold circuits; microwave
                 transition; Microwave transition analyzer; microwave
                 transition analyzer; Microwave transition analyzer
                 module; MMS display; MMS mainframe; modular; Modular
                 measurement system; network analysers; processor;
                 Processor control; processor control; sample and hold
                 circuits; Synthesizer; synthesizer",
  numericalindex = "Bandwidth 4.0E+10 Hz; Frequency 1.0E+07 to 2.0E+07
                 Hz",
  thesaurus =    "Analogue-digital conversion; Digital signal processing
                 chips; Hewlett Packard computers; Microwave
                 measurement; Network analysers; Sample and hold
                 circuits",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Beethe:1992:VEE,
  author =       "Douglas C. Beethe and William L. Hunt",
  title =        "A visual engineering environment for test software
                 development",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "72--77",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "HP VEE was designed to dramatically reduce test
                 software development costs by allowing the test to be
                 expressed on the computer using the conceptual model
                 most common to the technical user: the block diagram.
                 The article provides a general overview of the
                 development of HP VEE, its feature set, and how it
                 applies the concept of the executable block diagram.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C6115 (Programming support); C6130B (Graphics
                 techniques)",
  classification = "C6115 (Programming support); C6130B (Graphics
                 techniques)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "Conceptual model; conceptual model; diagram; diagrams;
                 executable block; Executable block diagram; Feature
                 set; feature set; Hewlett Packard computers; HP VEE;
                 program testing; programming environments; software
                 tools; Test software development; test software
                 development; Visual engineering environment; visual
                 engineering environment; visual programming",
  thesaurus =    "Diagrams; Hewlett Packard computers; Program testing;
                 Programming environments; Software tools; Visual
                 programming",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1992:OPL,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Object-oriented Programming in a Large System",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "76--??",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Hunt:1992:DAU,
  author =       "William L. Hunt",
  title =        "Developing an advanced user interface for {HP VEE}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "78--83",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "HP VEE, Hewlett--Packard's visual engineering
                 environment, was developed as a programming tool for
                 nonprogrammers. In the past, computer users were
                 required to move into the computer's domain. The goal
                 for HP VEE was to bring the computer into the user's
                 domain. This meant developing a system that operates in
                 the way that target users expect. Simplicity and
                 flexibility were the primary attributes that guided
                 this user interface development. Test programs
                 generated with HP VEE can have the same advanced user
                 interface as HP VEE itself.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C6115 (Programming support); C6180 (User interfaces);
                 C6130B (Graphics techniques)",
  classification = "C6115 (Programming support); C6130B (Graphics
                 techniques); C6180 (User interfaces)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "Flexibility; flexibility; Hewlett Packard computers;
                 HP VEE; programming; programming environments;
                 Programming tool; programming tool; Simplicity;
                 simplicity; software tools; User interface development;
                 user interface development; user interface management
                 systems; visual; Visual engineering environment; visual
                 engineering environment",
  thesaurus =    "Hewlett Packard computers; Programming environments;
                 Software tools; User interface management systems;
                 Visual programming",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Beethe:1992:HVD,
  author =       "Douglas C. Beethe",
  title =        "{HP VEE}: {A} Dataflow Architecture",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "84--88",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP VEE dataflow programming environment was
                 developed with the specific objective of providing an
                 interface that would allow users to express a problem
                 in block diagram form on the screen and then execute it
                 directly. Dataflow programming was chosen because of
                 its direct correlation to the block diagram models that
                 were to be emulated. The design and construction of HP
                 VEE used object-oriented technology from the beginning.
                 The architecture that evolved from this development is
                 the subject of the article. The design of various
                 elements of the underlying HP VEE architecture is
                 discussed as is the manner in which they work together
                 to produce the executable block diagram as a dataflow
                 model.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C6115 (Programming support); C6130B (Graphics
                 techniques); C6110P (Parallel programming); C6110J
                 (Object-oriented programming)",
  classification = "C6110J (Object-oriented programming); C6110P
                 (Parallel programming); C6115 (Programming support);
                 C6130B (Graphics techniques)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "Block diagram models; block diagram models; dataflow;
                 Dataflow architecture; dataflow architecture; Dataflow
                 model; Dataflow programming environment; Executable
                 block diagram; executable block diagram; Hewlett
                 Packard computers; HP VEE; model; object-;
                 object-oriented programming; Object-oriented
                 technology; oriented technology; parallel programming;
                 programming environment; programming environments;
                 software; tools; User interface; user interface; visual
                 programming",
  thesaurus =    "Hewlett Packard computers; Object-oriented
                 programming; Parallel programming; Programming
                 environments; Software tools; Visual programming",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Nieddu:1992:PMS,
  author =       "Giovanni Nieddu and Fernando M. Secco and Alberto
                 Vallerini",
  title =        "A performance monitoring system for digital
                 telecommunications networks",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "89--99",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP Model E3560 digital performance monitoring and
                 remote test system is designed for surveillance of the
                 quality of a digital telecommunications network and for
                 collecting alarms from network elements, following the
                 guidelines of CCITT Recommendation G.821. The HP E3560
                 provides the customer with well-defined performance
                 parameters that tell how the network is doing on a
                 statistical basis, and whether a failure has occurred
                 in a network element. The actual network monitoring is
                 performed by devices called peripheral units, which
                 continuously monitor the telecom links nonintrusively.
                 The peripheral units scan the PCM streams at the four
                 main bit rates in the European (CEPT) hierarchy
                 (2,8,34, and 140 Mbits/s), looking for alarms and
                 binary errors, and computing the G.821 performance
                 parameters. Data produced by the peripheral units is
                 collected by a first-level processor, an HP 9000 Series
                 400 workstation, which stores the data in a relational
                 database. The first-level processor also provides for
                 configuration of the peripheral devices and presents
                 the retrieved data and alarms to the user.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B0170L (Inspection and quality control); B6210
                 (Telecommunication applications); C7410H
                 (Instrumentation); C7410F (Communications); C5620
                 (Computer networks and techniques); C5670 (Network
                 performance)",
  classification = "B0170L (Inspection and quality control); B6210
                 (Telecommunication applications); B7210B (Automatic
                 test and measurement systems); C5620 (Computer networks
                 and techniques); C5670 (Network performance); C7410F
                 (Communications); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "140; 140 Mbit/s; 2 Mbit/s; 34 Mbit/s; 8 Mbit/s;
                 Alarms; alarms; automatic test equipment; binary;
                 Binary errors; CCITT Recommendation G.821; CEPT
                 hierarchy; communication systems; computerised
                 monitoring; digital; Digital performance monitoring;
                 digital performance monitoring; Digital
                 telecommunications networks; digital telecommunications
                 networks; errors; European hierarchy; Hewlett Packard
                 computers; HP; HP 9000 Series 400 workstation; HP Model
                 E3560; Mbit/s; Model E3560; Network failure; network
                 failure; Network monitoring; network monitoring;
                 networks; PCM streams; performance evaluation;
                 Peripheral devices; peripheral devices; Peripheral
                 units; peripheral units; quality control; Quality
                 surveillance; quality surveillance; Relational
                 database; relational database; remote test; Remote test
                 system; system; Telecom links; telecom links;
                 telecommunication; telecommunications computing",
  numericalindex = "Bit rate 2.0E+06 bit/s; Bit rate 8.0E+06 bit/s; Bit
                 rate 3.4E+07 bit/s; Bit rate 1.4E+08 bit/s",
  thesaurus =    "Automatic test equipment; Computerised monitoring;
                 Digital communication systems; Hewlett Packard
                 computers; Performance evaluation; Quality control;
                 Telecommunication networks; Telecommunications
                 computing",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Yen:1992:GLC,
  author =       "Chu-Sun Yen and Richard C. Walker and Patrick T.
                 Petruno and Cheryl Stout and Benny W. H. Lai and W. J.
                 McFarland",
  title =        "{G-link}: a chipset for gigabit-rate data
                 communication",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "103--116",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The G-link chipset is a highly integrated, compact,
                 silicon chipset with features that enable it to serve a
                 number of application areas. It performs its own
                 startup and framing. This allows a user to transmit
                 data continuously, without inserting extra characters,
                 in a virtual ribbon cable mode. The chipset includes
                 data available and control word signals which allow the
                 creation of simple packets. The chipset accepts a wide
                 range of input word widths, allowing a good match to a
                 variety of computer buses. The wide range of serial
                 data rates makes it an ideal transport vehicle for
                 125-Mbit/s FDDI data to 1.24-Gbit/s SONET data. The
                 chipset can work in simplex systems, allowing its use
                 for distributing video. Two widely accepted networking
                 standards, Serial-HIPPI and SCI-FI, are tailored to the
                 operation of the G-link chipset. The production volume
                 made possible by this broad range of applications
                 should make possible truly low-cost gigabit-rate data
                 links.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "B6210 (Telecommunication applications); B1265Z (Other
                 digital circuits); B6260 (Optical links and equipment);
                 C5620 (Computer networks and techniques); C5150 (Other
                 circuits for digital computers)",
  classification = "B1265Z (Other digital circuits); B6210
                 (Telecommunication applications); B6260 (Optical links
                 and equipment); C5150 (Other circuits for digital
                 computers); C5620 (Computer networks and techniques)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "1.24 Gbit/s; 125 Mbit/s; Computer buses; computer
                 buses; Control word signals; control word signals; Data
                 communication; data communication; data communication
                 systems; Data links; data links; digital integrated
                 circuits; FDDI; FDDI data; G-link chipset; HIPPI; mode;
                 Networking standards; networking standards; rates;
                 SCI-FI; serial data; Serial data rates; Serial-;
                 Serial-HIPPI; SONET; SONET data; virtual ribbon cable;
                 Virtual ribbon cable mode",
  numericalindex = "Bit rate 1.25E+08 bit/s; Bit rate 1.24E+09 bit/s",
  thesaurus =    "Data communication systems; Digital integrated
                 circuits; FDDI; SONET",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1992:BLA,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Bang-Bang Loop Analysis",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "110--??",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Boeller:1992:LTI,
  author =       "Robert A. Boeller and Samuel A. Stodder and John F.
                 Meyer and Victor T. Escobedo",
  title =        "A large-format thermal inkjet drafting plotter",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "6--15",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP DesignJet drafting plotter combines the low
                 cost of pen plotters with the speed of electrostatic
                 plotters. Throughput is almost independent of drawing
                 complexity. The plotter uses the same roll and sheet
                 media as pen plotters, and in roll mode, automatically
                 cuts and stacks plots for unattended operation.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  classification = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "complexity; drawing; Drawing complexity; Electrostatic
                 plotters; electrostatic plotters; equipment evaluation;
                 Hewlett Packard computers; HP DesignJet drafting; HP
                 DesignJet drafting plotter; Pen plotters; pen plotters;
                 plotter; plotters; Roll mode; roll mode; Thermal inkjet
                 drafting plotter; thermal inkjet drafting plotter",
  thesaurus =    "Equipment evaluation; Hewlett Packard computers;
                 Plotters",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1992:DPU,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "{DesignJet} Plotter User Interface Design: Learning
                 the Hard Way about Human Interaction",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "12--??",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Mebane:1992:EFD,
  author =       "Alfred Holt {Mebane, IV} and James R. Schmedake and
                 Iue-Shuenn Chen and Anne P. Kadonaga",
  title =        "Electronic and firmware design of the {HP DesignJet}
                 drafting plotter",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "16--23",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "High-performance vector-to-raster conversion and print
                 engine control are provided by a RISC processor, two
                 single-chip processors, and three custom integrated
                 circuits. Development of the electronics and firmware
                 made extensive use of emulation and simulation.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)C7430 (Computer engineering)",
  classification = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices); C7430 (Computer engineering)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "application specific integrated circuits; computing;
                 Custom integrated circuits; custom integrated circuits;
                 Emulation; emulation; firmware; Firmware design;
                 firmware design; Hewlett; HP DesignJet drafting
                 plotter; Packard computers; plotters; Print engine
                 control; print engine control; raster conversion;
                 reduced instruction set; RISC processor; Simulation;
                 simulation; Single-chip processors; single-chip
                 processors; vector-to-; Vector-to-raster conversion;
                 virtual machines",
  thesaurus =    "Application specific integrated circuits; Firmware;
                 Hewlett Packard computers; Plotters; Reduced
                 instruction set computing; Virtual machines",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Haselby:1992:PAT,
  author =       "Robert D. Haselby",
  title =        "Pen Alignment in a Two-Pen, Large-Format, Inkjet
                 Drafting Plotter",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "24--27",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Misalignments are found by using a quad photodiode
                 sensor to measure test patterns printed on the media.
                 Scan-direction errors are corrected by timing
                 adjustments. Media-direction errors are corrected
                 algorithmically and mechanically.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  classification = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "adjustments; errors; Hewlett Packard computers; HP
                 DesignJet drafting plotter; inkjet drafting; Inkjet
                 drafting plotter; media-direction; Media-direction
                 errors; Pen alignment; pen alignment; plotter;
                 plotters; Quad photodiode sensor; quad photodiode
                 sensor; Scan-direction errors; scan-direction errors;
                 Test patterns; test patterns; timing; Timing
                 adjustments",
  thesaurus =    "Hewlett Packard computers; Plotters",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Longust:1992:DPC,
  author =       "Timothy A. Longust",
  title =        "{DesignJet} Plotter Chassis Design: {A} Concurrent
                 Engineering Challenge",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "28--31",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Instead of the expensive pre-straightened slider rods
                 used in previous designs to form the guideway for the
                 pen carriage, the DesignJet chassis uses rods that are
                 straightened during assembly and held in place by a
                 low-cost rigid structure. The chassis components,
                 assembly process, and assembly tooling had to be
                 developed concurrently.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  classification = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "assembling; Assembly process; assembly process;
                 Assembly tooling; assembly tooling; computers;
                 Concurrent engineering; concurrent engineering;
                 DesignJet chassis; DesignJet plotter; Guideway;
                 guideway; Hewlett Packard; packaging; Pen carriage; pen
                 carriage; plotters; Pre-straightened slider rods;
                 prestraightened; Rigid structure; rigid structure;
                 slider rods",
  thesaurus =    "Assembling; Concurrent engineering; Hewlett Packard
                 computers; Packaging; Plotters",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1992:DPE,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "{DesignJet} Plotter End Covers Produced by
                 Coinjection",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "31--??",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Petersen:1992:DPM,
  author =       "David M. Petersen and Chuong Ta",
  title =        "{DesignJet} Plotter Mechanical Architecture
                 Development Process",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "32--34",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "By investing several months in designer communication
                 before beginning detailed prototype design, an
                 architecture was developed that was subsequently never
                 changed, allowing the project to reach manufacturing
                 release a month early. Costs for most subsystems were
                 lower than expected.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  classification = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "communication; designer; Designer communication;
                 DesignJet plotter; Hewlett Packard computers;
                 Mechanical architecture; mechanical architecture;
                 packaging; plotters",
  thesaurus =    "Hewlett Packard computers; Packaging; Plotters",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Beauchamp:1992:IDR,
  author =       "Robert W. Beauchamp and Josep Giralt Adroher and Joan
                 Uroz and Isidre Rosello",
  title =        "Improved drawing reliability for drafting plotters",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "35--41",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The SurePlot drawing system, a feature of the HP
                 DraftMaster Plus drafting plotter, significantly
                 enhances drawing reliability and unattended plotting
                 ability. The system is based on a noncontact color
                 optical line sensor that verifies the writing of the
                 pens.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  classification = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "Drafting plotters; drafting plotters; Drawing
                 reliability; drawing reliability; Hewlett Packard
                 computers; HP DraftMaster Plus drafting plotter;
                 Noncontact color optical line sensor; noncontact color
                 optical line sensor; plotters; plotting ability;
                 reliability; SurePlot drawing; SurePlot drawing system;
                 system; unattended; Unattended plotting ability",
  thesaurus =    "Hewlett Packard computers; Plotters; Reliability",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1992:AUP,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Average User Plot",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "36--??",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1992:AQL,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Acceptable Quality Level Index",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "37--??",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Agrafojo:1992:AMC,
  author =       "Ventura Caamano Agrafojo and David Perez and Josep
                 Abella",
  title =        "An automatic media cutter for a drafting plotter",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "42--48",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "This simple, reliable, low-cost cutter is a classical
                 rotating and linear blade design. It requires no
                 separate drive motors and does not interfere with
                 normal plotting performance. To quantify its
                 performance, cut quality parameters and measurement
                 methods were defined.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  classification = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "automatic media; Automatic media cutter; Cut quality
                 parameters; cut quality parameters; cutter; cutting;
                 Drafting plotter; drafting plotter; Drive motors; drive
                 motors; Hewlett Packard computers; HP DraftMaster Plus;
                 Linear blade design; linear blade design; measurement;
                 Measurement methods; methods; plotters; Plotting
                 performance; plotting performance; Rotating blade
                 design; rotating blade design",
  thesaurus =    "Cutting; Hewlett Packard computers; Plotters",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1992:DMP,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Definitions and Measurement Procedures for Cut Quality
                 Parameters",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "46--??",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Gonzalez:1992:RUI,
  author =       "Jordi Gonzalez and Jaume Ayats Ardite and Carles
                 Castellsague Pique",
  title =        "Reengineering of a user interface for a drafting
                 plotter",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "49--55",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "An existing user interface has been successfully
                 reengineered and plotter usability enhanced by
                 selecting, combining, and adapting software prototype
                 techniques and standard software development
                 methodologies.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)C6180 (User interfaces); C6110B (Software
                 engineering techniques)",
  classification = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices); C6110B (Software engineering techniques);
                 C6180 (User interfaces)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "drafting; Drafting plotter; Hewlett Packard computers;
                 HP DraftMaster Plus plotter; plotter; Plotter
                 usability; plotter usability; plotters; Software
                 development methodologies; software development
                 methodologies; Software prototype techniques; software
                 prototype techniques; software prototyping; User
                 interface; user interface; user interfaces",
  thesaurus =    "Hewlett Packard computers; Plotters; Software
                 prototyping; User interfaces",
  treatment =    "P Practical; T Theoretical or Mathematical",
}

@Article{Larson:1992:MHO,
  author =       "Douglas V. Larson and Kyle A. Polychronis",
  title =        "A multiprocessor {HP-UX} operating system for {HP}
                 9000 computers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "56--61",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The system supports up to four processors in the HP
                 9000 Model 870 computer, significantly increasing
                 online transaction processing (OLTP) performance
                 without degrading uniprocessor performance.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C6150J (Operating systems); C6150N (Distributed
                 systems)",
  classification = "C6150J (Operating systems); C6150N (Distributed
                 systems)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "9000 Model 870 computer; Hewlett Packard computers;
                 HP; HP 9000 computers; HP 9000 Model 870 computer;
                 multiprocessing programs; Multiprocessor HP-UX
                 operating system; multiprocessor HP-UX operating
                 system; Online transaction processing; online
                 transaction processing; operating systems (computers);
                 transaction processing; Uniprocessor performance;
                 uniprocessor performance",
  thesaurus =    "Hewlett Packard computers; Multiprocessing programs;
                 Operating systems [computers]; Transaction processing",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1992:NMH,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Next-Generation Multiprocessor {HP-UX}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "58--??",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Matta:1992:AIC,
  author =       "Farid Matta",
  title =        "Advances in integrated circuit packaging: demountable
                 {TAB}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "62--77",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "State-of-the-art IC packaging, particularly with RISC
                 architectures, demands performance at a high lead
                 count. The paper presents some of the fundamental
                 topics in IC packaging, formulates the principal
                 criteria by which single-chip IC packages are judged,
                 and evaluates existing industry-standard packages. A
                 new packaging technology is described that addresses
                 the unsatisfied packaging needs of modern digital
                 systems.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "B0170J (Product packaging); B2570 (Semiconductor
                 integrated circuits); B1265B (Logic circuits)",
  classification = "B0170J (Product packaging); B1265B (Logic circuits);
                 B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "architectures; Demountable TAB; demountable TAB;
                 digital integrated circuits; IC packaging;
                 Industry-standard packages; industry-standard packages;
                 instruction set computing; integrated circuit
                 manufacture; Integrated circuit packaging; integrated
                 circuit packaging; Lead count; lead count; monolithic
                 integrated circuits; packages; packaging; reduced;
                 RISC; RISC architectures; single-chip IC; Single-chip
                 IC packages; tape automated bonding",
  thesaurus =    "Digital integrated circuits; Integrated circuit
                 manufacture; Monolithic integrated circuits; Packaging;
                 Reduced instruction set computing; Tape automated
                 bonding",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Cavanna:1992:ESH,
  author =       "Vicente V. Cavanna and Christopher S. Liu",
  title =        "The {EISA} standard for the {HP} 9000 {Series} 700
                 workstations",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "78--82",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The EISA interface on the HP 9000 Series 700
                 workstations provides a high-performance, expandable
                 architecture that allows peripherals using different
                 I/O standards to communicate with the system on the
                 same I/O bus.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5610P (Peripheral interfaces); C5430
                 (Microcomputers)",
  classification = "C5430 (Microcomputers); C5610P (Peripheral
                 interfaces)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "EISA interface; Hewlett Packard computers; HP 9000
                 Series 700 workstations; I/O; I/O bus; I/O standards;
                 peripheral interfaces; standards; workstations",
  thesaurus =    "Hewlett Packard computers; Peripheral interfaces;
                 Standards; Workstations",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Clark:1992:ECH,
  author =       "David S. Clark and Andrea C. Lantz and Christopher S.
                 Liu and Thomas E. Parker and Joseph H. Steinmetz",
  title =        "{EISA} cards for the {HP} 9000 {Series} 700
                 workstations",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "83--96",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The EISA specification's high-performance, burst-cycle
                 protocol for data transfer is provided on the Series
                 700 EISA cards through the implementation of DMA and
                 EISA bus master interfaces.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5610P (Peripheral interfaces); C5430
                 (Microcomputers)",
  classification = "C5430 (Microcomputers); C5610P (Peripheral
                 interfaces)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "burst-cycle; Burst-cycle protocol; Data transfer; data
                 transfer; DMA; EISA bus master interfaces; EISA cards;
                 Hewlett Packard computers; HP 9000 Series 700
                 workstations; peripheral interfaces; protocol;
                 workstations",
  thesaurus =    "Hewlett Packard computers; Peripheral interfaces;
                 Workstations",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1992:BSS,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Board-Level Simulation of the Series 700 {EISA}
                 Cards",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "94--??",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Thomas:1992:SHE,
  author =       "Bill Thomas and Alan C. Berkema and Eric G. Tausheck
                 and Brian D. Mahaffy",
  title =        "Software for the {HP EISA SCSI} card",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "97--108",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Two software architectures, one offline and the other
                 online, are used to provide EISA SCSI support for the
                 HP 9000 Series 700 workstations. The articles discusses
                 the implementation of some of the modules and the test
                 process for the interface driver.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5610P (Peripheral interfaces); C5430
                 (Microcomputers); C6150E (General utility programs)",
  classification = "C5430 (Microcomputers); C5610P (Peripheral
                 interfaces); C6150E (General utility programs)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "EISA SCSI support; Hewlett Packard computers; HP 9000
                 Series 700; HP 9000 Series 700 workstations; HP EISA
                 SCSI card; input-output programs; Interface driver;
                 interface driver; interfaces; peripheral; Test process;
                 test process; workstations",
  thesaurus =    "Hewlett Packard computers; Input-output programs;
                 Peripheral interfaces; Workstations",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1992:USS,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Update on the {SCSI} Standard",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "103--??",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1992:ANM,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Adapting the {NCR 53C710} to Minimize Interrupt Impact
                 on Performance",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "105--??",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Thompson:1992:AMO,
  author =       "Michael E. Thompson and Gregson P. Siu and Jonathan
                 {van den Berg}",
  title =        "An architecture for migrating to an open systems
                 solution",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "43",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "109--114",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1992",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A process and a model have been developed that provide
                 an easy growth path to a client/server open systems
                 architecture for information technology applications.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C6150N (Distributed systems); C6110B (Software
                 engineering techniques)",
  classification = "C6110B (Software engineering techniques); C6150N
                 (Distributed systems)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "applications; Client/server; client/server;
                 information technology; Information technology
                 applications; open systems; Open systems solution; open
                 systems solution; software engineering",
  thesaurus =    "Open systems; Software engineering",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Ishak:1993:PTL,
  author =       "Waguih S. Ishak and Kent W. Carey and Steven A. Newton
                 and William R. {Trutna, Jr.}",
  title =        "Photonic technology for lightwave communications test
                 applications",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "6--10",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "State-of-the-art fiber-optic, integrated-optic,
                 bulk-optic, and optoelectronic devices and subsystems
                 provide a technology base for high-speed,
                 high-performance lightwave communications test
                 instrumentation. At Hewlett--Packard, a major program
                 to develop lightwave communications measurement
                 solutions was launched in the mid-1980s. This program
                 has resulted in a set of high-performance instruments
                 including fault locators (optical time-domain
                 reflectometers, or OTDRs), optical sources
                 (fixed-wavelength and tunable sources), optical signal
                 characterization instruments (power meters, signal
                 analyzers, polarization analyzers, and spectrum
                 analyzers), and optical component analyzers (precision
                 reflectometers and high-speed analyzers). The authors
                 give an overview of some of these key technologies.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "B6260 (Optical links and equipment); B4125 (Fibre
                 optics); B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems); B7320P (Optical variables); B4140 (Integrated
                 optics)",
  classification = "B4125 (Fibre optics); B4140 (Integrated optics);
                 B6260 (Optical links and equipment); B7210X (Other
                 instrumentation and measurement systems); B7320P
                 (Optical variables)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "analysers; component analyzers; Fault locators; fault
                 locators; Hewlett--Packard; High-speed analyzers;
                 high-speed analyzers; high-speed optical techniques;
                 instrumentation; integrated optics; light; Lightwave
                 communications; lightwave communications; lightwave
                 communications test; Lightwave communications test
                 instrumentation; optical; optical communication
                 equipment; Optical component analyzers; optical fibres;
                 Optical signal characterization; Optical sources;
                 optical sources; optical testing; Optical time-domain
                 reflectometers; optical time-domain reflectometry;
                 optoelectronic devices; OTDRs; Polarization analyzers;
                 polarization analyzers; Power meters; power meters;
                 Reflectometers; reflectometers; Signal analyzers;
                 signal analyzers; signal characterization; sources;
                 spectral; Spectrum analyzers; spectrum analyzers;
                 time-domain reflectometers; variables measurement",
  thesaurus =    "High-speed optical techniques; Integrated optics;
                 Light sources; Optical communication equipment; Optical
                 fibres; Optical testing; Optical time-domain
                 reflectometry; Optical variables measurement;
                 Optoelectronic devices; Spectral analysers",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Maisenbacher:1993:TLS,
  author =       "Bernd Maisenbacher and Edgar Leckel and Robert Jahn
                 and Michael Pott",
  title =        "Tunable laser sources for optical amplifier testing",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "11--19",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Two models of microprocessor-based laser sources tune
                 over wavelength ranges of 50 and 65 nanometers using
                 grating-tuned external-cavity lasers with precisely
                 controlled wavelength and power level. They are
                 designed for testing wideband components such as
                 erbium-doped fiber amplifiers. The HP 8167A operates
                 over the wavelength range from 1280 to 1330 nm and the
                 HP 8168A operates from 1500 to 1565 nm.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  chemicalindex = "Er/bin Er/el Er/dop",
  classcodes =   "A4260B (Design of specific laser systems); A0670E
                 (Testing equipment); A4260F (Laser beam modulation,
                 pulsing and switching; mode locking and tuning); A4281W
                 (Other fibre optical devices and techniques); A4255N
                 (Fibre lasers and amplifiers); A4255P (Lasing action in
                 semiconductors with junctions); B7250E (Signal
                 generators); B4125 (Fibre optics); B7210B (Automatic
                 test and measurement systems); B4320G (Solid lasers);
                 B4320J (Semiconductor junction lasers)",
  classification = "A0670E (Testing equipment); A4255N (Fibre lasers and
                 amplifiers); A4255P (Lasing action in semiconductors
                 with junctions); A4260B (Design of specific laser
                 systems); A4260F (Laser beam modulation, pulsing and
                 switching; A4281W (Other fibre optical devices and
                 techniques); B4125 (Fibre optics); B4320G (Solid
                 lasers); B4320J (Semiconductor junction lasers); B7210B
                 (Automatic test and measurement systems); B7250E
                 (Signal generators); mode locking and tuning)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "1280; 1280 To 1330 nm; 1500 To 1565 nm; 1500 to 1565
                 nm; ATE; automatic test equipment; cavity lasers;
                 erbium; fibre lasers; grating-tuned external-;
                 Grating-tuned external-cavity lasers; Hewlett; Hewlett
                 Packard; HP 8167A; HP 8168A; laser; light sources;
                 Optical amplifier testing; optical amplifier testing;
                 Optical fibre amplifier; optical fibre amplifier;
                 optical testing; Packard; semiconductor lasers; to 1330
                 nm; Tunable laser source; tunable laser source; tuning;
                 Wideband components; wideband components",
  numericalindex = "Wavelength 1.28E-06 to 1.33E-06 m; Wavelength
                 1.5E-06 to 1.565E-06 m",
  thesaurus =    "Automatic test equipment; Erbium; Fibre lasers; Laser
                 tuning; Light sources; Optical testing; Semiconductor
                 lasers",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Muller:1993:ELD,
  author =       "Emmerich Muller and Wolfgang Reichert and Clemens Ruck
                 and Rolf Steiner",
  title =        "External-cavity laser design and wavelength
                 calibration",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "20--27",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Sophisticated tuning and calibration methods
                 coordinate the effects of a diffraction grating
                 wavelength selector and a Fabry--Perot {\'e}talon
                 side-mode suppression filter to ensure accurate
                 wavelength selection and single-mode operation in the
                 HP 8167A and 8168A tunable laser sources.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "A4260D (Laser resonators and cavities); A4260F (Laser
                 beam modulation, pulsing and switching; mode locking
                 and tuning); A4260B (Design of specific laser systems);
                 A0620H (Measurement standards and calibration); A4280F
                 (Gratings, echelles); A4255P (Lasing action in
                 semiconductors with junctions); A4280C (Spectral and
                 other filters); B4320L (Laser resonators and cavities);
                 B7130 (Measurement standards and calibration); B4190F
                 (Optical coatings and filters); B4320J (Semiconductor
                 junction lasers)",
  classification = "A0620H (Measurement standards and calibration);
                 A4255P (Lasing action in semiconductors with
                 junctions); A4260B (Design of specific laser systems);
                 A4260D (Laser resonators and cavities); A4260F (Laser
                 beam modulation, pulsing and switching; A4280C
                 (Spectral and other filters); A4280F (Gratings,
                 {\'e}chelles); B4190F (Optical coatings and filters);
                 B4320J (Semiconductor junction lasers); B4320L (Laser
                 resonators and cavities); B7130 (Measurement standards
                 and calibration); mode locking and tuning)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "calibration; diffraction; Diffraction grating
                 wavelength selector; diffraction gratings; Fabry--Perot
                 etalon side-mode; Fabry--Perot {\'e}talon side-mode
                 suppression filter; grating wavelength selector; HP
                 8167A; HP 8168A; laser cavity resonators; laser tuning;
                 optical filters; semiconductor lasers; suppression
                 filter; Tunable laser sources; tunable laser sources;
                 Tuning; tuning; Wavelength calibration; wavelength
                 calibration",
  thesaurus =    "Calibration; Diffraction gratings; Laser cavity
                 resonators; Laser tuning; Optical filters;
                 Semiconductor lasers",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Schweikardt:1993:ELT,
  author =       "Horst Schweikardt and Edgar Leckel",
  title =        "External-cavity laser temperature stabilization and
                 power control",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "28--31",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The operating temperature of the external-cavity laser
                 of the HP 8167A and 8168A tunable laser sources is from
                 +5 degrees C to +35 degrees C. To meet instrument
                 specifications over this temperature range it is
                 necessary to stabilize the temperature of the key
                 internal components. The theory and operation of the
                 laser temperature control and measurement circuits and
                 the output power control and calibration of the HP
                 8167A/68A tunable laser sources are presented.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "A0670T (Servo and control devices); A4260D (Laser
                 resonators and cavities); A0620H (Measurement standards
                 and calibration)B4320L (Laser resonators and cavities);
                 B7130 (Measurement standards and calibration); B4320M
                 (Laser accessories and instrumentation); C3380D
                 (Physical instruments); C3120N (Thermal variables);
                 C3110E (Power and energy)",
  classification = "A0620H (Measurement standards and calibration);
                 A0670T (Servo and control devices); A4260D (Laser
                 resonators and cavities); B4320L (Laser resonators and
                 cavities); B4320M (Laser accessories and
                 instrumentation); B7130 (Measurement standards and
                 calibration); C3110E (Power and energy); C3120N
                 (Thermal variables); C3380D (Physical instruments)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "5 To 35 C; 5 to 35 C; Calibration; calibration;
                 control; HP 8167A; HP 8168A; laser; laser accessories;
                 laser cavity resonators; Laser temperature control;
                 Output power control; output power control; physical
                 instrumentation control; power control; temperature;
                 temperature control; Temperature stabilization;
                 temperature stabilization; Tunable laser sources;
                 tunable laser sources",
  numericalindex = "Temperature 2.78E+02 to 3.08E+02 K",
  thesaurus =    "Calibration; Laser accessories; Laser cavity
                 resonators; Physical instrumentation control; Power
                 control; Temperature control",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Jungerman:1993:DLM,
  author =       "Roger L. Jungerman and David M. Braun and Kari K.
                 Salomaa",
  title =        "Dual-output laser module for a tunable laser source",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "32--34",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "This reliable, hermetically sealed laser module is a
                 key component in the HP 8167A and HP 8168A tunable
                 laser sources. The semiconductor laser chip is
                 precisely and stably aligned to two output lenses. One
                 facet of the laser chip is antireflection-coated and
                 has very low residual reflectivity.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "A4260B (Design of specific laser systems); A4255P
                 (Lasing action in semiconductors with junctions);
                 B4320J (Semiconductor junction lasers)",
  classification = "A4255P (Lasing action in semiconductors with
                 junctions); A4260B (Design of specific laser systems);
                 B4320J (Semiconductor junction lasers)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "8168A; Antireflection coated output; antireflection
                 coated output; Dual output; dual output; Hermetically
                 sealed laser module; hermetically sealed laser module;
                 HP; HP 8167A; HP 8168A; lenses; Output lenses; output
                 lenses; Semiconductor laser chip; semiconductor laser
                 chip; semiconductor lasers; source; tunable laser;
                 Tunable laser source",
  thesaurus =    "Lenses; Semiconductor lasers",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Trutna:1993:REL,
  author =       "William R. {Trutna, Jr.} and Paul Zorabedian",
  title =        "Research on external-cavity lasers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "35--38",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The external-cavity laser is more complicated than it
                 seems, showing both bistability and multimoding
                 behavior. Thorough detective work was needed to
                 understand this behavior and develop the light source
                 for the HP 8167A and HP 8168A tunable laser sources.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "A4260D (Laser resonators and cavities); A4265P
                 (Optical bistability, multistability and switching);
                 A4260B (Design of specific laser systems); A4255P
                 (Lasing action in semiconductors with junctions);
                 B4320L (Laser resonators and cavities); B4340
                 (Nonlinear optics and devices); B4320J (Semiconductor
                 junction lasers)",
  classification = "A4255P (Lasing action in semiconductors with
                 junctions); A4260B (Design of specific laser systems);
                 A4260D (Laser resonators and cavities); A4265P (Optical
                 bistability, multistability and switching); B4320J
                 (Semiconductor junction lasers); B4320L (Laser
                 resonators and cavities); B4340 (Nonlinear optics and
                 devices)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "Bistability; bistability; External-cavity lasers;
                 external-cavity lasers; HP 8167A; HP 8168A tunable
                 laser; HP 8168A tunable laser sources; laser cavity
                 resonators; laser modes; Light source; light source;
                 Multimoding; multimoding; optical bistability;
                 Semiconductor laser; semiconductor laser; semiconductor
                 lasers; sources",
  thesaurus =    "Laser cavity resonators; Laser modes; Optical
                 bistability; Semiconductor lasers",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Booster:1993:DPO,
  author =       "D. Howard Booster and Harry Chou and Michael G. Hart
                 and Steven J. Mifsud and Rollin F. Rawson",
  title =        "Design of a precision optical low-coherence
                 reflectometer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "39--48",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP 8504A precision reflectometer uses the classic
                 Michelson interferometric measurement technique to
                 allow designers and manufacturers to measure
                 reflections easily in optical components and
                 assemblies. Spatial resolution is on the order of tens
                 of micrometers.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "A0760H (Refractometry and reflectometry); A0760L
                 (Interferometry); A4285F (Optical testing techniques);
                 A4278F (Performance and testing of optical systems);
                 A0670E (Testing equipment); B7250G (Display, recording
                 and indicating instruments); B7320P (Optical
                 variables)",
  classification = "A0670E (Testing equipment); A0760H (Refractometry
                 and reflectometry); A0760L (Interferometry); A4278F
                 (Performance and testing of optical systems); A4285F
                 (Optical testing techniques); B7250G (Display,
                 recording and indicating instruments); B7320P (Optical
                 variables)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "8504A precision reflectometer; equipment; HP; HP 8504A
                 precision reflectometer; light interferometry;
                 measurement; Michelson interferometric; Michelson
                 interferometric measurement; Optical components;
                 optical components; Optical low-coherence
                 reflectometer; optical low-coherence reflectometer;
                 Optical testing; optical testing; reflectometers;
                 test",
  thesaurus =    "Light interferometry; Optical testing; Reflectometers;
                 Test equipment",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1993:AMI,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Averaging Measurements to Improve Sensitivity",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "44--??",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Beck:1993:FDD,
  author =       "Patricia A. Beck",
  title =        "Fabrication of diffused diodes for {HP} lightwave
                 applications",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "49--51",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The simple but robust p-i-n dual detector used in the
                 receiver of the HP 8504A precision reflectometer has
                 -17 dB return loss (2\% reflection) operating at both
                 1300 nm and 1550 nm. The author describes the design
                 and process used to develop the diffused photodiodes
                 used in the HP 8504A.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  chemicalindex = "InGaAs-InP/int InGaAs/int InP/int As/int Ga/int
                 In/int P/int InGaAs/ss As/ss Ga/ss In/ss InP/bin In/bin
                 P/bin",
  classcodes =   "B4250 (Photoelectric devices); B7230C
                 (Photodetectors); B2550 (Semiconductor device
                 technology)",
  classification = "B2550 (Semiconductor device technology); B4250
                 (Photoelectric devices); B7230C (Photodetectors)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "1300 Nm; 1300 nm; 1500 Nm; 1500 nm; Diffused diodes;
                 diffused diodes; gallium arsenide; Hewlett Packard; HP;
                 HP 8504A; HP 8504A precision reflectometer; HP
                 lightwave applications; i-n photodiodes; III-V
                 semiconductors; indium compounds; InGaAs-InP; lightwave
                 applications; p-; P-i-n dual detector; p-i-n dual
                 detector; photodetectors; Photodiodes; photodiodes;
                 precision reflectometer; reflectometers; semiconductor
                 technology",
  numericalindex = "Wavelength 1.3E-06 m; Wavelength 1.5E-06 m",
  thesaurus =    "Gallium arsenide; III-V semiconductors; Indium
                 compounds; P-i-n photodiodes; Photodetectors;
                 Reflectometers; Semiconductor technology",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Chou:1993:HHO,
  author =       "Harry Chou and Wayne V. Sorin",
  title =        "High-resolution and high-sensitivity optical
                 reflection measurements using white-light
                 interferometry",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "52--59",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "In the HP 8504A precision reflectometer white-light
                 interferometry is used as a nondestructive measurement
                 technique for probing closely spaced reflections in
                 optical devices.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "A0760H (Refractometry and reflectometry); A0760L
                 (Interferometry); A0670E (Testing equipment); A4278F
                 (Performance and testing of optical systems); A4285F
                 (Optical testing techniques); B7250G (Display,
                 recording and indicating instruments); B7320P (Optical
                 variables)",
  classification = "A0670E (Testing equipment); A0760H (Refractometry
                 and reflectometry); A0760L (Interferometry); A4278F
                 (Performance and testing of optical systems); A4285F
                 (Optical testing techniques); B7250G (Display,
                 recording and indicating instruments); B7320P (Optical
                 variables)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "Closely spaced reflections; closely spaced
                 reflections; HP 8504A precision reflectometer; light
                 interferometry; Light polarisation; light polarisation;
                 Nondestructive measurement; nondestructive measurement;
                 nondestructive testing; optical; Optical devices;
                 optical devices; Optical reflection measurements;
                 optical reflection measurements; reflectometry; test
                 equipment; testing; white-; White-light
                 interferometry",
  thesaurus =    "Light interferometry; Nondestructive testing; Optical
                 testing; Reflectometry; Test equipment",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Beller:1993:MAO,
  author =       "Josef Beller and Wilfried Pless",
  title =        "A modular all-haul optical time-domain reflectometer
                 for characterizing fiber links",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "60--62",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP 8146A optical time-domain reflectometer
                 provides good dynamic range and dead-zone performance
                 and user interface features such as comprehensive
                 documentation capabilities and automatic link
                 characterization.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "A4281C (Fibre testing and measurement of fibre
                 parameters); A0760H (Refractometry and reflectometry);
                 A0670E (Testing equipment); A4285F (Optical testing
                 techniques); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments); B7320P (Optical variables); B4125 (Fibre
                 optics); B6260 (Optical links and equipment)",
  classification = "A0670E (Testing equipment); A0760H (Refractometry
                 and reflectometry); A4281C (Fibre testing and
                 measurement of fibre parameters); A4285F (Optical
                 testing techniques); B4125 (Fibre optics); B6260
                 (Optical links and equipment); B7250G (Display,
                 recording and indicating instruments); B7320P (Optical
                 variables)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "Dead-zone performance; dead-zone performance; Dynamic
                 range; dynamic range; optical fibre testing; optical
                 time-domain reflectometry; reflectometers; test
                 equipment; User interface; user interface",
  thesaurus =    "Optical fibre testing; Optical time-domain
                 reflectometry; Reflectometers; Test equipment",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Beller:1993:HSP,
  author =       "Josef Beller",
  title =        "A high-performance signal processing system for the
                 {HP 8146A} optical time-domain reflectometer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "63--68",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The digital signal processing unit of the HP 8146A
                 OTDR acquires and processes data coming from the
                 optical front end after the data has been amplified and
                 converted from analog signals to digital numbers. This
                 data represents the response of an optical fibre under
                 test to a probe from a laser pulse. After further
                 processing and linear-to-logarithmic conversion, the
                 fiber response is transferred to the instrument's host
                 processor and displayed on the OTDR's screen as a
                 function of distance.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "A4281C (Fibre testing and measurement of fibre
                 parameters); A0760H (Refractometry and reflectometry);
                 A0670E (Testing equipment); B7250G (Display, recording
                 and indicating instruments); B7210B (Automatic test and
                 measurement systems)B4125 (Fibre optics); B7320P
                 (Optical variables)",
  classification = "A0670E (Testing equipment); A0760H (Refractometry
                 and reflectometry); A4281C (Fibre testing and
                 measurement of fibre parameters); B4125 (Fibre optics);
                 B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems); B7250G
                 (Display, recording and indicating instruments); B7320P
                 (Optical variables)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "automatic test equipment; Custom IC; custom IC;
                 Digital averaging; digital averaging; digital signal
                 processing chips; HP 8146A optical time-domain
                 reflectometer; Linear-to-logarithmic conversion;
                 linear-to-logarithmic conversion; Optical fibre
                 testing; optical fibre testing; optical time-domain
                 reflectometry; processing; signal; Signal processing",
  thesaurus =    "Automatic test equipment; Digital signal processing
                 chips; Optical fibre testing; Optical time-domain
                 reflectometry",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1993:ISA,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Improving {SNR} by Averaging",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "65--??",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Maier:1993:DCH,
  author =       "Frank Maier",
  title =        "Design considerations for the {HP} {8146A OTDR}
                 receiver",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "69--71",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Low noise, high bandwidth, and good linearity are
                 characteristics that guided the OTDR receiver circuit
                 design. The receiver has the following modes: return
                 loss mode to measure reflections; short-haul mode for
                 good dead-zone performance; and low-noise, long-haul
                 mode for high dynamic range. The instrument covers a
                 range of approximately 90 dB optical from the highest
                 reflection being measured down to the noise level.
                 Because of the direct conversion from optical power to
                 voltage at the front-end amplifier, this equals 180 dB
                 in the electrical domain.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "A0760H (Refractometry and reflectometry); A0670E
                 (Testing equipment); A4281C (Fibre testing and
                 measurement of fibre parameters); A4285F (Optical
                 testing techniques); B7250G (Display, recording and
                 indicating instruments); B7320P (Optical variables)",
  classification = "A0670E (Testing equipment); A0760H (Refractometry
                 and reflectometry); A4281C (Fibre testing and
                 measurement of fibre parameters); A4285F (Optical
                 testing techniques); B7250G (Display, recording and
                 indicating instruments); B7320P (Optical variables)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "Dead-zone performance; dead-zone performance; Direct
                 conversion; direct conversion; dynamic; Dynamic range;
                 equipment; HP 8146A OTDR receiver; Linearity;
                 linearity; Optical fibre testing; optical fibre
                 testing; optical receivers; optical time-domain
                 reflectometry; range; Reflections measurement;
                 reflections measurement; test",
  thesaurus =    "Optical receivers; Optical time-domain reflectometry;
                 Test equipment",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Jahn:1993:UID,
  author =       "Robert Jahn and Harald Seeger",
  title =        "User interface design for the {HP} {8146A OTDR}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "72--78",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Based on a multiprocessing operating system, the HP
                 8146A OTDR software can handle simultaneous execution
                 of instrument operations, hide the complexity of
                 instrument operations from the user, and provide a
                 range of user-friendly features. The following are some
                 of the user-accessible features and capabilities
                 provided by the HP 8146A OTDR: comprehensive
                 documentation and storage of measured traces; automatic
                 trace analysis and fault detection; help screens and
                 native language support; automatic ghost detection and
                 removal; and remote operation.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "A0760H (Refractometry and reflectometry); A0650M
                 (Computing devices and techniques); B7210B (Automatic
                 test and measurement systems); B7320P (Optical
                 variables); C7410H (Instrumentation); C7320 (Physics
                 and Chemistry); C6180 (User interfaces); C6150N
                 (Distributed systems)",
  classification = "A0650M (Computing devices and techniques); A0760H
                 (Refractometry and reflectometry); B7210B (Automatic
                 test and measurement systems); B7320P (Optical
                 variables); C6150N (Distributed systems); C6180 (User
                 interfaces); C7320 (Physics and Chemistry); C7410H
                 (Instrumentation)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "automatic; Automatic ghost detection; Automatic trace
                 analysis; automatic trace analysis; computerised
                 instrumentation; detection; Documentation;
                 documentation; fault; Fault detection; features; ghost
                 detection; Help screens; help screens; HP 8146A OTDR;
                 Multiprocessing operating system; multiprocessing
                 operating system; multiprocessing programs; Native
                 language support; native language support; Optical time
                 domain reflectometry; optical time domain
                 reflectometry; optical time-domain reflectometry;
                 Remote operation; remote operation; Software; software;
                 user interfaces; user-friendly; User-friendly
                 features",
  thesaurus =    "Computerised instrumentation; Multiprocessing
                 programs; Optical time-domain reflectometry; User
                 interfaces",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1993:AOT,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Analyzing {OTDR} Traces on a {PC} with a {Windows}
                 User Interface",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "77--??",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Schmidt:1993:HOR,
  author =       "Siegmar Schmidt",
  title =        "High-performance optical return loss measurement",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "79--82",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Although high-performance optical return loss
                 measurements pose some tough technical challenges for
                 fiber optics engineers, careful selection of
                 appropriate test equipment and correct setup make
                 precise measurements readily achievable. A new return
                 loss module for the HP 8153A lightwave multimeter
                 simplifies these measurements.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "A4281C (Fibre testing and measurement of fibre
                 parameters); A0760H (Refractometry and reflectometry);
                 A0670E (Testing equipment); B7250G (Display, recording
                 and indicating instruments); B7320P (Optical
                 variables); B4125 (Fibre optics)",
  classification = "A0670E (Testing equipment); A0760H (Refractometry
                 and reflectometry); A4281C (Fibre testing and
                 measurement of fibre parameters); B4125 (Fibre optics);
                 B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
                 B7320P (Optical variables)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "8153A lightwave multimeter; HP; HP 8153A lightwave
                 multimeter; measurement; multimeters; Optical fibre
                 testing; optical fibre testing; optical loss; Optical
                 return loss measurement; optical return loss
                 measurement; test equipment",
  thesaurus =    "Multimeters; Optical fibre testing; Optical loss
                 measurement; Test equipment",
  treatment =    "P Practical; X Experimental",
}

@Article{King:1993:HTL,
  author =       "Randall King and David M. Braun and Stephen W. Hinch
                 and Karl Shubert",
  title =        "High-speed time-domain lightwave detectors (for
                 optical fibre systems)",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "83--86",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP 83440 Series unamplified p-i-n lightwave
                 detectors are designed for the best possible pulse
                 performance. They are DC coupled and have bandwidths of
                 6, 20, and 32 GHz. They mate directly with high-speed
                 sampling oscilloscopes.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "A0670E (Testing equipment); A4285F (Optical testing
                 techniques); A0762 (Detection of radiation (bolometers,
                 photoelectric cells, i.r. and submillimetre waves
                 detection))A4281C (Fibre testing and measurement of
                 fibre parameters); B7250G (Display, recording and
                 indicating instruments); B7230C (Photodetectors); B4250
                 (Photoelectric devices); B7320P (Optical variables);
                 B4125 (Fibre optics)",
  classification = "A0670E (Testing equipment); A0762 (Detection of
                 radiation (bolometers, photoelectric cells, i.r. and
                 submillimetre waves detection)); A4281C (Fibre testing
                 and measurement of fibre parameters); A4285F (Optical
                 testing techniques); B4125 (Fibre optics); B4250
                 (Photoelectric devices); B7230C (Photodetectors);
                 B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
                 B7320P (Optical variables)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "20 GHz; 32 GHz; 6 GHz; detectors; HP 83440; Optical
                 fibre testing; optical fibre testing; p-i-n
                 photodiodes; photodetectors; Pulse performance; pulse
                 performance; Test equipment; test equipment; time
                 domain; Time domain detectors; Unamplified p-i-n
                 lightwave detectors; unamplified p-i-n lightwave
                 detectors",
  numericalindex = "Bandwidth 6.0E+09 Hz; Bandwidth 2.0E+10 Hz;
                 Bandwidth 3.2E+10 Hz",
  thesaurus =    "Optical fibre testing; P-i-n photodiodes;
                 Photodetectors; Test equipment",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1993:III,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "{InP\slash InGaAs\slash InP P-I-N} Photodetectors for
                 High-Speed Lightwave Detectors",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "85--??",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{McQuate:1993:CLD,
  author =       "David J. McQuate and Kok Wai Chang and Christopher J.
                 Madden",
  title =        "Calibration of lightwave detectors to 50 {GHz}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "87--92",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Because they operate at much higher frequencies than
                 previous products, new methods had to be found to test
                 and calibrate the HP 83440 Series lightwave detectors.
                 Three systems were developed. The first is a
                 time-domain system that measures a photoreceiver's
                 response to a short optical pulse. In the second
                 system, two lasers are heterodyned to generate a test
                 signal for a photoreceiver. The third system
                 establishes an optical modulator as a calibrated
                 source, which then is used to measure a photoreceiver's
                 bandwidth. the authors present results that show good
                 agreement among the systems on measurements of a
                 photoreceiver's frequency response.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "A0620H (Measurement standards and calibration); A0762
                 (Detection of radiation (bolometers, photoelectric
                 cells, i.r. and submillimetre waves detection)); B7230C
                 (Photodetectors); B7130 (Measurement standards and
                 calibration); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
                 systems)",
  classification = "A0620H (Measurement standards and calibration);
                 A0762 (Detection of radiation (bolometers,
                 photoelectric cells, i.r. and submillimetre waves
                 detection)); B7130 (Measurement standards and
                 calibration); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
                 systems); B7230C (Photodetectors)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "50 GHz; ATE; automatic test equipment; Bandwidth;
                 bandwidth; calibration; characteristics; detectors;
                 electron device testing; Frequency response; frequency
                 response; HP 83440; Impulse response; impulse response;
                 lightwave; Lightwave detectors; measurement; Optical
                 heterodyne system; optical heterodyne system; Optical
                 modulator; optical modulator; photodetectors;
                 Photoreceiver; photoreceiver; Time-domain system;
                 time-domain system",
  numericalindex = "Frequency 5.0E+10 Hz",
  thesaurus =    "Automatic test equipment; Calibration; Characteristics
                 measurement; Electron device testing; Photodetectors",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review; X Experimental",
}

@Article{Heinz:1993:NFM,
  author =       "William W. Heinz and Ronald E. Pratt and Peter H.
                 Fisher",
  title =        "A new family of microwave signal generators for the
                 1990s",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "6--11",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP 8370 and 70340 series signal generators offer
                 cost-effective solutions for requirements that can be
                 anticipated for the 1990s. The HP 8370 series includes
                 not only signal generators for receiver test
                 applications but also sweepers for component test and
                 general-purpose applications. The authors discuss the
                 design and manufacturing of the HP 8370 series and HP
                 70340 series signal generators. This family of
                 generators includes both stand-alone and modular
                 versions. A new architecture and state-of-the-art
                 technologies result in advanced performance.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250E (Signal generators); B1230 (Signal generators);
                 B1350 (Microwave circuits and devices)",
  classification = "713.5; 715; B1230 (Signal generators); B1350
                 (Microwave circuits and devices); B7250E (Signal
                 generators)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "70340; Component test; component test; HP; HP 70340;
                 HP 8370; microwave circuits; Microwave devices;
                 Microwave signal generators; microwave signal
                 generators; Modular construction; Modular versions;
                 modular versions; Receiver test applications; receiver
                 test applications; Signal generators; signal
                 generators; Stand-alone version; stand-alone version;
                 Sweepers; sweepers; test equipment",
  thesaurus =    "Microwave circuits; Signal generators; Test
                 equipment",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Short:1993:BFF,
  author =       "Brian R. Short and Thomas L. Grisell and Edward G.
                 Cristal",
  title =        "Broadband fundamental frequency synthesis from 2 to 20
                 {GHz}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "12--16",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The frequency synthesis subsystem of the HP 8370
                 Series and HP 70340 Series synthesized signal
                 generators produces a stable, accurate microwave
                 carrier signal in the frequency range from 2 to 20 GHz
                 and delivers it to the microwave subsystem. The
                 frequency synthesis is achieved by a broadband
                 fundamental YIG-tuned oscillator locked to a stable
                 reference and controlled by four phase-locked loops to
                 produce a low-phase-noise output signal for the signal
                 generators.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1350 (Microwave circuits and devices); B1230 (Signal
                 generators); B7250E (Signal generators)",
  classification = "708.4; 713.2; 713.5; 715; B1230 (Signal generators);
                 B1350 (Microwave circuits and devices); B7250E (Signal
                 generators)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "2 to 20; 2 To 20 GHz; Broadband; broadband; Broadband
                 frequency synthesis; frequency; Frequency synthesis
                 subsystem; Frequency synthesizers; frequency
                 synthesizers; Fundamental frequency synthesis;
                 fundamental frequency synthesis; Garnets; GHz; HP 70340
                 Series; HP 8370 Series; loops; Low-phase-noise output
                 signal; low-phase-noise output signal; Microwave
                 carrier signal; microwave carrier signal; microwave
                 circuits; Microwave oscillators; Phase locked loops;
                 phase-locked; Phase-locked loops; phase-locked loops;
                 PLL; SHF; Signal generators; signal generators;
                 synthesis subsystem; Tuning; YIG-tuned oscillator;
                 yig-tuned oscillators",
  numericalindex = "Frequency 2.0E+09 to 2.0E+10 Hz",
  thesaurus =    "Frequency synthesizers; Microwave circuits;
                 Phase-locked loops; Signal generators",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Baumgartner:1993:NHS,
  author =       "William D. Baumgartner and John S. Brenneman and John
                 L. Imperato and Douglas A. Larson and Ricardo {de Mello
                 Peregrino} and Gregory A. Taylor",
  title =        "A new high-performance 0.01-to-20-{GHz} synthesized
                 signal generator microwave chain",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "17--29",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The microwave chain of the HP 8370 and HP 70340
                 synthesized signal generator families receives the
                 output of the frequency synthesis section (2 to 20 GHz)
                 and creates the leveled signal generator output signal
                 (0.01 to 20 GHz). Driven by a broadband YIG oscillator,
                 the microwave chain only divides the oscillator output
                 instead of multiplying and heterodyning as in previous
                 designs. The benefits include no subharmonics and
                 higher-performance pulse and amplitude modulation. The
                 major functions of the microwave chain are integrated
                 on two microcircuits.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1350H (Microwave integrated circuits); B1230 (Signal
                 generators); B7250E (Signal generators)",
  classification = "708.4; 713.2; 714.2; 715; B1230 (Signal generators);
                 B1350H (Microwave integrated circuits); B7250E (Signal
                 generators)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "0.01 To 20 GHz; 0.01 to 20 GHz; Amplitude modulation;
                 broadband YIG; Broadband YIG oscillator; Frequency
                 division; frequency division; Frequency synthesizers;
                 frequency synthesizers; Garnets; Harmonic generation;
                 Heterodyning; HP 70340; HP 8370; Integrated circuits;
                 MIC; Microcircuits; microcircuits; microwave chain;
                 Microwave chains; Microwave devices; microwave
                 integrated circuits; Microwave oscillators; Microwave
                 signal generators; oscillator; Signal generators;
                 signal generators; synthesized signal generator;
                 Synthesized signal generator microwave chain; yig
                 oscillators",
  numericalindex = "Frequency 1.0E+07 to 2.0E+10 Hz",
  thesaurus =    "Frequency synthesizers; Microwave integrated circuits;
                 Signal generators",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1993:IPG,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Internal Pulse Generator",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "27--??",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Bostak:1993:CSG,
  author =       "Christopher J. Bostak and Camala S. Kolseth and Kevin
                 G. Smith",
  title =        "Concurrent signal generator engineering and
                 manufacturing",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "30--37",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The project team for the HP 8370 and 70340 Series
                 synthesized signal generators attempted to develop the
                 requisite manufacturing processes in parallel with the
                 product design. By developing many of the production
                 processes early, the authors were able to leverage the
                 production tests to perform additional design
                 characterization. Several new processes were developed
                 to accomplish the overall objectives of quality,
                 efficiency, and flexibility for a mixed-model,
                 multiple-option production line. In this article, the
                 authors describe the design-for-assembly philosophy,
                 the integrated assembly and pretest strategy, the
                 implementation of online video-image production
                 procedures, and the networked computing test
                 environment.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B0170E (Production facilities and engineering); B0170C
                 (Project and design engineering); B0170L (Inspection
                 and quality control); B1230 (Signal generators); B7250E
                 (Signal generators); B7210B (Automatic test and
                 measurement systems); B6210L (Computer communications);
                 C3355F (Assembling); C5620L (Local area networks);
                 C7410D (Electronic engineering); C7480 (Production
                 engineering); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
  classification = "713.5; 714.2; 715; 716.4; 741; B0170C (Project and
                 design engineering); B0170E (Production facilities and
                 engineering); B0170L (Inspection and quality control);
                 B1230 (Signal generators); B6210L (Computer
                 communications); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
                 systems); B7250E (Signal generators); C3355F
                 (Assembling); C5620L (Local area networks); C7410D
                 (Electronic engineering); C7410H (Instrumentation);
                 C7480 (Production engineering)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "area networks; assembling; automatic optical
                 inspection; automatic testing; concurrent engineering;
                 Design characterization; design characterization;
                 design engineering; Design-for-assembly;
                 design-for-assembly; electronic; electronic equipment
                 testing; equipment manufacture; Frequency synthesizers;
                 HP 70340; HP 8370; Image processing; Integrated
                 circuits; local; manufacturing computer control;
                 Manufacturing processes; manufacturing processes;
                 Multiple-option production line; multiple-option
                 production line; Networked computing test environment;
                 networked computing test environment; online
                 video-image; Online video-image production procedures;
                 Pretest strategy; pretest strategy; Product design;
                 product design; production; production procedures;
                 Production tests; production tests; Signal generators;
                 signal generators; Synthesized signal generators;
                 synthesized signal generators; testing; Video
                 recording; Video-image production",
  thesaurus =    "Assembling; Automatic optical inspection; Automatic
                 testing; Concurrent engineering; Design engineering;
                 Electronic equipment manufacture; Electronic equipment
                 testing; Local area networks; Manufacturing computer
                 control; Production testing; Signal generators",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1993:DMD,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "A Design for Manufacturability, Design for Testability
                 Checklist",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "33--??",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Bloom:1993:NGM,
  author =       "Alan R. Bloom and Jason A. Chodora and James R.
                 Zellers",
  title =        "A new generation of microwave sweepers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "38--45",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP 83750 family of microwave sweepers achieves a
                 new level of swept frequency accuracy by being fully
                 synthesized in all sweep modes, including fast analog
                 sweeps. It also uses fundamental oscillators for
                 improved signal purity. The HP 83750 Series of
                 synthesized sweepers is part of the HP 8370 family of
                 microwave sources.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250E (Signal generators); B1230 (Signal generators);
                 B1350 (Microwave circuits and devices)",
  classification = "713.2; 713.5; 714; B1230 (Signal generators); B1350
                 (Microwave circuits and devices); B7250E (Signal
                 generators)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "analog sweeps; fast; Fast analog sweeps; Frequency
                 synthesizers; Fundamental oscillators; fundamental
                 oscillators; HP 8370 family; HP 83750 family; microwave
                 circuits; Microwave devices; Microwave oscillators;
                 Microwave sweepers; microwave sweepers; oscillators;
                 signal generators; Sweep circuits; Sweep modes;
                 sweepers; Swept frequency; swept frequency;
                 swept-frequency; synthesized; Synthesized sweepers;
                 test equipment",
  thesaurus =    "Microwave circuits; Signal generators; Swept-frequency
                 oscillators; Test equipment",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1993:TCA,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Third-Order Curve-Fit Algorithm",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "41--??",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1993:DCF,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "A Digitally Corrected Fractional-{N} Synthesizer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "44--??",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Heyman:1993:MHS,
  author =       "Eric V. V. Heyman and Rick R. James and Roger R.
                 Graeber",
  title =        "Microcircuits for the {HP} 83750 series sweepers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "46--51",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "This article discusses the design of the four custom
                 microcircuits designed for the HP 83750 series sweep
                 oscillators. The microcircuits are: a dual YIG
                 oscillator (DYO); a switched amplifier filter detector
                 (SAFD); 0.01-to-2-GHz heterodyne band microcircuit
                 (HetBand); and combiner modulator amplifier (ModAmp).
                 They provide the basic output signal, the RF band,
                 signal switching and distribution, amplification, ALC
                 and pulse modulation, power amplification, and two
                 stages of YIG filtering.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1350H (Microwave integrated circuits); B1230 (Signal
                 generators); B7250E (Signal generators); B1220
                 (Amplifiers); B1250 (Modulators, demodulators,
                 discriminators and mixers)",
  classification = "703.2; 708.4; 713.1; 713.5; 714.2; 716; B1220
                 (Amplifiers); B1230 (Signal generators); B1250
                 (Modulators, demodulators, discriminators and mixers);
                 B1350H (Microwave integrated circuits); B7250E (Signal
                 generators)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "0.01 To 20 GHz; 0.01 to 20 GHz; ALC; amplification;
                 Combiner modulator amplifier; combiner modulator
                 amplifier; Custom microcircuits; custom microcircuits;
                 Dual YIG oscillator; dual YIG oscillator; Electric
                 filters; frequency oscillators; Garnets; Heterodyne
                 band microcircuit; heterodyne band microcircuit; HP
                 83750 series sweepers; Integrated circuits;
                 Microcircuits; Microelectronics; microwave amplifiers;
                 microwave integrated circuits; microwave oscillators;
                 modulators; power; Power amplification; Power
                 amplifiers; Pulse modulation; pulse modulation; SHF;
                 signal generators; Signal switching; signal switching;
                 Sweep circuits; swept-; Switched amplifier filter
                 detector; switched amplifier filter detector; UHF; YIG
                 filtering; yig filters",
  numericalindex = "Frequency 1.0E+07 to 2.0E+10 Hz",
  thesaurus =    "Microwave amplifiers; Microwave integrated circuits;
                 Microwave oscillators; Modulators; Signal generators;
                 Swept-frequency oscillators",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Wagner:1993:PPG,
  author =       "Hans-J{\"u}rgen Wagner",
  title =        "A programmable 3-{GHz} pulse generator",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "52--55",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP 8133A pulse generator, is designed for
                 customers who have to characterize and debug these
                 signal integrity problems on the bench or in a test
                 system with a sampling oscilloscope as a response unit.
                 Fast CMOS, ECL, and GaAs devices can be stimulated by
                 the HP 8133A, which runs at clock rates up to 3 GHz in
                 single-channel or two-channel configurations (up to six
                 channels with an accessory kit). Margin testing,
                 worst-case testing, device characterization and
                 debugging, and analysis of signal integrity problems
                 are typical applications.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250E (Signal generators); B1230J (Pulse
                 generators)",
  classification = "712.1.2; 713.4; 714.2; 715; 721.3; B1230J (Pulse
                 generators); B7250E (Signal generators)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "3 GHz; CMOS integrated circuits; Digital circuit
                 testing; digital circuit testing; Emitter coupled logic
                 circuits; GaAs devices; HP 8133A; Interfaces
                 (computer); Microwave devices; Microwave pulse
                 generators; Programmable type; programmable type; Pulse
                 generator; pulse generator; Pulse generators; pulse
                 generators; Semiconducting gallium compounds;
                 Single-channel; single-channel; test equipment;
                 Two-channel configurations; two-channel configurations;
                 User interfaces",
  numericalindex = "Frequency 3.0E+09 Hz",
  thesaurus =    "Pulse generators; Test equipment",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Kalkuhl:1993:PDC,
  author =       "Christoph Kalkuhl",
  title =        "Pulse\slash Data Channel Extends Programmable Pulse
                 Generator Applications",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "56--59",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP 8133A 3-GHz pulse generator is available in
                 single-channel and two-channel configurations. Two
                 options are available for channel 2: a second pulse
                 channel like channel 1 or a pulse/data channel. The
                 pulse/data channel is designed to offer some additional
                 features: a square wave that can be divided by 1, 2, 4,
                 8, 16, or 32; a 32-bit data pattern that can be edited;
                 and a pseudorandom binary sequence (PRBS) with a length
                 of 2/sup 23/-1 bits, according to CCITT recommendation
                 0.151. This optional second channel's major components
                 are a data gate array, a multiplexer, a phase-locked
                 loop, and an output section. Most circuits are ECL.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250E (Signal generators); B1230J (Pulse
                 generators)",
  classification = "713.4; 713.5; 721.3; 723.5; B1230J (Pulse
                 generators); B7250E (Signal generators)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "3; 3 GHz; 32-Bit data pattern; 32-bit data pattern;
                 Binary sequences; Computer programming; Data gate
                 array; data gate array; Emitter coupled logic circuits;
                 GHz; HP 8133A; Multiplexer; multiplexer; Multiplexing
                 equipment; Phase locked loops; Phase-locked loop;
                 phase-locked loop; Programmable pulse generator;
                 programmable pulse generator; Programmable pulse
                 generators; pseudorandom binary; Pseudorandom binary
                 sequence; Pseudorandom binary sequences; Pulse
                 generators; pulse generators; Pulse/data channel;
                 pulse/data channel; Pulse/data channels; sequence;
                 Square wave; square wave; test equipment",
  numericalindex = "Frequency 3.0E+09 Hz",
  thesaurus =    "Pulse generators; Test equipment",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Schinzel:1993:DPG,
  author =       "Peter Schinzel and Andreas Pfaff and Thomas Dippon and
                 Thomas Fischer and Allan R. Armstrong",
  title =        "Design of a 3-{GHz} pulse generator",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "60--72",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "This article discusses the internal design of the HP
                 8133A 3-GHz pulse generator, including the timing
                 board, the width board and output amplifier, and the
                 EMC design. The period, delay, and width generation for
                 the programmable pulse generator depend on several
                 thick-film and thin-film hybrid circuits and custom
                 GaAs and bipolar ICs. The high frequencies and fast
                 transitions made radiated interference suppression
                 challenging in the context of the EMC design.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250E (Signal generators); B1230J (Pulse generators);
                 B5230 (Electromagnetic compatibility and interference);
                 B2220J (Hybrid integrated circuits)",
  classification = "711; 712.1.2; 713.4; 714.2; B1230J (Pulse
                 generators); B2220J (Hybrid integrated circuits); B5230
                 (Electromagnetic compatibility and interference);
                 B7250E (Signal generators)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "3 GHz; Bipolar integrated circuits; custom bipolar;
                 Custom bipolar ICs; Custom GaAs ICs; custom GaAs ICs;
                 electromagnetic compatibility; EMC design; Gallium
                 arsenide; HP 8133A; Hybrid integrated circuits; hybrid
                 integrated circuits; ICs; Interference suppression;
                 interference suppression; Internal design; internal
                 design; Microwave devices; Microwave pulse generators;
                 Output amplifier; output amplifier; Programmable pulse
                 generator; programmable pulse generator; Pulse
                 generators; pulse generators; radiated interference;
                 Radiated interference suppression; Semiconducting
                 gallium compounds; suppression; test equipment; Thick
                 film circuits; thick film circuits; Thick film hybrid
                 circuits; thick film hybrid circuits; Thin film
                 circuits; thin film circuits; Thin-film hybrid
                 circuits; thin-film hybrid circuits; Timing board;
                 timing board; Width board; width board",
  numericalindex = "Frequency 3.0E+09 Hz",
  thesaurus =    "Electromagnetic compatibility; Hybrid integrated
                 circuits; Interference suppression; Pulse generators;
                 Test equipment; Thick film circuits; Thin film
                 circuits",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1993:CFD,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Cooling of the Frequency Divider {IC}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "61--??",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Waite:1993:MBD,
  author =       "James W. Waite",
  title =        "A Multirate Bank of Digital Bandpass Filters for
                 Acoustic Applications (frequency analyzer)",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "73--81",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "An acoustics test laboratory will typically have a
                 variety of test equipment for the characterization of
                 product noise. Fundamental to the measurement of noise
                 emissions is a 1/3-octave-band frequency analyzer, but
                 sound level meters and FFT (fast Fourier transform)
                 analyzers may also be present and useful. Digital
                 signal processing (DSP) has for some time allowed
                 custom digital hardware to be used in the design of
                 both octave-based recursive-filter analyzers and
                 instruments relying on the FFT. It has only been
                 recently, however, that DSP chip technology has
                 advanced to the point where it is possible to implement
                 a variety of acoustic measurement algorithms on a
                 single hardware platform and run at the required
                 real-time rates. This paper discusses the development
                 of these DSP algorithms and their implementation in a
                 small (3.2-kg) battery-operated instrument, the HP
                 3569A portable real-time frequency analyzer.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
                 systems); B1270F (Digital filters); B7320Z (Other
                 nonelectric variables)",
  classification = "703.2; 751.4; 941.2; B1270F (Digital filters);
                 B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems); B7250G
                 (Display, recording and indicating instruments); B7320Z
                 (Other nonelectric variables)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "3569A; acoustic; Acoustic applications; acoustic
                 measurement; Acoustic measurement algorithms; Acoustic
                 noise; Acoustic variables measurement; acoustic
                 variables measurement; algorithms; applications;
                 automatic test equipment; band-pass filters; Bandpass
                 filters; Battery-operated instrument; battery-operated
                 instrument; Digital bandpass filters; digital bandpass
                 filters; Digital filters; digital filters; digital
                 instrumentation; Digital signal processing; display
                 instrumentation; DSP algorithms; frequency measurement;
                 HP; HP 3569A; instruments; Multirate filter banks;
                 portable; Portable analyser; portable analyser;
                 Real-time frequency analyzer; real-time frequency
                 analyzer; real-time systems; Test equipment; test
                 equipment",
  thesaurus =    "Acoustic variables measurement; Automatic test
                 equipment; Band-pass filters; Digital filters; Digital
                 instrumentation; Display instrumentation; Frequency
                 measurement; Portable instruments; Real-time systems",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Burdick:1993:CMR,
  author =       "Matthew J. Burdick",
  title =        "Continuous monitoring of remote networks: the {RMON}
                 {MIB}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "82--89",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Over the past several years, standards and open
                 systems have become important in the computer industry.
                 Interchangeable elements in customers' computing
                 systems offer a number of benefits: no dependence on a
                 single vendor, the ability to compare similar products
                 from multiple vendors, and the safety of an assured
                 future upgrade path. In network management, no standard
                 has more successfully ridden the crest of the standards
                 wave than the Simple Network Management Protocol
                 (SNMP). Nowhere have the limits of the SNMP protocol
                 been explored more fully than in the Remote Monitoring
                 Management Information Base (RMON MIB). The author
                 presents an introduction to the capabilities of the
                 Remote Monitoring Management Information Base of the
                 Simple Network Management Protocol and its
                 implementation in the HP LanProbe II network monitor.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6150N (Distributed systems); C5670 (Network
                 performance)",
  classification = "721.3; 722; 723.5; 732; C5670 (Network performance);
                 C6150N (Distributed systems)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Base; Computer networks; Continuous monitoring;
                 Monitoring; monitoring; Network management; network
                 management; network operating systems; Network
                 protocols; Remote control; Remote Monitoring Management
                 Information; Remote Monitoring Management Information
                 Base; Remote networks; remote networks; Remote sensing;
                 RMON MIB; Simple Network Management Protocol; SNMP;
                 Standard; standard; telecommunication",
  thesaurus =    "Monitoring; Network operating systems;
                 Telecommunication network management",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Gronlund:1993:HED,
  author =       "Robert D. Gronlund and Richard A. {Nygaard, Jr.} and
                 John T. Rasper",
  title =        "The {HP} 64700 Embedded Debug Environment: {A} New
                 Paradigm for Embedded System Integration and
                 Debugging",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "90--106",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Hardware and software development for microprocessor
                 systems embedded in other systems and products requires
                 sophisticated emulation, code development, and analysis
                 tools. The HP 64700 embedded debug environment is an
                 emulation interface system designed to create a new
                 debugging tool paradigm for embedded systems developers
                 and integrators who use emulators for today's powerful
                 16-bit and 32-bit CISC and RISC microprocessors. The
                 major contribution of this system is its ability to
                 provide not only the expected static, C and C++
                 language debugging capabilities for large embedded
                 systems, but also easy access to an extensive set of
                 modular real-time control and analysis capabilities,
                 all with a common, easy-to-use X11 OSF/Motif user
                 interface.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6115 (Programming support); C6150G (Diagnostic,
                 testing, debugging and evaluating systems)",
  classification = "721.3; 722; 723.1; 723.1.1; C6115 (Programming
                 support); C6150G (Diagnostic, testing, debugging and
                 evaluating systems)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "C (programming language); C plus plus language;
                 Computer architecture; Computer debugging; Computer
                 workstations; Debugging tool; debugging tool; Embedded
                 debug environment; embedded debug environment; Embedded
                 system integration; Embedded systems; embedded systems;
                 emulation interface; Emulation interface system;
                 environments; Hewlett Packard computers; HP 64700;
                 Microprocessor chips; Program debugging; program
                 debugging; programming; Real-time control; real-time
                 control; system",
  thesaurus =    "Hewlett Packard computers; Program debugging;
                 Programming environments",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1993:VU,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "The Value of Usability",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "91--??",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1993:DEC,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "The Debug Environment Connection to {HP SoftBench}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "93--??",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1993:ROS,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "A Real-Time Operating System Measurement Tool",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "97--??",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1993:NPE,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "A New Perspective on Emulation Hardware Modularity",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "102--??",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Blasciak:1993:SPA,
  author =       "Andrew J. Blasciak and David L. Neuder and Arnold S.
                 Berger",
  title =        "Software performance analysis of real-time embedded
                 systems",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "107--115",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "How can code written by 15 or more individual
                 programmers, with the number of lines of source code
                 extending into the hundreds of thousands, be analyzed
                 and optimized? Problems that arise through the subtle
                 interactions of many different modules of code are in
                 the realm of the HP B1487 software performance
                 analyzer. The HP B1487 consists of an option card for
                 the HP 64700A emulation cardcage and analysis software
                 for HP 9000 Series 300 and 700 workstations and the Sun
                 Microsystems SPARCstation.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6115 (Programming support)",
  classification = "721.3; 722; 723.1; C6115 (Programming support)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Computer hardware; Computer software; Embedded
                 microprocessors; Emulators; Hewlett Packard computers;
                 HP 64700A; HP 9000; HP 9000 Series 300; HP B1487;
                 Interfaces (computer); Microprocessor chips; Plug-in
                 cards; Real time systems; Real-time embedded systems;
                 Series 300; Software performance analyzer; software
                 performance analyzer; Software performance analyzers;
                 software tools; SPARCstation",
  thesaurus =    "Hewlett Packard computers; Software tools",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Gordon:1993:OOR,
  author =       "Gary B. Gordon and Joseph C. Roark and Arthur
                 Schleifer",
  title =        "{ORCA}: optimized robot for chemical analysis",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "6--8, 10--19",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Presents an analytical PC peripheral which is a
                 congenial assistant, a sophisticated robotic teaching
                 environment, and an interesting study of robotic
                 architecture. Although optimized for the analytical
                 laboratory, it also has applications in electronic
                 test, quality assurance, and the clinical laboratory,
                 where heavy commercial assembly robots are
                 unsuitable.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C3390 (Robotics); C3380L (Laboratory techniques);
                 C7320 (Physics and Chemistry); C7420 (Control
                 engineering); C7810C (Computer-aided instruction)",
  classification = "C3380L (Laboratory techniques); C3390 (Robotics);
                 C7320 (Physics and Chemistry); C7420 (Control
                 engineering); C7810C (Computer-aided instruction)",
  keywords =     "Analytical laboratory; analytical laboratory;
                 apparatus and techniques; Chemical analysis; chemical
                 analysis; chemistry computing; computer aided
                 instruction; environment; laboratory; Optimized robot;
                 optimized robot; ORCA; robotic teaching; Robotic
                 teaching environment; robots",
  thesaurus =    "Chemistry computing; Computer aided instruction;
                 Laboratory apparatus and techniques; Robots",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1993:HOS,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "The {HP ORCA} System Outside the Analytical
                 Laboratory",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "9--??",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1993:GJS,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Gravity-Sensing Joy Stick",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "12--??",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1993:ADE,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Absolute Digital Encoder",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "14--??",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Ahad:1993:HOO,
  author =       "Rafiul Ahad and Tu-Ting Cheng",
  title =        "{HP Open ODB}: an object-oriented database management
                 system for commercial applications",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "20--30",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "HP OpenODB is an advanced object-oriented database
                 management system (ODBMS) that is designed to support
                 complex commercial applications. Commercial
                 applications require support for large numbers of
                 concurrent users, many short transactions, security and
                 authorization procedures, high availability of
                 information access to other databases, and high
                 integrity. HP OpenODB is a hybrid ODBMS that combines
                 several years of research and development on a database
                 object manager with a decade of investment in
                 relational database technology. This powerful
                 combination brings the two pieces that make up an
                 object together in an ODBMS. It also enables a smooth
                 evolution from, and coexistence with, a relational
                 database management system (RDBMS). In the current
                 release, all of HP OpenODB's stored data is managed by
                 ALLBASE/SQL which is HP's ANSI standard relational
                 database and is tuned to be the fasted RDBMS on HP
                 platforms. The HP OpenODB object model is implemented
                 by an object manager which provides unlimited
                 user-defined types of information. HP OpenODB is
                 designed to port easily to other RDBMS.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6160J (Object-oriented databases); C6160D (Relational
                 DBMS)",
  classification = "C6160D (Relational DBMS); C6160J (Object-oriented
                 databases)",
  keywords =     "ALLBASE/SQL; Commercial applications; commercial
                 applications; Concurrent users; concurrent users;
                 Database object manager; database object manager;
                 Hewlett Packard computers; HP OpenODB; Object-oriented
                 database management system; object-oriented database
                 management system; object-oriented databases; ODBMS;
                 Relational database; relational database; relational
                 databases; short; Short transactions; transactions",
  thesaurus =    "Hewlett Packard computers; Object-oriented databases;
                 Relational databases",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Tuttle:1993:HUV,
  author =       "Myron R. Tuttle and Kenneth M. Wilson and Samuel H.
                 Chau and Yong Deng",
  title =        "The {HP Ultra VGA} graphics board",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "31--41",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP D2325A Ultra VGA board which represents the
                 latest in the evolution of HP personal computer video
                 systems, is a video accessory card for the HP Vectra
                 line of personal computers. This board offers
                 exceptional video performance for graphics-intensive
                 applications such as Microsoft Windows and AutoCAD. It
                 enhances overall system performance by using hardware
                 accelerators to relieve the CPU of common video
                 processing functions. For high-resolution and
                 flicker-free operation, the Ultra VGA board offers
                 display resolutions up to 1024 by 768 noninterlaced and
                 refresh rates up to 72 Hz. Finally, the board is
                 upgradable to 1 M bytes of video memory to give 256
                 colors in 800 by 600 and 1024 by 768 resolutions. The
                 authors present a brief history of the evolution of PC
                 video systems. They then discuss the benefits of adding
                 acceleration to video hardware and the hardware and
                 software partitioning trade-offs that must be made.
                 Finally, the implementation of the HP Ultra VGA board
                 is described, both as a plug-in accessory and as an
                 embedded feature as it is in the HP Vectra 486/U family
                 of personal computers.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
  classification = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
  keywords =     "256 Colors; 256 colors; add-on boards; computer
                 graphic equipment; computers; Embedded feature;
                 embedded feature; Graphics-intensive applications;
                 graphics-intensive applications; Hewlett Packard; HP
                 D2325A; HP Vectra; PC video; PC video systems; Plug-in
                 accessory; plug-in accessory; systems; Ultra VGA board;
                 Video accessory card; video accessory card",
  thesaurus =    "Add-on boards; Computer graphic equipment; Hewlett
                 Packard computers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Lalwani:1993:PIM,
  author =       "Rajesh Lalwani",
  title =        "{POSIX} interface for {MPE\slash iX}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "41--46",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The IEEE standard for a Portable Operating System
                 Interface, or POSIX, defines a standard operating
                 system interface and environment to support source
                 level application portability. POSIX specifies the
                 functions and services an operating system must support
                 and the application programming interface to these
                 services and functions. POSIX 1003.1, which defines a
                 standard set of programmatic interfaces for basic
                 operating system facilities, and POSIX 1003.2, which
                 specifies an interactive interface that provides a
                 shell and utilities similar to those provided by the
                 UNIX operating system are integrated in the MPE XL
                 operating system to form the MPE/iX operating system,
                 which runs on the HP 3000 Series 900 system.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6150J (Operating systems)",
  classification = "C6150J (Operating systems)",
  keywords =     "Application portability; application portability; HP
                 3000 Series 900; interface; MPE/iX operating system;
                 operating system; Operating system interface; operating
                 systems (computers); Portable Operating System
                 Interface; POSIX; software portability",
  thesaurus =    "Operating systems [computers]; Software portability",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Connolly:1993:PPS,
  author =       "Brian Connolly",
  title =        "A process for preventing software hazards",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "47--52",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Many methods of analysis, prevention, and verification
                 have been proposed to handle software hazards. HP's
                 Medical Systems (MSY) Unit has researched and
                 experimented with some of these methods and processes.
                 The paper describes how HP combined the most
                 appropriate elements of these methods to develop a
                 software hazard avoidance process for their
                 organization. The author also shows how the process was
                 applied to one product.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C7330 (Biology and medicine); C6110 (Systems analysis
                 and programming); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
  classification = "C6110 (Systems analysis and programming); C7330
                 (Biology and medicine); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
  keywords =     "computerised instrumentation; Hewlett Packard
                 computers; medical computing; Medical Systems; Software
                 hazard avoidance; software hazard avoidance; Software
                 hazards; software hazards; software reliability",
  thesaurus =    "Computerised instrumentation; Hewlett Packard
                 computers; Medical computing; Software reliability",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Schroath:1993:CMS,
  author =       "Leonard T. Schroath",
  title =        "Configuration management for software tests",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "53--59",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Many software development organizations have begun to
                 formalize software reuse as a way to improve
                 productivity and increase quality. However, most of the
                 effort is put into reusable components that are used
                 for creating software products. Methodologies and
                 processes can exist for the test development effort as
                 well. If software components can be reused effectively,
                 test components can be reused also. For any reuse
                 program to be successful, a formal process and support
                 tools are essential. To support software test reuse and
                 to make it easier to ensure that the correct software
                 versions are used to test printer products, a software
                 test management system has been put in place, at
                 Hewlett--Packard.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6115 (Programming support); C6160 (Database
                 management systems (DBMS))",
  classification = "C6115 (Programming support); C6160 (Database
                 management systems (DBMS))",
  keywords =     "database management systems; Hewlett Packard
                 computers; Productivity; productivity; program testing;
                 Software development organizations; software
                 development organizations; Software reuse; software
                 reuse; software test management; Software test
                 management system; Software test reuse; software test
                 reuse; system",
  thesaurus =    "Database management systems; Hewlett Packard
                 computers; Program testing",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{MacLeod:1993:ISS,
  author =       "Jean M. MacLeod",
  title =        "Implementing and sustaining a software inspection
                 program in an {R} and {D} environment",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "60--63",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "There is not much disagreement in the industry about
                 the value and benefits of software inspections.
                 However, there's more to implementing a software
                 inspection program than training moderators and
                 creating forms. The paper discusses how the software
                 inspection program was implemented at HP's Patient Care
                 Monitoring Systems Division, with emphasis on how the
                 program is sustained and how its success is measured.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6110B (Software engineering techniques); C0310F
                 (Software development management)",
  classification = "C0310F (Software development management); C6110B
                 (Software engineering techniques)",
  keywords =     "HP's; inspection; Moderators; moderators; Patient Care
                 Monitoring; program; program testing; R and D
                 environment; software inspection; Software inspection
                 program; Software inspections; software inspections;
                 software maintenance",
  thesaurus =    "Inspection; Program testing; Software maintenance",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Goodnow:1993:UTQ,
  author =       "John W. Goodnow and Cindie A. Hammond and William A.
                 Koppes and John J. Krieger and D. Kris Rovell-Rixx and
                 S. J. Warner",
  title =        "The use of total quality control techniques to improve
                 the software localization process",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "64--70",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Describes how Total Quality Control (TQC) was applied
                 to the software localization at Hewlett--Packard to
                 reduce the time required to localize embedded software
                 text used in their medical diagnostic ultrasound
                 systems. At first they thought that much of the delay
                 in the localization process occurred in the translation
                 step. By using TQC they discovered that we could reduce
                 delays in areas originally thought to be beyond the
                 control of the R and D lab.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6110B (Software engineering techniques); C0310F
                 (Software development management); C7330 (Biology and
                 medicine)",
  classification = "C0310F (Software development management); C6110B
                 (Software engineering techniques); C7330 (Biology and
                 medicine)",
  keywords =     "embedded; Embedded software text; Localization;
                 localization; medical computing; Medical diagnostic
                 ultrasound systems; medical diagnostic ultrasound
                 systems; quality control; Software localization;
                 software localization; software quality; software text;
                 Total Quality Control",
  thesaurus =    "Medical computing; Quality control; Software quality",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1993:TLT,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Tools for the Language Translation Process",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "68--??",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Rafnel:1993:TAE,
  author =       "Bruce A. Rafnel",
  title =        "A transaction approach to error handling",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "71--77",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Commercial programs contain two major paths: a forward
                 path that does the work and a reverse path that rolls
                 back the work when errors are detected. Typically,
                 these paths are so tightly bound together that both
                 paths are difficult to read. Code that is difficult to
                 read results in code that is difficult to write, debug,
                 enhance, and reuse. For example, in the object-oriented
                 programming methodology, one reason why objects are not
                 as reusable as they should be is that they are tightly
                 bound together at the error-handling level. Many times
                 error codes even give clues about how an object is
                 implemented. The solution is to handle errors in
                 programs as they are handled in a database transaction
                 recovery mechanism. In a database transaction, the
                 transaction either executes in its entirety or, if an
                 error is detected in any of its operations, it is
                 totally canceled as if it had never executed. If an
                 error is found, all work is automatically rolled back
                 to the beginning of the transaction.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6110B (Software engineering techniques)",
  classification = "C6110B (Software engineering techniques)",
  keywords =     "Database transaction recovery; database transaction
                 recovery; Error handling; error handling; program
                 debugging; Program maintenance; program maintenance;
                 Reusability; reusability; software maintenance;
                 software reusability; Transaction approach; transaction
                 approach; transaction processing",
  thesaurus =    "Error handling; Program debugging; Software
                 maintenance; Software reusability; Transaction
                 processing",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1993:ED,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Error Definition",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "72--??",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Notess:1993:UIM,
  author =       "Mark H. Notess",
  title =        "A User Interface Management System for {HP-UX} System
                 Administration Applications",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "80--84",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP-UX system administration manager (SAM) provides
                 basic system administration functionality for
                 standalone HP-UX systems and diskless clusters. The SAM
                 tool simplifies HP-UX system administration so that the
                 administrator does not have to be a technical expert to
                 manage an HP-UX system. Typical HP-UX system
                 administration functions such as adding a peripheral,
                 setting up the spooler, and adding or deleting users
                 are provided in SAM.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6150J (Operating systems); C6180 (User interfaces)",
  classification = "C6150J (Operating systems); C6180 (User
                 interfaces)",
  keywords =     "administration manager; Diskless clusters; diskless
                 clusters; Hewlett Packard computers; HP-UX; operating
                 systems (computers); SAM; Standalone HP-UX; standalone
                 HP-UX; system; System administration; system
                 administration; System administration manager; User
                 interface management system; user interface management
                 system; user interfaces",
  thesaurus =    "Hewlett Packard computers; Operating systems
                 [computers]; User interfaces",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1993:SVM,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "{SAM} versus Manual Administration",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "81--??",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Fletcher:1993:HAI,
  author =       "Robert M. Fletcher and Chihping Kuo and Timothy D.
                 Osentowski and Jiann Gwo Yu and Virginia M. Robbins",
  title =        "High-Efficiency Aluminium Indium Gallium Phosphide
                 Light-Emitting Diodes",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "6--14",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The latest technology advance, and the subject of this
                 paper, is the development of AlInGaP
                 double-heterostructure LEDs. These devices span the
                 color range from red-orange to green at light output
                 performance levels comparable to or exceeding those of
                 AS and TS AlGaAs. The authors provide a general
                 description and understanding of HP's new family of
                 LEDs made from AlInGaP. They have compared the
                 performance and production of AlInGaP devices with
                 other LED technologies. They aim to give a general
                 understanding of LEDs and the m-V processes necessary
                 for their manufacture. HP's AlInGaP devices represent
                 the brightest visible LEDs that have ever been made.
                 Interest in them is quickly growing as manufacturers
                 come up with new applications for them. Although
                 comparably bright red AlGaAs LEDs have been available
                 for several years, the appearance of bright orange and
                 yellow lamps' has made possible total LED replacements;
                 in applications where low-wattage filament lamps have
                 been used exclusively. The benefits of LEDs include
                 long lifetime, performance reliability under a broad
                 range of operating conditions, and overall cost savings
                 over traditional incandescent lamps. luminous
                 performance of any visible LED to date. As the
                 technology matures through the 1890s, performance
                 levels are expected to increase further and reach into
                 the tens-of-lumens-per-watt range.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  chemicalindex = "AlInGaP/ss Al/ss Ga/ss In/ss P/ss",
  classcodes =   "B4260D (Light emitting diodes); B0170G (General
                 fabrication techniques)",
  classification = "B0170G (General fabrication techniques); B4260D
                 (Light emitting diodes)",
  keywords =     "AlInGaP; aluminum; Aluminum indium gallium phosphide;
                 Double-heterostructure LEDs; double-heterostructure
                 LEDs; electronic equipment manufacture;
                 Hewlett--Packard; indium gallium phosphide; light
                 emitting diodes; Light-emitting diodes; light-emitting
                 diodes; M-V processes; m-V processes; Manufacture;
                 manufacture; Performance levels; performance levels",
  thesaurus =    "Electronic equipment manufacture; Light emitting
                 diodes",
  treatment =    "N New Development; P Practical",
  xxtitle =      "High-efficiency aluminum indium gallium phosphide
                 light-emitting diodes",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1993:SLH,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "The Structure of {LEDs}: Homojunctions and
                 Heterojunctions",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "8--??",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Graf:1993:HTB,
  author =       "Terrence P. Graf and Renato G. Assini and John M.
                 Lewis and Edward J. Sharpe and James J. Turner and M.
                 C. Ward",
  title =        "{HP Task Broker}: {A} Tool for Distributing
                 Computational Tasks",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "15--22",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "HP Task Broker is a software tool that enables
                 efficient distribution of computational tasks among
                 heterogeneous computer systems running
                 UNIX-system-based operating systems. Task Broker
                 performs its computational distribution without
                 requiring any changes to the application. Task Broker
                 relocates a job and its data according to rules set up
                 at Task Broker initialization. Task Broker can provide
                 many benefits to an organization with a network of
                 computers. Because of its flexibility, Task Broker can
                 easily be tailored to provide a simple distributed
                 solution to many additional types of situations. As a
                 tool for distributing computation tasks, Task Broker
                 can provide a way to make existing hardware more
                 efficient by increasing its level of use, and software
                 developers more productive by providing a way to access
                 an expanded set of computing resources.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6150N (Distributed systems); C5620 (Computer networks
                 and techniques)",
  classification = "C5620 (Computer networks and techniques); C6150N
                 (Distributed systems)",
  keywords =     "Collective computing; collective computing;
                 Computational distribution; computational distribution;
                 Hewlett Packard computers; HP 9000 Series; HP Apollo;
                 HP Apollo workstations; Intelligent targeting;
                 intelligent targeting; Load balancing; load balancing;
                 multiprocessing programs; network; Network OS; network
                 OS; operating systems; Software tool; software tool;
                 Task Broker; UNIX based; workstations",
  thesaurus =    "Hewlett Packard computers; Multiprocessing programs;
                 Network operating systems",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1993:HTBa,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "{HP Task Broker} and Computational Clusters",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "16--??",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1993:TBD,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "{Task Broker} and {DCE} Interoperability",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "19--??",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1993:HTBb,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "{HP Task Broker} Version 1.1",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "21--??",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Morgan:1993:HRO,
  author =       "Kevin D. Morgan",
  title =        "The {HP-RT} real-time operating system",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "23--30",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Reviews some of these characteristics of HP-RT and
                 discusses the specific designs used to provide these
                 features. HP-RT is Hewlett--Packard's real-time
                 operating system for PA-RISC computers. It is a
                 run-time-oriented product (as opposed to a
                 program-development-oriented product) based on industry
                 standard software and hardware interfaces. HP-RT is
                 intended to be used as a real-time data acquisition and
                 system control operating system. It is designed around
                 the real-time system principles of determinism
                 (predictable behavior), responsiveness, user control,
                 reliability, and fail-soft operation. These
                 characteristics distinguish a real-time operating
                 system from a nonreal-time operating system.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6150J (Operating systems)",
  classification = "C6150J (Operating systems)",
  keywords =     "computers; Determinism; determinism; fail-; Fail-soft
                 operation; Hewlett--Packard; HP-RT; operating systems
                 (computers); PA-RISC; PA-RISC computers; Real-time data
                 acquisition; real-time data acquisition; Real-time
                 operating system; real-time operating system; real-time
                 systems; Reliability; reliability; Responsiveness;
                 responsiveness; Run-time-oriented; run-time-oriented;
                 soft operation; System control; system control; User
                 control; user control",
  thesaurus =    "Operating systems [computers]; Real-time systems",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1993:OT,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "An Overview of Threads",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "27--??",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anzinger:1993:MPM,
  author =       "George A. Anzinger",
  title =        "Managing {PA-RISC} machines for real-time systems",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "31--37",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "In the HP-RT operating system, the interrupt-handling
                 architecture is especially constructed to manage the
                 high-performance timing requirements of real-time
                 systems. The task of an operating system is to manage
                 the computer system's resources. This management should
                 be done so as to give the best possible performance to
                 user tasks or jobs presented to the system. How this
                 performance is measured and valued differs depending on
                 the task or mission of the system. The three major
                 classes of tasks or missions presented to an operating
                 system are timeshare, batch, and real time. The
                 important aspects of performance of these three
                 classifications differ, and, because they differ,
                 require the operating system to use different
                 algorithms to manage system resources.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6150J (Operating systems)",
  classification = "C6150J (Operating systems)",
  keywords =     "High-performance timing; high-performance timing; HP-;
                 HP-RT operating system; Interrupt-handling;
                 interrupt-handling; interrupts; operating; Operating
                 system; operating systems (computers); PA-RISC
                 machines; real-time; Real-time systems; real-time
                 systems; resource allocation; Resource management;
                 resource management; RT operating system; system;
                 System resources; system resources; systems",
  thesaurus =    "Interrupts; Operating systems [computers]; Real-time
                 systems; Resource allocation",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1993:CSH,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Context Switching in {HP-RT}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "32--??",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1993:PSD,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Protecting Shared Data Structures",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "33--??",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1993:SRE,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "The Shadow Register Environment",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "34--??",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1993:CE,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "{C} Environment",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "35--??",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Culbertson:1993:HTL,
  author =       "W. Bruce Culbertson and Toshiki Osame and Yoshisuke
                 Otsuru and J. Barry Shackleford and Motoo Tanaka",
  title =        "The {HP Tsutsuji} logic synthesis system",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "38--51",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Logic synthesis assists and automates the process of
                 refining digital designs from high-level, abstract
                 conceptions to low-level, concrete specifications for
                 physical implementation. The HP Tsutsyji logic
                 synthesis system is a software package that runs on HP
                 9000 Series 700 workstations. Tsutsuji is a product
                 from YHP in Japan that provides a set of fast and
                 efficient tools for logic synthesis, simulation, and
                 design visualization. The graphical nature of the human
                 interface allows designs to be expressed quickly by the
                 designer. Rapid synthesis and mapping encourage the
                 designer to explore the design space interactively in
                 search of an optimum system configuration. Applying
                 creativity where it will have the greatest impact, the
                 designer remains focused in the application domain,
                 knowing that optimization and mapping into the chosen
                 technology will be automatic. Designs produced by
                 Tsutsuji are inherently reusable.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C7410D (Electronic engineering); C5210B
                 (Computer-aided logic design)",
  classification = "C5210B (Computer-aided logic design); C7410D
                 (Electronic engineering)",
  keywords =     "design; Design visualization; Digital designs; digital
                 designs; Graphical human interface; graphical human
                 interface; graphical user interfaces; Hewlett Packard;
                 HP 9000 Series 700; HP 9000 Series 700 workstations;
                 logic CAD; Logic synthesis; logic synthesis; Logic
                 synthesis system; logic synthesis system; Optimization;
                 optimization; Simulation; simulation; Tsutsuji;
                 visualization; workstations",
  thesaurus =    "Graphical user interfaces; Logic CAD",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Gennetten:1993:DSC,
  author =       "K. Douglas Gennetten and Michael J. Steinle",
  title =        "Designing a scanner with color vision",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "52--58",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP ScanJet IIc scanner is a 400-dot-per-inch (dpi)
                 flatbed scanner with black and white, color, and
                 optical character recognition (OCR) capabilities. It is
                 compatible with PCs and Apple Macintosh computers and
                 with desktop publishing, presentation, and text
                 recognition applications. It offers fast single-pass
                 scanning, easy-to-use software, print path calibration,
                 a legal-sized platen, HP AccuPage technology for text
                 scanning, and low cost. The ScanJet IIc provides 8-bit
                 grayscale and 24-bit color scanning capabilities. It
                 uses an SCSI (Small Computer System Interface) for
                 Macintosh computers and a dedicated SCSI adapter for
                 PC-compatibles and MicroChannel PCs. HP DeskScan II,
                 the image scanning software included with the HP
                 ScanJet IIc scanner, has a layered user interface for
                 both beginners and expert users.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5530 (Pattern recognition and computer vision
                 equipment)",
  classification = "C5530 (Pattern recognition and computer vision
                 equipment)",
  keywords =     "24 Bit; 24 bit; 400-Dot-per-inch; 400-dot-per-inch; 8
                 Bit; 8 bit; AccuPage; Apple Macintosh; Apple Macintosh
                 computers; Color scanning; color scanning; computers;
                 Desktop publishing; desktop publishing; Flatbed
                 scanner; flatbed scanner; HP DeskScan II; HP ScanJet
                 IIc; image scanners; optical character; Optical
                 character recognition; PCs; Print path calibration;
                 print path calibration; recognition; scanning; SCSI;
                 single-pass; Single-pass scanning; Text recognition;
                 text recognition; Text scanning; text scanning",
  numericalindex = "Word length 2.4E+01 bit; Word length 8.0E+00 bit",
  thesaurus =    "Desktop publishing; Image scanners; Optical character
                 recognition",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Clements:1993:MCI,
  author =       "Brad Clements",
  title =        "Mechanical Considerations for an Industrial
                 Workstation",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "62--67",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP 9000 Models 745i and 747i are entry-level
                 industrial workstations. These systems are designed for
                 test and measurement, industrial process control, and
                 electronic testings applications. Both machines are
                 based on HP's PA-RISC. The author addresses the
                 mechanical design aspects of the differences between
                 standard and industrial workstations and the design
                 strategy used to meet the needs of customers in the
                 industrial marketplace who use or could use engineering
                 workstations.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5430 (Microcomputers); C5540 (Terminals and graphic
                 displays)",
  classification = "C5430 (Microcomputers); C5540 (Terminals and graphic
                 displays)",
  keywords =     "745i; engineering; Engineering workstations;
                 engineering workstations; HP 9000 Model; HP 9000 Model
                 745i; HP 9000 Model 747i; industrial; Industrial
                 marketplace; industrial marketplace; Industrial process
                 control; Industrial workstation; industrial
                 workstation; Mechanical design; mechanical design;
                 process control; Test and measurement; test and
                 measurement; workstations",
  thesaurus =    "Engineering workstations",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Canestri:1993:OCL,
  author =       "Franco A. Canestri",
  title =        "Online {CO}$_2$ Laser Beam Real-Time Control Algorithm
                 for Orthopedic Surgical Applications",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "68--72",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "New data obtained from treating polymethylmethacrylate
                 (PMMA) with a nonmoving, CW, 10-watt, CO/sub 2/ laser
                 beam is presented. Guidelines based on this data can be
                 used during precision laser surgery in orthopedics to
                 avoid unnecessary mechanical and thermal trauma to
                 healthy bone tissue. A computerized algorithm
                 incorporating these guidelines can be implemented on an
                 HP 9000 workstation connected to a central database for
                 multiple-operating-room data collection, online
                 consultation, and analysis.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  chemicalindex = "CO2/bin O2/bin C/bin O/bin",
  classcodes =   "A8760G (Laser beams, microwaves, and other
                 electromagnetic waves); B7520C (Radiation therapy);
                 C3385 (Biological and medical systems); A8770G (Patient
                 care and treatment); B4360 (Laser applications); C7330
                 (Biology and medicine)",
  classification = "A8760G (Laser beams, microwaves, and other
                 electromagnetic waves); A8770G (Patient care and
                 treatment); B4360 (Laser applications); B7520C
                 (Radiation therapy); C3385 (Biological and medical
                 systems); C7330 (Biology and medicine)",
  keywords =     "10 W; algorithm; bone; CO/sub 2/; collection;
                 computerised control; computerized; Computerized
                 algorithm; Healthy bone tissue; healthy bone tissue; HP
                 9000 workstation; laser applications in medicine;
                 Mechanical trauma; mechanical trauma; medical
                 computing; multiple-operating-room data;
                 Multiple-operating-room data collection; Online
                 consultation; online consultation; Orthopedic surgery;
                 orthopedic surgery; Polymethylmethacrylate;
                 polymethylmethacrylate; Precision laser surgery;
                 precision laser surgery; Real-time control algorithm;
                 real-time control algorithm; surgery; thermal; Thermal
                 trauma; trauma",
  numericalindex = "Power 1.0E+01 W",
  thesaurus =    "Bone; Computerised control; Laser applications in
                 medicine; Medical computing; Surgery",
  treatment =    "T Theoretical or Mathematical",
}

@Article{Hoffmann:1993:ODM,
  author =       "Brian E. Hoffmann and David A. Keefer and Douglas K.
                 Howell",
  title =        "Online Defect Management via a Client\slash Server
                 Relational Database Management System",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "73--84",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The defect management system, or DMS, described in
                 this article is an online transaction processing system
                 for managing defects found during software and firmware
                 development and test. It was developed to enable HP's
                 Boise Printer and Network Printer Divisions to manage
                 shared defects in leveraged and concurrent products and
                 to increase data integrity and reduce overall defect
                 processing time. The DRS application is based on an
                 off-the-shelf relational database management system,
                 which employs a client-server architecture running on
                 an HP 9000 workstation. The development team employed
                 an evolutionary delivery process to ensure that the
                 system met user needs and used proprietary 4GL
                 (fourth-generation language) programming tools to
                 maximize productivity. The authors summarize the
                 rationale for building DMS, details its implementation
                 and design, and evaluate the system and its development
                 process.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6110B (Software engineering techniques); C6160D
                 (Relational DBMS); C5140 (Firmware)",
  classification = "C5140 (Firmware); C6110B (Software engineering
                 techniques); C6160D (Relational DBMS)",
  keywords =     "client/server; Client/server; data; Data integrity;
                 defect management system; Defect management system;
                 development; DMS; firmware; Firmware development; HP
                 9000; HP 9000 workstation; integrity; online; online
                 defect management; Online defect management; Online
                 transaction processing; online transaction processing
                 system; Online transaction processing system;
                 relational database management system; Relational
                 database management system; relational databases;
                 software development; Software development; software
                 engineering; transaction processing; workstation",
  thesaurus =    "Firmware; Relational databases; Software engineering;
                 Transaction processing",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
  xxauthor =     "Brian E. Hoffman and David A. Keefer and Douglas K.
                 Howell",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1993:CSD,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Client\slash Server Database Architecture",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "78--??",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{OKonski:1993:RPG,
  author =       "Timothy C. O'Konski",
  title =        "Realizing productivity gains with {C}++",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "85--89",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Describes the author's experiences with developing new
                 software and modifying existing C++ libraries. It also
                 looks at possible uses of templates and exception
                 handling led in the new emerging ANSI C++ standard
                 X3J16. C++ is an effective language for promoting both
                 incremental development and code reuse. The additional
                 capabilities of templates and exceptions need to have
                 more idioms formalized for their proper use. Because of
                 C++'s increasing complexity, stronger environmental
                 support is critical for the continuation of the
                 language's success.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6140D (High level languages); C6110B (Software
                 engineering techniques)",
  classification = "C6110B (Software engineering techniques); C6140D
                 (High level languages)",
  keywords =     "C language; C++ libraries; Exception handling;
                 exception handling; Object-oriented paradigm;
                 object-oriented paradigm; Productivity; productivity;
                 software engineering; Templates; templates",
  thesaurus =    "C language; Software engineering",
  treatment =    "N New Development",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1993:G,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Glossary",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "86--??",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Luszcz:1993:BGB,
  author =       "Joseph M. Luszcz and Daniel G. Maier",
  title =        "Bridging the gap between structured analysis and
                 structured design for real-time systems",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "90--99",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "ADARTS (Ada-based design approach to real-time
                 systems) is a high-level design methodology that
                 provides a systematic means (called process steps) for
                 partitioning an SA specification model into a set of
                 tasks, packages (objects), and communication links,
                 which can then be designed using SD. ADARTS is an
                 effective technique for bridging the gap between a
                 structured analysis specification and the structured
                 design of the software modules that make up a software
                 system. By providing a path between the two techniques,
                 it makes both far more valuable than they would be
                 otherwise. For structured analysis, the contribution to
                 the definition of concurrent tasks and communication
                 mechanisms is indispensable, but even if there is no
                 concurrency required, ADARTS helps in identifying an
                 object structure before applying the next detailed
                 design step. Even if ADARTS is used on an SA
                 specification that requires neither concurrency nor
                 objects, it produces the trivial-case high-level design
                 consisting of a single task in a single package which
                 can then be constructed using SD. Thus, there is no
                 harm in applying the technique to all designs.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6110B (Software engineering techniques)",
  classification = "C6110B (Software engineering techniques)",
  keywords =     "Ada; Ada-based design; ADARTS; communication;
                 Communication mechanisms; Concurrent tasks; concurrent
                 tasks; High-level design methodology; high-level design
                 methodology; mechanisms; programming; Real-time
                 systems; real-time systems; software engineering;
                 Specification; specification; structured; Structured
                 analysis; structured analysis; Structured design;
                 structured design; systems analysis",
  thesaurus =    "Ada; Real-time systems; Software engineering;
                 Structured programming; Systems analysis",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Scharrer:1993:MDO,
  author =       "John A. Scharrer",
  title =        "An {8-Gigasample-per-Second} Modular Digitizing
                 Oscilloscope System",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "6--10",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "For the first time, a digitizing sampling oscilloscope
                 achieves single-shot bandwidths exceeding even the
                 fastest laboratory analog oscilloscopes. This paper
                 describes the HP 54720/10 oscilloscope which combines a
                 2-GSa/s digitizer, plug-in modularity, and software
                 flexibility to provide the application-specific and
                 general-purpose capabilities needed by designers of
                 high-speed digital devices and systems.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments)",
  classification = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments)",
  keywords =     "2-GSa/s digitizer; digital storage oscilloscopes;
                 High-speed digital devices; high-speed digital devices;
                 HP 54720/10; HP 54720/10 oscilloscope; Modular
                 digitizing oscilloscope system; modular digitizing
                 oscilloscope system; oscilloscope; Plug-in modularity;
                 plug-in modularity; Software flexibility; software
                 flexibility",
  thesaurus =    "Digital storage oscilloscopes",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{McTigue:1993:DAS,
  author =       "Michael T. McTigue and Patrick J. Byrne",
  title =        "An {8-Gigasample-per-Second}, {8-Bit} Data Acquisition
                 System for a Sampling Digital Oscilloscope",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "11--23",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Shows that within the HP 54720/10 acquisition system
                 are sixteen separate sampling and digitizing paths that
                 can be allocated by the user to capture 16 K samples at
                 8 GSa/s or 256 K samples at 500 MSa/s or any of various
                 other combinations of sample rate and memory depth. The
                 sample-and-filter sampling technique is an alternative
                 to the conventional sample-and-hold and track-and-hold
                 techniques.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210G (Data acquisition systems); C5520 (Data
                 acquisition equipment and techniques)",
  classification = "B7210G (Data acquisition systems); C5520 (Data
                 acquisition equipment and techniques)",
  keywords =     "256 K samples; 500 MSa/s; 8 Bit; 8 bit; 8 GSa/s;
                 and-hold techniques; data acquisition; digital storage
                 oscilloscopes; HP 54720/10 data acquisition; HP
                 54720/10 data acquisition system; Memory depth; memory
                 depth; Sample rate; sample rate; Sample-and-filter
                 sampling technique; sample-and-filter sampling
                 technique; Sample-and-hold; sample-and-hold; Sampling
                 digital oscilloscope; sampling digital oscilloscope;
                 system; track-; Track-and-hold techniques",
  numericalindex = "Word length 8.0E+00 bit",
  thesaurus =    "Data acquisition; Digital storage oscilloscopes",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Eskeldson:1993:DOT,
  author =       "David D. Eskeldson and Reginald Kellum and Donald A.
                 Whiteman",
  title =        "A digitizing oscilloscope time base and trigger system
                 optimized for throughput and low jitter",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "24--30",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The time base and trigger system of the HP 54720/10
                 digitizing oscilloscope has three major tasks. It
                 controls the start and stop of the acquisition cycle,
                 it recognizes a trigger event during an acquisition,
                 and it measures the time from the trigger event to the
                 next sample clock. Careful attention to low-noise
                 coupling results in robust performance far exceeding
                 what is normally considered possible with off-the-shelf
                 ECL. It is shown that a new interpolator design
                 increases resolution by a factor of ten, reduces
                 conversion time by a factor of five, and reduces jitter
                 by a factor of more than three compared with previous
                 designs.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments)",
  classification = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments)",
  keywords =     "conversion; Conversion time; digital storage
                 oscilloscopes; Digitizing oscilloscope time base;
                 digitizing oscilloscope time base; ECL; HP 54720/10;
                 Interpolator design; interpolator design; Low jitter;
                 low jitter; Low-noise coupling; low-noise coupling;
                 noise; Robust performance; robust performance;
                 Throughput; throughput; time; Trigger system; trigger
                 system",
  thesaurus =    "Digital storage oscilloscopes; Noise",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Uhling:1993:RAO,
  author =       "Thomas F. Uhling and John R. Sterner",
  title =        "A rugged 2.5-{GHz} active oscilloscope probe",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "31--37",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Higher bandwidths along with more accurate responses
                 have been the trend for new digital oscilloscopes. A
                 necessity with this higher level of performance is a
                 probing system that can accurately deliver signals from
                 the device under test (DUT) to the oscilloscope. The
                 probe must also maintain high input impedance into the
                 gigahertz range for low loading of the DUT. These
                 requirements set the stage for the design of the HP
                 54701A active probe. Superior electrical performance is
                 maintained by suspending a fragile electrical structure
                 inside a rugged package and isolating the fragile parts
                 from external abuse. The design required numerous
                 trade-offs between performance, durability, aesthetics,
                 and cost, with performance and ruggedness the primary
                 goals.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments); B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers)",
  classification = "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G
                 (Display, recording and indicating instruments)",
  keywords =     "2.5 GHz; Active probe; active probe; Digital
                 oscilloscopes; digital oscilloscopes; digital storage
                 oscilloscopes; Durability; durability; HP 54701A;
                 Oscilloscope probe; oscilloscope probe; Performance;
                 performance; probes; Probing system; probing system;
                 Rugged package; rugged package",
  numericalindex = "Frequency 2.5E+09 Hz",
  thesaurus =    "Digital storage oscilloscopes; Probes",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Montijo:1993:AIA,
  author =       "Allen Montijo and Kenneth Rush",
  title =        "Accuracy in interleaved {ADC} systems",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "38--46",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Why would someone choose to implement a
                 time-interleaved ADC system instead of simply using the
                 latest technology to implement a single ADC with the
                 desired performance? Simply put, a time-interleaved ADC
                 system can achieve superior performance, given the same
                 implementation technology. For a given technology,
                 there is theoretically no limit to the sample rate that
                 can be reached using interleaving methods, although
                 there is a limit to the bandwidth and thus the
                 usefulness of interleaving. Real-world limitations such
                 as power and space place practical limits on the level
                 of interleaving that can be achieved. For the HP 54720
                 oscilloscope, these limits allowed us to put four
                 500-MSa/s ADCs onto a single hybrid to achieve a
                 maximum sample rate of 2 GSa/s. With the HP 54722A
                 plug-in, all four hybrids are interleaved to achieve
                 sample rates up to 8 GSa/s in one instrument. Sixteen
                 ADCs on four hybrids work together to sample at
                 consistent intervals of 125 ps with a signal bandwidth
                 of nearly 2 GHz.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1265H (A/D and D/A convertors); B7250G (Display,
                 recording and indicating instruments); C5180 (A/D and
                 D/A convertors)",
  classification = "B1265H (A/D and D/A convertors); B7250G (Display,
                 recording and indicating instruments); C5180 (A/D and
                 D/A convertors)",
  keywords =     "125 Ps; 125 ps; 2 GHz; Analog-to-digital convertors;
                 analog-to-digital convertors; analogue-digital
                 conversion; digital storage oscilloscopes; HP 54720
                 oscilloscope; Interleaved ADC systems; interleaved ADC
                 systems; Sample rate; sample rate",
  numericalindex = "Frequency 2.0E+09 Hz; Time 1.25E-10 s",
  thesaurus =    "Analogue-digital conversion; Digital storage
                 oscilloscopes",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1993:DB,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Dither and Bits",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "42--??",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1993:FDI,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Filter Design for Interpolation",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "45--??",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Rush:1993:SPP,
  author =       "Kenneth Rush",
  title =        "A study of pulse parameter accuracy in real-time
                 digitizing oscilloscope measurements",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "47--50",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "With the availability of the HP 54124T 50-GHz
                 bandwidth oscilloscope and fundamental knowledge of its
                 impulse response comes a new era in time-domain
                 metrology. Finally it is possible to know what a pulse
                 signal looks like with enough precision to let that
                 pulse signal become a transfer standard. In fact, many
                 pulse signals can be characterized, making it possible
                 to evaluate new real-time oscilloscopes based on the
                 quality of their measurements. This paper describes a
                 study that illustrates the power of knowing the `truth'
                 about a time-domain instrument's response. Using the
                 well-characterized 50-GHz HP 54124T oscilloscope as a
                 standard, HP 54720A oscilloscope errors were measured
                 for single-shot step rise time, pulse width, and pulse
                 height measurements. The results suggest that the
                 errors have systematic or bias components that may be
                 characterizable and correctable.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
                 systems)",
  classification = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments)",
  keywords =     "50 GHz; computerised instrumentation; digital storage
                 oscilloscopes; HP 54124T; HP 54720A; impulse; Impulse
                 response; Oscilloscope; oscilloscope; Oscilloscope
                 errors; oscilloscope errors; Pulse height measurements;
                 pulse height measurements; Pulse parameter accuracy;
                 pulse parameter accuracy; Pulse width; pulse width;
                 Real-time digitizing oscilloscope; real-time digitizing
                 oscilloscope; response; rise time; single-shot step;
                 Single-shot step rise time; Time-domain metrology;
                 time-domain metrology",
  numericalindex = "Bandwidth 5.0E+10 Hz",
  thesaurus =    "Computerised instrumentation; Digital storage
                 oscilloscopes",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Johnson:1993:ADM,
  author =       "Dana L. Johnson and Christopher J. Magnuson",
  title =        "Architectural design for a modular oscilloscope
                 system",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "51--58",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Shows that optimum allocation of tasks to various
                 software and hardware subsystems, a separate display
                 processor, multiple lookthrough tables, flicker
                 reduction techniques, and other design features support
                 the performance of the HP 54720/10 oscilloscope and
                 establish it as a platform for the future.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
                 systems); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
  classification = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
                 C7410H (Instrumentation)",
  keywords =     "allocation of tasks; Architectural design;
                 architectural design; computerised instrumentation;
                 Design features; design features; digital storage
                 oscilloscopes; display; Display processor; flicker
                 reduction; Flicker reduction techniques; Hardware
                 subsystems; hardware subsystems; HP 54720/10; HP
                 54720/10 oscilloscope; Modular oscilloscope system;
                 modular oscilloscope system; Multiple lookthrough
                 tables; multiple lookthrough tables; optimum; Optimum
                 allocation of tasks; oscilloscope; Performance;
                 performance; processor; Software; software;
                 techniques",
  thesaurus =    "Computerised instrumentation; Digital storage
                 oscilloscopes",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Long:1993:SPU,
  author =       "David W. Long and Christopher P. Duff",
  title =        "A survey of processes used in the development of
                 firmware for a multiprocessor embedded system",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "59--65",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "In using structured design methods to develop a large
                 multiprocessor embedded system, the HP 54720/10
                 oscilloscope design team learned that these
                 methodologies can be very helpful if applied
                 appropriately and supplemented with a few other
                 processes and tools.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
                 C5140 (Firmware); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
  classification = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
                 C5140 (Firmware); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
  keywords =     "computerised instrumentation; digital storage
                 oscilloscopes; Firmware; firmware; HP 54720/10
                 oscilloscope design team; methods; Multiprocessor
                 embedded system; multiprocessor embedded system;
                 structured design; Structured design methods;
                 structured programming",
  thesaurus =    "Computerised instrumentation; Digital storage
                 oscilloscopes; Firmware; Structured programming",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1993:DEF,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Developing Extensible Firmware",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "64--??",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Campbell:1993:MDN,
  author =       "John W. Campbell and Kenneth W. Johnson and Wayne F.
                 Helgoth and William H. Escovitz",
  title =        "Mechanical design of a new oscilloscope mainframe for
                 optimum performance",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "66--72",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Describes a completely new mainframe design for the HP
                 54720/10 oscilloscopes which includes a unibody chassis
                 and four plug-in slots that provide superior EMI
                 performance and anticipate future enhancements.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
                 instruments); B5230 (Electromagnetic compatibility and
                 interference)",
  classification = "B5230 (Electromagnetic compatibility and
                 interference); B7250G (Display, recording and
                 indicating instruments)",
  keywords =     "54720/10 oscilloscopes; digital storage oscilloscopes;
                 electromagnetic interference; EMI performance; HP; HP
                 54720/10 oscilloscopes; Mainframe design; mainframe
                 design; mchanical design; Mechanical design; Optimum
                 performance; optimum performance; Unibody chassis;
                 unibody chassis",
  thesaurus =    "Digital storage oscilloscopes; Electromagnetic
                 interference",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Hamling:1993:PFW,
  author =       "Daniel T. Hamling",
  title =        "A probe fixture for wafer testing high-performance
                 data acquisition integrated circuits",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "73--75",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "This new probe fixture offers both a wide bandwidth
                 and a high probe count, along with flexible interfacing
                 and low maintenance. The fixture is used to perform
                 at-speed wafer testing of the data acquisition circuits
                 for the HP 54720/10 oscilloscope.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7210G (Data acquisition systems); B7250G (Display,
                 recording and indicating instruments); B2570
                 (Semiconductor integrated circuits); C7410H
                 (Instrumentation); C5520 (Data acquisition equipment
                 and techniques)",
  classification = "B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits); B7210B
                 (Automatic test and measurement systems); B7210G (Data
                 acquisition systems); B7250G (Display, recording and
                 indicating instruments); C5520 (Data acquisition
                 equipment and techniques); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
  keywords =     "acquisition integrated circuits; automatic test
                 equipment; Bandwidth; bandwidth; count; data
                 acquisition; digital storage; Flexible interfacing;
                 flexible interfacing; high probe; High probe count; HP
                 54720/10; HP 54720/10 oscilloscope; integrated circuit
                 testing; Low maintenance; low maintenance;
                 oscilloscope; oscilloscopes; Probe fixture; probe
                 fixture; wafer testing high-performance data; Wafer
                 testing high-performance data acquisition integrated
                 circuits",
  thesaurus =    "Automatic test equipment; Data acquisition; Digital
                 storage oscilloscopes; Integrated circuit testing",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Kawabata:1993:HVN,
  author =       "Shigeru Kawabata and Akira Nukiyama",
  title =        "A high-performance 1.8-{GHz} vector network and
                 spectrum analyzer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "76--84",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Network and spectrum analyzers are frequently used
                 together for RF component and circuit evaluation. We
                 describe the HP 4396A vector network and spectrum
                 analyzer which exploits this natural union by combining
                 the two measurement modes into one instrument.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems)",
  classification = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems)",
  keywords =     "1.8 GHz; 1.8-GHz vector network and spectrum analyzer;
                 Circuit evaluation; circuit evaluation; HP 4396A;
                 Measurement modes; measurement modes; network
                 analysers; RF component; spectral analysers",
  numericalindex = "Frequency 1.8E+09 Hz",
  thesaurus =    "Network analysers; Spectral analysers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Yanagimoto:1993:RDC,
  author =       "Yoshiyuki Yanagimoto and A. Nukiyama",
  title =        "Receiver design for a combined {RF} network and
                 spectrum analyzer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "85--94",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "To keep receiver cost low, the HP 4396A 1.8-GHz vector
                 network and spectrum analyzer uses only one receiver
                 for both network and spectrum measurement modes. This
                 article describes the design and implementation of some
                 of the main components of the HP 439GA receiver.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems); C5630 (Networking equipment)",
  classification = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems); C5630 (Networking equipment)",
  keywords =     "1.8 GHz; Combined RF network and spectrum analyzer;
                 combined RF network and spectrum analyzer; Design;
                 design; HP 4396A; Implementation; implementation;
                 network analysers; Receiver; receiver; receivers;
                 spectral analysers",
  numericalindex = "Frequency 1.8E+09 Hz",
  thesaurus =    "Network analysers; Receivers; Spectral analysers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1993:DTD,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "{DSP} Techniques for Digital {IF}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "90--??",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Yanagimoto:1993:FHM,
  author =       "Yoshiyuki Yanagimoto",
  title =        "A fast-switching, high-isolation multiplexer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "95--99",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A three-channel multiplexer with 140-dB isolation
                 between channels, fast switching transient settling
                 time, steady low return loss, and low noise and
                 distortion is described which provides the front end to
                 the single receiver of the HP 4396A network and
                 spectrum analyzer.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6230 (Switching centres and equipment); B7210X (Other
                 instrumentation and measurement systems); C5630
                 (Networking equipment)",
  classification = "B6230 (Switching centres and equipment); B7210X
                 (Other instrumentation and measurement systems); C5630
                 (Networking equipment)",
  keywords =     "140-; 140-DB isolation; analysers; dB isolation;
                 Distortion; distortion; Fast switching transient
                 settling time; fast switching transient settling time;
                 Front end; front end; High-isolation multiplexer;
                 high-isolation multiplexer; HP 4396A; HP 4396A network
                 and spectrum analyzer; Low noise; low noise; low return
                 loss; multiplexing equipment; network analysers;
                 network and spectrum analyzer; spectral; steady; Steady
                 low return loss; Three-channel multiplexer;
                 three-channel multiplexer",
  thesaurus =    "Multiplexing equipment; Network analysers; Spectral
                 analysers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Hilton:1993:ACF,
  author =       "Howard E. Hilton",
  title =        "A {10-Megasample-per-Second} Analog-to-Digital
                 converter with Filter and Memory",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "100--104",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The Hewlett--Packard E1430A is a VXIbus-based
                 analog-to-digital converter (ADC) module containing a
                 high-dynamic range, 23-bit-resolution, lO-MSa/s
                 (megasample-per-second) ADC, a family of octave-spaced
                 anti-aliasing filters, a complex frequency shifter, and
                 a 4-MSa FIFO buffer memory. It is designed to provide
                 maximum performance and flexibility for capturing a
                 band-limited continuous analog signal in a format
                 compatible with digital computers. In addition to
                 analog-to-digital conversion, the HP E1430A addresses
                 the problems of gain ranging, anti-aliasing protection,
                 frequency band selection, triggering, data buffering,
                 and multichannel synchronization.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1265H (A/D and D/A convertors); C5180 (A/D and D/A
                 convertors)",
  classification = "B1265H (A/D and D/A convertors); C5180 (A/D and D/A
                 convertors)",
  keywords =     "23-Bit-resolution; 23-bit-resolution; 4-; 4-MSa FIFO
                 buffer memory; aliasing protection; analogue-digital
                 conversion; anti-; Anti-aliasing protection; Complex
                 frequency shifter; complex frequency shifter;
                 converter; Data buffering; data buffering; Frequency
                 band selection; frequency band selection; Gain ranging;
                 gain ranging; Hewlett--Packard E1430A; High-dynamic
                 range; high-dynamic range; MSa FIFO buffer memory;
                 Multichannel synchronization; multichannel
                 synchronization; octave-; Octave-spaced anti-aliasing
                 filters; Performance; performance; spaced anti-aliasing
                 filters; Triggering; triggering; VXIbus-based
                 analog-to-digital; VXIbus-based analog-to-digital
                 converter",
  thesaurus =    "Analogue-digital conversion",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Hilton:1993:ACL,
  author =       "Howard E. Hilton",
  title =        "A 10-{MHz} analog-to-digital converter with 110-{dB}
                 linearity",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "105--112",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A classification outline is presented for the errors
                 found in an analog-to-digital converter (ADC). A
                 comparative analysis is done of errors caused by random
                 noise, nonlinearities, and finite amplitude resolution
                 (quantizing errors). An ADC implementation is presented
                 that substantially reduces the nonlinearity errors and
                 virtually eliminates the quantizing errors.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1265H (A/D and D/A convertors); C5180 (A/D and D/A
                 convertors)",
  classification = "B1265H (A/D and D/A convertors); C5180 (A/D and D/A
                 convertors)",
  keywords =     "10 MHz; 10 mHz; 10-MHz analog-to-digital converter;
                 110 DB; 110 dB; 110-DB linearity; 110-dB linearity;
                 analogue-digital conversion; Classification outline;
                 classification outline; Comparative analysis;
                 comparative analysis; Errors; errors; Finite amplitude
                 resolution; finite amplitude resolution; noise;
                 Nonlinearities; nonlinearities; Quantizing errors;
                 quantizing errors; random; Random noise; random noise",
  numericalindex = "Gain 1.1E+02 dB; Frequency 1.0E-02 Hz",
  thesaurus =    "Analogue-digital conversion; Random noise",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Blue:1993:VSA,
  author =       "Kenneth J. Blue and Robert T. Cutler and Dennis P.
                 O'Brien and Douglas R. Wagner and Benjamin R.
                 Zarlingo",
  title =        "Vector signal analyzers for difficult measurements on
                 time-varying and complex modulated signals",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "6--16",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Called vector analyzers for their ability to
                 quadrature detect an input signal and measure its
                 magnitude and phase, these new analyzers offer
                 conventional spectrum analysis capabilities along with
                 a full set of measurements based on digital signal
                 processing. The three-processor architecture includes a
                 frequency selective front end and a digital IF section.
                 Making the complex and powerful measurements associated
                 with today's signals and systems is inevitably more
                 difficult. A primary goal for the vector signal
                 analyzer project teams was to create analyzers that can
                 handle the complex interactions between the frequency,
                 time, and modulation domains by themselves, freeing the
                 user to concentrate on the desired measurement results.
                 This approach avoids alienating the users of
                 traditional analyzers while providing the tools
                 required for the demanding measurement needs of today
                 and tomorrow.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems); B6140 (Signal processing and detection);
                 B7320P (Optical variables)",
  classification = "B6140 (Signal processing and detection); B7210X
                 (Other instrumentation and measurement systems); B7320P
                 (Optical variables)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "analysers; Complex modulated signals; complex
                 modulated signals; Digital IF; digital IF; frequency
                 selective; Frequency selective front end; front end;
                 optical variables measurement; signal processing;
                 spectral; Spectrum analysis; spectrum analysis; time-;
                 Time-varying signals; varying signals; Vector signal
                 analyzers; vector signal analyzers",
  thesaurus =    "Optical variables measurement; Signal processing;
                 Spectral analysers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1993:RP,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "The Resampling Process",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "10--??",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1993:AD,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Applications for Demodulation",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "12--??",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{OBrien:1993:FAM,
  author =       "Dennis P. O'Brien",
  title =        "A firmware architecture for multiple high-performance
                 measurements",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "17--30",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP 894xxA vector signal analyzers perform fast,
                 sophisticated measurements on complex waveforms. The
                 firmware architecture provides access to multiple
                 processors to meet the high-performance requirements
                 while allowing individual measurements to share common
                 features and protocol. Measurement design is a
                 complicated process during which many decisions trading
                 off performance for ease of development must be made.
                 Many of the complications faced by the designer are
                 compounded by the evolutionary nature of a
                 measurement's feature definition. With careful design,
                 a measurement architecture can be put in place that
                 provides a foundation upon which multiple measurements
                 can be implemented. Using a common measSequencer, the
                 kCode compiler allows designers to customize the
                 measurement loop quickly and easily with minimum
                 attention to common features and protocol. Likewise, by
                 using the object-oriented features of the C++ compiler,
                 designers can develop classes that support the
                 measurement loop by concentrating only on incremental
                 changes to a foundational feature set. Although
                 performance does suffer slightly, this approach yields
                 rich dividends in development time by allowing multiple
                 measurement designers to inherit a complete set of
                 foundational features.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
                 systems); C7410H (Instrumentation); C5260 (Digital
                 signal processing)",
  classification = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement systems);
                 C5260 (Digital signal processing); C7410H
                 (Instrumentation)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "C++ compiler; complex; Complex waveforms; computerised
                 instrumentation; firmware; Firmware architecture;
                 firmware architecture; HP 894xxA vector signal
                 analyzers; KCode compiler; kCode compiler;
                 MeasSequencer; measSequencer; Measurement loop;
                 measurement loop; measurements; multiple
                 high-performance; Multiple high-performance
                 measurements; object-oriented; Object-oriented
                 features; object-oriented features; program compilers;
                 programming; signal processing equipment; spectral
                 analysers; waveforms",
  thesaurus =    "Computerised instrumentation; Firmware;
                 Object-oriented programming; Program compilers; Signal
                 processing equipment; Spectral analysers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1993:RHD,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Run-Time-Configurable Hardware Drivers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "20--??",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1993:RD,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Remote Debugging",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "29--??",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Bartz:1993:BVS,
  author =       "Manfred Bartz and Keith A. Bayern and Joseph R.
                 Diederichs and David F. Kelley",
  title =        "Baseband vector signal analyzer hardware design",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "31--46",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The HP 89410A combines superior front-end linearity
                 and high-speed data conversion with powerful digital
                 signal processing to provide advanced measurement
                 capabilities. Extensive calibration, flexible
                 triggering, and arbitrary source types provide the
                 accuracy and versatility needed to make the
                 sophisticated measurements required for complex signal
                 analysis at RF information bandwidths.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems); B6140 (Signal processing and detection);
                 B7220 (Signal processing and conditioning equipment and
                 techniques); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
                 systems); C7410H (Instrumentation); C5260 (Digital
                 signal processing)",
  classification = "B6140 (Signal processing and detection); B7210B
                 (Automatic test and measurement systems); B7210X (Other
                 instrumentation and measurement systems); B7220 (Signal
                 processing and conditioning equipment and techniques);
                 C5260 (Digital signal processing); C7410H
                 (Instrumentation)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "bandwidths; Baseband vector signal analyzer hardware
                 design; baseband vector signal analyzer hardware
                 design; Complex signal analysis; complex signal
                 analysis; computerised instrumentation; digital;
                 Digital signal processing; Front-end linearity;
                 front-end linearity; High-speed data conversion;
                 high-speed data conversion; HP 89410A; RF information;
                 RF information bandwidths; signal processing; signal
                 processing equipment; spectral analysers",
  thesaurus =    "Computerised instrumentation; Signal processing
                 equipment; Spectral analysers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1993:ABD,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "{ADC} Bits, Distortion, and Dynamic Range",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "38--??",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1993:WD,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "What Is Dithering?",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "44--??",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Cutler:1993:RVS,
  author =       "Robert T. Cutler and William J. Ginder and Timothy L.
                 Hillstrom and Kevin L. Johnson and Roy L. Mason and J.
                 Pietsch",
  title =        "{RF} vector signal analyzer hardware design",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "47--59",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Based on the HP 89410A baseband vector signal
                 analyzer, the HP 89440A RF vector signal analyzer
                 extends the frequency range of both receiver and source
                 to 1.8 GHz with a 7-MHz information bandwidth. All of
                 the vector capabilities of the 10-MHz baseband
                 instrument (up to a 7-MHz information bandwidth) can be
                 translated to any frequency from O to 1.8 GHz.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
                 systems); B7220 (Signal processing and conditioning
                 equipment and techniques)B6140 (Signal processing and
                 detection); C7410H (Instrumentation); C5260 (Digital
                 signal processing)",
  classification = "B6140 (Signal processing and detection); B7210B
                 (Automatic test and measurement systems); B7210X (Other
                 instrumentation and measurement systems); B7220 (Signal
                 processing and conditioning equipment and techniques);
                 C5260 (Digital signal processing); C7410H
                 (Instrumentation)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "1.8 GHz; 10 MHz; 7 MHz; 7 mHz; analyzer; baseband
                 vector signal analyzer; computerised instrumentation;
                 HP 89410A; HP 89410A baseband vector signal analyzer;
                 HP 89440A RF vector signal; HP 89440A RF vector signal
                 analyzer; RF vector signal analyzer hardware design;
                 signal processing equipment; spectral analysers",
  numericalindex = "Bandwidth 7.0E-03 Hz; Frequency 1.8E+09 Hz;
                 Frequency 1.0E+07 Hz",
  thesaurus =    "Computerised instrumentation; Signal processing
                 equipment; Spectral analysers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1993:MPA,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Microwave Plate Assembly",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "50--??",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1993:VTA,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "A Versatile Tracking and Arbitrary Source",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "54--??",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1993:VMB,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Vector Measurements beyond 1.8 {GHz}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "58--??",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Bailey:1993:OSA,
  author =       "David A. Bailey and James R. Stimple",
  title =        "Optical spectrum analyzers with high dynamic range and
                 excellent input sensitivity",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "60--67",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The diffraction-grating-based HP 71450A and 71451A
                 optical spectrum analyzers provide the basic spectral
                 measurement of optical power versus wavelength and
                 advanced functions for measuring and characterizing
                 LEDs, DFB lasers, and Fabry--Perot lasers. The article
                 describes the user interface and the advanced
                 measurement programs provided with the HP 71450A and
                 71451A optical spectrum analyzers.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
                 systems); B7220 (Signal processing and conditioning
                 equipment and techniques)B6140 (Signal processing and
                 detection); B7320P (Optical variables); C7410H
                 (Instrumentation); C5260 (Digital signal processing)",
  classification = "B6140 (Signal processing and detection); B7210B
                 (Automatic test and measurement systems); B7210X (Other
                 instrumentation and measurement systems); B7220 (Signal
                 processing and conditioning equipment and techniques);
                 B7320P (Optical variables); C5260 (Digital signal
                 processing); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "71450A; computerised instrumentation; DFB lasers;
                 diffraction-grating-based HP; Diffraction-grating-based
                 HP 71450A; Fabry--Perot lasers; interface; LEDs;
                 Measurement programs; measurement programs; Optical
                 spectrum analyzers; optical spectrum analyzers; optical
                 variables measurement; signal processing equipment;
                 spectral analysers; user; User interface",
  thesaurus =    "Computerised instrumentation; Optical variables
                 measurement; Signal processing equipment; Spectral
                 analysers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1993:OSA,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Optical Spectrum Analysis",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "62--??",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Wildnauer:1993:DMW,
  author =       "Kenneth R. Wildnauer and Zoltan Azary",
  title =        "A double-pass monochromator for wavelength selection
                 in an optical spectrum analyzer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "68--74",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The wavelength-selection scheme used in the HP 71450A
                 and HP 71451A optical spectrum analyzers propagates the
                 light from the device under test twice through the
                 refraction and diffraction elements in the
                 monochromator. They use a specially developed
                 wavelength-selection scheme, the double-pass
                 monochromator. This article describes the operation and
                 performance of the double-pass monochromator and the
                 operation and characteristics of the components in the
                 data acquisition and processing system.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "A4280D (Monochromators); B7210X (Other instrumentation
                 and measurement systems); B7210B (Automatic test and
                 measurement systems); B7220 (Signal processing and
                 conditioning equipment and techniques); C7410H
                 (Instrumentation); C5260 (Digital signal processing)",
  classification = "A4280D (Monochromators); B7210B (Automatic test and
                 measurement systems); B7210X (Other instrumentation and
                 measurement systems); B7220 (Signal processing and
                 conditioning equipment and techniques); C5260 (Digital
                 signal processing); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "computerised instrumentation; Data acquisition; data
                 acquisition; Double-pass monochromator; double-pass
                 monochromator; HP 71450A; HP 71451A; monochromators;
                 optical; Optical spectrum analyzer; processing
                 equipment; signal; spectral analysers; spectrum
                 analyzer; Wavelength selection; wavelength selection",
  thesaurus =    "Computerised instrumentation; Monochromators; Signal
                 processing equipment; Spectral analysers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1993:DG,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Diffraction Grating",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "70--??",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1993:PS,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Polarization Sensitivity",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "71--??",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{West:1993:HDD,
  author =       "Joseph N. West and J. Douglas Knight",
  title =        "A high-resolution direct-drive diffraction grating
                 rotation system",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "75--79",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Creating a high-resolution, high-speed positioning
                 system that can provide over two million data points
                 per revolution of the diffraction grating required a
                 design that is much different from the gear-reduction
                 positioning systems typically used in optical spectrum
                 analyzers. Direct-drive technology has been applied
                 with great success in a number of industrial
                 applications ranging from phonograph turntables to
                 industrial robots and military gun turrets. Applying
                 these techniques to an optical spectrum analyzer
                 produces a system that provides fast, accurate, and
                 reliable rotation of the diffraction grating, and with
                 regard to motion control, brings the latest technology
                 to optical spectrum analysis.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "A4280D (Monochromators); B7210X (Other instrumentation
                 and measurement systems); B7320P (Optical variables);
                 C3380D (Physical instruments); C3120C (Spatial
                 variables)",
  classification = "A4280D (Monochromators); B7210X (Other
                 instrumentation and measurement systems); B7320P
                 (Optical variables); C3120C (Spatial variables); C3380D
                 (Physical instruments)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "control; Data points; data points; diffraction;
                 gear-reduction; Gear-reduction positioning systems;
                 high-resolution direct-drive diffraction grating
                 rotation; High-resolution direct-drive diffraction
                 grating rotation system; monochromators; motion; Motion
                 control; Optical spectrum analyzers; optical spectrum
                 analyzers; optical variables measurement; position
                 control; Positioning system; positioning system;
                 positioning systems; spectral analysers; system",
  thesaurus =    "Diffraction; Monochromators; Optical variables
                 measurement; Position control; Spectral analysers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Knight:1993:TMO,
  author =       "J. Douglas Knight and Joseph N. West",
  title =        "A two-axis micropositioner for optical fiber
                 alignment",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "80--84",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "A positioning system with submicron resolution is used
                 to keep the output fiber accurately aligned with the
                 light coming out of the monochromator during movement
                 of the diffraction grating. The micropositioner was one
                 of a number of key components needed to be able to
                 build a double-pass scanning monochromator. As
                 described, it provides a means for translating the
                 output optical fiber in a plane perpendicular to the
                 output light beam to hack the output light beam during
                 rotation of the diffraction grating. It is able to move
                 quickly and accurately over the necessary range of
                 motion and has proven to be a valuable asset in
                 achieving performance goals.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "A4280D (Monochromators); B7210X (Other instrumentation
                 and measurement systems); C3380D (Physical
                 instruments); C3120C (Spatial variables)",
  classification = "A4280D (Monochromators); B7210X (Other
                 instrumentation and measurement systems); C3120C
                 (Spatial variables); C3380D (Physical instruments)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "71450A; analysers; diffraction; Diffraction grating;
                 diffraction grating; HP; HP 71450A; HP 71451A;
                 Micropositioner; micropositioner; Monochromator;
                 monochromator; monochromators; Optical fiber alignment;
                 optical fiber alignment; Optical spectrum analyzers;
                 optical spectrum analyzers; position control; spectral;
                 Two-axis micropositioner; two-axis micropositioner",
  thesaurus =    "Diffraction; Monochromators; Position control;
                 Spectral analysers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Hall:1993:SDF,
  author =       "Michael L. Hall",
  title =        "A standard data format for instrument data
                 interchange",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "85--89",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "The Standard Data Format (SDF) is a record-based
                 binary data file format that is used to store data from
                 a variety of analyzers manufactured by the
                 Hewlett--Packard Lake Stevens Instrument Division.
                 These analyzers range from portable acoustic analyzers
                 and low-frequency FFT analyzers to RF vector signal
                 analyzers. The SDF file format is flexible enough to
                 contain multiple channels of data, multiple data
                 results in a single file, multiple scans of a data
                 result (waterfall), and deep capture of contiguous time
                 data. This standard format allows many HP analyzers to
                 exchange data with each other and with applications
                 software. Utilities provide data conversion, editing,
                 viewing, and plotting and a function library provides
                 access to SDF data from programs.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C7410H (Instrumentation); C6130E (Data interchange)",
  classification = "C6130E (Data interchange); C7410H
                 (Instrumentation)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "based binary data file format; computerised
                 instrumentation; Contiguous time data; contiguous time
                 data; electronic data interchange; Hewlett--Packard;
                 Instrument data interchange; instrument data
                 interchange; Low-frequency FFT analyzers; low-frequency
                 FFT analyzers; Portable acoustic analyzers; portable
                 acoustic analyzers; record-; Record-based binary data
                 file format; RF; RF vector signal analyzers; SDF;
                 Standard data format; standard data format; standards;
                 vector signal analyzers",
  thesaurus =    "Computerised instrumentation; Electronic data
                 interchange; Standards",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Whipple:1993:NAC,
  author =       "David P. Whipple",
  title =        "North {American} cellular {CDMA}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "90--97",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Code division multiple access (CDMA) is a class of
                 modulation that uses specialized codes to provide
                 multiple communication channels in a designated segment
                 of the electromagnetic spectrum. The article describes
                 the implementation of CDMA that has been standardized
                 by the Telecommunications Industry Association for the
                 North American cellular telephone system.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "B6150E (Multiple access communication); B6250F (Mobile
                 radio systems); B6150M (Protocols)",
  classification = "B6150E (Multiple access communication); B6150M
                 (Protocols); B6250F (Mobile radio systems)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "American; CDMA; cellular radio; cellular telephone;
                 Cellular telephone system; code division multiple
                 access; Multiple communication channels; multiple
                 communication channels; North; North American;
                 standardisation; system; Telecommunications Industry
                 Association",
  thesaurus =    "Cellular radio; Code division multiple access;
                 Standardisation",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1993:CT,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Cellular Technologies",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "92--??",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Elo:1993:DMM,
  author =       "Mark A. Elo",
  title =        "{DECT} measurements with a microwave spectrum
                 analyzer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "44",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "98--106",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1993",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "An HP 8590 E-Series spectrum analyzer with DECT
                 source, demodulator, and measurement personality can be
                 used to provide a cost-effective solution to
                 development, manufacturing, and pre-type-approval
                 testing for compliance with the Digital European
                 Cordless Telecommunications standard. The author
                 explains the DECT physical layer definition and
                 explores some of the extensions and enhancements
                 applied to the HP 8590 E-Series spectrum analyzer that
                 transforms it into a DECT test tool. After an
                 introduction to the physical layer standard and some
                 basic definitions, the software techniques and hardware
                 requirements of the spectrum analyzer configured for
                 DECT physical layer measurements are discussed.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems); B6250F (Mobile radio systems); B6210D
                 (Telephony)",
  classification = "B6210D (Telephony); B6250F (Mobile radio systems);
                 B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "analyzer; cordless telephone systems; DECT source;
                 DECT test; DECT test tool; Digital; Digital European
                 Cordless Telecommunications standard; European Cordless
                 Telecommunications standard; Hewlett Packard computers;
                 HP 8590 E-Series; Measurement personality; measurement
                 personality; Microwave spectrum analyzer; microwave
                 spectrum analyzer; Physical layer measurements;
                 physical layer measurements; spectral analysers;
                 spectrum; Spectrum analyzer; tool",
  thesaurus =    "Cordless telephone systems; Hewlett Packard computers;
                 Spectral analysers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Watson:1994:HCI,
  author =       "Douglas R. Watson and Hatem E. Mostafa",
  title =        "High-quality color inkjet office printers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "6--8",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94feb/6to8.pdf",
  abstract =     "The HP DeskJet 1200C and 1200C/PS printers are a new
                 class of HP DeskJet printers for office applications.
                 They offer black and color printing, fast print speeds,
                 scalable typefaces, expandable memory, networking
                 options, PCL 5 and PostScript languages, and HP
                 LaserJet printer compatibility.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  classification = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  keywords =     "Color printing; color printing; Compatibility;
                 compatibility; description languages; Expandable
                 memory; expandable memory; Fast print speeds; fast
                 print speeds; Hewlett Packard computers; HP; HP DeskJet
                 1200C; HP DeskJet 1200C/PS; HP DeskJet printers; HP
                 LaserJet printer; ink jet printers; Inkjet office
                 printers; inkjet office printers; LaserJet printer;
                 Networking; networking; page; PCL 5; PostScript
                 language; Scalable typefaces; scalable typefaces",
  thesaurus =    "Hewlett Packard computers; Ink jet printers; Page
                 description languages",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Bohorquez:1994:LIT,
  author =       "Jaime H. Bohorquez and Brian P. Canfield and Kenneth
                 J. Courian and Frank Drogo and Corrina A. E. Hall and
                 C. L. Holstun and A. R. Scandalis and M. E. Shepard",
  title =        "Laser-comparable inkjet text printing",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "9--17",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94feb/9to17.pdf",
  abstract =     "The HP DeskJet 1200C printer achieves laser quality by
                 means of pigmented black ink and precise, mode
                 dependent control of drop volume. Contributing to laser
                 printing speed are an intelligent print mode
                 forecaster, a large memory capacity, heated drying,
                 improved media handling, a larger printhead, and a high
                 firing rate made possible by careful attention to
                 refill dynamics.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  classification = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  keywords =     "Firing rate; firing rate; Hewlett Packard computers;
                 HP DeskJet 1200C; ink jet printers; Inkjet text
                 printing; inkjet text printing; Intelligent print mode
                 forecaster; intelligent print mode forecaster; laser
                 printing; Laser printing speed; Laser quality; laser
                 quality; Media handling; media handling; Mode dependent
                 control; mode dependent control; Pigmented black ink;
                 pigmented black ink; Printhead; printhead; Refill
                 dynamics; refill dynamics; speed",
  thesaurus =    "Hewlett Packard computers; Ink jet printers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1994:IVD,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "An Inside View of the Drop Generation Process",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "11--??",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1994:MOP,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Modifying Office Papers to Improve Inkjet Print
                 Quality",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "16--??",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Hunt:1994:HQI,
  author =       "Catherine B. Hunt and Ronald A. Askeland and Leonard
                 Slevin and Keshava A. Prasad",
  title =        "High-Quality Inkjet Color Graphics Performance on
                 Plain Paper",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "18--27",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94feb/18to27.pdf",
  abstract =     "The HP DeskJet 1200C printer is a 300-dpi, plain paper
                 printer that provides vivid, bright, true colors with
                 consistent print quality on all media (plain and
                 special papers, transparency and glossy films). The
                 color print cartridges (cyan, magenta, yellow) for the
                 DeskJet 1200C represent a significant advance in HP
                 thermal inkjet printing technology. The major
                 contributors to the improved performance, print quality
                 attributes, and throughput are the ink and the
                 architecture. Realizing the color graphics performance
                 of the HP DeskJet 1200C printer required simultaneous
                 optimization of many interacting parameters of the ink
                 and the architecture to deliver significant
                 improvements in print quality, color gamut, throughput,
                 and cost per copy.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  classification = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  keywords =     "Color print cartridges; color print cartridges;
                 Hewlett Packard computers; HP DeskJet 1200C; HP
                 thermal; HP thermal inkjet printing; Ink; ink; ink jet
                 printers; Inkjet color graphics; inkjet color graphics;
                 inkjet printing; Performance; performance; plain paper;
                 Plain paper printer; Print quality; print quality;
                 printer",
  thesaurus =    "Hewlett Packard computers; Ink jet printers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Briley:1994:PMD,
  author =       "Daniel L. Briley",
  title =        "Polyester media development for inkjet printers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "28--34",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94feb/28to34.pdf",
  abstract =     "Provides a discussion of the mechanisms and
                 ink/printer/media interactions that must be considered
                 in the design of special media for a printer system,
                 and of the methods available for optimizing them.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  classification = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  keywords =     "ink jet printers; Ink/printer/media interactions;
                 ink/printer/media interactions; Inkjet printers; inkjet
                 printers; Polyester media development; polyester media
                 development",
  thesaurus =    "Ink jet printers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Hall:1994:IPP,
  author =       "Corinna A. E. Hall and Aneesa R. Scandalis and Damon
                 W. Broder and Shelley I. Moore and Reza Movaghar and W.
                 W. Rhoads and W. H. Schwiebert",
  title =        "Inkjet printer print quality enhancement techniques",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "35--40",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94feb/35to40.pdf",
  abstract =     "When the concept for the HP DeskJet 1200C printer was
                 formulated, the design direction chosen was a text
                 printer that also had excellent graphics performance.
                 The initial decisions were fairly easy to make. For
                 example, the printer was to be thermal inkjet with a
                 resolution of 300 dots per inch (dpi). It was to be
                 media independent (i.e., not just `special' media) and
                 it was to have four print cartridges (black, cyan,
                 magenta, and yellow) and most probably fast and
                 high-quality printing options. To accomplish these
                 objectives, the chosen printing system was a scanning
                 carriage to hold the four print cartridges and a heated
                 paper path to dry the ink quickly. Having chosen a
                 design path, each part of the writing system was
                 investigated to determine how its contributions to
                 print quality could be optimized. A dual approach was
                 taken. Each print mode was designed to give the
                 customer the best output in the least amount of time.
                 Five print modes, each optimized for quality and
                 throughput, HP resolution enhancement technology,
                 heaters to dry the ink and the paper, and accurate
                 print cartridge alignment and paper advance schemes
                 contribute to the high print quality of the HP DeskJet
                 1200C printer.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  classification = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  keywords =     "cartridge alignment; equipment evaluation; Graphics
                 performance; graphics performance; Heaters; heaters; HP
                 DeskJet 1200C; HP DeskJet 1200C printer; HP resolution
                 enhancement technology; ink jet printers; Inkjet
                 printer print quality enhancement; inkjet printer print
                 quality enhancement; Paper advance schemes; paper
                 advance schemes; print; Print cartridge alignment;
                 printer; Text printer; text printer; Thermal inkjet;
                 thermal inkjet",
  thesaurus =    "Equipment evaluation; Ink jet printers",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Aden:1994:THT,
  author =       "J. Stephen Aden and Jaime H. Bohorquez and Douglas M.
                 Collins and M. Douglas Crook and Andre Garcia and U. E.
                 Hess",
  title =        "The Third-Generation {HP} Thermal {InkJet} Printhead",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "41--45",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94feb/41to45.pdf",
  abstract =     "For the third generation of HP thermal inkjet
                 printers, three parameters were selected for
                 significant improvement: print quality, print speed,
                 and cost per printed page. This article describes a
                 printhead designed for the new HP DeskJet 1200C printer
                 that permits a significant increase in the print swath
                 with a corresponding increase in print speed.
                 Increasing print swath means more nozzles on the
                 printhead from which to fire ink, hence a larger number
                 of heater resistors. The printhead used in the current
                 family of DeskJet printers (for example, the DeskJet
                 550C) has 50 nozzles and 50 corresponding heater
                 resistors. The new printhead described here has 104
                 nozzles with 104 corresponding heater resistors. The
                 monolithic integration of driver transistors with the
                 thermal inkjet heater resistors leads to vastly
                 improved performance with reduced cost per page for the
                 customer.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  classification = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  keywords =     "DeskJet 550C; driver; Driver transistors; Heater
                 resistors; heater resistors; HP DeskJet 1200C; HP
                 DeskJet 1200C printer; ink jet printers; Nozzles;
                 nozzles; Print quality; print quality; Print speed;
                 print speed; Print swath; print swath; printer;
                 printers; thermal inkjet; Thermal inkjet printers;
                 thermal printers; Third-generation HP thermal inkjet
                 printhead; third-generation HP thermal inkjet
                 printhead; transistors",
  thesaurus =    "Ink jet printers; Thermal printers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Beamer:1994:DHD,
  author =       "C. Beamer and T. Carlin and G. Kaplinsky and S. Bauer
                 and D. Blair and H. Brower and E. Coiner and M. Hamlin
                 and D. Hunt and R. Little and T. Panah and B. Reid and
                 J. Scheffelin and J. Thoman and D. Timm and A. {Van
                 Liew}",
  title =        "Development of the {HP DeskJet 1200C} print cartridge
                 platform",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "46--54",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94feb/46to54.pdf",
  abstract =     "Discusses the development of HP DeskJet 1200C print
                 cartridge platform which includes all of the parts of
                 the print cartridge except the printhead assembly and
                 the ink. It is designed to accept different printheads
                 and inks to support different printer applications. It
                 features a slim form factor, a spring-bag ink
                 reservoir, and an ink level indicator.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  classification = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  keywords =     "form factor; HP DeskJet 1200C print cartridge
                 platform; ink jet printers; ink level indicator; Ink
                 level indicator; printheads; Printheads; slim; Slim
                 form factor; spring-bag ink reservoir; Spring-bag ink
                 reservoir",
  thesaurus =    "Ink jet printers",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1994:PCL,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Print Cartridges for a Large-Format Color Inkjet
                 Drafting Plotter",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "50--??",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1994:EFP,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Environmentally Friendly Packaging",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "53--??",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Bockman:1994:HDP,
  author =       "Kevin M. Bockman and Anton Tabar and Erol Erturk and
                 Robert R. Giles and William H. Schwiebert",
  title =        "{HP DeskJet 1200C} printer architecture",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "55--66",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94feb/55to66.pdf",
  abstract =     "Discusses the product architecture of the HP DeskJet
                 1200C printer-mechanical, electrical, and firmware-
                 which played a key role in addressing the technical
                 challenges demanded by the office color printer
                 market.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  classification = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  keywords =     "Electrical; electrical; Firmware; firmware; HP DeskJet
                 1200C printer architecture; ink jet printers;
                 Mechanical; mechanical; office color; Office color
                 printer market; printer market; Technical challenges;
                 technical challenges",
  thesaurus =    "Ink jet printers",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1994:CSO,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "{CAD} System Organization",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "56--??",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1994:PDE,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Product Design Effect on Environmental Responsibility
                 and Distribution Costs",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "59--??",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1994:NPD,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "A New Product Development Model",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "65--??",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Dangelo:1994:PCF,
  author =       "M. T. Dangelo and R. Movaghar and A. K. Wilson",
  title =        "Print cartridge fixturing and maintenance in the {HP}
                 {DeskJet 1200C} printer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "67--71",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94feb/67to71.pdf",
  abstract =     "One of the main goals for the HP DeskJet 1200C printer
                 was a narrow footprint so that the printer could be
                 placed on a desk or existing desk stand. To achieve
                 this goal, the carriage assembly and print cartridges
                 are designed for minimum space between parts and for
                 minimum overall width. The overall width of the printer
                 is dependent on the width of the paper plus two times
                 the width of the carriage assembly. This is necessary
                 to allow all of the print cartridges to print to the
                 edge margin of the paper on each side. The compact
                 design makes it possible to register the four print
                 cartridges accurately with respect to each other and
                 with respect to the paper to ensure high print quality
                 and high definition. Design for manufacturing and
                 assembly was considered from the beginning of the
                 project. Areas of importance were low part count,
                 modular construction, no adjustments, and ease of
                 assembly. All parts either snap on, are nested inside
                 other parts, or are held on with a minimum number of
                 fasteners. The carriage assembly is modular in
                 construction which allows subassemblies to be built and
                 tested before being installed on the carriage.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  classification = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  keywords =     "Carriage assembly; carriage assembly; construction;
                 High print quality; high print quality; HP DeskJet
                 1200C; HP DeskJet 1200C printer; ink jet printers;
                 Maintenance; maintenance; modular; Modular
                 construction; Print cartridge fixturing; print
                 cartridge fixturing; printer; Subassemblies;
                 subassemblies",
  thesaurus =    "Ink jet printers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
  xxauthor =     "Michael T. Dangelo and Shelley I. Moore and Stephen B.
                 Witte",
  xxauthor2 =    "M. D. Dangeio and R. Movaghar and A. K. Wilson",
}

@Article{Witte:1994:MPS,
  author =       "Stephen B. Witte and Shelley I. Moore and Damon W.
                 Broder and David C. Burney",
  title =        "Media Path for a Small, Low-Cost, Color Thermal Inkjet
                 Printer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "72--78",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94feb/72to78.pdf",
  abstract =     "Describes the DeskJet 1200C media path which is heated
                 for media independence, requiring development of a new
                 grit drive roller and pinch wheel combination. A new
                 stepper motor is developed to attain the target speed
                 and accuracy. Media flatteners and precise gearing with
                 an antibacklash device contribute to accuracy.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  classification = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  keywords =     "antibacklash device; Antibacklash device; color
                 thermal inkjet printer; Color thermal inkjet printer;
                 DeskJet 1200C media path; drive roller; grit; Grit
                 drive roller; ink jet printers; pinch wheel
                 combination; Pinch wheel combination; precise gearing;
                 Precise gearing; stepper motor; Stepper motor; thermal
                 printers",
  thesaurus =    "Ink jet printers; Thermal printers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
  xxauthor =     "D. W. Broder and D. C. Burney and S. I. Moore and S.
                 B. Witte",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1994:SMSa,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Stepper Motor Simulation Model",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "75--??",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Colburn:1994:AAT,
  author =       "William S. Colburn and Randell A. Agadoni and Michael
                 M. Johnson and Edward {Wiesmeier, III} and Glen
                 Oldenburg",
  title =        "Automated Assembly and Testing of {HP DeskJet 1200C}
                 Print Cartridges",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "79--84",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94feb/79to84.pdf",
  abstract =     "As volume requirements for print cartridges increase
                 beyond the capability of laboratory tooling, the need
                 for an automated assembly system becomes apparent. The
                 automated assembly system for the DeskJet 1200C print
                 cartridge is designed to meet a set of objectives that
                 includes autonomy through distributed control,
                 flexibility of assembly process order, and efficiency
                 through commonality of designs and components. Each
                 process station or small group of process stations has
                 the ability to operate in a stand-alone mode. In this
                 manner, many tools can be debugged and qualified
                 simultaneously without reliance on one large
                 controller. The design of the assembly system allows
                 processes to be added, subtracted, or relocated without
                 significant disruption of the line. The assembly system
                 is designed around a common set of tooling philosophies
                 and component selections. Designs such as those for
                 print cartridge fixturing mechanisms follow a common
                 concept from tool to tool. In this way, discoveries
                 made on one tool can be easily leveraged to other tools
                 and processes online. The assembly system is flexible
                 and modular. A performance monitor collects data for
                 quality control. A standardized print engine is used in
                 several applications.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  classification = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  keywords =     "assembling; Automated assembly; automated assembly;
                 cartridges; Distributed control; distributed control;
                 HP DeskJet 1200C print; HP DeskJet 1200C print
                 cartridges; ink jet printers; mechanisms; Performance
                 monitor; performance monitor; print cartridge
                 fixturing; Print cartridge fixturing mechanisms;
                 Quality control; quality control; Standardized print
                 engine; standardized print engine; Testing; testing",
  thesaurus =    "Assembling; Ink jet printers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
  xxauthor =     "W. S. Coiburn and R. A. Agadoni and M. M. Johnson and
                 E. {Wiesmeier, III}",
}

@Article{Parkhurst:1994:CHD,
  author =       "Anthony D. Parkhurst and Padmanabhan and Steven D.
                 Mueller and Kirt A. Winter",
  title =        "Connectivity of the {HP DeskJet 1200C} printer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "85--97",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94feb/85to97.pdf",
  abstract =     "`Connectivity' is the term used to refer collectively
                 to the software and firmware components of the HP
                 DeskJet 1200C printer that, along with the printer
                 itself, bring to the user a complete color printer
                 solution. These components are the language firmware, a
                 language interface to the mechanical firmware, software
                 printer drivers and other tools for the Microsoft
                 Windows and Macintosh environments, and software tools
                 for MS-DOS driver developers. We discuss the following
                 topics: the PCL 5C language firmware; raster
                 operations, a PCL 5C language feature that provides
                 advanced drawing functionality for the printer driver;
                 the language interface to the mechanical firmware; and
                 a screen calibration tool for color management.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)C6115 (Programming support); C5140 (Firmware)",
  classification = "C5140 (Firmware); C5550 (Printers, plotters and
                 other hard-copy output devices); C6115 (Programming
                 support)",
  keywords =     "Color management; color management; Color printer
                 solution; color printer solution; Connectivity;
                 firmware; Firmware components; firmware components; HP
                 DeskJet 1200C printer; ink jet printers; interface;
                 language; Language firmware; language firmware;
                 Language interface; Macintosh environments; Mechanical
                 firmware; mechanical firmware; Microsoft Windows;
                 MS-DOS driver; PCL 5C language firmware; Raster
                 operations; raster operations; Screen calibration tool;
                 screen calibration tool; Software printer drivers;
                 software printer drivers; Software tools; software
                 tools",
  thesaurus =    "Firmware; Ink jet printers; Software tools",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1994:Aa,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Authors",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "??--??",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94feb/authorj.pdf",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Rose:1994:DMP,
  author =       "Gary P. Rose and Jeffery T. Oesterle and Joseph E.
                 Kasper and Robert J. Hammond",
  title =        "Development of a Multimedia Product for {HP}
                 Workstations",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "6--9",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94apr/6to9.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-4-94.html",
  abstract =     "Providing multimedia capability on HP's workstations
                 was an evolutionary process that was paced according to
                 customer needs and the availability of quality
                 multimedia hardware and software technology and
                 low-cost workstations.",
  abstract-2 =   "Multimedia technology was a burgeoning market when
                 HP's Workstation Group first looked at it in 1990. A
                 lot of promise and exaggerated claims surrounded
                 multimedia technology at the time. The question was how
                 HP workstations could create a competitive advantage
                 with the technology. The answer to this question
                 resulted in HP MPower, a collection of multimedia tools
                 and applications which are described. This paper
                 describes the development history of HP MPower and how
                 it turned HP workstations from simply computational
                 tools into media-rich information access and
                 communication channels for business and industrial
                 users.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays); C7250
                 (Information storage and retrieval); C5430
                 (Microcomputers)",
  classification = "C5430 (Microcomputers); C5540 (Terminals and graphic
                 displays); C7250 (Information storage and retrieval)",
  keywords =     "Communication channels; communication channels;
                 Hewlett Packard computers; HP MPower; HP workstations;
                 Multimedia product; multimedia product; multimedia
                 systems; workstations",
  thesaurus =    "Hewlett Packard computers; Multimedia systems;
                 Workstations",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Yoder:1994:HMC,
  author =       "William R. Yoder",
  title =        "{HP MPower}: {A} Collaborative Multimedia
                 Environment",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "10--19",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94apr/10to19.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-4-94.html",
  abstract =     "Multimedia capability on a workstation enables users
                 to interact with their applications and communicate
                 with others in a variety of formats (textual and
                 nontextual). HP MPower provides an environment in which
                 users have easy access to the multimedia facilities at
                 their workstations, and application developers can
                 easily add new multimedia tools.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6160S (Spatial and pictorial databases); C6150N
                 (Distributed systems)",
  classification = "C6150N (Distributed systems); C6160S (Spatial and
                 pictorial databases)",
  keywords =     "Collaborative multimedia environment; collaborative
                 multimedia environment; groupware; Hewlett Packard
                 computers; HP MPower; multimedia systems; Multimedia
                 tools; multimedia tools; Workstation; workstation;
                 Workstations; workstations",
  thesaurus =    "Groupware; Hewlett Packard computers; Multimedia
                 systems",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1994:SXS,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Sidebar: {X} Stations in {HP MPower}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "16--16",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Sep 17 12:53:01 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Magenis:1994:SHI,
  author =       "Sue Magenis",
  title =        "Sidebar: The {HP} Instant Ignition Program",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "17--17",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Sep 17 12:53:01 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Peterson:1994:SDR,
  author =       "John V. Peterson",
  title =        "Sidebar: Diagnosing and Reporting Problems in the
                 Multimedia Environment",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "18--18",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Sep 17 12:53:01 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Fernandez:1994:GUI,
  author =       "Charles V. Fernandez",
  title =        "A Graphical User Interface for a Multimedia
                 Environment",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "20--22",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94apr/20to22.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-4-94.html",
  abstract =     "The HP Visual User Environment, or HP VUE, provides
                 not only a friendly user interface to the HP-UX
                 operating system but also a framework for the HP MPower
                 system. HP VUE is the first GUI to provide the
                 following features and capabilities for workstations
                 running the HP-UX operating system: PC-compatible
                 controls; 3D visual appearance; A graphical user
                 interface to the system's particular functionalities
                 while hiding the peculiarities of the system from the
                 end user; Multiple levels of integration for in-house
                 and ISV (independent software vendor) applications. As
                 the framework for HP MPower, HP VUE provides the
                 structure into which multimedia components can be
                 integrated. HP VUE provides a consistent set of
                 controls with which to operate a workstation. HP VUE
                 uses a simple set of graphical controls, consistent
                 with the Common User Access (CUA) model followed by
                 Microsoft, IBM Corp., and many other PC
                 manufacturers.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6180G (Graphical user interfaces); C6150J (Operating
                 systems)",
  classification = "C6150J (Operating systems); C6180G (Graphical user
                 interfaces)",
  keywords =     "Common User Access; Graphical user interface;
                 graphical user interface; graphical user interfaces;
                 Hewlett Packard computers; HP MPower; HP MPower system;
                 HP Visual; HP Visual User Environment; HP VUE; HP-UX
                 operating system; Multimedia environment; multimedia
                 environment; multimedia systems; operating systems
                 (computers); system; User Environment",
  thesaurus =    "Graphical user interfaces; Hewlett Packard computers;
                 Multimedia systems; Operating systems [computers]",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Garfinkel:1994:HST,
  author =       "Daniel Garfinkel and Bruce C. Welti and Thomas W.
                 Yip",
  title =        "{HP SharedX}: {A} Tool for Real-Time Collaboration",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "23--36",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94apr/23to36.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-4-94.html",
  abstract =     "With this real-time communication product, two or more
                 remote users can share and interact with the same
                 X-protocol-based applications from their workstation s.
                 Windows are shared in such way that it almost seems as
                 if all the participants in the shared session are
                 sitting at the same workstation, running the same
                 application.",
  abstract-2 =   "HP SharedX is a communication tool that extends the
                 industry-standard X Window System to enable real-time
                 sharing of X-protocol-based applications between two or
                 more remote users and displays. With HP SharedX users
                 can share information with one another via a
                 workstation without being in the same location. Windows
                 are shared in such way that it almost seems as if all
                 the participants in the shared session are sitting at
                 the same workstation, running the same application.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6180 (User interfaces); C6150N (Distributed systems);
                 C6155 (Computer communications software)",
  classification = "C6150N (Distributed systems); C6155 (Computer
                 communications software); C6180 (User interfaces)",
  keywords =     "communication; Communication tool; groupware; HP
                 SharedX; Real-time collaboration; real-time
                 collaboration; Real-time sharing; real-time sharing;
                 real-time systems; Tool; tool; user interfaces; X
                 Window System",
  thesaurus =    "Groupware; Real-time systems; User interfaces",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1994:XWS,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Sidebar: {X} Window System Client\slash Server
                 Architecture",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "25--25",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Sep 17 12:53:01 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1994:GG,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Graphics Glossary",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "26--26",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Sep 17 12:53:01 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1994:WNC,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Whiteboard: {A} New Component of {HP SharedX}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "28--29",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Sep 17 12:53:01 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Munro:1994:ISM,
  author =       "Andrew Munro and Ahmad H. Shekarabi",
  title =        "Imaging Services in a Multimedia Environment",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "37--43",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94apr/37to43.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-4-94.html",
  abstract =     "Image manipulation tools, compression and
                 decompression functions, picture quality adjustment
                 techniques, and support for industry standards are some
                 of the features included in the HP Image Library.",
  abstract-2 =   "On UNIX-system-based computers words are the
                 traditional means of communication whether the user is
                 creating a business report or presentation, writing a
                 functional specification, or sending electronic mail.
                 While the topic might benefit from some visual content,
                 the user usually finds it easier to just use
                 words.\par

                 Unfortunately, words may not be enough. The user could
                 be describing CAD graphics that remote colleagues need
                 to see. Perhaps, the user is an insurance adjuster who
                 is sending a report to the home office that describes
                 photographs of damaged property. Another user may be
                 describing the appearance of a computer screen that a
                 customer support engineer needs to see.\par

                 Without imaging capabilities on the computer, the user
                 may resort to noncomputer means, such as the postal
                 service, to send images. \par

                 The article describes the major parts of the HP imaging
                 solution, how it meets the characteristics required of
                 an imaging system, and its application to HP MPower.
                 Image manipulation tools, compression and decompression
                 functions, picture quality adjustment techniques, and
                 support for industry standards are some of the features
                 included in the HP Image Library.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6160S (Spatial and pictorial databases); C6130B
                 (Graphics techniques)",
  classification = "C6130B (Graphics techniques); C6160S (Spatial and
                 pictorial databases)",
  keywords =     "adjustment; Compression; compression; databases;
                 Decompression; decompression; Hewlett Packard
                 computers; HP Image; HP Image Library; HP imaging
                 solution; HP MPower; Industry standards; industry
                 standards; Library; Multimedia environment; multimedia
                 environment; multimedia systems; picture quality;
                 Picture quality adjustment; visual",
  thesaurus =    "Hewlett Packard computers; Multimedia systems; Visual
                 databases",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1994:SHI,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Sidebar: {HP} Image Library Scaling Functions",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "41--41",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Sep 17 12:53:01 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Mandler:1994:PSM,
  author =       "John Mandler",
  title =        "A Printing Solution for a Multimedia Environment",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "44--52",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94apr/44to52.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-4-94.html",
  abstract =     "For environments in which users are confronted with a
                 myriad of printers to choose from, HP SharedPrint
                 provides a simple graphical interface that enables
                 users to select a target printer and a set of options
                 without encountering the typical problems associated
                 with this process.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6180G (Graphical user interfaces); C5610P (Peripheral
                 interfaces); C5550 (Printers, plotters and other
                 hard-copy output devices)",
  classification = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices); C5610P (Peripheral interfaces); C6180G
                 (Graphical user interfaces)",
  keywords =     "graphical; Graphical interface; graphical user
                 interfaces; HP SharedPrint; interface; interfaces;
                 Multimedia environment; multimedia environment;
                 multimedia systems; peripheral; printers; Printing;
                 printing; Target printer; target printer",
  thesaurus =    "Graphical user interfaces; Multimedia systems;
                 Peripheral interfaces; Printers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Sung:1994:FDH,
  author =       "Francis P. Sung and Mark A. Johnson",
  title =        "Faxing Documents in {HP MPower}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "53--61",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94apr/53to61.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-4-94.html",
  abstract =     "The ability to transmit documents via standard
                 telephone lines is greatly enhanced with the HP MPower
                 fax utility which provides automatic dialing,
                 transmission, and delivery of fax documents from a
                 workstation.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C7104 (Office automation); C6130D (Document processing
                 techniques); C6155 (Computer communications software)",
  classification = "C6130D (Document processing techniques); C6155
                 (Computer communications software); C7104 (Office
                 automation)",
  keywords =     "Automatic dialing; automatic dialing; document
                 handling; documents; facsimile; fax; Fax documents; Fax
                 utility; fax utility; HP MPower; multimedia systems;
                 Transmission; transmission; Workstation; workstation",
  thesaurus =    "Document handling; Facsimile; Multimedia systems",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Brandt:1994:ASH,
  author =       "Ellen N. Brandt and Thomas G. Fincher and Monish S.
                 Shah",
  title =        "Audio Support in {HP MPower}: Overview of {A-law} and
                 m-law Data Formats",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "62--67",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94apr/62to67.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-4-94.html",
  abstract =     "Multimedia capability promises to enhance the
                 communication and presentation of information through
                 the use of real-world data types such as audio and
                 video. Compact-disk-quality audio is the first of such
                 data types to be offered as a standard feature on all
                 of HP's new workstations.",
  abstract-2 =   "HP MPower provides the hardware and software to allow
                 recording and playing of audio files over a network,
                 incorporating audio in email, adding audio annotations
                 to system files, and recording and playing to external
                 devices like tape recorders, CD players, and VCRs. With
                 these capabilities audio-enabled applications can add
                 voice annotation to documents ranging from spreadsheet
                 rows and columns to CAD drawings. Programmers might add
                 audio comments to their programs. Error messages could
                 take the form of spoken messages, or even distinctive
                 sounds that convey more information than a simple beep.
                 finally, background music could be added to
                 presentations. This article describes HP MPower's audio
                 functionality, application development tools, and audio
                 hardware and software architecture.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C7104 (Office automation); C5590 (Other peripheral
                 equipment)",
  classification = "C5590 (Other peripheral equipment); C7104 (Office
                 automation)",
  keywords =     "Application development tools; application development
                 tools; Audio annotations; audio annotations; audio
                 equipment; Audio files; audio files; Email; email;
                 files; HP MPower; multimedia systems; system; System
                 files; telephony",
  thesaurus =    "Audio equipment; Multimedia systems; Telephony",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1994:SOA,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Sidebar: Overview of {A-law} and $ \mu $-law Data
                 Formats",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "65--65",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Sep 17 12:53:01 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Richard:1994:VSM,
  author =       "Craig S. Richard",
  title =        "Video Support in a Multimedia Environment",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "68--70",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94apr/68to70.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-4-94.html",
  abstract =     "Combining video with the computing power of a
                 workstation adds an extra level of interpretation,
                 detail, and perception to information seen and
                 manipulated on a workstation desktop. The author looks
                 at video support in the HP MPower multimedia
                 environment.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6160S (Spatial and pictorial databases); C7104
                 (Office automation)",
  classification = "C6160S (Spatial and pictorial databases); C7104
                 (Office automation)",
  keywords =     "HP MPower; Multimedia environment; multimedia
                 environment; multimedia systems; Video support; video
                 support; visual communication; Workstation;
                 workstation",
  thesaurus =    "Multimedia systems; Visual communication",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Williams:1994:MFM,
  author =       "Robert B. Williams and Harry K. Phinney and Kenneth L.
                 Steege",
  title =        "Mail Facilities in a Multimedia Environment",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "71--78",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94apr/71to78.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-4-94.html",
  abstract =     "Providing a multimedia email facility required that
                 the well-established proces ses of creating, sending,
                 receiving, printing, and replying to email messages be
                 maintained and applied to messages containing
                 multimedia objects.",
  abstract-2 =   "The advent of tools and capabilities that allow users
                 to manipulate and create multimedia objects on a
                 workstation mandated the need to make it possible to
                 send these objects through electronic mail, or email.
                 The user interface for creating, reading, and sending
                 text messages through email is well-established. For
                 multimedia email to be effective the same sort of
                 process now must be in place. For example, just as a
                 user can use the more command to view a standard text
                 email message, an equivalent facility must be available
                 to view a multimedia email message. What this implies
                 is that the user should not have to be concerned with
                 invoking the correct software to deal with a particular
                 media type because this should be handled by the mail
                 facility.\par

                 The HP MPower mail facility, which is represented by
                 the envelope icon on the HP MPower front panel,
                 provides support for sending, replying, viewing, and
                 printing of multimedia mail.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6210G (Electronic mail); C7250 (Information storage
                 and retrieval); C7104 (Office automation); C6180 (User
                 interfaces)",
  classification = "B6210G (Electronic mail); C6180 (User interfaces);
                 C7104 (Office automation); C7250 (Information storage
                 and retrieval)",
  keywords =     "Electronic mail; electronic mail; Email; email; HP
                 MPower mail facility; Multimedia environment;
                 multimedia environment; multimedia systems; User
                 interface; user interface; user interfaces;
                 Workstation; workstation",
  thesaurus =    "Electronic mail; Multimedia systems; User interfaces",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1994:SMH,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Sidebar: {MIME} Header Fields",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "76--76",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Sep 17 12:53:01 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Wilson:1994:FIO,
  author =       "Michael R. Wilson and Lori A. Cook and Steven P.
                 Hiebert",
  title =        "A Fast and Intuitive Online Help System: {WYSIWYG}
                 Printing in an {X} Application",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "79--89",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94apr/79to89.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-4-94.html",
  abstract =     "The HP Help System provides application developers
                 with the tools to create and integrate rich online help
                 information into their OSF\slash Motif-based
                 applications.",
  abstract-2 =   "With the growing complexity of today's UNIX-operating
                 systems applications, and the desire to improve
                 usability, media-rich information is becoming more
                 pervasive in today's computing environments. Users
                 expect some base level of online help to be provided
                 from within the applications they are using. They
                 expect online information to be intuitive and
                 graphical, with growing expectations of direct audio
                 and video support and interactive capabilities. This
                 paper describes the HP Help System which is a good
                 start towards providing multimedia online information
                 that is both fast and intuitive. It has become the
                 standard online help system within HP and is used
                 extensively by the HP VCTE and HP MPower products and
                 many other OSF/Motif-based products.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C7250 (Information storage and retrieval)",
  classification = "C7250 (Information storage and retrieval)",
  keywords =     "HP Help System; HP MPower products; HP VCTE;
                 information retrieval systems; Multimedia online
                 information; multimedia online information; multimedia
                 systems; Online help system; online help system; Online
                 information; online information; OSF/Motif-based
                 products",
  thesaurus =    "Information retrieval systems; Multimedia systems",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Deininger:1994:SWP,
  author =       "Axel Deininger",
  title =        "Sidebar: {WYSIWYG} Printing in an {X} Application",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "86--87",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Sep 17 12:53:01 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Smith:1994:DOA,
  author =       "Dex Smith",
  title =        "Developing Online Application Help",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "90--95",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94apr/90to95.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-4-94.html",
  abstract =     "The primary goal for an application help system is to
                 provide the capability for the end user to get useful
                 help information and get back on task as quickly and
                 successfully as possible.",
  abstract-2 =   "Nearly 2000 online help topics are shipped with the HP
                 MPower product. Throughout the HP VUE 3.0 and HP MPower
                 projects, we've learned a lot about online help and its
                 role with application software. This paper describes
                 online help and covers many of the issues encountered
                 by application developers and authors. First, we
                 outline the purpose of online help and suggest a user
                 model. Second, two common information models are
                 described, including how each relates to the domain of
                 online help. Next, we discuss what is perhaps the most
                 challenging and controversial topic in online
                 information-navigation. Although this paper won't go
                 into the details of these debates, it does reference
                 some of the concerns and issues. Finally, we examine
                 the roles of developers in a typical project, and we
                 look at how these roles and online help systems may
                 change in the future. Although much of this material
                 was developed during the design of the HP Help System
                 and includes examples from that product, most concepts
                 and ideas can be applied to any help system.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6150J (Operating systems); C7250 (Information storage
                 and retrieval); C6180 (User interfaces)",
  classification = "C6150J (Operating systems); C6180 (User interfaces);
                 C7250 (Information storage and retrieval)",
  keywords =     "(computers); HP Help System; HP MPower product; HP VUE
                 3.0; information; Information models; information
                 retrieval systems; models; Online help; online help;
                 operating systems; user interfaces",
  thesaurus =    "Information retrieval systems; Operating systems
                 [computers]; User interfaces",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1994:Ab,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Authors",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "96--100",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 17:22:41 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94apr/96to100.pdf",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1994:Ac,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Authors",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "??--??",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon May 27 10:19:25 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94jun/jun94_au.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-8-94.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Alexander:1994:CBS,
  author =       "Thomas B. Alexander and Kenneth G. Robertson and Dean
                 T. Lindsay and Donald L. Rogers and John R. Obermeyer
                 and John R. Keller and Keith Y. Oka and Marlin M.
                 {Jones, II}",
  title =        "Corporate Business Servers: An Alternative to
                 Mainframes for Business Computing",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "8--30",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94jun/jun94_8t.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-6-94.html",
  abstract =     "The overall design objective for the HP 9000 Model
                 T500 corporate business server was to set new standards
                 for commercial systems performance and affordability.
                 With expandable hardware, PA-RISC architecture,
                 symmetric multiprocessing, a new bus structure, and
                 robust error handling, these systems provide a wide
                 range of performance and configurability within a
                 single cabinet. Standard features include one to twelve
                 symmetric PA-RISC 7100 multiprocessors optimized for
                 commercial workloads, main memory configurations from
                 128M bytes to 2G bytes, and disk storage up to a
                 maximum of 1.9 terabytes.",
  abstract-2 =   "Package Design Using 3D Solid Modeling",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5440 (Multiprocessor systems and techniques); C5220P
                 (Parallel architecture)",
  classification = "722.1; 722.4; 723.1; 723.2; C5220P (Parallel
                 architecture); C5440 (Multiprocessing systems)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "1.9 Tbyte; 128 Mbyte to 2 Gbyte; Administrative data
                 processing; architecture; Bus structure; bus structure;
                 Business computing; Commercial workloads; commercial
                 workloads; computer architecture; Computer hardware;
                 Computer operating systems; Configurability; Corporate
                 business server; corporate business server; Corporate
                 business servers; Digital computers; Error handling;
                 Expandable hardware; expandable hardware; Hewlett
                 Packard computers; HP 9000 Model T500; Magnetic disk
                 storage; Main memory configurations; main memory
                 configurations; multiprocessing; Multiprocessing
                 systems; multiprocessing systems; PA-RISC; PA-RISC
                 architecture; Performance; Processors; Random access
                 storage; Reduced instruction set computing; Robust
                 error handling; robust error handling; symmetric;
                 Symmetric multiprocessing; Utility programs",
  numericalindex = "Memory size 2.1E+12 Byte; Memory size 1.34E+08 to
                 2.1E+09 Byte",
  thesaurus =    "Computer architecture; Hewlett Packard computers;
                 Multiprocessing systems",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1994:PDU,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Package Design Using {3D} Solid Modeling",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "29--29",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-6-94.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Bresniker:1994:PRS,
  author =       "Kirk M. Bresniker",
  title =        "{PA-RISC} Symmetric Multiprocessing in Midrange
                 Servers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "31--33",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94jun/jun94_31.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-6-94.html",
  abstract =     "The HP 9000 G-, H-, and I-class and HP 3000 Series 98x
                 servers were first introduced in the last quarter of
                 1990. Over the lifetime of these systems almost
                 continual advances in performance were offered through
                 increases in cache sizes and processor speed. However,
                 because of design constraints present in these low-cost
                 systems, the limits of uniprocessor performance were
                 being reached. At the same time, the HP PA 7100
                 processor chip was being developed. Its more advanced
                 pipeline and superscalar features promised higher
                 uniprocessor performance. Advances in process
                 technology and physical design also promised higher
                 processor frequencies. Part of the definition of the PA
                 7100 is a functional block that allows two PA 7100
                 processors to share a memory and I/O infrastructure
                 originally designed for a single processor. This
                 functional block provides all the necessary circuitry
                 for coherent processor communication. No other system
                 hardware resources are necessary. This feature of the
                 PA 7100 processor made it technically feasible to
                 create a very low cost two-way symmetric
                 multiprocessing processor board for the HP 9000 and HP
                 3000 midrange servers. However, significant design
                 trade-offs had to be made to create a product in the
                 time frame necessary. This article describes the design
                 of this new processor board, which is used in the HP
                 9000 Models G70, H70, and I70 servers. The HP 3000
                 Series 987/200 business computer is based on the same
                 processor board.",
  abstract-2 =   "By making a series of simplifying assumptions and
                 concentrating on basic functi onality, the performance
                 advantages of PA-RISC symmetric multi-processing using
                 the HP PA 7100 processor chip were made available to
                 the midra nge HP 9000 and HP 3000 multiuser system
                 customers.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5130 (Microprocessor chips); C5440 (Multiprocessor
                 systems and techniques)",
  classification = "722.1; 722.4; 901.4; 911.1; C5130 (Microprocessor
                 chips); C5440 (Multiprocessing systems)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "7100 processor chip; Cache; Computer hardware; Costs;
                 Data storage equipment; Design; Digital computers;
                 Hewlett Packard computers; HP 3000; HP 9000; HP PA; HP
                 PA 7100 processor chip; microprocessor chips; midrange
                 servers; Midrange servers; multiprocessing;
                 Multiprocessing processor board; multiprocessing
                 systems; Multiprocessing systems; PA-RISC; Performance;
                 Performance measurement; pipeline; Pipeline; processor
                 board; Processor board; Reduced instruction set
                 computing; Service life; superscalar; Superscalar;
                 symmetric multiprocessing; Symmetric multiprocessing;
                 Technology",
  thesaurus =    "Hewlett Packard computers; Microprocessor chips;
                 Multiprocessing systems",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Courant:1994:SMC,
  author =       "Joseph J. Courant",
  title =        "{SoftBench} Message Connector: Customizing Software
                 Development Tool Interactions",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "34--39",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94jun/jun94_34.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-6-94.html",
  abstract =     "Software developers using the SoftBench Framework can
                 customize their tool interaction environments to meet
                 their individual needs, in seconds, by pointing and
                 clicking. Tool interaction branching and chaining are
                 supported. No user training is required.",
  abstract-2 =   "SoftBench Message Connector is the user tool
                 interaction facility of the SoftBench Framework, HP's
                 open integration software framework. Message Connector
                 allows users to connect any tool that supports
                 SoftBench Framework messaging to any other tools that
                 support SoftBench Framework messaging without having to
                 understand the underlying messaging scheme. Users of
                 the framework can easily customize their tool
                 interaction environments to meet their individual
                 needs, in literally seconds, by simply pointing and
                 clicking. People familiar with the term SoftBench may
                 know it under one or both of its two identities. The
                 term SoftBench usually refers to a software
                 construction toolset. The term SoftBench Framework
                 refers to an open integration software framework often
                 used to develop custom environments. People familiar
                 with SoftBench the toolset should know that underlying
                 the toolset is the SoftBench Framework.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6115 (Programming support); C6180 (User interfaces);
                 C6150N (Distributed systems)",
  classification = "723.1; 723.2; 723.5; C6115 (Programming support);
                 C6150N (Distributed systems software); C6180 (User
                 interfaces)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Clicking; Computer software; Error correction; File
                 editors; File organization; framework; HP; integration
                 software; Integration software framework; integration
                 software framework; interactions; Interfaces
                 (computer); Message interface; message passing; open;
                 Open integration software framework; Pointing;
                 SoftBench; SoftBench Framework; SoftBench message
                 connector; Softbench message connector; SoftBench
                 message connector; software development; Software
                 development tool; software development tool; Software
                 development tool interactions; Software engineering;
                 Software tools; software tools; tool; Tool interaction
                 environment; Tool interaction environments; tool
                 interaction environments; user interfaces; User tool
                 interaction; user tool interaction",
  thesaurus =    "Message passing; Software tools; User interfaces",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Head:1994:SSU,
  author =       "Grant E. Head",
  title =        "Six-Sigma Software Using Cleanroom Software
                 Engineering Techniques",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "40--50",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94jun/jun94_40.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-6-94.html",
  abstract =     "Virtually defect-free software can be generated at
                 high productivity levels by applying to software
                 development the same process discipline used in
                 integrated circuit manufacturing.",
  abstract-2 =   "Legal Primitive Evaluation",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6110B (Software engineering techniques); C0310F
                 (Software development management)",
  classification = "723.1; 723.5; 902.2; 913.3; C0310F (Software
                 development management); C6110B (Software engineering
                 techniques)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Capability index; Cleanroom software engineering;
                 cleanroom software engineering; Computer software;
                 development; DP management; Productivity; Productivity
                 levels; productivity levels; Quality assurance;
                 Reliability; reliability; Six sigma software; Six-sigma
                 software; six-sigma software; software; Software
                 development; Software engineering; software
                 engineering; Software engineering techniques; software
                 metrics; software quality; Standards; techniques",
  thesaurus =    "DP management; Software metrics; Software quality;
                 Software reliability",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1994:SLP,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Sidebar: Legal Primitive Evaluation",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "47--47",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Sep 17 12:53:01 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Krucky:1994:FFS,
  author =       "Jan Krucky",
  title =        "Fuzzy Family Setup Assignment and Machine Balancing",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "51--64",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94jun/jun94_51.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-6-94.html",
  abstract =     "In recent years fuzzy logic has been used in many
                 applications ranging from simple household appliances
                 to sophisticated applications such as subway systems.
                 This article describes an experiment in which fuzzy
                 logic concepts are applied in a printed circuit
                 assembly manufacturing environment. Some background
                 material on fuzzy logic is also provided to help
                 understand the concepts applied here.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B2210D (Printed circuit manufacture); B0170E
                 (Production facilities and engineering); C7480
                 (Production engineering); C4210 (Formal logic); C3355
                 (Manufacturing processes)",
  classification = "713.5; 715.1; 913.4; 921.4; 921.5; B0170E
                 (Production facilities and engineering); B2210D
                 (Printed circuit manufacture); C3355 (Control
                 applications in manufacturing processes); C4210 (Formal
                 logic); C7480 (Production engineering computing)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "balancing; Fuzzy family setup assignment; Fuzzy logic;
                 fuzzy logic; Fuzzy sets; Greedy board heuristic;
                 Heuristic methods; machine; Machine balancing;
                 manufacture; manufacturing computer control;
                 Manufacturing environment; manufacturing environment;
                 Optimization; Performance; Placement time; printed
                 circuit; Printed circuit assembly; printed circuit
                 assembly; Printed circuit assembly manufacturing;
                 printed circuit assembly manufacturing; Printed circuit
                 boards; Printed circuit manufacture; production
                 control; Productivity; Quality assurance; Setup
                 assignment; setup assignment; Setup time; Split bank;
                 Surface mount technology",
  thesaurus =    "Fuzzy logic; Manufacturing computer control; Printed
                 circuit manufacture; Production control",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Krucky:1994:SGB,
  author =       "Jan Krucky",
  title =        "Sidebar: The Greedy Board Family Assignment
                 Heuristic",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "54--54",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Sep 17 12:53:01 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Byrne:1994:ASG,
  author =       "Diana K. Byrne and Charles M. Patton and David Arnett
                 and Ted W. Beers and Paul J. McClellan",
  title =        "An Advanced Scientific Graphing Calculator",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "6--22",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94aug/aug94_6t.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-8-94.html",
  abstract =     "A state-of-the-art graphing calculator combines an
                 easy-to-learn graphical user interface with advanced
                 mathematics and engineering functionality. The HP
                 48G\slash GX includes improvements to address the needs
                 of both novice and advanced users of scientific and
                 graphing calculators. For new users, it has a
                 dialog-box-style, fill-in-the-blanks user interface.
                 The calculator offers differential equation solvers,
                 polynomial root finder, Fourier transforms and other
                 features for the user needing advanced problem solving.
                 The HP 48G\slash GX also has features for more memory
                 and extendability.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C5430 (Microcomputers); C5540 (Terminals and graphic
                 displays); C7300 (Natural sciences); C6180G (Graphical
                 user interfaces)",
  classification = "721.1; 722.1; 722.2; 723.1; 723.2; 942.1; C5430
                 (Microcomputers); C5540 (Terminals and graphic
                 displays); C6180G (Graphical user interfaces); C7300
                 (Natural sciences)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Advanced mathematics; advanced mathematics;
                 calculators; computer evaluation; computer graphic
                 equipment; Computer hardware; Computer operating
                 systems; computers; Data storage equipment;
                 Differential equations; Digital arithmetic; electronic;
                 Engineering functionality; engineering functionality;
                 Engineering functions; Expanded memory capability;
                 expanded memory capability; graphical user; Graphical
                 user interface; graphical user interfaces; Hewlett
                 Packard; Hewlett--Packard; HP 48G/GX scientific
                 graphing calculator; Interactive computer graphics;
                 interface; Mathematical functions; Mathematical
                 operators; Memory capability; Natural sciences
                 computing; natural sciences computing; Plot types; plot
                 types; Pocket calculators; Random access storage; ROM;
                 Scientific graphing calculator; Systems analysis; User
                 interfaces",
  thesaurus =    "Computer evaluation; Computer graphic equipment;
                 Electronic calculators; Graphical user interfaces;
                 Hewlett Packard computers; Natural sciences computing",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Byrne:1994:SUV,
  author =       "Diana K. Byrne and Charles M. Patton and David Arnett
                 and Ted W. Beers and Paul J. McClellan",
  title =        "Sidebar: User Versions of Interface Tools",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "20--20",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon May 27 07:22:47 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94aug/aug94_20.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-8-94.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Mahn:1994:HPN,
  author =       "Johannes Mahn and Jurgen Haberle and Siegfried Kopp
                 and Tim Schwegler",
  title =        "{HP-PAC}: {A} New Chassis and Housing Concept for
                 Electronic Equipment",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "23--28",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94aug/aug94_23.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-8-94.html",
  abstract =     "HP-PAC replaces the familiar metal chassis structure
                 with expanded polypropylene (EPP) foam. Large
                 reductions are realized in mechanical parts, screw
                 joints, assembly time, disassembly time, transport
                 packaging, and housing development costs.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "B0170J (Product packaging); B0170E (Production
                 facilities and engineering)",
  classification = "694.2; 715.2; 815.1.1; 913.4; B0170E (Production
                 facilities and engineering); B0170J (Product
                 packaging)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Assembly; Assembly time; assembly time; Chassis;
                 chassis; Disassembly time; disassembly time; Electronic
                 equipment; electronic equipment; Electronic equipment
                 manufacture; electronic equipment manufacture;
                 Electronics packaging; EPP; expanded; Expanded
                 polypropylene; Expanded polypropylene foam; Foams;
                 Housing; housing; Housing development; housing
                 development; HP-PAC; Mechanical parts; mechanical
                 parts; Network components; packaging; Packaging
                 materials; polypropylene foam; Polypropylenes; Raw
                 materials; Screw joints; screw joints; Transport
                 packaging; transport packaging",
  thesaurus =    "Electronic equipment manufacture; Packaging",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Miller:1994:HDT,
  author =       "Christopher M. Miller",
  title =        "High-Speed Digital Transmitter Characterization Using
                 Eye Diagram Analysis",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "29--37",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94aug/aug94_29.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-8-94.html",
  abstract =     "High-speed telecommunication standards require that
                 eye diagram measurements be made on digital
                 transmitters. The HP 71501A eye diagram analyzer is
                 designed to meet these measurement needs by performing
                 industry-standard mask and extinction ratio
                 measurements. It can construct both conventional eye
                 diagrams and unique eyeline diagrams, to perform
                 extinction ratio and mask tests on digital
                 transmitters. It also makes a number of diagnostic
                 measurements to determine if such factors as waveform
                 distortion, intersymbol interference, or noise are
                 limiting the bit error ratio of a transmission
                 system.",
  abstract-2 =   "The eye diagram analyzer constructs both conventional
                 eye diagrams and special eyeline diagrams to perform
                 extinction ratio and mask tests on digital
                 transmitters. It also makes a number of diagnostic
                 measurements to determine if such factors as waveform
                 distortion, intersymbol interference, or noise are
                 limiting the bit error ratio of a transmission
                 system.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B6420B (Radio and television transmitters); C7410H
                 (Instrumentation)",
  classification = "701.1; 715.2; 722.3; 722.5; 723.2; 942.2; B6420B
                 (Radio and television transmitters); B7210B (Automatic
                 test and measurement systems); C7410H
                 (Instrumentation)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Bit error ratio; bit error ratio; Diagnostic
                 measurements; diagrams; Digital devices; digital
                 instrumentation; Digital transmitter characterization;
                 digital transmitter characterization; Electric
                 distortion; Electric network analyzers; Electric
                 variables measurement; Electric waveforms; Extinction
                 ratio; Extinction ratio measurements; extinction ratio
                 measurements; Eye diagram analysis; eye diagram
                 analysis; Eye diagram analyzer; eye diagram analyzer;
                 Eyeline diagrams; eyeline diagrams; High speed digital
                 transmitter; HP 71501A; Intersymbol interference;
                 intersymbol interference; Mask tests; Measurement
                 errors; Pattern recognition; Signal to noise ratio;
                 Telecommunication systems; Time domain analysis;
                 Transmitters; transmitters; Waveform analysis; Waveform
                 distortion; waveform distortion",
  thesaurus =    "Diagrams; Digital instrumentation; Transmitters",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Nathan:1994:TMS,
  author =       "Connie Nathan and Barbara A. Hackbarth",
  title =        "Thermal Management in Supercritical Fluid
                 Chromatography",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "38--42",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94aug/aug94_38.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-8-94.html",
  abstract =     "In supercritical fluid chromatography, very high
                 degrees of accuracy are required for temperature
                 control. On the fluid supply end of the system, cooling
                 is critical. On the separation end, heating is
                 important. This paper discusses temperature control in
                 the HP G1205A supercritical fluid chromatograph.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "A0720 (Thermal instruments and techniques); A8280B
                 (Chromatography); B7210B (Automatic test and
                 measurement systems); C7410H (Instrumentation); C3120N
                 (Thermal variables)",
  classification = "618.2; 641.2; 731.3; 801.4; 802.3; 804.2; A0720
                 (Thermal instruments and techniques); A8280B
                 (Chromatography); B7210B (Automatic test and
                 measurement systems); C3120N (Thermal variables);
                 C7410H (Instrumentation)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Algorithms; Carbon dioxide; Chromatography;
                 chromatography; computerised instrumentation; control;
                 Control systems; Cooling; cooling; Flow control;
                 Fluids; Heating; heating; HP G1205A; HP G1205A
                 supercritical fluid chromatograph; Pumps; Separation;
                 supercritical fluid chromatograph; Supercritical fluid
                 chromatography; supercritical fluid chromatography;
                 Supercritical fluid extraction; temperature;
                 Temperature control; temperature control; Thermal
                 management; thermal management",
  thesaurus =    "Chromatography; Computerised instrumentation;
                 Temperature control",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1994:WIS,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "What is {SFC}?",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "39--39",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon May 27 07:22:47 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94aug/aug94_39.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-8-94.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Mooney:1994:LAT,
  author =       "Matthew G. Mooney and Martha Grewe Wilson",
  title =        "Linear Array Transducers with Improved Image Quality
                 for Vascular Ultrasonic Imaging",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "43--51",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94aug/aug94_43.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-8-94.html",
  abstract =     "Medical ultrasonic imaging is a real-time technique
                 that uses high-frequency sound waves to image many
                 different parts of the body including the heart,
                 vessels, liver, kidney, developing fetuses, and other
                 soft tissue. The focus of this article is on
                 noninvasive imaging of the blood vessels, which is more
                 commonly referred to as vascular imaging. We begin with
                 a general overview of ultrasonic imaging and then focus
                 on the basic design aspects of a transducer used for
                 imaging. Next, we examine the vascular market and the
                 customer requirements, and then describe the design
                 process used to develop two new vascular transducers.
                 Finally, we present the clinical results. This project
                 not only achieved its goal of improving the near-field
                 image quality, of an existing transducer design, but
                 also added two-frequency operation.",
  abstract-2 =   "This project not only achieved its goal of improving
                 the near-field image quality of an existing transducer
                 design, but also added two-frequency operation.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "B7510 (Biomedical measurement and imaging); B7820
                 (Sonic and ultrasonic applications)",
  classification = "461.2; 461.6; 708.1; 752.1; 753.1; 753.3; B7510
                 (Biomedical measurement and imaging); B7820 (Sonic and
                 ultrasonic applications)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Acoustic impedance; Acoustic wave transmission;
                 Attenuation; biomedical ultrasonics; Blood; blood;
                 Blood vessels; Image quality; image quality; Interfaces
                 (materials); Linear array transducers; linear array
                 transducers; Medical imaging; Noninvasive imaging;
                 noninvasive imaging; Piezoelectric materials;
                 Piezoelectric transducers; Product design; Transducer;
                 transducer; Transducer design; Two frequency operation;
                 Ultrasonic imaging; ultrasonic imaging; Ultrasonic
                 waves; Vascular ultrasonic imaging; vascular ultrasonic
                 imaging; vessels; Vibrations (mechanical)",
  thesaurus =    "Biomedical ultrasonics; Blood",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Kilcrease:1994:SAD,
  author =       "Catherine L. Kilcrease",
  title =        "Structured analysis and design in the redesign of a
                 terminal and serial printer driver",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "52--61",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94aug/aug94_52.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-8-94.html",
  abstract =     "The paper describes the use of structured analysis
                 with real-time extensions and structured design in the
                 redesign of the terminal and serial printer driver for
                 the MPE/iX operating system on the HP 3000 computer
                 system. The redesign project objectives were to:
                 maintain the current block mode performance (the main
                 mode of data transfer for terminal I/O is to transfer
                 characters in blocks of data); improve HP 3000
                 transaction processing performance on industry-standard
                 benchmarks by 5\% to 10\% through a 20\% to 40\%
                 reduction in the terminal driver path lengths; maintain
                 the current level of functionality; produce a
                 high-quality, supportable, and maintainable product.
                 The project team felt they could not achieve these
                 goals with the then current development techniques.
                 Object-oriented methods were ruled out because of the
                 performance requirements. They elected to use
                 structured analysis with real-time extensions and
                 structured design.",
  abstract-2 =   "The project team felt that the objectives could not be
                 met with a traditional design approach. Structured
                 analysis with real-time extensions and structured
                 design provided an effective alternative.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "C6150J (Operating systems); C6110 (Systems analysis
                 and programming); C0310F (Software development
                 management)",
  classification = "601; 722.2; 722.3; 722.4; 723.1; 723.2; C0310F
                 (Software development management); C6110 (Systems
                 analysis and programming); C6150J (Operating systems)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Block mode performance; block mode performance;
                 Computer architecture; Computer operating systems;
                 Computer terminals; Data communication systems; Data
                 storage equipment; Data transfer; data transfer;
                 Hewlett Packard computers; HP 3000 computer system; HP
                 3000 transaction processing performance; i/o;
                 industry-; Industry-standard benchmarks; input-output
                 programs; interactive terminals; Interfaces (computer);
                 Local area networks; Machine design; Maintainable
                 product; maintainable product; MPE/iX; MPE/iX operating
                 system; Network protocols; objectives; operating
                 system; printers; Printers (computer); project; Project
                 objectives; Real time systems; Real-time extensions;
                 real-time extensions; real-time systems; Redesign;
                 redesign; Serial printer driver; serial printer driver;
                 standard benchmarks; Storage managers; Structured
                 analysis; structured analysis; Structured design;
                 structured design; structured programming; systems
                 analysis; Telecommunication control; terminal; Terminal
                 driver path lengths; terminal driver path lengths;
                 Terminal I/O; Terminal redesign",
  thesaurus =    "Hewlett Packard computers; Input-output programs;
                 Interactive terminals; Printers; Real-time systems;
                 Structured programming; Systems analysis",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Landis:1994:DDT,
  author =       "Adele S. Landis",
  title =        "Data-Driven Test Systems",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "62--66",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94aug/aug94_62.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-8-94.html",
  abstract =     "In a data-driven test system, all product-specific
                 information is stored in files. Within a product
                 classification, the test software contains no
                 product-specific information and does not have to be
                 changed to test a new product. This concept lowers new
                 product introduction costs. Analysis has repeatedly
                 shown that designing the test software by product
                 classification rather than by individual products can
                 result in large cost and time savings during the
                 development process. A product classification can be
                 defined as a group of products that have similar block
                 diagrams and require the same type of testing. Some of
                 the different product classifications that are
                 manufactured at SRSD (HP Santa Rosa Systems Division)
                 are network analyzers, spectrum analyzers, scalar
                 analyzers, oscillators, amplifiers, and mixers.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 C7410H (Instrumentation); C0310F (Software development
                 management)",
  classification = "715.2; 722.1; 723.5; 911.1; 913.3; 913.4; B7210B
                 (Automatic test and measurement systems); C0310F
                 (Software development management); C7410H
                 (Instrumentation)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "amplifiers; Amplifiers; analysis; analyzers; automatic
                 testing; block diagrams; Block diagrams; Computer aided
                 analysis; Computer aided software engineering; Computer
                 simulation; Computer software; costs; Costs; Data
                 driven software; Data driven test systems; Data storage
                 equipment; data-driven test systems; Data-driven test
                 systems; electrical engineering computing; electrical
                 testing; Electrical testing; Electron device
                 manufacture; Electron device testing; mixers; Mixers;
                 network; Network analyzers; oscillators; Oscillators;
                 product classification; Product classification; Product
                 design; product introduction; Product introduction
                 costs; Product testing; product-specific information;
                 Product-specific information; Quality assurance; scalar
                 analyzers; Scalar analyzers; spectrum analyzers;
                 Spectrum analyzers; SRSD; systems; test software; Test
                 software; time savings; Time savings",
  thesaurus =    "Automatic testing; Electrical engineering computing;
                 Systems analysis",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1994:Ad,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Authors",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "66--68",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon May 27 10:19:25 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94aug/aug94_66.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-8-94.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Campbell:1994:CDD,
  author =       "Von C. Campbell",
  title =        "Customer-Driven Development of a New High-Performance
                 Data Acquisition System",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "6--8",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94oct/oct94_6t.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-10-94.html",
  abstract =     "The HP HD2000 data acquisition system provides C-size
                 VXIbus modules that are tailored to provide fast and
                 accurate acquisition of temperature, pressure, strain,
                 volts, and resistance data for turbine and piston
                 engine testing applications. The HP HD2000 system began
                 with understanding the users' needs from the
                 perspective of their whole system. This understanding
                 led us to choose the VXIbus architecture, which
                 provides the high throughput, tight coupling, and mixed
                 measurement capabilities our customers need.
                 Understanding customer needs focused our development
                 efforts on products like the HP E1413 and HP E1414 and
                 guided our software implementation to maximize
                 performance without increasing development time.
                 Finally, a clear idea of customer needs enabled us to
                 avoid making enhancements to the products that were
                 considered irrelevant to our customers. These
                 enhancements frequently add cost and time to
                 development and complexity and confusion to the end
                 user. We let the customer tell us what was needed.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210G (Data acquisition systems); C7410H
                 (Instrumentation); C6130 (Data handling techniques);
                 C5610P (Peripheral interfaces); C5520 (Data acquisition
                 equipment and techniques); C6180 (User interfaces)",
  classification = "617; 715.1; 723.2; 943.2; 944.4; 944.6; B7210G (Data
                 acquisition systems); C5520 (Data acquisition equipment
                 and techniques); C5610P (Peripheral interfaces); C6130
                 (Data handling techniques); C6180 (User interfaces);
                 C7410H (Computerised instrumentation)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "acquisition system; Analog to digital conversion; C
                 (programming language); C-; C-size VXIbus modules;
                 capabilities; Computer software; computerised
                 instrumentation; Customer-driven development;
                 customer-driven development; Customers needs; Data
                 acquisition; data acquisition; Data acquisition system;
                 Data recording; Development efforts; development
                 efforts; Digital signal processing; Engine pistons;
                 Equipment testing; Hewlett; high-performance data;
                 High-performance data acquisition system; HP E1413; HP
                 E1414; HP HD2000 data acquisition system; human
                 factors; mixed measurement; Mixed measurement
                 capabilities; Packard computers; peripheral interfaces;
                 Piston engine testing; piston engine testing; Pressure
                 measurement; Recording instruments; size VXIbus
                 modules; Software implementation; software
                 implementation; Strain measurement; Temperature
                 measurement; testing; turbine engine; Turbine engine
                 testing; Turbines; user interfaces; User needs; user
                 needs; VXIbus architecture; VXIbus technology",
  thesaurus =    "Computerised instrumentation; Data acquisition;
                 Hewlett Packard computers; Human factors; Peripheral
                 interfaces; User interfaces",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
  xxauthor =     "C. Von Campbell",
}

@Article{daCunha:1994:CFS,
  author =       "John M. {da Cunha}",
  title =        "A Compact and Flexible Signal Conditioning System for
                 Data Acquisition",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "9--15",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94oct/oct94_9t.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-10-94.html",
  abstract =     "Because turbine test setups can have up to 1000 test
                 points, special demands are placed on a data
                 acquisition system that must fit a large number of
                 measurement channels into a C-size VXIbus module. The
                 HP Model HD2000 data acquisition system is targeted for
                 customers in the turbine test market. This market
                 requires a variety of signal conditioning capabilities
                 to make accurate measurements during turbine tests.
                 Special needs include low cost per measurement point,
                 high density, flexibility, and high performance. To
                 take advantage of the HP HD2000 system's high
                 common-mode rejection analog-to-digital converter
                 (ADC), analog signal conditioning has to be fully
                 differential. The variety of functions needed and
                 constraints on cost, density, and the need for high
                 performance presented quite a design challenge.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7220 (Signal processing and conditioning equipment
                 and techniques); B7210G (Data acquisition systems);
                 B7640 (Aerospace propulsion); B7620 (Aerospace test
                 facilities and simulation); C5520 (Data acquisition
                 equipment and techniques); C5180 (A/D and D/A
                 convertors); C5260 (Digital signal processing); C5610P
                 (Peripheral interfaces)",
  classification = "617; 703.2; 714.2; 722.4; 723.2; 943.1; B7210G (Data
                 acquisition systems); B7220 (Signal processing and
                 conditioning equipment and techniques); B7620
                 (Aerospace test facilities and simulation); B7640
                 (Aerospace propulsion); C5180 (A/D and D/A convertors);
                 C5260 (Digital signal processing); C5520 (Data
                 acquisition equipment and techniques); C5610P
                 (Peripheral interfaces)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Accurate measurements; accurate measurements;
                 acquisition; aerospace engines; aerospace testing;
                 Analog signal conditioning; analog signal conditioning;
                 Analog to digital conversion; analogue-digital; C-size
                 VXIbus module; Compact flexible signal conditioning
                 system; compact flexible signal conditioning system;
                 Computer systems; conversion; data; Data acquisition;
                 data acquisition; digital converter; Digital signal
                 processing; Electrostatic discharge; Equipment testing;
                 Flexibility; flexibility; high common-mode rejection
                 analog-to-; High common-mode rejection
                 analog-to-digital converter; High density; high
                 density; High performance; high performance; HP; HP
                 Model HD2000 data acquisition system; Interfaces
                 (computer); Low cost per measurement point; low cost
                 per measurement point; Low pass filters; Model HD2000
                 data acquisition system; Open transducer detection;
                 Overvoltage protection; peripheral interfaces;
                 Programmability; RC filters; Signal conditioning plug
                 ons; Spectrum analyzers; Strain gages; Transducers;
                 Turbine test setups; turbine test setups; Turbines;
                 turbines; Zener diodes",
  thesaurus =    "Aerospace engines; Aerospace testing; Analogue-digital
                 conversion; Data acquisition; Peripheral interfaces;
                 Turbines",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Riedel:1994:HAA,
  author =       "Ronald J. Riedel",
  title =        "High-throughput amplifier and analog-to-digital
                 converter",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "16--20",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94oct/oct94_16.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-10-94.html",
  abstract =     "High system throughput in converting analog signals to
                 digital format in the HP E1413 is achieved by not
                 relying on downstream digital processing hardware and
                 software to compensate for analog anomalies and
                 instabilities.\par

                 The amplifier and analog-to-digital converter (ADC)
                 section of the HP E1413 provide the interface between
                 the multiplexed analog signals from the signal
                 conditioning pods and the digital world. Some of the
                 functionality provided by this section
                 includes:\par

                 \begin{itemize} \item Accepting input signals ranging
                 from a few microvolts to +16 volts; \item Correcting
                 for gain and offset errors on a channel-by-channel
                 basis; \item Acquiring each multiplexed signal in turn
                 and settling to full accuracy with no memory of the
                 previous channel, even if the previous channel was
                 severely overloaded; \item Converting the analog input
                 to a 16-bit digital number with commensurate linearity
                 and accuracy; \item Providing a voltage reference,
                 current source, and calibration voltage source for use
                 by the ADC and the rest of the card. \end{itemize}

                 A key contribution to the overall system throughput and
                 customer ease of use of the HP E1413 is that the above
                 functions are provided smoothly and accurately without
                 the need for further error correction by the downstream
                 digital hardware and software. We resisted the
                 temptation to rely on digital processing to compensate
                 for analog anomalies and instabilities, even though
                 this approach would have saved money and time on the
                 analog design.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7220 (Signal processing and conditioning equipment
                 and techniques); B1265H (A/D and D/A convertors); B1220
                 (Amplifiers); C5180 (A/D and D/A convertors); C5260
                 (Digital signal processing)",
  classification = "713.1; 714.2; 715.1; 716.1; 722.1; 723.2; B1220
                 (Amplifiers); B1265H (A/D and D/A convertors); B7220
                 (Signal processing and conditioning equipment and
                 techniques); C5180 (A/D and D/A convertors); C5260
                 (Digital signal processing)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Amplifier overload clamping; amplifiers; Amplifiers
                 (electronic); Analog signals; Analog to digital
                 conversion; Analog-to-digital converter;
                 analog-to-digital converter; analogue-digital
                 conversion; Buffering; Calibration voltage source;
                 calibration voltage source; Channel-by-channel basis;
                 channel-by-channel basis; Communication channels
                 (information theory); conditioning pods; Current
                 source; current source; Digital world; digital world;
                 E1413; Electronic voltmeters; equipment; Error
                 compensation; Error correction; errors; Field effect
                 transistors; Gain; gain; Gain control; High-throughput
                 amplifier; high-throughput amplifier; HP; HP E1413;
                 Input signals; input signals; Multiplexed analog signal
                 interface; multiplexed analog signal interface;
                 Multiplexing equipment; offset; Offset errors;
                 Performance; Random access storage; Scanning; signal;
                 Signal conditioning pods; Signal processing; signal
                 processing; Voltage reference; voltage reference",
  thesaurus =    "Amplifiers; Analogue-digital conversion; Signal
                 processing equipment",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1994:BRS,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Sidebar: Binary Ranges Speed Processing",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "18--18",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Sep 17 12:53:01 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Kelly:1994:FEU,
  author =       "Christopher P. J. Kelly",
  title =        "On-the-Fly Engineering Units Conversion",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "21--24",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94oct/oct94_21.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-10-94.html",
  abstract =     "The new segmented linear approximation algorithm
                 allows real-time conversion of analog measurements into
                 engineering units. The algorithm provides ample
                 conversion accuracy for the target hardware and
                 transducers, and executes in less than ten
                 micro-seconds using the microprocessor in the
                 instrument. Performing this conversion in the
                 instrument allows the complete measurement system to
                 make usable measurements faster and at lower system
                 cost than was possible with previous instrument.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7220 (Signal processing and conditioning equipment
                 and techniques); B1265H (A/D and D/A convertors);
                 B7210G (Data acquisition systems); B7320R (Thermal
                 variables); C5180 (A/D and D/A convertors); C5610P
                 (Peripheral interfaces); C5260 (Digital signal
                 processing); C5520 (Data acquisition equipment and
                 techniques)",
  classification = "721.1; 722.4; 723.2; 902.2; 921.6; 944.5; B1265H
                 (A/D and D/A convertors); B7210G (Data acquisition
                 systems); B7220 (Signal processing and conditioning
                 equipment and techniques); B7320R (Thermal variables
                 measurement); C5180 (A/D and D/A convertors); C5260
                 (Digital signal processing); C5520 (Data acquisition
                 equipment and techniques); C5610P (Peripheral
                 interfaces)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Algorithm; algorithm; Algorithms; Analog to digital
                 conversion; analog-to-digital converter instrument;
                 analogue-digital conversion; Approximation theory; bit
                 floating-point format; Central processing unit; Data
                 acquisition; data acquisition; Data storage equipment;
                 Digital arithmetic; Digital signal processing;
                 Engineering units; Engineering units conversion;
                 engineering units conversion; HP E1413 scanning; HP
                 E1413 scanning analog-to-digital converter instrument;
                 IEEE 754 standard 32-; IEEE 754 standard 32-bit
                 floating-point format; interfaces; measurement; Online
                 systems; peripheral; Real time systems; signal
                 processing equipment; Table lookup; temperature;
                 Thermocouples; Thermoelectric voltage; Transducers;
                 Units of measurement",
  thesaurus =    "Analogue-digital conversion; Data acquisition;
                 Peripheral interfaces; Signal processing equipment;
                 Temperature measurement",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Raak:1994:BSC,
  author =       "Gerald I. Raak and Christopher P. J. Kelly",
  title =        "Built-In Self-Test and Calibration for a Scanning
                 Analog-to-Digital Converter",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "25--29",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94oct/oct94_25.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-10-94.html",
  abstract =     "Onboard calibration capability enables the HP E1413 to
                 calibrate all 64 input channels in under 15 minutes,
                 many times faster than the manual calibration
                 techniques previously required in similar
                 systems.\par

                 The HP E1413 is a 64-channel scanning analog-to-digital
                 converter (ADC) with configurable signal conditioning
                 plug-on (SCP) circuits. The HP E1413 combines signal
                 conditioning, analog multiplexing, analog-to-digital
                 conversion, and digital data processing in one
                 integrated subsystem. Similar subsystems are made up of
                 separate components, often combined by the end user. In
                 such systems it is difficult for the designer of one
                 component to provide end-to-end calibration and
                 self-test since the designer has no control over the
                 design of some components. Final integration is often
                 left to a system integrator or to the end user, who
                 must then add hardware and software engineering to make
                 the system fully functional. Calibration of
                 high-channel-count data acquisition systems of this
                 sort may take many hours or even days, which drives up
                 the cost of ownership.\par

                 With design control of all four major components, the
                 HP E1413 design team was able to add considerable value
                 by integrating these components and their interaction
                 during calibration, self-test, and measurement
                 operations. This is accomplished using additional
                 calibration hardware and software that enable stimulus
                 and measurement access to all major components of the
                 measurement hardware.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1265H (A/D and D/A convertors); B7220 (Signal
                 processing and conditioning equipment and techniques);
                 C5180 (A/D and D/A convertors); C5260 (Digital signal
                 processing); C5610P (Peripheral interfaces)",
  classification = "715.1; 716.1; 722.4; 723.2; 902.2; B1265H (A/D and
                 D/A convertors); B7220 (Signal processing and
                 conditioning equipment and techniques); C5180 (A/D and
                 D/A convertors); C5260 (Digital signal processing);
                 C5610P (Peripheral interfaces)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Analog multiplexing; analog multiplexing; Analog to
                 digital conversion; analog-; Analog-to-digital
                 conversion; analogue-digital conversion; Built-in
                 calibration; built-in calibration; built-in self test;
                 Built-in self-test; built-in self-test; Calibration;
                 calibration; Communication channels (information
                 theory); Computer systems; conditioning plug-on
                 circuits; configurable signal; Configurable signal
                 conditioning plug-on circuits; count data acquisition
                 systems; digital converter; Digital data processing;
                 digital data processing; End user; end user; End-to-end
                 calibration; end-to-end calibration; Equipment testing;
                 Error compensation; Error correction; high-channel-;
                 High-channel-count data acquisition systems; HP E1413;
                 integrated; Integrated subsystem; Measurement hardware;
                 measurement hardware; Measurement operations;
                 measurement operations; Measurements; Multimeters;
                 Multiplexing equipment; peripheral interfaces;
                 Scanning; scanning analog-to-; Scanning
                 analog-to-digital converter; Signal conditioning
                 plug-on; Signal processing; subsystem; to-digital
                 conversion",
  thesaurus =    "Analogue-digital conversion; Built-in self test;
                 Calibration; Peripheral interfaces",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Raak:1994:SHC,
  author =       "Gerald I. Raak and Christopher P. J. Kelly",
  title =        "Sidebar: {A} Hierarchy of Calibration Commands",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "28--28",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Sep 17 12:53:01 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Kolts:1994:MTO,
  author =       "Bertram S. Kolts and Rodney K. Village",
  title =        "Manufacturing Test Optimization for {VXI-Based}
                 Scanning Analog-to-Digital Converters",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "30--34",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94oct/oct94_30.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-10-94.html",
  abstract =     "The high density of the hardware for the HP E1413
                 scanning analog-to-digital converter, the low cost per
                 channel, and the wide variety of optional signal
                 conditioning plug-ons (SCPs) require a production test
                 strategy that is fast, flexible, and efficient. Four
                 project test goals were established at the start of the
                 project to provide a low-cost test solution. The first
                 goal mandated the use of existing test systems to
                 reduce hardware development costs. The second goal was
                 to reduce the cost of testing by removing defects as
                 early in the production process as possible. The third
                 goal was to reduce unit test times by a factor of three
                 relative to similar products currently in production.
                 The fourth goal was directed specifically at the SCPs.
                 Because the SCPs have high production volumes (eight
                 SCPs for each HP E1413 motherboard) compared to the HP
                 E1413 motherboard and because of their low cost and
                 relatively straightforward hardware design, the goal
                 was established that the plug-ons would only be tested
                 at one point in the production process.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1265H (A/D and D/A convertors); B7220 (Signal
                 processing and conditioning equipment and techniques);
                 C5180 (A/D and D/A convertors); C5610P (Peripheral
                 interfaces); C5260 (Digital signal processing)",
  classification = "715.1; 902.2; 913.3; 913.4; 921.5; 922.2; B1265H
                 (A/D and D/A convertors); B7220 (Signal processing and
                 conditioning equipment and techniques); C5180 (A/D and
                 D/A convertors); C5260 (Digital signal processing);
                 C5610P (Peripheral interfaces)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Analog to digital conversion; analogue-digital
                 conversion; Calibration; computer equipment testing;
                 Computer operating procedures; Data reduction;
                 Electronic equipment testing; Fuzzy sets; Hardware
                 development costs; hardware development costs; HP
                 E1413; HP E1413 scanning analog-to-digital converter;
                 Manufacturing test; manufacturing test; Manufacturing
                 test optimization; Optimization; optimization;
                 peripheral interfaces; plug-ons; Production test
                 strategy; production test strategy; Quality control;
                 Removing defects; removing defects; Repair; scanning
                 analog-to-digital converter; Self test measurements;
                 signal conditioning; Signal conditioning plug ons;
                 Signal conditioning plug-ons; Signal processing;
                 Standards; Statistical methods; Statistical quality
                 control; Surface mount technology; VXI-based scanning
                 analog-to-digital converters",
  thesaurus =    "Analogue-digital conversion; Computer equipment
                 testing; Peripheral interfaces",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Warren:1994:DLP,
  author =       "Richard E. Warren and Conrad R. Proft",
  title =        "Design Leverage and Partnering in the Design of a
                 Pressure Scanning Analog-to-Digital Converter",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "35--41",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94oct/oct94_35.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-10-94.html",
  abstract =     "The HP E1414 pressure scanning VXIbus
                 analog-to-digital converter completes HP's VXIbus
                 offering for jet engine and wind tunnel test
                 applications by providing the ability to make pressure
                 measurements. Our systems approach to providing all of
                 the desired throughput features and all of the required
                 mixed measurements was based on the C-size VXIbus
                 platform and the partnership with Pressure Systems
                 Incorporated (PSI). This approach combines the new HP
                 E1413 and E1414 VXIbus modules with PSI pressure
                 scanners and calibrators, other VXIbus modules, and
                 compiled SCPI (Standard Commands for Programmable
                 Instruments) programs. This combination provides the
                 performance and measurement versatility required to
                 satisfy these demanding applications.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1265H (A/D and D/A convertors); B7220 (Signal
                 processing and conditioning equipment and techniques);
                 B7640 (Aerospace propulsion); B7620 (Aerospace test
                 facilities and simulation)B7130 (Measurement standards
                 and calibration); B7230 (Sensing devices and
                 transducers); B7320V (Pressure and vacuum); C5180 (A/D
                 and D/A convertors); C5610P (Peripheral interfaces);
                 C5260 (Digital signal processing)",
  classification = "715.1; 722.1; 722.4; 732.1; 902.2; 944.4; B1265H
                 (A/D and D/A convertors); B7130 (Measurement standards
                 and calibration); B7220 (Signal processing and
                 conditioning equipment and techniques); B7230 (Sensing
                 devices and transducers); B7320V (Pressure and vacuum
                 measurement); B7620 (Aerospace test facilities and
                 simulation); B7640 (Aerospace propulsion); C5180 (A/D
                 and D/A convertors); C5260 (Digital signal processing);
                 C5610P (Peripheral interfaces)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "aerospace engines; Analog to digital conversion;
                 analogue-digital conversion; applications; C-size
                 VXIbus platform; Calibration; calibration; Calibrators;
                 calibrators; Compiled SCPI programs; compiled SCPI
                 programs; Computer programming languages; Computer
                 systems; Design leverage; design leverage; Digital
                 signal processing; E1413; Electronic equipment testing;
                 Field programmable gate arrays; HP E1414 pressure
                 scanning; HP E1414 pressure scanning VXIbus
                 analog-to-digital converter; Incorporated; jet engine
                 test; Jet engine test applications; Jet engines;
                 Leveraging; Logic gates; Measurement versatility;
                 measurement versatility; measurements; Partnering;
                 partnering; Performance; performance; peripheral
                 interfaces; pressure; Pressure measurement; pressure
                 measurement; Pressure measurements; Pressure scanners;
                 pressure scanners; Pressure scanning analog to digital
                 converter; Pressure Systems; Pressure Systems
                 Incorporated; Printed circuit design; Programmable
                 array logic; Random access storage; Sensors; Signal
                 conditioning plug ons; test equipment; transducers;
                 VXIbus analog-to-digital converter; Wind tunnel test
                 applications; wind tunnel test applications; Wind
                 tunnels; wind tunnels",
  thesaurus =    "Aerospace engines; Analogue-digital conversion;
                 Calibration; Peripheral interfaces; Pressure
                 measurement; Pressure transducers; Test equipment; Wind
                 tunnels",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Grace:1994:IPE,
  author =       "James W. Grace and David M. DiPietro and Akito Kishida
                 and Kenji Kinsho",
  title =        "Integrated Pin Electronics for Automatic Test
                 Equipment",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "42--50",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94oct/oct94_42.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-10-94.html",
  abstract =     "An integrated circuit was successfully designed and
                 implemented to allow all of the pin electronics of the
                 HP 9493 LSI test system to be included in one IC
                 package for a single board to hold eight channels,
                 resulting in a compact test head size for a 256-pin
                 system. It contains a high-speed digital driver, an
                 active load, a window comparator, and a parametric
                 tester for setting a voltage and measuring current.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B0170E (Production facilities and engineering); B2570
                 (Semiconductor integrated circuits); C7410H
                 (Instrumentation)",
  classification = "703.1; 714.2; 715.1; 716.1; 902.2; 942.2; B0170E
                 (Production facilities and engineering); B2570
                 (Semiconductor integrated circuits); B7210B (Automatic
                 test and measurement systems); C7410H (Computerised
                 instrumentation)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Active load; active load; Automatic test equipment;
                 automatic test equipment; Buffer circuits; Calibration;
                 Comparator circuits; Current measurement; current
                 measurement; Device under test; Digital signal
                 processing; Electric current measurement; Electronic
                 equipment; High-speed digital driver; high-speed
                 digital driver; HP 9493 mixed signal ISI test system;
                 integrated circuit; Integrated circuit layout;
                 Integrated circuit testing; integrated circuit testing;
                 Integrated pin electronics; integrated pin electronics;
                 large; Leakage currents; LSI circuits; Mixed signal LSI
                 test system; Parametric tester; parametric tester; Pin
                 board on a chip; Pin driver; Pin electronics;
                 Resistors; scale integration; Schematic diagrams;
                 Schottky barrier diodes; single; Single integrated
                 circuit; Voltage force and current measure circuit;
                 Voltage setting; voltage setting; Window comparator;
                 window comparator",
  thesaurus =    "Automatic test equipment; Integrated circuit testing;
                 Large scale integration",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Goto:1994:CPD,
  author =       "Masaharu Goto and James O. Barnes and Ronnie E.
                 Owens",
  title =        "{CMOS} Programmable Delay {Vernier}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "51--58",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94oct/oct94_51.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-10-94.html",
  abstract =     "In the HP 9493 LSI test system, CMOS delay Verniers
                 replace the usual bipolar technology and are integrated
                 with digital circuitry to produce a high-performance
                 timing generator in a single monolithic CMOS VLSI
                 formatter chip. This solution achieves
                 bipolar-equivalent resolution, skew, and jitter
                 performance with signi ficantly lower power, cost, and
                 circuit board space.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1265Z (Other digital circuits); B2570D (CMOS
                 integrated circuits)",
  classification = "714.2; 721.2; 721.3; 722.1; 902.2; B1265Z (Other
                 digital circuits); B2570D (CMOS integrated circuits)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Calibration; circuits; CMOS integrated circuits; CMOS
                 programmable delay vernier; delay circuits; Delay
                 vernier; Device under test; Digital circuits; digital
                 integrated; Dynamic power compensation; Electric delay
                 lines; Electric losses; Flip flop circuits; formatter
                 chip; High-performance timing generator;
                 high-performance timing generator; HP 9493 LSI test
                 system; Integrated circuit testing; Jitter; jitter;
                 Logic circuits; Logic design; Microprocessor chips;
                 Mixed signal LSI test system; monolithic CMOS VLSI;
                 Monolithic CMOS VLSI formatter chip; Power dissipation;
                 Random access storage; Resolution; resolution; Skew;
                 skew; Timing circuits; timing circuits; VLSI; VLSI
                 circuits",
  thesaurus =    "CMOS integrated circuits; Delay circuits; Digital
                 integrated circuits; Timing circuits; VLSI",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1994:TAC,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Theoretical Approach to {CMOS} Inverter Jitter",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "54--54",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Sep 17 12:53:01 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Gunji:1994:RDS,
  author =       "Keita Gunji",
  title =        "Real-time digital signal processing in a mixed-signal
                 {LSI} test system",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "59--63",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94oct/oct94_59.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-10-94.html",
  abstract =     "The HP 9493 mixed-signal LSI test system is presented
                 in this paper which contains high performance digital
                 signal processing modules in each test subsystem. This
                 allows data processing with synchronous interaction for
                 at-speed functional testing of mixed-signal devices. A
                 programming language for test library development is
                 provided by the system software. This helps develop and
                 execute functional tests of various mixed-signal
                 devices.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1280 (Mixed analogue-digital circuits); B2570
                 (Semiconductor integrated circuits); B7210B (Automatic
                 test and measurement systems); B7220 (Signal processing
                 and conditioning equipment and techniques); C7410H
                 (Instrumentation); C7410D (Electronic engineering);
                 C5260 (Digital signal processing)",
  classification = "714.2; 716.1; 722.1; 722.3; 722.4; 723.2; B1280
                 (Mixed analogue-digital circuits); B2570 (Semiconductor
                 integrated circuits); B7210B (Automatic test and
                 measurement systems); B7220 (Signal processing and
                 conditioning equipment and techniques); C5260 (Digital
                 signal processing); C7410D (Electronic engineering
                 computing); C7410H (Computerised instrumentation)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Analog signal emulation; analog signal emulation;
                 Analog to digital conversion; automatic test equipment;
                 Central processing unit; circuits; Computer
                 architecture; Computer software; Data acquisition; Data
                 communication systems; Data flow diagrams; Data storage
                 equipment; Device; device; Device under test; Digital
                 signal emulation; digital signal emulation; Digital
                 signal processing; Emulation; Flowcharting; HP 9493
                 test system; Integrated circuit testing; integrated
                 circuit testing; Interfaces (computer); large;
                 Memory-based test system; memory-based test system;
                 mixed analogue-digital integrated; Mixed signal LSI
                 test system; mixed-signal LSI test; Mixed-signal LSI
                 test system; processing equipment; Real time systems;
                 Real-time digital signal processing; real-time digital
                 signal processing; real-time systems; scale
                 integration; signal; signal processing;
                 Synchronization; system; Test coverage; test coverage;
                 Test time; test time; Waveform analysis",
  thesaurus =    "Automatic test equipment; Integrated circuit testing;
                 Large scale integration; Mixed analogue-digital
                 integrated circuits; Real-time systems; Signal
                 processing; Signal processing equipment",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Karube:1994:VET,
  author =       "Koji Karube",
  title =        "Vector Error Testing by Automatic Test Equipment",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "64--66",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon Feb 3 18:59:03 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94oct/oct94_64.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-10-94.html",
  abstract =     "The paper presents a mixed-signal LSI tester which
                 serves as automatic test equipment in the production
                 area. The most important requirement is how quickly
                 failing devices can be rejected from a large number of
                 passing devices. Good repeatability, which is a
                 function of system stability, and usability are also
                 required for high productivity. The real-time digital
                 signal processors in the HP 9493 mixed-signal LSI test
                 system can perform complex tests for next-generation
                 telecommunication devices.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "703.2; 715.1; 716.1; 722.4; 723.2; 921.6",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Automatic test equipment; Calculations; Differential
                 quadrature phase shift keying; Digital filters; Digital
                 signal processing; Electron device testing; Error
                 analysis; Intersymbol interference; Low pass filters;
                 Mixed signal LSI tester; Phase shift keying; Real time
                 systems; Roll of filter; Signal filtering and
                 prediction; Signal transmission; Symbol timing;
                 Transmitters; Vector error testing; Vectors",
}

@Article{Yonekura:1994:HFI,
  author =       "Takanori Yonekura",
  title =        "High-Frequency Impedance Analyzer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "67--74",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94oct/oct94_67.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-10-94.html",
  abstract =     "A new one-port impedance analyzer measures
                 high-frequency devices up to 1.8 GHz. Using a
                 current-voltage method, it makes precise measurements
                 over a wide impedance range. A special calibration
                 method using a low-loss capacitor realizes an accurate
                 high-Q device measurement. Many types of test fixtures
                 are introduced because they are a key element in any
                 test system.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems); B7310J (Impedance and admittance); B7310N
                 (Microwave techniques); B7130 (Measurement standards
                 and calibration)",
  classification = "703.1.1; 715.1; 902.2; 921.3; 942.1; 942.2; B7130
                 (Measurement standards and calibration); B7210X (Other
                 instrumentation and measurement systems); B7310J
                 (Impedance and admittance measurement); B7310N
                 (Microwave measurement techniques)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "1.8 GHz; accurate high-Q; Accurate high-Q device
                 measurement; analyzer; Bilinear transformation; Bridge
                 circuits; calibration; Calibration; calibration method;
                 Calibration method; current-voltage method;
                 Current-voltage method; device measurement; Device
                 under test; Directional bridge; electric impedance
                 measurement; Electric impedance measurement; Electric
                 network analysis; Electric network parameters; Fixture
                 compensation; high-frequency impedance analyzer;
                 High-frequency impedance analyzer; Impedance analyzer;
                 low-loss capacitor; Low-loss capacitor; Mathematical
                 transformations; measurement; Measurement errors;
                 microwave; network analysers; one-port impedance;
                 One-port impedance analyzer; Open short load; Phase
                 measurement; precise measurements; Precise
                 measurements; Q factor measurement; Q-factor
                 measurement; Spectrum analyzers; Standards; test
                 fixtures; Test fixtures; Transducers; Vector
                 voltmeters; Voltmeters",
  numericalindex = "Frequency 1.8E+09 Hz",
  thesaurus =    "Calibration; Electric impedance measurement; Microwave
                 measurement; Network analysers; Q-factor measurement",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Butler:1994:VRC,
  author =       "Hamish Butler",
  title =        "Virtual Remote: The Centralized Expert",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "75--82",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94oct/oct94_75.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-10-94.html",
  abstract =     "The success of virtual remote for HP-UX workstations
                 led to a demand for virtual remote on PCs. HP 15801A PC
                 virtual remote was developed so that as far as possible
                 the source code is shared with the HP 15800A HP-UX
                 product. Remote operation of bit-error rate test sets
                 using an X Windows based `virtual instrument' allows
                 network operators to monitor remote sites from central
                 office. The extensive use of a common firmware
                 development platform allowed the fast track development
                 of virtual remote software and rapid integration into
                 all instruments built using the platform.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6210J (Telemetry); B7210F (Telemetering systems);
                 C3250 (Telecontrol and telemetering components); C6170
                 (Expert systems); C7410F (Communications)",
  classification = "722.2; 722.3; 723.1; 723.1.1; 723.3; 723.5; B6210J
                 (Telemetry); B7210F (Telemetering systems); C3250
                 (Telecontrol and telemetering components); C6170
                 (Expert systems); C7410F (Communications computing)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "bit error rate test; Bit error rate test sets; C
                 (programming language); Centralized expert; centralized
                 expert; Communication channels (information theory);
                 Computer networks; Computer operating systems; Computer
                 simulation; Computer software; Computer workstations;
                 computerised instrumentation; Data structures; Database
                 systems; diagnostic expert systems; Firmware; Firmware
                 development platform; firmware development platform;
                 Instrument software system; Network protocols; Printers
                 (computer); Program compilers; Remote operation; remote
                 operation; Remote site monitoring; remote site
                 monitoring; sets; Software engineering; Software
                 package X windows; telemetering equipment; user
                 interfaces; Virtual instrument; virtual instrument;
                 Virtual remote; Virtual remote software; virtual remote
                 software; X Windows",
  thesaurus =    "Computerised instrumentation; Diagnostic expert
                 systems; Telemetering equipment; User interfaces",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Dubuc:1994:FRC,
  author =       "Martin Dubuc",
  title =        "Frame Relay Conformance Testing",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "83--87",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94oct/oct94_83.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-10-94.html",
  abstract =     "The use of conformance testing in the product
                 development life cycle speeds overall time-to-market of
                 communicating devices. It also increases the
                 probability of interoperability between the products
                 from different vendors. The paper presents the
                 development and implementation of an automatic
                 translator to transform abstract test suites into
                 executable test suites for HP IDACOM protocol
                 analyzers.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6150C (Switching theory); B6150M (Protocols)",
  classification = "722.3; 722.4; 723.1; 723.1.1; 723.2; 902.2; B6150C
                 (Communication switching); B6150M (Protocols)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Abstract test suite; Abstract test suites; abstract
                 test suites; Automatic translator; automatic
                 translator; Automation; C (programming language);
                 Computer hardware description languages; Computer
                 software; Conformance testing; conformance testing;
                 Constraint description language; Data structures; Data
                 transfer; executable test; Executable test suites;
                 Frame relay; frame relay; Frame relay conformance
                 testing; frame relay conformance testing; HP IDACOM
                 protocol analyzers; Integrated services digital
                 network; ISDN; Network protocols; packet switching;
                 Program compilers; Program translators; Protocol test
                 center; protocol test center; protocols;
                 Standardization; Standards; suites; User interfaces;
                 User to network interface; Voice/data communication
                 systems",
  thesaurus =    "Conformance testing; Frame relay; ISDN; Packet
                 switching; Protocols",
  treatment =    "T Theoretical or Mathematical",
}

@Article{Bhat:1994:FRM,
  author =       "Sunil Bhat and Robert H. Kroboth and Anne L.
                 Driesbach",
  title =        "The {FDDI Ring Manager} for the {HP Network Advisor}
                 Protocol Analyzer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "88--96",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94oct/oct94_88.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-10-94.html",
  abstract =     "The FDDI Ring Manager application takes the knowledge
                 burden from the user and puts it on the network
                 management tool. It pulls ring status information from
                 station management frames and presents it in a
                 logically ordered display. It gathers ring topology
                 information from neighbor information frames and status
                 information frames and presents that information in a
                 graphical map and a textual report.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6210L (Computer communications); B6210C (Network
                 management)B6150M (Protocols); C5620L (Local area
                 networks); C7410F (Communications); C5640 (Protocols)",
  classification = "716.1; 722.1; 722.3; 722.4; 723.1; 723.5; B6150M
                 (Protocols); B6210C (Network management); B6210L
                 (Computer communications); C5620L (Local area
                 networks); C5640 (Protocols); C7410F (Communications
                 computing)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Computer networks; Computer operating systems; Data
                 flow diagram; Data transfer; Display module; Electric
                 network topology; FDDI; FDDI Ring Manager; FDDI ring
                 manager; FDDI Ring Manager; Fiber distributed data
                 interface; Flowcharting; General purpose computers;
                 Graphic methods; Graphical map; graphical map; HP
                 Network Advisor Protocol Analyzer; Information
                 management; Interactive computer graphics; local area
                 networks; Logically ordered display; logically ordered
                 display; management frames; Media access control;
                 network analysers; Network management; Network
                 management tool; network management tool; Network
                 protocols; protocols; Real time systems; Ring maps;
                 Ring status information; ring status information;
                 station; Station management frames; telecommunication
                 network management; Telecommunication traffic; Textual
                 report; textual report; Token rotation time; Topology
                 mapping; User interfaces",
  thesaurus =    "FDDI; Local area networks; Network analysers;
                 Protocols; Telecommunication network management",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Bhat:1994:FTM,
  author =       "Sunil Bhat",
  title =        "{FDDI} Topology Mapping",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "97--105",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94oct/oct94_97.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-10-94.html",
  abstract =     "The topology mapping algorithms discussed in this
                 paper provide valuable topology information to the
                 network administrator operator. For the FDDI version of
                 the HP Network Advisor protocol analyzer, ring mapping
                 algorithms were advised to provide topological views of
                 FDDI networks. These algorithms are designed to handle
                 many problem situations that are characteristic of
                 emerging LAN technologies.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6210L (Computer communications); B7210X (Other
                 instrumentation and measurement systems); B6150M
                 (Protocols); B6210C (Network management); C5620L (Local
                 area networks); C7410F (Communications); C5640
                 (Protocols)",
  classification = "716.1; 722.2; 722.3; 723.1; 723.2; B6150M
                 (Protocols); B6210C (Network management); B6210L
                 (Computer communications); B7210X (Other
                 instrumentation and measurement systems); C5620L (Local
                 area networks); C5640 (Protocols); C7410F
                 (Communications computing)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Algorithms; Data structures; Decoding; Electric
                 network topology; FDDI; FDDI rings; FDDI topology
                 mapping; Fiber distributed data interface; HP Network
                 Advisor Protocol Analyzer; Interfaces (computer); LAN;
                 Local area networks; local area networks; Logical map;
                 Media access control; network; network analysers;
                 Network protocols; Physical mapping; protocols; Ring
                 mapper; Ring mapping algorithms; ring mapping
                 algorithms; Ring topology; State diagram;
                 Telecommunication links; telecommunication network
                 management; topology",
  thesaurus =    "FDDI; Local area networks; Network analysers; Network
                 topology; Protocols; Telecommunication network
                 management",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Diaz:1994:AEO,
  author =       "Carlos H. Diaz",
  title =        "Automation of Electrical Overstress Characterization
                 for Semiconductor Devices ({CMOS} processes)",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "106--111",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94oct/oct94_10.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-10-94.html",
  abstract =     "An automatic test system has been developed to
                 characterize semiconductor devices and interconnect
                 failures caused by electrical overstresses (EOS).
                 Electrical stress in the form of current pulses of
                 increasing amplitude is applied to a device until it
                 reaches a prespecified failure criterion. The system
                 was developed for monitoring EOS robustness in advanced
                 CMOS processes.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B2570D (CMOS integrated circuits); B5110
                 (Electrostatics); B7210B (Automatic test and
                 measurement systems); B2560R (Insulated gate field
                 effect transistors); B2550F (Metallisation)",
  classification = "701.1; 703.1; 714.2; 723.1; 732.2; B2550F
                 (Metallisation and interconnection technology); B2560R
                 (Insulated gate field effect transistors); B2570D (CMOS
                 integrated circuits); B5110 (Electrostatics); B7210B
                 (Automatic test and measurement systems)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "advanced CMOS; Advanced CMOS processes; automatic test
                 equipment; Automatic test system; Automation; circuit
                 testing; CMOS integrated circuits; Current pulses;
                 current pulses; device testing; Device under test;
                 devices; Electric discharges; Electrical overstress;
                 Electrical overstress characterization; electrical
                 overstress characterization; Electrostatic discharge;
                 electrostatic discharge; Electrostatics; Equivalent
                 circuits; Failure analysis; failure analysis; failure
                 criterion; integrated; Interconnect failures;
                 interconnect failures; Macros; metallisation;
                 Monitoring; monitoring; MOS devices; NMOS transistor;
                 prespecified; Prespecified failure criterion;
                 processes; protection; Pulse generators; Robustness;
                 robustness; semiconductor; Semiconductor device models;
                 Semiconductor device testing; Semiconductor devices;
                 Stresses; Transistors",
  thesaurus =    "Automatic test equipment; CMOS integrated circuits;
                 Electrostatic discharge; Failure analysis; Integrated
                 circuit testing; Metallisation; Protection;
                 Semiconductor device testing",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1994:Ae,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Authors",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "112--115",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon May 27 10:24:28 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94oct/oct94_11.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-10-94.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1994:CI,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "1994 Chronological Index",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "??--??",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon May 27 07:22:47 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-94.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1994:PAI,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "1994 Product and Author Index",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "??--??",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon May 27 07:22:47 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-94.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1994:SI,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "1994 Subject Index",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "??--??",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon May 27 07:22:47 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-94.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Ujvarosy:1994:FDD,
  author =       "Damon R. Ujvarosy",
  title =        "Fast {DDS-2} Digital Audio Tape Drive",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "6--11",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94dec/dec94_6t.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-94.html",
  abstract =     "The same technologies that are propelling disk drive
                 capacity and performance are also being applied to tape
                 drives. The HP C1533A that reads and writes tapes based
                 on DDS-2 tape drive stores 8 Gbytes of data and has a
                 data transfer rate more than 2.5 times that previously
                 available on DDS tape drives. It is also compatible
                 with DDS drives already in existence. The DDS-2 format
                 standard calls for the data to be written on tracks
                 that are nominally 9.1 $ \mu $ m wide (previous DDS
                 format standards used 13.6 $ \mu $ m). It uses tapes
                 that are 120 m long rather than the previous 90-m and
                 60-m tapes. These changes along with a data transfer
                 rate increase to 510 kbytes/s from 183 kbytes/s
                 required numerous technical developments. The required
                 improvements in tape material, new read and write
                 heads, new drum design, and new methods for linearity
                 measurement and adjustment are discussed.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B3120B (Magnetic recording); C5320C (Storage on moving
                 magnetic media)",
  classification = "722.1; 722.2; 722.3; 722.4; 723.2; 902.2; B3120B
                 (Magnetic recording ); C5320C (Storage on moving
                 magnetic media)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "4 GB; 510 KB/s; 510 kB/s; Adjustment; adjustment;
                 C1533A tape drive; Cartridge; Computer networks;
                 Computer systems; Data backup; Data compression; Data
                 recording; Data transfer; Data transfer rate; data
                 transfer rate; Digital audio tape; digital audio tape;
                 Digital storage; Drum design; drum design; Fast DDS-2
                 digital audio tape drive; fast DDS-2 digital audio tape
                 drive; Format processor; Full 4-Gbyte DDS-2 cartridge
                 recording; full 4-Gbyte DDS-2 cartridge recording; HP;
                 HP C1533A tape drive; linearity; Linearity adjustment;
                 Linearity measurement; linearity measurement; Magnetic
                 disk storage; Magnetic heads; magnetic tape; magnetic
                 tape equipment; Performance; Read heads; read heads;
                 Specifications; Standards; storage; storage units; Tape
                 drives; Tape length; tape length; Tape material; tape
                 material; Tape thickness; tape thickness; Write heads;
                 write heads",
  numericalindex = "Memory size 4.3E+09 Byte; Byte rate 5.1E+05 Byte/s",
  thesaurus =    "Digital audio tape; Magnetic tape equipment; Magnetic
                 tape storage; Storage units",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Dimond:1994:DTA,
  author =       "Steven A. Dimond and M. Simms and M. G. Bertagne",
  title =        "{DDS-2} Tape Autoloader: High-Capacity Data Storage in
                 a {5 1/4-Inch} Form Factor",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "12--20",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94dec/dec94_12.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-94.html",
  abstract =     "Smaller devices that perform unattended backup are
                 typically called autoloaders. The HP C1553A autoloader
                 incorporates the DDS-2 tape drive and holds six 4-Gbyte
                 cartridges with data compression, it can back up
                 typically 48 Gbytes of data overnight or 8 Gbytes every
                 day for six days, unattended. It fits into a standard
                 5.25-inch peripheral enclosure and use the drive's SCSI
                 II interface. The physical architecture of the DDS
                 drive is first described. The autoloader design is
                 described next, with the physical sub-assemblies
                 discussed individually: the magazine; mechanism
                 motions; front panel and user interface; control
                 electronics and motors; mechanism firmware; drive
                 firmware, SCSI interface, and link to the mechanism.
                 The mechanical design methods and design margin
                 analysis are also discussed.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media)",
  classification = "601; 722.1; 722.2; 723.2; 723.5; 732.2; C5320C
                 (Storage on moving magnetic media)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "48 GB; 5.25 In; 5.25 in; Assembly; Autoloaders;
                 Automation; Cams; Cartridges; compression; Computer
                 aided design; Computer peripheral equipment; Computer
                 software; data; Data compression; data compression;
                 DDS-2 tape autoloader; Digital storage; equipment
                 evaluation; Firmware; Fits and tolerances; Front panel;
                 High-capacity data storage; high-capacity data storage;
                 HP C1553A autoloader; Interfaces (computer); Magazine;
                 magnetic tape; Mechanisms; Peripheral enclosure;
                 peripheral enclosure; SCSI LT interface; Standard HP
                 DDS drive; standard HP DDS drive; storage; Storage
                 allocation (computer); storage units; Tape drives",
  numericalindex = "Size 1.33E-01 m; Memory size 5.2E+10 Byte",
  thesaurus =    "Data compression; Equipment evaluation; Magnetic tape
                 storage; Storage units",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1994:ACE,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Autoloader Control Electronics",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "13--13",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon May 27 07:22:47 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94dec/dec94_13.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-94.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1994:AFD,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Autoloader Firmware Design",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "15--16",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon May 27 07:22:47 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94dec/dec94_15.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-94.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1994:NBH,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Network Backup with the {HP C1553A DDS} Autoloader",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "18--18",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon May 27 07:22:47 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94dec/dec94_18.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-94.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Simms:1994:AST,
  author =       "Mark J. Simms",
  title =        "Automatic State Table Generation",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "21--26",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94dec/dec94_21.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-94.html",
  abstract =     "The HP C1553A DDS tape autoloader requires a complex
                 sequence of simple operations to carry out mechanical
                 retries, defined in tables. There can be severe
                 problems in maintaining table-driven codes that derives
                 from the lack of readability of software written in C
                 or assembly language. A lot of documentation needs to
                 be added to the source code to explain the meaning of
                 the entries. This situation was improved by defining
                 state machine languages that can be translated into C
                 source code automatically. However, with the use of
                 state machine languages it was difficult to follow the
                 flow of the program and determine what sequence of
                 actions had occurred. To aid in documenting these state
                 machines, the Teamwork structured analysis tool from
                 Cadre Technologies was adopted. A program retrieves
                 data structures for a complete diagram, parses them,
                 and generates the required code table. To execute the
                 state table an interpreter routine is used. In the
                 Teamwork\slash RT product, the initial state can be set
                 merely by setting it to zero. The exception transition
                 can be made to restart the state machine without the
                 clutter of unnecessary connections on the diagram.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5140 (Firmware)",
  classification = "722.1; 722.2; 722.4; 723.1; 723.1.1; 723.2; C5140
                 (Firmware)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "autoloader; Automatic state table generation;
                 automatic state table generation; Cadre's Teamwork;
                 Code generator; Codes (symbols); Computer software;
                 Computer systems; Control systems; Data structures;
                 Database systems; Decision tables; Digital auto tape
                 autoloader; Digital storage; Firmware; firmware; HP
                 C1553A DDS tape; HP C1553A DDS tape autoloader;
                 Information retrieval systems; Logical expression;
                 Machine oriented languages; Mechanical retries;
                 mechanical retries; Parsing; Program compilers; Program
                 interpreters; ROM; State machines; State table; State
                 transition diagram; Syntax; Tape drives",
  thesaurus =    "Firmware",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Simms:1994:USM,
  author =       "Mark J. Simms",
  title =        "Using State Machines as a Design and Coding Tool",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "27--32",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94dec/dec94_27.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-94.html",
  abstract =     "The wide acceptance of real-time extensions to
                 structured analysis techniques have led to the use of
                 state machine descriptions for the specification of
                 systems in which state or sequence is a vital part.
                 However, the techniques for implementing these
                 specifications have remained poorly understood and
                 haphazard, leading to implementations that are
                 difficult to verify against the specification. This
                 paper examines different approaches to the use of state
                 machines and explores their advantages and
                 disadvantages.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6110F (Formal methods); C4220 (Automata theory);
                 C6150C (Compilers, interpreters and other processors)",
  classification = "721.1; 722.4; 723.1; 731.1; 902.2; C4220 (Automata
                 theory); C6110F (Formal methods); C6150C (Compilers,
                 interpreters and other processors)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "compilers; Computer simulation; Computer software;
                 Control systems; Design and coding tool; design and
                 coding tool; finite state machines; Formal
                 specification; formal specification; Mealy model; Moore
                 model; program; Real time systems; Sequential machines;
                 Software engineering; Specifications; State machines;
                 state machines; Structured analysis; structured
                 analysis; Structured analysis techniques; structured
                 programming; Systems analysis; systems analysis;
                 techniques",
  thesaurus =    "Finite state machines; Formal specification; Program
                 compilers; Structured programming; Systems analysis",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Iyengar:1994:EBR,
  author =       "Arun K. Iyengar and Thaddeus S. Grzeski and Valerie J.
                 Ho-Gibson and Tracy A. Hoover and John R. Vasta",
  title =        "An Event-Based, Retargetable Debugger",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "33--43",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94dec/dec94_33.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-94.html",
  abstract =     "The HP Distributed Debugging Environment (HP DDE) is
                 capable of debugging programs executing on remote
                 hosts. HP DDE can be ported and retargeted to several
                 platforms. It's sophisticated GUI has many features
                 that aid usability including multiple windows,
                 context-sensitive pop-up menus, and on-line help. HP
                 DDE has many features that support event-based
                 debugging and debugging optimized code. The HP DDE's
                 modular architecture consists of a main debugger and
                 several managers. The main debugger contains support
                 for generalized debugger functions, and the managers
                 contain dependencies on specific languages, object code
                 formats, target platforms, and user interfaces.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6150G (Diagnostic, testing, debugging and evaluating
                 systems); C6115 (Programming support); C6140D (High
                 level languages); C6140B (Machine-oriented languages);
                 C6150J (Operating systems); C6180G (Graphical user
                 interfaces); C6150N (Distributed systems software)",
  classification = "722.1; 722.2; 722.4; 723.1; 723.2; 921.5; C6115
                 (Programming support); C6140B (Machine-oriented
                 languages); C6140D (High level languages); C6150G
                 (Diagnostic, testing, debugging and evaluating
                 systems); C6150J (Operating systems); C6150N
                 (Distributed systems software); C6180G (Graphical user
                 interfaces)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "assembly language; assembly languages; Assembly
                 languages; C; C language; C++; Codes (symbols);
                 commands; Commands; Computer operating systems;
                 Computer software portability; Computer workstations;
                 Data structures; debugging; Distributed debugging
                 equipment; distributed processing; Domain/OS 68K;
                 Domain/OS Prism; Embedded systems; Environment; Event
                 based debugging; event-based retargetable debugger;
                 Event-based retargetable debugger; FORTRAN; graphical
                 user; Graphical user interface; graphical user
                 interfaces; Graphical user interfaces; HP Distributed
                 Debugging; HP Distributed Debugging Environment; HP-UX
                 operating system; interface; languages; Monitoring;
                 object-oriented; operating systems (computers);
                 Optimization; optimized code; Optimized code; OSF/T
                 operating system; PA-; PA-RISC implementation; Pascal;
                 point-and-click access; Point-and-click access; Pop up
                 menus; program; Program compilers; Program debugging;
                 Program execution; program state; Program state;
                 programs; Programs; remote hosts; Remote hosts; RISC
                 implementation; Solaris; SPARC implementation;
                 Specifications; Storage allocation (computer); User
                 interfaces",
  thesaurus =    "Assembly language; C language; Distributed processing;
                 FORTRAN; Graphical user interfaces; Object-oriented
                 languages; Operating systems [computers]; Pascal;
                 Program debugging",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
  xxauthor =     "A. K. Iyengar and T. S. Grzesik and V. J. Ho-Gibson
                 and T. A. Hoover and J. R. Vasta",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1994:COD,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Compiler Optimizations and Debugging",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "37--37",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon May 27 07:22:47 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94dec/dec94_37.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-94.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1994:SPD,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "A Short Primer on Debugger Internals",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "39--39",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon May 27 07:22:47 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94dec/dec94_39.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-94.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Lee:1994:WAT,
  author =       "Daniel T. L. Lee and Akio Yamamoto",
  title =        "Wavelet Analysis: Theory and Applications",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "44--54",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94dec/dec94_44.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-94.html",
  abstract =     "Wavelet analysis has attracted attention for its
                 ability to analyze rapidly changing transient signals.
                 Any application using the Fourier transform can be
                 formulated using wavelets to provide more accurately
                 localized temporal and frequency information. This
                 paper gives an overview of wavelet analysis and
                 describes a software toolbox created by HP Laboratories
                 Japan to aid in the development of wavelet
                 applications.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6140 (Signal processing and detection); B0230
                 (Integral transforms); B0220 (Mathematical analysis);
                 C5260 (Digital signal processing); C1130 (Integral
                 transforms); C1120 (Mathematical analysis)",
  classification = "716.1; 723.1; 723.2; 921.3; 921.6; B0220
                 (Mathematical analysis); B0230 (Integral transforms);
                 B6140 (Signal processing and detection); C1120
                 (Mathematical analysis); C1130 (Integral transforms);
                 C5260 (Digital signal processing)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Changing transient signals; changing transient
                 signals; Computer software; Fast Fourier transforms;
                 Fourier; Fourier analysis; Fourier transform; Fourier
                 transforms; Functions; Gabor transform; HP Laboratories
                 Japan; Signal processing; signal processing; Signal
                 theory; Software toolbox; software toolbox; transform;
                 Wavelet analysis; wavelet analysis; Wavelet transforms;
                 wavelet transforms",
  thesaurus =    "Fourier analysis; Fourier transforms; Signal
                 processing; Wavelet transforms",
  treatment =    "A Application; T Theoretical or Mathematical",
}

@Article{Han:1994:AVO,
  author =       "Joy Xiao Han",
  title =        "Approaches to Verifying Operational Test Release
                 Vectors",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "55--59",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94dec/dec94_55.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-94.html",
  abstract =     "Five techniques are employed to minimize the time to
                 develop the test vectors used to test manufactured
                 parts on an IC component tester. These techniques have
                 proven to be a success in the Chelmsford systems lab by
                 shortening the time it takes to produce final test
                 vectors. These techniques can also be applied to
                 non-ATPG OTR vectors, since we can create vectors
                 manually to meet different needs and put them into ATPG
                 format. We characterized the entire analog circuitry
                 embedded in one chip by controlling the proper bits on
                 the scan chain.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B1130B (Computer-aided circuit analysis and design);
                 B1265 (Digital electronics); B2570 (Semiconductor
                 integrated circuits); B0170E (Production facilities and
                 engineering); C7410D (Electronic engineering
                 computing); C7410H (Computerised instrumentation);
                 C5210B (Computer-aided logic design)",
  classification = "721.3; 722.4; 723.1.1; 723.5; 902.2; B0170E
                 (Production facilities and engineering); B1130B
                 (Computer-aided circuit analysis and design); B1265
                 (Digital electronics); B2570 (Semiconductor integrated
                 circuits); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
                 systems); C5210B (Computer-aided logic design); C7410D
                 (Electronic engineering computing); C7410H
                 (Computerised instrumentation)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "analog circuitry; Analog circuitry; automatic testing;
                 chip; Chip; circuit analysis computing; circuit
                 testing; Computer debugging; Computer hardware
                 description languages; Computer simulation; Computer
                 testing; Computer workstations; Database systems;
                 Failure analysis; Flip flop circuits; IC component; IC
                 component tester; integrated; Logic circuits; logic
                 testing; manufactured parts testing; Manufactured parts
                 testing; non-ATPG OTR vectors; Non-ATPG OTR vectors;
                 operational test release vector verification;
                 Operational test release vector verification;
                 Operational test release vectors; production testing;
                 Raw waveform database; scan chain; Scan chain; Shift
                 registers; Specifications; Standards; Test patterns;
                 tester; Vectors; Verification",
  thesaurus =    "Automatic testing; Circuit analysis computing;
                 Integrated circuit testing; Logic testing; Production
                 testing",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1994:OTA,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Overview of the {Test Access Port}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "56--67",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon May 27 07:22:47 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94dec/dec94_56.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-94.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Franz:1994:EVI,
  author =       "Louis A. Franz and Jonathan C. Shih",
  title =        "Estimating the Value of Inspections and Early Testing
                 for Software Projects",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "60--67",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94dec/dec94_60.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-94.html",
  abstract =     "Detecting software defects early reduces the cost of
                 dealing with the defects later in the development
                 cycle. One HP entity used metrics data from several
                 software projects and an industry profit and loss model
                 to show the high cost of finding and fixing defects
                 late in the development cycle and during post-release.
                 The methods used by HP to integrate inspections and
                 prerelease testing into the development of an
                 information technology software project are described
                 as well as the metrics collected and the tools used to
                 collect them. Finally, an approach to using the metrics
                 data during the inspections and testing to estimate the
                 value (ROI) of investing time and effort in early
                 defect detection activities is presented.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C0310F (Software development management); C6150G
                 (Diagnostic, testing, debugging and evaluating
                 systems); C6110S (Software metrics)",
  classification = "723.1; 723.3; 723.5; 902.2; 912.2; C0310F (Software
                 development management); C6110S (Software metrics);
                 C6150G (Diagnostic, testing, debugging and evaluating
                 systems)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Computer software; cost-benefit analysis; Database
                 systems; Early defect detection activities; early
                 defect detection activities; Early testing; early
                 testing; Error detection; Estimation; Failure analysis;
                 Information technology; Information technology software
                 project; information technology software project;
                 Inspection; inspection; Inspection metrics;
                 Inspections; inspections; management; Metrics; metrics;
                 Module testing; module testing; Prerelease testing;
                 prerelease testing; Program debugging; Program
                 diagnostics; program testing; project; Project
                 management; Return on investment; Return-on-investment
                 model; return-on-investment model; Risk assessment;
                 Sales and inventory tracking system; software cost
                 estimation; Software defect reduction; software defect
                 reduction; Software defects; software development;
                 Software engineering; Software inspection; software
                 metrics; Specifications; Testing metrics; Tools; tools;
                 Unit testing; unit testing",
  thesaurus =    "Cost-benefit analysis; Inspection; Program testing;
                 Project management; Software cost estimation; Software
                 development management; Software metrics",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Williams:1994:CDM,
  author =       "Michael K. Williams and Andreas M. R. Pfaff",
  title =        "Clock design and measurement issues in {Pentium}
                 systems",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "68--77",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94dec/dec94_68.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-94.html",
  abstract =     "Design difficulties in producing a statistically
                 stable timing environment for a 66-MHz Pentium system
                 are reviewed. Many of the difficulties described easily
                 generalize to most of the other new high-speed
                 processors as well. A new, more informed approach to
                 designing well-timed systems in this performance class
                 is proposed. A variety of measurements that support
                 this approach is examined, with the discussion centered
                 on the measurement of jitter-related design
                 information. The role of stimulus equipment is also
                 examined; specifically, what impact various facets of
                 the performance of a high-stability pulse generator
                 would have on the quality of the measurement data. It
                 is shown how the HP 8133A pulse generator can be
                 employed in designs as aggressively timed as Pentium
                 and others.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5150 (Other circuits for digital computers); C5130
                 (Microprocessor chips)",
  classification = "721.3; 722.1; 722.4; 723.1; 902.2; C5130
                 (Microprocessor chips); C5150 (Other circuits for
                 digital computers)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Buffer storage; Clock design; clock design; Clock load
                 inventory; clocks; Computer software; Computer systems;
                 Computer workstations; cpu; Device under test; Fits and
                 tolerances; High speed processors; HP 8133A pulse
                 generator; Measurement issues; measurement issues;
                 Measurements; MHz Pentium system; microprocessor chips;
                 New high-speed processors; new high-speed processors;
                 Pentium system; Performance; Personal computers; Pulse
                 generators; Specifications; statistically stable 66-;
                 Statistically stable 66-MHz Pentium system;
                 Supercomputers; System jitter; systems; Systems
                 analysis; timing; Timing circuits; Verification;
                 well-timed; Well-timed systems",
  thesaurus =    "Clocks; Microprocessor chips; Timing",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Williams:1994:TMC,
  author =       "Michael K. Williams and Andreas M. R. Pfaff",
  title =        "Tolerance Mechanisms in Clock Distribution Networks",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "70--71",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon May 27 07:22:47 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94dec/dec94_70.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-94.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Mujtaba:1994:EMS,
  author =       "M. Shahid Mujtaba and R. Ritter and J. Harmon",
  title =        "Enterprise Modeling and Simulation: Complex Dynamic
                 Behavior of a Simple Model of Manufacturing",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "80--113",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94dec/dec94_80.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-94.html",
  abstract =     "Simulating a structurally simple model of a
                 manufacturing enterprise revealed complex dynamic
                 behavior. Enterprise modeling and simulation provided
                 estimates of end-of-life inventory and order delivery
                 performance based on interactions of forecast quality,
                 quoted product availability, material procurement and
                 safety stock policies, vendor lead times, product life
                 cycle, and part commonality. An unexpected result was
                 that end-of-life inventory can exist even under ideal
                 environmental conditions. Prospective applications of
                 these methods include estimating the effects of
                 incremental improvements, verifying impacts of process
                 changes, and generating enterprise behavior
                 information.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C1290F (Systems theory applications in industry);
                 C1220 (Simulation, modelling and identification); C7120
                 (Financial computing)",
  classification = "723.5; 913.1; 913.4; 921.6; C1220 (Simulation,
                 modelling and identification); C1290F (Systems theory
                 applications in industry); C7120 (Financial
                 computing)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Abstraction; behavior; changes; complex dynamic;
                 Complex dynamic behavior; Computer simulation;
                 corporate modelling; End of life inventory; End-of-life
                 inventory; end-of-life inventory; enterprise;
                 Enterprise behavior information; enterprise behavior
                 information; Enterprise modeling; enterprise modeling;
                 Enterprise modeling and simulation; Enterprise
                 simulation; enterprise simulation; environmental
                 conditions; Estimation; Forecast quality; forecast
                 quality; Forecasting; ideal; Ideal environmental
                 conditions; Incremental improvements; incremental
                 improvements; Manufacture; manufacturing; Manufacturing
                 enterprise; manufacturing industries; Material
                 procurement; material procurement; Mathematical models;
                 modelling; Nonlinear systems; order delivery; Order
                 delivery performance; Part commonality; part
                 commonality; performance; process; Process changes;
                 Process engineering; Product life cycle; product life
                 cycle; Quoted product availability; quoted product
                 availability; Safety stock policies; safety stock
                 policies; Simple manufacturing model; simple
                 manufacturing model; simulation; Systems analysis;
                 times; vendor lead; Vendor lead times",
  thesaurus =    "Corporate modelling; Manufacturing industries;
                 Modelling; Simulation",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Mujtaba:1994:AMP,
  author =       "M. Shahid Mujtaba and R. Ritter and J. Harmon",
  title =        "Appendix {I}: Mathematics of Production and Material
                 Planning for the Simple Model",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "109--111",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon May 27 07:22:47 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94dec/dec94109.pdf",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Mujtaba:1994:AIW,
  author =       "M. Shahid Mujtaba and R. Ritter and J. Harmon",
  title =        "Appendix {II}: Weekly Event Sequence",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "111--111",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon May 27 07:22:47 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94dec/dec94109.pdf",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Mujtaba:1994:AIDa,
  author =       "M. Shahid Mujtaba and R. Ritter and J. Harmon",
  title =        "Appendix {III}: Details of Part Commonality
                 Experiments",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "112--112",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon May 27 07:22:47 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94dec/dec94109.pdf",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Mujtaba:1994:AIDb,
  author =       "M. Shahid Mujtaba and R. Ritter and J. Harmon",
  title =        "Appendix {IV}: Details of Explanations for Experiments
                 0 and 1a",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "113--113",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon May 27 07:22:47 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94dec/dec94109.pdf",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1994:GTA,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Glossary of Terms and Abbreviations",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "85--85",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon May 27 07:22:47 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94dec/dec94_85.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-94.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1994:EMSa,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Enterprise Modeling and Simulation Applications in
                 Reengineering",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "86--87",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon May 27 07:22:47 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94dec/dec94_86.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-94.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1994:EMSb,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Enterprise Modeling and Simulation Research at {HP}
                 Laboratories",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "90--91",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon May 27 07:22:47 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94dec/dec94_90.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-94.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1994:SMSb,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "The Simple Model: Sponsor's Perspective",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "45",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "94--105",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1994",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon May 27 07:22:47 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/94dec/dec94_10.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-94.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Baney:1995:BFC,
  author =       "Douglas M. Baney and Wayne V. Sorin",
  title =        "Broadband Frequency Characterization of Optical
                 Receivers Using Intensity Noise",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "6--12",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95feb/feb95_6t.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-02-95.html",
  abstract =     "Methods for enhancing the dynamic range of the
                 intensity noise technique for high-frequency
                 photoreceiver calibration are proposed and
                 experimentally demonstrated. These methods combine
                 recently developed EDFA* technology with spectral
                 filtering techniques. The intensity noise calibration
                 technique is portable, easy to use, and field
                 deployable.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6260 (Optical links and equipment); B7130
                 (Measurement standards and calibration)",
  classification = "716.1; 717.2; 744.1; 902.2; 921.3; 942.2; B6260
                 (Optical links and equipment); B7130 (Measurement
                 standards and calibration)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Broadband frequency characterization; broadband
                 frequency characterization; Calibration; calibration;
                 EDFA technology; Electric frequency measurement; Fiber
                 lasers; Fourier transforms; Frequency domain analysis;
                 Frequency response; frequency response; high-frequency
                 photoreceiver; High-frequency photoreceiver
                 calibration; Impulse response; Intensity noise;
                 Intensity noise calibration; intensity noise
                 calibration; Intensity noise technique; intensity noise
                 technique; Light modulation; optical; Optical
                 communication equipment; Optical intensity; optical
                 noise; Optical receivers; optical receivers;
                 Photoreceivers; receivers; Signal filtering and
                 prediction; Signal receivers; Spectral filtering
                 techniques; spectral filtering techniques; Spectrum
                 analysis; Spectrum analyzers; Spurious signal noise",
  thesaurus =    "Calibration; Frequency response; Optical noise;
                 Optical receivers",
  treatment =    "P Practical; X Experimental",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1995:FA,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Sidebar: 1.55-mm Fiber-Optic Amplifier",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "9--9",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95feb/feb95_9.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-02-95.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Leckel:1995:EDF,
  author =       "Edgar Leckel and Jurgen Sang and Rolf Muller and
                 Clemens Ruck and Christian Hentschel",
  title =        "Erbium-Doped Fiber Amplifier Test System",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "13--19",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95feb/feb95_13.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-02-95.html",
  abstract =     "The HP 81600 Series 200 EDFA test system combines
                 various instruments with powerful software to
                 characterize erbium-doped fiber amplifiers. The system
                 is a turnkey solution with fully specified uncertainty.
                 The tunable laser source with built-in attenuator
                 provides the input power levels over the required
                 wavelength range. To guarantee the absolute power level
                 at the input of the EDFA, the power is monitored by
                 means of a coupler and a calibrated power meter. At the
                 output of the EDFA the total output power is measured
                 with a 5\% tap and a power meter. Because of the high
                 output power of the EDFA it is necessary to insert
                 attenuators in front of the power meter heads. The
                 coupler for the power meter acts as an attenuator for
                 the optical spectrum analyzer. The coupler is followed
                 by a switch and a polarization controller/filter
                 arrangement. This makes it possible to measure the
                 signal directly or via the polarization
                 controller/filter with the polarization extinction
                 method. The optical spectrum analyzer acts as a
                 wavelength-selective power measurement device.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B4320F (Fibre lasers and amplifiers); B7210B
                 (Automatic test and measurement systems); B7320P
                 (Optical variables measurement); C7410H (Computerised
                 instrumentation)",
  classification = "716.1; 723.5; 744.1; 921.6; 942.1; 942.2; B4320F
                 (Fibre lasers and amplifiers); B7210B (Automatic test
                 and measurement systems); B7320P (Optical variables
                 measurement); C7410H (Computerised instrumentation)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "attenuator; Attenuator; automatic test equipment;
                 Bandwidth; calibrated power meter; Calibrated power
                 meter; Calibration; Computer software; coupler;
                 Coupler; EDFA; EDFA test systems; erbium; Erbium doped
                 amplifiers; erbium-doped fiber amplifier test system;
                 Erbium-doped fiber amplifier test system; Fiber lasers;
                 fibre lasers; Gain; input power levels; Input power
                 levels; Interpolation; light; measurement; measurement
                 device; Noise figure; optical; optical fibre testing;
                 Optical spectrum analyzer; optical variables;
                 polarisation; polarization controller/filter;
                 Polarization controller/filter; polarization extinction
                 method; Polarization extinction method; power meter;
                 Power meter; Shot noise; Signal noise measurement;
                 Signal output power; Signal to noise ratio; source;
                 Source spontaneous emission; spectral analysers;
                 Spectrum analysis; spectrum analyzer; Spectrum
                 analyzers; switch; Switch; tunable laser; Tunable laser
                 source; Wavelength; wavelength range; Wavelength range;
                 wavelength-selective power; Wavelength-selective power
                 measurement device",
  thesaurus =    "Automatic test equipment; Erbium; Fibre lasers; Light
                 polarisation; Optical fibre testing; Optical variables
                 measurement; Spectral analysers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Ranganath:1995:MQW,
  author =       "Tirumala R. Ranganath and Michael J. Ludowise and
                 Patricia A. Beck and Dennis J. Derickson and William H.
                 Perez and Tim L. Bagwell and David M. Braun",
  title =        "Multi-Quantum-Well Ridge Waveguide Lasers for Tunable
                 External-Cavity Sources",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "20--26",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95feb/feb95_20.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-02-95.html",
  abstract =     "A new multi-quantum-well ridge waveguide laser
                 enhanced for use in a grating-tuned external-cavity
                 source has been developed. The device offers higher
                 output power and wider tunability for improved
                 performance in a new instrument. A core technology has
                 been developed for use in a variety of light-emitting
                 devices.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A4260B (Design of specific laser systems); A4260D
                 (Laser resonators and cavities); A4255P (Lasing action
                 in semiconductors); A4260F (Laser beam modulation,
                 pulsing and switching; mode locking and tuning); B4320J
                 (Semiconductor lasers); B4320L (Laser resonators and
                 cavities)",
  classification = "714.2; 741.3; 744.1; 744.4.1; 933.3; A4255P (Lasing
                 action in semiconductors); A4260B (Design of specific
                 laser systems); A4260D (Laser resonators and cavities);
                 A4260F (Laser beam modulation, pulsing and switching;
                 B4320J (Semiconductor lasers); B4320L (Laser resonators
                 and cavities); mode locking and tuning)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Band structure; Cavity resonators; cavity sources;
                 Diffraction gratings; Electronic structure; External
                 cavity sources; external-cavity source; grating-tuned;
                 Grating-tuned external-cavity source; laser cavity
                 resonators; laser tuning; Laser tuning; Laser windows;
                 Light emitting diodes; Light propagation;
                 light-emitting devices; Light-emitting devices;
                 multi-quantum-well ridge waveguide lasers;
                 Multi-quantum-well ridge waveguide lasers; Optical
                 oscillators; Optical waveguides; Organometallic vapor
                 phase epitaxy; Performance; quantum well lasers;
                 Quantum well lasers; ridge waveguides; Semiconductor
                 quantum wells; Tunability; tunable external-; Tunable
                 external-cavity sources; waveguide lasers; Waveguide
                 lasers",
  thesaurus =    "Laser cavity resonators; Laser tuning; Quantum well
                 lasers; Ridge waveguides; Waveguide lasers",
  treatment =    "N New Development; P Practical",
}

@Article{Heffner:1995:MPD,
  author =       "Brian L. Heffner and Paul R. Hernday",
  title =        "Measurement of polarization-mode dispersion",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "27--33",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95feb/feb95_27.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-02-95.html",
  abstract =     "Polarization-mode dispersion is defined and
                 characterized, using Poincare sphere and Jones matrix
                 concepts. Interferometric, wavelength scanning, and
                 Jones matrix eigenanalysis measurement methods are
                 described. Instrumentation, especially the HP 8509B
                 lightwave polarization analyzer, is discussed.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A4281C (Optical fibre testing and measurement of fibre
                 parameters); A0760F (Optical polarimetry and
                 ellipsometry); B6260 (Optical links and equipment);
                 B6430D (CATV and wired systems); B4125 (Fibre optics);
                 B7320P (Optical variables measurement)",
  classification = "711.1; 741.1; 741.1.2; 921.1; 941.3; 941.4; A0760F
                 (Optical polarimetry and ellipsometry); A4281C (Optical
                 fibre testing and measurement of fibre parameters);
                 B4125 (Fibre optics); B6260 (Optical links and
                 equipment); B6430D (CATV and wired systems); B7320P
                 (Optical variables measurement)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "8509B lightwave polarization analyzer; algebra; cable
                 television; dispersion; Eigenvalues and eigenfunctions;
                 eigenvalues and eigenfunctions; Electromagnetic
                 dispersion; Frequencies; HP; HP 8509B lightwave
                 polarization analyzer; interferometric; Interferometric
                 scanning; Interferometry; Jones matrix; Jones matrix
                 concepts; Jones matrix eigenanalysis measurement
                 methods; Light measurement; Light polarization;
                 Lightwave polarization analyzer; matrix; Matrix
                 algebra; Optical fibers; optical fibre; optical fibre
                 communication; optical fibre polarisation; Poincare
                 sphere; polarimetry; Polarization mode dispersion;
                 Polarization-mode dispersion measurement;
                 polarization-mode dispersion measurement; Refractive
                 index; Scanning; scanning; Spectrum analyzers; testing;
                 Three dimensional; Vectors; Wavelength scanning;
                 wavelength scanning",
  thesaurus =    "Cable television; Eigenvalues and eigenfunctions;
                 Matrix algebra; Optical fibre communication; Optical
                 fibre dispersion; Optical fibre polarisation; Optical
                 fibre testing; Polarimetry",
  treatment =    "P Practical; T Theoretical or Mathematical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1995:JC,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "{Jones} Calculus",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "28--28",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95feb/feb95_28.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-02-95.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1995:PS,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "The {Poincar{\'e}} Sphere",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "29--29",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95feb/feb95_29.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-02-95.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1995:HBL,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "The {HP 8509A\slash B} Lightwave Polarization
                 Analyzer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "32--32",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95feb/feb95_32.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-02-95.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Schmidt:1995:NDA,
  author =       "Siegmar Schmidt and Halmo Fischer",
  title =        "A new design approach for a programmable optical
                 attenuator",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "34--38",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95feb/feb95_34.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-02-95.html",
  abstract =     "The new HP 8156A optical attenuator offers improved
                 performance, low polarization dependent loss and
                 polarization-mode dispersion, and increased
                 versatility. It uses a birefringence-free glass filter
                 disk and a high-resolution, fast-settling filter drive
                 system. It has several new features, including a
                 separate shutter, built-in software applications, and
                 options to tailor it to different fiber-optic
                 applications. The options include standard performance,
                 high-performance, monitor and high-return-loss options
                 for single-mode fibers, and a multimode fiber option.
                 The operating wavelength range covers the two
                 fiber-optic wavelength regions around 1300 and 1550
                 nm.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7320P (Optical variables measurement); B7210B
                 (Automatic test and measurement systems); C7410H
                 (Computerised instrumentation)",
  classification = "711.1; 741.1; 741.1.1; 741.3; 941.3; B7210B
                 (Automatic test and measurement systems); B7320P
                 (Optical variables measurement); C7410H (Computerised
                 instrumentation)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "1300 nm; 1300 Nm; 1550 nm; 1550 Nm; applications;
                 attenuator; attenuators; automatic test equipment;
                 birefringence-free glass; Birefringence-free glass
                 filter disk; Calibration; design; Design; Digital
                 positioning systems; Electric attenuators;
                 Electromagnetic wave attenuation; fast-settling filter
                 drive system; Fast-settling filter drive system; fiber;
                 fiber optic; Fiber optic applications; Fiber optics;
                 filter disk; HP 8156A optical; HP 8156A optical
                 attenuator; Light polarization; low; low polarization
                 dependent loss; Low polarization dependent loss; Low
                 polarization-mode dispersion; monitor; Monitor;
                 multimode; Multimode fiber; operating wavelength range;
                 Operating wavelength range; Optical attenuator; Optical
                 design; Optical devices; optical fibre; Optical
                 filters; Optical glass; Optical instrument lenses;
                 Optical systems; optical variables measurement;
                 Performance; Polarization mode dispersion;
                 polarization-mode dispersion; programmable optical
                 attenuator; Programmable optical attenuator; shutter;
                 Shutter; software applications; Software applications;
                 testing",
  numericalindex = "Wavelength 1.3E-06 m; Wavelength 1.55E-06 m",
  thesaurus =    "Attenuators; Automatic test equipment; Optical fibre
                 testing; Optical variables measurement",
  treatment =    "N New Development",
}

@Article{Braun:1995:PRS,
  author =       "David M. Braun and Dennis J. Derickson and Luis M.
                 Fernandez and Greg D. LeCheminant",
  title =        "Precision Reflectometer with Spurious-Free Enhanced
                 Sensitivity",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "39--42",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95feb/feb95_39.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-02-95.html",
  abstract =     "The HP 8504B precision reflectometer has an improved
                 sensitivity of -80 dB at both 1300-nm and 1550-nm
                 wavelengths. All spurious responses generated within
                 the instrument itself have been significantly reduced.
                 The instrument offers fiber-optic component designers
                 and manufacturers the ability to pinpoint both large
                 and small optical reflectances.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A4281C (Optical fibre testing and measurement of fibre
                 parameters); A0760L (Optical interferometry); A0760H
                 (Optical refractometry and reflectometry); B4125 (Fibre
                 optics); B7320P (Optical variables measurement)",
  classification = "711.1; 741.1.1; 741.3; 902.2; 941.3; 941.4; A0760H
                 (Optical refractometry and reflectometry); A0760L
                 (Optical interferometry); A4281C (Optical fibre testing
                 and measurement of fibre parameters); B4125 (Fibre
                 optics); B7320P (Optical variables measurement)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "1300 Nm; 1300 nm; 1550 Nm; 1550 nm; design; Fiber
                 optics; fiber-optic component; Fiber-optic component
                 design; Frequencies; Frequency response; HP 8504B
                 precision; HP 8504B precision reflectometer;
                 Interferometers; Light reflection; Low-coherence
                 reflectometry; low-coherence reflectometry; Michelson
                 interferometer; Michelson interferometers; Optical
                 design; optical design techniques; optical fibre
                 testing; Optical reflectances; optical reflectances;
                 Optical resolving power; Optical testing; Optical
                 variables measurement; Precision reflectometer;
                 reflectometer; Reflectometers; reflectometers;
                 Sensitivity analysis; Specifications; Spurious
                 responses; spurious responses; Spurious-free enhanced
                 sensitivity; spurious-free enhanced sensitivity;
                 Wavelengths",
  numericalindex = "Wavelength 1.3E-06 m; Wavelength 1.55E-06 m",
  thesaurus =    "Michelson interferometers; Optical design techniques;
                 Optical fibre testing; Reflectometers",
  treatment =    "P Practical; X Experimental",
}

@Article{Derickson:1995:HPL,
  author =       "Dennis J. Derickson and Patricia A. Beck and Tim L.
                 Bagwell and David M. Braun and Julie E. Fouquet and
                 Forrest G. Kellert and Michael J. Ludowise and William
                 H. Perez and Tirumala R. Ranganath and Gary R. Trott
                 and Susan R. Sloan",
  title =        "High-Power, Low-Internal-Reflection, Edge Emitting
                 Light-Emitting Diodes",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "43--48",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95feb/feb95_43.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-02-95.html",
  abstract =     "A new edge emitting LED has been developed for
                 applications in optical low-coherence reflectometry. It
                 offers improved sensitivity without introducing
                 spurious responses.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B4260D (Light emitting diodes); B7320P (Optical
                 variables measurement)",
  classification = "741.1; 741.3; 941.3; B4260D (Light emitting diodes);
                 B7320P (Optical variables measurement)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Couplers; Device under test; Edge emitting light
                 emitting diodes; Edge emitting light-emitting diodes;
                 edge emitting light-emitting diodes; Frequency
                 response; Internal reflection; internal reflection;
                 light coherence; Light emitting diodes; light emitting
                 diodes; Light interference; Light reflection; Optical
                 fibers; Optical low-coherence reflectometry; optical
                 low-coherence reflectometry; Optical resolving power;
                 Optical testing; Optical variables measurement;
                 Reflectometers; reflectometry; response; Sensitivity;
                 sensitivity; Sensitivity analysis; Spectral density;
                 spurious; Spurious response; Spurious responses",
  thesaurus =    "Light coherence; Light emitting diodes; Reflectometry;
                 Sensitivity",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Miller:1995:JAH,
  author =       "Christopher M. Miller and David J. McQuate",
  title =        "Jitter Analysis of High-Speed Digital Systems",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "49--56",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95feb/feb95_49.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-02-95.html",
  abstract =     "The HP 71501B jitter and eye diagram analyzer performs
                 industry-standard jitter tolerance, jitter transfer,
                 and jitter generation measurements on Gbit/s
                 telecommunication system components. It can display
                 both the jitter spectrum and the jitter waveform to
                 help determine whether jitter is limiting the bit error
                 ratio of an optical transmission system. Designed in
                 response to customer needs to make these measurements
                 at the high transmission rates currently employed in
                 optical systems, the HP7510B can be used for
                 diagnostics and jitter analysis.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6260 (Optical links and equipment); B7210X (Other
                 instrumentation and measurement systems)",
  classification = "701.1; 722.3; 723.2; 921.3; 942.1; B6260 (Optical
                 links and equipment); B7210X (Other instrumentation and
                 measurement systems)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Bit error rate; Bit error ratio; bit error ratio; Data
                 communication systems; Diagnostics; diagnostics;
                 digital communication; Digital communication systems;
                 Digital signal processing; Electric waveforms;
                 equipment; Error correction; Eye diagram analyzer; eye
                 diagram analyzer; Fourier transforms; generation
                 measurement; High speed digital systems; High-speed
                 digital systems; high-speed digital systems; HP 71501B;
                 jitter; Jitter analysis; Jitter analyzer; jitter
                 analyzer; Jitter generation; Jitter generation
                 measurement; Jitter spectrum; jitter spectrum; Jitter
                 tolerance; jitter tolerance; Jitter transfer; jitter
                 transfer; Jitter waveform; jitter waveform; Jitter
                 waveforms; optical; optical communication; Optical
                 transmission system; Performance; spectral analysers;
                 Spectrum analysis; Spectrum analyzers;
                 Telecommunication system components; telecommunication
                 system components; transmission system",
  thesaurus =    "Digital communication; Jitter; Optical communication
                 equipment; Spectral analysers",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Maier:1995:AOT,
  author =       "Frank A. Maier and Harald Seeger",
  title =        "Automation of Optical Time-Domain Reflectometry
                 Measurements",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "57--62",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95feb/feb95_57.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-02-95.html",
  abstract =     "The HP 81700 Series 100 remote fiber test system is a
                 first-generation system consisting of a personal
                 computer controlling one or more OTDRs and optical
                 switches. It is well-suited for automated testing of
                 small fiber networks such as company networks.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A4281C (Optical fibre testing and measurement of fibre
                 parameters); A0760H (Optical refractometry and
                 reflectometry)B4125 (Fibre optics); B7320P (Optical
                 variables measurement); B7210B (Automatic test and
                 measurement systems); B6260 (Optical links and
                 equipment); C7420 (Control engineering computing);
                 C7410H (Computerised instrumentation)",
  classification = "722.4; 731.1; 732.2; 741.3; 921.6; 941.3; A0760H
                 (Optical refractometry and reflectometry); A4281C
                 (Optical fibre testing and measurement of fibre
                 parameters); B4125 (Fibre optics); B6260 (Optical links
                 and equipment); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
                 systems); B7320P (Optical variables measurement);
                 C7410H (Computerised instrumentation); C7420 (Control
                 engineering computing)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Automated testing; automated testing; automatic
                 testing; Automation; Company networks; company
                 networks; Computer control; computerised control;
                 computers; Control equipment; Error analysis; Error
                 detection; first generation; First generation system;
                 Hewlett Packard; HP 81700; HP 81700 Series 100;
                 microcomputer applications; networks; optical; Optical
                 fibers; optical fibre; optical fibre testing; Optical
                 switches; optical switches; Optical systems; Optical
                 testing; Optical time domain reflectometry; Optical
                 time-domain reflectometry measurements; optical
                 time-domain reflectometry measurements; OTDRs; Personal
                 computer; personal computer; Personal computers;
                 Reflectometers; Remote fiber test system; remote fiber
                 test system; Series 100; Small fiber networks; small
                 fiber networks; system; Time domain analysis;
                 time-domain reflectometry",
  thesaurus =    "Automatic testing; Computerised control; Hewlett
                 Packard computers; Microcomputer applications; Optical
                 fibre networks; Optical fibre testing; Optical
                 switches; Optical time-domain reflectometry",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Robrish:1995:DPN,
  author =       "Peter R. Robrish and Christopher J. Madden and Rory L.
                 VanTuyl and William R. {Trutna, Jr.}",
  title =        "Design and Performance of a Narrowband {VCO} at 282
                 {THz}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "63--66",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95feb/feb95_63.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-02-95.html",
  abstract =     "The development of extensive fiber-optic networks has
                 increased the spectral range of communication carriers
                 to frequencies in excess of 200 THz (wavelength=1500
                 nm). Test instruments designed for use with such
                 systems and their components often require signal
                 sources with good frequency control and spectral
                 purity. A single-mode optical signal source whose
                 frequency can be voltage-controlled has been developed.
                 We describe its design and performance.",
  abstract-2 =   "A single-mode optical signal source whose frequency
                 can be voltage-controlled has been developed. We
                 describe its design and performance.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1230B (Oscillators); B4320J (Semiconductor lasers)",
  classification = "741.1; 741.3; 744.1; 744.4.1; 933.1; B1230B
                 (Oscillators); B4320J (Semiconductor lasers)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "282 THz; Amplification; Bandwidth; carriers;
                 communication; Communication carriers; Crystals;
                 Diffraction gratings; Fiber-optic networks; fiber-optic
                 networks; Frequencies; Frequency control; frequency
                 control; Laser crystals; Laser tuning; Narrowband
                 lasers; Narrowband VCO; narrowband VCO; Noise
                 characteristics; Optical design; Optical signal source;
                 Optically pumped lasers; Performance; Semiconductor
                 lasers; semiconductor lasers; Single mode; Spectral
                 purity; spectral purity; Spurious signal noise;
                 Variable frequency oscillators; voltage-controlled
                 oscillators",
  numericalindex = "Frequency 2.82E+14 Hz",
  thesaurus =    "Semiconductor lasers; Voltage-controlled oscillators",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Tan:1995:SEL,
  author =       "Michael R. T. Tan and Kenneth H. Hahn and Yu-Min D.
                 Houng and Shih-Yuan Wang",
  title =        "Surface Emitting Laser for Multimode Data Link
                 Applications",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "67--71",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95feb/feb95_67.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-02-95.html",
  abstract =     "A surface emitting laser has been developed for use in
                 a multimode optical fiber data link. The laser can
                 operate in a high-order spatial mode, resulting in a
                 spectral width as wide as one nanometer and a relative
                 intensity noise (RIN) lower than -125 dB\slash Hz in a
                 multimode fiber system. Electrical and optical
                 characteristics of the surface emitting laser and the
                 epitaxial growth methods are discussed.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  chemicalindex = "InGaAs/int As/int Ga/int In/int InGaAs/ss As/ss Ga/ss
                 In/ss; GaAs/int As/int Ga/int GaAs/bin As/bin Ga/bin;
                 AlAs/int Al/int As/int AlAs/bin Al/bin As/bin;
                 AlGaAs/int Al/int As/int Ga/int AlGaAs/ss Al/ss As/ss
                 Ga/ss",
  classcodes =   "A4260B (Design of specific laser systems); A8115G
                 (Vacuum deposition); A4285D (Optical fabrication,
                 surface grinding); A4255P (Lasing action in
                 semiconductors); A4260D (Laser resonators and
                 cavities); A4260H (Laser beam characteristics and
                 interactions); B4320J (Semiconductor lasers); B6260
                 (Optical links and equipment); B0510D (Epitaxial
                 growth); B4320L (Laser resonators and cavities); B4330
                 (Laser beam interactions and properties)",
  classification = "716.1; 717.2; 741.1.2; 744.1; 931.2; 933.1.2; A4255P
                 (Lasing action in semiconductors); A4260B (Design of
                 specific laser systems); A4260D (Laser resonators and
                 cavities); A4260H (Laser beam characteristics and
                 interactions); A4285D (Optical fabrication, surface
                 grinding); A8115G (Vacuum deposition); B0510D
                 (Epitaxial growth); B4320J (Semiconductor lasers);
                 B4320L (Laser resonators and cavities); B4330 (Laser
                 beam interactions and properties); B6260 (Optical links
                 and equipment)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "980 Nm; 980 nm; AlAs; AlGaAs; beam epitaxial growth;
                 characteristics; communication; Data link; Electric
                 properties; electrical; Electrical characteristics;
                 Electronics packaging; Epitaxial growth; Epitaxial
                 growth method; epitaxial growth method; Fiber optics;
                 Frequencies; GaAs; High-order spatial mode; high-order
                 spatial mode; InGaAs; laser beams; laser cavity
                 resonators; Laser modes; laser noise; Lasers; Light
                 reflection; Mirrors; molecular; Molecular beam epitaxy;
                 Multimode data link applications; multimode data link
                 applications; Multimode fiber system; multimode fiber
                 system; Numerical aperture; Optical characteristics;
                 optical characteristics; optical fabrication; Optical
                 fiber data link; optical fiber data link; optical
                 fibre; Optical links; Optical properties; optical
                 transmitters; quantum well lasers; Relative intensity
                 noise; relative intensity noise; spectral; Spectral
                 width; Spurious signal noise; Surface emitting laser;
                 surface emitting laser; surface emitting lasers;
                 width",
  numericalindex = "Wavelength 9.8E-07 m",
  thesaurus =    "Laser beams; Laser cavity resonators; Laser noise;
                 Molecular beam epitaxial growth; Optical fabrication;
                 Optical fibre communication; Optical transmitters;
                 Quantum well lasers; Surface emitting lasers",
  treatment =    "P Practical; X Experimental",
}

@Article{Nakagawa:1995:GSW,
  author =       "Shigeru Nakagawa and Danny E. Mars and Norihide
                 Yamada",
  title =        "Generating Short-Wavelength Light Using a
                 Vertical-Cavity Laser Structure",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "72--75",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95feb/feb95_72.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-02-95.html",
  abstract =     "Second-harmonic generation from a GaAs\slash AlAs
                 vertical cavity fabricated on a (311)B GaAs substrate
                 has been demonstrated. The experimental results and a
                 theoretical analysis show that a GaAs\slash AlAs
                 vertical cavity optimized both for efficient
                 confinement of the fundamental power and for
                 quasi-phase-matching can offer efficient
                 second-harmonic generation.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  chemicalindex = "GaAs-AlAs/int AlAs/int GaAs/int Al/int As/int Ga/int
                 AlAs/bin GaAs/bin Al/bin As/bin Ga/bin",
  classcodes =   "A4260B (Design of specific laser systems); A4265K
                 (Optical harmonic generation, frequency conversion,
                 parametric oscillation and amplification); A4255P
                 (Lasing action in semiconductors); A4260D (Laser
                 resonators and cavities); A4272 (Optical sources and
                 standards); B4320J (Semiconductor lasers); B4340
                 (Nonlinear optics and devices); B4320L (Laser
                 resonators and cavities)",
  classification = "712.1.2; 714.2; 741.1; 741.3; 744.4.1; 921.6; A4255P
                 (Lasing action in semiconductors); A4260B (Design of
                 specific laser systems); A4260D (Laser resonators and
                 cavities); A4265K (Optical harmonic generation,
                 frequency conversion, parametric oscillation and
                 amplification); A4272 (Optical sources and standards);
                 B4320J (Semiconductor lasers); B4320L (Laser resonators
                 and cavities); B4340 (Nonlinear optics and devices)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "aluminium compounds; Cavity resonators; Fundamental
                 power; fundamental power; GaAs substrate; GaAs-AlAs;
                 GaAs/AlAs laser; gallium arsenide; generation; III-V
                 semiconductors; laser cavity resonators; Light
                 interference; Light propagation; Light sources; light
                 sources; Numerical analysis; optical harmonic;
                 phase-matching; Quasi phase matching; quasi-;
                 Quasi-phase-matching; Refractive index; Second harmonic
                 generation; Second-harmonic generation; second-harmonic
                 generation; Semiconducting aluminum compounds;
                 Semiconducting gallium arsenide; Semiconductor device
                 manufacture; Semiconductor lasers; semiconductor
                 lasers; Short wavelength; Short-wavelength light
                 generation; short-wavelength light generation;
                 Substrates; surface emitting lasers; Vertical cavity
                 laser; Vertical-cavity laser structure; vertical-cavity
                 laser structure",
  thesaurus =    "Aluminium compounds; Gallium arsenide; III-V
                 semiconductors; Laser cavity resonators; Light sources;
                 Optical harmonic generation; Semiconductor lasers;
                 Surface emitting lasers",
  treatment =    "T Theoretical or Mathematical; X Experimental",
}

@Article{McAuliffe:1995:NFS,
  author =       "Robert E. McAuliffe and James L. Benson and
                 Christopher B. Cain",
  title =        "A New, Flexible Sequencer Architecture for Testing
                 Complex Serial Bit Streams",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "76--90",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95feb/feb95_76.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-02-95.html",
  abstract =     "Based on a generic model of serial communication
                 systems, this architecture dramatically reduces the
                 time needed to program functional and in-circuit tests
                 for devices with serial interfaces. It is implemented
                 in a new Serial Test Card and Serial Test Language for
                 the HP 3070 family of board test systems.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1265B (Logic circuits); B7210B (Automatic test and
                 measurement systems); C5210 (Logic design methods);
                 C7410H (Computerised instrumentation)",
  classification = "714.2; 715.2; 716; 716.1; 722.2; 722.4; B1265B
                 (Logic circuits); B7210B (Automatic test and
                 measurement systems); C5210 (Logic design methods);
                 C7410H (Computerised instrumentation)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Assembly; automatic test equipment; Board test
                 systems; Communication channels (information theory);
                 complex serial bit streams; Complex serial bit streams
                 testing; Electronic equipment testing; Flexible
                 sequencer architecture; flexible sequencer
                 architecture; Generic model; generic model; HP 3070
                 series test systems; In circuit test; Interfaces
                 (computer); logic testing; Models; Printed circuit
                 boards; Printed circuit manufacture; Product design;
                 sequential; serial; Serial bit streams; Serial
                 communication systems; serial communication systems;
                 Serial interfaces; Serial test card; Serial test
                 language; serial test language; Supercomputers;
                 switching; Telecommunication systems; test card;
                 testing",
  thesaurus =    "Automatic test equipment; Logic testing; Sequential
                 switching",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{McDougal:1995:STV,
  author =       "Jay D. McDougal and William E. Young",
  title =        "Shortening the Time to Volume Production of
                 High-Performance Standard Cell {ASICs}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "91--96",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95feb/feb95_91.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-02-95.html",
  abstract =     "This paper presents methods that help reduce or even
                 eliminate the need for design iterations by increasing
                 the chance of `first time perfect' at each design step.
                 First, we discuss the methods developed for each of the
                 steps in our ASIC design process to get shortened
                 throughput time and reduced design iterations while
                 still producing high-performance components. Next, we
                 present the results of applying these methods to the
                 design of a CMOS ASIC that is used in HP's X-terminal
                 products. Coding guidelines for behavioral modeling and
                 a process for generating wire load models that satisfy
                 most timing constraints early in the design cycle are
                 some of the techniques used in the design process for
                 standard cell ASICs.",
  abstract-2 =   "Coding guidelines for behavioral modeling and a
                 process for generating wire load models that satisfy
                 most timing constraints early in the design cycle are
                 some of the techniques used in the design process for
                 standard cell ASICs.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B2570D (CMOS integrated circuits); B2570A (Integrated
                 circuit modelling and process simulation); B0170C
                 (Project and design engineering); B1265B (Logic
                 circuits)",
  classification = "713.4; 714.2; 723.1; 723.1.1; 723.5; B0170C (Project
                 and design engineering); B1265B (Logic circuits);
                 B2570A (Integrated circuit modelling and process
                 simulation); B2570D (CMOS integrated circuits)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Application specific integrated circuits; application
                 specific integrated circuits; Behavioral modeling;
                 behavioral modeling; circuits; CMOS ASIC; CMOS
                 integrated; Codes (symbols); coding; Coding guidelines;
                 Computer hardware description languages; Computer
                 simulation; Constraint theory; Design aids; Design
                 flow; Design iterations; design iterations;
                 Flowcharting; guidelines; High level languages; HP
                 X-terminal products; integrated circuit; integrated
                 circuit design; Integrated circuit layout; Integrated
                 circuit manufacture; integrated circuit technology;
                 logic design; modelling; Standard cell; Standard cell
                 ASIC design; standard cell ASIC design; throughput;
                 Throughput time reduction; time reduction; Timing
                 circuits; Timing constraints; Wire load models; wire
                 load models",
  thesaurus =    "Application specific integrated circuits; CMOS
                 integrated circuits; Integrated circuit design;
                 Integrated circuit modelling; Integrated circuit
                 technology; Logic design",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Raje:1995:FII,
  author =       "Prasad Raje",
  title =        "A Framework for Insight into the Impact of
                 Interconnect on 0.35-$ \mu $ m {VLSI} Performance",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "97--104",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95feb/feb95_97.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-02-95.html",
  abstract =     "A design and learning tool, called advanced
                 interconnect modeling (AIM), provides VLSI circuit and
                 technology designers with the capability to model,
                 optimize, and scale total delay in the presence of
                 interconnect. AIM includes circuit and process
                 technology variables while providing a framework to
                 manage a large design space. AIM is also
                 computationally efficient while accounting for
                 important effects like interline capacitance and
                 distributed RCs. It also serves as a bridge between
                 circuit and technology designers to allow for combined
                 optimization of interconnects in both domains. This
                 paper describes the delay model used in AIM, its
                 implementation and verification, and some example
                 analyses.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B2570A (Integrated circuit modelling and process
                 simulation); B2570K (Mixed technology integrated
                 circuits); B2570D (CMOS integrated circuits); B2550F
                 (Metallisation and interconnection technology)",
  classification = "701.1; 713.4; 714.2; 723.1.1; 723.5; 921.5; B2550F
                 (Metallisation and interconnection technology); B2570A
                 (Integrated circuit modelling and process simulation);
                 B2570D (CMOS integrated circuits); B2570K (Mixed
                 technology integrated circuits)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "0.35 Mum; 0.35 mum; Advanced interconnect modeling;
                 advanced interconnect modeling; BiCMOS analogue
                 integrated circuits; BiCMOS IC; Building block;
                 Capacitance; circuit interconnections; circuits; CMOS
                 IC; CMOS integrated; Computer aided software
                 engineering; Computer hardware description languages;
                 Computer simulation; Delay circuits; Delay model; delay
                 model; delays; design; Design aids; Electric
                 resistance; Electric wiring; IC; IC design; IC
                 modelling; integrated; integrated circuit design;
                 Integrated circuit layout; integrated circuit
                 modelling; Interconnect; Interconnects; interconnects;
                 Interline capacitance; interline capacitance;
                 Microprocessor chips; Optimization; Performance; Total
                 delay; VLSI; VLSI chips; VLSI circuits",
  numericalindex = "Size 3.5E-07 m",
  thesaurus =    "BiCMOS analogue integrated circuits; CMOS integrated
                 circuits; Delays; Integrated circuit design; Integrated
                 circuit interconnections; Integrated circuit modelling;
                 VLSI",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Lam:1995:SDF,
  author =       "William K. Lam",
  title =        "Synthesis of 100\% Delay Fault Testable Combinational
                 Circuits by Cube Partitioning",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "105--109",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95feb/feb95105.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-02-95.html",
  abstract =     "High-performance systems require rigorous testing for
                 path delay faults. A synthesis algorithm is proposed
                 that produces a 100\% path delay fault testable
                 function with a minimal set of test pins.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1265B (Logic circuits); C5210 (Logic design methods);
                 C5120 (Logic and switching circuits)",
  classification = "703.1.2; 713.4; 721.2; 721.3; 902.2; 921.6; B1265B
                 (Logic circuits); C5120 (Logic and switching circuits);
                 C5210 (Logic design methods)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Algorithms; and gate; Boolean functions; circuits;
                 combinational; Combinational circuits; combinational
                 circuits; Combinatorial circuits; Computer aided logic
                 design; Cube partitioning; cube partitioning; Delay
                 circuits; delays; Electric network synthesis; Electron
                 device testing; fault diagnosis; Flip flop circuits;
                 Inverters (gates); logic; Logic gates; logic testing;
                 partitioning; Path delay fault testing; path delay
                 fault testing; Path delay faults; Robustly path delay
                 fault testable; Specifications; Synthesis algorithm;
                 synthesis algorithm; Test pins; Testable function;
                 testable function",
  thesaurus =    "Combinational circuits; Delays; Fault diagnosis; Logic
                 partitioning; Logic testing",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1995:BSF,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Bridging and Stuck-At Faults",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "110--110",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95feb/feb95111.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-02-95.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Aitken:1995:BMB,
  author =       "Robert C. Aitken and Peter C. Maxwell",
  title =        "Better models or better algorithms? Techniques to
                 improve fault diagnosis",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "110--116",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95feb/feb95110.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-02-95.html",
  abstract =     "The simple stuck-at fault model paired with a complex
                 fault diagnosis algorithm is compared against the
                 bridging fault model paired with a simple fault
                 diagnosis algorithm to determine which approach
                 produces the best fault diagnosis in CMOS VLSI
                 circuits. These models and algorithms are compared both
                 on known bridging defects from actual chips, and since
                 the available sample of known bridging faults is small,
                 on a larger sample of simulated bridging faults. Only
                 voltage testing is considered in this analysis. In
                 addition, we employ a single fault model in all cases,
                 both for simplicity and because in many of the cases of
                 interest for diagnosis, single-site defects are more
                 likely. A part that failed its functional package test,
                 for example, probably contains only a single defect, or
                 it would not have passed its numerous tests at the
                 wafer level and its parametric tests at the package
                 level.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1130B (Computer-aided circuit analysis and design);
                 B2570D (CMOS integrated circuits); C7410D (Electronic
                 engineering computing)",
  classification = "701.1; 714.2; 723.1; 723.5; B1130B (Computer-aided
                 circuit analysis and design); B2570D (CMOS integrated
                 circuits); C7410D (Electronic engineering computing)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Algorithms; Bridging; Bridging fault model; bridging
                 fault model; circuit analysis computing; CMOS
                 integrated circuits; CMOS VLSI circuits; complex fault;
                 Complex fault diagnosis algorithm; Computer aided
                 analysis; Computer simulation; defects; diagnosis;
                 diagnosis algorithm; Electric fault location;
                 Electronics packaging; Failing test vectors; Failure
                 analysis; fault; Fault diagnosis; fault diagnosis;
                 Functional package test; functional package test;
                 Heuristic programming; known bridging; Known bridging
                 defects; Microprocessor chips; simple fault; Simple
                 fault diagnosis algorithm; Simple stuck-at fault model;
                 simple stuck-at fault model; Simulated bridging faults;
                 simulated bridging faults; single-; Single-site
                 defects; site defects; Stuck at fault model; VLSI; VLSI
                 circuits; Voltage testing; voltage testing",
  thesaurus =    "Circuit analysis computing; CMOS integrated circuits;
                 Fault diagnosis; VLSI",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1995:PD,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Potential Detection",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "115--115",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95feb/feb95115.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-02-95.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1995:Aa,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Authors",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "117--123",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon May 27 10:38:27 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95feb/febauth.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-02-95.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Pearson:1995:LCH,
  author =       "Roger A. Pearson",
  title =        "A Low-Cost, High-Performance {PA-RISC} Workstation
                 with Built-In Graphics, Multimedia, and Networking
                 Capabilities",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "6--11",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95apr/apr95_6t.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-04-95.html",
  abstract =     "Designing as a set the three VLSI components that
                 provide the core functions of CPU, I/O, and graphics
                 for the HP 9000 Model 712 workstation balanced
                 performance and cost and simplified the interfaces
                 between components, allowing designers to create a
                 system with high performance at a low cost. The three
                 new VLSI chips provide most of the functionality of the
                 Model 712 workstation. The PA 7100LC CPU chip
                 interfaces directly to the cache and main memory. The
                 LASI (LAN/ SCSI) chip does most of the core I/O needed
                 for entry-level workstations. The graphics subsystem
                 consists of the graphics chip and the frame buffer
                 VRAMs. All three chips communicate through the GSC
                 (general system connect) bus. The Models 712/60 and
                 712/80 are very similar and differ only in their cache
                 sizes and cache speeds and in the main system clock
                 speeds.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays); C5430
                 (Microcomputers); C5220 (Computer architecture); C6130M
                 (Multimedia)",
  classification = "711.1; 714.2; 722.1; 722.3; 722.4; 723.5; C5220
                 (Computer architecture); C5430 (Microcomputers); C5540
                 (Terminals and graphic displays); C6130M (Multimedia)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Buffer storage; built-in graphics; Built-in graphics;
                 cache; Cache; cache storage; chip; Computer graphics;
                 Computer workstations; computing; CPU; Data
                 communication equipment; Electromagnetic compatibility;
                 Electromagnetic wave interference; Electromagnetic wave
                 interference control; Expansion cards; general system
                 connect bus; General system connect bus; graphics;
                 Graphics; graphics subsystem c; Graphics subsystem c;
                 high-performance PA-RISC workstation; High-performance
                 PA-RISC workstation; HP 9000 Model 712 workstation;
                 I/O; Integrated circuit layout; Interfaces (computer);
                 LAN/SCSI chip; LASI; Local area networks; multimedia;
                 Multimedia; multimedia systems; networking
                 capabilities; Networking capabilities; PA 7100LC CPU;
                 PA 7100LC CPU chip; Printed circuit design; Processor;
                 Random access storage; reduced instruction set; Single
                 inline memory modules; Telephony; VLSI; VLSI circuits;
                 VLSI components; workstations",
  thesaurus =    "Cache storage; Multimedia systems; Reduced instruction
                 set computing; VLSI; Workstations",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Bass:1995:PMC,
  author =       "Mick Bass and Patrick Knebel and David W. Quint and
                 William L. Walker",
  title =        "The {PA 7100LC} Microprocessor: {A} Case Study of {IC}
                 Design Decisions in a Competitive Environment",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "12--22",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95apr/apr95_12.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-04-95.html",
  abstract =     "Engineering design decisions made during the early
                 stages of a product's development is crucial to a
                 product's success. In the case of Hewlett--Packard, the
                 careful design decisions made led to the creation of a
                 low-cost, single-chip processor core --- the PA 7100LC
                 --- that includes a built-in memory controller, a
                 combined variable-size off-chip primary instruction and
                 data cache, a 1K-byte on-chip instruction buffer, and a
                 superscalar execution unit with two integer units and
                 one floating-point unit with reduced size and
                 performance. {I${}_{DDQ}$}, sample-on-the-fly, and
                 debug modes were added to enhance testability, reduce
                 test cost and accelerate the post-silicon schedule.
                 With the PA 7100LC processor, Hewlett--Packard has
                 demonstrated an ability to make design decisions in a
                 manner that leads to products having a strong
                 competitive position in the areas of cost, performance,
                 quality and time to market.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1265F (Microprocessors and microcomputers); C5130
                 (Microprocessor chips)",
  classification = "714.2; 722; 722.4; 911; 912.2; 912.4; B1265F
                 (Microprocessors and microcomputers); C5130
                 (Microprocessor chips)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Buffer storage; Central processing unit; Computer
                 hardware; Computer systems; Computer workstations;
                 Costs; Decision making; Design decision; design
                 decisions; Electronics packaging; engineering;
                 Engineering design decisions; Engineers; Floating point
                 unit; I/O controller; IC design decisions; Integrated
                 circuit layout; Memory controller; Microprocessor
                 chips; microprocessor chips; PA 7100LC microprocessor;
                 Performance; performance; Random access storage;
                 Reliability; reliability; Time to market; time to
                 market",
  thesaurus =    "Microprocessor chips",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Bass:1995:DMP,
  author =       "Mick Bass and Terry W. Blanchard and D. Douglas
                 Josephson and Duncan Weir and Daniel L. Halperin",
  title =        "Design methodologies for the {PA 7100LC}
                 microprocessor",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "23--35",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95apr/apr95_23.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-04-95.html",
  abstract =     "During the development of the PA 7100LC
                 microprocessor, engineers created several methodologies
                 that provided the framework for implementing the design
                 decisions that were made throughout the project. This
                 article explores several of these methodologies, which
                 were crucial to the successful product implementation.
                 For each methodology, the design decisions that
                 impacted the methodology are discussed as well as the
                 alternatives that were considered and the course that
                 were chosen. The areas in which these methodologies
                 were developed include control synthesis, place and
                 route, production test, processor diagnosability,
                 presilicon verification, and postsilicon
                 verification.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1265F (Microprocessors and microcomputers); C5130
                 (Microprocessor chips)",
  classification = "714.2; 721.2; 722; 722.1; 723.5; 912.2; B1265F
                 (Microprocessors and microcomputers); C5130
                 (Microprocessor chips)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Algorithms; Buffer storage; Computer hardware;
                 Computer simulation; Computer simulation languages;
                 Control circuitry; Decision making; Design decision;
                 Design methodologies; design methodologies; features;
                 In circuit emulation; Integrated circuit layout;
                 Integrated circuit testing; integrated circuit testing;
                 Logic devices; Microprocessor chips; microprocessor
                 chips; PA 7100LC microprocessor; Postsilicon electrical
                 verification; Processor chip testing; processor chip
                 testing; product; Product features; Programmable logic
                 array; Sample on the fly testing; Simulators; Verilog
                 modeling language",
  thesaurus =    "Integrated circuit testing; Microprocessor chips",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Spencer:1995:SC,
  author =       "Thomas V. Spencer and Frank J. Lettang and Curtis R.
                 McAllister and Anthony L. Riccio and Joseph F. Orth and
                 Brian K. Arnold",
  title =        "An {I/O} System on a Chip",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "36--42",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95apr/apr95_36.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-04-95.html",
  abstract =     "The heart of the I/O subsystem for the HP 9000 Model
                 712 workstation is a custom VLSI chip that is optimized
                 to minimize the manufacturing cost of the system while
                 maintaining functional compatibility and comparable
                 performance with existing members of the Series 700
                 family. Named LASI (for LAN and SCSI), the chip was
                 designed in a 0.8-$ \mu $ m CMOS process and contains
                 520,000 FETs. Other I/O functionality implemented on
                 LASI include: RS-232, Centronics parallel interface, a
                 battery-backed real-time clock and two PS/2-style
                 keyboard and mouse ports. In addition, LASI provides a
                 simple way of connecting the WD37C65C flexible disk
                 controller chip to the GSC bus. LASI also contains GSC
                 and reset control that further reduce the amount of
                 discrete logic required in the system.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5610P (Peripheral interfaces); C5540 (Terminals and
                 graphic displays)",
  classification = "713.4; 714.2; 722; 722.2; 722.3; 722.4; C5540
                 (Terminals and graphic displays); C5610P (Peripheral
                 interfaces)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "comparable; Comparable performance; Computer hardware;
                 Computer peripheral equipment; Computer software
                 portability; Computer workstations; Custom VLSI chip;
                 custom VLSI chip; Errors; Functional compatibility;
                 functional compatibility; HP 9000 model 712
                 workstation; I/O system; Integrated circuit layout;
                 Integrated circuit testing; Interfaces (computer);
                 Local area networks; Manufacturing cost; manufacturing
                 cost; performance; peripheral interfaces; Phase locked
                 loop clock generators; Printed circuit boards; Real
                 time clock; Series 700 family; systems analysis; Timing
                 circuits; VLSI; VLSI circuits; workstations",
  thesaurus =    "Peripheral interfaces; VLSI; Workstations",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Martin:1995:IGA,
  author =       "Paul Martin",
  title =        "An Integrated Graphics Accelerator for a Low-Cost
                 Multimedia Workstation",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "43--50",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95apr/apr95_43.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-04-95.html",
  abstract =     "The graphics subsystem of the Model 712 workstation is
                 a high-performance, low-cost solution that sits
                 directly on the system bus of the Model 712 and
                 consists of the graphics chip, a video RAM-based frame
                 buffer, and a few support chips. The project goals
                 closely reflect those of the overall HP 9000 Model 712
                 program. Designing with a system focus and extracting
                 as much performance and functionality as possible from
                 available technology results in a highly integrated
                 graphics chip that consumes very little board area and
                 power and is 50\% faster and five times less expensive
                 than its predecessor.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays); C5430
                 (Microcomputers); C6130M (Multimedia)",
  classification = "714.2; 722; 722.1; 722.2; 722.4; 723.5; C5430
                 (Microcomputers); C5540 (Terminals and graphic
                 displays); C6130M (Multimedia)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "buffer; computer graphic equipment; Computer graphics;
                 Computer graphics equipment; Computer hardware;
                 Computer software; Computer workstations; Costs; Data
                 storage equipment; Data transfer; Field effect
                 transistors; Graphics accelerator; Graphics chip;
                 Graphics subsystem; Highly integrated graphics chip;
                 highly integrated graphics chip; Integrated circuits;
                 Integrated graphics accelerator; integrated graphics
                 accelerator; low-cost multimedia; Low-cost multimedia
                 workstation; Model 712 workstation; Multimedia;
                 multimedia computing; Performance; System bus; systems
                 analysis; Technology; video RAM-based frame; Video
                 RAM-based frame buffer; workstation; workstations",
  thesaurus =    "Computer graphic equipment; Multimedia computing;
                 Workstations",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Barkans:1995:HCR,
  author =       "Anthony C. Barkans",
  title =        "{HP} Color Recovery Technology",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "51--59",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95apr/apr95_51.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-04-95.html",
  abstract =     "Hewlett--Packard has developed a technique called HP
                 Color Recovery which provides a method for displaying
                 millions of colors within the cost constraints of an
                 8-plane system. In essence, an HP Color Recovery system
                 takes 24-bit true color data generated by an
                 application and dithers it down to eight bits for
                 storage in the frame buffer. As the frame buffer data
                 is scanned from the frame buffer to the display, it
                 passes through a specialized digital signal processing
                 (DSP) hardware where the work of producing millions of
                 color is performed. Applications do not need to be
                 changed to take advantage of the HP Color Recovery.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
  classification = "722.1; 722.2; 723; 723.2; 723.5; 741.1; C5540
                 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Buffer storage; Color; Color computer graphics; Color
                 planes; color planes; Color theory; computer graphic
                 equipment; Computer graphics equipment; Computer
                 software; Digital signal processing; Digital signal
                 processing circuit; Dither; entry; Entry level graphics
                 devices; HP Color Recovery technology; Image coding;
                 Image enhancement; Image quality; Interactive computer
                 graphics; Interactive devices; interactive devices;
                 interactive terminals; level graphics devices;
                 Technology",
  thesaurus =    "Computer graphic equipment; Interactive terminals",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1995:TC,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "True Color",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "52--52",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon May 27 08:32:08 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95apr/apr95_52.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-04-95.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Lee:1995:RSM,
  author =       "Ruby B. Lee and John P. Beck and Joel Lamb and Kenneth
                 E. Severson",
  title =        "Real-time software {MPEG} video decoder on
                 multimedia-enhanced {PA 7100LC} processors",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "60--68",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95apr/apr95_60.pdf",
  abstract =     "With a combination of software and hardware
                 optimizations, including the availability of PA-RISC
                 multimedia instructions, a software video player
                 running on a low-end workstation is able to play MPEG
                 compressed video at 30 frames/s. In this paper, we
                 discuss the support of MPEG-compressed video as a new
                 (video) data type. In particular, we discuss the
                 technology that enables the video player integrated
                 into the HP MPower 2.0 product to play back
                 MPEG-compressed video at real-time rates of up to 30
                 frames per second.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6140C (Optical information, image and video signal
                 processing); C5260B (Computer vision and image
                 processing techniques); C5540 (Terminals and graphic
                 displays); C5220 (Computer architecture)",
  classification = "714.2; 722; 723; 723.2; 902.2; 911; B6140C (Optical
                 information, image and video signal processing); C5220
                 (Computer architecture); C5260B (Computer vision and
                 image processing techniques); C5540 (Terminals and
                 graphic displays)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Algorithms; Computer hardware; Computer software;
                 Computer workstations; computing; Costs; Decoding;
                 decoding; Hardware optimizations; hardware
                 optimizations; Image compression; Image decoding; Image
                 processing; low-end; Low-end workstation;
                 Microprocessor chips; MPEG decoding; MPEG-compressed
                 video; Multimedia; multimedia computing; multimedia
                 instructions; multimedia-enhanced; Multimedia-enhanced
                 PA 7100LC processors; PA 7100LC processors; PA-RISC;
                 PA-RISC multimedia instructions; Real-time software
                 MPEG video decoder; real-time software MPEG video
                 decoder; reduced instruction set; Software video
                 decoder; Software video player; software video player;
                 Standards; video coding; workstation; workstations",
  pagecount =    "8",
  thesaurus =    "Decoding; Multimedia computing; Reduced instruction
                 set computing; Video coding; Workstations",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Lee:1995:RTS,
  author =       "Ruby B. Lee and John P. Beck and Joel Lamb and Kenneth
                 E. Severson",
  title =        "Real-Time Software {MPEG} Video Decoder on
                 Multimedia-Enhanced {PA 7100LC} Processors",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "63--68",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon May 27 08:32:08 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-04-95.html",
  abstract =     "With a combination of software and hardware
                 optimizations, including the availability of PA-RISC
                 multimedia instructions, a software video player
                 running on a low-end workstation is able to play MPEG
                 compressed video at 30 frames/s.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1995:OIP,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Overview of the Implementation of the {PA 7100LC}
                 Multimedia Enhancements",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "66--66",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon May 27 08:32:08 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95apr/apr95_66.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-04-95.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Tucker:1995:HTI,
  author =       "S. Paul Tucker",
  title =        "{HP TeleShare}: Integrating Telephone Capabilities on
                 a Computer Workstation",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "69--74",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95apr/apr95_69.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-04-95.html",
  abstract =     "HP TeleShare efficiently integrates telephone
                 communications capability with a low-cost computer
                 workstation. Context switches between the display and
                 the telephone are minimized by integrating the
                 telephone into the computer system and providing an
                 easy-to-use graphical user interface. Voice, fax, and
                 high-speed data models are supported using flexible
                 digital signal processing technology.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6210H (Facsimile transmission); B2570 (Semiconductor
                 integrated circuits); C5690 (Other data communication
                 equipment and techniques); C5540 (Terminals and graphic
                 displays)",
  classification = "714.2; 718.1; 722.2; 722.3; 723.2; 723.5; B2570
                 (Semiconductor integrated circuits); B6210H (Facsimile
                 transmission); C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays);
                 C5690 (Other data communication equipment and
                 techniques)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Application specific integrated circuits; application
                 specific integrated circuits; Codec; computer; Computer
                 applications; Computer workstation; Computer
                 workstations; Data access arrangement; data
                 communication; Data compression; Data transfer; data
                 transfer; Digital signal processor; equipment; Error
                 correction; Facsimile; Facsimile equipment; facsimile
                 equipment; Graphical user interfaces; HP 9000 Model 712
                 workstation; HP TeleShare; I/O card; Integrating
                 telephone capabilities; integrating telephone
                 capabilities; Microprocessor chips; Modems; Network
                 protocols; Special interface ASIC; special interface
                 ASIC; Telephone lines; Voice fax; voice fax; Voice mode
                 operation; Voice/data communication systems;
                 workstation; workstations",
  pagecount =    "5",
  thesaurus =    "Application specific integrated circuits; Data
                 communication equipment; Facsimile equipment;
                 Workstations",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1995:CI,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "{Caller-ID}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "72--72",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon May 27 08:32:08 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95apr/apr95_72.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-04-95.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1995:CPD,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Call Progress, {DTMF} Tones, and Tone Detection",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "73--73",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon May 27 08:32:08 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95apr/apr95_73.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-04-95.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Roesner:1995:PDM,
  author =       "Arlen L. Roesner",
  title =        "Product design of the {Model} 712 workstation and
                 external peripherals",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "75--78",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95apr/apr95_75.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-04-95.html",
  abstract =     "The new HP 9000 Model 712 workstation and the
                 peripherals that go with a product are a good example
                 of computer integration and simplicity. The
                 workstation, while providing a new class of
                 performance, pushed the envelope of product design by
                 utilizing relatively few and inexpensive parts. In
                 addition, the product promotes good product stewardship
                 by making parts easy to identify and recycle. Customers
                 find the hardware easy to manage because there are no
                 fasteners to deal with, and all the components snap or
                 drop into place.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
  classification = "714.2; 722.1; 722.2; 722.4; C5540 (Terminals and
                 graphic displays)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Computer peripheral equipment; Computer systems;
                 Computer workstations; Customer ease of use;
                 Environmentally friendly materials; environmentally
                 friendly materials; External peripherals; external
                 peripherals; Hard disk storage; Integrated functions;
                 integrated functions; Manufacturability; Model 712
                 workstation; Printed circuit boards; Product design;
                 product design; Product stewardship; product
                 stewardship; User interfaces; workstations",
  thesaurus =    "Workstations",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Bowers:1995:DLC,
  author =       "Dennis A. Bowers and Gerard M. Enkerlin and Karen L.
                 Murillo",
  title =        "Development of a Low-Cost, High-Performance, Multiuser
                 Business Server System",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "79--84",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95apr/apr95_79.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-04-95.html",
  abstract =     "The HP 9000 Series 800 Models E25, E35, E45, and E55
                 (Ex5) and the HP 3000 Series 908, 918, 928, and 938
                 (9x8) business servers were developed as low-cost,
                 performance enhanced replacements for the HP 9000 F
                 Series and low end G Series and the HP 3000 Series 917,
                 927, 937, and 947. The development of the PA-RISC PA
                 7100LC processor chip and the LASI (LAN/SCSI) I/O
                 interface and the evolution of DRAMs for main memory
                 enabled the development of these low-end servers. The
                 priorities for the Models Ex5 and Series 9x8 server
                 project were short time to market, low cost, and
                 improved performance. The functionality and quality of
                 the new servers were to be as good as the products they
                 were replacing, if not better. The challenge was to get
                 these new servers to market as soon as possible so that
                 HP could continue to be competitive in the business
                 server market and their customers could benefit from
                 better performance at a lower price.",
  abstract-2 =   "Using leveraged technology, an aggressive system team,
                 and clearly emphasized priorities, several versions of
                 low-end multiuser systems were developed in record time
                 while dramatically improving the product's availability
                 to customers.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5630 (Networking equipment); C5430 (Microcomputers);
                 C5690 (Other data communication equipment and
                 techniques)",
  classification = "714.2; 722.1; 722.2; 722.4; 911.4; C5430
                 (Microcomputers); C5630 (Networking equipment); C5690
                 (Other data communication equipment and techniques)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "3000 Series; Buffer storage; chip; Computer systems;
                 Costs; Data storage equipment; DRAMs; Hewlett Packard
                 computers; HP; HP 3000 Series; HP 9000 F Series; HP
                 9000 Series 800; I/O interface; LAN/SCSI; LASI;
                 Marketing; Microprocessor chips; Models Ex5; multiuser
                 business server system; Multiuser business server
                 system; network servers; PA-RISC PA 7100LC processor;
                 PA-RISC PA 7100LC processor chip; Performance; Random
                 access storage; Series 9x8; Server system;
                 Specifications; User interfaces; VLSI circuits",
  thesaurus =    "Hewlett Packard computers; Network servers",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Keremitsis:1995:HDS,
  author =       "Eileen Keremitsis and Ian J. Fuller",
  title =        "{HP Distributed Smalltalk}: {A} Tool for Developing
                 Distributed Applications",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "85--92",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95apr/apr95_85.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-04-95.html",
  abstract =     "HP Distributed Smalltalk is an integrated set of
                 frameworks that provides an advanced object-oriented
                 environment for rapid development and deployment of
                 multi-user, enterprise-wide distributed applications.
                 It leverages the ParcPlace Small talk language and the
                 VisualWorks development environment. Customers can
                 advantage of HP Distributed Smalltalk's easy-to-use
                 development environment to create distributed solutions
                 to compete effectively in the global marketplace.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6115 (Programming support); C6110J (Object-oriented
                 programming); C6140D (High level languages)",
  classification = "722.2; 722.3; 722.4; 723.1; 723.5; 903.4; C6110J
                 (Object-oriented programming); C6115 (Programming
                 support); C6140D (High level languages)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "applications; Computer aided software engineering;
                 Computer programming languages; Data communication
                 systems; Data processing; Database systems; Debugger;
                 development environment; Distributed computer systems;
                 enterprise-wide distributed; Enterprise-wide
                 distributed applications; HP distributed Smalltalk;
                 Information services; Interface definition language;
                 Network protocols; Object oriented programming; Object
                 request broker; object-oriented; Object-oriented
                 development environment; object-oriented programming;
                 Program compilers; programming environments; Rapid
                 prototyping; Smalltalk; Software tool; software tool;
                 software tools; User interfaces",
  thesaurus =    "Object-oriented programming; Programming environments;
                 Smalltalk; Software tools",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1995:OMGa,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "{Object Management Group}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "86--86",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon May 27 08:32:08 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95apr/apr95_86.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-04-95.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Yousefi:1995:SSB,
  author =       "Manny Yousefi and Adel Ghoneimy and Wulf Rehder",
  title =        "A {Software Solution Broker} for technical
                 consultants",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "93--101",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95apr/apr95_93.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-04-95.html",
  abstract =     "A distributed client-server system gives HP's
                 worldwide technical consultants easy access to the
                 latest HP and non-HP software products and tools for
                 customer demonstrations and prototyping. HP Software
                 Solution Broker is available now to HP consultants.
                 Defining and creating a decision support system is, of
                 course, not play but serious work. However, the ease
                 and immediacy of the Broker, the ample choices, and
                 many helpful hints make even urgent business problem
                 solving an experimental sport. Best of all, the
                 consultant receives these products and tools, together
                 with support and on-line documentation, free of
                 charge.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C0310B (Computer facilities); C7102 (Decision support
                 systems); C6180G (Graphical user interfaces); C6150N
                 (Distributed systems software)",
  classification = "722.2; 722.3; 722.4; 723.1; 723.3; 723.5; C0310B
                 (Computer facilities); C6150N (Distributed systems
                 software); C6180G (Graphical user interfaces); C7102
                 (Decision support systems)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Business problem solving; business problem solving;
                 client-server system; client-server systems;
                 Computational linguistics; Computer aided design;
                 Computer aided software engineering; computer purchase;
                 Computer software; consultancies; Customer
                 demonstrations; customer demonstrations; Database
                 systems; Decision support system; decision support
                 system; decision support systems; distributed;
                 Distributed client-server system; Distributed computer
                 systems; documentation; DP industry; graphical user;
                 Graphical user interfaces; Hewlett Packard computers;
                 interfaces; Local area networks; Object oriented
                 programming; online; Online documentation; Product
                 encapsulation; Prototyping; prototyping; Software
                 solution broker; Software Solution Broker; Software
                 substrate; Technical consultants; technical
                 consultants; UNIX; Wide area networks",
  pagecount =    "8",
  thesaurus =    "Client-server systems; Computer purchase;
                 Consultancies; Decision support systems; DP industry;
                 Graphical user interfaces; Hewlett Packard computers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1995:Ab,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Authors",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "96--100",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon May 27 10:12:53 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95apr/apr95_11.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-04-95.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1995:HSS,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "{HP} Software Solution Broker Accessible Products",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "98--98",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon May 27 08:32:08 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95apr/apr95_98.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-04-95.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Benzel:1995:BBW,
  author =       "Jack D. Benzel",
  title =        "Bugs in Black and White: Imaging {IC} Logic Levels
                 with Voltage Contrast",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "102--106",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95apr/apr95_1b.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-04-95.html",
  abstract =     "Voltage contrast imaging allows tracking down of
                 functional bugs and electrical margin issues and other
                 logical level problems on operating integrated circuits
                 (IC) design using a scanning electron microscope (SEM).
                 This paper shows an overview of voltage contrast and
                 the methods developed to image the failure of dynamic
                 circuits in the floating-point compressor circuitry of
                 the HP PA 7100LC processor chip.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1265F (Microprocessors and microcomputers); B0170E
                 (Production facilities and engineering); B2570
                 (Semiconductor integrated circuits); C5130
                 (Microprocessor chips); C5230 (Digital arithmetic
                 methods)",
  classification = "714.2; 721.3; 741.3; B0170E (Production facilities
                 and engineering); B1265F (Microprocessors and
                 microcomputers); B2570 (Semiconductor integrated
                 circuits); C5130 (Microprocessor chips); C5230 (Digital
                 arithmetic methods)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Bugs; bugs; circuitry; Device under test; Dynamic
                 circuits; dynamic circuits; Electronic circuit
                 tracking; Failure analysis; floating point arithmetic;
                 Floating point arithmetic logic unit; floating-point
                 coprocessor; Floating-point coprocessor circuitry; HP
                 PA 7100LC processor chip; Imaging IC logic levels;
                 imaging IC logic levels; Imaging techniques; integrated
                 circuit testing; Integrated circuits; Logic circuits;
                 Logic design; Logical level problems; logical level
                 problems; Microprocessor chips; microprocessor chips;
                 microscope; scanning electron; Scanning electron
                 microscope; Scanning electron microscopy;
                 Synchronization; tracking; visual; Visual tracking;
                 Voltage contrast; voltage contrast; Voltage contrast
                 imaging",
  thesaurus =    "Floating point arithmetic; Integrated circuit testing;
                 Microprocessor chips",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Dervisoglu:1995:CSL,
  author =       "Bulent I. Dervisoglu and Michael Ricchetti",
  title =        "Component and System Level Design-for-Testability
                 Features Implemented in a Family of Workstation
                 Products",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "107--113",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95apr/apr95_1a.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-06-95.html",
  abstract =     "Faced with testing over 20 new ASIC components going
                 into four different workstation and multiuser computer
                 models, designers formed a team that developed a common
                 system-level design-for-testability (DFT) architecture
                 so that subsystem parts could be shared without
                 affecting the manufacturing test flow. The developed
                 DFT techniques were implemented and results obtained
                 during prototype chip debug have shown a direct
                 correlation between the level of DFT implementation and
                 the rapidity of test development, chip
                 characterization, and root-cause analysis.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems); B2570
                 (Semiconductor integrated circuits); C7410D (Electronic
                 engineering computing); C5540 (Terminals and graphic
                 displays)",
  classification = "714.2; 722.1; 722.4; B2570 (Semiconductor integrated
                 circuits); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
                 systems); C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays);
                 C7410D (Electronic engineering computing)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Application specific integrated circuits; application
                 specific integrated circuits; ASIC components; Built in
                 storage test; Computer systems; Computer workstations;
                 design for; Design for testability; Integrated circuit
                 layout; Integrated circuit testing; manufacturing;
                 Manufacturing test flow; Multiuser computer models;
                 multiuser computer models; Scan access port; Shift
                 registers; System level design-for-testability; system
                 level design-for-testability; systems analysis; Test
                 access port; test flow; testability; VLSI circuits;
                 Workstation products; workstation products;
                 workstations",
  thesaurus =    "Application specific integrated circuits; Design for
                 testability; Workstations",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Holloway:1995:CEP,
  author =       "Robert R. Holloway",
  title =        "Capillary Electrophoresis: {A} Product of
                 Technological Fusion",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "6--9",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95jun/jun95_6t.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-06-95.html",
  abstract =     "An introduction to capillary electrophoresis (CE), its
                 different forms, and its applications, and the history
                 of CE research at HP, leading to the new HP CE
                 instrument described in this issue.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A8245 (Electrochemistry and electrophoresis); A8728
                 (Bioelectricity); A6810 (Fluid surfaces and interfaces
                 with fluids)",
  classification = "A6810 (Fluid surfaces and interfaces with fluids);
                 A8245 (Electrochemistry and electrophoresis); A8728
                 (Bioelectricity)",
  keywords =     "bioelectric phenomena; capillarity; Capillary
                 electrophoresis; capillary electrophoresis;
                 electrophoresis; Hewlett--Packard capillary
                 electrophoresis instrument; history; Research;
                 research; separation; Technological fusion;
                 technological fusion",
  thesaurus =    "Bioelectric phenomena; Capillarity; Electrophoresis;
                 History; Separation",
  treatment =    "G General Review",
}

@Article{Strohmeier:1995:NHC,
  author =       "Fred Strohmeier and A. Maute and R. Dinter",
  title =        "A new high-performance capillary electrophoresis
                 instrument",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "10--19",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95jun/jun95_10.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-06-95.html",
  abstract =     "The instrument automates the CE separation process
                 with high reproducibility of analytical results such as
                 peak areas and migration times. A diode array detector
                 with an optimized optical path including a new extended
                 lightpath capillary provides spectral information with
                 high detection sensitivity. The liquid handling and
                 sample injection systems are designed for flexibility
                 and usability.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A8245 (Electrochemistry and electrophoresis); A6810
                 (Fluid surfaces and interfaces with fluids); A8280T
                 (Chemical sensors); A0650 (Data handling and
                 computation); C7320 (Physics and chemistry computing);
                 C7410H (Computerised instrumentation)",
  classification = "A0650 (Data handling and computation); A6810 (Fluid
                 surfaces and interfaces with fluids); A8245
                 (Electrochemistry and electrophoresis); A8280T
                 (Chemical sensors); C7320 (Physics and chemistry
                 computing); C7410H (Computerised instrumentation)",
  keywords =     "Automated separation process; automated separation
                 process; capillarity; capillary; chemical sensors;
                 chemistry computing; computerised instrumentation;
                 detector; diode array; Diode array detector;
                 electrophoresis; extended lightpath; Extended lightpath
                 capillary; Flexibility; flexibility; high analytical
                 result; High analytical result reproducibility; High
                 detection sensitivity; high detection sensitivity;
                 High-performance capillary electrophoresis instrument;
                 high-performance capillary electrophoresis instrument;
                 Liquid handling system; liquid handling system;
                 Migration times; migration times; Optimized optical
                 path; optimized optical path; Peak areas; peak areas;
                 reproducibility; Sample injection system; sample
                 injection system; separation; Spectral information;
                 spectral information; Usability; usability",
  thesaurus =    "Capillarity; Chemical sensors; Chemistry computing;
                 Computerised instrumentation; Electrophoresis;
                 Separation",
  treatment =    "N New Development; P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1995:CEA,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Capillary Electrophoresis Applications",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "12--13",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon May 27 08:32:08 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95jun/jun95_12.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-06-95.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1995:HCT,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "{HP CE} Technology Transfer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "16--16",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95jun/jun95_16.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-06-95.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1995:IDH,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Industrial Design of the {HP CE} Instrument",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "18--19",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95jun/jun95_18.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-06-95.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Kaltenbach:1995:HDA,
  author =       "P. Kaltenbach",
  title =        "A high-sensitivity diode array detector for on-column
                 detection in capillary electrophoresis",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "20--24",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95jun/jun95_20.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-06-95.html",
  abstract =     "The small peak volumes in CE demand special optical
                 design to maximize sensitivity. High light throughput,
                 good stray light suppression, and precise alignment are
                 necessary. The diode array detector design focused on
                 good matching of the illumination system and the
                 spectrometer, precise alignment of the capillary and
                 optical elements, and mechanical and thermal
                 stability.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A8245 (Electrochemistry and electrophoresis); A8280D
                 (Electromagnetic radiation spectrometry (chemical
                 analysis)); A0762 (Detection of radiation (bolometers,
                 photoelectric cells, i.r. and submillimetre waves
                 detection))",
  classification = "A0762 (Detection of radiation (bolometers,
                 photoelectric cells, i.r. and submillimetre waves
                 detection)); A8245 (Electrochemistry and
                 electrophoresis); A8280D (Electromagnetic radiation
                 spectrometry (chemical analysis))",
  keywords =     "analysis; capillarity; capillary electrophoresis;
                 Capillary electrophoresis; capillary elements;
                 Capillary elements; design; electrophoresis; elements;
                 good stray light suppression; Good stray light
                 suppression; high light throughput; High light
                 throughput; high-sensitivity diode array detector;
                 High-sensitivity diode array detector; illumination
                 system; Illumination system; infrared detectors;
                 mechanical stability; Mechanical stability; on-column
                 detection; On-column detection; optical; Optical
                 design; optical elements; Optical elements;
                 photodetectors; photodiodes; precise alignment; Precise
                 alignment; small peak volumes; Small peak volumes;
                 spectrochemical; spectrometer; Spectrometer; thermal
                 stability; Thermal stability; ultraviolet detectors",
  thesaurus =    "Capillarity; Electrophoresis; Infrared detectors;
                 Optical elements; Photodetectors; Photodiodes;
                 Spectrochemical analysis; Ultraviolet detectors",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Zimmermann:1995:CHH,
  author =       "Hans-Peter Zimmermann",
  title =        "Capillary Handling in the {HP} Capillary
                 Electrophoresis Instrument",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "25--31",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95jun/jun95_25.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-06-95.html",
  abstract =     "Capillaries are encased in cassettes for easy
                 replacement and connections are made automatically when
                 a cassette is installed. Air cooling of the capillary
                 eliminates leak problems and lowers costs. Vials
                 containing samples and electrolyte are automatically
                 lifted from a tray to either end of the capillary.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A8245 (Electrochemistry and electrophoresis)",
  classification = "A8245 (Electrochemistry and electrophoresis)",
  keywords =     "Air cooling; air cooling; Automatic vial lifting;
                 automatic vial lifting; capillarity; Capillary
                 handling; capillary handling; Cassettes; cassettes;
                 cooling; Electrolyte; electrolyte; electrophoresis;
                 Hewlett--Packard capillary electrophoresis instrument;
                 Samples; samples; separation; Vials; vials",
  thesaurus =    "Capillarity; Cooling; Electrophoresis; Separation",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1995:RPH,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Rapid Prototyping for the {HP CE} Project",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "28--29",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95jun/jun95_28.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-06-95.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Schneider:1995:SIH,
  author =       "Werner Schneider",
  title =        "Sample injection in {HP CE} ({Hewlett--Packard}
                 capillary electrophoresis)",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "32--35",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95jun/jun95_32.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-06-95.html",
  abstract =     "For flushing or conditioning the capillary or
                 injecting a sample, air pressures or different values
                 and durations are applied. The injection system
                 provides precise closed-loop control of the integral of
                 the air pressure over time for either direction of
                 fluid flow. The replenishment system automates the
                 exchange of used electrolytes for fresh ones, using a
                 special double-needle design.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A8245 (Electrochemistry and electrophoresis); A0660
                 (Laboratory techniques)",
  classification = "A0660 (Laboratory techniques); A8245
                 (Electrochemistry and electrophoresis)",
  keywords =     "air; Air pressure integral; Air pressures; air
                 pressures; Automated used electrolyte exchange;
                 automated used electrolyte exchange; capillarity;
                 Capillary conditioning; capillary conditioning;
                 Capillary flushing; capillary flushing; Double-needle
                 design; double-needle design; electrolytes;
                 electrophoresis; Fluid flow; fluid flow;
                 Hewlett--Packard capillary electrophoresis; injection;
                 Precise closed-loop control; precise closed-loop
                 control; pressure integral; Replenishment system;
                 replenishment system; sample; Sample injection;
                 separation",
  thesaurus =    "Capillarity; Electrolytes; Electrophoresis;
                 Separation",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Bek:1995:HCS,
  author =       "Fritz Bek and Franz Bertsch and Klaus Witt",
  title =        "{HP CE} separation control electronics and firmware",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "36--43",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95jun/jun95_36.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-06-95.html",
  abstract =     "The HP CE instrument consists of a PC and a base unit
                 consisting of detection and separation subunits.
                 Methods are developed on the PC and downloaded to the
                 base unit for independent execution. The control
                 electronics and firmware of the separation subunit
                 takes care of tray and vial movement, capillary
                 voltage, current, and power control, capillary
                 temperature control, diagnostics, and related data
                 capture.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A8245 (Electrochemistry and electrophoresis); A0650
                 (Data handling and computation); C7320 (Physics and
                 chemistry computing); C3120N (Thermal variables
                 control); C5520 (Data acquisition equipment and
                 techniques); C6130 (Data handling techniques); C7410H
                 (Computerised instrumentation); C5140 (Firmware);
                 C3110E (Power and energy control)",
  classification = "701.1; 715; 723.5; 731.1; 801.3; 801.4.1; A0650
                 (Data handling and computation); A8245
                 (Electrochemistry and electrophoresis); C3110E (Power
                 and energy control); C3120N (Thermal variables
                 control); C5140 (Firmware); C5520 (Data acquisition
                 equipment and techniques); C6130 (Data handling
                 techniques); C7320 (Physics and chemistry computing);
                 C7410H (Computerised instrumentation)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "base; Base unit; capillarity; Capillary
                 electrophoresis instrument; Capillary temperature
                 control; capillary temperature control; Capillary
                 voltage; capillary voltage; capture; chemistry
                 computing; Computer software; computerised; control
                 electronics; Control systems; Current; current; data;
                 data acquisition; Data capture; Data handling; Data
                 reduction; Detection subunit; Detection subunits;
                 detection subunits; Detectors; Diagnostics;
                 diagnostics; Electronic equipment; Electrophoresis;
                 electrophoresis; execution; Firmware; firmware;
                 Hewlett--Packard capillary electrophoresis;
                 independent; Independent execution; instrumentation;
                 microcomputer applications; PC; Personal computers;
                 Power control; power control; Process control;
                 Separation; separation; Separation control electronics;
                 Separation control firmware; separation control
                 firmware; Separation subunit; Separation subunits;
                 separation subunits; Temperature control; temperature
                 control; Tray movement; tray movement; unit; User
                 interfaces; Vial movement; vial movement",
  thesaurus =    "Capillarity; Chemistry computing; Computerised
                 instrumentation; Data acquisition; Electrophoresis;
                 Firmware; Microcomputer applications; Power control;
                 Separation; Temperature control",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Ritzmann:1995:UIC,
  author =       "Alwin Ritzmann and Klaus Witt and H. Wiederoder",
  title =        "A User Interface for Capillary Electrophoresis",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "44--49",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95jun/jun95_44.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-06-95.html",
  abstract =     "The graphical user interface of the HP CE instrument
                 is designed to be easily understood by users familiar
                 with other separation methods but new to CE. It
                 provides for method programming and simulation and for
                 visualization of the status of the instrument and the
                 running analysis.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C7320 (Physics and chemistry computing); C6180G
                 (Graphical user interfaces); C6110 (Systems analysis
                 and programming); C7410H (Computerised
                 instrumentation)",
  classification = "C6110 (Systems analysis and programming); C6180G
                 (Graphical user interfaces); C7320 (Physics and
                 chemistry computing); C7410H (Computerised
                 instrumentation)",
  keywords =     "capillarity; chemistry computing; computerised;
                 digital simulation; electrophoresis instrument;
                 graphical user; Graphical user interface; graphical
                 user interface; Hewlett--Packard capillary;
                 Hewlett--Packard capillary electrophoresis instrument;
                 HP CE instrument; Instrument status; instrument status;
                 instrumentation; interfaces; Method programming; method
                 programming; Method simulation; method simulation;
                 methods; programming; Running analysis; running
                 analysis; separation; Separation methods;
                 Visualization; visualization",
  thesaurus =    "Capillarity; Chemistry computing; Computerised
                 instrumentation; Digital simulation; Graphical user
                 interfaces; Programming; Separation",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1995:DCC,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Development of a Common {ChemStation} Architecture",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "46--46",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95jun/jun95_46.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-06-95.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Jegle:1995:RTH,
  author =       "Ulrike Jegle",
  title =        "Reproducibility Testing of the {HP CE} Instrument",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "50--56",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95jun/jun95_50.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-06-95.html",
  abstract =     "The final chemical test developed for the HP CE
                 instrument implicitly checks various instrument
                 functions by determining the reproducibility of
                 migration time and peak area measurements for
                 well-defined chemical samples. The injection type was
                 selected by testing four different types in a series of
                 reproducibility tests. The final test can be used in
                 production, at a customer site, or for teaching CE
                 basics.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A8245 (Electrochemistry and electrophoresis); A0670
                 (General instrumentation); A0660 (Laboratory
                 techniques)",
  classification = "A0660 (Laboratory techniques); A0670 (General
                 instrumentation); A8245 (Electrochemistry and
                 electrophoresis)",
  keywords =     "capillarity; Capillary electrophoresis basics
                 teaching; capillary electrophoresis basics teaching;
                 chemical samples; Customer site; customer site;
                 electrophoresis; Final chemical test; final chemical
                 test; Hewlett--Packard capillary electrophoresis
                 instrument; HP CE instrument; Implicit instrument
                 function checking; implicit instrument function
                 checking; Injection type selection; injection type
                 selection; instruments; laboratory; migration;
                 Migration time measurements; Peak area measurements;
                 peak area measurements; Production; production;
                 reproducibility; Reproducibility testing; techniques;
                 testing; time measurements; well-defined; Well-defined
                 chemical samples",
  thesaurus =    "Capillarity; Electrophoresis; Instruments; Laboratory
                 techniques; Testing",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Swedberg:1995:ICT,
  author =       "Sally A. Swedberg and Monika Dittmann",
  title =        "The Impact of Column Technology on Protein Analysis by
                 Capillary Electrophoresis: Surface Coatings and
                 Analytical Approaches for Assessment",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "57--61",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95jun/jun95_57.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-06-95.html",
  abstract =     "To avoid unwanted interactions between proteins being
                 analyzed and the surface of the fused silica CE
                 capillary, the surface must be deactivated. Four
                 approaches to surface deactivation for protein analysis
                 are presented. A method for determining the extent of
                 protein adsorption is discussed.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A8780 (Biophysical instrumentation and techniques);
                 A8715 (Molecular biophysics); A8245 (Electrochemistry
                 and electrophoresis); A8728 (Bioelectricity)",
  classification = "A8245 (Electrochemistry and electrophoresis); A8715
                 (Molecular biophysics); A8728 (Bioelectricity); A8780
                 (Biophysical instrumentation and techniques)",
  keywords =     "adsorption; analytical approaches; Analytical
                 approaches; assessment; Assessment; bioelectric
                 phenomena; biological techniques; capillary; Capillary
                 electrophoreses; coatings; column technology; Column
                 technology; deactivation; electrophoreses;
                 electrophoresis; fused silica capillary electrophoresis
                 capillary; Fused silica capillary electrophoresis
                 capillary; molecular biophysics; protein adsorption;
                 Protein adsorption; protein analysis; Protein analysis;
                 proteins; surface; surface coatings; Surface coatings;
                 Surface deactivation",
  thesaurus =    "Adsorption; Bioelectric phenomena; Biological
                 techniques; Coatings; Electrophoresis; Molecular
                 biophysics; Proteins",
  treatment =    "P Practical; X Experimental",
  xxauthor =     "S. A. Swerberg and M. Dittmann",
  xxtitle =      "The impact of column technology on protein analysis by
                 capillary electrophoreses: surface coatings and
                 analytical approaches for assessment",
}

@Article{Gordon:1995:NHC,
  author =       "Gary B. Gordon and Richard P. Tella and Henrique A. S.
                 Martins",
  title =        "A new high-sensitivity capillary electrophoresis
                 detector cell and advanced manufacturing paradigm",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "62--70",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95jun/jun95_62.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-06-95.html",
  abstract =     "By circumventing laminar flow while expanding the
                 cross section of the analyte, this detector cell
                 greatly increases both the sensitivity and the
                 linearity of capillary electrophoresis. Manufacturing
                 is made feasible by an advanced computer-controlled
                 miniature lathe using machine vision.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C7480 (Production engineering computing); C5260B
                 (Computer vision and image processing techniques);
                 C7410H (Computerised instrumentation)",
  classification = "701.1; 723.5; 801.4.1; 802.1; 913.4.2; C5260B
                 (Computer vision and image processing techniques);
                 C7410H (Computerised instrumentation); C7480
                 (Production engineering computing)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "advanced computer-controlled miniature; Advanced
                 computer-controlled miniature lathe; Advanced
                 manufacturing paradigm; advanced manufacturing
                 paradigm; analyte cross section; Analyte cross section
                 expansion; Analytic equipment; capillarity; Capillary
                 electrophoresis detector cell; Computer aided
                 manufacturing; Computer control; Computer controlled
                 miniature lathe; computer vision; computerised
                 instrumentation; Detectors; Electrolytes;
                 Electrophoresis; electrophoresis; expansion; glass;
                 High-sensitivity capillary electrophoresis detector
                 cell; high-sensitivity capillary electrophoresis
                 detector cell; Laminar flow; lathe; Linearity;
                 linearity; Machine vision; machine vision;
                 manufacturing processes; sensitivity; Sensitivity
                 analysis; Separation; ultraviolet detectors;
                 Viscosity",
  thesaurus =    "Capillarity; Computer vision; Computerised
                 instrumentation; Electrophoresis; Glass; Manufacturing
                 processes; Sensitivity; Ultraviolet detectors",
  treatment =    "N New Development; P Practical",
}

@Article{Skeie:1995:HDA,
  author =       "Tom A. Skeie and Michael R. Rusnack",
  title =        "{HP} Disk Array: Mass Storage Fault Tolerance for {PC}
                 Servers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "71--81",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95jun/jun95_71.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-06-95.html",
  abstract =     "In the process of offering a new technology to the
                 marketplace the expertise of the user is often not
                 considered. The HP Disk Array offers RAID technology
                 with special installation and configuration features
                 tailored for ease of use.",
  abstract-2 =   "In the process of offering a new technology to the
                 marketplace the expertise of the user is often not
                 considered. The article describes the decisions made
                 during the design phase of the HP Disk Array that
                 resulted in making the RAID technology significantly
                 more usable for the typical user without sacrificing
                 valuable product features.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5310 (Storage system design); C5320C (Storage on
                 moving magnetic media); C5470 (Performance evaluation
                 and testing); C5620L (Local area networks); C6150N
                 (Distributed systems software); C5630 (Networking
                 equipment)",
  classification = "722.1; 722.2; 722.3; 722.4; 723.1; 731.1; C5310
                 (Storage system design); C5320C (Storage on moving
                 magnetic media); C5470 (Performance evaluation and
                 testing); C5620L (Local area networks); C5630
                 (Networking equipment); C6150N (Distributed systems
                 software)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Algorithms; arrays; Cellular arrays; Computer
                 architecture; Computer system recovery; Control
                 systems; Design phase; design phase; Disk array
                 controllers; Fault tolerant computer systems; fault
                 tolerant computing; Hard disk storage; Hewlett Packard
                 computers; HP Disk Array; Local area networks; local
                 area networks; magnetic disc storage; Magnetic disk
                 storage; Mass storage fault tolerance; mass storage
                 fault tolerance; network servers; PC servers;
                 Performance; Personal computers; RAID technology;
                 Redundancy; Redundant array of inexpensive disks;
                 Reliability; storage units; Usability; usability",
  thesaurus =    "Arrays; Fault tolerant computing; Hewlett Packard
                 computers; Local area networks; Magnetic disc storage;
                 Network servers; Storage units",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1995:ORT,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "An Overview of {Raid} Technology",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "74--74",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon May 27 08:32:08 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95jun/jun95_74.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-06-95.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Carmichael:1995:CSO,
  author =       "Cheryl Carmichael",
  title =        "{COBOL SoftBench}: An Open Integrated {CASE}
                 Environment",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "82--87",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95jun/jun95_82.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-06-95.html",
  abstract =     "With the aid of a mouse and a menu-driven interface,
                 COBOL programmers new to the UNIX operating system can
                 improve their productivity with a tightly integrated
                 toolset that includes an editor, compiler, debugger,
                 profiler, and other software development tools.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6115 (Programming support); C6150J (Operating
                 systems); C6110B (Software engineering techniques);
                 C6150G (Diagnostic, testing, debugging and evaluating
                 systems); C6150C (Compilers, interpreters and other
                 processors); C6180 (User interfaces)",
  classification = "722.2; 723.1; 723.1.1; 723.5; C6110B (Software
                 engineering techniques); C6115 (Programming support);
                 C6150C (Compilers, interpreters and other processors);
                 C6150G (Diagnostic, testing, debugging and evaluating
                 systems); C6150J (Operating systems); C6180 (User
                 interfaces)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Automation; COBOL; COBOL (programming language); COBOL
                 programmers; COBOL SoftBench; Compiler; compiler;
                 Computer aided software engineering; computer aided
                 software engineering; Debugger; debugger; Editor;
                 editor; environments; Graphical user interfaces;
                 Menu-driven interface; menu-driven interface; Mouse;
                 mouse; Open integrated CASE environment; open
                 integrated CASE environment; open systems;
                 Productivity; productivity; Profiler; profiler; Program
                 compilers; program compilers; Program debugging;
                 program debugging; Program editor; Program profiler;
                 programming; Software development tools; software
                 development tools; software tools; system; Tightly
                 integrated toolset; tightly integrated toolset; UNIX;
                 Unix; UNIX operating; UNIX operating system; user
                 interfaces",
  thesaurus =    "COBOL; Computer aided software engineering; Open
                 systems; Program compilers; Program debugging;
                 Programming environments; Software tools; UNIX; User
                 interfaces",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Burgoon:1995:DUE,
  author =       "David A. Burgoon",
  title =        "Development and Use of Electronic Schematic Capture in
                 the Specification and Simulation of a Structured-Custom
                 {ASIC}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "88--91",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95jun/jun95_88.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-06-95.html",
  abstract =     "ASIC designers must sometimes provide the ASIC vendor
                 with documentation describing the data path of the chip
                 and its relationship to the control portion. This paper
                 describes a method and attendant tools that facilitate
                 the employment of commonly available electronic
                 schematic capture software to ensure that the
                 documentation given to the ASIC vendor always matches
                 the Verilog HDL descriptions used by the ASIC designers
                 for simulation.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1265 (Digital electronics); B1130B (Computer-aided
                 circuit analysis and design); B2570 (Semiconductor
                 integrated circuits); C7410D (Electronic engineering
                 computing); C5210B (Computer-aided logic design)",
  classification = "703.1; 714.2; 722.4; 723.1; 723.1.1; 723.5; B1130B
                 (Computer-aided circuit analysis and design); B1265
                 (Digital electronics); B2570 (Semiconductor integrated
                 circuits); C5210B (Computer-aided logic design); C7410D
                 (Electronic engineering computing)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Application specific integrated circuits; application
                 specific integrated circuits; ASIC; ASIC designers;
                 ASIC vendor; Chip; chip; circuit CAD; Computer
                 graphics; Computer hardware description languages;
                 Computer simulation; Computer software; Control
                 portion; control portion; Data path; data path;
                 designers; digital simulation; Documentation;
                 documentation; electronic; Electronic schematic
                 capture; Electronic schematic capture software;
                 Functional design; hardware description languages;
                 integrated circuit design; Integrated circuit layout;
                 logic CAD; schematic capture software; Schematic
                 diagrams; Simulation; simulation; Specification;
                 specification; Structured-custom ASIC;
                 structured-custom ASIC; Tools; tools; Verilog HDL
                 descriptions",
  thesaurus =    "Application specific integrated circuits; Circuit CAD;
                 Digital simulation; Hardware description languages;
                 Integrated circuit design; Logic CAD",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Ryan:1995:DDB,
  author =       "R. E. Ryan",
  title =        "Design and Development of a {120-MHz} Bus Interface
                 Block Using Standard Cells and Automatic Place and
                 Route Tools",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "92--95",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95jun/jun95_92.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-06-95.html",
  abstract =     "The RW\_IO block runs at 120 MHz and interfaces the
                 master memory controller chip's 60-MHz core with the
                 120-MHz processor bus drivers. A design approach using
                 standard cells, automatic place and route tools, and a
                 powerful database management and build tool was used to
                 construct the RW\_IO block. This approach was chosen
                 over a full custom or data-path solution because of its
                 reduced risk and the flexibility of the design tools.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1265D (Memory circuits); B1130B (Computer-aided
                 circuit analysis and design); C5610S (System buses);
                 C5150 (Other circuits for digital computers)",
  classification = "B1130B (Computer-aided circuit analysis and design);
                 B1265D (Memory circuits); C5150 (Other circuits for
                 digital computers); C5610S (System buses)",
  keywords =     "120 MHz; 60 MHz; automatic place; Automatic place
                 tools; automatic route tools; Automatic route tools;
                 bus; bus interface block design; Bus interface block
                 design; Bus interface block development; circuit CAD;
                 controller chip core; database; database build tool;
                 Database build tool; Database management tool; design
                 tools; Design tools; interface block development;
                 management tool; master memory; Master memory
                 controller chip core; processor bus drivers; Processor
                 bus drivers; RW IO block; standard cells; Standard
                 cells; storage management chips; system buses; tools",
  numericalindex = "Frequency 1.2E+08 Hz; Frequency 6.0E+07 Hz",
  thesaurus =    "Circuit CAD; Storage management chips; System buses",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1995:Ac,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Authors",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "96--98",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon May 27 10:44:33 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95jun/jun95_96.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-06-95.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Albrecht:1995:IAI,
  author =       "Alan R. Albrecht and Patricia A. Thaler",
  title =        "Introduction to {100VG-AnyLAN} and the {IEEE} 802.12
                 Local Area Network Standard",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "6--12",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95aug/aug95_6t.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-08-95.html",
  abstract =     "100VG-AnyLAN provides a 100-Mbit/s data rate with
                 guaranteed bandwidth and maximum access delay for
                 time-critical applications such as multimedia, using
                 existing building wiring. It uses demand priority
                 protocol. Developed by Hewlett--Packard and now
                 supported by over 30 companies ranging from integrated
                 circuit vendors to systems suppliers, demand priority
                 is well on its way to becoming the IEEE 802.12
                 standard.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6210L (Computer communications); C5620L (Local area
                 networks)",
  classification = "716.1; 718.1; 722.3; 902.2; B6210L (Computer
                 communications); C5620L (Local area networks)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "100 Mbit/s; 100VG-AnyLAN; Bandwidth; building wiring;
                 Building wiring; critical applications; data; Data
                 communication systems; Data rate; Data transfer;
                 demand; Demand priority; Demand priority protocol;
                 Ethernet; guaranteed bandwidth; Guaranteed bandwidth;
                 Hewlett Packard computers; Hewlett--Packard; IEEE
                 802.12; IEEE standards; Information technology; local
                 area; local area network standard; Local area network
                 standard; Local area networks; maximum access delay;
                 Maximum access delay; multimedia; Multimedia; Network
                 protocols; networks; priority protocol; protocols;
                 rate; Standards; telecommunication standards;
                 Telecommunication traffic; Telephone lines; Telephone
                 systems; time-; Time-critical applications; Token ring
                 networks; Topology; Unshielded twisted-pair telephone
                 wire",
  numericalindex = "Bit rate 1.0E+08 bit/s",
  thesaurus =    "Hewlett Packard computers; IEEE standards; Local area
                 networks; Protocols; Telecommunication standards",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1995:ONT,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Other Network Technologies",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "10--10",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95aug/aug95_10.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-08-95.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Albrecht:1995:DPP,
  author =       "Alan R. Albrecht and Michael P. Spratt and Patricia A.
                 Thaler and Gregory C. A. Watson",
  title =        "Demand Priority Protocol",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "13--17",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95aug/aug95_13.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-08-95.html",
  abstract =     "Demand priority is the media access control protocol
                 defined in the IEEE 802.12 draft standard. It is called
                 100VG-AnyLAN by HP. Various techniques are used to
                 ensure fairness of access for all nodes and to
                 guarantee access time for individual nodes. Round-robin
                 selection procedures are used to give each node an
                 equal opportunity to transmit data. Two priority levels
                 are provided so that time-critical traffic can be given
                 priority service with guaranteed low delay. A bandwidth
                 allocator can be introduced to control the amount of
                 bandwidth each application can use.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6150M (Protocols); B6210L (Computer communications);
                 C5640 (Protocols); C5620L (Local area networks)",
  classification = "716.1; 722.3; 902.2; B6150M (Protocols); B6210L
                 (Computer communications); C5620L (Local area
                 networks); C5640 (Protocols)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "100VG-AnyLAN; Access delay; Access fairness; access
                 fairness; access protocols; Access time; access time;
                 allocator; Audio; audio; Bandwidth; bandwidth;
                 Bandwidth allocator; Computer simulation; Congestion
                 control (communication); critical traffic; Data
                 communication systems; Demand priority; Demand priority
                 protocol; demand priority protocol; Frequency
                 allocation; Hewlett Packard; Hewlett Packard computers;
                 Hubs; IEEE 802.12 draft standard; IEEE standards; Local
                 area network; local area network; Local area networks;
                 local area networks; Media access control protocol;
                 media access control protocol; Multimedia; multimedia;
                 Multimedia applications; multimedia applications;
                 multimedia communication; Network control; Network
                 protocols; Nodes; Normal priority request; Performance;
                 Round-robin selection; round-robin selection;
                 Round-robin selection procedure; Standards;
                 Telecommunication control; telecommunication standards;
                 Telecommunication traffic; time-; Time-critical
                 traffic; Video; video",
  thesaurus =    "Access protocols; Hewlett Packard computers; IEEE
                 standards; Local area networks; Multimedia
                 communication; Telecommunication standards",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1995:NPL,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Network Protocol Layers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "15--15",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon May 27 08:32:08 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95aug/aug95_15.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-08-95.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Coles:1995:PS,
  author =       "Alistair N. Coles and David G. Cunningham and Joseph
                 A. {Curcio, Jr.} and Daniel J. Dove and Steven G.
                 Methley",
  title =        "Physical signaling in {100VG-AnyLAN}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "18--26",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95aug/aug95_18.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-08-95.html",
  abstract =     "A physical layer has been developed for demand
                 priority local area networks that accommodates
                 different cable types by means of different physical
                 medium dependent (PMD) sublayers. The major goal was to
                 provide 100-Mbit/s transmission on existing cables,
                 including Category 3, 4, and 5 UTP, STP, and multimode
                 optical fiber.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6210L (Computer communications); B6150M (Protocols);
                 C5620L (Local area networks); C5640 (Protocols)",
  classification = "716.1; 717.2; 722.3; 723.2; B6150M (Protocols);
                 B6210L (Computer communications); C5620L (Local area
                 networks); C5640 (Protocols)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "100 Mbit/s; 100VG-AnyLAN; access protocols; control;
                 Control signaling; Crosstalk; Data communication
                 systems; Data formatting; data formatting; Data
                 transfer; demand; Demand priority; Demand priority
                 local area network; Demand priority local area
                 networks; Electromagnetic compatibility; Hewlett
                 Packard computers; local area; Local area networks; MAC
                 frame; Media access control; media access control;
                 Multimode optical fiber; multimode optical fiber;
                 Network protocols; networks; Optical cables;
                 Performance; Physical layer; physical layer; physical
                 medium dependent; Physical medium dependent sublayers;
                 Physical signaling; physical signaling; priority local
                 area network; priority local area networks; Signal
                 distortion; Signal processing; signaling; STP;
                 sublayers; Telecommunication lines; Telecommunication
                 links; telecommunication signalling; Unshielded
                 twisted-pair wire; UTP",
  numericalindex = "Bit rate 1.0E+08 bit/s",
  thesaurus =    "Access protocols; Hewlett Packard computers; Local
                 area networks; Telecommunication signalling",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1995:CTU,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Cross Talk in Unshielded Twisted-Pair Cables",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "19--19",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95aug/aug95_19.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-08-95.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1995:MS,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Multilevel Signaling",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "21--21",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95aug/aug95_21.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-08-95.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1995:CTA,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Cross Talk Analysis",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "22--22",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon May 27 08:32:08 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95aug/aug95_22.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-08-95.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1995:OFL,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Optical-Fiber Links for {100VG-AnyLAN}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "26--26",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon May 27 08:32:08 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95aug/aug95_26.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-08-95.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Crouch:1995:C,
  author =       "Simon E. C. Crouch and Jonathan Jedwab",
  title =        "Coding in {100VG-AnyLAN}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "27--32",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95aug/aug95_27.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-08-95.html",
  abstract =     "A 5B\slash 6B coding scheme in which five data bits
                 are encoded into six-bit codewords is used in
                 conjunction with offsetting the data on different
                 channels by three bits in quartet signaling. It
                 provides the level of error detection necessary,
                 produces a signal balanced within narrow limits, and
                 restricts strings of consecutive 0s or 1s to a maximum
                 length of 6. It is also efficient. This article
                 describes the design of the 5B\slash 6B block code used
                 in 100VG-AnyLAN and more generally in the IEEE 802.12
                 proposed local area network standard and explains the
                 reasons behind its design.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6210L (Computer communications); B6120B (Codes);
                 C5620L (Local area networks)",
  classification = "716.1; 717.2; 722.3; 902.2; B6120B (Codes); B6210L
                 (Computer communications); C5620L (Local area
                 networks)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "100VG-AnyLAN; 5B/6B coding scheme; area networks;
                 Block code; block code; Block codes; block codes;
                 Communication channels (information theory); Cyclic
                 redundancy checks; Data communication systems; Digital
                 communication systems; Encoding (symbols); Error
                 detection; error detection; error detection codes; IEEE
                 802.12; IEEE standards; local; Local area network
                 standard; local area network standard; Local area
                 networks; Optical cables; Quartet signaling; quartet
                 signaling; Shielded twisted pair cable; Six-bit
                 codewords; six-bit codewords; Standards;
                 Synchronization; telecommunication signalling;
                 telecommunication standards; Unshielded twisted pair
                 cable",
  thesaurus =    "Block codes; Error detection codes; IEEE standards;
                 Local area networks; Telecommunication signalling;
                 Telecommunication standards",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1995:IFF,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "{IEEE} 802.3 and 802.5 Frame Formats",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "30--30",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon May 27 08:32:08 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95aug/aug95_30.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-08-95.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1995:PAC,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Polynomial Arithmetic and Cyclic Redundancy Checks",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "31--31",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95aug/aug95_31.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-08-95.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Grinham:1995:MA,
  author =       "John R. Grinham and Michael P. Spratt",
  title =        "Multimedia applications and {100VG-AnyLAN}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "33--38",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95aug/aug95_33.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-08-95.html",
  abstract =     "Networks must guarantee bandwidth for multimedia
                 traffic and must control end-to-end delay and delay
                 jitter (fluctuation in the arrival time of packets).
                 The new campus network, 100VG-AnyLAN, can meet these
                 requirements in many circumstances through the basic
                 operation of the protocol. More flexibility can be
                 obtained through the use of bandwidth allocators and
                 the target transmission time protocol. Until either the
                 Broadband Integrated Services Digital Network (B-ISDN)
                 or reliable Internet protocols become available, the
                 use of dial-up remote bridges with existing WANs can
                 accommodate multimedia traffic in the near term.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6210L (Computer communications); B6210R (Multimedia
                 communications); B6150M (Protocols); C5620L (Local area
                 networks); C5640 (Protocols)",
  classification = "716.1; 716.4; 718.1; 722.3; 751.5; 902.2; B6150M
                 (Protocols); B6210L (Computer communications); B6210R
                 (Multimedia communications); C5620L (Local area
                 networks); C5640 (Protocols)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "100VG-AnyLAN; B-; B-ISDN; Bandwidth; bandwidth;
                 Bandwidth allocators; bandwidth allocators; Broadband
                 integrated services digital network; broadband
                 integrated services digital network; Broadband
                 networks; Campus network; campus network; Congestion
                 control (communication); Data communication systems;
                 Data transfer; Delay jitter; delay jitter; Dial-up
                 remote bridges; dial-up remote bridges; End-to-end
                 delay; end-to-end delay; Hewlett Packard computers;
                 Information technology; Internet protocols; ISDN; Local
                 area networks; local area networks; Multimedia;
                 multimedia; Multimedia applications; multimedia
                 applications; multimedia communication; multimedia
                 computing; Multimedia traffic; network; Network
                 protocols; Protocol; protocol; protocols; Standards;
                 target transmission time; Target transmission time
                 protocol; Telecommunication traffic; Teleconferencing;
                 traffic; Voice/data communication systems; wide area;
                 Wide area network; Wide area networks",
  thesaurus =    "B-ISDN; Hewlett Packard computers; Local area
                 networks; Multimedia communication; Multimedia
                 computing; Protocols",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1995:RBE,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Remote Bridge Example",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "35--35",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95aug/aug95_35.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-08-95.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1995:HLP,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Higher-Level Protocols",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "36--36",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon May 27 08:32:08 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95aug/aug95_36.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-08-95.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1995:RP,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Related Projects",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "38--38",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon May 27 08:32:08 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95aug/aug95_38.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-08-95.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Brown:1995:HD,
  author =       "Lisa S. Brown",
  title =        "{100VG-AnyLAN} 15-port hub design",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "39--42",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95aug/aug95_39.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-08-95.html",
  abstract =     "Much of the intelligence and uniqueness of a 100VG
                 AnyLAN network is concentrated in the hub. Special
                 repeater, transceiver, and end node chips implement the
                 functionality of the HP J2410A AdvanceStack 100VG Hub
                 15. The article mainly focuses on the design of HP's
                 15-port hub, the HP J2410A AdvanceStack 100VG Hub 15.
                 Some 100VG AnyLAN-specific aspects of the other HP
                 products are also explored.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6210L (Computer communications); B6250 (Radio links
                 and equipment); C5620L (Local area networks); C5630
                 (Networking equipment)",
  classification = "B6210L (Computer communications); B6250 (Radio links
                 and equipment); C5620L (Local area networks); C5630
                 (Networking equipment)",
  keywords =     "100VG AnyLAN network; 100VG-AnyLAN 15-port hub design;
                 data communication equipment; end; End node chips;
                 Hewlett Packard computers; HP J2410A AdvanceStack 100VG
                 Hub 15; local area networks; node chips; repeaters;
                 transceivers",
  thesaurus =    "Data communication equipment; Hewlett Packard
                 computers; Local area networks; Repeaters;
                 Transceivers",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1995:IPM,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Invalid Packet Marker",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "41--41",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon May 27 08:32:08 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95aug/aug95_41.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-08-95.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Webb:1995:HAT,
  author =       "Steven L. Webb and Steven G. Henry and Kevin S. Burke
                 and George Prokop",
  title =        "{HP AccuPage} 2.0: a Toolkit for High-Quality Document
                 Scanning",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "43--50",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95aug/aug95_43.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-08-95.html",
  abstract =     "Working with commercially available OCR programs, the
                 image processing transforms used in HP AccuPage 2.0
                 improve the accuracy of converting scanned images from
                 a variety of documents to editable text and pictures at
                 the same time.",
  abstract-2 =   "Two key contributions come from HP scanner software.
                 One is to enable the scanner user to scan documents
                 easily into a personal computer. The other is to do
                 some sophisticated image processing on the scanned
                 image. These two contributions help to improve the
                 quality of the scanned image and enable much more
                 accurate optical character recognition of text based
                 pages. Accurate OCR capability is provided by the image
                 processing transforms contained in HP AccuPage 2.0.
                 When HP AccuPage 2.0 is used with a third party OCR
                 utility, the accuracy of converting a scanned image to
                 editable text is improved. Specifically, documents that
                 are printed on colored backgrounds, that contain small
                 point size text (5 to 6 point), and have complex
                 layouts are converted with improved accuracy as a
                 result of the HP AccuPage 2.0 image processing
                 transforms. HP AccuPage 2.0 also allows both text and
                 pictures to be captured from a document at the same
                 time. This capability is becoming more important as
                 both text and pictures increasingly make up the content
                 of most office documents today.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6130D (Document processing techniques); C5260B
                 (Computer vision and image processing techniques);
                 C1250B (Character recognition); C7100 (Business and
                 administration)",
  classification = "C1250B (Character recognition); C5260B (Computer
                 vision and image processing techniques); C6130D
                 (Document processing techniques); C7100 (Business and
                 administration)",
  keywords =     "Accurate OCR capability; accurate OCR capability;
                 Colored backgrounds; colored backgrounds; document
                 image processing; document scanning; Editable text;
                 editable text; Hewlett Packard computers; High quality
                 document scanning; high quality document scanning;
                 high-quality; High-quality document scanning; HP
                 AccuPage 2; HP scanner software; image; Image
                 processing transforms; image processing transforms;
                 Office documents; office documents; optical character;
                 Optical character recognition; optical character
                 recognition; Personal computer; personal computer;
                 point size text; recognition; Scanned image; scanned
                 image; scanners; small; Small point size text; software
                 reviews; Sophisticated image processing; sophisticated
                 image processing; Text based pages; text based pages;
                 Third party OCR utility; third party OCR utility",
  thesaurus =    "Document image processing; Hewlett Packard computers;
                 Image scanners; Optical character recognition; Software
                 reviews",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1995:Ga,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Glossary",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "45--45",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon May 27 08:32:08 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95aug/aug95_45.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-08-95.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Hodge:1995:FPD,
  author =       "David J. Hodge and Bradly J. Foster and Steven J.
                 Kommrusch and Tom J. Searby",
  title =        "An 11.8-in Flat Panel Display Monitor",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "51--60",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95aug/aug95_51.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-08-95.html",
  abstract =     "The HP S1010A flat panel display is designed to be a
                 plug-compatible replacement for CRTs used with HP
                 workstations. This compatibility is provided by an
                 interface board that uses the same analog signals that
                 drive the CRTs to create digital signals to drive a
                 high-resolution, high-performance LCD color display.",
  abstract-2 =   "The HP S1010A is a color flat panel liquid crystal
                 display (LCD) monitor. It is designed to be a plug
                 compatible replacement for CRTs used with HP
                 workstations. This compatibility is provided by an
                 interface board that uses the same analog signals that
                 drive the CRTs to create digital signals to drive a
                 high resolution, high performance LCD color display.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7260 (Display technology and systems); B4150D (Liquid
                 crystal devices); C5430 (Microcomputers)",
  classification = "714.1; 722.2; 722.4; 723.2; 723.5; 741.3; B4150D
                 (Liquid crystal devices); B7260 (Display technology and
                 systems); C5430 (Microcomputers)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "analog; Analog signals; Cathode ray tubes; Color;
                 color flat panel; Color flat panel liquid crystal
                 display; Color flat panel liquid crystal display
                 monitor; colour; Computer monitors; Computer software;
                 Computer workstations; Digital signal processing;
                 Digital signals; digital signals; Flat panel display
                 monitor; flat panel display monitor; flat panel
                 displays; Hewlett Packard computers; High performance
                 LCD color display; high performance LCD color display;
                 HP S1010A; HP workstations; Interface board; interface
                 board; Interfaces (computer); LCD monitor; liquid
                 crystal display monitor; Liquid crystal displays;
                 liquid crystal displays; plug compatible; Plug
                 compatible replacement; replacement; signals; Thin film
                 transistors",
  pagecount =    "9",
  thesaurus =    "Colour; Flat panel displays; Hewlett Packard
                 computers; Liquid crystal displays",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1995:LCD,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Liquid Crystal Display Technology",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "53--53",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon May 27 08:32:08 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95aug/aug95_53.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-08-95.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1995:PDH,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Product Design of the {HP S1010A} Flat Panel Display",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "57--58",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon May 27 08:32:08 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95aug/aug95_57.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-08-95.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1995:NAV,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "A Note About {VRAMs}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "59--59",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon May 27 08:32:08 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95aug/aug95_59.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-08-95.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Higaki:1995:AIE,
  author =       "Wesley H. Higaki",
  title =        "Applying an Improved Economic Model to Software
                 Buy-versus-Build Decisions",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "61--65",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95aug/aug95_61.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-08-95.html",
  abstract =     "The decision to buy or build software is a business
                 decision that should be made using a sound economic
                 model. A comprehensive economic model has been
                 developed and applied to actual and estimated data to
                 compare the costs of using a third-party software
                 package to the costs of internal development.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C0310F (Software development management); C0310H
                 (Equipment and software evaluation methods); C0230
                 (Economic, social and political aspects of computing)",
  classification = "C0230 (Economic, social and political aspects of
                 computing); C0310F (Software development management);
                 C0310H (Equipment and software evaluation methods)",
  keywords =     "Business decision; business decision; costing;
                 Economic model; economic model; economics; Estimated
                 data; estimated data; Hewlett Packard; Internal
                 development; internal development; package; Software
                 buy-versus-build decisions; software buy-versus-build
                 decisions; software management; software selection;
                 third party software; Third party software package",
  thesaurus =    "Costing; Economics; Software management; Software
                 selection",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Martinez:1995:BSA,
  author =       "Antonio A. Martinez and Aloke S. Bhandia and Henry H.
                 W. Lie",
  title =        "Benchmark standards for {ASIC} technology evaluation",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "66--70",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95aug/aug95_66.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-08-95.html",
  abstract =     "Two benchmark circuits are used for objectively
                 evaluating ASIC supplier performance claims. The method
                 applies first order equations relating capacitive
                 discharge currents and transistor saturation current to
                 arrive at a technology constant. The method has been
                 used to survey 14 ASIC suppliers with over 76 different
                 technologies. Results are shown for 48 CMOS
                 technologies.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1280 (Mixed analogue-digital circuits); B1285
                 (Analogue processing circuits); B2570 (Semiconductor
                 integrated circuits); B0170N (Reliability)",
  classification = "701.1; 714.2; 721.2; 721.3; 723.5; 902.2; B0170N
                 (Reliability); B1280 (Mixed analogue-digital circuits);
                 B1285 (Analogue processing circuits); B2570
                 (Semiconductor integrated circuits)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "application specific integrated circuits; Application
                 specific integrated circuits; ASIC supplier performance
                 claims; ASIC suppliers; ASIC technology evaluation;
                 benchmark; Benchmark circuits; benchmark standards;
                 Benchmark standards; Benchmarks; capacitive discharge
                 currents; Capacitive discharge currents; circuit;
                 circuit testing; circuits; CMOS integrated circuits;
                 CMOS technologies; Computer simulation; Electric
                 currents; Electric discharges; equations; Evaluation;
                 first order; First order equations; Gates (transistor);
                 Logic circuits; Performance; Product design;
                 reliability; saturation current; standards; Standards;
                 Suboptimal design; Technology; technology constant;
                 Technology constant; transistor; Transistor saturation
                 current; Transistors",
  thesaurus =    "Application specific integrated circuits; Circuit
                 reliability; Circuit testing; Standards",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1995:Ad,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Authors",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "71--74",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon May 27 08:32:08 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95aug/aug95_71.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-08-95.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Fahlbusch:1995:HPS,
  author =       "Klaus-Peter Fahlbusch and Thomas D. Roser",
  title =        "{HP PE}\slash {SolidDesigner}: dynamic modeling for
                 three-dimensional computer-aided design",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "6--13",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95oct/oct95_6t.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-10-95.html",
  abstract =     "The HP Precision Engineering SolidDesigner is a 3D
                 solid modeling design system based on the ACIS Kernel.
                 It provides the geometric model needed by design
                 workgroups in product development environments. The
                 strengths of this dynamic model technique are
                 presented. Topology changes are possible in most cases.
                 Model modifications can be defined when they become
                 required within the design process. Design changes do
                 not have to be anticipated when starting the model
                 creation. No constraints within the model exist, and
                 predictable results avoid the trial-and-error approach
                 of parametric and history-based systems. Dynamic
                 modeling's core component besides the relation solver
                 is the tool body, which is defined by the system
                 automatically for the Boolean operation during a model
                 modification. Although some limitations exist, most
                 design changes are possible in one or several steps.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6130B (Graphics techniques)",
  classification = "721.1; 723.1; 723.5; 913.1; 921.1; 921.4; C6130B
                 (Graphics techniques)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Basic local operations; Boolean algebra; Boundary
                 representation; CAD; Computational geometry; Computer
                 aided design; Computer simulation; Computer software;
                 computer-aided design; Constructive solid geometry;
                 Data exchange; Dimension-driven methods;
                 dimension-driven methods; Dynamic modeling; dynamic
                 modeling; Geometric model; geometry; HP
                 PE/SolidDesigner; Initial graphics exchange standard;
                 Kernels; local; Local geometry; Local operations;
                 Modification; Precision engineering; Product design;
                 Relation solver; relation solver; Solid modeling; Solid
                 modeling CAD systems; solid modeling CAD systems; solid
                 modelling; Three dimensional computer graphics;
                 three-dimensional; Three-dimensional computer-aided
                 design; Topology; Topology changes; topology changes",
  thesaurus =    "CAD; Solid modelling",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Hug:1995:UIH,
  author =       "Berthold Hug and Gerhard J. Walz and Markus Kuhl",
  title =        "User interaction in {HP PE}\slash {SolidDesigner}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "14--23",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95oct/oct95_14.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-10-95.html",
  abstract =     "The HP PE\slash SolidDesigner user interface is
                 modeled after the successful, easy-to-use,
                 easy-to-learn interface of earlier HP CAD products. All
                 commands are coded as Common Lisp action routines. A
                 user interface builder helps command programmers by
                 hiding details of the X Window System and the OSF\slash
                 Motif graphical user interface. Prototyping was done
                 using a specially developed Lisp-based interface to
                 OSF\slash Motif called HCLX.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6130B (Graphics techniques); C6180G (Graphical user
                 interfaces)",
  classification = "722.2; 723.1; 723.1.1; 723.5; C6130B (Graphics
                 techniques); C6180G (Graphical user interfaces)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Command language; common Lisp action; Common Lisp
                 action routines; Common lisp action routines; Computer
                 aided design; Computer graphics equipment; Computer
                 simulation; Computer software; Graphical user
                 interfaces; graphical user interfaces; HCLX; HP
                 PE/SolidDesigner; Interactive computer graphics;
                 interface; lisp (programming language); modelling;
                 OSF/Motif graphical user; OSF/Motif graphical user
                 interface; Prototyping; prototyping; routines; Software
                 prototyping; software prototyping; solid; User
                 interface; user interface; X Window System; x window
                 system",
  thesaurus =    "Graphical user interfaces; Software prototyping; Solid
                 modelling",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Freitag:1995:EBA,
  author =       "Stefan Freitag and Karsten Opitz",
  title =        "Enhancements in Blending Algorithms",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "24--34",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95oct/oct95_24.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-10-95.html",
  abstract =     "This article describes a rounding operation for a 3D
                 CAD boundary representation (B-Rep) solid model.
                 Complex combinations of convex and concave edges are
                 handled predictably and reliably. At vertices the
                 surfaces are smoothly connected by one or more surface
                 patches. An algorithm for the creation of blending
                 surfaces and their integration into the model is
                 outlined. The sequence of topological modifications
                 applied to the solid model is illustrated by examples
                 including some special case handling.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6130B (Graphics techniques)",
  classification = "C6130B (Graphics techniques)",
  keywords =     "3D CAD boundary; 3D CAD boundary representation;
                 Blending algorithms; blending algorithms; CAD;
                 representation; Rounding operation; rounding operation;
                 Solid model; solid model; solid modelling; Topological
                 modifications; topological modifications",
  thesaurus =    "CAD; Solid modelling",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Schild:1995:ODE,
  author =       "Peter J. Schild and Wolfgang Klemm and Gerhard J. Walz
                 and Hermann J. Ruess",
  title =        "Open data exchange with {HP PE\slash SolidDesigner}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "35--50",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95oct/oct95_35.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-10-95.html",
  abstract =     "HP PE\slash SolidDesigner supports the coexistence of
                 surface data with solid data and provides the ability
                 to import and modify surface and solid design data from
                 a variety of CAD systems. Backward compatibility with
                 HP PE\slash ME30 preserves the investment of existing
                 HP customers. Using improved IGES (Initial Graphics
                 Exchange Standard) import capability, both surface and
                 wireframe data can be imported. Surface data and solid
                 data can also be imported and exported using the STEP
                 (Standard for the Exchange of Product Model Data)
                 format. Once imported, this data can coexist with HP
                 PE\slash SolidDesigner solid data. It can be loaded,
                 saved, positioned, attached to, managed as part and
                 assembly structures, deleted, and used to create
                 solids. Attributes such as color can be modified. If
                 the set of surfaces is closed, HP PE\slash
                 SolidDesigner will create a solid from those surfaces
                 automatically.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6130B (Graphics techniques)",
  classification = "723.1; 723.2; 723.3; 723.5; 902.2; 921.4; C6130B
                 (Graphics techniques)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "ACIS formats; Computational geometry; Computer aided
                 design; Computer simulation; Computer software; Data
                 exchange; Data processing; Data structures; Database
                 systems; File organization; HP PE/SolidDesigner; IGES;
                 Initial graphics exchange standard; Open data exchange;
                 open data exchange; Program translators; Romulus
                 Kernel; Schema manager; Solid data; solid data; solid
                 modelling; Standard for the exchange of product model
                 data; Standards; STEP; Table lookup; Three dimensional
                 computer graphics; Topology",
  thesaurus =    "Solid modelling",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Brod:1995:PCO,
  author =       "Claus Brod and Max R. Kublin",
  title =        "Providing {CAD} Object Management Services through a
                 Base Class Library",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "51--60",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95oct/oct95_51.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-10-95.html",
  abstract =     "HP PE\slash SolidDesigner's data structure manager
                 makes it possible to save a complex 3D solid model and
                 load it from file systems and databases. Using the
                 concepts of transactions and bulletin boards, it keeps
                 track of changes to a model, implements an undo
                 operation, and notifies external applications of
                 changes.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6130B (Graphics techniques); C7104 (Office
                 automation); C6120 (File organisation)",
  classification = "C6120 (File organisation); C6130B (Graphics
                 techniques); C7104 (Office automation)",
  keywords =     "Base class library; base class library; Bulletin
                 boards; bulletin boards; CAD; CAD object management
                 services; complex 3D solid; Complex 3D solid model;
                 Data structure manager; data structure manager; data
                 structures; electronic mail; File systems; file
                 systems; HP; HP PE/SolidDesigner; model;
                 PE/SolidDesigner; solid modelling",
  thesaurus =    "CAD; Data structures; Electronic mail; Solid
                 modelling",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1995:EHD,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Exception Handling and Development Support",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "55--55",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95oct/oct95_55.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-10-95.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Metzger:1995:FSM,
  author =       "Michael Metzger and Sabine Eismann",
  title =        "Freeform Surface Modeling",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "61--68",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95oct/oct95_61.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-10-95.html",
  abstract =     "There are two methods for creating freeform surfaces
                 in HP PE\slash SolidDesigner: blending and lofting.
                 This article describes the basics of lofting. The
                 geometry engine, which implements the lofting
                 functionality, uses a single-data-type implementation
                 for its geometric interface, but takes a
                 multiple-data-type, hybrid approach internally.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6130B (Graphics techniques)",
  classification = "C6130B (Graphics techniques)",
  keywords =     "Blending; blending; Freeform surface modeling;
                 freeform surface modeling; Geometric interface;
                 geometric interface; Geometry engine; geometry engine;
                 HP PE/SolidDesigner; Hybrid approach; hybrid approach;
                 Lofting; lofting; multiple-data-; Multiple-data-type;
                 solid modelling; type",
  thesaurus =    "Solid modelling",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Kilian:1995:CLE,
  author =       "Jens Kilian and Heinz-Peter Arndt",
  title =        "{Common Lisp} as an Embedded Extension Language",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "69--73",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95oct/oct95_69.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-10-95.html",
  abstract =     "HP's PE\slash ME10 and PE\slash ME30 CAD systems
                 contain an extension based on the macro expansion
                 paradigm. One disadvantage of this macro language is
                 that it is nonstandard. No other application uses the
                 same language, and programs written in it have to be
                 ported when the user switches to another CAD system.
                 Conversely, a large part of HP PE\slash SolidDesigner
                 is written in Common Lisp. To the developers, this
                 approach offers a very flexible, interactive mode of
                 programming. The finished programs can be compiled to
                 eliminate the speed penalty for and users. Common Lisp
                 is also used as a user-accessible extension language
                 for HP PE\slash SolidDesigner. It is a standardized,
                 open programming language, not a proprietary one as in
                 HP PE\slash ME10 and PE\slash ME30, and the developers
                 of HP PE\slash SolidDesigner believe that this will
                 prove to be an immense advantage.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6140D (High level languages); C6180 (User
                 interfaces)",
  classification = "722.2; 723.1; 723.1.1; 723.5; C6140D (High level
                 languages); C6180 (User interfaces)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Action routines; Application programs; C (programming
                 language); CAD; Commands; Common Lisp; Common Lisp
                 (programming language); Computer aided design; Computer
                 software; Data structures; Embedded extension language;
                 embedded extension language; Embedded programming
                 language; Extension language; Fortran (programming
                 language); Functions; LISP; Lisp (programming
                 language); Macros; PE/SolidDesigner; Program compilers;
                 Program translators; Standardization; User interfaces;
                 user interfaces; User-accessible extension language;
                 user-accessible extension language",
  thesaurus =    "CAD; LISP; User interfaces",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Ernst:1995:BSO,
  author =       "Peter H. Ernst",
  title =        "{Boolean} Set Operations with Solid Models",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "74--79",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95oct/oct95_74.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-10-95.html",
  abstract =     "The Boolean engine of HP PE\slash SolidDesigner
                 applies standard and nonstandard Boolean set operations
                 to solid models to perform an impressive variety of
                 machining operations. Parallel calculation boosts
                 performance, especially with multiprocessor hardware.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C7480 (Production engineering computing); C6130B
                 (Graphics techniques); C3355C (Control applications in
                 machining processes and machine tools)",
  classification = "C3355C (Control applications in machining processes
                 and machine tools); C6130B (Graphics techniques); C7480
                 (Production engineering computing)",
  keywords =     "Boolean engine; Boolean set operations; calculation;
                 HP; HP PE/SolidDesigner; machining; Machining
                 operations; machining operations; Multiprocessor
                 hardware; multiprocessor hardware; parallel; Parallel
                 calculation; PE/SolidDesigner; solid modelling; Solid
                 models; solid models",
  thesaurus =    "Machining; Solid modelling",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1995:FIU,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Fighting Inaccuracies: Using Perturbation to Make
                 {Boolean} Operations Robust",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "78--78",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95oct/oct95_78.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-10-95.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Armantrout:1995:MRW,
  author =       "Robert J. Armantrout",
  title =        "A Microwave Receiver for Wide-Bandwidth Signals",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "80--88",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95oct/oct95_80.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-10-95.html",
  abstract =     "A predominant trend in modern microwave signals is the
                 move toward wider bandwidth. The trend continues to be
                 evident in all areas of satellite and terrestrial
                 microwave communications. Signal bandwidths of 30 MHz
                 or more are typical. Conventional instruments such as
                 spectrum analyzers, however, do not operate at
                 microwave frequencies and are not well-suited for
                 direct connection to an antenna as required in an
                 operational environment. A solution is the HP 71910A
                 wide-bandwidth receiver. The HP 71910A combines the
                 attributes of a microwave receiver with the strengths
                 of a microwave spectrum analyzer. The HP 71910A
                 provides easy interfacing to vector signal analyzers
                 and modulation-domain analyzers and extends the
                 measurement capability of these instruments into the
                 microwave frequency range. Finally, it provides
                 standard connection to commercial communications
                 demodulator products.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
                 systems); B6250 (Radio links and equipment); B6320
                 (Radar equipment, systems and applications)",
  classification = "655.2.1; 715; 716.1; 716.2; 942.1; 942.2; B6250
                 (Radio links and equipment); B6320 (Radar equipment,
                 systems and applications); B7210X (Other
                 instrumentation and measurement systems)",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Amplifiers (electronic); Amplitude modulation;
                 Bandwidth; bandwidth receiver; Demodulation; Electric
                 variables measurement; Frequency domain analysis;
                 Frequency modulation; HP 71910A wide-; HP 71910A
                 wide-bandwidth receiver; Microwave communications;
                 Microwave devices; Microwave receiver; microwave
                 receiver; microwave receivers; Microwave spectrum
                 analyzers; Microwaves; Modular measurement system;
                 Modular spectrum analyzer; modular spectrum analyzer;
                 Radar; radar receivers; Radar signals; radar signals;
                 Satellite communication systems; Signal receivers;
                 spectral analysers; Spectrum analyzers; Vector signal
                 analysis; Wide bandwidth signals; wide bandwidth
                 signals; Wide-bandwidth signals",
  thesaurus =    "Microwave receivers; Radar receivers; Spectral
                 analysers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1995:FDW,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Firmware Design for Wide-Bandwidth {IF} Support and
                 Improved Measurement Speed",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "84--85",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95oct/oct95_84.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-10-95.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1995:HSV,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "The {HP} 89400 Series Vector Signal Analyzers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "87--87",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 26 09:44:33 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95oct/oct95_87.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-10-95.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Armantrout:1995:IMW,
  author =       "Robert J. Armantrout and Terrence R. Noe and
                 Christopher E. Stewart and Leonard M. Weber",
  title =        "An {IF} Module for Wide-Bandwidth Signals",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "89--103",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95oct/oct95_89.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-10-95.html",
  abstract =     "The HP 70911A IF module provides the HP 71910A
                 receiver with wideband demodulation and variable
                 bandwidths up to 100 MHz, while maintaining the gain
                 accuracy of a spectrum analyzer.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6250 (Radio links and equipment); B6120 (Modulation
                 methods)",
  classification = "B6120 (Modulation methods); B6250 (Radio links and
                 equipment)",
  keywords =     "71910A receiver; demodulation; Gain accuracy; gain
                 accuracy; HP; HP 70911A IF module; HP 71910A receiver;
                 IF module; microwave receivers; Spectrum analyzer;
                 spectrum analyzer; Variable bandwidths; variable
                 bandwidths; Wide-bandwidth signals; wide-bandwidth
                 signals; Wideband demodulation; wideband demodulation",
  thesaurus =    "Demodulation; Microwave receivers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Cassidy:1995:LWA,
  author =       "John J. {Cassidy, Jr.}",
  title =        "The Log Weighted Average for Measuring Printer
                 Throughput",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "104--106",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95oct/oct95_10.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-10-95.html",
  abstract =     "The log weighted average balances the different time
                 scales of various plots in a test suite. It prevents an
                 overemphasis on plots that take a long time to print
                 and allows adjustments according to the expected user
                 profile weighting. It is based on percentage changes
                 rather than absolute plot times.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  classification = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  keywords =     "Log weighted average; log weighted average; Printer
                 throughput measurement; printer throughput measurement;
                 printers; profile weighting; user; User profile
                 weighting",
  thesaurus =    "Printers",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1995:Ae,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Authors",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "107--110",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon May 27 08:32:08 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95oct/authoc95.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-10-95.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Kong:1995:DES,
  author =       "Michael M. Kong",
  title =        "{DCE}: An Environment for Secure Client\slash Server
                 Computing",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "6--15",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95dec/dec95_6t.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-95.html",
  abstract =     "The Distributed Computing Environment (DCE) is a suite
                 of software developed in 1989 under the aegis of the
                 Open Software Foundation (OSF) through the OSF RFT
                 (request for technology) process. This software
                 integrates technologies for threads, remote procedure
                 calls, security, naming, time synchronization, and
                 remote file access. DCE not only eases the development
                 and execution of secure client\slash server
                 applications but also ensures the portability and
                 interoperability of these applications across many
                 kinds of computers and networks.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6150N (Distributed systems software); C5620L (Local
                 area networks); C6130S (Data security)",
  classification = "721.1; 722.3; 722.4; 723.1; 723.2; 723.3",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Authentication; Client server computing; client server
                 computing; client-server systems; Clock
                 synchronization; Computer networks; Computer operating
                 systems; Computer software; Computer software
                 portability; data; Data communication systems; data
                 security; Data structures; DCE; Distributed computer
                 systems; Distributed computing environment; Distributed
                 Computing Environment; Distributed database systems;
                 Distributed file service; distributed processing;
                 Distributed time service; Fileset; Foundation;
                 Information management; Interface definition language;
                 interoperable software; Network protocols; Open
                 Software; portability; Remote procedure call; security
                 of; Security of data; software; software portability;
                 Synchronization; User interfaces",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Lloyd:1995:ADT,
  author =       "Paul Lloyd and Samuel D. Horowitz",
  title =        "Adopting {DCE} Technology for Developing Client\slash
                 Server Applications",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "16--22",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95dec/dec95_16.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-95.html",
  abstract =     "According to Hewlett--Packard (HP), companies can
                 receive significant benefits by adopting open system
                 client\slash server approaches for implementing
                 information technology solutions. In fact, the
                 information technology group at HP has adopted the Open
                 Software Foundation's Distributed Computing Environment
                 (OSF DCF) as a recommended technology for the
                 implementation of client\slash server applications
                 within HP. This article discusses the issues that led
                 HP to shift toward open systems for information
                 technology client\slash server applications, the
                 rationale for choosing DCE as a key technology, and the
                 elements of a new infrastructure built to provide the
                 necessary services required to realize the benefits of
                 open systems.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6150N (Distributed systems software); C5620L (Local
                 area networks); C6110B (Software engineering
                 techniques)",
  classification = "722.3; 722.4; 723.1; 723.2; 723.5; 903",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Client server information technology; client-server
                 systems; client/server systems; Computer architecture;
                 Computer networks; Computer operating systems; Computer
                 software; Customer satisfaction; Database systems; DCE;
                 Distributed computer systems; Distributed Computing
                 Environment; Distributed computing environment
                 technology; distributed processing; environment;
                 Hewlett; Information technology; information
                 technology; Interface definition language; legacy; Open
                 systems; open systems; Packard computers; Quality
                 assurance; Security of data; software portability; User
                 interfaces",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Kong:1995:DDS,
  author =       "Michael M. Kong and David Truong",
  title =        "{DCE} Directory Services",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "23--27",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95dec/dec95_23.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-95.html",
  abstract =     "The DCE directory services provide access for
                 applications and users to a federation of naming
                 systems at the global, enterprise, and application
                 levels.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6150N (Distributed systems software); C6120 (File
                 organisation)",
  keywords =     "DCE; directory services; distributed applications;
                 Distributed Computing Environment; distributed
                 processing; Hewlett Packard; Hewlett Packard computers;
                 naming; naming systems; Open Software Foundation; open
                 systems; services; universal unique identifier",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Martin:1995:XOF,
  author =       "Elizabeth A. Martin",
  title =        "{X\slash Open} Federated Naming",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "28--33",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95dec/dec95_28.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-95.html",
  abstract =     "The X\slash Open Federated Naming (XFN) specification
                 defines uniform naming interfaces for accessing a
                 variety of naming systems. XFN specifies a syntax for
                 composite names, which are names that span multiple
                 naming systems, and provides operations to join
                 existing naming systems together into a relatively
                 seamless naming federation.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6120 (File organisation); C6150N (Distributed systems
                 software)",
  keywords =     "composite names; distributed processing; formal
                 specification; Hewlett; multiple; naming federation;
                 naming interfaces; naming services; naming systems;
                 open systems; Packard computers; specification; syntax;
                 X/Open Federated Naming; XFN",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Marcus:1995:HIL,
  author =       "Jane B. Marcus and Navaneet Kumar and Lawrence J.
                 Rose",
  title =        "{HP} Integrated Login",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "34--40",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95dec/dec95_34.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-95.html",
  abstract =     "The HP Integrated Login product addresses the needs of
                 customers wishing to deploy multiple security
                 technologies. It improves usability by providing
                 single-step login. Options to configure fallback login
                 technologies ensure robustness in the event of network
                 failure. The product is specifically convenient for
                 customers deploying DCE, because DCE and HP Integrated
                 Login together provide the tools needed to maintain
                 high level of consistency between DCE and the HP-UX
                 system for user account information.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6130S (Data security); C6150J (Operating systems)",
  classification = "722.2; 722.3; 722.4; 723.1; 723.2; 723.3",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Computer networks; Computer operating systems;
                 Computer systems; customer needs; Data processing;
                 Database systems; Hewlett Packard; Hewlett Packard
                 computers; HP Integrated Login; HP-UX; Information
                 technology; Integrated login coordinates; Libauth
                 library interfaces; operating system; operating systems
                 (computers); Password consistency; Security of data;
                 security of data; Synchronization; system security;
                 Usability; usability; User interfaces",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Gittler:1995:DSS,
  author =       "Frederic Gittler and Anne C. Hopkins",
  title =        "The {DCE} Security Service",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "41--48",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95dec/dec95_41.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-95.html",
  abstract =     "The Distributed Computing Environment (DCE) of the
                 Open Software Foundation is a collection of integrated
                 services supporting the distribution of applications on
                 multiple machines across a network. In most cases,
                 networks are inherently insecure, thus the distribution
                 of business applications is prohibited. This article
                 describes a DCE security service that provides a set of
                 security mechanisms which can be easily used by a
                 distributed application to remove security
                 vulnerabilities.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6130S (Data security); C6150N (Distributed systems
                 software)",
  classification = "722.2; 722.3; 723.1; 723.2; 723.5; 903",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "authentication; Authentication credentials;
                 authorisation; Availability; client server; Client
                 server applications; client-server systems; Computer
                 software; Cryptography; cryptography; Data
                 communication systems; Database systems; DCE security
                 service; Distributed computer systems; Distributed
                 Computing Environment; distributed processing;
                 Distribution computing environment; Encryption keys;
                 encryption keys; Information technology; message
                 authentication; Network protocols; Security of data;
                 Security protocol; security protocol; System security
                 requirements; systems; tickets; User interfaces; User
                 passwords; user passwords",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1995:Gb,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Glossary",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "42--42",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon May 27 08:32:08 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95dec/dec95_42.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-95.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Caswell:1995:EDA,
  author =       "Deborah L. Caswell",
  title =        "An Evolution of {DCE} Authorization Services",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "49--54",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95dec/dec95_49.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-95.html",
  abstract =     "One of the strengths of the Open Software Foundation's
                 Distributed Computing Environment is that it allows
                 developers to consider authentication, authorization,
                 privacy, and integrity early in the design of a
                 client\slash server application. The HP implementation
                 evolves what DCE offers to make it easier for server
                 developers to use.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6130S (Data security); C6150N (Distributed systems
                 software)",
  keywords =     "application; authentication; authorisation;
                 authorization; authorization services; client server;
                 client-server systems; data; data integrity; data
                 privacy; DCE; Distributed Computing Environment;
                 Hewlett Packard computers; message authentication; Open
                 Software Foundation; privacy",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Gittler:1995:OOA,
  author =       "Mihaela C. Gittler and Michael Z. Luo and Luis M.
                 Maldonado",
  title =        "An Object-Oriented Application Framework for
                 {DCE-Based} Systems",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "55--60",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95dec/dec95_55.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-95.html",
  abstract =     "The HP Object-Oriented DCE (HP OODCE) provides a
                 library of framework and utility classes that hide DCE
                 programmatic complexity from developers and provide
                 automatic default behavior to ease the development of
                 distributed applications and to shorten application
                 development time. This HP product offers flexibility by
                 allowing developers to use subclassing and customized
                 implementation. HP OODCE allows clients to view remote
                 objects as C++ objects and to access member functions
                 and receive results without making explicit remote
                 procedure calls (RPCs). In addition, with the use of
                 interfaces specified by the Interface Definition
                 Language (IDL), applications are able to communicate
                 with each other. Furthermore, HP OODCE creates an
                 object-oriented programming environment with the use of
                 the C++ class library and the IDL compiler (IDL++).",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6180 (User interfaces); C6115 (Programming support);
                 C6110J (Object-oriented programming); C6140D (High
                 level languages)",
  classification = "722.3; 722.4; 723.1; 723.1.1; 723.2; 723.3",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Abstractions; C (programming language); C language;
                 C++ class library; Client server classes; compiler;
                 Computer hardware description languages; Computer
                 networks; Computer operating systems; Computer
                 software; Data communication systems; Database systems;
                 DCE-based systems; Distributed computer systems;
                 Distributed computing environment based systems;
                 Errors; HP; Interface Definition Language; Interface
                 definition language compiler; management systems;
                 Object oriented programming; object-oriented
                 application framework; object-oriented DCE;
                 object-oriented programming; OODCE; Program compilers;
                 Remote procedure calls; Security of data; user
                 interface",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1995:Gc,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Glossary",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "60--60",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon May 27 08:32:08 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95dec/dec95_60.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-95.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Gupta:1995:HEM,
  author =       "Pankaj Gupta",
  title =        "{HP Encina\slash 9000}: Middleware for Constructing
                 Transaction Processing Applications",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "61--74",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95dec/dec95_61.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-95.html",
  abstract =     "A transaction processing monitor for distributed
                 transaction processing applications maintains the ACID
                 (atomicity, consistency, isolation, and durability)
                 properties of the transactions and provides recovery
                 facilities for aborting transactions and recovering
                 from system or network failures.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6150N (Distributed systems software); C6150J
                 (Operating systems)",
  keywords =     "ACID properties; application construction; atomicity;
                 consistency; durability; Hewlett Packard computers; HP
                 Encina/9000; isolation; middleware; processing;
                 recovery facilities; system recovery; transaction;
                 transaction processing; transaction processing
                 monitor",
  treatment =    "T Theoretical or Mathematical",
}

@Article{Campbell:1995:OOP,
  author =       "Mark C. Campbell and David K. Hinds and Ana V.
                 Kapetanakis and David S. Levin and Stephen J. McFarland
                 and David J. Miller and J. Scott Southworth",
  title =        "Object-Oriented Perspective on Software System Testing
                 in a Distributed Environment",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "75--81",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95dec/dec95_75.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-95.html",
  abstract =     "A flexible object-oriented test system was developed
                 to deal with the testing challenges imposed by software
                 systems that run in distributed client\slash server
                 environments.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6110J (Object-oriented programming); C6115
                 (Programming support); C6150G (Diagnostic, testing,
                 debugging and evaluating systems); C6150N (Distributed
                 systems software)",
  keywords =     "client-server systems; distributed client/server
                 environments; flexible object-oriented test;
                 object-oriented programming; program; software system
                 testing; system; testing",
  treatment =    "T Theoretical or Mathematical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1995:OMGb,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "The {Object Management Group}'s Distributed Object
                 Model",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "76--76",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon May 27 07:22:47 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95dec/dec95_76.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-95.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1995:OOP,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Object-Oriented Programming",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "79--79",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon May 27 07:22:47 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95dec/dec95_79.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-95.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Boos:1995:NLF,
  author =       "Andreas Boos and Michelle Houghton Jagger and Gunter
                 W. Paret and Jurgen W. Hausmann",
  title =        "A New, Lightweight Fetal Telemetry System",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "82--93",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95dec/dec95_82.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-95.html",
  abstract =     "The HP Series 50 T fetal telemetry system combines
                 both external and internal monitoring of the fetus in a
                 small, lightweight transmitter that is easy and
                 comfortable for the patient to carry. It is useful for
                 monitoring in labor, monitoring of high-risk patients,
                 monitoring in transit, antepartum nonstress testing,
                 and monitoring in the bath.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A8760G (Microwaves and other electromagnetic waves
                 (medical uses)); A8770 (Biomedical engineering); B7510B
                 (Radiation and radioactivity applications in
                 biomedicine); B7210F (Telemetering systems)",
  keywords =     "antepartum nonstress testing; bath monitoring;
                 biomedical equipment; biomedical telemetry; external
                 monitoring; high-risk patients; HP Series 50 T fetal;
                 internal monitoring; labor; lightweight fetal telemetry
                 system; medical instrumentation; monitoring; patient;
                 telemetry system; transit monitoring",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Buted:1995:ZBD,
  author =       "Rolando R. Buted",
  title =        "Zero bias detector diodes for the {RF}\slash {ID}
                 market",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "94--98",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95dec/dec95_94.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-95.html",
  abstract =     "Hewlett--Packard's newest silicon detector diodes were
                 developed to meet the requirements for receiver service
                 in radio frequency identification tags. These
                 requirements include portability, small size, long
                 life, and low cost.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6250Z (Other radio links); B1350F (Solid-state
                 microwave circuits and devices); B2560H (Junction and
                 barrier diodes); B7230 (Sensing devices and
                 transducers); B7310N (Microwave measurement
                 techniques)",
  keywords =     "930 MHz to 10 GHz; applications; cost; detector
                 diodes; diodes; Hewlett--Packard; identification;
                 identification system; identification tags; long life;
                 low; microwave detectors; microwave diodes;
                 portability; product tracking; radio; radio frequency;
                 radio signals; receiver service; RF/ID market; Schottky
                 diodes; Si; small size; tracking; UHF; UHF detectors;
                 zero bias detector diodes",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1995:BRI,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Backscatter {RF\slash ID} Systems",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "46",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "95--95",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1995",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon May 27 07:22:47 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/95dec/dec95_95.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-12-95.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Fiduccia:1996:SRB,
  author =       "Nicholas S. Fiduccia",
  title =        "Sidebar: Runway Bus Electrical Design Considerations",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "??--??",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Sep 17 14:47:56 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com:80/hpj/feb96/feba2sb.html",
  abstract =     "The Runway bus's high bandwidth is a result of the
                 strategies adopted for its electrical design. These
                 included an efficient data transfer scheme, a simple
                 clock system with low clock skew, a compact bus
                 topology, and a termination strategy that eliminates
                 dead cycles when changing bus masters.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Nelson:1996:SKC,
  author =       "Gerald J. Nelson and James K. Koch",
  title =        "Sidebar: {K} Class Power System",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "??--??",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Sep 17 14:43:00 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com:80/hpj/feb96/feba1sb.html",
  abstract =     "The power system in the HP 9000 K-class servers uses a
                 number of new and emerging technologies to achieve
                 excellent platform performance without compromising
                 cost, reliability, and quality metrics. Combined in the
                 power system are the system power monitor, the system
                 power supply, and an optional uninterruptible power
                 supply (UPS). Key contributions of the system power
                 monitor include: system turn-on and initialization
                 including error reporting via a front-panel LCD
                 display, temperature monitoring and cooling, fan speed
                 control based on ambient temperature, fan
                 synchronization and fault detection, continuous power
                 supply output voltage monitoring, special manufacturing
                 modes of operation, overtemperature detection and
                 warning, overtemperature shutdown, and other features.
                 The system power supply uses power factor correction to
                 achieve low power-line distortion while maximizing the
                 available VA capacity of the input ac circuit. A
                 standard dc-to-dc forward converter follows the
                 regulated power factor corrected output. Remote sensing
                 is used on all output rails to achieve tight regulation
                 specifications. The power system is optimized for use
                 with several HP UPSs employing both offline and online
                 technologies. The UPSs use an autoranging technology
                 allowing worldwide use. Worldwide regulatory and safety
                 approvals apply to these UPSs. The hardware provides
                 power-line filtering and conditioning while the
                 firmware provides many useful status and control
                 capabilities, both real-time and programmed for later
                 execution.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Harline:1996:SMW,
  author =       "Matt J. Harline and Brendan A. Voge and Loren P.
                 Staley and Badir M. Mousa",
  title =        "Symmetric multiprocessing workstations and servers
                 system --- designed for high performance and low cost",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "8--17",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-02-96.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5430 (Microcomputers); C5630 (Networking equipment);
                 C0310H (Equipment and software evaluation methods);
                 C5440 (Multiprocessing systems); C5540 (Terminals and
                 graphic displays)",
  keywords =     "2-way symmetric multiprocessing; 4-way symmetric
                 multiprocessing; computer evaluation; computers; cost;
                 equipment evaluation; file servers; Hewlett Packard; HP
                 3000 Series 9x9KS business-; HP 9000 Series 700
                 J-class; HP 9000 Series 800 K-class servers;
                 multiprocessing systems; network servers; oriented
                 systems; performance; price classes; servers; system;
                 system design; technical; workstations",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Bryg:1996:HLM,
  author =       "William R. Bryg and Kenneth K. Chan and Nicholas S.
                 Fiduccia",
  title =        "A High-Performance, Low-Cost Multiprocessor Bus for
                 Workstations and Midrange Servers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "18--24",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-02-96.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5610S (System buses); C5440 (Multiprocessing
                 systems); C5630 (Networking equipment); C0310H
                 (Equipment and software evaluation methods)",
  keywords =     "768 Mbyte/s; address bus; data bus; equipment
                 evaluation; Hewlett Packard computers; high-performance
                 multiprocessor bus; mid-range; multiplexing equipment;
                 multiprocessing systems; network; optimized;
                 processor-memory-I/O interconnect; Runway bus; servers;
                 sustained memory bandwidths; symmetric multiprocessing;
                 synchronous 64-bit split-transaction; system buses;
                 systems; time-multiplexed bus; workstations",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Chan:1996:DHP,
  author =       "Kenneth K. Chan and Cyrus C. Hay and John R. Keller
                 and Gordon P. Kurpanek and Francis X. Schumacher and
                 Jason Zheng",
  title =        "Design of the {HP PA} 7200 {CPU}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "25--33",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Jan 09 12:12:28 2001",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://cpus.hp.com/techreports/pa7200_design.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-02-96.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1265F (Microprocessors and microcomputers); C5130
                 (Microprocessor chips); C5440 (Multiprocessing
                 systems); C5230 (Digital arithmetic methods)",
  keywords =     "4-way multiprocessor system; arithmetic logic units;
                 cache storage; computers; data cache; digital
                 arithmetic; enhanced; general; Hewlett Packard;
                 Hewlett--Packard PA 7200 CPU; integer ALUs; integer
                 superscalar execution; microprocessor chip;
                 microprocessor chips; multiprocessing systems;
                 organization; performance; prefetching mechanism;
                 reduced instruction set computing",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Alexander:1996:VCD,
  author =       "Thomas B. Alexander and Kent A. Dickey and David N.
                 Goldberg and Ross V. {La Fetra} and James R. McGee and
                 Nazeem Noordeen and Akshya Prakash",
  title =        "Verification, Characterization, and Debugging of the
                 {HP PA} 7200 Processor",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "34--43",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Jan 09 12:23:17 2001",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://cpus.hp.com/techreports/pa7200_verification.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-02-96.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1265F (Microprocessors and microcomputers); B0170E
                 (Production facilities and engineering); C5130
                 (Microprocessor chips); C5470 (Performance evaluation
                 and testing)",
  keywords =     "chip design; chips; computer debugging; computer
                 testing; computers; debugging tools; electrical
                 verification; functional verification; Hewlett Packard;
                 Hewlett--Packard PA 7200 CPU chip; high-; IC
                 fabrication process; integrated circuit; integrated
                 circuit design; integrated circuit testing;
                 manufacture; microprocessor; processor
                 characterization; processor debugging; quality product;
                 testing methods",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Hotchkiss:1996:NMS,
  author =       "Thomas R. Hotchkiss and Norman D. Marschke and Richard
                 M. McClosky",
  title =        "A New Memory System Design for Commercial and
                 Technical Computing Products",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "44--51",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-02-96.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5310 (Storage system design); C5320G (Semiconductor
                 storage)C0310H (Equipment and software evaluation
                 methods)",
  keywords =     "availability; bandwidth; capacity; commercial
                 computing; commercial servers; customer application
                 performance; DRAM chips; equipment evaluation; Hewlett
                 Packard computers; Hewlett--Packard; J/K-class memory
                 system design; latency; memory architecture; memory
                 interleaving; performance scalability; products;
                 reliability; system-level parallelism; technical
                 computing products; technical workstations",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Kjos:1996:HCC,
  author =       "Todd J. Kjos and Helen Nusbaum and Michael K. Traynor
                 and Brendan A. Voge",
  title =        "Hardware Cache Coherent Input\slash Output",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "52--59",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-02-96.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5220 (Computer architecture); C6150J (Operating
                 systems)",
  keywords =     "cache; cache storage; coherency; hardware cache
                 coherent I/O; Hewlett Packard computers; HP PA-RISC
                 architecture; I/O data transfer; input-output;
                 programs; reduced instruction set computing; system
                 performance",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Chang:1996:FCC,
  author =       "Justin S. Chang and Richard Dugan and Benny W. H. Lai
                 and Margaret M. Nakamoto",
  title =        "A {1.0625-Gbit/s Fibre Channel} chipset with laser
                 driver",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "60--67",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-02-96.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6210L (Computer communications); C5630 (Networking
                 equipment); C5640 (Protocols); C5690 (Other data
                 communication equipment and techniques)",
  keywords =     "1.0625 Gbit/s; 1512; arbitrated loop protocol;
                 chipset; clock; clock recovery; comma character; data
                 communication equipment; data multiplexing; detection;
                 FC-0; Fibre Channel; Fibre Channel chipset; HDMP-;
                 HDMP-1514; Hewlett Packard computers; laser driver;
                 physical layer specification; protocols; synthesis
                 phase-locked loop; word alignment",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Gilray:1996:ACI,
  author =       "J. J. Gilray",
  title =        "Applying the code inspection process to hardware
                 descriptions",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "68--72",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C0310F (Software development management); C6110B
                 (Software engineering techniques); C6140D (High level
                 languages)",
  keywords =     "code inspection process; hardware description
                 languages; hardware descriptions; HDL; software
                 quality; Verilog HDL",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Birgenheier:1996:OCP,
  author =       "Raymond A. Birgenheier",
  title =        "Overview of Code-Domain Power, Timing, and Phase
                 Measurements",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "73--93",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/toc-02-96.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6250F (Mobile radio systems); B7310 (Electric and
                 magnetic variables measurement); B6150E (Multiple
                 access communication)",
  keywords =     "algorithms; base station transmitter measurements;
                 CDMA; cellular adapter; cellular radio; cellular
                 transmitters; code division multiple access;
                 code-domain power; electric; HP 83203B CDMA;
                 measurement; phase measurements; timing; variables
                 measurement",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Cripe:1996:CDE,
  author =       "Brian E. Cripe and Jon A. Brewster and Dana E.
                 Laursen",
  title =        "A Common Desktop Environment for Platforms Based on
                 the {UNIX} Operating System",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "6--13",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/apr96/apr96.htm;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/apr96/ap96a1.pdf",
  abstract =     "User interface technologies from four companies have
                 been combined to create a single UNIX desktop standard
                 that provides a common look and feel for end users and
                 a common set of tools for system administrators and
                 application developers. The HP VUE user will find much
                 to appreciate in the Common Desktop Environment (CDE).
                 CDE retains the best end-user features of HP VUE, such
                 as workspaces and the iconic desktop behavior. CDE adds
                 many new end-user services, such as an integrated
                 mailer and a calendar system. The system administrator
                 gets a rich and new standard set of configuration
                 options that also shares much of the HP VUE approach. A
                 software developer has optional access to a new
                 programming framework to take advantage of deep
                 environment integration.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6115 (Programming support); C6150J (Operating
                 systems); C6180 (User interfaces)",
  classification = "722.2; 722.4; 723.1; 723.2; 723.5",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Calendar; calendar system; Common desktop environment;
                 common desktop environment; Computer aided software
                 engineering; Computer architecture; Computer operating
                 systems; Computer systems; File editors; File
                 organization; Graphical user interfaces; help facility;
                 Hewlett-; IBM; iconic desktop behavior; Information
                 management; integrated; interface toolkit; Mailer;
                 mailer; Network protocols; Novell; OSF/Motif; Packard;
                 Personal computers; programming environments; software
                 developer; Sun Microsystems; Text editor; UNIX; Unix;
                 UNIX operating system; user; User interfaces; user
                 interfaces",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Ellendman:1996:AAA,
  author =       "Anna Ellendman and William R. Yoder",
  title =        "Accessing and Administering Applications in {CDE}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "15--23",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/apr96/apr96.htm",
  abstract =     "Setting up transparent access to applications and
                 resources in a highly networked environment is made
                 simpler by facilities that enable system administrators
                 to integrate applications into the CDE desktop. This
                 article describes how users locate and launch
                 applications from the CDE desktop and how system
                 administrators integrate applications into the
                 desktop's graphical environment. The information is
                 also relevant for application developers, because the
                 administration model and tools for integrating existing
                 applications are also used to provide basic integration
                 for new applications.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6150J (Operating systems); C6180G (Graphical user
                 interfaces); C6115 (Programming support)",
  classification = "722.2; 722.4; 723.3; 723.5",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "administrators; application developers; Application
                 groups; Application icons; Application manager;
                 Application search path; CDE; Common desktop
                 environment; common desktop environment; Computer aided
                 software engineering; Computer simulation; Computer
                 systems; data; Data files; Database systems; File
                 editors; File manager; File organization; files;
                 graphical desktop; Graphical user interfaces; graphical
                 user interfaces; network transparency; operating
                 systems (computers); Personal computers; programming
                 environments; software tools; system; UNIX systems;
                 User model",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1996:ASC,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Application Servers and Clients in {CDE}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "22--??",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Feb 04 05:42:49 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/apr96/apr96.htm",
  abstract =     "The Common Desktop Environment (CDE) operates in a
                 networked, client\slash server environment. This
                 article describes the services and configuration files
                 provided in CDE to support client\slash server remote
                 execution.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "722.2; 722.4; 723.2; 723.3; 723.5",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Application clients; Application servers; Application
                 services; Common desktop environment; Computer
                 simulation; Computer systems; Computer workstations;
                 Database systems; Desktop display services; File
                 organization; File services; Graphical user interfaces;
                 Personal computers; Security of data; Session
                 services",
}

@Article{Barstow:1996:CAD,
  author =       "Arthur F. Barstow",
  title =        "The {CDE} Action and Data Typing Services",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "24--28",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/apr96/apr96.htm",
  abstract =     "Two fundamental requirements of a computerized desktop
                 system are a unified view of a user's data and a
                 consistent access method to the data. This article
                 describes how Hewlett--Packard's Common Desktop
                 Environment (CDE) meets these requirements through the
                 use of its data typing and action services. The data
                 typing service defines attributes of a data type such
                 as its appearance (icon) and behavior (action). The
                 action service provides mechanisms for linking a data
                 type's behavior to its associated application or
                 execution command.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C7108 (Desktop publishing); C6160 (Database management
                 systems (DBMS)); C6130B (Graphics techniques); C6180G
                 (Graphical user interfaces)",
  classification = "722.1; 722.2; 722.4; 723.2; 723.3; 903.4",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "action service; APIs; Application programming
                 interfaces; attributes; Buffer storage; Command
                 actions; Common desktop environment; computerized
                 desktop system; consistent access method; data; Data
                 attributed records; Data criteria records; Data storage
                 equipment; Data structures; Data typing services; data
                 typing services; database management systems; Database
                 systems; databases; Desktop Environment; desktop
                 publishing; execution command; File manager; File
                 organization; graphical; Graphical user interfaces;
                 Hewett-Packard's Common; icon; Information retrieval;
                 Information services; Map actions; Message actions;
                 Personal computers; user interfaces; user's",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Joy:1996:MHV,
  author =       "Molly Joy",
  title =        "Migrating {HP VUE} Desktop Customizations to {CDE}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "29--37",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/apr96/apr96.htm",
  abstract =     "With CDE becoming the UNIX desktop standard, it is
                 important to allow HP VUE users to preserve their
                 customizations when moving over to the CDE desktop. A
                 set of tools has been developed to make this transition
                 as complete and effortless as possible. Although the
                 migration tools described do not provide a complete
                 migration from HP VUE to CDE, the converters do bring
                 over a large portion of a user's customizations through
                 an easy-to-use graphical user interface.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6180G (Graphical user interfaces); C6115 (Programming
                 support); C6150J (Operating systems)",
  classification = "722.2; 722.4; 723.2; 723.3; 723.5; 902.2",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Common desktop environment; Common Desktop Environment
                 customisations; Computer aided software engineering;
                 Computer operating systems; Computer systems; customer
                 investments; Database systems; desktop standard; File
                 organization; File types; Front panel customizations;
                 graphical user; Graphical user interfaces; graphical
                 user interfaces; Hewlett--Packard; HP VUE technology;
                 Icon image files; interface; Migration tools; Open
                 software foundation; open system standards; Personal
                 computers; programming environments; seamless
                 transition; software tools; Standards; standards; UNIX;
                 Unix; Usability testing; Visual user environment;
                 Workspace manager customizations",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
  xxtitle =      "Customizations to {Common Desktop Environment}",
}

@Article{Cook:1996:MOH,
  author =       "Lori A. Cook and Steven P. Hiebert and Michael R.
                 Wilson",
  title =        "A Media-Rich Online Help System",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "38--49",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/apr96/apr96.htm",
  abstract =     "The Common Desktop Environment (CDE) help system
                 provides media-rich, online information that is both
                 fast and easy to use. It has its basis in the standard
                 online help system from HP that is used extensively by
                 HP VUE 3.0 and HP MPower components and by many other
                 HP OSF\slash Motif-based products.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6180G (Graphical user interfaces); C6115 (Programming
                 support); C6150J (Operating systems); C7108 (Desktop
                 publishing)",
  classification = "722.2; 722.4; 723.1; 723.3; 723.5; 903.4",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "3.0; Application programming interfaces; Common
                 desktop environment; Common Desktop Environment;
                 Computer aided software engineering; Computer
                 architecture; Computer programming languages; Computer
                 software; Database systems; desktop publishing; File
                 organization; graphical user interfaces; help systems;
                 HP MPower components; HP OSF/Motif-based products; HP
                 VUE; Information services; Information use; interactive
                 capabilities; media-rich online help system; Online
                 help system; online information; Online systems; Open
                 software foundation; Personal computers; programming
                 environments; unified desktop strategy; UNIX; Unix;
                 UNIX operating system platforms; User interfaces",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Miller:1996:MMS,
  author =       "Robert M. Miller",
  title =        "Managing a Multicompany Software Development Project",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "50--53",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/apr96/apr96.htm",
  abstract =     "The development of the Common Desktop Environment
                 version 1.0 involved a joint engineering project
                 between four companies that normally compete in the
                 marketplace. CDE 1.0 was a joint engineering effort
                 between HP, IBM, Sun Microsystems, and Novell that was
                 aimed at producing a de facto and de jure standard in a
                 critical and highly visible technology, the X Windows
                 graphical desktop. This article examines some of the
                 challenges that needed to be surmounted, and the
                 processes that needed to be created before CDF could be
                 successful.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C0310F (Software development management)",
  classification = "722.4; 723.1; 723.5; 902.2; 912.2",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "automated regression tests; Common Desktop; Common
                 desktop environment; Computer architecture; corporate
                 cultures; Decision making; documentation; Environment
                 version 1.0; HP; IBM; Internationalization; Models;
                 multicompany software development project; Novell;
                 Performance; Personal computers; processes; Product
                 description and requirements; Project management;
                 project management; Resource allocation; Scheduling;
                 software developer; software development; software
                 development infrastructure; software development
                 management; Software engineering; source tree;
                 Specifications; Standards; standards; Sun Microsystems;
                 UNIX; User model; X Windows graphical desktop",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Orton:1996:DDC,
  author =       "Kristann L. Orton and Paul R. Ritter",
  title =        "Design and Development of the {CDE} 1.0 Test Suite",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "54--61",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/apr96/apr96.htm",
  abstract =     "The Common Desktop Environment (CDE) test team was
                 given the challenge of designing and organizing the
                 development of an automated regression test suite for
                 CDE 1.0 components. This project contained all the
                 usual problems involved in designing and creating a
                 test suite for a large and complex desktop environment,
                 plus a number of challenges that came up because the
                 development was a joint project between four different
                 companies. Several goals for the tests were developed
                 early in the project that influenced the design of the
                 test suite, the choice of software testing tools, and
                 the implementation of the testing process. The
                 rationale for some of these objectives are discussed.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6150G (Diagnostic, testing, debugging and evaluating
                 systems); C6115 (Programming support); C0310F (Software
                 development management)",
  classification = "722.2; 722.4; 723.1.1; 723.2; 723.5; 912.2",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Application programming interfaces; automated; C
                 (programming language); CDE 1.0 test suite; Common
                 desktop environment; Common Desktop Environment;
                 complex desktop environment; Computer aided software
                 engineering; Database systems; File editors; File
                 organization; Graphical user interfaces; management;
                 Personal computers; program testing; Project
                 management; project management; regression test suite;
                 software; software development; Software engineering;
                 Systems analysis; Test environment toolkit; testing
                 tools; Utility programs",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Chakrabarti:1996:SCC,
  author =       "Sankar L. Chakrabarti",
  title =        "{Synlib}: The Core of {CDE} Tests",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "62--65",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/apr96/apr96.htm",
  abstract =     "Synlib is an application program interface for
                 creating tests for graphical user interface
                 applications. A collection of Synlib programs, each
                 designed to verify a specific property of the target
                 software, forms a test suite for the application.
                 Synlib tests can be completely platform independent ---
                 an advantage for testing the Common Desktop Environment
                 (CDE), which runs on the platforms of the four
                 participating companies.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6180G (Graphical user interfaces); C6115 (Programming
                 support); C6150G (Diagnostic, testing, debugging and
                 evaluating systems); C6150J (Operating systems); C6150E
                 (General utility programs)",
  classification = "722.2; 722.4; 723.1; 723.1.1; 723.5",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Application program interface; application program
                 interface; application program interfaces; C
                 (programming language); Common Desktop; Common desktop
                 environment; Computer program listings; Computer
                 software; Display devices; Environment; graphical user;
                 Graphical user interfaces; graphical user interfaces;
                 interface applications; Personal computers; Program
                 debugging; program testing; Software Package Synlib;
                 Synlib; test suite",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Daniels:1996:HPM,
  author =       "Melanie M. Daniels",
  title =        "A Hybrid Power Module for a Mobile Communications
                 Telephone",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "66--72",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/apr96/apr96.htm",
  abstract =     "This article describes a 3.5-watt power module
                 designed for a GSM (Global System for Mobile
                 Communications) handheld telephone. The design features
                 proprietary silicon power bipolar devices, lumped
                 elements for input, interstage, and output matching,
                 thick-film alumina ceramic technology, and laser
                 trimmed bias resistors. High-volume manufacturing was a
                 design requirement.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B1210 (Power electronics, supply and supervisory
                 circuits); B6220C (Telephone stations); B6250F (Mobile
                 radio systems); C5150 (Other circuits for digital
                 computers)",
  classification = "703.1; 704.1; 714.2; 715.2; 718.1; 812.1",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "3.5 W; Alumina; Bipolar transistors; Cellular
                 telephone systems; Electric power supplies to
                 apparatus; elements; Global system for mobile
                 communications; handheld telephone; Hybrid power
                 module; hybrid power module; Laser trimmed bias
                 resistors; laser trimmed bias resistors; lumped; Lumped
                 parameter networks; mobile communication; mobile
                 communications telephone; Mobile telecommunication
                 systems; Mobile telephone; output matching; power
                 supply circuits; Resistors; Schematic diagrams;
                 Semiconducting silicon; Silicon power bipolar devices;
                 silicon power bipolar devices; technology; Telephone;
                 telephone sets; thick-film alumina ceramic",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Miller:1996:ACP,
  author =       "Chad G. Miller and Jerome M. Bailey",
  title =        "Automated {C}-terminal protein sequence analysis using
                 the {HP G1009A C}-terminal protein sequencing system",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "73--82",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/apr96/apr96.htm",
  abstract =     "The HP G1009A is an automated system for the
                 carboxy-terminal amino acid sequence analysis of
                 protein samples. It detects and sequences through any
                 of the twenty common amino acids. This paper describes
                 a number of applications that demonstrate its
                 capabilities.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "A8780 (Biophysical instrumentation and techniques);
                 A8715B (Biomolecular structure, configuration,
                 conformation, and active sites); A3620E (Macromolecular
                 constitution (chains and sequences)); C7330 (Biology
                 and medical computing); C7320 (Physics and chemistry
                 computing)",
  classification = "461.2; 731.1; 801.2; 801.4; 802.1; 804.1",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Amino acids; Analytic equipment; automated C-terminal
                 protein sequence analysis; automated system;
                 Automation; biological techniques; biology computing;
                 carboxy-terminal amino acid sequence analysis; Chemical
                 analysis; Chemical reactions; chemistry; computing;
                 configurations; genetics; HP G1009A C-; molecular;
                 molecular biophysics; Molecules; Nucleic acid
                 sequences; Peptide; Proteins; proteins; Sequence
                 analysis; sequences; Sequencing system; terminal
                 protein sequencing system",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Dascher:1996:MPC,
  author =       "David J. Dascher",
  title =        "Measuring Parasitic Capacitance and Inductance Using
                 {TDR}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "83--96",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/apr96/apr96.htm",
  abstract =     "Time-domain reflectometry (TDR) is commonly used as a
                 convenient method of determining the characteristic
                 impedance of a transmission line or quantifying
                 reflections caused by discontinuities along or at the
                 termination of a transmission line. TDR can also be
                 used to measure quantities such as the input
                 capacitance of a voltage probe, the inductance of a
                 jumper wire, the end-to-end capacitance of a resistor,
                 or the effective loading of a PCI card. Element values
                 can be calculated directly from the integral of the
                 reflected or transmitted waveform.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7310N (Microwave measurement techniques); B7310J
                 (Impedance and admittance measurement)",
  classification = "701.1; 704.1; 711.1; 942.1; 942.2",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Capacitance measurement; capacitance measurement;
                 Discontinuities; effective loading; Electric impedance;
                 Electric lines; Electric measuring instruments;
                 Electric waveforms; Electric wire; Electromagnetic wave
                 reflection; end-to-end capacitance; inductance;
                 Inductance measurement; inductance measurement; input
                 capacitance; Jumper wire; parasitic capacitance; PCI
                 card; Probes; reflectometry; Resistors; TDR; Time
                 domain reflectometry; time-domain; Voltage probe",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Byrne:1996:RTI,
  author =       "Patrick J. Byrne",
  title =        "Reducing Time to Insight in Digital System
                 Integration",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "6--14",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/jun96/jun96.htm",
  abstract =     "Digital design teams are facing exponentially growing
                 complexities and need processes and tools that reduce
                 the time needed to gain insight into difficult system
                 integration problems. This article describes modern
                 digital systems in terms of the problems they create in
                 the system integration phase. The debug cycle is
                 described with special emphasis on the `insight loop,'
                 the most time-consuming phase of system integration. A
                 case study from an HP workstation design effort is used
                 to illustrate the principles. A new digital analysis
                 tool, the HP 16505A prototype analyzer, is introduced
                 as a means of solving these vexing problems more
                 quickly by reducing time to insight.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6150G (Diagnostic, testing, debugging and evaluating
                 systems); C5470 (Performance evaluation and testing);
                 C5400 (Analogue and digital computers and systems)",
  classification = "714.2; 715; 721.2; 722.4; 723.1; 723.5",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Application specific integrated circuits; Computer
                 aided engineering; Computer aided logic design;
                 Computer architecture; Computer debugging; computer
                 debugging; Computer hardware; Computer simulation;
                 Computer software; Computer systems; Computer
                 workstations; Concurrent design; debug cycle; design
                 engineering; Digital analysis tool; digital analysis
                 tool; Digital circuits; Digital system integration;
                 digital system integration; digital systems; HP; HP
                 16505A prototype analyzer; Printed circuit boards;
                 system integration; Systems analysis; workstation
                 design",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Roeca:1996:PAA,
  author =       "Jeffrey E. Roeca",
  title =        "Prototype Analyzer Architecture",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "15--21",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/jun96/jun96.htm",
  abstract =     "The HP 16505A architecture allows multiple concurrent
                 views of acquired logic analysis data. Markers on all
                 views are correlated. The user only needs to place the
                 marker on one view and the markers on the other views
                 automatically relocate. Thus a stack anomaly in one
                 view can be immediately correlated with the software
                 routine causing the violation.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 C5210B (Computer-aided logic design)",
  classification = "721.2; 722.2; 722.4; 723.1; 723.1.1; 723.5",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "analyzer; C (programming language); Computer aided
                 logic design; Computer architecture; Computer
                 debugging; Computer networks; Computer operating
                 systems; Computer software; Computer workstations; Data
                 flow; Data transfer; Graphical user interfaces; Hewlett
                 Packard computers; HP 16505A architecture; HP 16505A
                 prototype; logic analysers; Logic analysis; logic
                 analysis; logic testing; Mainframe; Personal computers;
                 Prototype analyzer",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Peters:1996:DBM,
  author =       "Gregory J. Peters",
  title =        "Determining a Best-Fit Measurement Server
                 Implementation for Digital Design Team Solutions",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "22--29",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/jun96/jun96.htm",
  abstract =     "Prototype analyzer customers wanted fast throughput,
                 quick answers, a turnkey solution, an affordable base
                 system price, connection to diverse open-systems
                 networks and platforms, and interfaces to a wide
                 variety of tools. An encapsulated measurement server
                 architecture based on a dedicated workstation and a
                 SCSI II interface best fit the requirements.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 C5210B (Computer-aided logic design)",
  classification = "721.2; 722.2; 722.4; 723.1; 723.5",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Automation; best-; Computer aided logic design;
                 Computer architecture; Computer debugging; Computer
                 hardware; Computer operating systems; Computer systems;
                 Computer workstations; debug; design team; Digital
                 design; digital design; Electronic design automation;
                 fit measurement server; Graphical user interfaces;
                 Hewlett Packard computers; HP 16505A prototype
                 analyzer; logic analysers; Logic analyzers; Measurement
                 server architecture; Measurements; Open systems;
                 Personal computers; Prototype analyzer; Real time
                 systems; turnkey prototyping",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Schnaible:1996:NDL,
  author =       "Mark P. Schnaible",
  title =        "A Normalized Data Library for Prototype Analysis",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "30--37",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/jun96/jun96.htm",
  abstract =     "The goal was that each analysis and display tool to be
                 included in the prototype analyzer should be designed
                 and written only once. Therefore, the data library is
                 designed to normalize the variety of basic logic
                 analyzer data types and the variety of postacquisition
                 data types generated by various analysis tools and to
                 present this data to other analysis and display tools
                 in a standard format.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 C5210B (Computer-aided logic design); C6115
                 (Programming support)",
  classification = "721.2; 722.4; 723.2; 723.3; 723.5; 903.3",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Computer aided analysis; Computer aided logic design;
                 Computer architecture; Computer simulation; Computer
                 software; data; Data acquisition; Data library; Data
                 structures; Database systems; Encoding (symbols); HP
                 16505A; Information retrieval systems; library; logic
                 analysers; Logic analyzer data types; logic analyzer
                 data types; Post acquisition data types;
                 postacquisition data; prototype analysis; Prototype
                 analyzer; prototype analyzer; software libraries;
                 types",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Myers:1996:FPP,
  author =       "Timothy F. Myers",
  title =        "A full-featured {Pentium PCI}-based notebook
                 computer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "38--44",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/jun96/jun96.htm",
  abstract =     "The HP OmniBook 5000 computer takes advantage of new
                 technologies such as mobile Pentium, PCI, plug and
                 play, lithium-ion batteries, and hot docking to give
                 users the same capabilities as their desktop computers.
                 The PCI bus allows higher speed and functionality in
                 video and communications that is possible today. The
                 Li-Ion batteries continues to provide more energy for a
                 given weight, thereby making possible lighter products
                 or longer battery life. The instant-on feature allows
                 the users to work whenever it is convenient, thus
                 helping the customer to adapt to a more mobile
                 lifestyle.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
  classification = "722.1; 722.2; 722.4; 723.1; 723.5; 903",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Advanced power management; Buffer storage; Central
                 processing unit; Computer architecture; computer
                 evaluation; Computer hardware; Computer keyboards;
                 Computer operating systems; Computer software;
                 computers; Graphical user interfaces; Heat transfer;
                 Hewlett Packard computers; hot docking; HP; Information
                 technology; Integrated circuits; Lithium batteries;
                 Lithium ion batteries; lithium-ion batteries; mobile
                 Pentium; notebook; notebook computer; OmniBook 5000;
                 PCI; Pentium notebooks; Pentium PCI-based; Personal
                 computers; plug and play; Random access storage",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Beers:1996:GCM,
  author =       "Ted W. Beers and Diana K. Byrne and James A. Donnelly
                 and Robert W. Jones and Feng Yuan",
  title =        "A Graphing Calculator for Mathematics and Science
                 Classes",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "45--58",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/jun96/jun96.htm",
  abstract =     "The HP 38G calculator allows teachers to direct
                 students and keep them focused while they explore
                 mathematical and scientific concepts. It features
                 aplets, which are small applications that focus on a
                 particular area of the curriculum and can be easily
                 distributed from the teacher's calculator to the
                 students'.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C7810C (Computer-aided instruction); C5430
                 (Microcomputers)",
  classification = "722.2; 722.4; 723.1; 723.5; 901.2; 921",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "aplets; Calculations; computer aided instruction;
                 Computer hardware; Computer software; Computer systems;
                 Education computing; electronic calculators; Graphical
                 user interfaces; Graphing calculator; graphing
                 calculator; HP 38G; Mathematical instruments;
                 Mathematical techniques; Mathematics class; Natural
                 sciences computing; Science class; students; teachers",
  pagecount =    "13",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Donnelly:1996:CHA,
  author =       "James A. Donnelly",
  title =        "Creating {HP 38G} Aplets",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "59--63",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/jun96/jun96.htm",
  abstract =     "Aplets contain information and have views. The
                 information in an aplet consists of every major piece
                 required to produce the views: the equations, setup
                 information, mode of information, sketch or text
                 annotation, and attached libraries or programs. This
                 paper explores a simple aplet and shows how to
                 construct an aplet called PolySides.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C7810C (Computer-aided instruction); C5430
                 (Microcomputers)",
  classification = "722.2; 722.4; 723.1; 723.5; 901.2; 921",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "aplets; Aplets; Approximation theory; classroom
                 setting; Computational geometry; computer aided
                 instruction; Computer software; Computer systems;
                 Education computing; electronic calculators; Graphical
                 user interfaces; graphing calculator; Graphing
                 calculator; HP 38G; HP 38G calculator; information;
                 Mathematical instruments; Mathematical techniques;
                 mode; Polygons; PolySides; setup information",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Schmuhl:1996:HPN,
  author =       "Edward H. Schmuhl and Allan P. Sherman and Jon D.
                 Waisnor",
  title =        "{HP PalmVue}: {A} New Healthcare Information Product",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "64--69",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Feb 04 05:45:23 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/jun96/jun96.htm",
  abstract =     "The HP PalmVue system (HP M1490A) is a new offering
                 from HP's Medical Products Group that allows
                 transmission of clinical patient information to HP
                 palmtop computers via conventional alphanumeric paging
                 systems. This system integrates several forms of
                 current technology, including computer networks,
                 palmtop computers, paging systems, and devices to
                 deliver a powerful new capability to hospitals and
                 physicians who use HP monitoring systems and
                 cardiographs. This article will provide an overview of
                 the operation of the PalmVue system and show how the
                 system integrates several components to deliver this
                 new service to clinical users.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "461.1; 716.3; 722.3; 722.4; 723.5; 903",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Alphanumeric paging systems; Cardiographs; Cardiology;
                 Clinical patient information; Computer networks;
                 Computer technology; Data communication systems; Health
                 care; Healthcare information product; Hospital data
                 processing; HP PalmVue system; Information technology;
                 Medical computing; Paging systems; Palmtop computers;
                 Personal computers",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1996:DTP,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Data Through Paging Technology",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "68--??",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Feb 04 05:45:24 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/jun96/jun96.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Swenson:1996:CAS,
  author =       "Jill E. Swenson",
  title =        "Constructing An Application Server",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "70--75",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Feb 04 05:45:26 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/jun96/jun96.htm",
  abstract =     "In dynamic networked environment in which there are
                 several hundred workstations and servers, there is a
                 constant demand for new versions of software. In this
                 environment, software installation procedures must be
                 quick, flexible, and tolerant of change. This paper
                 describes a project to simplify software administration
                 among a group of workstations at HP's Integration
                 Circuits Business Division. The aim of the project is
                 to find way to reduce user's dependencies on cluster
                 configurations, to untangle the mounts, and to improve
                 the way software is installed, updated, removed, and
                 tracked.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "722.1; 722.3; 722.4; 723.1; 723.5; 903",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Application installation process; Application server;
                 Computer hardware; Computer networks; Computer
                 operating systems; Computer software; Computer systems;
                 Computer systems programming; Computer technology;
                 Computer workstations; File organization; Information
                 technology; Magnetic disk storage; Performance;
                 Practical extraction report language; Software
                 installation",
}

@Article{Buffenbarger:1996:ITR,
  author =       "James R. Buffenbarger",
  title =        "Interface Translation for Reuse of Assembly-Language
                 Modules in a Two-Language Environment",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "76--81",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Feb 04 05:45:28 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/jun96/jun96.htm",
  abstract =     "A mixture of low-level and high-level implementation
                 languages is likely when old modules are reused. In a
                 two-language system, some interfaces must be expressed
                 in both languages. This paper describes the design and
                 implementation of a production-quality software tool
                 that solves this problem for the C programming
                 language.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "722.2; 722.4; 723.1; 723.1.1",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Assembly language; C (programming language); Computer
                 software; Computer systems; High level languages;
                 Interface translation; Intermodule interfaces; Machine
                 oriented languages; Module reuse; Software engineering;
                 Two language system; User interfaces",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1996:Ca,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Cover",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "??--??",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Sep 17 10:14:48 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com:80/hpj/aug96/cov0896.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1996:Ia,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "In this Issue",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "??--??",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Sep 17 10:14:48 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com:80/hpj/aug96/iti-aug.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1996:SFR,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Sidebar: Fusion in the Real World",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "??--??",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Sep 17 10:14:48 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com:80/hpj/aug96/augart3.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1996:SM,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Sidebar: Management",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "??--??",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Sep 17 10:14:48 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com:80/hpj/aug96/augart5.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1996:SRR,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Sidebar: Reuse Roles: Producers, Supporters, and
                 Utilizers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "??--??",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Sep 17 10:14:48 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com:80/hpj/aug96/augart5.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1996:SSI,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Sidebar: The Software Initiative Program",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "??--??",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Sep 17 10:14:48 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com:80/hpj/aug96/augart4.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1996:SWI,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Sidebar: What Is Fusion?",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "??--??",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Sep 17 10:14:48 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com:80/hpj/aug96/augart3.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1996:TCA,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "{Table of Contents August 1996}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "??--??",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Sep 17 10:14:48 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com:80/hpj/aug96/tc-08-96.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1996:WAa,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "What's Ahead",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "??--??",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Sep 17 10:14:48 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com:80/hpj/aug96/aheadaug.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Mei:1996:LS,
  author =       "Zequn Mei and Helen A. Holder and Hubert A. {Vander
                 Plas}",
  title =        "Low-Temperature Solders",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "??--??",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Sep 17 10:14:48 MDT 1996",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com:80/hpj/aug96/augart10.htm",
  abstract =     "The application of low-temperature solders in surface
                 mount assembly processes for products that do not
                 experience harsh temperature environments is
                 technically feasible. One single alloy may not be
                 appropriate as a universal solution.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{VanderPlas:1996:ALT,
  author =       "Hubert A. {Vander Plas} and Russell B. Cinque and
                 Zequn Mei and Helen A. Holder",
  title =        "Assessment of Low-Temperature Fluxes",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "99--103",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/aug96/tc-08-96.htm;
                 http://www.hp.com:80/hpj/aug96/augart11.htm",
  abstract =     "The subject of this paper is the evaluation of the
                 wetting balance as a technique for studying the flux
                 activity of newly developed low-temperature solder
                 paste fluxes. The most effective configuration of the
                 wetting balance was the standard configuration with
                 only one change: the PbSn eutectic solder was replaced
                 with a eutectic solder alloy with a melting point of
                 58${}^\circ $ C. Since 58${}^\circ $ C is significantly
                 less than the proposed activation temperatures of the
                 solder fluxes, wetting curves as a function of
                 temperature could be studied for each of the fluxes.
                 The resulting data was used to rank the fluxes in terms
                 of their activation requirement.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B0170G (General fabrication techniques)",
  classification = "531.2; 538.1.1; 546.1; 802.3; 931.2; 943.2",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "eutectic solder alloy; Eutectics; flux activity;
                 fluxes; Fluxes; Force measurement; Lead alloys; Low
                 temperature fluxes; Low temperature operations;
                 low-temperature solder paste; Mechanical properties;
                 Melting; PbSn eutectic solder; Sessile spread
                 measurement; Solder paste fluxes; soldering; Soldering;
                 Soldering alloys; Surface tension; wetting; Wetting;
                 wetting balance; Wetting balance; Wetting curves",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Lowe:1996:ICM,
  author =       "Douglas E. Lowe and Guy M. Cox",
  title =        "Implementing the {Capability Maturity Model} for
                 Software Development",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "6--14",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/aug96/tc-08-96.htm;
                 http://www.hp.com:80/hpj/aug96/augart1.htm",
  abstract =     "Continuous support for a software development
                 improvement effort requires a clearly defined
                 improvement model and success at applying the model in
                 the organization. One such model is the Capability
                 Maturity Model (CMM) for software, which has been
                 developed at the Software Engineering Institute (SEI)
                 at Carnegie-Mellon University. CMM provides excellent
                 guidance to improve software development processes.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6110B (Software engineering techniques); C0310F
                 (Software development management)",
  classification = "723.1; 911.4; 912.2; 913.1; 913.3; 913.4",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "capability maturity model; Capability maturity model;
                 Capability Maturity Model for software; Computer
                 software; Decision making; Manufacture; manufacturers;
                 Marketing; Models; Planning; Process engineering;
                 process model; Project management; Quality assurance;
                 Quality control; Quality improvement; Requirements
                 management; software; software development; software
                 engineering; Software engineering; Software project
                 planning; Software quality management",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Grady:1996:SFA,
  author =       "Robert B. Grady",
  title =        "Software Failure Analysis for High-Return Process
                 Improvement Decisions",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "15--24",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/aug96/tc-08-96.htm;
                 http://www.hp.com:80/hpj/aug96/augart2.htm",
  abstract =     "Process improvement projects are started in many ways,
                 for many reasons. In the software field especially,
                 processes are changing and adapting daily, and software
                 products and business are also rapidly evolving. One of
                 the most effective ways to both motivate and evaluate
                 the success of net improvement is to look at defect
                 trends and patterns. This paper shows how software
                 defect data can be a powerful management information
                 source. Using it effectively will help achieve an
                 optimal balance between reacting to defect information
                 and proactively, taking steps toward preventing future
                 defects.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C0310F (Software development management)",
  classification = "723.1; 912.2; 913.1; 913.3; 913.5; 921",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Continuous process improvement; Cost effectiveness;
                 Customer satisfaction; Decision making; decisions;
                 defect costs; Defects; Failure analysis; high-return
                 process improvement; Maintenance; Management
                 information systems; Models; Process engineering;
                 Quality control; Root cause analysis; root-cause
                 analysis; Software defects; software development
                 management; Software engineering; software failure
                 analysis; User interfaces",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Cotton:1996:EFC,
  author =       "Todd Cotton",
  title =        "Evolutionary Fusion: {A} Customer-Oriented Incremental
                 Life Cycle for Fusion",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "25--38",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/aug96/tc-08-96.htm;
                 http://www.hp.com:80/hpj/aug96/augart3.htm",
  abstract =     "Creating and maintaining a consistent set of
                 specifications that result in software solutions that
                 match customer's needs is always a challenge.
                 Evolutionary Fusion, the combination of Fusion and the
                 key Evolutionary Development concepts of early,
                 frequent iteration, strong customer orientation, and
                 dynamic plans and processes, breaks the software life
                 cycle into smaller chunks so that customer input is
                 allowed throughout the process.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6110F (Formal methods); C0310F (Software development
                 management)",
  classification = "723.1; 902.2; 911.4; 912.2; 913.1; 913.3",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Customer needs; Customer orientation;
                 customer-oriented incremental life; cycle; Evolutionary
                 development; evolutionary fusion; Evolutionary fusion;
                 formal specification; Incremental life cycle;
                 Marketing; Object oriented programming; Planning;
                 Process engineering; Product design; Project
                 management; Quality assurance; Risk management;
                 Software engineering; Software life cycle; software
                 prototyping; software solutions; specifications;
                 Specifications; Waterfall life cycle",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{May:1996:EDM,
  author =       "Elaine L. May and Barbara A. Zimmer",
  title =        "The Evolutionary Development Model for Software",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "39--45",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/aug96/tc-08-96.htm;
                 http://www.hp.com:80/hpj/aug96/augart4.htm",
  abstract =     "Hewlett--Packard, like other organizations developing
                 software products, is always looking for ways to
                 improve its software development processes. One
                 software development method that has become quite
                 popular at HP is called Evolutionary Development (FVO).
                 This method uses small, incremental product releases,
                 frequent delivery to users, and dynamic plans and
                 processes. Although EVO is relatively simple in
                 concept, its implementation at HP has included both
                 significant challenges and notable benefits.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6110B (Software engineering techniques)",
  classification = "723.1; 911.4; 912.2; 913.1",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Codes (symbols); Computer software; Customer focused
                 orientation; cycle; Decision making; Evolutionary
                 development; evolutionary software development model;
                 feature sets; Incremental cycles; Marketing; Models;
                 Planning; Process engineering; Project management;
                 Risks; software engineering; Software engineering;
                 software prototyping; Strategic planning; waterfall
                 life; Waterfall life cycle",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Cornwell:1996:HDA,
  author =       "Patricia Collins Cornwell",
  title =        "{HP} Domain Analysis: Producing Useful Models for
                 Reusable Software",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "46--49",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/aug96/tc-08-96.htm;
                 http://www.hp.com:80/hpj/aug96/augart5.htm",
  abstract =     "A software domain is a set of systems or applications
                 that share some common functionality. HP has developed
                 a domain analysis method that produces a set of models
                 that guide the design of reusable software. The method
                 has proven to be an effective and efficient way to get
                 the information needed for the design of
                 domain-specific software. This article describes a
                 reuse process framework and the essential activities,
                 deliverables, and typical uses of the results from the
                 HP domain analysis method.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6110B (Software engineering techniques); C0310F
                 (Software development management)",
  classification = "723.1; 912.2; 913.1; 913.3",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Domain analysis method; Domain models; Domain specific
                 software; Firmware; general-purpose; HP domain
                 analysis; Models; Process engineering; productivity;
                 Productivity; Project management; quality; Quality
                 control; reusable software; routines; Software
                 engineering; software quality; software reusability;
                 Software reuse; Software reuse oriented engineering;
                 Systems analysis",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1996:RRP,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Reuse roles: producers, supporters, and utilizers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "50--55",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Feb 04 05:47:43 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/aug96/tc-08-96.htm",
  abstract =     "The HP domain analysis method provides a simple and
                 effective way of getting information needed to be
                 successful in domain-specific, architecture-based
                 reuse. By providing a method with a clear set of
                 deliverables that have well-defined uses, the
                 efficiency and effectiveness of the domain analyses are
                 improved. Following the HP domain analysis method can
                 substantially reduce the risks in reuse-oriented
                 software engineering, risks that arise when the assets
                 produced and supported do not adequately meet
                 utilizers' or end-users' needs.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "723.1; 912.2; 913.1; 913.3",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Computer software; Domain analysis method; Domain
                 models; Domain of focus statement; Models; Performance;
                 Planning; Process engineering; Product design; Product
                 development cycle; Project management; Quality
                 assurance; Reusable software; Reuse oriented software
                 engineering; Software engineering",
}

@Article{Jandourek:1996:MPD,
  author =       "Emil Jandourek",
  title =        "A Model for Platform Development",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "56--71",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/aug96/tc-08-96.htm;
                 http://www.hp.com:80/hpj/aug96/augart6.htm",
  abstract =     "For many software and firmware products today,
                 creating the entire architecture and design and all the
                 software modules from the ground up is no longer
                 feasible, especially from the point of view of product
                 quality, ease of implementation, and short product
                 development schedules. Therefore, the trend is to
                 create new product versions by intentionally reusing
                 the architecture, design, and code from an established
                 software platform.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6110B (Software engineering techniques); C5140
                 (Firmware)",
  classification = "723.1; 901.3; 911.4; 912.2; 913.1; 913.3",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "ease of implementation; Firmware; firmware; firmware
                 products; Marketing; Models; Performance; Platform
                 development; platform development model; Product
                 design; product development schedules; Product life
                 cycle; product quality; products; Quality assurance;
                 Reliability; Research and development management;
                 short; software; Software engineering; Software
                 platform; software reusability; Systems analysis",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Tanner:1996:DSS,
  author =       "Craig J. Tanner",
  title =        "A Decision Support System for Integrated Circuit
                 Package Selection",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "72--79",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/aug96/tc-08-96.htm;
                 http://www.hp.com:80/hpj/aug96/augart7.htm",
  abstract =     "The package provides signal and power distribution,
                 heat dissipation, and environmental protection for an
                 integrated circuit (IC). The process of selecting a
                 package is complicated by the large number of packaging
                 alternatives with overlapping capabilities. To handle
                 these difficulties, a decision support system was
                 developed. The Package Selection System (PASS) combines
                 expert system tools and multiple-attribute decision
                 making techniques. The expert system provides a list of
                 technically feasible alternatives. The
                 multiple-attribute decision making modules are used to
                 rank the alternatives based on nontechnical criteria.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits); B2220
                 (Integrated circuits); B0170J (Product packaging);
                 C7410D (Electronic engineering computing); C7102
                 (Decision support systems); C6170 (Expert systems)",
  classification = "714.2; 723.3; 723.4.1; 723.5; 912.2; 913.4",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Database systems; Decision making; decision support
                 system; Decision support systems; decision support
                 systems; Decision theory; dissipation; electronic
                 engineering computing; Electronics packaging;
                 environmental protection; expert system tools; Expert
                 systems; expert systems; heat; Integrated circuit
                 manufacture; integrated circuit package; integrated
                 circuit packaging; making techniques; Management;
                 Multiple attribute decision making techniques;
                 multiple-attribute decision; Nontechnical criteria;
                 Package Selection; Package selection system; power
                 distribution; selection; signal distribution; Surface
                 mount technology; System",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Safai:1996:CTI,
  author =       "Fereydoon Safai",
  title =        "Cycle time improvement for {Fuji IP2} pick-and-place
                 machines",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "80--83",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/aug96/tc-08-96.htm;
                 http://www.hp.com:80/hpj/aug96/augart8.htm",
  abstract =     "Some of the major enhancements are eliminating head
                 contention, reducing or eliminating nozzle changes,
                 supporting user-defined nozzles, supporting large
                 nozzles for holders 2 and 3, and being able to define
                 multiple part data for a given part number. The cycle
                 time improvement exceeds the original goal of 5\%, and
                 the result at one surface mount center was more than
                 16\% over hand-created and optimized recipes. The
                 solution helps both the high-volume and the high-mix
                 centers.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C3390 (Robotics); C5140 (Firmware); C3355 (Control
                 applications in manufacturing processes)",
  classification = "601.1; 714.2; 731; 913.1; 913.2; 913.4",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Assembly; Assembly machines; Automatic holders;
                 Automatic nozzles; Automation; Computer software; Cycle
                 time; cycle time improvement; Firmware; firmware; Fixed
                 nozzles; Fuji IP2 pick-and-place machines; Head
                 contention; head contention; high-mix centers;
                 high-volume centres; industrial robots; Machine
                 components; multiple part data; nozzle changes;
                 Nozzles; nozzles; Performance; Pick and place machines;
                 Placement cycle time; Production control; surface mount
                 center; Surface mount technology; user-defined nozzles;
                 Waffle feeders",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Palm:1996:RST,
  author =       "Richard C. {Palm, Jr.}",
  title =        "Reducing Setup Time for Printed Circuit Assembly",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "84--90",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/aug96/tc-08-96.htm;
                 http://www.hp.com:80/hpj/aug96/augart9.htm",
  abstract =     "In 1994, HP's Man-Link recipe-generation system was
                 enhanced to reduce the time required for setting up
                 pick-and-place machines. This was done by ordering the
                 products to exploit the commonality of parts among them
                 and by creating sequences of setups that differ as
                 little as possible from one another. This paper
                 documents the issues and trade-offs and discusses the
                 potential benefits.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B2210D (Printed circuit manufacture); B0170E
                 (Production facilities and engineering); C3350E
                 (Control applications in the electronics industry);
                 C3390 (Robotics); C3355F (Control applications in
                 assembling)",
  classification = "601.1; 714.2; 715; 913.1; 913.2; 913.4",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "assembling; Assembly; Assembly machines; Feeder banks
                 exchange; generation system; HP's Man-Link recipe-;
                 industrial robots; Machine setup; Mathematical models;
                 Optimization; Pick and place machines; pick-and-place
                 machines; printed circuit assembly; Printed circuit
                 assembly; printed circuit manufacture; Printed circuit
                 manufacture; Production control; Recipe generation
                 system; Scheduling; setup time; Setup time reduction;
                 Surface mount technology",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Mei:1996:LTS,
  author =       "Zequn Mei and H. A. Holder and H. A. {Vander Plas}",
  title =        "Low-temperature solders",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "91--98",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/aug96/tc-08-96.htm",
  abstract =     "The application of low-temperature solders in surface
                 mount assembly processes for products that do not
                 experience harsh temperature assembly appears promising
                 as an addition to the surface mount landscape as a way
                 of increasing process flexibility and component
                 reliability. However, one single alloy won't be a
                 universal solution. Specific component and assembly
                 requirements will have to be considered in choosing or
                 tailoring the best solder alloy for each application.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B0170G (General fabrication techniques); B0170J
                 (Product packaging); B2210D (Printed circuit
                 manufacture)",
  classification = "531; 538.1.1; 546.1; 714.2; 802.3; 931.2",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Lead alloys; Low temperature operations; Low
                 temperature properties; Low temperature solders;
                 low-temperature solders; Melting; Melting temperature;
                 Peak reflow temperature; Phase diagrams; Solderability;
                 soldering; Soldering; Soldering alloys; Spreading
                 tests; Step soldering; surface mount assembly
                 processes; surface mount technology; Surface mount
                 technology; Ternary systems; Thermal cycling; Thermal
                 effects; Thermal shock; Tin alloys; Wetting; Wetting
                 balance test",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1996:A,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Authors",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "??--??",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Feb 04 05:48:51 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/oct96/tc-10-96.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1996:APG,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Appendix {A}: {A} Portion of a {GDMO} Definition for a
                 {UNIX} Password File",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "??--??",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Feb 04 05:49:02 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/oct96/tc-10-96.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1996:Cb,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Cover",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "??--??",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Feb 04 05:49:07 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/oct96/tc-10-96.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1996:D,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Departments",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "??--??",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Feb 04 05:49:07 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/oct96/tc-10-96.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1996:Ib,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "In this Issue",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "??--??",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Feb 04 05:49:08 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/oct96/tc-10-96.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1996:SA,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Sidebar: Annotation",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "??--??",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Feb 04 05:49:08 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/oct96/tc-10-96.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1996:SCNa,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Sidebar: Correlation Node Types",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "??--??",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Feb 04 05:49:08 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/oct96/tc-10-96.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1996:SCNb,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Sidebar: Count Node",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "??--??",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Feb 04 05:49:09 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/oct96/tc-10-96.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1996:SFS,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Sidebar: Fact Store and Data Store",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "??--??",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Feb 04 05:49:09 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/oct96/tc-10-96.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1996:STN,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Sidebar: Table Node",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "??--??",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Feb 04 05:49:09 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/oct96/tc-10-96.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1996:SUN,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Sidebar: Unless Node",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "??--??",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Feb 04 05:49:10 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/oct96/tc-10-96.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1996:WAb,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "What's Ahead",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "??--??",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Feb 04 05:49:10 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/oct96/tc-10-96.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Chadayammuri:1996:PBI,
  author =       "Prabha G. Chadayammuri",
  title =        "A Platform for Building Integrated Telecommunication
                 Network Management Applications",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "6--16",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com:80/hpj/oct96/oc96a1.htm",
  abstract =     "Telecommunications companies today are faced with
                 rapid technological change, large heterogeneous
                 environments, and a greater need to provide customers
                 with products that ensure reliable, cost-effective
                 network service. This means that these companies need a
                 platform that has a visionary strategy that enables
                 them to develop standards-compliant network management
                 solutions for a continually changing environment.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6210C (Network management); C6155 (Computer
                 communications software); C5620 (Computer networks and
                 techniques)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "computer communications software; integrated
                 telecommunications network management; management; Open
                 Systems Interconnection; standardization;
                 telecommunication network",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
  xxtitle =      "A platform for building integrated telecommunications
                 network management applications",
}

@Article{Leong:1996:DPE,
  author =       "Frank Leong and Satya P. Mylavarabhata and Trong
                 Nguyen and Frank Quemada",
  title =        "Distributed Processing Environment: {A} Platform for
                 Distributed Telecommunications Applications",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "17--21",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com:80/hpj/oct96/oc96a2.htm",
  abstract =     "Vendors developing applications for a heterogeneous,
                 distributed environment need to be able to build
                 towards a platform that integrates all the management
                 and control functions of distributed computing into a
                 unified software architecture that allows their
                 applications to be available from any point in the
                 network regardless of the system or geographic
                 location.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6210R (Multimedia communications); C6150N
                 (Distributed systems software); C5620 (Computer
                 networks and techniques)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "distributed processing; Distributed Processing;
                 distributed telecommunications; DPE; Environment;
                 Hewlett Packard computers; HP; interoperability;
                 multimedia communication; multimedia networks; TINA",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Hajela:1996:HOA,
  author =       "Sujai Hajela",
  title =        "{HP OEMF}: alarm management in telecommunications
                 networks",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "22--30",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com:80/hpj/oct96/oc96a3.htm",
  abstract =     "This article explains the HP OpenView Element
                 Management Framework concept, which is based on the HP
                 OpenView Fault Management Platform (FMP) and
                 complements the functionality of the FMP to provide an
                 integrated network management solution. This article
                 also explains the FMP, which facilitates efficient
                 management of alarms in a telecommunications network,
                 and the open APIs provided in the FMP, which allow
                 seamless integration with other applications.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6210C (Network management); C5620 (Computer networks
                 and techniques)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "alarm management; fault diagnosis; Fault Management
                 Platform; functionality; HP; HP OEMF; HP OpenView;
                 integrated network; management solution; OpenView
                 Element Management Framework concept; telecommunication
                 network management; telecommunications networks",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Sheers:1996:HOE,
  author =       "Kenneth R. Sheers",
  title =        "{HP OpenView} Event Correlation Services",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "31--42",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com:80/hpj/oct96/oc96a4.htm",
  abstract =     "When a fault occurs in a telecommunications system, it
                 can cause an event storm of several hundred events per
                 second for tens of seconds. HP OpenView Event
                 Correlation Services (ECS) helps operators interpret
                 such storms. It consists of an ECS Designer for the
                 interactive development of correlation rules and an ECS
                 engine for execution of these rules.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6210 (Telecommunication applications); C5620
                 (Computer networks and techniques); C6130B (Graphics
                 techniques); C6180G (Graphical user interfaces); C6115
                 (Programming support)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "ECS Designer; ECS engine; environments; event storm;
                 fault diagnosis; graphical user interfaces; HP OpenView
                 event correlation services; interactive development;
                 programming; system; telecommunication networks;
                 telecommunications",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Bray:1996:MTA,
  author =       "Jacqueline A. Bray",
  title =        "A Modeling Toolset for the Analysis and Design of
                 {OSI} Network Management Objects",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "43--51",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com:80/hpj/oct96/oc96a5.htm",
  abstract =     "To deal with the complexity of network management
                 standards and the increasing demand to deploy network
                 management applications quickly, analysts and designers
                 need a set of tools to help them quickly and easily
                 model, define, and develop new network management
                 objects.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6210C (Network management); C5620 (Computer networks
                 and techniques); C6150N (Distributed systems software);
                 C0310D (Computer installation management)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "computer network management; graphical modeling tool;
                 Guidelines for the Definition of Managed Objects;
                 Hewlett Packard computers; HP GDMO; integrated;
                 modeling toolset; open; OSI network management; OSI
                 network object models; software tools; systems; tools",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Speaker:1996:TDT,
  author =       "Lisa A. Speaker",
  title =        "A Toolkit for Developing {TMN} Manager\slash Agent
                 Applications",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "52--61",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com:80/hpj/oct96/oc96a6.htm",
  abstract =     "Developing manager and agent applications for
                 telecommunications network management that conform to
                 standards can be a time-consuming task because of the
                 number of APIs and data types involved in dealing with
                 network data and protocols. The HP OpenView Managed
                 Object Toolkit aids and accelerates the development of
                 these TMN applications.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6210C (Network management); C5620 (Computer networks
                 and techniques); C6115 (Programming support); C0310D
                 (Computer installation management)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "computer network management; environment;
                 heterogeneous; HP OpenView Managed Object Toolkit;
                 interoperability standards; Management Network;
                 software tools; Telecommunications; telecommunications
                 network management; toolkit",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Cox:1996:STD,
  author =       "Alasdair D. Cox",
  title =        "A Software Toolkit for Developing Telecommunications
                 Application Components",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "62--69",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com:80/hpj/oct96/oc96a7.htm",
  abstract =     "To be effective, application developers must
                 understand the data available to their applications,
                 the operations required to access the data, and the
                 steps required to turn their understanding into an
                 implementation. A prototype development environment has
                 been built that helps the developer explore and
                 understand the data in the Management Information Base
                 (MIB) and construct and deploy pieces of TMN management
                 applications.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6210C (Network management); C5620 (Computer networks
                 and techniques); C6115 (Programming support); C7410F
                 (Communications computing)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "Management Information Base; MIB; software toolkit;
                 software tools; telecommunication network management;
                 telecommunications application components; TMN
                 management",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Shan:1996:BPF,
  author =       "Ming-Chien Shan and James W. Davis and Weimin Du and
                 Qiming Chen",
  title =        "Business Process Flow Management and its Application
                 in the Telecommunications Management Network",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "70--76",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com:80/hpj/oct96/oc96a8.htm",
  abstract =     "HP OpenPM is an open, enterprise-capable,
                 object-oriented business process flow management system
                 that manages business activities supporting complex
                 enterprise processes in a distributed heterogeneous
                 computing environment. It is a middleware service that
                 represents a substantial evolution from traditional
                 workflow technologies.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B6210C (Network management); C5620 (Computer networks
                 and techniques)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "business process flow management system; distributed;
                 heterogeneous computing environment; HP OpenPM;
                 middleware service; systems re-engineering;
                 telecommunication network management;
                 telecommunications management network",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Stoecker:1996:HOA,
  author =       "Paul A. Stoecker",
  title =        "{HP OpenView} Agent Tester Toolkit",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "77--80",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com:80/hpj/oct96/oc96a9.htm",
  abstract =     "In developing HP OpenView agents, a major challenge is
                 to develop and test both the agent and the manager
                 simultaneously. To fill this need, the HP OpenView
                 Agent Tester Toolkit generates tests and allows the
                 developer to execute these tests individually or as a
                 set.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6150G (Diagnostic, testing, debugging and evaluating
                 systems); C6115 (Programming support)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "agent; agent tester toolkit; HP OpenView; HP OpenView
                 Agent Tester; Managed Object Toolkit; program testing;
                 software agents; software tools; Toolkit",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Lomb:1996:SMS,
  author =       "Reiner Lomb and Kelly A. Emo and Roy M. Vandoorn",
  title =        "Storage Management Solutions for Distributed Computing
                 Environments",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "81--89",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com:80/hpj/oct96/oc96a10.htm",
  abstract =     "Strategies for dealing with the vast amounts of data
                 generated by today's information technology
                 environments involve more than just larger and larger
                 disk drives. They include the right combination of
                 different storage devices to deal with offline,
                 nearline, and online data storage and scalable
                 management software.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6150N (Distributed systems software); C6120 (File
                 organisation)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "distributed computing environments; distributed
                 processing; nearline; offline; online data storage;
                 scalable management software; storage devices; storage
                 management",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Primmer:1996:IFC,
  author =       "Meryem Primmer",
  title =        "An introduction to {Fibre Channel}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "94--98",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com:80/hpj/oct96/oc96a11.htm",
  abstract =     "Fibre Channel is a flexible, scalable, high-speed data
                 transfer interface that can operate over a variety of
                 both copper wire and optical fiber at data rates up to
                 250 times faster than existing communications
                 interfaces. Networking and I/O protocols, such as SCSI
                 commands, are mapped to Fibre Channel constructs,
                 encapsulated, and transported within Fibre Channel
                 frames.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5610 (Computer interfaces); C6155 (Computer
                 communications software)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "commands; computer interfaces; copper wire; data
                 transfer interface; Fibre Channel; flexible; I/O
                 protocols; optical fiber; optical fibre communication;
                 scalable; SCSI",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Smith:1996:TGF,
  author =       "Judith A. Smith and Meryem Primmer",
  title =        "{Tachyon}: a gigabit {Fibre Channel} protocol chip",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "99--112",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com:80/hpj/oct96/oc96a12.htm",
  abstract =     "The Tachyon chip implements the FC-1 and FC-2 layers
                 of the five-layer Fibre Channel standard. The chip
                 enables a seamless interface to the physical FC-0 layer
                 and low-cost Fibre Channel attachments for hosts,
                 systems, and peripherals on both industry-standard and
                 proprietary buses through the Tachyon system interface.
                 It allows sustained gigabit data throughput at distance
                 options from ten meters on copper to ten kilometers
                 over single-mode optical fiber.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5640 (Protocols); C5610 (Computer interfaces); C5130
                 (Microprocessor chips)",
  corpsource =   "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
  keywords =     "buses; computer interfaces; Fibre Channel; Fibre
                 Channel protocol chip; industry-standard;
                 microprocessor chips; proprietary; protocols; seamless
                 interface; standard; standards; Tachyon chip; Tachyon
                 system interface",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1996:EDS,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Eye Diagrams and Sampling Oscilloscopes",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "??--??",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Mon Jan 6 16:55:17 MST 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/dec96/tc-12-96.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1996:G,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Glossary",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "??--??",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Feb 04 05:50:00 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/dec96/tc-12-96.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1996:HEBa,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "{HP E5200A} Broadband Service Analyzer {EMC} Design",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "??--??",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Feb 04 05:50:02 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/dec96/tc-12-96.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1996:HEBb,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "{HP E5200A} Broadband Service Analyzer Surface Mount
                 Assembly",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "??--??",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Feb 04 05:50:03 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/dec96/tc-12-96.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1996:HED,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "{HP} Eyeline Display Mode",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "??--??",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Feb 04 05:50:03 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/dec96/tc-12-96.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1996:M,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Macros",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "??--??",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Feb 04 05:50:04 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/dec96/tc-12-96.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1996:TAE,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Transimpedance Amplifier {O/E} Converter Design",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "??--??",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Feb 04 05:50:04 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/dec96/tc-12-96.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1996:UTC,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Universal Time Coordinated {(UTC)}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "??--??",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Feb 04 05:50:04 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/dec96/tc-12-96.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Hart:1996:FMA,
  author =       "Michael G. Hart and Christopher P. Duff and Stephen W.
                 Hinch",
  title =        "Firmware Measurement Algorithms for the {HP} 83480
                 Digital Communications Analyzer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "??--??",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Feb 04 05:50:07 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/dec96/tc-12-96.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Hinch:1996:NIW,
  author =       "Stephen W. Hinch and Michael J. Karin and Christopher
                 M. Miller",
  title =        "A New Instrument for Waveform Analysis of Digital
                 Communications Signals",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "??--??",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Feb 04 05:50:07 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/dec96/tc-12-96.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Horner:1996:IPC,
  author =       "Rita N. Horner and Rajendra D. Pendse and Fan Kee
                 Loh",
  title =        "Implementation of Pad Circuitry for Radially Staggered
                 Bond Pad Arrangements",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "??--??",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Feb 04 05:50:07 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/dec96/tc-12-96.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{McTigue:1996:DTD,
  author =       "Michael M. McTigue and Christopher P. Duff",
  title =        "Differential Time-Domain Reflectometry Module for a
                 Digital Oscilloscope and Communications Analyzer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "??--??",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Feb 04 05:50:08 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/dec96/tc-12-96.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Miller:1996:DOR,
  author =       "Christopher M. Miller and Randall King and Mark J.
                 Woodward and Tim L. Bagwell and Donald L. {Faller, Jr.}
                 and Joseph Straznicky and Naily L. Whang",
  title =        "Design of Optical Receiver Modules for Digital
                 Communications Analysis",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "??--??",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Feb 04 05:50:09 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/dec96/tc-12-96.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Park:1996:FRM,
  author =       "Rin Park and Paul D. Hale",
  title =        "Frequency Response Measurement of Digital
                 Communications Analyzer Plug-in Modules",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "??--??",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Feb 04 05:50:11 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/dec96/tc-12-96.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Pendse:1996:RSB,
  author =       "Rajendra D. Pendse and Rita N. Horner and Fan Kee
                 Loh",
  title =        "Radially Staggered Bonding Technology",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "??--??",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Feb 04 05:50:11 1997",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/dec96/tc-12-96.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Kusters:1996:GPS,
  author =       "John A. Kusters",
  title =        "The Global Positioning System and {HP SmartClock}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "60--67",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Apr 9 08:37:42 MDT 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/dec96/tc-12-96.htm",
  abstract =     "The Global Positioning System (GPS), like power and
                 telephone utilities, is besieged by technical problems.
                 These include receiver problems and user problems such
                 as propagation effects, computational errors, timing
                 errors, and signal delay. To solve these problems,
                 Hewlett Packard has developed the HP SmartClock
                 technology. This technology allows accurate timing
                 synchronization by continually monitoring the
                 geographic position of the GPS antenna.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "655.2.1; 703.1; 711; 713.2; 713.4; 716.3",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Algorithms; Antennas; Communication satellites; Error
                 analysis; Frequency stability; Frequency standards;
                 Global positioning system; Ionospheric electromagnetic
                 wave propagation; Oscillators (electronic);
                 Synchronization; Timing circuits; Timing errors",
}

@Article{Day:1996:TGH,
  author =       "Stewart W. Day and Geoffrey H. Nelson and Thomas F.
                 Cappellari",
  title =        "The {Third-Generation HP ATM} Tester",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "68--73",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Apr 9 08:37:42 MDT 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/dec96/tc-12-96.htm",
  abstract =     "Hewlett--Packard's third-generation asynchronous
                 transfer mode (ATM) test equipment, the HP E5200A
                 broadband service analyzer, incorporates software,
                 hardware and usability advances to perform reliable
                 performance analyses of broadband ATM networks. It is
                 designed to assist ATM equipment and service
                 installation, reduce troubleshooting time, test
                 broadband services interworking and manage the
                 performance of broadband networks. Its software is
                 based on object-oriented techniques while its hardware
                 architecture consists of a 17 Xilinx XC4013 FPGAs
                 incorporating approximately 221,000 gates.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "703.1; 716; 717; 718; 723; 942",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Asynchronous transfer mode; Broadband networks;
                 Broadband protocol stack; Broadband service analyzer hp
                 E5200A; Communication channels (information theory);
                 Computer hardware; Computer software; Electric
                 measuring instruments; Electric network analysis;
                 Electronic equipment testing; Graphical user
                 interfaces; Network protocols; Telecommunication
                 services; Telecommunication traffic; Video signal
                 processing",
  xxauthor =     "Stewart W. Day and Geoffery H. Nelson and Thomas F.
                 Cappellari",
}

@Article{Nakulski:1996:MOI,
  author =       "John P. Nakulski",
  title =        "Managed Objects for Internal Application Control",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "74--78",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Apr 9 08:37:42 MDT 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/dec96/tc-12-96.htm",
  abstract =     "The HP E5200A broadband service analyzer contains
                 three Intel i960 microprocessors, each running several
                 threads of execution. A layer of software called object
                 transport provides an interface for streaming elemental
                 types between threads of execution on the same
                 processor, between processors on the same host and
                 between hosts on the same network. Another software
                 layer, called remote object communication, makes object
                 services available to remote clients. Each of the
                 threads managed object is specified in a
                 language-independent managed object definition (MOD)
                 file which specifies and documents the public interface
                 to a managed object.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "715; 716; 716.1; 717; 718; 723.1",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Bandwidth; Broadband networks; Broadband service
                 analyzer hp E5200A; Computer architecture; Computer
                 software; Electronic equipment testing; Graphical user
                 interfaces; Object oriented programming; Remote object
                 communication; Software abstraction; Telecommunication
                 services",
}

@Article{Fuller:1996:DDM,
  author =       "John G. Fuller",
  title =        "Developing a Design for Manufacturability Focus",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "79--84",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Apr 9 08:37:42 MDT 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/dec96/tc-12-96.htm",
  abstract =     "The HP Australian Telecommunications Operation (ATO)
                 has rapidly evolved from a custom test instrument
                 developer to an organization that develops and produces
                 high performance telecommunication equipment in large
                 volumes. This shift from the R\&D market toward the
                 installation market was necessitated by changes in the
                 new marketplace. However, major technological and
                 process improvements must first be developed to ensure
                 the profitability of ATO's new venture.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "714.2; 716; 717; 718; 911.4; 913.1",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Design for manufacturability (dfm); Electromagnetic
                 compatibility; Field programmable gate arrays (fpga);
                 Integrated circuit manufacture; Integrated circuit
                 testing; Marketing; Printed circuit manufacture;
                 Printed circuit testing; Production engineering;
                 Standards; Surface mount technology; Telecommunication
                 equipment",
}

@Article{Wright:1996:PTS,
  author =       "Cary J. Wright",
  title =        "Production test strategy for the {HP E5200A} broadband
                 service analyzer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "85--87",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Apr 9 08:37:42 MDT 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://hpcc997.external.hp.com:80/hpj/dec96/tc-12-96.htm",
  abstract =     "A comprehensive test strategy is proposed for
                 evaluating the performance of the network components of
                 the HP E5200A broadband service analyzer during the
                 manufacturing stage. The strategy is based on the
                 boundary scan technology incorporated in the HP
                 E53200A's in-circuit tester. This approach enables
                 design engineers to develop design for testability
                 (DFT) concepts and perform quick diagnosis without
                 expensive tools and fixtures.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "714.2; 716; 717; 718; 723; 942",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Boundary scan method; Broadband networks; Broadband
                 service analyzer hp E5200A; Computer software; Digital
                 instruments; Integrated circuit layout; Printed circuit
                 manufacture; Printed circuit testing; Telecommunication
                 equipment; Test access port (tap) controller",
}

@Article{Tighe:1996:UU,
  author =       "Peter G. Tighe",
  title =        "Usable usability",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "47",
  number =       "6",
  pages =        "88--93",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1996",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Apr 9 08:37:42 MDT 1997",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  abstract =     "Hewlett--Packard's Australian Telecommunication
                 Operation (ATO) relied on usability engineering to
                 develop the HP E5200A broadband service analyzer. The
                 procedure involved the gathering of information from
                 prospective users of the HP E5200A using four
                 techniques, namely: onsite expert access, meet-the-user
                 electronic mail, user nicknames, and user artifacts.
                 This approach enabled ATO engineers to develop a
                 task-based design based on feedback from customers.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "716; 717; 718; 903.3; 913.1; 942",
  journalabr =   "Hewlett Packard J",
  keywords =     "Broadband networks; Broadband service analyzer hp
                 E5200A; Digital instruments; Information use; Product
                 design; Production engineering; Telecommunication
                 equipment; Usability engineering",
}

@Article{Lienhart:1997:SEI,
  author =       "D. A. Lienhart",
  title =        "{SoftBench} 5.0: the evolution of an integrated
                 software development environment",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "6--11",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97feb/fe97a1.htm",
  abstract =     "HP SoftBench is an integrated software development
                 environment designed to facilitate rapid, interactive
                 program construction, test, and maintenance in a
                 distributed computing environment. The SoftBench
                 product contains an integration framework and a set of
                 software development tools, as well as the ability to
                 integrate tools from other sources. This article
                 presents the actions that have made SoftBench a
                 standard in the integrated software development market,
                 the original SoftBench objectives that have stood the
                 test of time, and the new technologies that have been
                 incorporated into SoftBench.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6115 (Programming support); C6110B (Software
                 engineering techniques); C6150G (Diagnostic, testing,
                 debugging and evaluating systems)",
  classification = "C6110B (Software engineering techniques); C6115
                 (Programming support); C6150G (Diagnostic, testing,
                 debugging and evaluating systems)",
  keywords =     "development tools; distributed computing environment;
                 Hewlett Packard; Hewlett Packard computers; integrated
                 software; integrated software development environment;
                 interactive program construction; maintenance; program;
                 program testing; programming environments; SoftBench;
                 software; software development tools; software
                 maintenance; software reviews; software tools;
                 testing",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Wilson:1997:CSC,
  author =       "J. B. Wilson",
  title =        "The {C++ SoftBench} class editor",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "12--15",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97feb/fe97a2.htm",
  abstract =     "The paper reviews the C++ SoftBench class editor which
                 adds automatic code generation capabilities to the
                 class graph of the SoftBench static analyzer. Novice
                 C++ programmers can concentrate on their software
                 designs and have the computer handle C++'s esoteric
                 syntax. Experienced C++ programmers benefit from smart
                 batch editing functionality and by having the computer
                 quickly generate the program skeleton.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6115 (Programming support); C6110J (Object-oriented
                 programming); C6150G (Diagnostic, testing, debugging
                 and evaluating systems); C6140D (High level
                 languages)",
  classification = "C6110J (Object-oriented programming); C6115
                 (Programming support); C6140D (High level languages);
                 C6150G (Diagnostic, testing, debugging and evaluating
                 systems)",
  keywords =     "automatic code generation; automatic programming; C
                 language; C++; C++ programming; class graph; computers;
                 esoteric syntax; Hewlett Packard; Hewlett Packard
                 computers; object-oriented; object-oriented languages;
                 object-oriented programming; program diagnostics;
                 program skeleton generation; programming; smart batch
                 editing; SoftBench class editor; SoftBench static
                 analyzer; software; software designs; software reviews;
                 software tools; tools",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Bethke:1997:SSA,
  author =       "R. C. Bethke",
  title =        "The {SoftBench} static analysis database",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "16--18",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97feb/fe97a3.htm",
  abstract =     "The static analysis database supports the SoftBench
                 static analyzer and the C++, C, FORTRAN, Pascal, and
                 Ada programming languages. The underlying data is
                 isolated by a compiler interface and a tool
                 interface.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6150G (Diagnostic, testing, debugging and evaluating
                 systems); C6115 (Programming support)",
  classification = "C6115 (Programming support); C6150G (Diagnostic,
                 testing, debugging and evaluating systems)",
  keywords =     "compiler interface; program diagnostics; SoftBench;
                 software tools; static analysis database; tool
                 interface",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Duesing:1997:CRC,
  author =       "T. J. Duesing and J. R. Diamant",
  title =        "{CodeAdvisor}: rule-based {C++} defect detection using
                 a static database",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "19--21",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97feb/fe97a4.htm",
  abstract =     "C++ SoftBench CodeAdvisor is an automated error
                 detection tool for the C++ language. It uses detailed
                 semantic information available in the SoftBench static
                 database to detect high-level problems not typically
                 found by compilers. This paper describes CodeAdvisor
                 and identifies the advantages of static over run-time
                 error checking.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6150G (Diagnostic, testing, debugging and evaluating
                 systems); C6140D (High level languages); C6110J
                 (Object-oriented programming); C6115 (Programming
                 support)",
  classification = "C6110J (Object-oriented programming); C6115
                 (Programming support); C6140D (High level languages);
                 C6150G (Diagnostic, testing, debugging and evaluating
                 systems)",
  keywords =     "automated error detection tool; C language; C++
                 language; C++ SoftBench CodeAdvisor; CodeAdvisor;
                 high-level problems; information; object-oriented
                 languages; program testing; rule-based C++ defect
                 detection; run-time error checking; semantic; semantic
                 information; SoftBench static database; software
                 reviews",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Williams:1997:USI,
  author =       "S. A. Williams",
  title =        "Using {SoftBench} to integrate heterogeneous software
                 development environments",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "22--27",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97feb/fe97a5.htm",
  abstract =     "Migrating from mainframe-based computing to
                 client/server-based computing can result in a
                 heterogeneous collection of machines that do not
                 interoperate, forcing software developers to deal with
                 unfamiliar system commands and systems that cannot
                 share data. A SoftBench control daemon is described
                 that enables developers to integrate heterogeneous
                 computing systems into efficient, tightly coupled
                 software development environments with consistent,
                 easy-to-use graphical user interfaces across all
                 machines.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6115 (Programming support); C6150N (Distributed
                 systems software)",
  classification = "C6115 (Programming support); C6150N (Distributed
                 systems software)",
  keywords =     "client-server systems; client/server-based computing;
                 development environments; easy-to-use graphical user;
                 easy-to-use graphical user interfaces; environments;
                 heterogeneous software development environments;
                 interfaces; open systems; project support; project
                 support environments; SoftBench; SoftBench control
                 daemon; software reviews; tightly coupled software;
                 tightly coupled software development environments;
                 unfamiliar system commands",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Kruger:1997:SCA,
  author =       "G. A. Kruger",
  title =        "The supply chain approach to planning and procurement
                 management",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "28--38",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97feb/fe97a6.htm",
  abstract =     "The supply chain approach models stochastic events
                 influencing a manufacturing organization's shipment and
                 inventory performance in the same way that a mechanical
                 engineer models tolerance buildup in a new product
                 design. The objectives are to minimize on-hand
                 inventory and optimize supplier response times.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B0170 (Project and production engineering); C1290F
                 (Systems theory applications in industry); C7480
                 (Production engineering computing)",
  classification = "B0170 (Project and production engineering); C1290F
                 (Systems theory applications in industry); C7480
                 (Production engineering computing)",
  keywords =     "inventory; inventory performance; planning;
                 procurement management; production control; response
                 times; scheduling; shipment; stock control; supplier;
                 supplier response times; supply chain approach",
  treatment =    "T Theoretical or Mathematical",
}

@Article{Kastle:1997:NFS,
  author =       "S. Kastle and F. Noller and S. Falk and A. Bukta and
                 E. Mayer and D. Miller",
  title =        "A new family of sensors for pulse oximetry",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "39--53",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97feb/fe97a7.htm",
  abstract =     "A new family of reusable HP pulse oximetry sensors is
                 now available. Lower in cost than previous reusable
                 sensors and easier to use than adhesive disposable
                 sensors, the new HP SpO/sub 2/ sensor family is
                 hardware compatible with HP's installed base of pulse
                 oximetry front ends. An upgrade to the software is
                 necessary to update the calibration constants in the
                 instrument algorithms to match the optical
                 characteristics of the new sensors, such as spectra and
                 intensity. The new sensor family covers all application
                 areas and consists of the HP M1191A (adult, new
                 wavelength), M1192A (pediatric), M1193A (neonatal), and
                 M1104A (clip).",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "B7510 (Biomedical measurement and imaging); B7230J
                 (Biosensors); B7320T (Chemical variables measurement)",
  classification = "B7230J (Biosensors); B7320T (Chemical variables
                 measurement); B7510 (Biomedical measurement and
                 imaging)",
  keywords =     "biomedical measurement; biosensors; calibration
                 constants; chemical variables; chemical variables
                 measurement; hardware compatible; HP M1191A; M1104A;
                 M1192A; M1193A; measurement; oximetry sensors; pulse;
                 pulse oximetry; pulse oximetry sensors; reusable
                 sensors",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Webb:1997:DCS,
  author =       "S. L. Webb and K. J. Youngers and M. J. Steinle and J.
                 A. Eccher",
  title =        "Design of a 600-pixel-per-inch, 30-bit color scanner",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "54--61",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97feb/fe97a8.htm",
  abstract =     "Simply sampling an image at higher resolution will not
                 give the results a customer expects. Other optical
                 parameters such as image sharpness, signal-to-noise
                 ratio, and dark voltage correction must improve to see
                 the benefits of 600 pixels per inch. The HP ScanJet
                 3c/4c scanner, is designed to obtain very finely
                 detailed images for a variety of color and black and
                 white documents and three-dimensional objects that are
                 typically scanned. Its optical resolution is 600 pixels
                 per inch, compared to 400 pixels per inch for the
                 earlier HP ScanJet IIc. It produces 30-bit color scans
                 compared to the ScanJet IIc's 24-bit scans, and its
                 scanning speed is faster. The ScanJet 3c and 4c differ
                 only in the software supplied with them.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C5530 (Pattern recognition and computer vision
                 equipment)",
  classification = "C5530 (Pattern recognition and computer vision
                 equipment)",
  keywords =     "30 bit; 600-pixel-per-inch; color scanner; Hewlett
                 Packard computers; HP ScanJet; image scanners;
                 scanning; speed",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Moore:1997:BES,
  author =       "K. E. Moore and E. R. Kirshenbaum",
  title =        "Building evolvable systems: the {ORBlite} project",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "62--72",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97feb/fe97a9.htm",
  abstract =     "Hewlett--Packard has been building distributed and
                 parallel systems for over two decades. Our experience
                 in building manufacturing test systems, medical
                 information systems, patient monitoring systems, and
                 network management systems has exposed several
                 requirements of system and component design that have
                 historically been recognized only after a system has
                 been deployed. The most critical of these requirements
                 (especially for systems with any longevity) is the need
                 for the system and system components to be able to
                 evolve over time. The ORBlite distributed object
                 communication infrastructure was designed to meet this
                 requirement and has been used successfully across HP to
                 build systems that have evolved along several
                 dimensions. The ORBlite framework supports the
                 piecewise evolution of components, interfaces,
                 communication protocols, and even programming APIs.
                 This piecewise evolution enables the integration of
                 legacy components and the introduction of new features,
                 protocols, and components without requiring other
                 components to be updated, ported, or rewritten.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6150N (Distributed systems software); C6110J (Object-
                 oriented programming); C6115 (Programming support)",
  classification = "C6110J (Object-oriented programming); C6115
                 (Programming support); C6150N (Distributed systems
                 software)",
  keywords =     "communication protocols; distributed object
                 communication; distributed processing; evolution;
                 legacy components; object-oriented programming;
                 ORBlite; piecewise; piecewise evolution; software
                 tools",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Dicolen:1997:DFO,
  author =       "A. A. Dicolen and J. J. Liu",
  title =        "Developing fusion objects for instruments",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "73--85",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97feb/fe97a10.htm",
  abstract =     "The successful application of object-oriented
                 technology to real-world problems is a nontrivial task.
                 This is particularly true for developers transitioning
                 from nonobject-oriented methods to object-oriented
                 methods. Key factors that improve the probability of
                 success in applying object-oriented methods are
                 selecting an object-oriented method, developing a
                 process definition, and continually improving the
                 process.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C6110J (Object-oriented programming); C6110F (Formal
                 methods)C5140 (Firmware)",
  classification = "C6110F (Formal methods)C5140 (Firmware); C6110J
                 (Object-oriented programming)",
  keywords =     "firmware; fusion objects; instruments; object-;
                 object- oriented programming; object-oriented methods;
                 object-oriented technology; oriented programming;
                 process definition; real-world problems",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Seliger:1997:AAE,
  author =       "R. A. Seliger",
  title =        "An approach to architecting enterprise solutions",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "86--95",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97feb/fe97a11.htm",
  abstract =     "A frequently mentioned ailment in healthcare
                 information management is the lack of compatibility
                 among information systems. To address this problem,
                 HP's Medical Products Group has created a high-level
                 model that defines the major architectural elements
                 required for a complete healthcare enterprise
                 information system.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C7140 (Medical administration)",
  classification = "C7140 (Medical administration)",
  keywords =     "business data processing; compatibility; computers;
                 Concert; enterprise information system; health care;
                 healthcare; healthcare enterprise information system;
                 healthcare information management; Hewlett Packard;
                 Hewlett Packard computers; HP; information systems;
                 management information systems; medical; medical
                 information systems",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Rehder:1997:OCE,
  author =       "W. Rehder",
  title =        "Object-oriented customer education",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "96--102",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97feb/fe97a12.htm",
  abstract =     "As customers require more trusted advice to solve
                 their business problems, the choice of education
                 solutions has become a strategic issue that often
                 precedes and directs the choice of technologies.
                 Training has changed from being a product accessory to
                 being a product itself. Customer education has grown
                 from under the umbrella of product support to becoming
                 a large and profitable industry by itself. In this
                 paper, the author focuses on the way HP's customer
                 education, as part of the HP Professional Services
                 Organization, is meeting the new challenges of
                 developing and delivering to customers a cohesive suite
                 of object-oriented education products.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classcodes =   "C0220 (Computing education and training); C0310B
                 (Computer facilities); C6110J (Object-oriented
                 programming)",
  classification = "C0220 (Computing education and training); C0310B
                 (Computer facilities); C6110J (Object-oriented
                 programming)",
  keywords =     "computer facilities; computer science education;
                 customer education; education; Hewlett; Hewlett Packard
                 computers; HP; HP Professional Services;
                 object-oriented education; object-oriented programming;
                 Packard computers; product support; Professional
                 Services",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Witte:1997:FIT,
  author =       "R. A. Witte and W. Reid",
  title =        "A Family of Instruments for Testing Mixed-Signal
                 Circuits and Systems",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "6--9",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97apr/ap97a1.htm",
  abstract =     "This paper presents an entirely new product category
                 which combines elements of oscilloscopes and logic
                 analyzers. But unlike previous combination products,
                 these are ``oscilloscope first'' and logic analysis is
                 the add-on.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement systems);
                 B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
                 C5210B (Computer-aided logic design)",
  keywords =     "instruments; logic analysers; logic analyzers;
                 mixed-signal circuits testing; oscilloscopes",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1997:MM,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Mixed-Signal Microcontroller",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "8--??",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:12:19 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97apr/tc-04-97.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Murphy:1997:TMD,
  author =       "J. B. Murphy",
  title =        "Testing a Mixed-Signal Design Based on a Single-Chip
                 Microcontroller",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "10--12",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97apr/ap97a2.htm",
  abstract =     "This paper describes HP 54645D mixed-signal
                 oscilloscope which simplifies the testing and debugging
                 of microcontroller-based mixed-signal designs with its
                 integrated analog and digital channels.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "B1265F (Microprocessors and microcomputers); B7210B
                 (Automatic test and measurement systems); C5130
                 (Microprocessor chips); C6150G (Diagnostic, testing,
                 debugging and evaluating systems); C7410H (Computerised
                 instrumentation)",
  keywords =     "computerised instrumentation; debugging; HP 54645D
                 mixed-signal oscilloscope; microcontroller-based
                 mixed-signal designs; microcontrollers; microprocessor
                 chips; mixed-signal design testing; program debugging;
                 single-chip microcontroller",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Holcomb:1997:DMO,
  author =       "M. S. Holcomb and S. O. Hall and W. S. Tustin and P.
                 J. Burkart and S. D. Roach",
  title =        "Design of a Mixed-Signal Oscilloscope",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "13--22",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97apr/ap97a3.htm",
  abstract =     "The HP 54645A and 54645D were designed concurrently.
                 We made every effort to have the oscilloscope-only
                 product (the HP54645A) be simply the combination
                 product (the HP54645D), with an external trigger
                 circuit substituted for the digital channel subsystem.
                 Even the firmware ROM in the two products is identical.
                 This combination of a digital oscilloscope and a logic
                 timing analyzer provides powerful cross-domain
                 triggering capabilities for capturing signals in mixed-
                 signal environments. MegaZoom technology, consisting of
                 advanced acquisition techniques and dedicated signal
                 processing, maintains display responsiveness while
                 making optimal use of deep sample memory.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "B6140 (Signal processing and detection); B7250G
                 (Display, recording and indicating instruments); C5260
                 (Digital signal processing)",
  keywords =     "cross-domain triggering; dedicated signal processing;
                 deep sample memory; digital instrumentation; digital
                 storage oscilloscopes; display responsiveness; firmware
                 ROM; Hewlett Packard computers; HP 54645A; HP54645D;
                 logic timing analyzer; MegaZoom technology;
                 mixed-signal environments; mixed-signal oscilloscope;
                 oscilloscopes; signal processing",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1997:CAC,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "A Cost-Effective Architecture for a {500-MHz} Counter
                 for Glitch Trigger",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "22--??",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:12:19 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97apr/tc-04-97.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Warntjes:1997:SSR,
  author =       "S. B. Warntjes",
  title =        "Sustained Sample Rate in Digital Oscilloscopes",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "23--25",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97apr/ap97a4.htm",
  abstract =     "Conventional digital oscilloscopes achieve their
                 maximum sample rate only on their fastest sweep speeds.
                 We examine two key features (memory depth and peak
                 detection) that sustain this sample rate over a wider
                 range of oscilloscope operation. Increased amounts of
                 acquisition memory afford the user a much higher sample
                 rate across sweep speeds that are not at the
                 oscilloscope's maximum sample rate and sustain the
                 maximum sample rate of the oscilloscope to a larger
                 number of time-per-division settings. This produces a
                 more accurate waveform representation of the input
                 signal on the digital oscilloscope display across many
                 sweep speed settings. We also describe the advantages
                 and disadvantages of traditional digital oscilloscope
                 peak detection and pointed out some unique sustained
                 sample rate and deep-memory peak detection
                 advantages.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "B6140 (Signal processing and detection); B7250G
                 (Display, recording and indicating instruments); C5260
                 (Digital signal processing); C7410H (Computerised
                 instrumentation)",
  keywords =     "digital oscilloscopes; digital storage oscilloscopes;
                 maximum sample rate; memory depth; peak detection;
                 signal sampling; sweep speeds",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Toeppen:1997:ACD,
  author =       "D. E. Toeppen",
  title =        "Acquisition Clock Dithering in a Digital
                 Oscilloscope",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "26--28",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97apr/ap97a5.htm",
  abstract =     "When a frequency component of the input signal is
                 greater than half the sample rate, aliasing can occur.
                 When the oscilloscope is equivalent time sampling,
                 signals that are subharmonics of the sample clock will
                 be poorly displayed. In the HP 54645A/D oscilloscopes,
                 these effects are greatly reduced by dithering the
                 sample clock during and between acquisitions.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "B6140 (Signal processing and detection); B7250G
                 (Display, recording and indicating instruments); B7320K
                 (Time measurement)",
  keywords =     "acquisition clock; clocks; digital oscilloscope;
                 digital storage oscilloscopes; dithering; sample clock;
                 signal sampling; time sampling",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Warntjes:1997:OLT,
  author =       "S. B. Warntjes",
  title =        "An Oscilloscope-Like Logic Timing Analyzer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "29--33",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97apr/ap97a6.htm",
  abstract =     "Market research indicated that some customers doing
                 embedded development preferred to work with
                 oscilloscopes instead of standard logic analyzers. The
                 HP 54620 logic timing analyzer offers many oscilloscope
                 features, including direct-access controls, a highly
                 interactive display, computed measurements, delayed
                 sweep, simplified triggering, and a trace labelmaker.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
                 C5210B (Computer-aided logic design)",
  keywords =     "delayed sweep; direct-access controls; embedded
                 development; HP 54620; interactive display; logic
                 analysers; logic analyzers; logic timing analyzer;
                 oscilloscopes; simplified triggering; trace
                 labelmaker",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1997:OLT,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Oscilloscope\slash Logic Timing Analyzer Synergy",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "31--??",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:12:19 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97apr/tc-04-97.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Brunton:1997:HSR,
  author =       "R. Scott Brunton",
  title =        "High-Sample-Rate Multiprocessor-Based Oscilloscopes",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "34--36",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97apr/ap97a7.htm",
  abstract =     "The HP 54615B and 54616B oscilloscopes blend
                 proprietary high-speed sampling technology with the
                 power of digital signal processing and a proven user
                 interface to deliver usable advanced characterization
                 capability. The design of the HP 54615B and 54616B
                 oscilloscopes focuses on adding higher sample rate and
                 extended memory depth to the attributes of the HP 54600
                 product family. Increasing the sample rate to 1 GSa/s
                 and 2 GSa/s, respectively, broadens the confidence that
                 narrow signal transients will be acquired and, combined
                 with very responsive front-panel controls, presents a
                 visually dense image of the acquired waveform. To
                 provide reliable acquisitions over even the slowest
                 time base settings, special hardware can be engaged to
                 detect and capture peaks as narrow as 1 ns in width.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "B6140 (Signal processing and detection); B7210B
                 (Automatic test and measurement systems); B7250G
                 (Display, recording and indicating instruments); C5260
                 (Digital signal processing); C7410H (Computerised
                 instrumentation)",
  keywords =     "computerised instrumentation; digital storage
                 oscilloscopes; extended memory depth; Hewlett Packard
                 computers; HP 546158; HP 54616B; multiprocessor-based
                 oscilloscopes; sample rate; sampling technology; signal
                 sampling; user interface",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Wakamatsu:1997:DSL,
  author =       "H. Wakamatsu",
  title =        "A Dielectric Spectrometer for Liquid Using the
                 Electromagnetic Induction Method",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "37--44",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97apr/ap97a8.htm",
  abstract =     "Key parameters of colloids are often directly related
                 to or can be derived from permittivity or conductivity.
                 Dielectric dispersion analysis (dielectric
                 spectroscopy) yields insights into colloidal
                 properties. A dielectric meter using a new sensing
                 technique has been developed.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "A0670D (Sensing and detecting devices); A0750
                 (Electrical instruments and techniques); A4110F
                 (Steady-state electromagnetic fields; A8270D
                 (Colloids); B2140 (Inductors and transformers); B5140
                 (Electromagnetic induction); B7230 (Sensing devices and
                 transducers); B7310K (Dielectric variables
                 measurement); electromagnetic induction)",
  keywords =     "75 kHz to 30 MHz; calibration; coils; colloidal
                 properties; colloids; compensation; conductivity;
                 dielectric dispersion analysis; dielectric meter;
                 dielectric polarisation; dielectric relaxation;
                 dielectric spectrometer; dielectric spectroscopy;
                 electric sensing devices; electromagnetic induction;
                 electromagnetic induction method; electrostatic
                 shields; HP E5050A probe; interfacial polarization;
                 liquid media; permittivity; permittivity measurement;
                 probes; sensing technique; toroidal coils",
  treatment =    "P Practical; X Experimental",
}

@Article{Dmitroca:1997:EAN,
  author =       "R. W. Dmitroca and S. G. Gibson and T. R. Hill and L.
                 M. Morales and Chong Tean Ong",
  title =        "Emulating {ATM} Network Impairments in the
                 Laboratory",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "45--50",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97apr/ap97a9.htm",
  abstract =     "This article discusses a new product for the HP
                 broadband series test system. The HP E4219 ATM network
                 impairment emulator allows telecommunication network
                 and equipment manufacturers to emulate an asynchronous
                 transfer mode network in the laboratory.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "B6150C (Communication switching); B6210L (Computer
                 communications); C5620L (Local area networks); C5630
                 (Networking equipment)",
  keywords =     "asynchronous transfer mode; asynchronous transfer mode
                 network; ATM network impairment emulator; ATM network
                 impairments; HP E4219; laboratory; laboratory
                 techniques; local area networks; telecommunication
                 networks",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Naganawa:1997:MHS,
  author =       "S. Naganawa and R. Z. Zuo",
  title =        "A Message Handling System for {B-ISDN} User-Network
                 Interface Signaling Test Software",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "51--58",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97apr/ap97a10.htm",
  abstract =     "B-ISDN user-network interface signaling has many
                 different protocol variants and each of them has tens
                 of different types of messages. The message handling
                 system provides a powerful tool for the developer to
                 easily support these variants and messages in the HP
                 Broadband Series Test System (BSTS).",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "B6210M (ISDN); C5620 (Computer networks and
                 techniques); C5630 (Networking equipment)",
  keywords =     "B-ISDN; BSTS; electronic messaging; HP Broadband
                 Series Test System; interface signaling; message
                 handling system; telecommunication equipment testing;
                 test software; user-network",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Mellquist:1997:ONM,
  author =       "P. E. Mellquist and T. Murray",
  title =        "Object-Oriented Network Management Development",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "59--65",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97apr/ap97a11.htm",
  abstract =     "The advantages of using an object-oriented design
                 methodology and its associated productivity tools, such
                 as C++, are well entrenched and accepted in today's
                 software engineering practices. One of the areas where
                 the object-oriented paradigm can bring a great deal of
                 productivity is in the development of network
                 management applications. This article describes two
                 management-side tools for network management
                 development: SNMP++ and SNMPGen. SNMP++ is a set of C++
                 classes that provide Simple Network Management Protocol
                 (SNMP) services to a network management application
                 developer. SNMP++ brings the object-oriented advantage
                 to network management programming, and in doing so,
                 makes it much easier to develop powerful, portable, and
                 robust network management applications. SNMPGen is a
                 technology that uses SNMP++ to automatically generate
                 C++ code from the SNMP Management Information Base
                 (MIB) definitions.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "B6210C (Network management); B6210L (Computer
                 communications)C6150N (Distributed systems software);
                 C5620 (Computer networks and techniques); C6110B
                 (Software engineering techniques); C6110J (Object-
                 oriented programming); C6115 (Programming support)",
  keywords =     "computer network management; management-side tools;
                 network management development; network protocols;
                 object-oriented; object-oriented design;
                 object-oriented programming; SNMP++; SNMPGen; software
                 development tools; software engineering; software
                 tools",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{David:1997:DEV,
  author =       "F. K. David and F. W. {Woodhull, II} and R. R. Barg
                 and J. P. Dunsmore and D. C. Bender and B. A. Brown and
                 S. E. Jaffe",
  title =        "Design of an Enhanced Vector Network Analyzer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "66--77",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97apr/ap97a12.htm",
  abstract =     "A liquid crystal display (LCD) reduces size and weight
                 and has a larger viewing area. TRL (Thru-Reflect-Line)
                 calibration allows measurement of components that do
                 not have coaxial connectors. New software algorithms
                 achieve faster acquisition and frequency tuning of the
                 synthesized source to give faster updates of the
                 measurement data.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "B7130 (Measurement standards and calibration);
                 B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems); B7210X
                 (Other instrumentation and measurement systems); B7310N
                 (Microwave measurement techniques); C5630 (Networking
                 equipment); C7410H (Computerised instrumentation)",
  keywords =     "calibration; computerised instrumentation; embedded
                 CPU control; error correction; liquid crystal display;
                 liquid crystal displays; measurement instrument;
                 microwave component; microwave reflectometry;
                 multichannel receiver; network analysers; signal
                 routing; signal separation; software algorithms; three-
                 receiver analyzer; Thru-Reflect-Line calibration;
                 transmission characteristics; tunable source
                 separation; vector network analyzer",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1997:MSM,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Modeling Source Match Effects for Microwave Power
                 Splitter Design",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "72--??",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:12:19 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97apr/tc-04-97.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Rahmat:1997:OIG,
  author =       "K. Rahmat and Soo-Young Oh",
  title =        "Optimization of Interconnect Geometry for
                 High-Performance Microprocessors",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "78--83",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97apr/ap97a13.htm",
  abstract =     "The goals of the work presented in this paper were to
                 estimate quantitatively the impact of interconnect
                 technology parameters on the performance of high-end
                 microprocessors and to use this information to optimize
                 the interconnect geometry within the constraints
                 imposed by the process. The 64-bit PA 8000
                 microprocessor was used as a test case.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "B0260 (Optimisation techniques); B1130B
                 (Computer-aided circuit analysis and design); B1265F
                 (Microprocessors and microcomputers); B2210B (Printed
                 circuit layout and design); B2550F (Metallisation and
                 interconnection technology); C1180 (Optimisation
                 techniques); C5130 (Microprocessor chips)",
  keywords =     "circuit layout CAD; high-performance microprocessors;
                 integrated circuit interconnections; interconnect
                 geometry; microprocessor chips; optimisation; PA 8000
                 microprocessor; performance",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Thatcher:1997:DST,
  author =       "T. J. Thatcher and M. M. Oshima and C. Botelho",
  title =        "Designing, Simulating, and Testing an Analog
                 Phase-Locked Loop in a Digital Environment",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "84--88",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97apr/ap97a14.htm",
  abstract =     "In designing a phase-locked loop for use on several HP
                 ASICs, the digital portion of an existing phase-locked
                 loop was transferred to a behavioral VHDL description
                 and synthesized. A behavioral model was written for the
                 analog section to allow the ASIC designers to run
                 system simulations. A new leakage test was developed
                 that has been very effective in screening out process
                 defects in the filter of the original design.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "B1130B (Computer-aided circuit analysis and design);
                 B1250 (Modulators, demodulators, discriminators and
                 mixers)",
  keywords =     "analog phase-locked loop; application specific
                 integrated circuits; behavioral model; circuit analysis
                 computing; digital environment; filter; hardware
                 description languages; high level synthesis; HP ASIC
                 design; integrated circuit design; integrated circuit
                 testing; leakage testing; phase locked loops; process
                 defects; system simulation; VHDL synthesis",
  treatment =    "T Theoretical or Mathematical",
}

@Article{Sheng:1997:ABM,
  author =       "B. B. Sheng and H. S. C. Wallace and J. S. Ignowski",
  title =        "Analog Behavioral Modeling and Mixed-Mode Simulation
                 with {SABER} and Verilog",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "89--94",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97apr/ap97a15.htm",
  abstract =     "A description is given of specific analog behavioral
                 modeling and mixed-mode simulation techniques using
                 SABER and Verilog. Full-channel simulations have been
                 carried out on a class I partial response maximum
                 likelihood (PRML) read/write channel chip. Complex
                 analog circuits such as an adaptive feed-forward
                 equalizer, an automatic gain control block, and a
                 phase-locked loop are modeled in detail with the SABER
                 MAST mixed-signal behavioral modeling language. A
                 simulation speedup of two orders of magnitude has been
                 achieved compared to SPICE.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "B1130B (Computer-aided circuit analysis and design);
                 B1280 (Mixed analogue-digital circuits); C7410D
                 (Electronic engineering computing)",
  keywords =     "analog behavioral modeling; analogue circuits; circuit
                 analysis computing; circuit CAD; mixed analogue-digital
                 integrated circuits; mixed-mode simulation;
                 mixed-signal behavioral modeling language; partial
                 response maximum likelihood; SABER; SABER MAST;
                 simulation speedup; Verilog",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Bening:1997:PDG,
  author =       "L. C. Bening and T. M. Brewer and H. D. Foster and J.
                 S. Quigley and R. A. Sussman and P. F. Vogel and A. W.
                 Wells",
  title =        "Physical Design of 0.35-$ \mu $ m Gate Arrays for
                 Symmetric Multiprocessing Servers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "95--103",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97apr/ap97a16.htm",
  abstract =     "This article provides a broad overview of the gate
                 design and layout of 0.35-$ \mu $ m gate arrays for the
                 new S-class and X-class members of the Hewlett--Packard
                 Exemplar technical server family. The design process
                 was built around third-party tools, but several
                 internally developed tools were needed because
                 commercial offerings were insufficient or unavailable.
                 Generally, these tools automated the generation of the
                 design or dramatically improved the logistics of the
                 flow. Without these internally developed tools, meeting
                 density and speed objectives (the optimization of the
                 design) would not have been possible in acceptable
                 calendar time with the design staff available. To meet
                 gate density and system performance requirements a
                 physical design methodology was developed for
                 1.1-million-raw-basic-cell, 0.35-$ \mu $ m CMOS gate
                 arrays. Commercial and ASIC vendor-supplied tools were
                 augmented with internally developed tools to put
                 together a highly optimized physical chip design
                 process.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "B1130B (Computer-aided circuit analysis and design);
                 B1265B (Logic circuits); B2570D (CMOS integrated
                 circuits)",
  keywords =     "circuit CAD; circuit layout CAD; CMOS gate arrays;
                 CMOS integrated circuits; Exemplar technical server
                 family; gate arrays; gate design; layout; logic arrays;
                 S-class; symmetric multiprocessing servers; X-class",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Fisher:1997:FTS,
  author =       "R. L. Fisher and S. R. Herbener and J. R. Morgan and
                 J. R. Pessetto",
  title =        "Fast Turnaround of a Structured Custom {IC} Design
                 Using Advanced Design Tools and Methodology",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "104--107",
  month =        apr,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97apr/ap97a17.htm",
  abstract =     "The HP IMACC chip was developed to provide image
                 processing capabilities. The initial target application
                 is medical imaging with geological applications as a
                 potential area of expansion. The graphical capabilities
                 of IMACC include spatial filtering, edge detection and
                 enhancement, image pan and zoom, image rotation, and
                 window and level control. IMACC consists of three major
                 components: The convolver circuit has a 3*3
                 programmable kernel and can perform low-pass or
                 high-pass spatial filtering, edge enhancement, and
                 other functions. The interpolator is an implementation
                 of a 4*4 bicubic convolution kernel. The interpolator
                 can be configured to perform pan, zoom, and rotation. A
                 RAM-based lookup table is used for windowing and
                 leveling of image pixel intensities. Through the use of
                 several new tools and methodologies, a small team of
                 engineers was able to design and verify a
                 1.7-million-FET chip in eight months. The tools and
                 methodologies used included a set of guidelines and
                 timing constraints that were met by the customer, a
                 data path compiler, a highly tuned custom multiplier
                 cell that was used in 87 locations, and an automated
                 top-level power connection scheme.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "B1130B (Computer-aided circuit analysis and design);
                 B1265F (Microprocessors and microcomputers); C5135
                 (Digital signal processing chips); C7410D (Electronic
                 engineering computing)",
  keywords =     "advanced design tools; circuit CAD; custom IC design;
                 digital signal processing chips; HP IMACC chip; image
                 processing; integrated circuit design; interpolator;
                 leveling; medical imaging; RAM-based lookup table;
                 windowing",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Shelley:1997:LIP,
  author =       "D. J. Shelley and J. T. Majewski and M. R. Thackray
                 and McWilliams and J. L.",
  title =        "A lower-cost inkjet printer based on a new printing
                 performance architecture",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "6--11",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97jun/ju97a1.htm",
  abstract =     "The HP DeskJet 820C printer is the first HP inkjet
                 printer in an evolutionary product plan that takes
                 advantage of computer and operating system trends to
                 make inkjet printing affordable for more users. The
                 printer's integrated software, firmware, and digital
                 electronics architecture uses the computational
                 resources in the PC instead of duplicating these
                 resources in the printer.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)",
  keywords =     "computational resources; digital electronics
                 architecture; firmware; Hewlett Packard computers; HP
                 DeskJet 820C printer; ink jet printers; integrated
                 software; lower-cost inkjet printer; printing
                 performance architecture",
  treatment =    "P Practical; R Product Review",
}

@Article{Hall:1997:PPS,
  author =       "D. M. Hall and L. W. Jackson and K. Heiles and K. E.
                 {van der Veer} and T. J. Halpenny",
  title =        "{PPA} printer software driver design",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "12--21",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97jun/ju97a2.htm",
  abstract =     "The software driver for the HP DeskJet 820C printer
                 performs many functions that were formerly performed in
                 the printer, including swath cutting, data formatting,
                 and communications. The driver also includes a PCL
                 emulation module for DOS application support. This
                 article provides an overview of the changes necessary
                 for supporting printing performance architecture (PPA)
                 and then discusses each of the functions listed above
                 in more detail.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices); C6155 (Computer communications software)",
  keywords =     "communications; data formatting; DOS application
                 support; HP DeskJet 820C printer; ink jet printers; PCL
                 emulation module; printer software driver design;
                 printing performance architecture; swath cutting;
                 terminal emulation",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Kilk:1997:PPF,
  author =       "E. Kilk",
  title =        "{PPA} printer firmware design",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "22--30",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97jun/ju97a3.htm",
  abstract =     "Hewlett--Packard's new Printing Performance
                 Architecture (PPA) includes a significantly reduced set
                 of printer firmware. ``Don't touch the dots'' was the
                 firmware designer's golden rule. This means that the
                 firmware and processor do only mechanism control, I/O,
                 command parsing, status reporting, user interface, and
                 general housekeeping functions.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "C5140 (Firmware); C5550 (Printers, plotters and
                 other hard-copy output devices)",
  keywords =     "firmware; PPA printer firmware design; printer
                 firmware; printers; printing performance architecture",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{McWilliams:1997:PPC,
  author =       "J. L. McWilliams and L. M. MacMillan and B. Pathak and
                 H. A. Talley",
  title =        "{PPA} printer controller {ASIC} development",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "31--37",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97jun/ju97a4.htm",
  abstract =     "As the first Printing Performance Architecture
                 printer, the HP DeskJet 820C needed a completely new
                 digital controller ASIC design. The chip's architecture
                 was optimized for the specific requirements of PPA.
                 Concurrent development of hardware and firmware through
                 the use of hardware emulators and attention to
                 regulatory issues during the design helped the product
                 meet all of its requirements on schedule.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits); C5140
                 (Firmware); C5550 (Printers, plotters and other
                 hard-copy output devices)",
  keywords =     "application specific integrated circuits; firmware;
                 hardware; hardware emulators; Hewlett Packard
                 computers; HP DeskJet 820C; PPA printer controller ASIC
                 development; printers",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Rice:1997:NIP,
  author =       "H. W. Rice",
  title =        "Next-generation inkjet printhead drive electronics",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "38--42",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97jun/ju97a5.htm",
  abstract =     "By integrating the functions of four ICs into one new
                 custom IC and then moving all the electronics related
                 to the pens up to the carriage with the pens,
                 significant savings were realized. A simple,
                 low-contact-count, inexpensive flexible cable is used
                 to connect the carriage to the main printed circuit
                 assembly.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
                 devices)C5140 (Firmware)",
  keywords =     "custom IC; firmware; flexible cable; ink jet printers;
                 inkjet printhead drive electronics; pens; printed
                 circuit assembly",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Blanchard:1997:PMH,
  author =       "T. W. Blanchard and P. G. Tobin",
  title =        "The {PA 7300LC} microprocessor: a highly integrated
                 system on a chip",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "43--47",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Jan 09 12:23:54 2001",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://cpus.hp.com/techreports/highly_integrated.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/97jun/ju97a6.htm",
  abstract =     "In the process of developing a microprocessor, key
                 decisions or guiding principles must be established to
                 set the boundaries for all design decisions. These
                 guiding principles are developed through analysis of
                 marketing, business, and technical requirements. We
                 determined that we could best meet the needs of higher
                 volume and more cost-sensitive products by developing a
                 different set of CPUs tuned to the special requirements
                 of these low-end, midrange systems. The PA 7100LC was
                 the first processor in this line, which continues with
                 the PA 7300LC. This article reviews the guiding
                 principles used during the development of the PA 7300LC
                 microprocessor. A brief overview of the chip is
                 given.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "B1265F (Microprocessors and microcomputers); C5130
                 (Microprocessor chips)",
  keywords =     "business; cost-sensitive products; CPU; design
                 decisions; highly integrated system; low-end midrange
                 systems; marketing; microprocessor chips; PA 7100LC; PA
                 7300LC microprocessor; performance; performance
                 evaluation; technical requirements",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Johnson:1997:FDH,
  author =       "L. Johnson and S. R. Undy",
  title =        "Functional design of the {HP PA 7300LC} processor",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "48--60",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Jan 09 12:24:30 2001",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://cpus.hp.com/techreports/functional_design.pdf;
                 http://cpus.hp.com/techreports/timing_flexibility.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/97jun/ju97a7.htm",
  abstract =     "Microarchitecture design, with attention to optimizing
                 specific areas of the CPU and memory and I/O
                 subsystems, is key to meeting the cost and performance
                 goals of a processor targeted for midrange and low-end
                 computer systems. The PA 7300LC microprocessor design
                 focused on optimizing price and performance. This paper
                 describes the microarchitecture of the two main
                 components of the PA 7300LC: the CPU core and the
                 memory and I/O controller.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "B1265F (Microprocessors and microcomputers); C5130
                 (Microprocessor chips); C5220 (Computer architecture)",
  keywords =     "cost; costing; CPU; functional design; Hewlett Packard
                 computers; HP PA 7300LC processor; I/O controller;
                 input output subsystem; low-end computer systems;
                 memory; microarchitecture design; microprocessor chips;
                 microprocessor design; midrange systems; optimization;
                 performance; performance evaluation; price; reduced
                 instruction set computing; RISC",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Kubicek:1997:HPD,
  author =       "D. C. Kubicek and T. J. Sullivan and A. Mehra and J.
                 G. McBride",
  title =        "High-performance processor design guided by system
                 costs",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "61--68",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Jan 09 12:24:48 2001",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://cpus.hp.com/techreports/high_performance.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/97jun/ju97a8.htm",
  abstract =     "To minimize time to market and keep costs low, the PA
                 7300LC design was leveraged from a previous CPU, the
                 chip area was reduced, cache RAM arrays with redundancy
                 were added, and high-speed, high-coverage scan testing
                 was added to reduce manufacturing costs. This paper
                 discusses the strategies used by the PA 7300LC physical
                 design team to implement the design goals for the PA
                 7300LC.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "B1265F (Microprocessors and microcomputers); C5130
                 (Microprocessor chips)",
  keywords =     "cache RAM arrays; cache storage; chip area reduction;
                 costing; CPU; Hewlett Packard; Hewlett Packard
                 computers; high-coverage scan testing; high-performance
                 processor design; manufacturing costs; microprocessor
                 chips; microprocessor design; PA 7300LC design;
                 performance evaluation; random-access storage;
                 redundancy; system costs; time to market",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Weir:1997:VCP,
  author =       "D. Weir and P. G. Tobin",
  title =        "Verifying the correctness of the {PA 7300LC}
                 processor",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "69--72",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://cpus.hp.com/techreports/random_code.pdf;
                 http://cpus.hp.com/techreports/verifying.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/97jun/ju97a9.htm",
  abstract =     "Ensuring the correctness of the complex PA 7300LC
                 design required an extensive verification effort. We
                 wanted to ensure that no customer would ever encounter
                 a design bug. To reach this goal, we set out to
                 exercise the design more extensively than is done with
                 user software. Previous HP processors have maintained a
                 well-earned reputation for quality, and we wanted the
                 PA 7300LC to meet or exceed the quality of its
                 predecessors. This paper discusses the methodology used
                 to verify the correctness of the PA 7300LC and the
                 diagnostic hardware incorporated into the design to
                 support debugging.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "B1130B (Computer-aided circuit analysis and design);
                 B1265F (Microprocessors and microcomputers); C5130
                 (Microprocessor chips); C5210B (Computer-aided logic
                 design)",
  keywords =     "computer debugging; customer; debugging; design bug;
                 diagnostic hardware; formal verification; hardware
                 description language; hardware description languages;
                 Hewlett Packard computers; HP processors; integrated
                 circuit testing; methodology; microprocessor chips; PA
                 7300LC processor design; processor correctness
                 verification; quality",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Nease:1997:ESM,
  author =       "L. A. Nease and K. M. Bresniher and C. J. Zacky and M.
                 J. Greenside and A. Sandoval",
  title =        "An entry-level server with multiple performance
                 points",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "73--81",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97jun/ju97a10.htm",
  abstract =     "As the computer industry continues to mature, system
                 suppliers will continue to find more creative ways to
                 meet growing customer expectations. The HP 9000 Series
                 800 D- class server a new low-end system platform from
                 HP, represents a radically different approach to system
                 design than any of its predecessors. To address the
                 very intense, high-volume environment of departmental
                 and branch computing, the system design for the D-class
                 server was made flexible enough to offer many price and
                 performance features at its introduction and still
                 allow new features and upgrades to be added quickly.
                 The paper discusses the system partitioning and
                 firmware design, system packaging and ease of use.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "C5140 (Firmware); C5470 (Performance evaluation and
                 testing); C5630 (Networking equipment)",
  keywords =     "computer industry; costing; customer expectations;
                 ease of use; entry-level server; firmware; firmware
                 design; Hewlett Packard computers; HP 9000 Series 800
                 D-class server; low-end system platform; multiple
                 performance points; network servers; performance
                 evaluation; price; system design; system packaging;
                 system partitioning; system suppliers; system
                 upgrades",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Allan:1997:LCW,
  author =       "S. P. Allan and B. P. Bergmann and R. P. Dean and D.
                 Jiang and Floyd and D. L.",
  title =        "A low cost workstation with enhanced performance and
                 {I/O} capabilities",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "82--88",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97jun/ju97a11.htm",
  abstract =     "Various entities involved in product development came
                 together at different times to solve a design problem,
                 evaluate costs, and make adjustments to their own
                 projects to accommodate the cost and performance goals
                 of the low-cost HP 9000 B-class workstation. The paper
                 discusses the design objectives for the B-class
                 workstation, features and capabilities, processor and
                 system design.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "C5430 (Microcomputers); C5470 (Performance
                 evaluation and testing)",
  keywords =     "costing; design problem; Hewlett Packard computers; HP
                 9000 B-class workstation; input output capabilities;
                 low cost workstation; performance; performance
                 evaluation; processor design; product development;
                 projects; system design; workstations",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Nikolaropoulos:1997:TSS,
  author =       "E. Nikolaropoulos",
  title =        "Testing safety-critical software",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "89--94",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97jun/ju97a12.htm",
  abstract =     "Testing safety-critical software differs from
                 conventional testing in that the test design approach
                 must consider the defined and implied safety of the
                 software at a level as high as the functionality to be
                 tested, and the test software has to be developed and
                 validated using the same quality assurance processes as
                 the software itself. Test technology is crucial for
                 successful product development. Inappropriate or late
                 tests, underestimated testing effort, or wrong test
                 technology choices have often led projects to crisis
                 and frustration. This software crisis results from
                 neglecting the imbalance between constructive software
                 engineering and analytic quality assurance. We explain
                 the testing concepts, the testing techniques, and the
                 test technology approach applied to the patient
                 monitors of the HP OmniCare family.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "C6110B (Software engineering techniques); C6150G
                 (Diagnostic, testing, debugging and evaluating
                 systems); C7330 (Biology and medical computing)",
  keywords =     "constructive software engineering; functionality;
                 Hewlett Packard computers; HP OmniCare family; medical
                 computing; patient monitoring; patient monitors;
                 product development; program testing; program
                 verification; projects; quality assurance; safety-
                 critical software; safety-critical software testing;
                 software crisis; software quality; software validation;
                 test design approach; test software",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Pirrung:1997:HPL,
  author =       "A. Pirrung",
  title =        "A high-level programming language for testing complex
                 safety-critical systems",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "95--102",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97jun/ju97a13.htm",
  abstract =     "Dealing with an enormous amount of data is
                 characteristic of validating complex and
                 safety-critical software systems. ATP, a high-level
                 programming language, supports the validation process.
                 In a patient monitor test environment it has shown its
                 usefulness and power by enabling a dramatic increase in
                 productivity. Its universal character allows it to
                 migrate validation scenarios to different products
                 based on other architectural paradigms. This article
                 concentrates on the specific problem of transforming a
                 test design into concrete automatic test procedures.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "C6110B (Software engineering techniques); C6140D
                 (High level languages); C6150G (Diagnostic, testing,
                 debugging and evaluating systems); C7330 (Biology and
                 medical computing)",
  keywords =     "ATP; automatic test procedures; complex
                 safety-critical systems testing; data handling; Hewlett
                 Packard computers; high level languages; high-level
                 programming language; medical computing; patient
                 monitor test environment; patient monitoring;
                 productivity; program testing; program verification;
                 safety-critical software; software validation; test
                 design",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Schwering:1997:ATE,
  author =       "J{\"o}rg Schwering",
  title =        "An automated test evaluation tool",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "103--108",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97jun/ju97a14.htm",
  abstract =     "The AutoCheck program fully automates the evaluation
                 of test protocol files for medical patient monitors.
                 The AutoCheck output documents that the evaluation has
                 been carried out and presents the results of the
                 evaluation. The protocol file is first run through a
                 preprocessor, which removes all lines irrelevant to
                 AutoCheck, identifies the different AutoTest
                 interfaces, and performs the local language
                 translations. Thereafter it is analyzed by a
                 combination of a scanner and a parser. We implemented
                 specialized scanner/parsers for the AutoCheck
                 metalanguage and the data provided by the different
                 patient monitor interfaces. The AutoCheck statements
                 and the AutoTest data are written into separate data
                 structures, a third data structure holds some control
                 parameters such as the accepted tolerances. After each
                 data package, which is the answer to one AutoTest data
                 request command, the compare function is started. The
                 compare function writes all deviations into the error
                 file.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
                 B7510 (Biomedical measurement and imaging); C5260
                 (Digital signal processing); C7330 (Biology and medical
                 computing); C7410H (Computerised instrumentation)",
  keywords =     "AutoCheck program; automated test evaluation tool;
                 automatic test equipment; automatic test software; data
                 structures; medical computing; medical patient
                 monitors; medical signal processing; parser; patient
                 monitor interfaces; protocol file; scanner; test
                 protocol files",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Nikolaropoulos:1997:ETL,
  author =       "E. Nikolaropoulos and J. Schwering and A. Pirrung",
  title =        "Effective testing of localized software",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "109--111",
  month =        jun,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97jun/ju97a15.htm",
  abstract =     "For medical devices there are legal requirements to
                 provide instruments and accompanying documentation in
                 the language of the healthcare personnel who use them
                 (as is the case in the European Union). It is often
                 forgotten that localized software is different software
                 from the original (most probably in English) that was
                 used for system integration and final validation.
                 Localized software undergoes a proper integration cycle
                 (integration of software and translated strings) and
                 must be validated separately. The complexity of this
                 validation is obvious if one considers the efforts
                 required to check all error conditions and the
                 corresponding error messages (and to understand them)
                 for software in every language where the product is
                 marketed. Testing localized software is a complex and
                 time-consuming task. With the help of the testing tools
                 developed for HP patient monitors, local language
                 validation for these products is fully automated.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "C6110F (Formal methods); C6115 (Programming
                 support); C6180N (Natural language processing); C7330
                 (Biology and medical computing)",
  keywords =     "error conditions; healthcare personnel; HP patient
                 monitors; integration cycle; local language validation;
                 localized software; medical computing; medical devices;
                 natural languages; program verification; software
                 tools; testing tools; validation",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Scott:1997:FSP,
  author =       "A. P. Scott and K. P. Burkhart and A. Kumar and R. M.
                 Blumberg and G. L. Ranson",
  title =        "Four-Way Superscalar {PA-RISC} Processors",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "8--15",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Jan 09 12:25:22 2001",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://cpus.hp.com/techreports/four_way_superscalar.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/97aug/au97a1.htm",
  abstract =     "The HP PA 8000 and PA 8200 PA-RISC CPUs are the first
                 implementations of a new generation of microprocessors
                 from Hewlett--Packard. The PA 8000 is among the world's
                 most powerful and advanced microprocessors, and at the
                 time of introduction in January 1996, the undisputed
                 performance leader. The PA 8200, introduced in June
                 1997, continues this performance leadership with higher
                 frequency larger caches, and several other
                 enhancements. Both processors feature an aggressive
                 four-way superscalar implementation, combining
                 speculative execution with on-the-fly instruction
                 reordering. This paper discusses the objectives for the
                 design of these processors, some of the key
                 architectural features, implementation details, and
                 system performance. The operation of the instruction
                 reorder buffer (IRB), which provides out-of-order
                 execution capability, is also described.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "B1265F (Microprocessors and microcomputers); C5130
                 (Microprocessor chips); C5220 (Computer architecture)",
  keywords =     "architectural features; CPUs; Hewlett Packard
                 computers; Hewlett--Packard; HP PA 8000; instruction
                 reorder buffer; microprocessor chips; microprocessors;
                 on-the-fly instruction reordering; out-of-order
                 execution capability; PA 8200; reduced instruction set
                 computing; speculative execution; superscalar PA-RISC
                 processors; system performance",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Dorweiler:1997:DMC,
  author =       "P. J. Dorweiler and F. E. Moore and D. D. Josephson
                 and G. T. Colon-Bonet",
  title =        "Design Methodologies and Circuit Design Trade-Offs for
                 the {HP PA 8000} Processor",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "16--21",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Jan 09 12:25:39 2001",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://cpus.hp.com/techreports/design_methodologies.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/97aug/au97a2.htm",
  abstract =     "The increasing demands for greater processor
                 performance to remain competitive in today's computer
                 market necessitate careful attention to the methods
                 used in designing processors to achieve these
                 performance goals. Processor designs are increasing in
                 complexity to meet performance goals, with such
                 features as out-of-order execution and super-scalar
                 operation. Design cycles are decreasing in length, so
                 design quality must increase as well. All of these
                 factors call for new design techniques to ensure
                 continued success. This paper presents some of the
                 design methodologies and choices used in the design of
                 the HP PA 8000 CPU, the first HP processor to implement
                 the PA-RISC 2.0 architecture and the first capable of
                 64-bit operation. The various design methods used in
                 the PA 8000, specific design techniques for the new
                 packaging technology used, the clock distribution
                 scheme, and cross-chip signal integrity issues are
                 discussed. We also present some of the new tools and
                 techniques employed by HP to ensure a high level of
                 quality on first silicon, based in large part on our
                 experiences with previous PA-RISC microprocessor
                 designs.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "B0170J (Product packaging); B1130B (Computer-aided
                 circuit analysis and design); B1265B (Logic circuits);
                 B1265F (Microprocessors and microcomputers); C5130
                 (Microprocessor chips); C5210B (Computer-aided logic
                 design); C7410D (Electronic engineering computing)",
  keywords =     "circuit design trade-offs; clock distribution scheme;
                 design methodologies; design quality; HP PA 8000 CPU;
                 HP PA 8000 processor; logic CAD; microprocessor chips;
                 out-of-order execution; PA-RISC 2.0 architecture;
                 packaging; performance goals; processor performance;
                 signal integrity issues; super-scalar operation",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Mangelsdorf:1997:FVH,
  author =       "S. T. Mangelsdorf and R. P. Gratias and R. M. Blumberg
                 and R. Bhatia",
  title =        "Functional Verification of the {HP PA 8000}
                 Processor",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "22--31",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Jan 09 12:25:57 2001",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://cpus.hp.com/techreports/functional_verification.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/97aug/au97a3.htm",
  abstract =     "The advanced microarchitecture of the HP PA 8000 CPU
                 has many features that presented significant new
                 verification challenges. These include out-of-order
                 instruction execution, register renaming, speculative
                 execution, four-way superscalar operation, decoupled
                 instruction fetch, concurrent system bus interface, and
                 PA-RISC 2.0 architecture enhancements. Enhanced
                 functional verification tools and processes were
                 required to address this microarchitectural
                 complexity.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "B1265F (Microprocessors and microcomputers); C5130
                 (Microprocessor chips); C5220 (Computer architecture);
                 C6110F (Formal methods)",
  keywords =     "concurrent system bus interface; decoupled instruction
                 fetch; formal verification; four-way superscalar
                 operation; functional verification; Hewlett Packard
                 computers; HP PA 8000 processor; microarchitectural
                 complexity; microarchitecture; microprocessor chips;
                 out-of-order instruction execution; PA-RISC 2.0
                 architecture enhancements; reduced instruction set
                 computing; register renaming; speculative execution;
                 verification challenges",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Bockhaus:1997:EVH,
  author =       "J. W. Bockhaus and R. Bhatia and C. M. Ramsey and J.
                 R. Butler and D. J. Ljung",
  title =        "Electrical Verification of the {HP PA 8000}
                 Processor",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "32--39",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Jan 09 12:26:18 2001",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://cpus.hp.com/techreports/electrical_verification.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/97aug/au97a4.htm",
  abstract =     "Electrical verification applies techniques from both
                 functional verification and reliability and
                 environmental testing to improve the quality of the
                 CPU. Electrical verification checks that the CPU
                 functions correctly under stressful environmental
                 conditions, well outside the normal operating
                 environment.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "B0170E (Production facilities and engineering)C5130
                 (Microprocessor chips); B0170N (Reliability); B1265F
                 (Microprocessors and microcomputers); C5470
                 (Performance evaluation and testing)",
  keywords =     "computer testing; electrical verification;
                 environmental testing; functional verification; Hewlett
                 Packard computers; HP PA 8000 processor; microprocessor
                 chips; normal operating environment; reliability;
                 stressful environmental conditions",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1997:SPS,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Shmoo Plot Shapes",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "35--??",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Jan 09 12:26:40 2001",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://cpus.hp.com/techreports/shmoo.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/97aug/tc-08-97.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Fong:1997:SII,
  author =       "J. C. Fong and Hoi-Kuen Chan and M. D. Kruckenberg",
  title =        "Solving {IC} Interconnect Routing for an Advanced
                 {PA-RISC} Processor",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "40--45",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Jan 09 12:26:51 2001",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://cpus.hp.com/techreports/interconnect_routing.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/97aug/au97a5.htm;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/97aug/tc-08-97.htm",
  abstract =     "This paper discusses some important new block routing
                 technologies that were required for the HP PA 8000
                 processor chip. These technologies are implemented in a
                 new block routing system called PA Route.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "B1130B (Computer-aided circuit analysis and design);
                 B1265F (Microprocessors and microcomputers); C5130
                 (Microprocessor chips); C7410D (Electronic engineering
                 computing)",
  keywords =     "advanced PA-RISC processor; block routing
                 technologies; circuit layout CAD; Hewlett Packard
                 computers; HP PA 8000 processor chip; IC interconnect
                 routing; microprocessor chips; PA Route",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1997:GRB,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Global Routing --- {A} Block-Level Problem",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "42--??",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Tue Jan 09 12:27:28 2001",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://cpus.hp.com/techreports/global_routing.pdf;
                 http://www.hp.com/hpj/97aug/tc-08-97.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Anonymous:1997:DRM,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Detailed Routing Methods",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "43--??",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:12:19 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97aug/tc-08-97.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Dehni:1997:INH,
  author =       "T. Dehni and J. O'Connell and N. Raguideau",
  title =        "Intelligent Networks and the {HP OpenCall}
                 Technology",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "46--57",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97aug/au97a6.htm",
  abstract =     "The HP OpenCall product family is a portfolio of
                 computer-based telecommunications platforms designed to
                 offer a foundation for advanced network services based
                 on intelligent network concepts. This article
                 concentrates on the HP OpenCall service execution
                 platform, service management platform, and service
                 creation environment.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "B6210C (Network management); B6210D (Telephony);
                 B6210Q (Intelligent networks); C7410F (Communications
                 computing)",
  keywords =     "advanced network services; computer-based
                 telecommunications platforms; HP OpenCall technology;
                 intelligent networks; service creation environment;
                 service management platform; telecommunication network
                 management; telephony",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Anonymous:1997:SPA,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Standardization --- {A} Phased Approach",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "49--??",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:12:19 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97aug/tc-08-97.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Pierrot:1997:HOS,
  author =       "D. Pierrot and J.-P. Allegre",
  title =        "The {HP OpenCall SS7} Platform",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "58--64",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97aug/au97a7.htm",
  abstract =     "This paper describes the HP OpenCall SS7 platform
                 which allows users to build computer-based signaling
                 applications connected to the SS7 signaling network.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "B6210 (Telecommunication applications); C7410F
                 (Communications computing)",
  keywords =     "computer-based signaling applications; HP OpenCall SS7
                 platform; SS7 signaling network; telecommunication
                 computing; telecommunication networks",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Wyld:1997:HAH,
  author =       "B. C. Wyld and J.-P. Allegre",
  title =        "High Availability in the {HP OpenCall SS7} Platform",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "65--71",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97aug/au97a8.htm",
  abstract =     "Fault tolerance in computer systems is discussed and
                 high availability is defined. The theory and operation
                 of the active/standby HP OpenCall solution are
                 presented. Switchover decision-making power is vested
                 in a fault tolerance controller process on each
                 machine.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "C5470 (Performance evaluation and testing); C7410F
                 (Communications computing)",
  keywords =     "computer systems; fault tolerance; fault tolerance
                 controller process; fault tolerant computing; high
                 availability; HP OpenCall SS7 platform; switchover
                 decision-making power; telecommunication computing",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Kishi:1997:BIC,
  author =       "Y. Kishi",
  title =        "A Benchtop Inductively Coupled Plasma Mass
                 Spectrometer",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "72--79",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97aug/au97a9.htm",
  abstract =     "The HP 4500 is the first benchtop ICP-MS. It has a new
                 type of optics system that results in a very low random
                 background and high sensitivity, making analysis down
                 to the subnanogram-per-liter (parts-per-trillion) level
                 feasible. It can be equipped with HP's ShieldTorch
                 system, which reduces interference from polyatomic
                 ions.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "A0775 (Mass spectrometers and mass spectrometry
                 techniques); A8280M (Mass spectrometry (chemical
                 analysis)); B7440 (Particle spectrometers); C3380D
                 (Control of physical instruments)",
  keywords =     "benchtop inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometer;
                 high sensitivity; HP 4500; HP's ShieldTorch system;
                 ICP-MS; interference; mass spectrometers; plasma
                 devices; polyatomic ions; very low random background",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Loomis:1997:AHT,
  author =       "T. P. Loomis",
  title =        "Audit History and Time-Slice Archiving in an Object
                 {DBMS} for Laboratory Databases",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "80--89",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97aug/au97a10.htm",
  abstract =     "The requirements for laboratory databases include many
                 of the same features specified for other types of
                 databases, including enforcement of a rigorous
                 transaction model, support for concurrent users,
                 distributed recovery capabilities, performance, and
                 security. However, the requirements differ from most
                 databases by the emphasis on saving a complete and
                 recoverable record of historical data for some types of
                 data. This requirement comes from the regulatory
                 overseeing authority of the pharmaceutical industry by
                 organizations such as the U.S. Government's Food and
                 Drug Administration or Environmental Protection Agency,
                 and often, the legal importance of the data (patent
                 law). Some examples of historical data in a chemical
                 laboratory include previous values of test results,
                 designated reviewers and approvers of data, methods of
                 analysis, and ingredients used to produce a product. It
                 is necessary to be able to determine when this data
                 changed, who changed it, and why a change was
                 necessary. The author discusses the development of an
                 object database management system which allows rapid,
                 convenient access to large historical data archives
                 generated from complex databases, HP ChemStudy.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "C6110J (Object-oriented programming); C6160J
                 (Object-oriented databases); C7320 (Physics and
                 chemistry computing)",
  keywords =     "chemical laboratory; chemistry computing; historical
                 data; HP ChemStudy; laboratory databases; object
                 database management system; object DBMS;
                 object-oriented databases",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Makarechian:1997:TPA,
  author =       "M. Makarechian and N. J. Malcolm",
  title =        "Testing Policing in {ATM} Networks",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "90--95",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97aug/au97a11.htm",
  abstract =     "Policing is one of the key mechanisms used in ATM
                 (Asynchronous Transfer Mode) networks to avoid network
                 congestion. The HP E4223A policing and traffic
                 characterization test application has been developed to
                 test policing implementations in ATM switches before
                 the switches are deployed for commercial service.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "B6150C (Communication switching); C5620 (Computer
                 networks and techniques); C6130S (Data security)",
  keywords =     "asynchronous transfer mode; ATM networks; ATM
                 switches; HP E4223A; network congestion; policing;
                 security of data; telecommunication congestion control;
                 test application; traffic characterization",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{VandeVoorde:1997:MSF,
  author =       "P. {Vande Voorde}",
  title =        "{MOSFET} Scaling into the Future",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "96--100",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97aug/au97a12.htm",
  abstract =     "2D process and device simulators have been used to
                 predict the performance of scaled MOSFETs spanning the
                 0.35-$ \mu $ m to 0.07-$ \mu $ m generations.
                 Requirements for junction depth and channel doping are
                 discussed. Constant-field scaling is assumed. MOSFET
                 drive current remains nearly constant from one
                 generation to the next and most of the performance
                 improvement comes from the decreasing supply voltage.
                 Gate delay decreases by 30\% per generation, nearly the
                 same trend as previous generations. However, this
                 performance gain comes at the price of much higher
                 off-state leakage because of the reduction of the
                 threshold voltage. Various solutions to this high
                 leakage are discussed.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "B2560B (Semiconductor device modelling and
                 equivalent circuits); B2560R (Insulated gate field
                 effect transistors)",
  keywords =     "2D device simulators; 2D process simulators; channel
                 doping; gate delay; junction depth; MOSFET; MOSFET
                 scaling; semiconductor device models; threshold
                 voltage",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Hoekstra:1997:FMS,
  author =       "C. D. Hoekstra",
  title =        "Frequency Modulation of System Clocks for {EMI}
                 Reduction",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "101--106",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97aug/au97a13.htm",
  abstract =     "This paper focuses on clock dithering as an on-chip
                 technique for EMI reduction. It is a survey paper based
                 on information gathered from inside and outside HP's
                 Integrated Circuit Business Divison (ICBD). It reviews
                 the basic concept, the work that has been done at ICBD
                 and elsewhere, ICBD customer experiences, and lessons
                 drawn from these experiences about design,
                 effectiveness, and customer implementation with ICBD.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "B5230 (Electromagnetic compatibility and
                 interference); B6120 (Modulation methods)",
  keywords =     "customer implementation; electromagnetic interference;
                 EMI reduction; frequency modulation; HP's Integrated
                 Circuit Business Divison; on-chip technique; system
                 clocks",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Lin:1997:FSM,
  author =       "J. J. Lin",
  title =        "Fully Synthesizable Microprocessor Core via {HDL}
                 Porting",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "107--113",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97aug/au97a14.htm",
  abstract =     "Microprocessors integrated in superchips have
                 traditionally been ported from third-party processor
                 vendors via artwork. A new methodology uses hardware
                 description language (HDL) instead of artwork. Having
                 the HDL source allows the processor design to be
                 optimized for HP's process in much the same way as
                 other top-down designs.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "B1265F (Microprocessors and microcomputers); B2570
                 (Semiconductor integrated circuits); C5130
                 (Microprocessor chips); C6140D (High level languages);
                 C7410D (Electronic engineering computing)",
  keywords =     "application specific integrated circuits; artwork;
                 fully synthesizable microprocessor core; hardware
                 description language; hardware description languages;
                 HDL porting; microprocessor chips; superchips; top-down
                 designs",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Knee:1997:GCO,
  author =       "D. L. Knee and C. E. Moore",
  title =        "General-Purpose {3V CMOS} Operational Amplifier with a
                 New Constant-Transconductance Input Stage",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "114--120",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97aug/au97a15.htm",
  abstract =     "Design trade-offs for a low-voltage two-stage
                 amplifier in the HP CMOS14 process are presented and
                 some of the issues of low-voltage analog design are
                 discussed. The design of a new
                 constant-transconductance input stage that has a
                 rail-to-rail common-mode input range is described,
                 along with the rail-to-rail class-AB output stage. The
                 performance specifications and area of this amplifier
                 are compared with a similar design in a previous
                 process, CMOS34.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "B1220 (Amplifiers); B2570D (CMOS integrated
                 circuits)",
  keywords =     "CMOS integrated circuits; CMOS34; constant-
                 transconductance input stage; general-purpose 3V CMOS
                 operational amplifier; HP CMOS14 process; low-voltage
                 two-stage amplifier; operational amplifiers;
                 performance evaluation; performance specifications;
                 rail-to-rail class-AB output stage; rail-to-rail
                 common-mode input range",
  treatment =    "P Practical",
}

@Article{Bash:1997:IHT,
  author =       "C. E. Bash and R. L. Blanco",
  title =        "Improving Heat Transfer from a Flip-Chip Package",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "4",
  pages =        "121--125",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:17:10 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97aug/au97a16.htm",
  abstract =     "The lid of an ASIC package can significantly increase
                 the temperature of the die by impeding heat transfer.
                 In flip-chip packages the backside of a die can be
                 exposed by eliminating the lid, thus allowing a heat
                 sink to be attached directly. Numerical finite
                 difference methods and experimentation were used to
                 investigate the differences between ridded and lidless
                 flip-chip designs. The results demonstrate that a
                 lidless package is a superior design because of the
                 increased thermal conductivity between the die and the
                 heat sink.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  classification = "B0170J (Product packaging); B0290P (Differential
                 equations); B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits)",
  keywords =     "application specific integrated circuits; ASIC
                 package; die; finite difference methods; flip-chip
                 devices; flip-chip package; heat sink; heat sinks; heat
                 transfer; integrated circuit packaging; numerical
                 finite difference methods",
  treatment =    "A Application; P Practical",
}

@Article{Birnbaum:1997:CCD,
  author =       "Joel S. Birnbaum",
  title =        "Communications Challenges of the Digital Information
                 Utility",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "??--??",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:47:52 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97dec/de97a1.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Pitt:1997:RC,
  author =       "Daniel A. Pitt",
  title =        "Residential Communications",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "??--??",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:47:52 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97dec/de97a2.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Bray:1997:ONB,
  author =       "Robert C. Bray and Douglas M. Baney",
  title =        "Optical Networks: Backbones for Universal
                 Connectivity",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "??--??",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:47:52 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97dec/de97a3.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Methley:1997:DTH,
  author =       "Steven G. Methley and Alistair N. Coles and Eric
                 Deliot",
  title =        "Data Transmission for Higher-Speed {IEEE 802 LANs}
                 Using Twisted-Pair Copper Cabling",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "??--??",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:47:52 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97dec/de97a4.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Lemoff:1997:SLC,
  author =       "Brian E. Lemoff and Lewis B. Aronson and Lisa A.
                 Buckman",
  title =        "{SpectraLAN}: {A} Low-Cost Multi-wavelength Local Area
                 Network",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "??--??",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:47:52 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97dec/de97a5.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Hahn:1997:GPS,
  author =       "Kenneth H. Hahn and Kirk S. Giboney and Robert E.
                 Wilson and Joseph Straznicky",
  title =        "Gigabyte-per-Second Optical Interconnection Modules
                 for Data Communications",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "??--??",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:47:52 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97dec/de97a6.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Cunningham:1997:DLE,
  author =       "David G. Cunningham and Delon C. Hanson and Mark C.
                 Nowell and C. Steven Joiner",
  title =        "Developing Leading-Edge Fiber-Optic Network Link
                 Standards",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "??--??",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:47:52 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97dec/de97a7.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Ring:1997:NSQ,
  author =       "William S. Ring and Simon J. Wrathall and Adrian J.
                 Taylor",
  title =        "1300-nm Strained Quantum Well Lasers For Fiber-Optic
                 Communications",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "??--??",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:47:52 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97dec/de97a8.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Gee:1997:MOE,
  author =       "Stephen M. Gee and Herbert Lage and Chris Park and
                 Kevin A. Williams and Richard V. Penty and Ian H. White
                 and Joseph A. Barnard",
  title =        "Modeled Optimization and Experimental Verification of
                 a Low-Dispersion Source for Long-Haul 2.488-Gbit/s
                 Systems",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "??--??",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:47:52 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97dec/de97a9.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Tan:1997:FCP,
  author =       "Tun S. Tan and David M. Braun and Tim L. Bagwell and
                 Chris Kocot and Joseph Straznicky and Susan R. Sloan",
  title =        "Flip-Chip Photodetector for High-Speed Communications
                 Instrumentation",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "??--??",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:47:52 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97dec/de97a10.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Walker:1997:GSB,
  author =       "Richard Walker and Cheryl Stout and Chu-Sun Yen and
                 Lewis R. Dove",
  title =        "A 2.488-Gbit/s Silicon Bipolar Clock and Data Recovery
                 Circuit for {SONET} Fiber-Optic Communications
                 Networks",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "??--??",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:47:52 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97dec/de97a11.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Stimple:1997:TED,
  author =       "Jim Stimple",
  title =        "Testing Erbium-Doped Fiber Amplifiers",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "48",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "??--??",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1997",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:47:52 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/97dec/de97a12.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{McFarland:1998:WCS,
  author =       "William J. McFarland",
  title =        "Wireless Communications: {A} Spectrum of Opportunity",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "49",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "??--??",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1998",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:47:52 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98feb/fe98a1.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Millar:1998:ISH,
  author =       "Iain Millar and Martin Beale and Bryan J. Donoghue and
                 Kirk W. Lindstrom and Stuart Williams",
  title =        "The {IrDA} Standards for High-Speed Infared
                 Communications",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "49",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "??--??",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1998",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:47:52 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98feb/fe98a2.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Negus:1998:TTO,
  author =       "Kevin J. Negus and Bryan T. Ingram and John D. Waters
                 and William J. McFarland",
  title =        "Technology Trade-offs for Wireless Data Applications",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "49",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "??--??",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1998",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:47:52 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98feb/fe98a3.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Rohdin:1998:MGL,
  author =       "Hans Rohdin and Avelina Nagy and Virginia Robbins and
                 Chung-Yi Su and Arlene S. Wakita and Judith Seeger and
                 Tony Hwang and Patrick Chye and Paul E. Gregory and
                 Sandeep R. Bahl and Forrest G. Kellert and Lawrence G.
                 Studebaker and Donald C. D'Avanso and Sigurd Johnsen",
  title =        "0.1-Micrometer Gate-Length {AlInAs\slash GaInAs\slash
                 GaAs MODFET MMIC} Process for Applications in
                 High-Speed Wireless Communications",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "49",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "??--??",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1998",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:47:52 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98feb/fe98a4.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Wu:1998:AFP,
  author =       "Der-Woei Wu and John S. Wei and Chung-Yi Su and Ray M.
                 Parkhurst and Shyh-Liang Fu and Shih-Shun Chang and
                 Richard B. Levitsky",
  title =        "Appendix {A} --- {FET} Parameters",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "49",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "??--??",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1998",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:47:52 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98feb/fe98a5.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Yajima:1998:DBS,
  author =       "Shunichiro Yajima and Antoni C. Niedzwiecki",
  title =        "Direct Broadcast Satellite Applications",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "49",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "??--??",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1998",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:47:52 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98feb/fe98a6.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Bellis:1998:AP,
  author =       "Matthew W. Bellis",
  title =        "Appendix --- Packaging",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "49",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "??--??",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1998",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:47:52 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98feb/fe98a7.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{VanWinkle:1998:HCC,
  author =       "Daniel D. {Van Winkle}",
  title =        "{HP CaLan}: A Cable System Tester that Is Accurate
                 Even in the Presence of Ingress",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "49",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "??--??",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1998",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 25 15:47:52 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98feb/fe98a8.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Lefebvre:1998:AII,
  author =       "K. T. Lefebvre and J. M. Brown",
  title =        "An {API} for Interfacing Interactive {3D} Applications
                 to High-Speed Graphics Hardware",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "49",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "6--??",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1998",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Thu Nov 5 16:08:50 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98may/tc-05-98.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Lefebvre:1998:OHO,
  author =       "K. T. Lefebvre and R. J. Casey and M. J. Phelps and C.
                 D. Goeltzenleuchter",
  title =        "An Overview of the {HP OpenGL} Software Architecture",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "49",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "9--??",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1998",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Thu Nov 5 16:08:50 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98may/tc-05-98.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Cripe:1998:DTM,
  author =       "B. E. Cripe and T. A. Gaskins",
  title =        "The {DirectModel} Toolkit: Meeting the {3D} Graphics
                 Needs of Technical Applications",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "49",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "19--??",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1998",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Thu Nov 5 16:08:50 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98may/tc-05-98.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Scott:1998:OVF,
  author =       "N. D. Scott and D. M. Olsen and E. W. Gannett",
  title =        "An Overview of the {VISUALIZE fx} Graphics Accelerator
                 Hardware",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "49",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "28--??",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1998",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Thu Nov 5 16:08:50 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98may/tc-05-98.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Cunniff:1998:HKP,
  author =       "R. A. Cunniff",
  title =        "{HP Kayak}: {A PC} Workstation with Advanced Graphics
                 Performance",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "49",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "35--??",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1998",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Thu Nov 5 16:08:50 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98may/tc-05-98.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Casey:1998:CEO,
  author =       "R. J. Casey and L. L. Lindstone",
  title =        "Concurrent Engineering in {OpenGL}'s Product
                 Development",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "49",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "41--??",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1998",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Thu Nov 5 16:08:50 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98may/tc-05-98.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Spencer:1998:ADT,
  author =       "T. M. Spencer and P. M. Anderson and D. Sweetser",
  title =        "Advanced Display Technologies on {HP-UX}
                 Workstations",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "49",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "46--??",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1998",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Thu Nov 5 16:08:50 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98may/tc-05-98.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Lewis:1998:DPH,
  author =       "R. L. Lewis and E. A. Handgen and N. J. Ingegneri and
                 G. T. Robinson",
  title =        "Delivering {PCI} in {HP} {B}-Class and {C}-Class
                 Workstations: {A} Case Study in the Challenges of
                 Interfacing with Industry Standards",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "49",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "51--??",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1998",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Thu Nov 5 16:08:50 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98may/tc-05-98.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Jennyc:1998:LEB,
  author =       "K. S. Jennyc",
  title =        "Linking Enterprise Business Systems to the Factory
                 Floor",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "49",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "62--??",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1998",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Thu Nov 5 16:08:50 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98may/tc-05-98.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Delic:1998:KH,
  author =       "K. A. Delic and D. Lahaix",
  title =        "Knowledge Harvesting",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "49",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "74--??",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1998",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Thu Nov 5 16:08:50 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98may/tc-05-98.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Shan:1998:TDR,
  author =       "J. Z. Shan",
  title =        "A Theoretical Derivation of Relationships between
                 Forecast Errors",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "49",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "82--??",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1998",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Thu Nov 5 16:08:50 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98may/tc-05-98.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Asada:1998:SSQ,
  author =       "M. Asada and Pong Mang Yan",
  title =        "Strengthening Software Quality Assurance",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "49",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "89--??",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1998",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Thu Nov 5 16:08:50 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98may/tc-05-98.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Greenbaum:1998:CHV,
  author =       "S. Greenbaum and S. Jefferson",
  title =        "A Compiler for {HP VEE}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "49",
  number =       "2",
  pages =        "98--??",
  month =        may,
  year =         "1998",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Thu Nov 5 16:08:50 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98may/tc-05-98.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Lum:1998:MBM,
  author =       "Paul Lum and Michael Greenstein and Edward D. Verdonk
                 and Charles {Grossman, Jr.} and Thomas L. Szabo",
  title =        "A {150-MHz}-Bandwidth Membrane Hydrophone for Acoustic
                 Field Characterization",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "49",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "6--??",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1998",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Thu Nov 5 16:08:50 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98aug/tc-08-98.htm",
  abstract =     "A new hydrophone measures the beam parameters of
                 intravascular ultrasound imaging transducers which have
                 center frequencies above 20 MHz and beamwidths below
                 200 micrometers.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Gerster:1998:UTC,
  author =       "Andreas Gerster",
  title =        "Units, Traceability, and Calibration of Optical
                 Instruments",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "49",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "17--??",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1998",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Thu Nov 5 16:08:50 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98aug/tc-08-98.htm",
  abstract =     "The author presents an overview of the theory of
                 measurement and the calibration of HP power meters and
                 other optical instruments.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Foster:1998:THP,
  author =       "Harry D. Foster",
  title =        "Techniques for Higher-Performance {Boolean}
                 Equivalence Verification",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "49",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "30--??",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1998",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Thu Nov 5 16:08:50 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98aug/tc-08-98.htm",
  abstract =     "Through careful memory management, a high-performance
                 equivalence checker is integrated into an HP division's
                 ASIC design flow.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Nakagawa:1998:CCT,
  author =       "Samuel O. Nakagawa and Dennis M. Sylvester and John G.
                 McBride and Soo-Young Oh",
  title =        "On-Chip Cross Talk Noise Model for Deep-Submicrometer
                 {ULSI} Interconnect",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "49",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "39--??",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1998",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Thu Nov 5 16:08:50 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98aug/tc-08-98.htm",
  abstract =     "A simple closed-form model for calculating cross talk
                 on deep-submicrometer ULSI interconnects has accuracy
                 comparable to SPICE for an arbitrary ramp input rate.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Esch:1998:TDC,
  author =       "Gerald L. {Esch, Jr.} and Robert B. Manley",
  title =        "Theory and Design of {CMOS HSTL I/O} Pads",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "49",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "46--??",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1998",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Thu Nov 5 16:08:50 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98aug/tc-08-98.htm",
  abstract =     "The HP CMOS HSTL (high-speed transceiver logic)
                 controlled impedance I/O pads can be used to control
                 reflections on integrated circuit I/O pad drivers.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Dove:1998:LCR,
  author =       "Lewis R. Dove and Martin L. Guth and Dean B.
                 Nicholson",
  title =        "A Low-Cost {RF} Multichip Module Packaging Family",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "49",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "??--??",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1998",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Thu Nov 5 16:08:50 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98aug/tc-08-98.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Borg:1998:THM,
  author =       "Matthew M. Borg and Kalwant Singh",
  title =        "Testing with the {HP 9490} Mixed-Signal {LSI} Tester",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "49",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "??--??",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1998",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Thu Nov 5 16:08:50 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98aug/tc-08-98.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Ban-Kuan:1998:RES,
  author =       "Koay Ban-Kuan and Leong Ak-Wing and Tan Boon-Chun and
                 Yoong Tze-Kwan",
  title =        "Reliability Enhancement of Surface Mount
                 Light-Emitting Diodes for Automotive Applications",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "49",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "71--??",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1998",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Thu Nov 5 16:08:50 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98aug/tc-08-98.htm",
  abstract =     "A new casting epoxy formulation stops epoxy cracking,
                 and optimization of the die-attach epoxy cure schedule
                 solves lifted die-attach and delamination problems.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Tan:1998:ESC,
  author =       "Ningxia Tan and Kenneth H. H. Lim and Bernard Chin and
                 Anthony J. Bourdillon",
  title =        "Engineering Surfaces in Ceramic Pin Grid Array
                 Packaging to Inhibit Epoxy Bleeding",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "49",
  number =       "3",
  pages =        "81--??",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1998",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Thu Nov 5 16:08:50 MST 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98aug/tc-08-98.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Stewart:1998:HSL,
  author =       "James W. Stewart",
  title =        "{HP SnapLED}: {LED} Assemblies for Automotive Signal
                 Lighting",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "50",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "1--??",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1998",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Thu Nov 05 16:11:57 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98nov/tc-11-98.htm",
  abstract =     "An assembly technique allows LEDs to be custom
                 configured for automotive taillamps",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Born:1998:OAE,
  author =       "Torsten Born and Peter Thoma",
  title =        "{OTDR APIs} Enable Customers to Build Their Own
                 Systems",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "50",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "13--??",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1998",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Thu Nov 05 16:11:57 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98nov/tc-11-98.htm",
  abstract =     "Two software API libraries allow network operators to
                 process OTDR measurement data and control OTDRs
                 remotely.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Hutchinson:1998:UUA,
  author =       "Thomas W. Hutchinson and Ronald R. Derynck",
  title =        "Updating a {UNIX Application Suite} for the {Windows
                 NT World}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "50",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "21--??",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1998",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Thu Nov 05 16:11:57 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98nov/tc-11-98.htm",
  abstract =     "The authors describe some useful lessons they learned
                 while porting a real-time UNIX-based application to a
                 Windows NT environment.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Derynck:1998:IRT,
  author =       "Ronald R. Derynck and Thomas W. Hutchinson",
  title =        "Integrating Real-Time Systems with Corporate
                 Information Systems",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "50",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "26--??",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1998",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Thu Nov 05 16:11:57 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98nov/tc-11-98.htm",
  abstract =     "Integrating distributed systems involves more than
                 just connecting different communications technologies.
                 It also involves connecting different information
                 environments.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Robinson:1998:NAC,
  author =       "Harry J. Robinson and Sankar L. Chakrabarti",
  title =        "New Approaches to Creating and Testing
                 Internationalized Software",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "50",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "29--??",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1998",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Thu Nov 05 16:11:57 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98nov/tc-11-98.htm",
  abstract =     "By stressing early defect detection and using the
                 World Wide Web as a collaboration tool, the quality of
                 internationalized software has been dramatically
                 improved at many HP organizations.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Deeney:1998:CFD,
  author =       "Jeffrey L. Deeney and C. Michael Ramsey",
  title =        "Comparison of Finite-Difference and {SPICE} Tools for
                 Thermal Modeling of the Effects of Nonuniform Power
                 Generation in High-Power {CPUs}",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "50",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "37--??",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1998",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Thu Nov 05 16:11:57 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98nov/tc-11-98.htm",
  abstract =     "Two different analysis tools were used to study the
                 effect of nonuniform power dissipation on the variation
                 of junction temperature across the surface of a
                 high-power CPU.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}

@Article{Moayeri:1998:LCF,
  author =       "Nader Moayeri",
  title =        "A Low-Complexity, Fixed-Rate Compression Scheme for
                 Color Images and Documents",
  journal =      j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
  volume =       "50",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "46--??",
  month =        nov,
  year =         "1998",
  CODEN =        "HPJOAX",
  ISSN =         "0018-1153",
  bibdate =      "Thu Nov 05 16:11:57 1998",
  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hpj.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.hp.com/hpj/98nov/tc-11-98.htm",
  abstract =     "A computationally simple data compression scheme
                 provides a modest compression ratio of 3 to 4 and is
                 useful when hardware is limited and coding delays
                 cannot be tolerated.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}